F
ISupplement
-- Academic
Calendar
Infbrmation Sessions
-- Tuition
and Fees
Class schedules
1992 - 1 9 9 3
SUPPLEMENT
- -.
i
Table of Contents
ACADEMIC CmENDAR ..................................
Page 2
PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3
1992 .1993 TUITION AND FEES ..... Show more
F
ISupplement
-- Academic
Calendar
Infbrmation Sessions
-- Tuition
and Fees
Class schedules
1992 - 1 9 9 3
SUPPLEMENT
- -.
i
Table of Contents
ACADEMIC CmENDAR ..................................
Page 2
PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3
1992 .1993 TUITION AND FEES ........................
Page 4
CLASS SCHEDULE, FALL 1992-1993 .................. Page 5
CLASS SCHEDULE, WINTER 1992-1993 .............Page 8
CLASS SCHEDULE. SPRING 1992-1993 ............ Page 12
NOTE: Class schedule changes may occur afier this schedule
is published . Students should consult the course list each term
for the most current schedule of classes.
3/92/6M
Augsburg Weekend College
1992 - 1993 Academic Calendar
Fall
Winter
Trimester
Spring*
Trimester
Nov 30
Mar 15
Applicant File Completion Deadline
Aug 24
Dec 14
Mar 30
New Student Orientation
Aug 29
4 r3
Trimester
Application Deadline
Aug 17
Jan 2
Class Scheduling (course selection)
Begins:
J ~6Y
Oct 23
Ends:
Aug 1
Nov 24
Jan 29
Mar 1
Registration (schedule c o d m a t i o n )
Mail Deadline
Aug 21
Dec 11
New Students/ Aug 29
Jan 2
Make-up
Mar 25
4 r3
Classes Begin
Apr 16-18
Sept 11-13
Jan 8-10
Last Day to Add or Drop Class Without Record Notation
Sept 13
Jan 10
Apr 18
Last Day to Change Grade Option
Oct 25
Feb 14
May 23
Last Day to Drop a Class
Nov 22
Mar 14
June 6
Classes End
Dec 4-6
Mar 26-28
June 18-20
Final Exams
Dec 11-13
Apr 2-4
June 25-27
Apr 13
J ~5Y
Jan 8-lo**
Jan 15-17
Jan 29-31
Feb 12-14
Feb 26-28
Mar 12-14
Mar 26-28**
Apr 2-4
Apr 16-18
Apr 30-May 2
May 14-16**
May 21-23
June 4-6
June 18-20**
June 25-27
Final Grades Due
Dec 21
Classes Meet
Sept 11-13
Sept 25-27
Oct 9-11
Oct 23-25
Nov 6-8
Nov 20-22
Dec 4-6**
Dec 11-13
*
C1assc.s in Sping Trimester will be four hours in Iengh instead of three and one-half
hour^. Seepage 13for exact timw.
** One week between clmes.
Program Information Sessions
Adults who are interested in Augburg Weekend College are encouraged
to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout
the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are
approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College
Office (330-1652) to receive fUrther details on these information sessions
or to sign up for one of the following dates:
For Fall Trimester, 1992-1993
Saturday, May 16
Tuesday, June 9
Saturday, June 20
Thursday, July 9
Saturday, July 18
Saturday, August 1
For Winter Trimester, 1992-1993
Saturday, October 10
Saturday, November 7
Saturday, November 2 1
For Spring Trimester, 1992-1993
Saturday, February 6
Tuesday, February 16
Saturday, February 27
For more information write or call:
Augsburg Weekend College Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Phone: 612/330-1652
FAX: 612/330-1649
1992 - 1993
Tuition and Pees
$15.00
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
$825.00
(one course is 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Tuition (per summer course, 1992)
$650.00
Activity Fee (per trimester)
$7.00
Audit a Course
$412.50
Lifetime Sports:
Fee for course
Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning
$100.00
$50.00
Nursing Clinical Fee
$150.00
Student Teaching Fee (per course)
$300.00
Late Fee (per day)
$50.00
Five working days after registration (schedule confirmation) are allowed
to complete late registrations. Per day fee is charged to any student
registering after the scheduled registration date. Late registration also
includes incomplete registration as defined: a) unsigned registration
form; b) unapproved payment plan.
Registration change after first class meeting
$5.00
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time)
Transcript Fee (first is fiee, per copy afier ht)
$2.00
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per
month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more.
1992-1993Class Schedule
Fall Trimester
Friday Evening (6:OO - 9:30)
t ART 352 Women and Art
t BIO 102 The Biological World*
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
t CSC
t ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
t EDU
t ENG
t ENG
t MAT
MUS
NUR
NUR
NUR
t PHY
t PSY
PSY
t REL
t SOC
t SOC
SPC
SPC
t SWK
242
355
362
391
340
112
350
379
382
387
350
264
245
271
131
130
305
350
403
101
105
493
356
265
231
111
495
260
Principles of Management
Marketing Communications
International Business
BusinessLaw
Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles of Macroeconomics
Creating Learning Environments (9/11-11/6) (.5)
K-El Art Methods (9/11-10/9) (.25)
K-El Math Methods (10/23-12/11) (.5)
K-El Language Arts (10/23-12/11) (.5)
Reading in the Content Areas (9/11-11/6) (.5)
Orientation to Education (9/11-11/6) (.5)
Introduction to Literature
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Math for the Liberal Arts *
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication *
Introduction to Nursing Research
Contemporary Nursing III:Families *
Astronomy *
Principles of Psychology
Seminar
History of Religions
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View
Public Speaking
Topic: Self and the Organization
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
t CHM
CSC
t ECO
t ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
ENG
103
221
222
391
109
330
112
113
3 13
376
377
388
389
111
- 12:OO)
Human Anatomy and Physiology *
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting II
BusinessLaw
General Organic and Biological Chemistry *
Theory of Computation
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
K-El Social Studies Methods (10/24-11/21) (.25)
K-El Science Methods (9/12-10/10) (.25)
K-El Health Methods (9/12-10/10) (.25)
I<-El Physical Education Curriculum (10/24-11/21) (.25)
Effective Writing
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* * *
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
481
481
481
482
482
482
483
483
483
484
481
482
483
484
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
KStudent Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
*Extraclass or hb sessions required.
**Additional clinicalfee required.
t
These coulses have been approved by the Augsburg General Education Committee as
meeting the newLiberal Arts Perspectives. See the 1991-1993 Ausgburg catalog for
more information about the Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Students entering Augsburg in 1992-1993 and transferring less than 1 6 Augsburg
course equivalents will complete Liberal Arts Perspectives along with their approved
major program.
Students who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992 academic year and
transferred less than seven Augsburg course equivalents are also required to complete
the new Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Winter Trimester
Friday Evening (6:OO- 9:30)
t
t
t
t
t
t
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDU
ENG
ENG
ENG
INS
NUR
NUR
PHY
POL
PSY
PSY
REL
SOC
SPC
SWK
224
242
252
3 31
450
112
382
387
388
389
341
111
225
245
320
306
310
106
122
105
373
343
121
354
260
Publication Design
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles of Macroeconomics
K-El Math Methods (1/8-2/26) (.5)
K-El Language Arts (1/8-2/26) (.5)
K-El Health Methods (3/12-4/2) (.25)
K-El Physical Education Methods (1/8-2/26) (.5)
Media Technology (1/8-2/26) (.5)
Effective Writing *
Intermediate Expository Writing*
Introduction to Literature
American Indian Women
Contemporary Nursing IT:Paradigms in Nursing *
Community Health Nursing I *
Introductory Meteorology *
Metropolitan Complex
Principles of Psychology
Organizational Psychology
Theology of Marriage
Introduction to Human Society
Interpersonal Communication
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30 - 12:OO)
BIO 101
BUS 221
BUS 222
BUS 340
BUS 352
BUS 391
BUS 433
CHM 110
CSC 272
t ECO 112
ECO 3 13
ECO 3 18
EDE 351
EDE 379
t EDU 264
EDU 388
ENG 111
ENG 282
ENG 327
MAT 104
MIS 175
Human Biology
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting 11
Human Resource Management
Marketing Research and Analysis
Business Law
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
General Organic and Biological Chemistry *
Unixand C
Principles of Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Management Science
Techniques of Teaching Reading
K-El Art Methods (1/9-1/30) (.25)
Orientation to Education (1/9-2/27) (.5)
Human Relations (2/13-4/3) (.5)
Effective Writing *
Topics: Grow Old With Me
Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing
Intermediate Algebra * (no credit)
Computers for Business, Economics &MIS
MIS
NUR
t POL/
SPC
tPSY
t REL
t REL
SPC
SPC
SWK
SWK
279 Quantitative Methods fbr Business, Economics and MIS
404 Contemporary Nursing W *
342 Mass Communications in Society
105
363
471
222
352
363
465
Principles of Psychology
Religion in America
Jesus and His Interpreters
Intro to Theatre A m
Persuasion
Basic Methods (by demand)
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Saturday Afternoon (1:15
222
252
323
368
465
345
113
415
350
377
386
353
477
351
438
282/
482
t HIS 222
HPE 115
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
ENG
ENG
ENG
MAT
MAT
MIS
t PHI
PSY
t REL
REL
t SOC
t SPA
t SPC
SPC
SWK
SWK
121
171
376
125
351
221
263
121
112
329
351
364
466
Principles of Accounting 11
Principles of Marketing
Accounting Theory and Practice II
Responding to the Challenges of Japan
International Management
Principles of Computer Organization
Principles of Microeconomics
Managerial Economics
Creating Learning Environments (2/13-4/3) (.5)
K-El Science Methods (1/9-1/30) (.25)
Children's Literature (2/13-4/3) (.5)
Creating Learning Environments
School and Society
American Literature Since 1920
Shakespeare
Topics: Women and Fiction
U.S. History Since 1877
Health and ChemicalDependency Education @ I S )
(1/30-3/27) (.5)
Finite Mathematics *
Discrete Mathematics *
Project Management
Ethics and Human Identity
Developmental Psychology - Child
Biblical Studies
World Justice and Hunger
Introduction to Human Society
Beginning Spanish II *
Intercultural Communication
Argumentation
Field Work I (by demand)
Field Work III
Sunday Afternoon (1:15
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
- 445)
- 445)
106/306 Calligraphy
242 Principles of Management
326 Tax Accounting
440 Operations Management
t ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312
ECO 313
ECO 315
EDE 282
EDE 364
EDE 375
EDE 376
EDE 380
EDS 374
EDS 375
ENG 336
t FRE 111
t GER 111
HPE 114
HPE 353
INS 232
MIS 175
MIS 475
t NOR 111
t REL 111
t SOC 265
t SPA 111
t SPA 112
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Money and Banking
Introduction to Special Education
InterdisciplinaryStudies (3/14-4/4) (.25)
Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (2/14-4/4) (.5)
K-El Social Studies Methods (1/10-1/31) (.25)
K-El Music Methods (1/10-1/31) (.25)
Natural Science Methods (1/10-2/28) (.5)
Social Studies Methods (1/10-2/28) ( . 5 )
British Literature: 17th & 18th Centuries
Beginning French I *
Beginning German I*
Health and S&ty Education (E/S) (1/10-2/28) (.5)
Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise
Afiican American Experience
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
Information Systems Analysis and Design
Beginning Norwegian 1*
Introduction to Theology
Culture: Gender, Ethnicity and Race
Beginning Spanish I *
Beginning Spanish II *
Day Schedule Evening Courses
ECO 413 Labor Economics (meets Feb. - May, Tuesdays 6-9)
ENG 101 DevelopmentalWriting (meets Feb. - May, Tuesdays 6-9)
Lifetime Sports
HPE 002 Lifetime Fitness (meets weekly for 8 weeks)
To be Arranged
BUS
EDE
EDS
HPE
299/399 Internship
363 Clinical Experience (.5)
352 Clinical Experience (.5)
489 Coaching Practicum (.5)
Mexico Travel Seminar - Center for Global Education
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
Feb. 21-28
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* **
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
48 1
481
481
482
482
482
483
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
483
483
484
481
482
483
484
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
*Extra C h or Lab Sea-ionsRequired
* *Additional Lab Fee Required
f These courses have been approved by the Augsburg General Education Committee as
meeting the new Liberal Arts Perspectives. See the 1991-1993 Ausgburg catalog for
more information about the Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Students entering Augsburg in 1992-1993 and transferring less than 16 Augsburg
course equivalents will complete Liberal Arts Perspectives along with their approved
major program.
Students who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992 academic year and
transferred less than seven Augsburg course equivalents are also required to complete
the new Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Spring Trimester
Friday Evening (6:OO - 10:OO)
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
BUS 242
BUS 466
ECO 112
EDE 350
EDE 376
EDE 380
EDE 382
EDS 353
EDU 264
EDU 388
ENG 111
ENG 361
ENG 272
HPE 114
MAT 131
MUS 130
NUR 330
PHY 101
PSY 357
REL 111
SOC 121
SPC 111
SPC 343
SPC 480
SWK 260
Principles of Management
International Marketing
Principles of Macroeconomics
Creating Learning Environments (5/14-6/18) (.5)
K-El Social Studies Methods (4/16-5/14) (.25)
K-El Music Methods (6/4-6/25) (.25)
K-El Math Methods (4/30-6/4) (.5)
Creating Learning Environments
Orientation to Education (4/16-5/21) (.5)
Human Relations (E/S) (4/16-5/21) (.5)
Effective Writing
Modern Fiction
European Literature: Renaissance to Modern
Health and Safety Education (E/S) (4/6-5/21) (.5)
Math for the Liberal Arts *
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Trends and Issues in Nursing*
Astronomy *
Learning
Introduction to Theology
Introduction to Human Society
Public Speaking
Broadcast Production I
Public Relations/Promotional Communication
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:OO
- 12:OO)
Microbiology *
Principles of Accounting II
BusinessLaw
Chemistry for Changing Times
Data Structures
Algorithms
Principles of Microeconomics
Management Science
Techniques of Teaching Reading
K-El Saence Methods (6/5-6/26) (.25)
Reading in the Content Areas (4/17-5/22) (.5)
Media Technology (4/17-5/22) (.5)
Effective Writing *
Introduction to Creative Writing
American Literature to 1920
U.S. Topics: History of the Twin Cities
H
e
a
l
t
hand Chemid Dependency Education
(4/14-5/22) (.5)
MAT 114 Elementary Functions *
MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
BIO 108
BUS 222
BUS 391
t CHM 100
CSC 210
CSC 320
t ECO 113
ECO 318
EDE 351
EDE 377
EDS 350
EDU 341
ENG 111
t ENG 226
ENG 350
HIS 331
HPE 115
t PHI 120 Ethics
t POL/342 Mass Communications in Society
SPC
t PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY
REL
t REL
SWK
SWK
353 Developmental Psychology: Middle and Older Adult
(Upper Division to be Announced)
483 Christian Ethics
461 Advanced Methods (by demand)
467 Social Worker as Professional
Saturday Afternoon (1:OO
- 500)
t BIO 105 Biology and Society
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
t ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
ENG
ENG
HPE
221
252
331
355
425
438
450
445
112
311
360
379
386
223
225
475
INS 495
MIS
PHI
t POL
PSY
PSY
t REL
t REL
SOC
SPC
SPC
SWK
SWK
370
230
158
356
3 81
221
369
349
351
355
462
469
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Marketing Communications
Advanced Accounting
Invesments
Marketing Management
Operating Systems & Computer Architecture
Principles of Macroeconomics
Public Finance
International Trade and Finance
K-El Art Methods (6/5-6/26) (-25)
Children's Literature (4/17-5/22) (.5)
Writing for Business and the Professions
Intermediate Expository Writing
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
(4/17-5/16) (.50)
Seminar: Research Methods in Women's Studies
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS
Logic
Political Patterns and Processes
Environmental Psychology
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Biblical Studies
Religious Imagination in Modem Literature
Complex Organizations
Argumentation
Small Group Communication
Field Work IT (by demand)
Field Work IV
Sunday Afternoon (1:OO
- 5:OO)
t ART 107 Drawing
BUS
BUS
t ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
242
340
113
3 13
3 18
364
375
Principles of Management
Human Resource Management
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Management Science
Interdisciplinary Studies (4/18-5/16) (.25)
Discovery in the World ofKindergarten (4/18-5/23)(.5)
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
EDE
EDE
EDE
ENG
ENG
FRE
GER
HPE
MIS
MIS
NOR
REL
SOC
SOC
SPA
SPA
387
388
389
245
341
112
112
482
279
476
112
265
365
112
211
K-ElLanguage Arts (5/23-6/27) (.5)
K-El Health Methods (5/23-6/27) (.5)
K-El Physical Education Methods (4/18-5/16) (.25)
Introduction to Literature
Advanced Creative Writing
Beginning French II *
Beginning German I1 *
Coaching Theory of Sport
Quantitative Methods for Business & Economics
Structure Systems Analysis and Design
Beginning Norwegian IT*
(Upper Division-To be Announced)
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation
Beginning Spanish II *
Intermediate Spanish I
Thursday Evenings
HPE 002 Beginning Aerobics (meets weekly for 8 weeks)
NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership & Management* * *
Time to be Arranged
BUS
EDE
EDS
NUR
299/399 Internship
363 Clinical Experience (.5)
352 Clinical Experience (.5)
311 Community Health Ntming 11* **
Day School Evening Schedule
ECO 413 Labor Economics (Tues. 6-9 p.m., Feb-May)
ENG 101 DevelopmenalWriting(Tues. 6-9p.m.,Feb-May)
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* * *
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
481
481
481
482
482
482
483
483
483
484
481
482
483
484
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
*Extra clarr or lab sessiolzc required.
**Additional labfee charged.
t
These courses have been approved by the Augsburg General Education Committee as
meeting the new Liberal Arts Perspectives. See the 1991-1993Ausgburg catalog for
more information about the Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Students entering Augsburg in 1992-1993and transferring less than 16 Augsburg
course equivalents will coiiiplete Liberal AIIS Perspectives along with their approved
major program.
Studen@who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992academic year and transferred
less than seven Augsburg course equivalents are also required to complete the new
Liberal Arts Perspectives.
7 3 1 2 1 s A~ V E N U E S O U T H
M I N N E A P O L IM
SN
. 55454
Show less
Starting April 19 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a... Show more
Starting April 19 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled. When this happens, you
may elect to receive a deposit refund or
substitute another course. To avoid
disappointment in course selection,
schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill
early. Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm registration in
person at the Business Office or they
will be dropped from the course.
Term I Summer School students are
required to finalize their registrations on
June 1 or 2. Term I1 registrations must
be finalized on June 28 or 29. This
procedure applies to all courses,
including internships and independent
studies. Finalizing registration will take
place at the Business Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. on June 1 or 2, and June 28 and
29. The balance owing for tuition must
be paid before registration is finalized.
Augsburg students please note:
(Balance due on Augsburg account
from previous termls must be paid in
full before you can finalize
registration.) A late fee of $50.00 will be
assessed for Term I registrations
completed on June 3. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I1 registrations
completed on June 30. Registrations will
not be accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your
registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill
out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50.00 for changing a registration after
the second day of each term. This must
be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 3 for Term
I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 30 for
Term I1 courses. This procedure applies
to internships and independent studies
as well as scheduled courses. Any
refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy."
@ Printed on recycled paper
Summer 1993
Term I
Beginning of scheduling
Registration
(must be confirmed in person
at the Business Office)
April 19
June 1-2
April 19
June 28-29
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
June 1
June 1-2
June 28
June 28
June 14
June 3
June 3
July 16
June 30
June 30
May 31
June 18
June 25
June 30
July 5
July 23
August 6
August 11
Last day to:
*Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's office
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status,
sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices
The tuition charge for 1993 Summer
School courses is as follows: $725.00 for
full-credit courses, $362.50 for half-credit
courses, and $181.25 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
.Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial aid is limited to the
Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student
taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is
eligible to apply for a Guaranteed
Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid
Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for
Financial Aid for Summer School is
April 15,1993. You must have a
complete file in the Financial Aid Office
by April 15 in order to receive an award
for Summer. Please pick up a Financial
Aid Application from the Financial Aid
Officer.
13 Ice Arena
K. Student/Cornrnuter Parking
Accessible Entrance
Campus Location
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left of Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational
activities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. An active summer
combining classes and
participation in metropolitan
events is a delightful and
broadening experience.
Augsburg in
the Summer-
fi
Augsburg College provides
a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships
and independent studies. Term I runs
from June 1 -June 25, Term I1 runs from
June 28 - August 6. This brochure
presents the Summer School Program
and was correct at the time of
publication.
L
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, tlie equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
v
Course levels are indicated by the first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sopliomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
need more information about a special
summer offering, please contact the
Summer Scl~oolOffice.
Independent study and internships, i,,
addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships iiivolve work
experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government or
industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students who need liousing may obtain
information from tlie Director of
the Right to cancel
listed courses.
Information
and For-ulzs
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murpliy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 6121330-1786 or call toll-free
1-8001788-5678
Elizabeth Bruch, Director
Barbara Pappenfus, Secretary
Eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities.
graduates of sucli institutions, anc
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies tlia t the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact tlie Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
,
Acceptance as a summer student c'
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Tliosc
wisliing to begin a degree program at
the College should 'ipplv tor acl~nission
tl~ouglitlie Office of Aclmissions or
Weekend Collcgc.
mw
-
ART 389-A
AMERICAN ART
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts.
M,T, W,TH
Foss 43
1:OO-4:OO p.m.
BIOLOGY
- -
BIO 101-A
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Mickelberg
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence d o humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (Three-hour lectures. A student
may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does
not apply to the major or minor.) Persp: Natural
World 1 or 2; Dist.: Biology/Chemistry
M,T, W,TII,F
Sci 205
8:30-11:30 a.rt1.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 221-A
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.:
None
M,T, W,TII
OM 10
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
BUS 242-A
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility; analysis of the role of the
professional manager. Dist.: None
M,T, W,TII
6:OO-9:OO p.111.
MIS 279-A
QUANTITATIVE METHODS
Morgan
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, samplillg
distribution, inference and estimation. Emphasis
on their use in applied problems in business and
economics. Students will use a computer-based
statistics program to analyze data as part of a
required statistical analysis project. (Prereq.: MIS
175 and either Math Placement Group 111or a
grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104).
9:30-11:50 a.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 43
I
1
BUS 322-A
ACCOUNTING THEORY
Kader
AND PRACTICE 1
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222 and ECO 113)
M,T, W,Th
OM 23
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
BUS 331-A
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
LaFave
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and mauagcment
of funds within thc firm. Sources and uses of long
and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, levcrage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prcreq.: BUS 222, ECO 113)Dist.: None
8:30-I 0:50 n.rt~.
M , T ,W,TIr,F
O M 11
ECONOMICS
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problcms facing
a metro-urban environment. This course will be
taught on an arranged basis. Contact with students
will be mutually arranged. By independent study.
Students nccd signature of instructor beforc Term
One begins (call 330-1152). P / N only. Dist.:
Urban/Minority/ Women's Studies, Persp.: Social
World 1 or 2, or City
Arrnr~gcd
ECO 112-A
PRINCIPLES OF MACRO-ECONOMICS Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, inter~iatio~lal
tradc, eco~lomicgrowth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp: Western Heritage 1 or 2
6:OO-9:00 y.rn.
M,T, W,Th
O M 17
EDUCATION
EDU 282-A
INTRODUCTION TO
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Metcalf
Introduction to the field of special education.
Examines the nature, causes, and educational
interventions for such exceptionalities as mcntal
retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision
impairment, learning disabilities, behavior
disorders and giftedness. Dist.: None.
12:OO-3:OO p.rrr.
M,T, W,Tlr
O M 25
EDE 382-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
Drewlow
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Examination and preparation of materials and
rcsources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and clemcntary levels. Dist.: None
(1/ 2 course)
6:OO-9:00 p,~rr.
T,Tlr
1. 4
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on thc study of values, of communication
techniques, and of tlie major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
rclations skills applicable to teaching and othcr
professional vocations. Required for all Elcmentary
and Secondarv Education maiors. Owen to all. P / N
only. Dist.: None (1/2 course)
5:30-8:30 y.rtr.
M ,W
O M 78
1
L
ENGLISH
ENG 245-A
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of narrative, drama and poetry in order to
appreciate more fully thc pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefore draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and raccs,
from male and female writers. As tlie prerequisite
for all upper courscs in literature, Introduction to
Literature aims in particular to devclop studcnts'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
9:30-71:50 o.111,
M,T, W,TIr,F
O M 18
ENG 282-A
TOPICS IN LITERATURE: FILM
ADAPTATIONS OF FICTION
Schmit
This course is designed to consider narrative
fiction as a genre and tlic novel as a literary form.
To do this we will look at what happens whcn
novels arc recast in the strict thrce-act form of a
scrccnplay and translated into thc medium of film.
By focusing on differcnces with respect to point of
view, narrative time, and modes of representatiml
(linguistic vs. physical representation, for
example), we will see what a novel does and llow
it does it. We will read four novels as a class and
view a film adapted from each. In addition, cnch
studcnt will read a novel and view a film, then
make a presentation to the class about tllc
adaptation. In addition to thc prcsentatiou, there
will be a six to cight page paper and a final exam.
6:OO-9:00 p.rrl.
M,T, W,TIr
MP 3
ENG 282-8
Griffin
TOPICS IN LITERATURE: THE CITY
In tlic city, remarks Alexis de Tocquevillc,
"humanity attains its most complete development
and its most brutish; herc civilization works its
miracles, and civilized man is turned back almost
into a savage." The powcr of the city to nourish or
corrupt the human soul is a persistent theme in
western tradition. This course will study primarily
American novels, pocms, essays and films that
explorc this theme. Texts will be supplemented by
the resourccs of thc Twin Citics. Course work will
i~lvolvediscussion of texts, papers, exams, and an
out-of-class cxpcric~~tial
component.
6:00-9:OO ~ . I I I .
A4,T, W,TIr
O M 29
ENG 265-A1365-A
UNDERSTANDING AMERICA
THROUGH LITERATURE AND FILM Palosaari
Introduction to significant works of American
litcraturc and film. Selections will be studied as
cultural documents as wcll as works of art. Dist.:
Literature (Prereq.: ENG 111)
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
M,T, W,TIi
O M 17
MODERN LANGUAGES
GER I l l - A
Quanbeck
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for studcnts witli no
previous background in German. Dist.: Language
Lcvel 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 Language Level 1
8:30-10:50 n.111.
M , T , W,Tlr,F
SPA I l l - A
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
O M 27
Kingsley
SPA I l l - P
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Lcvcl 1; Persp.:
Intcrcultural Awareness 2 - Language Level 1
8:30-10:50 n.11i.
5:30-750 p.111.
M , T , W,Tlr,F (Sectioli 1)
M,T, W,TIr,F (Sectioii 11) O M 25
INS 225-A
Kader
INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM
This course is designcd by a practicing Muslim to
present his perception of Islam to uon-Muslims.
The course will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Sliari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also bc a
consideration of tlie diffcrcnces between tlie
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will
also be some effort to deal with tlie similarities and
differenccs between Islam and both Christianity
and Judaism, and a visit to one of tlie mosques in
the Twin Cities. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's
Studies; Persp,: Intercultural Awareness 1
8:30 - 10:50 n.111.
M , T , W,Th,F
1. 4
INS 264-A
AMERICAN INDIANS
Allery
IN THE CINEMA
This coursc will bc an historical survey of
Hollywood movies that created and continue to
foster images of the North American Indian in
Amcrica~isociety. Movies will include: Dr~rlris
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Alorig tlle Molmruk; Shndoru Cntclier; Broke11Arrow;
Little Big Mnrr; nlid Pozu-zuozu Highruny. Issues to bc
HPE 499-A
Staff
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
discussed will be authenticity, misreprcscntation,
stereotypes and the usc of Indian and uon-Indian
actors.
Arraiiged
8:30-10:50 o.111.
M , T , W,TII
OM 29
HISTORY
HIS 348-A
RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET
Kimball
UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Tlic course offers an introductory historical survey
of tlie Soviet Union. It begins with a brief
examination of Russian liistory before t ~ ~ r n i ntog
tlie Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and
Lcnin's consolidation of power. Latcr topics
include: tlie rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World
War 11, the Cold War and tlie slow rcjection of
Stalinism culminating in an examination of recent
events since the emergence of Gorbacllev. Tlie
coursc will empliasize political, diplomatic,
economic and cultural liistory by focusing on
Soviet political practices and institutions.
9:30-17 :50 n.1r1.
M , T , W,Tlr,F
O M 23
PHI 120-A
Apolloni
ETHICS
Ethics studies our moral beliefs and lielps students
considcr the basis for making moral judgments.
Tlie course explores the major philosopliical
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then
applies these approaches to contemporary
personal and social moral issucs. This enablcs
stude~itsto be aware of tlie nature of value
disputcs, the different perspcctives taken and tlie
reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout the
course Christian ethics will inform our
considerations. Students taking PHI 120 may not
take PI-I1 125. Dist.: History/Pliilosopliy, Persp.:
Christian Faitli 3
8:30-70:50 n.111.
M , T , W,TII,F
L1
INTERDISCIPLINARY
PHYSICS
INS 1991399-A
Hesser
INTERNSHIP
A work-based lcarning experience in wliich a
student designs a learning agreement witli a
faculty member wliich links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunitics found in the
placement, Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: City
PHY 106-A
INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY Jasperson
A study of the science and wonders of the
atmosphcre. The course is designed to provide a
working knowledge of the basic science principles
required for understanding weather and climate.
Laboratory exercises arc included as an integral
part of the course. The course is designed to be an
elective or to satisfy the distribution/gcncral
education requirement for the liberal arts student.
Plcase contact Bill Jasperson for schcdulc of
additional lab sessions. (Prercq.: Mathematics
Placement Group 11) Dist.: Matli/Pliysics; Pcrsp.:
Natural World 1 or 2
Arrnlrgcd
1.00-4:00 p.111.
M , T , W,Th
SC1205
PSY 325-A
SOCIAL BEHAVIOR
Attridge
Social factors which influence individual and
group bchavior in naturalistic and experimental
settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102
or 105)
1:00-4:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TIi,F
OM 18
REL 369-A
THE RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION
IN MODERN LITERATURE
Skibbe
"Particillarities of religious discerliment,
symbolism, and world view. Reading and
discussion of nine novels." Students who take this
course must do work of 2.0 or better to get credit.
Dist,: Religion, Persp.: Christian Faith 3
8:00-10:15 n.!n.
M,T, W,TIi,F
MP 1
SOC 199-Al399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) wliicli links the ideas and
methods of sociology to the opportunities found in
the placement. Participation in a weekly scminar is
expected. Persp.: City
Arrnrrged
SWK 260-A
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Brennan
This course provides tlie knowledge basic to an
understanding of liun~angrowth through the life
cyclc and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors wliicli
influence the growth of iiidividuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
tlie role of the "nurturing environment" in relation
to liuman growtli, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses rclevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through usc of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
9:3il-11:SO ~ . I I I ,
M,T, W,TIi,F
L 17
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arrn~~ged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and consent
of instructor).
Arrnllged
SPC 323-A
EFFECTIVE BUSINESS SPEAKING
Olson
The course is designed to increase studcnts'
understanding of communication, theory and
principles, and to improve presentation skills as
they pertain to an organizational setting. Format of
the class will include: text reading, lecture,
individual and group presentation, and class
participation. (Prereq.: SPC 111)
5:30-8:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TII
MP 1
SPC 347-A
DOCUMENTARY VIDEO
Bart
A video production course which integrates
lecture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will
work in production teams, gaining experience in
field production and editing.
9:30-11:50 n.~!!.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 170
1
JUNE 28
TO
AUGUST 6
w :4 4:,a,.:-â¢
ART 107-A
DRAWING
Bollman
An introduction to and definition of drawing
methods and media. Drawing is presented as a
diverse art form which can be experienced in a
variety of ways. Traditional and non-traditional
media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
OM 17
ART 118-A1355-A
PAINTING
Bollman
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustrate the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
OM l 7
ART 132-AISPC 132-A
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ARTl32-PISPC 132-P
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION11) Fciederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
iens reflex camera. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp:
Aesthetics. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $175-$200.
(Class size limited to 14.)
1:30-5:00 p.ln.
M,W (Section I)
OM 6
M,W (Section 11)
OM 6
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
BUSINESS
MIS 175-A
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECONOMICS AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to computing concepts and
microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages
and current applications. Learn to use MS-DOS,
Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase III+. May study
other applications (Microsoft Word, Excel). The
completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will
serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1
or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
530-9:OO p.ln.
M ,W
Foss 20
BUS 222-A
PRINCIPLES or ACCOUNTING 11
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations.
Dist.: None (Prereq.: BUS 221)
10:05-ll:30a.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
OM 10
BUS 340-A
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30 p.irr.
M,W
OM 10
BUS 440-A
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management
of operating functions. Examples from service
industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view.
Topics include an overview of operations, planning
operation processes, productivity measurement,
standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling and
operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
T,TII
OM 10
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term Two begins (call 330-1152).P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/ Minority/Women's Studies; Persp.: City
and Social World 1 or 2
Arrflnged
ECO 113-A
PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the
household, lirm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/ Political
Science; Persp.: City and Social World 1 or 2
6:OO-9:30 p.t!l.
M ,W
OM 29
ECO 315-A
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I)
Gupta
ECO 315-P
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11) Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: None
(Prereq.: Eco 112,113)
M , W (Sectioll I)
6:OO-9:30 p.nr.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,TIi (Sectio~i11)
Foss 42
EDU 341-A
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Hackney
Psycliological and philosopliical dimensions of
com~nunicationthrough the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teacIiing/lear~~ing
situation. Computer training will
be included in this course. Dist.: None; Persp.: None
(L2 course)
5:30-9:OO ~ . I I I .
T,TIi
Foss 175
EDE 364-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for integration specific skill
developments througli various subjects at tlie
kindergarten and elementary levels, (V4 course)
530-7:30 ~ . I I I ,
M , T , W,Th
MP-1
Dntes: [ I J I I C28 - / r ~ l y8
EDE 375-A
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student
teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level. Dist.: None ( l / 2
course) (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
11:30-1:30 p.111.
I. 1
Dotes:/rr~le28,29,30;/11ly1 , 6, 7 , 8, 13, 14, 15
EDE 377-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and .preparation of materials and
rcsources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (1 /4 course)
1:30-3:30 p.111.
M,W
OM4
Dotes: 1111y7,12,14,19,21,26
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
Emphasis on the study of values, communication
tecliniques, and the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professions. Required for all elementary and
secondary education majors. Ope11 to all. P / N only.
Dist.: None (1/2course)
70:05-11:30 n.111.
M ,W
L 77
EDS 390-A
COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN THE
ENGLISH CLASSROOM
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who
plan to teach high scliool Englisl~.It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in tlie high
school English curriculum.
6:00-9% p.r11,,
T,TII
1. 17
EDS 391-A
TEACHING MASS MEDIA
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who plan
to teach lug11 school English. Students will explore tlie
nature of tlie niedia as "consciousncss uid~~shies,"
examining the whys of teaching tlie media, how to
effectively go about it, what kind of assuniptions
mcdia education has been based on in the past, and
liow to i~icorpratemcdia education into the English
curriculum. The students will become familiar with
all forms of mass media and will understand the
impact of media 011 their lives. Students will learn
how to be discriminating users of Inass media and
liow to teach others to be the same. (1R course)
6:fJU-9:30 ~ . I I I .
M
L 17
A
EDE 386-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for cliildren's literature at tlie
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. Dist.: None (1 /2 course)
530-9:00 p.~rl.
T
EDE 387-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Labora torv cxoeriences.
Graduate > ~ c v eSkill:
l
writink (P;ereq.: EDE 255 or
EDS 265) (1/2 course)
17:30-1:30 P,III.
1. 4
Dntes: / I I J I ~28,29,.30; Jlrly 1,6,7,8,13,14,15
'GLISH
ENG I l l - A
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Castor
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning
research techniques and writing critical reviews. At
least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is
givcn to increasing students' effectiveness in
choosing, organizing and developing topics,
thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style.
Minimum passing grade for credit is 2.0. Dist.:
Entry level skill: Writing (separate)
6:OO-9:00~ , I I I .
T,TII
O M 27
ENG 241-AISPC 241-A
INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell
An investigation of the cinematic qualities,
theoretical principles and historical evolution of
tlie film medium. The cmphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the
viewing and analysis of both feature length and
short films illustrating the i~lternational
development of film form and selected aesthetic
movements such as tlie American studio film and
its genres, German cxprcssionism, Soviet ~nontagc,
Italian neorealism and the French new wave.
Bccausc of film lcngtlis, some classes will go to 10
p.m. Dist.: None,: Persp.: Acstlietics
6:OO-9:30y.111.
T ,7h
L4
ENG 361-A
Miskowiec
STUDIES IN MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers of the
20th century, chiefly Europcan and non-Wcstcm.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Foss 20
9:00 rr.111.-12:00y.111. M,W
ODERN LANGUAGES
GER 112-A
Quanbeck
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Dist.: Language Lcvel
2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3, Language
Level2
8:10-955 a.rlr.
M,T, W,TIi
Foss 42
SPA 112-A
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
Kingsley
SPA 112-P
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking
world. Dist.: Language Level 2; Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 3, Language Level 2
8:10-955 n 111.
M,T,W,Tli fSrctio11I ) OM 25
5:30-7:15 p.111.
M,T,W,TIi (Sectior~!I) OM 25
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 410-A
ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF
THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health
services and relationships to community health
programs and resources. Methods and materials in
health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community. (Prereq.: HPE 320)
CI. ROOIII
711
530-8:30 y.~n,,,
T, W,TIi
HIS 115-A
Zehnder
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from
the rise of ~~ationalism
and the decline of the
Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th Century to
the current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and
the Levant. The goal is a better understanding of
how the Middle East reached its contemporary
complexity, its role in the wider world.
M,W
OM 13
6:00-9:30 ~ . I I I .
MAT 173-A
Kaminsky
MATH OF INTEREST
Ever wondered why women have been charged more
than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits? Or why women pay less for life insurance?
Or how life insurance premiums and installment loan
payments are calculated? Or how much money to
invest to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual
payment at a future date? Tl~eseand other interesting
and useful topics in the mathematics of financial
transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based
on classroom participation and quizzes. This course is
useful for students in business and economics or
those students interested in careers in finance-related
fields. Course will satisfies the General Education
quantitative reasoning requirement. Math
Placement Group 111. Dist.: Math/Physics
6:00-9:30 p.nr.
M, W
HILOSOPHY
-
PHI 175-A
PHILOSOPHY OF LOVE AND SEX
Apolloni
What is thc nature of romantic love, sexual desire
and friendship, both healthy and dysfunctional? This
course, will consider the following ethical sexual
issues: Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? Is
promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery
immoral? Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are
homosexuality and 1.esbianism sexual perversions? Or
are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Language intensive. Discussion and term paper required.
Dist.: History/Philosophy; Persp.: Human Identity
M,T,W,TIl,F
L1
8:30-10:50 O.III.
PHY 101-A
ASTRONOMY
Stenstrom
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars
and galaxies. The course also traces the development
of scientific thought from early civilization to the
present day. The necessary optical instruments are
explained and use is made of 12 inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron and a three-inch
Questar Night viewing and lab sessions are important
components. Students need to contact instructor at
330-1039 to schedule additional viewing and lab
sessions. (Prereq.: Mathcma tics Placement Group 11)
Dist.: MatIilPhysics; Persp.: Natural World 2
6:00-9:30 y.1~.
M,W
SC1205
'ICAL SCIENCE
INS 199-A1399-A
Hesser
INTERNSHIP
A work-bascd learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) which links the ideas and
methods of their major to the opportunities found
in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar
is expected. Persp.: City
A rro~iged
POL 329-A
Walcott
PUBLIC POLICY
This coutse will introduce the student to both substantive
public policy and policy analysis by simulating of a
congressional committee where stude~ltswill play roles
of both legislative policy makers and administrators
defending their programs. Students will not only read
about public policy, but will also apply their knowledge
of policy issues and the governmental proccss.
6:00-9:30 p.111.
T,Tlr
OM 23
SOCIAL WORK
PSY 373-A/ SPC 373-A
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Attridge
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational
behavior. Factors and practices such as
management styles, evaluation and maintenance of
work effectivencss, and social influences. (Prereq.:
PSY 105) Persp: None
6:00-9:30 p.111.
M, W
Foss 43
REL 373-A
Bensan
RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan
that are usually associated with religion, i~lcl~iding
the popular religious traditions of China,
Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese
Shintoism. Dist.: Yes
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
T,TII
OM 29
REL 483-A
CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Olson
The bases of Christian social respmsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics,
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
11 :40-1:25 p.111,
M,T, W,TIi
OM 10
SOC 199-AI399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a student
designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member)
which links the ideas and methods of sociology to the
opportunities found in the placement. Participation
in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: City
Arm~lged
SOC 265-A
CULTURE ETHNICITY, GENDER
AND RACE
Bloom
Some dime~lsionsof gender, race and other intergroup relations. Major attention is focused upon
the role of society's values.and self-understanding.
(P/N only) Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women
Studies; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
M,W
OM 27
SOC 356-A
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and
processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, half-way houses, courts, etc. Dist.: None
1:30-590 p.111.
T,TIi
Foss 20
-
SWK 257-E/399-E1599-E
EXPLORING FAMILY HEALTH & SOCIAL
SERVICES IN THE '90s, U.S.A.-U.K.
COMPARISONS
Egas
Identifies, analyzes and evaluates different
approaches in the U.S.A. and U.K. through interdisciplinary dialogue, classroom and field
cncounters. First week - Orientation at Augsburg
(6/21-24); Second and third weeks -Work with
British professionals and students at Bristol
University, England (6/25-7/9). British tutors and
group leaders. Cost: $3,500 (approx.) includes air
fare, ground travel, accommodations, most meals.
Call Blanca Rosa Egas at 330-1713 for information.
Dist.: None; Persp.: City.
Arrairged
Foss 43
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Arm~rged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
Department guidelines. (Prereq.:SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Armrrged
-
SPEECHXMN
THEATRE A nTC
SPC 352-A
PERSUASION
Holmquest
Theory of how people arc influenced to change
attitudes and behavior. Topics include obstacles to
persuasion; logical and psychological appeals;
empirical research; persuasion in politics, sales,
advertising and interpersonal contexts; mass
movements and campaigns; impact of the mass
media; and ethical issues. Includes speech and
promotional projects.
M,T, W,Th
Foss 42
2:30-4:15 p 111.
SPC 414-A/INS 414-A
FEMINIST RHETORIC
Nilsson
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical
perspective on American feminism, and 2) to
develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.:
Urban/Minority/Women's Studies.
5:30-9:30 p.~tr.
T,Th
OM 18
Augsburt
College
Summer School
Show less
OFFICIAL
PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
731 2 1 AVENUE
~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN
, 55454
:I1
yI
..
'
b:
612-330-1000
in.
This catalog should answer most questions students have'
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although
information was current at the time of publication, it is... Show more
OFFICIAL
PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
731 2 1 AVENUE
~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN
, 55454
:I1
yI
..
'
b:
612-330-1000
in.
This catalog should answer most questions students have'
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although
information was current at the time of publication, it is subject
to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each
student to know the requirements and academic policies in
this publication. If you have questions about anything in this
catalog, consult a faculty advisor, the Dean of the College or
the Registrar. Key offices are listed at the back of the catalog
for correspondence or telephone inquiries.
':
I
i
,
k
1
I
;
Location -Augsburg College was
founded in 1869in Marshall, Wisconsin.
The College moved to Minneapolis,
Minnesota,in 1872
increase awareness and provide
assistance for students with disabilities.
cal Lutheran Church in America
Financial Aid -Over 80 pacent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
(ELCA).Although a strong plurality of
students are Lutheran, two in 10
represent other Protestant denominations while approximatelytwo in 10 are
Roman Catholic.
Libmy -Over 175,000 items, access to
over 5,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin
Cities private college library consortium, and Minitex, the regional library
network
Accreditation -North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education. Approved by
American Chemical Society,Council on
Social Work Education, National
Assodation for Music Therapy, Inc.,
National Association of Schoolsof
Music, National League for Nursing.
School Year -Septemberto May, 4-14
calendar, with January Interim. Two
summer school sessions. Augsburg
Weekend College-trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program
-trimesters, W b e r to June.
Member -Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council
in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Eoard,as d d b e d on page 11.
Off Campus Programs-Center for
Global Education, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA), Minnesota Studies in
InternationalDevelopment (MSID),
Study Abroad, International Business
Program, Upper Midwest Association
of Intedtural Education (UMAIE) and
extensive cooperative education
P'ogram.
Athletic Affiliation -Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference 0,
and National Collegiate Athletic
Assodation (NCAA), Division III.
Religious Affiliation -The Evangeli-
Enrollment (1990-'91) -2,%5 from 26
states and 28 nations.
Graduates -10,781 from 1870 through
August 31,1990 .
StudentlFaculty Ratio -15.6 to 1.
Class size averages 20-30.
Campus -15mapr buildings. Mapr
renovation 1979-'80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
Accessibility -Augsburg is now one
of the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway-tunnelelevator
system provides access to 10 major
buildings without going outside. In
addition to building modifiaations,
Augsburg has a student-run program to
Majors -More than 45 in 22 departments.
Policy -Augsburg College does not
. . . on the basis of race, creed,
e-t
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as requiredby
Title D( of the 1972EducationalAmendments or Section 504of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admission
policies, educational pmpms, activities
and employment practices.
Fads and Figures ................................................................................. 2
Introducing Augsburg ........................................................................ 7
Admissions ......................................................................................... 15
.................................... 21
Financing Your Education ......................
.
College Costs ................................................................................. 22
Financial Aid ................................................................................. 25
Scholarships
. ................................................................................... 30
Student Life ........................................................................................
47
Academic Information .....................................................................-59
General Information .................................................................. 6 0
Academic Organization and Programs .................................... 63
Majors and Minors ....................................................................... 63
Academic Policies and Procedures ............................................76
General Education CurriculumRequirements .........................81
Evaluation and Grading ..........................................................
-89
Departments and Programs (including course descriptions) .....97
Art ................................................................................................... 99
Biology ........................................................................................104
Business Administration and
Management Information Systems (MIS).............................108
Chemistry .....................................................................................116
East and Southeast Asian Studies ............................................121
Economics ............................ .
.
............... 123
Education .....................................................................................127
Engineering..................................................................................136
English .........................................................................................138
First Year Experience ..................................................................144
Foreign Language Department .................................................145
General Studies .................................-........
156
Global Education Programs ......................................................157
Health and Physical Education ...............................................161
History ..................................................................................... 165
Humanities ...................................................................
169
.
.
Interdisciplinary Studies............................................................170
American Indian Studies ....................................................
171
Ethnic Studies .........................................................................172
Women's Studies ...................................................................
173
International Relations .............................................................174
Mathematics and Computer Science .......................................175
Metro-Urban Studies.......................... .
.
.
............................... 182
Music ..... ............
.............................................................. 188
Natural Science
................................ 198
Nursing ....................... ,
.
.
..................................................... 1 9 9
Philosophy ...................................................................................
203
Physics ..........................................................................................207
Political Science ...........................................................................
212
Psychology ...................................................................................217
Religion ......................................................................................222
Scandinavian Area Studies........................................................
227
Social Science
.............................................. 228
Social Studies.....................................................
....*. .....228
Social Work ..................................................................................229
Sociology ......................................................................................
234
Soviet and East European Studies ............................................238
Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts .............................239
College Information ........................................................................ 247
Board of Regents ......................................................................... 248
ELCA Education Division .........................................................249
Directory ......................................................................................250
Administration ................
........................................... 251
Faculty Emeriti ............................................................................ 253
Academic Calendar ....................................................................254
Faculty ..........................................................................................Z 6
Index ..................................................................................................
269
Maps ..................................................................................................274
.....
....................
...
.......................
.
.
.
.
............ ..
A GREETING
FROM THE
On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg
College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and
to use thisopportunity to welcome new and returning students.
Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable, quality liberal arts
college of the church. The mission of the College, its academic programs and
its metropolitanlocation attract a wide variety of students, a diversity which
is actively encouraged. Whether from a small town, a large city or another
country, all students enjoy the sense of community here at Augsburg.
The College continues to grow at a mnarkable pace, building on a tradition
of excellence in its programs, faculty, students and facilities. It is a place
where community, national and world leaders meet to discuss issues and
ideas.
I invite you to become part of this tradition of excellence -Augsburg is an
exciting and challenging place to prepare for your future.
I look forward to meeting you on campus.
President
Augsburg College is grounded in traditions -the traditions of its founders,
of the church and of higher education in the liberal arts. From this framework springs a dynamic, challenging and evolving institution that rises to
the challenges of today's -and tomorrow's -changing world.
Augsburg is committed to educating the whole person, encouragingand
respecting diversity and serving the larger community. Through education,
understanding and service, Augsburg faculty, staff and students can affect
the future in positive ways.
The phrase, 'Think globally, act locally, rings true at Augsburg. The
College's location in the heart of the Twin Cities provides rich opportunities
for experiential education, volunteer service, internships and cultural
enrichment. In a sense, the cities are an extended campus for Augsburg
students.
Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a
difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto,
"Education for Service," and to the Mission of the College:
To dmelopfuture ltnders of service to the world by proznding high quality educational oj?prtunifies which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by
an intentionally diverse campus community.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in
Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in
Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college
students were enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879.
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal
and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of
Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and
to provide such "college1' studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: First, train ministerial candidates;
second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer,
worker, and businessman The statement stressed that a good education is
also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower
concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been
Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years.
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's
second president (18761907), required students to get pre-ministerial
experience in city congregations.Student involvement in the community
gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for
Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called
the Lutheran Free-Church.The church was a group of independentcongregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity.
This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the
small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily
as an attachment to the seminary.
This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,
Jr. became President He worked to develop college departmentswith an
appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be
ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
College as a teacher and administrator.
The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937,
Augsburg elected Bernhard Quistensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher,
to be pmident (1938-1%2).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles
made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life.
After World War JI, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and
improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the
institution than the seminary, and received the most attention.
Augsburg added departmentsessential to a liberal arts college, offering a
modern college program based on general education requirements and
elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effortto become
accredited.
The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had
entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time.
A study in 1962 definedthe College's mission now as serving the good
society as a whole first and the interests of the Lutheran Fnx Church
second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Northwestern Seminary)in St. Paul in 1963.
President Oscar A. Anderson (19&1980) continued Augsburg'semphasis
on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out b non-traditional
student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people.
During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen
Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the College since 1980.He guides
Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and
freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs and a curriculum that draws
on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom.
Augsburg continues to grow under his leadership. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting Weekend College and three
Master of Arts degree programs, hosting national and international figures
at College-sponsoredforums and events, increased accessibility and the
addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community
and church;
Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension
in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens;
The city, with all its excitement, challenges and diversity is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metre
politan center. There are now more than lO,W Augsburg alumni. In a world
that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still
sends out graduates who make a differencewhere they live and work.
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 155parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes."
The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest
medical centers -Riverside Medical Center -are adjacent to the campus,
with the Mississippi River and the Seven Comers theater district just a few
blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of
arts, sports, entertahment and recreation opportunities, are minutes west
and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus,
or on bus routes that also conned with the suburbs. (See map in back)
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to
Minneapolis-St. Paul Internationalm r t and bus or train connections can
be made from all areas of the United States.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
d,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Ad of 1973, as amended, in its admissionspolicies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries
regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinatorslisted in the
directory in the back of this catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota
Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota
Street, St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on
Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of
University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schoolsand the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary).Our programs are approved by the
American Chemical Society, the Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for
Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National
Association of Schoolsof Music (NASM).
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private
College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsementof the institution.
Registration does not mean that &its earned at the institution can be
transferred to other institutionsor that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer.
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently
located near each other.A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower
dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall,
Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Admissions Office -The central admissions office is located at 628 21st
Avenue South and pmvides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
American Indian Support Program and International Center -Located at 620
21st Avenue South, these programs provide support services and information to
American Indian and international students, as well as others who wish to spend a
term studying abroad.
Christensen Center -Center of non-academic activity, with spacious lounges
and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore and offices for student government
and student publications. (1%7)
Center for Global Education -Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides
offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global
issues.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication-The
newest building on campus establishes a new "front doof' for the College on
Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and
June Foss and those from a great number of alumni and friends of the College. The
Tpmhom-Nelson Theater is also housed in this complex, which contains space for
the campus ministry pmgram, drama and communication. Augsburg's computer
lab is located in the lower level of this facility. (1988)
Ice Arena -Two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational
skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. (1974)
Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, Dean of Men from 1920 to 1942,
basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department, provides facilities for the
health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics,
chapel services and general auditorium purposes. (1961)
Mortensen Tower - Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women from
1923to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass
students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973)
Music Hall -Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal
halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978)
Old Main -Home for the Foreign Language and Art Departments, with class-
rooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, and made
accessible in 1990, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details
from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900)
Science Hall -Houses classrooms, wellequipped laboratories, a medium-sized
auditorium and faculty offices. (1949) In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the
roof was completed.
South Hall and Annex Houses -All located in or near the campus area,provide
additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president,
contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the
Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955)
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall -Named in honor of Augsburg's second and
third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938)
Tutor Center -This house at 2011 South Seventh Street has rooms for individual
tutoring sessions, quiet study and assistance with study skills.
2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices for Weekend College, Graduate and Special
Programs, and Cooperative Education, as well as classroom space. (1964)
Urness Tower -Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have
given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324
students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room,
with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967)
West Hall -Apartment housing for upperclass students. (1966)
Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction - InterRace facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work,
communities and society. The Institute provides training and consultation,
research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy and legal
study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership ( M M l T ) -A program that
encourages the retention and graduation of students of color. The program
coordinates the existing resources of schools, families and communities and
also develops new resources. Located at 2018 South Eighth Street.
Scandinavian Center -Coordinates the efforts of individuals and groups
interested in the five Nordic nations. Located at 2400 Butler Place.
Youth and Family Institute -Designed to help churches better serve the
changing needs of youth and families. The Institute at 2018 South Eighth
Street offers academic programs at both undergraduate and graduate levels,
as well as seminar/workshops, a resource center and counseling services.
A u g s b ~ college
r ~ is looking forstudents with intelligenceand
characler. We want people who can ben+t from and contribute to their
community -the College community and the community at large.
Becausefirsthand appraisal qf programs, facilities and academic*a
sphere is valuable,fieshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to
visit the campus and me& with an Admissions Counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member 4 the jkulty and to attend
classes when schml is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with
college planning. Just call the Admissions Ofice any weekday behoeen
8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. -(612)330-1001, or toll-free (800)788-5678.
They will answer your questions and arrange a tour@ any duy
(including Saturhy mornings during the school year). The @ce is on
the northwest corner qf Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in
Minneaplis. (Pleasecall first.)
Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful
consideration of each candidate's academic achieuemmt, psonal
qualities and interests,participation in activities and employment and
potential for development as a student and a graduate of Augsburg
College. lle Collegeselects students on individual merit without
regard to race, creed,disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application
for admission and essay and return them to the Admissions Office together
with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
Transcripts-An o f f i d transcript from the high school is required of
freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students
at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent,
followed by a final transuipt upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree
scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school tramaipt.
Test Scores -Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the
Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test
(SAT), or the American College Test (ACT).It will suffice if test scores are
recorded on the official high school transcript.
Additional Information -If there is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included
with the application or discussed personally with an Admissions Counselor.
Academic recommendationsmay be required by the Admissions Cornmittee before an admissions decision is made.
On occasion, the AdmissionsCommittee may also defer a decision on a
candidate's admission until other information has been received. For
example, more recent test scores, results of the present semesteis
coursework, additional letters of recommendation or writing samples may
be requested by the Committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the
Admissions Office will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision -Augsburg College uses a "rolling"
admissions plan. Studentsare notified of the admissions decision, usually
within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of Admission -Accepted students who are applying for
financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within
30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in
writing to the Diredor of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in
College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit.
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a
degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the
senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete
the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic
recommendationsfrom the high school faculty and arrange a personal
interview with the Director of Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at
Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment
Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information.
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having
completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is
granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorilycompleted at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses
where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for
work taken at unaccredited institutions and to require that certain courses
be taken at Augsburg.
Augsburg College limits transfer from two-year colleges once a student has
reached junior status. If all transfer work has been taken at a two-year
college as freshman or sophomore, a maximum of 18Augsburg courses, or
% quarter credits, will be accepted toward the minimum of 35 Augsburg
course credits required for the baccalaureate degree.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA)of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes
necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental
catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary.
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without
requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for readmission through the Registrais Office. Students who have attended any
other institution(s1during the absence from Augsburg must have an official
transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
In some circumstances,people may be admitted as special students (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually
part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree
by petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at
Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be
sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from
the Admissions Office.
A u g s b e welcomes students from countriesaround the world. Intemational students from more than 47 countries have attended Augsburg since
1954. Studentsshould contact the Admissions Office for an International
Student Application and informationon the application pracedm. Applications must be d v e d two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1
for Fall,November 1for Spring.
For more information, call (612)33@1001or write to:
InternationalStudent Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
A l l students re~eiiw~nancial
k l p iindrecttly, since a quality liberal arts
education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College r a k that
difference in
-fim alumni,faculty, stafi parents, church,^,
foudutions and endowment income.
Howeuer, the primay responsibilityfor paying@ a college education
r ~ ton
s students and theirfamilks.Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources.
sffs
The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1991-'92 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as
required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic
conditionsnecessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
..........................................................$10114S.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1991.
Studentsare considered full-time when they take three or more courses
during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school
year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees and admission to
most College-supportedevents, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable
in two equal installmentsat the beginning of each semester.
,.-..-.
-.-....
.....
Tuition (part-timeenrollment)per course
,
,
.
, $768.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester
and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
....................................
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
$384.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students
taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
.......................................................$2,00400
Full Board (19 meals a week)...............................................................$1,828.00
Room Rent (includes telephone)
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet
available from the Office of Student Life.
Partial board (14 meals a week) ......................
Flex 5 point plan
-...-.l-l.ll.$l1776.00
....................................................................................$1,616.00
Fees Billed on Student Account
Fees Payable by CheddCash
ACTC Bus (full-time
$ 12.00
students only)
Late Registration (per day
after classesbegin)
$ 50.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (cancel/add/change/grade
option, or combiition
$ 5.00
at one time)
Music Therapy Internship
(one half course credit) $384.00
Private Music Lessons,
per semester (14 lessons) $225.00
Student Teachiig (per course
$ 30.00
for full-time students)
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) $326.00
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) $150.00
Student Activity Fee
$ 85.00
Student Activity Fee (parttime students)
$ 4250
Application (new and/or
special students)
$ 15.00
Nursing Credit
Validation Tests
$110.00
Nursing
Comprehensive Exam
$ 10.00
Locker Rental (commuters) $ 15.00
Student Parking Lot Permit
-~ar
$ 55.00
-motorcycle
$ 25.00
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) $ 2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file in Registra/s
BOOKS AND ~
U
P
P
w)
~
These costs are estimated to be $500.00 per year.
.................................................
$100.00
Enrollment Deposit (Non-refundable)
Required of all new studentsafter acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is
credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated.Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be
refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the
Admissions Office.
......................................................................
$100.00
Housing Damage Deposit
Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve
a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or
fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages
and/or fines)at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract.
New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by following the
conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be respon-
sible for all costs i n c u r d due to late cancellationor lack of proper notification. If the new contrast is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or
January 1for Spring Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as
a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellationis after
these dates.
Semester Fees -Rior to the start of each semester a 'Statement of Estimated
Qlarges" showingbasicchargesandfinancial aid dtsdesignatedbythe
Student Financial !%rvices Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options -(1)Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2)
Semester Payments, due August 15and January 15as billed; (3) Payment
Plan -upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is
available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges
letter; (4) lGmonth Payment Plan -upon application, College approval,
and payment of a $50 administrativefee, the annual charges may be paid in
10equal installmentsbegmung June 15 and ending March 15. No finance
charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will
be sent upon request.
I
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of one percent per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a IGmonth payment
plan in which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annualbasis, payable in two equal installments at the
begmmng of each semester.
W t r a t i o n is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is
paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all
student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds
administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan and the Nursing
Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules
and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed.
Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Office of
Student Affairs.They must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to
the Reg~~trar's
Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to parttime, are dismissed or ~IPreleased from a housing contract will have their
accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction
of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule:
100%90%80%70%60%50%-
through the first five days of classes (less$100 administrativefee)
from the 6th through 10th day of classes
from the 11th through 15th day of classes
from the 16th through 20th day of classes
from the 21st through 25th day of classes
from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term
No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board
refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to .withdrawdue to illness or an accident, the refund
will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not
entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room and board charges. Students
who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for
a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are available
in the Office of Student Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all
adjustmentsfor aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before
eligibility for a cash refund is determined.
Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a
person or family makes in a lifetime. So,proper planning and wise choices
are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used
to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial
Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and
advisory assistanceto protect access to a quality education in spite of
i n m i n g costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of
scholarships,grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College
cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in pmviding
various aid programs. For the 1989-'90 academic year approximately 83
percent of all students at Augsburg received xholarships, grants, loans and
part-time employment totalling over $11,500,000 from all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the
student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and
family resources.
The Family Financial Statement (FFS)of the American College Testing
Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship
Service (CSS)helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student
is eligible. This analysis estimatesthe amount a student and family can be
expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family
financial factorsas current income, assets, number of dependents, other
educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations.
How AND WHENTO APPLY
New Students - Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is
made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS)or Financial Aid Form (FAF)
from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application
and send it to the processing agency after January 1but before April 15 for
priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS, which
includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program.Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents
using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014.
3. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that
time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet
and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be
sent to you detailing your financial aid.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline
stated. If necessary, the appropriateloan forms and/or work applications
will be sent to you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid
transcript forms are available through the Admissions Office or Fiicial Aid.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by
the applicationand Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on
the familfs financial eligibility, the student's satisfactory academicprogress
and fund availability.
A student applyingfor aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a s@c scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various
forms of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be
available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with
churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs and fraternal organizationsfor information on aid
available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these
sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children and others.
Gift Assistance
President's Scholarships-President's Scholarships,which assuxe gft
assistance equal to tuition, are awarded annually to the most academically
qualified full-timefreshmen students. These scholarships are awarded
without regard to need. The awards are renewable for three years based on
academic performance at Augsburg. Ekcause this is a d e d programffull
tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween
non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell
grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due February 15. Details
from the Admissions Office.
Dean's Scholarships-Dean's Scholarships, which assure gift assistance
equal to tuition, are awarded each fall to the most academicallyqualified
full-time students who are direct transfers to Augsburg College following
completion of an A.A. or AS. degree, having maintained a 35 GPA on a 4.0
scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are
renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified programffull
tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween
non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell
grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due April 1.Details from
the Admissions Office.
Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards -Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or
grant from a Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or grant check from
the congregation must be received at Augsburg by October 1.
Augsburg Tuition Grants -Available to students who have shown
academic potential and have financialneed. A student's academic performance, financial need and high school and community involvement are
taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants -Awarded by the state to
Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 199G91, they ranged from
$100 to $ 5 3 3 . All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
SupplementalEducational Opportunity Grants -A federal program
administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1)be a U.S.
citizen or permanent resident; (2) have exceptional financial need as defined
by the program; (3) be capable of maintaining satisfadory academic standing at the College; and (4)be accepted for admission
Pell Grants -Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible
institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined
by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for
1991-'92 is $2,400. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and
requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to
the Pell Grant Program.
Bureau of Indian Afâ¬airs/Tribaland State Indian Scholarships-Bureau of
Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarshipsand Augsburg American
Indian Scholarshipsare available to Indian students (both full- and part-time)
who meet speclfic criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State
Indian Scholarships,studentsmust be 1/4 degree American Indian ancestry
and be enrolled with a federally recogruzed tribe. Eligibility criteria for
Augsburg American Indian Scholarshipsvary; contact the American Indian
Support Rogram office. Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial
aid. Questionsmay be directed to the American Indian Support Office or to
your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian Education Office.
Loan Assistance
Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College for students who demonstrate
financialeligibility. Loans are interest-free during your education. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any
time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5 percent and
repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begn nine
months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The
loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be
borrowed for undergraduate study is $9,000, ($18,000 including graduate
school).
Sta£ford Student Loans -Loan funds are obtained directly from a local
lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the
student is attendingat least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple
annual interest of 8 percent (10 percent after the first four years of repayments) on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begins six
months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The
maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining
years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250. Applications are available at the College, and some banks.
The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered
through the Minnesota Higher Education CoordinatingBoard. Applications
are available from the Office of Student Financial Services.
Undergraduates may borrow up to $4,000 per year minus any other student
loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $16,000. The
minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begn 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue
quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begm
the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments.
Nursing Student Loan -Federal program with provisions similar to the
Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing.
Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The
maximum loan is $4,000 per year.
SupplementalLoans for Students (SLS)-SLS is a federally sponsored
loan program which permits independent students to borrow to finance
their cost of education.
Students can borrow up to $4,000 per year. Interest is variable with a 12
percent cap and interest payments begin 60 days after the loan is disbursed,
but in many cases, can be allowed to accrue and add to the principal.
Repayment begms 60 days after you leave school or cease to be enrolled at
least half-time. Deferments exist for continued education or disability.
Parent Loan Program (PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help parents
meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
$4,000 per student per year with an aggregate maximum of $20,000. Repayment begm within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate
not to exceed 12 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month.
Application forms are availableat Augsburg College or the lending institutions Applicationsare normally filed with the bank or thrift institutionwith
which your family has an account.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven
finand need who a~ at least one-half time students. Assignment is made
on the basis of need and potential competence in
the duties
assigned.Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial
aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15hours of oncampus employment per week is recommended.
All oncampus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made
monthly by check to the student employee. Students should make application to both the Financial Aid and Personnel offices for work study
positions.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program
-Under theseprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on
a matchingbasiswith the College to provide some part-tine work opportunities.
Scholarshipwinners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee of the
faculty unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners
are recommended by faculty of the department involved. Descriptions of
awards are from statements of the donors' wishes.
*Indicates endowed scholarships.
Charles and Ellora AUiss Educational Foundation Scholarships-A number of
awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of
financial need and ability. Established in 1973by the foundation.
The Dain BosworthlIFG Foundation Scholarship -Awarded as funds are made
available, to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to deseming junior/senior students. Established in 1961to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to two deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1%9by Alma
Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
needy and deserving upper class students. Established in 1979 in memory of their
husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs.
Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established
in 1965by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem.
EW. Hallet Scholarship-Awarded, as funds are available, to students with
demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an Augsburg student of any class or major, based on
academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987by Mr. Joseph Hsieh
(6
' 11, Andover, Ma., in loving memory of his mother, his honorable teacher and his
respected advisor at Augsburg College.
The Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
students who demonstratepotential and financial need. Established in 1985by
Edwin C. Johnson ('25), Powers Lake, N.D.
Memorial ScholarshipFoundation Scholarships*-Awarded annually to an able
and deserving upper class student. Established in 1964by undesignated memorial
gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts ScholarshipsGiven annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
Northern States Power Company Scholarship-Awarded to deserving students
in each class year on the basis of financial need and ability.
The Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors
who are U.S.citizens, have a B average or above and qualify for need based aid.
Established in 1987by Mr. Nystrom as an expression of his belief in young people
and his hope that they will become meritorious leaders.
The Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship -Awarded annually to a
student(s)of any class or major based primarily upon financial need and evidence
of personal financial commitment. Established in 1991through a bequest in the will
of Rev. Martin J. ('23 Academy; '26, College; '29, Seminary) and his late wife, Olga
S. (2' 1) Olson, along with the gifts of many family and friends.
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to freshman students
who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in
1963by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck.
The Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*- Awarded annually to students
of any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Establish
in 1990 by Dr. Martin ('29) and Mrs. Esther Quanbeck, Minneapolis, Minn.
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* -Awarded to able and deserving
students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
The Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Estab
lished in 1990 by Ernest and Vivian Tinseth, Edina, Minn.
The Robert W. Wauyniak Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
junior or senior, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Established
in 1986 in memory of Robert Warzyniak, ('65) through memorials, supplemented
by gifts of his wife, Sharon, and family.
The Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* -Awarded annually to one
or more students of any class who have potential and financial need. Established in
1986through the gift of Elsie L. Wildung, St. Paul, Minn.
A
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded to an able and deserving
junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved
father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
*Indicatesendowed schokuships.
Aid Association for Lutherans -Awarded annually to able and deserving upper
class students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for
Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966.
The Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to students who help the College fulfill its mission of being "an intentionally diverse campus community." Awards are based upon financial need and good
academic achievement (3.0 or higher G.P.A.), with preference given to students
who are planning some form of Christian service. Established in 1989 by Dr.
Charles S. and Mrs.Catherine G. Anderson, St. Paul, M i n .
The Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student
mapring in purnalism or social work. Awards are based upon academic performance and finanaal need. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Ruth M. Baker, Edina, Minn.,
in loving memory of her daughter, Phyllis M. Baker, a 1952 graduate of Augsburg
College.
The Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students of any class, based upon academic achievement, financial need and service
to others. kference will be given to a student who is taking private music lessons
and a student who shows teamwork in College physical recreation activities.
Established in 1991by friends, alumni, faculty and staff of Augsburg College, in
honor of Jeroy ('48) and Lorraine Carlson, and in appreciation for their commitment to and expression of the highest ideals of the College.
The Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
science students of any class, based upon academic achivement (32+ GPA), interest
and ability in the field of study, and a demonstrated sense of social and spiritual
community. Established in 1989by Dr. Carl C. ('59) and Mrs. Kathleen A. ('62)
Casperson, Minneapolis, Minn.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
able and deserving student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Est?:olished in 1972by her husband, moyd Cleveland, to
honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian
leader and devoted wife.
The Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto one or
more female freshmen students of any major who belong to the Lutheran Church
(ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986by Raymond D. Erickson GO), in memory of his daughter, Laura
Ann Erickson.
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and
achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in
1979by members of his family to honor the memory of Commander David J.
Formo, 1964 alumnus.
The JulianP. Foss Scholarship*-Awarded to a student of any class who has
financial need, shows promise, and demonstratesfaith and dedication to overcoming difficult circumstances.Established by Julian P. Foss ('30), Mesa, Ariz.
The Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student at or
above the sophomorelevel who demonstrateshigh academic achievement and is
preparing for a career in some form of therapy, e.g, physical, occupational, speech,
music, psychological. Established at Thanksgiving 1986, by Dr. TheodoreJ. and
Mrs. Fern S. Hanwick, in gratitudeto the therapists who aided in the recovery of
their son, Theodore T. Hanwick ('66), from a severe accident.
The King Harald Scholarship -Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 1965on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince
Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from
Norway. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge
Amerika Foreningen.
The Rev. JohnHjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund*-Awarded annuallyto
second or third generation freshman or upper class students of any major who have
attained a 3.0 grade point average or better. Established in 1986 by Sigvald ('41) and
Helen Hjelmeland, and John ('70) and Lynn Hjelmeland.
The Hoversten Peace Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class
or major, based upon academic merit and financial need. Preference will be given
to students who have demonstrated an interest in peace and/or whose personal
outlook and career plans show promise of contributingto the cause of peace.
Members of the Hoversten family and international students are encouraged to
apply. The fund may also provide aid to students or faculty who undertake projects
that will contribute to peace and global understanding. Established in 1989 through
a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif.
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper class women
of high moral character, with preference given to female or male students transferring from Waldorf College who are in music and/or elementary education.
Established in 1975in memory of Catha Jones, 1970alumna, by her parents, Mr.
and Mrs. Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior
Challenge Program.
The Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually
to a junior or senior who is interested in serving others, e.g. majoring in religion,
education, music, social work, medicine, and based upon academic achievement
and financial need. Established in 1990 through a bequest in the will of Rev.
Torgney (1
' 7 B.A. and '21 B.Div.1 and Valborg (Nydahl)Kleven, and memorial gifts
by family and friends.
The Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an
upper class student of any major, based upon academic achievement (3.0 G.P.A. or
higher) and financial need. Preference given to college students who have demonstrated an interest in community service by active participation and whose parents
have not achieved a Bachelor's Degree. Established in 1989 by family and friends in
memory of Harold Lanes ('11, Academy) and in honor of Laura Lanes.
I
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship-Awarded on the
basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum
award $800.00, maximum $1,500. The scholarship is renewable.
McVay Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. Preference given to students majoring in
education, religion or social work. Established in 1986by the McVay Foundation.
The Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)Monson Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to students of any major after their first year, based upon financial need,
diligence in scholastic achievement, and active membership in a Lutheran congregation. Established in 1989 by Forrest ('37) and Thelma ('37) Monson, San Diego,
Calif.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
senior student(s)who has successfullyovercome adversity and has achieved
excellence in academic and extracurricularperformance. Established in 1977to
honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminarywho
overcame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and who served
others with humanity and wisdom.
The Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students
with financial need. Preference given to students from Canada or transferring from a
public mllege or university who indicate an interest in religion, music or Scandinavian studies. Established in 1988by Mrs. Evelyn Olson and Mr. Gordon Olson ('63),
in memory of Rev. Ole K. Olson ('32) and in honor of Mrs. Olson's 80th birthday.
The Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any
class or major who show academic potential, financial need and a strong desire to
earn a college degree, with preference given to females of high moral character.
Learning disabled students are encouraged to apply. Established in 1985, and
endowed in 1989by Rosemary J. Shafer, Wayzata, Minn.
The John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of
any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to students from Madagascar, or if none with financial need,
then to students from other developing nations. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Agnes
Siverson, Hendricks, Minn., thereby continuing a long tradition of generosity by
Agnes and her late husband, John.
I
The Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students of any class or major, based upon high personal motivation, rather than
high academic achievement or extreme financial need. Established in 1989through
a bequest in the will of Mrs. Genevieve E. Stelberg, St. Paul, Minn.
* Indiuztes endowed scholarship
The Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually
to American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1988through the estate and trust of Ada
Bakken, St. Charles, M i n .
The Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance
and financial need, with preference given to students who are affiliated with a
federally-recognized American Indian tribe. Established in 1990 with the proceeds
of a benefit perhrmance at Augsburg College by Louie Anderson, a native of St.
Paul, Minn., who resides in Los Angeles, Calif.
The Asian-Pacific Student Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are
available, to two Asian-Pacific students with demonstrated financial need and who
reside in Minnesota.
The Otto Bremer Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to
American Indian Students. Recipients will be involved in a community service
project during the year.
The Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore,junior or senior Chinese students who
have outstanding academic records and are preparing to work among the Chinese
people. Established in 1983by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace
Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922alumna.
The Cargill Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to American
Indian Students who either: 1) have been denied or lost tribal funds or, 2) have
experienced other unusual circumstances as determined by the American Indian
Program Director and the Financial Aid Director.
The Hearst American Indian Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annually to an American Indian upper class student(s)who has a
cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in
1984by The Hearst Foundation.
The Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to upper class international students who have overcome
adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracunicular performance.
Established in 1981by her parents, Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family
members and friends in memory of Grace Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at
Augsburg 1971-1973.
The KerridgelMuellerAmerican Indian Scholarship-Awarded annually to an
American Indian student of any class or major who demonstrates academic
potential and financialneed. Established in 1988by Dr. "Mike" Kerridge) and Dr.
Van Mueller, Minneapolis, M i n .
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annually to upper class Oriental international students. Established in
1978by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion
to sharing and loving people, especially her service to students.
Pillsbury, Inc, Minority Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to
minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964in memory of Marlys
Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice.
The St. Paul Companies, Inc Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to
Minnesota minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The JamesR Thorpe Foundation Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available,
to non-traditional and minority students with demonstrated need for financial
assistance.
'Indicates endowed schoLzrships
Art
The Queen Sonja Art Scholarship-Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978to honor the Crown Princess of Norway.
Awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need.
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to upper class students mapring in art. Established in 1982by
his wife,family and friends in memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and
teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an able and
deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in
memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College.
Paul DahledGerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an
able and deserving male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and
academic achievement. Established in 1966 by friends to honor the memory of
these two Augsburg College students.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more
students, participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need
and high Christian character. The athletic scholarship is for a male candidate only,
with a preference in basketball. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner and
children Richard, Carol, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of
David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually based on academic
achievement, personal character and ability in athletics. Established in 1945by Mr.
and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of
Okinawa.
Rory JordanMemorial Scholarship-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upper class students participating in intercollegiate sports, with
preference for students in the wrestling program. Established in 1980by the
William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler.
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students on
the basis of achievement, personal character and promise in the field of physical
education. Established in 1958by their children in memory of their parents.
The Hovt Messerer Athletic Scholarshiv*- Awarded annuallv to a male athlete
of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department.
Established in 1987by Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia.
James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student
committed to Christian service, based on academic achievement and financial need.
Preference given to students who are interested and participate in athletics and
recreation. Established in 1990 by Ralph and Katherine Pederson, Santa Rosa, Calif.,
in memory of James, a 1934graduate, exceptional all-around athlete and coachathlete director at Augsburg College.
The Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
male students of any class or academic major who participates in the College's
athletic program and shows evidence of academic achievement and financial need.
Established in 1986by Glen and Gerald Person, in memory and in honor of their
brother, Stan Person.
Biology
Biology Scholarships-Established in 1972by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in biology, natural science
or medical technology.
The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Biology Scholarship* -A
merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in biology. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
('74) Holmen.
Business Administration/Economics
Marianne Anderson Entrepeneurial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
woman who is interested in entrepreneurshipor engaged in business, based upon
academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend
College women who are older and have family responsibilities. Established in 1990
by members of the Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs (MINN-WE), in memory of
Marianne Anderson, a successful woman entrepreneur, and in honor of all
Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs.
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassed within
the Departments of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984by Augsburg business
alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community.
The Farmers Insurance Group of Companies Scholarship-Awarded annually,
as funds are available, to second, third and fourth year students in the fields of
insurance, mathematics, business administration, personnel and other areas related
to the insurance industry, based primarily on the basis of financial need. Recipients
will be expected to have maintained at least a 2.5 G.P.A. and are expeded to conduct
themselves acording to the laws of the United States and the state of Minnesota.
First Bank Systems -Awarded each year, as funds are available, without regard
to a speclfic mapr, but to students with demonstrated leadership ability and an
interest in entrepreneurial development.
The Forss-Herr Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior business
student who has shown academic achievement, has been involved in extracurricular activities and has financial need. Preference will be given to students from
families where two or more children are in college at the same time. Established in
1987by Mrs. Grace F. (Forss, '57) and Mr. Douglas P. Herr, Danville, L.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
upper class students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965by The
GarnbleSkogmo Foundation.
The Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* -Awarded annually to working
women of any class who want to improve their skills and education by attending
Augsburg College part-time. The scholarship is designated for women who show
potential and have financial need, with preference given to those studying business. Established in 1989 by two working sisters-in-law, Mildred Krohn, Berkeley,
Calif., and Mrs. Eleanor Krohn, St. Louis Park, Minn.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*-One or more awards are made
annually to a junior or senior student(s)majoring in business administration.
Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund,
Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College.
The Minnesota Mutual Life Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are
available, based upon academic promise and financial need with preference given
to majors in business or economics.
The Norberg Business Scholarship-Awarded
achievement to a student majoring in business.
annually on the basis of scholastic
The David L Shaver Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to business
administration students of any class, based upon financial need and academic
' 61, through his
performance. Established in 1988by the late David L. Shaver (7
participation in the Senior Challenge Program.
The Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class
student of any mapr who intends to pursue a graduate degree in business manage
ment. The award is based upon academic performance and financial need.
Established in 1987by Joan L. Volz, a 1968graduate.
Chemistry
Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to junior and senior students
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
Established in 1968by family, friends and the Augsburg College Chemistry
Department to honor:
Manivald Aldre
Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Dr. W.M. Sandstrom
Walter Gordon Schnell
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr.
Covey Hendrickson
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
Established in 1986by Burton and Peggy Fosse, Burnsville, Minn.
The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student mapring or
minoring in chemistry. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda
Wey)('74) Holmen.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship-Awarded to
chemistry maprs who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979.
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to
junior/senior students mapring in chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and,
prefaably, graduate or professional xhool goals. Established in 1984through the
Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915alumnus who was the first Augsburg
College graduate to earn a J?h.D. in chemistry. His professional career as educator,
researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of
lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
The S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors and
seniors mapring in elementary education, based upon academic achievement and
financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend College students. Established
in 1990 by family and friends in memory of S. Luther Kleven ('50) and in honor of
the Kleven family.
David Mathre Scholarship*-Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s1
in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
The Elva B. Lovell Life Scholarship* -Awarded annually to education students
of any class who plan to teach. Awards are based upon academic achievement and
financial need, with preference given to students who are black, older or single
parents. Established in 1991by Mrs. Elva B. Lovell, Minneapolis, Minn., as an
expression of her belief in diversity and literacy.
The Barbara (Tjornhom) and Richard K Nelson Scholarship*-Awarded
annuallyto a student of any class, based upon financial need, with preference
given to a person preparing for a career in elementary education. Established in
1986in honor of an alumna, Barbara (Tprnhom) Nelson and her husband, Richard
K. Nelson.
The St. Paul Companies, Inc., Minority Education Scholarship-Awarded to
Minnesota minority students, majoring in education, who have a demonstrated
need for finandal assistance.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to
teach English as a career. Established in 1971by faculty members of the English
Department to honor the 37 years of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at
Augsburg College.
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in
memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952.
Foreign Language
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
junior/senior students who are mapring in modem language, with preference
given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Kingsley.
Health-Related
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983by
The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association.
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
upper class student(s)preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in
1978in memory of Eleanor Christensen Edwards' devotion and service in health
care by members of her family, Bernhard Christensen, Elsie Christensen Schroeder,
Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen.
History
The Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award -Awarded annually to a
senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980by Helen Ranck to
honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness.
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshipr -Awarded annually to students
mapring in history, with preference given to those who plan a career in the field.
Established in 1969by Dr. and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other
contributions to honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, professor of history at
A u g s b q College, 1900-1952.
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to history
students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to minority females. Established in 1990by parents, family and
friends of Dr. John R. Jenswold, Assistant Professor of History, Augsburg College.
The Nydahl History Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who
have potential and financial need, with preference given to history majors. Established in 1986through a bequest in the will of Dr. Theodore L. Nydahl.
Mathematics and Computer Science
Mathematics Scholarship-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student
in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics Department.
Minnegasco Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to able and
deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the
basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco.
Metro-Urban Studies
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs*-One or more
scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students who actively contribute
toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's
urban involvement. Established in 1982by colleagues, former students and friends
to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development
and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a
student of choral music. Established in 1965by Thomas I. Benson in memory of
Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna.
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship8-Awarded annually to a
student of any academic class who is a choir member not mapring in music.
Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in memory
of Mr. Sam Coltvet, who believed in the value of Christian higher education and
choral music.
The Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a musically-gifted student, with preference given to a student of organ
and/or choral music who desires to serve, professionally or otherwise, in the
ministry of music of the Lutheran Church. Established in 1986 by the family.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more
students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need
and are of high Christian character. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner
and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David
Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus.
0.I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who
show promise of academic success and have financial need. Reference given to
those who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instnniental music and
intaest or potential in conducting. Established in 1966 by 0.I. Hertsgaard.
The Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial Choral Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a freshman student member of the College Choir, based upon suitable
academic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to a choir
member who is a minority person. Established in 1990 by Garfield Hoversten ('a),
family and friends, in loving memory of Bernice Kolden Hoversten ('501, a soloist
with the choir.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*-Awarded to upper class students
seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with
preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
Established in 1975by Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message
of music.
The Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a music
student of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Music Department.
Established in 1987by Lucille H. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia.
-
Kenneth 0.Lower Nordkap Male Chorus Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to an upper class student mapring in music, based upon academic
performance and b c i a l need, with preference given to a person studying choral
music. Established in 1986 in memory of Kenneth 0.Lower ('28) and in recognition
of the heritage of the Nordkap Male Chorus.
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annuallyto upper class student(s1preparing for careers in church music.
Established in 1980by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the
teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music.
The Performing Arts Scholarship (Music) -Awarded annually to new incoming
freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to
10 scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications
and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15 of each year.
St. John's Lutheran Church -John Norris Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded
annually in honor of St. John's Lutheran Church's faithful sexton for 35 years, Mr.
John Norris. Applicants must be U.S.citizens majoring in music who are sophomores or above. The awards are based upon financial need and satisfactory
academic progress, with preference given to racial minority students.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a sophomore or
junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953by
his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded to outstanding
students who are participants in the Augsburg Choral Music program.
Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a student of any class who is a member of a College instrumental group
but is not studying music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda
(Ehiley)Holmen, in memory of Rev. Mark Ronning, who dedicated his life to
helping young people.
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a participant in the
concert band, based on talent and academic record.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an Augsburg
student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise
for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955by her parents, Mr. and
Mrs. Iver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg,
member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-'53.
String Scholarships-Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on
violin, viola, cello or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble and orchestra.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded
annually to upper class students who have achieved excellence in performance in
voice or piano. Established in 1980by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends.
The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of
which were at Augsburg.
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*-A merit scholarship awarded
annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in philosophy. Established
in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in honor of Dr. Bailey's
20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg College faculty.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper
class student majoring in physics. Established in 1976by the Augsburg College
Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a
member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
The Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upper class students pursuing careers in political science. Established in
1980by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel.
The Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to seniors
majoring in history k d political science, based upon substantial academic accomplishment and financial need. Established in 1989 by Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven,
graduate of 1922 and Professor Emeritus, History and Political Science.
Psychology
The Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of
any class. Preference will be given to students studying psychology, especially
family understanding. Established in 1989 through a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester
T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif., in honor of his parents.
Religion and Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981by
Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to
the family, congregation, Augsburg College and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*-Available to both North
American and international students to encourage men and women to enter fulltime Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral
character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983by the Rev.and
Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*Awarded annually to a student(s)in the senior class who is preparing for the
ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the
memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 19S1958.
The Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund -Awarded annually to
students of any class or major, who plan to enter the ministry, based upon aca-
demic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to students who
are members of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church, Edina, Minn.
Established in 1989by a family of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church,
acting through the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina Foundation,
in memory of Rev. Donald C. Carlson ('421, founding pastor of the Normandale
Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina.
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
an upper class student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982to
honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg.
The Luthard 0. Gjerde Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors
who are declared pre-seminary or pre-medicine students or to students mapring in
social work or a related field of Christian service. Awards are based upon academic
excellence and predicated upon Rev. Luthard Gjerde's commitment to the Gospel
of Jesus Christ as central to the ministry of healing and wholeness. Established in
1989by Mrs. Sophia Gjerde, family and friends in memory of Rev. Luthard 0.
Gjerde, Augsburg College (3
' 3) and Augsburg Seminary ('36).
The Elias P. Harbo Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student(s) in
the junior or senior class who is preparing for the ministry, with preference given to
those studying history, including church history. Established in 1991by the family
to honor the memory of Elias P. Harbo, a graduate of Augsburg College (1886) and
Augsburg Seminary (1889), the first President of the Lutheran Free Church, and
later Professor of Systematic Theology at Augsburg Seminary, 1909-1927.
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*- Awarded on the basis of need, character
and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957by Iver Iverson.
The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to one or
more students of any class who demonstratepotential and financial need, with
preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation. Established
in 1985by Kenneth and Vera Nelson in memory of their pastor, The Rev. Arnold J.
Melom, a 1947 graduate of Augsburg College.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually on the basis of scholarship, service and devotion to the Christian
faith. Established in 1975by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Gerda
Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg
College.
Onesimus Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to students preparing for the
Christian ministry. Established in 1962by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson.
Johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annuallyto Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in
Christian service. Established in 1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory
of Johan J. 0.Rodvik and his deep personal dedication to his calling as a minister,
as well as his scholarly research and pioneering thought concerning the Apostle
Paul's traditionally misunderstood attitude toward the question of equal rights and
equal status for women.
The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded on the basis of need,
scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958to honor the Rev.
Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the College, 1940-1952.
The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation
in the church.Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor
the lifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church,
Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years.
Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary ScholarshipFund* -Awarded
annually to a junior or senior student preparing for service as a missionary through
the World Mission Department of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes.
The Johan L Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper
division Lutheran students. Awards are based upon academic performance and
financial need, with preference given to students who would like to serve in foreign
missions. Established in 1987 by Pastor H. Alfred Weltzin ('411, Viroqua, Wisc., and
Pastor TheodoreJ. Weltzin ('37), Watford City, N.D., in memory of their brother,
Johan L. Weltzin ('73).
Scandinavian Studies
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class
studenfds)with academic ability, in the pursuit of a degree with concentrationin
Scandinavianlanguages, literature, history and/or culture. Established in 1983 by
their children and their families and friends to honor Iver and Myrtle Olson on the
occasion of their golden wedding anniversary.
Social Work
Stem Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students* -Awarded
annually to one or more minority social work students, based upon the student's
potential and financial need, with preference given to those who are preparing for
professional careers in social work Established in 1985 by Dr. Paul and Mrs. Lorene
Steen, as representatives of the Steen Family.
The Lisa M. Weeding Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a female
junior or senior social work student, based upon financial need and suitable
academic accomplishment. Established in 1989 in memory of Lisa M. Weeding
('871, by her parents, Donald and Marilyn Weeding, family and friends.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*- Awarded annually to a student in the general
field of Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor
the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg
from 193W35.
SpeechlCommunicationrrheatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*-Awarded
talent, scholarship and theatre participation.
to a senior student based on
The Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama ) -Awarded annually to new incoming
freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to
seven scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15of each year.
The Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Arts/Religion Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a junior or senior majoring in Theatre Arts, Communication or Religion,
based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to
students involved in drama who are preparing for a career in religious senrice.
Established in 1989by her daughter, Carolyn Canfield, family and friends in
memory of Dr. Esther J. Olson, Professor of Drama at Augsburg College.
'Indicates e n d o d scholarships
Experiences in the classroom are an important part college llife, but
learning and development also occur in formal and infomral activities
@the College and the metropolitan area. Whetherstudents are residents m commuters, the climatefor learning and living at Augsburg
will add dirnensiun to their education.
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as
academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in
the opportunitieswe encourage and provide for students to explore their
own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different
religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a
similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups,
outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, peace and justice forums,
concerts and plays are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thank. and hear the
Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity
Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of
the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian
heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center and is
available for spiritual guidance, counseling. support or information.
Through student government, students secure a closer relationship with
and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide
input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government
also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights and
provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to
student life at Augsburg.
Student government is orgaruzed into the executive branch, the legislative
branch and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next
year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many
kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing editing or
service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or
Vice Fresident of the Student Body in their officesin the Christensen Center.
Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on
campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special
dinners, theme events, name entertainment and visiting personalitiesin
various fields.
The Christensen Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus.
Officesfor the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook,
the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite
classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR,a
studentaperated non-profit radio station senring the needs of Augsburg
and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Umess
Tower.
Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In
addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band and Orchestra perform on national and international tours.
Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical
styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on
campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Department and
have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with
visiting artsprofessionals.
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intemllegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic
M a t i o n (NCAA) Division 111.Men annually compete in football, soccer,
cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and field
and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer,
basketball, track and field, softball and tennis.
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been
an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is
open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services
and activities dedicated to complementing and enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These
programs, services and activities provide students with an enriched collegiate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and
interests; attends to the social, cultural and career development of students;
and enhances students' academic performance through direct intervention
and environmental management. The following information provides a
brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division.
When students are concerned about the amount of work facing them, they
benefit from the programs of the Learning Center. The Center offers services
that cover the basic skills in reading, writing, vocabulary, spelling, test
preparation and math, as well as techniques to improve and enrich even the
best of study habits. If students need help with test anxiety, procrastination,
time management or study skills in general, the Center has programs that
help.
This office, located at 620 21st Avenue South, was created in 1978 to recruit
and retain American Indian students. It is recognized as a national model
for success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of Indian studentsin the State of Minnesota.
The American Indian Support program provides direct services a d
assistance in areas that include but are not limited to: Indian student
admissions and financialaid procedures, orientation and registration,
coursework selection and academic advising, career counseling, community
and professional referrals, employment assistance, internships, student
housing, personal and crisis counseling. It advises and supports the
Interhibal Student Union
The program also provides advocacy in areas pertaining to health care, child
care, mental health, court services, public assistance issues, chemical
dependency and other areas that require or necessitate intervention.
An academic component in the form of an American Indian Studies Minor
is available (see INS, American Indian Studies).
Periodically, cultural activities and exhibitions are coordinated by this office.
The Black Student Affairs Office is committed to enhancing the education
and personal development of students of African descent, and to providing
cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. The Pan-African Student Union provides service to students and holds
monthly meetings in the Office of Black Student Affairs. In addition, the
Office sponsors events and activities such as Spiritual Life Series, Martin
Luther King's Birthday, poetry readings and Augsburg Black Alumni
Association meetings.
Career Services assists students in many ways. The staff can help students
explore interests for majors, find Internships and locate part-time jobs to try
out career possibilities. The staff provides seminars on career development,
interviewing skills and resume writing. Placement files are developed for
each student and sent out to prospective employers and graduate programs.
All students have moments of anxiety, difficulty making decisions and
confusion about themselves, their values or their relationships. Sometimes
students need to talk things out or receive information about the excellent
helping services in the Twin Cities. The Counseling Center provides a
supportive environment where students may gain greater self-knowledge
and are assisted in the self awareness/personal exploration process by
experienced counselors.
The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (C.L.A.S.S.) has
been recognized nationally as a leader in the field of educating students
with learning and physical disabilities. The C.L.A.S.S. program at Augsburg
is a logical outgrowth of the College's commitment to provide a highquality liberal artseducation for students with diverse backgrounds,
experiences and preparation.
The staff include three licensed learning disabilities specialists, one physical
disabilitiesspeclalist, and support staff members specializing in taped texts
and specla1testing arrangements.This favorable staff/student ratio allows
Augsbmg to offer an intense level of personal attention that is unique in the
college setting. In addition to individual academic support provided by
specdists, other services include advising, computer assistance and advocacy both on and offampus.
The Minnesota Multiple Sclerosis Society has recognized Augsburg as an
outstanding accessible organization in the field of higher education for its
unique system of tunnels and skyways.
FYE reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to
college for our students -an enriching beginning for a college career. To
provide focus for this introduction, FYE is centered on a series of themes.
These themes will be reflected in and expanded upon in readings, d i m s
sions and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing and
what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the
Program.
The College houses approximately 800 students in a traditional residence
hall, aparhnent buildings, 22 houses and a family housing complex The
housing staff manages these facilities and creates a wide array of educa-
tional and social programming which balances and complements the
educational experience of students. The staff is comprised of three professional staff members and 18paraprofessionalswho live and work closely
with the resident students to provide a safe environment for living and
learning.
The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to
enhance their leadership skills through active involvementin developing
events, activities and organizationswhich serve the student community.
Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a
dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment.
The Tutor Center, located at 2011 S. Seventh Street, arranges for students to
meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman and sophomore level
courses. Study rooms and a graduate student study skills counselor are
available at the Center to help students.
The International Programs Office focuses on the needs of international
students and students interested in studying abroad. It also serves as a
resource for those interested in international events and global issues.
InternationalStudents -Augsburg welcomes students from countries
around the world. International students from over 47 countries have
attended Augsburg since 1954.
International students receive assistance in meeting their educational
objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa
problems, financialmatters, practical matters (taxes, insurance, housing,
daycare) and personal concerns (adjustment to U.S. educational system and
society).
New international students participate in an orientation program before the
begnmng of the term which provides practical information on housing,
banking, using local transportation and course registration. Students also
learn about the U.S. educational system and adjusting to life at Augsburg.
i
Study Abroad -An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking
advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas
experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots
women's organizationsin Mexico, work in a small business or artisan
program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspechves on world peace in
Norway, or thrill to the sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese state
opera house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical
thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths,
experience different cultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly
interdependent world.
Students intemted in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting
programs which best fit their academic, career and personal objectives.
Assistance is given with program application, course registration, financing
and travel arrangements. Orientation and reentry programs are offered to
assist students integrate the experience abroad into their coursework and
personal lives. The deadline for application is December 15for offcampus study the following year.
All students in good academic standing at Augsburg may apply for permission to study o f f ~ p u sThe
. cost for many programs is equivalent to full
tuition, room and board for a semester oncampus. Financial aid is granted
on the same basis as oncampus study.
Students n o d y receive the same number of course aedits abroad as they
would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by
academic advisers and the International Programs Office before departure.
Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to
utilize the crosscultural perspectives of its international students and
students with experienceoverseas to educate the college community on
world issues. This is done through faculty, staff and student development
programs which include activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural Club
and the InternationalHouse, forumson world issues sponsored by the
Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and seminars focusing on issues of crosscultural communication for faculty and staff.
The College has a contract for its student health service with Srnileys Point
Chic, a teaching clinic of the University of Minnesota Medical School. The
Clinic is located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus.
Officevisits for illness and injury are free for all Augsburg students.
Students must check family health coverage to determine if they ~ I inP
cluded; if they aw not, contact the Dean of Students' office for information
regarding student health insurance.
The Commons-Situated on the top floor of the Christensen Center, this is
themain food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant,
spaciousroom feasmall table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions ~ I P
generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Murphy's -Located on the ground floor of the Center, Murphys features
gnll items, soups and salads, desserts and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in
College houses or nearby apartments.
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the
learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a
variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group
decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more resident staff who
facilitatesthe process of group living and discusses personal concerns with
individual students.
Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomoresnot living at home to live
in College-operated housing. Manied student housing is available in annex
housing and South Hall. Studentsrent a room at the beginning of the fall
term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the
summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing
arrangementsin the spring. All resident students must sign housing
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by
June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be
provided housing only if space is available.
AU studentsliving on campus must pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts when
they move into the residence.
Umess Tower -AU new students and some upperclass students live in
Umess Tower. This 11story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is
considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their
own lounge, study and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads and lamps. Laundry
facilities a~ available in each residence.
Mortensen Tower -This is the newest residence hall, an alternative to
traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. Mortensen Tower is
carpeted, air conditioned and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished.
South H
all -Contains 12apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West H
all -Contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Annex Housing -This provides an alternative opportunity for group
living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house
responsibilities and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One
way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid
for a special interest house. Groups of students have created exciting
projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such
topics as environmental concerns, men's and women's awareness, international living honors program and Scandinavian studies.
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities
and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and
faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint
should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs.
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act
and Title IX.Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and
data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the
Registrar and the Placement Officeand to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential
letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed
under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination
based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, a d ,marital
status or age.
Persons
additional information on these topics should contact the
Office of the Dean of Students or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the
directory at the end of the catalog.
A.ugsburg College constructs its cuwiculum upon the premise that
students must be educated as fully human sons -intellechcally,
spiritually and physically. To act tff&.vely, human beings must have a
broad grasp of the ofthe wmldPam which they have come as well as the
m
l
d in which they live. By prouiding courses in the humanities, natural
sciences and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces
students to the breadth and camplmPXIty
of knowledge and culture.
Required courses in religion are liesigned to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition a d encourage them to r$ect upon the importance
and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses qf2r
students the opportunity to deuelop skills for participation in exe~cise
and sporting activities.
Students choosefrom over 45 majar areas of study to gain a depth of
knowledge in a disciplineand to preprefor a career mfurther study.
Thus, through a balance of cuwicuiizr activities supported by full pre
grams in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strim to educate its students in a ral wmldfar the ral wmld.
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts,the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The BS. degree is awarded to graduates with maprs
in Chemistry (ACS),Computer Science (BS.option), Music Therapy,
Nursing, Physics (B.S. option) and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded
to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance.
Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Augsburg also offers a Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership and Master of Social Work
Augsburg follows the 4 1 4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of
approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4week January Interim. Full-time
students normally take four courses each semester and one course during
Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual
summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on
another campus during the regular term. (SeeRegistration.) January
Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to
employ different styles of teaching and learning and to investigatequestions
and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular t e r n
The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all
students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to
classesoffered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities
within the United Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and
internships are among the many Interim options.
Augsburg offers two Summer School sessions. The Summer School catalog
is published in the winter of each year and is distributed to all students, and
is available by contacting the Summer School Office.
Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs follow a trimester
calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and GraduatePrograms).
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty and Augsburg College
is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors.
Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree and all consider
their teaching to be the f m s of their activity. Faculty are involved in
research, including such varied studies as space physics, the history of
medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union and homelessness in
American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and
national level and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries
and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty see their research as
supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty
development program which introduces them to current thought in many
fieldsbut especially in teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and
counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is
assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close
interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants
make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over
175,000 books,journals, records, sound cassettes, films and microforms.
Music, chemistry and art history slide libraries are located within the
departmental areas.
A service-oriented staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction in the use of the library, &nce
service and guidance in pursuing research. Students have access to a wide
variety of local, regional, national and international databases. Arrangements
are made for access by students with physical limitationsand special needs.
Students have access via a computerized on-line catalog and daily courier
service to all the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges of
the Twin Cities and the JamesJ. Hill Reference Library.
The Library AudieVisual Center houses and supplies media equipment,
films and video tapes free of charge for instructionaluse. Audio and video
tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. Fees are
charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as for
lamination. The Center supplies television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video
editing tape recorders, microphones, slide, overhead, filmstrip, opaque and
movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Film bibliographies and
advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center.
The fall 1991completion of a new computer classroom and lab is an irnportant addition to the growing list of computer resources accessible to
Augsburg students and faculty. Computing clusters located in the dormitories, the Foss Center computer lab, the Library and the Science Building are
connected via a campus-wide network that offers a wide range of network
services.
Augsburg College became a member of the National Science Foundation's
Internet in the fall of 1990, connecting Augsburg to hundreds of universities
and other institutionsin the US. and around the world. Internet access and
a focus on educational technology allows Augsburg to integrate these new
electronic resources into many different areas of the learning process.
The College curriculum is offered by 22 departmentswhich are grouped
into four divisionsfor administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities -Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages,Philosophy, Religion, Speech,
Communication and Theatre Arts, College Librarians
Natural Science and Mathematics -Mark Engebretson (chaqmwn)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences -Richard Nelson (Chairperson)
Business Administration/Management Information Systems (MIS),
Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology
Professional Studies -Marie McNeff (Chairpemn)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing Social Work
MAJORS AND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within
one division or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major
or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before
deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth
semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in
the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part
of the B.A. degree.
Studentsmay contact the Registrar about creating a unique major.
Art
Art History
Studw Art
Biology
Business Administration
Accounting, Finance,
International Business, Mi2~gt??nent
and Marketing
Chemisty (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Education
Kindergarten-Elementary
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering
English
Foreign Languages
Chinese, French, Getman,Japanese,
Norwegian, Russian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (BMS
Music P e r ~ n c (BM.)
e
Music Therapy (B.S.1
Nursing (B.S.)
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages
Chinese' French, German,Japanese,
Norwegian, Russian, Spanish
Health Education
History
International Business
Phiiosophy
Physical Education
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Soviet and East European Area Studies
'
speech
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Phiiosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area Studies
social Welfare
Sociology
Soviet and East European Area Studies
Special Education
Speech
Theatre Arts
Theatre Criticism
Women's Studies
It is possible for studentsto complete other maprs through the Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a rnapr offered at one of
the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrafs Office.
I Cooperative Program of the Assodated Colleges of the Twin Cities and a g r m t s with
the University ofMinnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate
courses in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrm, Japaneseand Russian. Other languages may be
milable through special arrangement.
Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology,Washington Unimsity School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological
Uniwsity.
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education:
English-LanguageArts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics,
Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91, Social Studies,
Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121, Band
(K-12)and Classroom Music (grades5-12), Orchestra (K-12),Vocal and
Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (grade35-12), and
Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary
level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their
academic major(s).
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the
ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy or engineeringcan profit from a
liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned
accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in
their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to
arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry -These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum
requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota:
ENG, two courses; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),
351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirementsat other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering-This program provides a course of study which enables
students to complete introductory core requirementsin mathematics,
science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the
program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees
in engine*
while others elect to participate in a dual degree program.
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to
allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute
of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students
the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts,including an elected major, with the study of engineering.
Pre-Law -Students considering a career in law should examine the
handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and
consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Robert Clyde. Students may wish
to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine
their interest in law. Prelaw students should major in a discipline of their
own choosing and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with
a m r d of solid achievement in the liberal arts.
Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts
education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and
Chemistry Departmentshave majors which can fulfill the academic +rements for pre-medical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),
MAT 124,125; and PHY 121,122. The chemistry major also requires CHM
353,361, one advanced course, seminar and two or more biology courses.
The biology major also requires BIO 111,112,201,491 and at least one from
each of five groups -(367,386,471), (355,474), (351,353,473), (361,440),
(476,481) -with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school.
Designed to meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requirements,
both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and
humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other
medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota:
BIO 111,112; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112or 113; ENG 111and a
second course; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122; electivesfrom humanities,
literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of
several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology,
sociology or religion Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at
least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in
the history of philosophy and Greek in the junior and/or senior yea..
Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet minimum requirements of the College
of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are
recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 124; public speaking, one course;
CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122;
economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities,
theatre, or Upper Division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to
fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Honors Program
The Honors Program is a set of opportunities designed to challenge the
most academicallydistinguished students at Augsburg. Honors combines
academic and cultural components with social and intellectual activities.
The main components of the program include a one-per-term sequence of
honors courses during the freshman and sophomore year, special topics
seminars, a senior honors Interim course and a bi-monthly program of
speakers and events in the city. Students gain an enriched academic experience with the support and camaraderie of other honors students. Through
the program, the College can identify and meet the needs of its very best
students. Members normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for
transfers and others. Requirementscenter on full participation in the
program components and a GPA of approximately 3.5. Please send inquiries for the freshman and sophomore program to Joan Griffin and the junior
and senior program to Larry Gockett.
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media Center -Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the regional library network, the
Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time weekday
students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline,
Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester
at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instructionin music and some independent
studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to
parbcipate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get
better acquainted with the other schools or to undertake a specific course or
mapr not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated
calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A
regularly scheduled bus shuttles studentsbetween the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study
opportunities for the January Interim.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg,
in cooperation with 17other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semes
ters in Scandinavia, South and Central America and the Twin Cities. All
HECUA programs are interdisciplinaryand address the critical issues
associated with social change and the human community. The consortium
also facilitatesinnovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing
among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies.
Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effortbetween Augsburg
College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis
has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work,
sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialiststo help professional people in dealing
with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses.
Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force
RO'K program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC
scholarships. For more information,contact the Office of the Registrar.
Naval ROTC -Augsburg studentsmay participate in the Naval ROTC
program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between
Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Officeof the Registrar.
Students are encouraged to consider study abroad as part of their educational program at Augsburg College. Study abroad provides opporhmities
to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further
career paths, experience differentcultures and gain knowledge about the
increasingly interdependent world.
Eligibility and Application
All students in good academic standingat Augsburg may apply for perrnission to study off-campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset to
students studyingabroad, they are not required. Since it takes some time to
prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their
freshman and sophomore years. Students must apply by December 15to
study off-campus for the next academic year.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for
a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis an oncampus study. Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the Financial Aid
Office in awarding aid to students studying overseas.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg but will add
an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in
a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences and mathematics to the
humanities, study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same
number of course credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus.
Coursesabroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and
graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and
department chairs before departure.
I
E
I
A sample of study programs is highhghted below. For information on these
or other programs overseas, contact the InternationalPrograms Office.
Fall Term
Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives
This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education explores the
experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic
development, social change strategiesand the connectionswomen are
drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. Students
begin at the U.S./Mexico border, live in Cuemavaca, Mexico, for most of the
semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition,
room and board for one semester on campus.
Application deadline: April 1
I
Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America
Each fall, Augsburg's Center for Global Education offers this program
introducingparticipants to the central issues currently facing Latin America
by focusing on new models of political organizing,popular education and
human services. Students b e p at the US./Mexico border, live in
Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America.
Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus.
Application deadline: April 1
HECUA
Augsburg, in consortiumwith other colleges and universities, offers
programs through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA)in three different fullsemester programs in Norway, Ecuador or
Columbia. All programs emphasize the impact of social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize
intense language experience, internships and field trips.
For more information on HECUA programs, see the Metro-Urban Studies
listing in this catalog.
HECUAlSouth American Urban Semester: Ecuador or Columbia (SAUS)
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the relationshipsbetween Third
World development and the consequences of urbanization on the growth of
cities in South America.
Application deadline: March 15
HECUAlScandinavianUrban Studies Term: Norway (SUST)
(Also offered Spring Term.)
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on contemporary Scandinavian
societies and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and
urban life. Field study in Scandinavia and the U.S.S.R. is included.
Application deadlines: November 1(Spring term), March 15 (Fall term)
Interim Abroad
Each January, 25-30courses are offered around the world by Augsburg
professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International
Education W A I E ) . Course registration is held during the Spring and Fall
terms for the followingJanuary.
Application deadline: October 25
Spring Term
Program in Global Community
This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education examines the
history of political change, the dynamics of social justice and the role of the
chwch in Latin America. The program also explores the importance of
community and the responsibility of U.S. citizens in working for social and
political change. Students begm at the U.S./Mexico border, live in
Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central
America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester
on campus.
Application deadline: October 15
Minnesota Studies in International Development (MSID)
Augsburg, in cooperation with the ACTC colleges and the University of
Minnesota,offers the opportunity to study development issues in one of
seven countries: Ecuador, Colombia, India, Jamaica, Kenya, Morocco and
Senegal.The program consists of coursework in the U.S., a development
related internship in the country and community outreach upon return.
During the Fall semester, two required predeparture courses are offered at
the University of Minnesota.Directed study, internship or field research is
offered in the country during Interim and Spring terms.
Application deadline: May 15
HECUNLiterature, Ideology and Society in Latin America: Educador (USLA)
This interdisciphaxyprogram focuses on development and social change
in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature and
arts and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities.
Application deadline: November 1
HECUNScandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway (SUST)
See description under listings for Fall term.
ACTC German Program: Germany and Austria
Students participate in intensive language study at the Goethe Institute in
Germany during January and February and in a course on AustrdXrman
culture, language and civilization in Vienna, Austria.
Application deadline: Odober 15
Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN)
Augsburg participates in SPAN as a joint venture with other colleges and
the University of Minnesota. Each January four countriesare selected and
applicationsare accepted during Spring term. Students participate in
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study/research on the topic of one's choice during the
summer, and writing a paper and community projects upon return
Application deadline: May 15
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department students may participate in the Intemational Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead
State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of
countries through the Internationaland American Independent School
Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student
teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education Department.
EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION
PROGRAMS
Internships, Cooperative Education and Service-Learning
Through Internships, Cooperative Education and Community Service,
Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal artseducation by
embracing the worlds of work and service. Each work or community service
placement is closely related to a student's major, course work or career
interest. Augsburg's Internship, Cooperative Education and Community
Service programs link employers, community organizationsand the
academic program in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience and personal development. An underlying assumption is
that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and
citizenship. The integration of "knowingand doing" adds breadth and
depth to the liberal artscurriculum and assists students in making more
informed academic, career and personal decisions.
The College's metropolitan location makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable learning experiencesin small and
midsize companies, large corporations, non-profit organizations, schools,
government agencies and community-based organizations.
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully planned work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning
objectives. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor
and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives, strategies and
evaluation methods is required. An academic internship is approved,
supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which
the student wishes to earn the Internship credit. Upper Division Internships
are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199.
Registration for Internshipsconsists of the following steps:
1. Obtain the Internship registration permission form from the Internship
and Cooperative Education Office and secure the signaturesof the faculty
supervisor and Director of Internshipsand Cooperative Education.
2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The
signed permission form must be tumed in at the time of registration.
(Students may preregister without a placement seared, but a suitable
internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add
period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Internship and
Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated with the faculty member
responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The
completed original is turned in to the Internship and Cooperative Education
Office.
Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester
(or Weekend College trimester),interim or summer session. For extension of
an internship beyond one term see the section of the catalog under grading.
A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the 35 courses
required for the degree.
Cooperative Education
CooperativeEducation is a college supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career
objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice.
Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining
important on-the-job experience.Job placements typically are part-time
during the academic year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs are flexible
and can begn and end anytime. Co-op Ed is not aedited in and of itself,but
a nonaedit CooperativeEducation transcript entry is available during the
academic terms the student is employed. Co-op Ed students are encouraged
to complete at least one Internship for credit in conjunction with their
Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to Augsburg
students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing.
Service-Learning
Augsburg's ServiceL.eaming program combines response to human needs
in the community with a conscious awareness and understandingof issues,
reflection and educationalgrowth. Augsburg students learn from and about
the community and society in which they live by participating in orientation
sessions, direct servicelearningactivities and seminarsor class discussions.
Through direct service, such as volunteering at a homeless shelter, tutoring
building housing for low income people or working with environmental
groups, students engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach
which employs reciprocal learning between the student(s1and the community.
The Service-I-eamhg Program works with community organizations and
organizes @c
projects to enhance student involvement and also assists
with and supports the integration of service-learninginto departmental
courses. The program works closely with the student directed Augsburg
LINK program and campus ministry.
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult
students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a
means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a
second mapr or pursue a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three
trimester terms during the early September through June academic year.
Students may take from one to four classes each term.
Although the Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same
courses as the day school program, the cumculum is limited to selected
liberal arts courses and the followingmajors: Business Administration
(specializationsin accounting, finance, international business, management,
and marketing), Communication (concentrationsin human relations,
marketing communications, public relations/advertising, and supervisory
management), Computer Science, Economics, Elementary and Secondary
Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing, Psychology, Religion and Social Work.
Augsburg College offers three graduate degree programs: the Master of
Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the
Master of Social Work
Designed for working adults, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on
alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. There are thnx
trimester terms during the early September through June academic year.
The Master of Arts in Leadership program is based on the subject matter
and approaches of the traditional liberal arts.This cross-disciplinary
program directs its acadanic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to orpnimtional leaders. AugsbUrg's
program recognizes that today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to
provide them with a more comprehensive understandingof their world.
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadershipprogram values the role that
good educators play in the lives of students, and operates from the belief
that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without
relinquishingthe role of teacher. The program promotes leadership as a
process, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization and
works toward progress.
The Master of Social Work at Augsburg offerstwo concentrations:Family
Practice and Program Development, Policy and Administration. In the
Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the
family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective.
The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration has
been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership
and administration of policies and servicesthat respond to human need.
Both concentrations are founded on the asumptions that analysis of complex social issues and solutionsmust be based on solid research, and that
the world is interdependent in all areas, includinghuman needs and the
services to address them.
These programs bring working adults to the campus. They are complemented by the College's Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984)
that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences.
OrFmPRContinuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers selected courses through ContinuingEducation.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Associate Dean for
Graduate and Special Programs.
Canadian Program
The Canadian Program was inaugurated in 1985 with an endowment from
the Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies. The program supports
s p e d events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty
activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community
involvement, increased awarenessof the importance of Canadian/U.S.
relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians
through visits and exchanges.
Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program Coordinator
Center for Global Education
The Center for Global Education, founded at Augsburg in 1985 facilitates
crosscultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are
grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice
and human dignity. Students can participate in semester abroad programs,
as well as Weekend College and Graduate Program courses offered at the
Center's program sites in Latin America, the Middle East, Southern Africa,
and the Asia/Pacific region.
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Full-time students normally register for four courses per semester and one
course in the Interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a
semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4 5
courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to five days after the semester b e p s ,
registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are
charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancellingor
adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a
semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the
followingsemesters. As some courses are offeredonly in alternate years,
students should also consult with Departmental advisers when planning
their class registrations.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer
School Office,Weekend College Office and Graduate Program Office for
those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specificinformationon registration and help with registration on another
campus are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar -Science 114, for Fall and Spring Terms
Interim Ofice -Memorial 230
Summer School Office -2222 Murphy Place
Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Mace
Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Place
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for
courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may preregister during
the fall for the Spring and during the spring for the Fall terms.
Class Confirmation
All students must confirm their registration at the begnning of each semester and complete financialarrangements.
Students who do not confirmtheir registration before the first day of classes
(unless s p e d arrangementshave been made) will lose all classes. They
may register and confinn during the first five days, but special late fees a=
assessed and added to their account.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered
because this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellationof
courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office.
Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week
unless a petition is approved by the Student StandingCommittee. Withdrawal from College and resulting adjustments in accounts an? effective as
of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the
Registrar's Office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a leave of absence for academic or personal reasons.
A request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of Students.
It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and
by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed
form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office.
A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an
extension of a leave of absence is needed, it should be requested in the same
manner as the original leave of absence, and the completed form must be
turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous leave
of absence, or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing
must be observed by returning students. A leave of absence does not defer
repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines.
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the
Associate Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and
assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
AU degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the
Registrar'soffice prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be
no incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about
requirements for these honors.
1. Completion of 35 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one
department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or
20 (Music Performance)for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18for the
The course total must include three Interimsfor students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must
include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is
calculatedon each transfer s t u d d s evaluationof transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses
q d two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of
internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional
grading (PIalso has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approvedby the department dxiqxmn
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrais Office about specific requirements for
a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2 Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under
the departmental headings.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as
freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily
the FYE Fall Orientationand Seminar. See the program section on the First
Year Experience for a full description.
4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0
is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward
the major. Some majors, licensure and certificationrequire higher grades in
each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensurein
education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing,
socialwork.) See the departmental section for details.
5. Residence -The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of
seven courses for part-time students)must be at Augsburg. Contact the
Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
Because a new general education curriculumfakes effkc.3Septemberf 1991,other
graduation ~equirementsdiffer depending on a studenYs class$katratrow
Former Students
Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice
between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or
using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission.
Regular Students Enrolled Before June, 1991
Students enrolled b e f o June,
~
1991, have a choice of using all graduation
requirements in effect when first enrolled or c h a n p g to the graduation
requirements in effect begmmngin September, 1991.No combination of
requirements may be made.
Students Entering Augsburg September, 1991, or Later
Students entering under the followingclassificationswill follow the Distribution Requirements as outlined below.
Students entering in 1991-1992 who are classified as Sophomores,
Juniors, or Seniors;
Those entering in 1992-1993classified as Juniorsor Seniors;
Those entering in 1993-94 classified as Seniors .
All other entering students will follow the requirementslisted in the section
titled "The Augsburg General Education Curriculum Requirements"
(see pages 81-89).
Writing -A course in writing (English 111)or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of En@k Exemption tests are given
during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts - An approved course from each of these seven mas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech, Communication
and Theatre Arts (devoted to the
study of literature)
Psychology-sociology
Economics-PoliticalScience
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's
Office.
Foreign Languages-Two courses (111 and 112)of one foreign language at
Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a foreign language will
take one additionalcourse at placement level in that language or two
courses (111and 112)of another foreign language. International students
should consult with the Registrar.
Religion -Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one
may be an Interim course, are required. The number of religion courses
required for graduation is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students
should check their Evaluation of Transfer Credit form, or consult the
Reglstrar'sOffice.
Urban Concerns or Women's Studies or Minority Studies -One course.
Courses approved to meet this requirement arr published each t e r n
Information is available at the w s t r a f s Office.
Lifetime Sports -Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime
Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35-courserequirement.
Rationale for the Augsburg General Education Curriculum:
The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supportingcourses and elective
courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal artsas expressed in the General Education
component of the college curriculum.
Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists 'To develop
future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational
opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting,
and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the
College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General
Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings:
liberal artsperspectives and skills.
The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search
for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a
variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to
the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional
disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciphq
reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content
with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the
student a more effective learner and participant in society.
The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen
to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are
embodied in the General Education Perspectives: 'The Character and
Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These
Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliationwith the Lutheran
Church,its insistence on the value of howing the approach which derives
from the Christian roots of the College and its location in the city, deserve
s p e d considerationin Augsburg's educational program.
The third feature-that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution -is also
emphasized in the other Liberal Arts Perspectives. Certain dimensions of
human life -of what it is to be human -form the core of the required
liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human
can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic
disciplines.
Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person.
Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a
social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the
Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in
which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage,
students need to learn about and reflect on sigruficant aspects of this
heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time,
to focus on the West,alone would be ethnocentric:We live in a global
society. Hence the Perspective on Inter-CulturalAwareness. Attention to
moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and
Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other
perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic Values enables students
to foms upon aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which
convey fundamentalinsights, express beauty and enhance life.
Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with
academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we
teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence
presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work.
The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays
attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entry-level
skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including reading, writing,
quantitative reasoning and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given
to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that
students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg
experience.
The General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address
the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do
they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the
desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent
description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear
statement of expected outcomes and an opportunity for students to see and
understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an
urban setting.
Entry Level Skills Requirements
The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in:
reading
writing
word processing
critical thinking
quantitative reasoning (along with Math Placement)
Placement in writing courses and math courses is determined by these
inventories.
Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college
credit courses) and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) Transfer
Students:
Take entry level skills tests and satisfy requirements.
If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate
course or advised on preparation for retaking the respective tests. Students
are q i i r e d to take the assessments before registering for the second term
and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first
year at Augsburg.
Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy
the entry level skill in writing will be required to take Developmental
Writing before Effective Writing. Freshmen must complete the writing
requirement before the begnmng of their Sophomoreyear.
Students who pass the writing assessment inventory at the advanced
levels (to be determined by the English Department)will not be required to
take Effective Writing.
Those with demonstrated word processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable
work experience, are exempt from the word processing inventory.
Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are
exempt from the critical thinking inventory.
Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course are exempt from
the quantitative reasoning inventory, and will be given information about
taking the Math Placement Test based upon previous mathematics courses.
Freshman and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) transfer students
will be required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements.
Junior and Senior Transfer Students
Entering Junior and Senior transfer students (entering 1993294 or after) are
I
exempt from word processing, reading and critical thinking assessments.
Those who have not taken an Effective Writing course or a college level
mathematics course must take entry level tests in writing and/or quantitative reasoning. If they do not achieve exemption from those mpirements,
they must satisfy the requirement in those areas.
Those who have a transfer mathematics course accepted for college credit
by Augsburg College are exempt from the quantitative reasoning inventory
and will be given information about taking the Math Placement test based
upon previous college mathematics courses.
Junior and Senior transfers (entering 1994'95 or after) are required to
satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements, except that only one
writing component course is required.
1
Graduation Level Skills
General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years
in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking spealung and quantitative reasoning are deliberatecomponents of certain courses. Completion of
the requisite courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for
graduation. Students are required to have two courses with writing components and one course each with critical thinking, speaking and quantitative
reasoning components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill
requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives.
1
Lifetime Spohs
Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required.
Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35course
requirement.
The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of
providing the basis for begmmng to understand what it means to be a
human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved
through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the
criteria established for each Perspechve. Although courses approved for
each Perspective meet the General Education requirements, not every
course meets all the goals of each Perspective.
Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the Registrar. These choices are controlled
by the following policies:
A student will choose one course from each category.
No single course can fulfill the requirementsin two or more categories.
No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the
same department in meeting perspective requirements.
No student may count more than one course from the same department in
meeting the requirements of any single perspective except:
1.Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective,
"The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith."
2. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence (biology, chemistry or
physics) may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World."
3. Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet
part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness."
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College:
The Christian Faith
This Perspective focuses on Augsburg as a College of the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as
a basis for its educationalprogram the doctrines of the Christian faith as
~vealedin Scriptureand the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It
consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scrip
tures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values and
dgious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.The Bible ( for example, its origins, structures, content or interpretation).
2. Christian theological and religious concepts and their own religious
beliefs.
3. Religious concepts and practices found in religious traditions outside
the Christian faith.
4. Their own and others' values, their relation to Christian values, the
possible grounds for these values, how these values might be critiqued and
defended and the role values play in the issues that confront our society.
Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following
1. Junior transfer students will be required to take two courses in the
Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg; and
2. Senior transfer students will be required to take one course in the
Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City
This Perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges.In
addition, students should experience the community and should explore
opportunities for service in the community.
This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship
and cooperative education experiencesor by designated or college a p
proved noncredit experiences (such as volunteer service or college pmgrams). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by
seminars related to the experience.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Western Heritage
This Perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes
(found, for example, in literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that
have historically shaped Western civilization Attention should be paid to
the contributions to or critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic
minorities.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1. Central ideas, texts or works of art that historically have been
sighcant for Western society and the relation of these to present
world views.
2. S p d c historical themes, trends, events and persons and their
roles in shaping both the past and the present.
3. Historical and literary methods of ascertaining and conveyingthe past.
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Human Identity
This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons,
men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiencesand
behaviors.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Methods and approachesthat attempt to explain how individual
persons think,feel and ad.
2. Scientific or humanistic interp~tationsof their own development as
persons.
3. Questions of faith, ethics and moral choice in their personal and
professional lives.
4. Fadors involved in physical and mental health.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Aesthetics
Aesthetic creationsconvey fundamental insights and values, expressbeauty
and enhance life. This Perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic
expressions by oneself and others.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Forms of artistic expression.
2. Historical development and variation in aesthetic taste and performance across cultures and how different cultures have expressed themselves through various aesthetic forms.
3. Different theories of aesthetics.
4. Their own creation or performance of a work of art.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: The Social World
This Perspective is intended to help students learn to identdy, examine and
critique &, economic or political systems:to understand how and why
such systems develop, to see the connectionsamong these systems and to
use this knowledge as a participant in society.
I
From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and
critically reflect on:
1.The characteristicsand dynamics of human organization at the group
and societal level.
2. Current theories and methods for understanding social, political or
economic systems.
3. The historical development of selected social, economic or political
structures.
4. The relationship between various social, political, or economic systems
and the student's own responsibilities in society.
5. The ways that social, economic or political structures differ across
cultures and affect diverse groups in society.
Two courses are required for this Perspective.
Perspective: lntercultural Awareness
This Perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is
required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural
biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better
able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds partially
by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstreamNorth American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to
speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of
the Perspective, studentsare required to have demonstrated proficiency in a
foreign language. The foreign language requirement will be based upon
placement:
Foreign Language
Placement
Course
Requirement
111,112
112
211
212
No course required
Students who are m p r e d to complete two semestersof foreign language
must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language.
Perspective: The Natural World
This Perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in
relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and
moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific
knowledge, concepts and methods will be provided to equip students for
critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Selected aspects of the natural world.
2. The characteristics, strengthsand limitations of science and the scientific method, and the complex relations between data and theories, at
least in part through practical laboratory experience.
3. The history of science, its relations to other historical/social develop
ments and the variety of ways persons and civilizationshave approached
the natural world.
4. The relations and differencesbetween science and theology; the
mutual influences of technology, values, and the natural/physical
environment; the limits imposed on humans by the natural environment,
and the interconnectedness of all living systems.
5. The importance of symbol systems such as mathematics in attempting
to describe, classify, and model objects and events.
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective.
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a
4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of
2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students
who chose the P/N option are cautioned:
In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a
grade of 2.0
Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a
large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C".
For transfer students, P-graded courses do not count in the requirement
that 14traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be
considered for graduation with distinction.
See P/N limitationsunder Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 and
several Interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some
education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the
traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other
courses are graded only PI 1.0 or N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports
are graded P/N.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/
N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made
according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes
after the first five days of classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performancebelow basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P 8ass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents
work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency.
To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the
instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request,
the work q u i d to complete the course, the plan and date for completing
the work, and comments from the instructor; and must gain the approval of
the R e t r a r . Ifpermission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and
filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is
not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0.
Internships, Independent Studies and Directed Studies may sometimes last
longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the
grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of
registration A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study
is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to
communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory
progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically
continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be
issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated
(but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not
giving an X where satisfactoryprogress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal
from college or dropping these continued courses will terminate their
registration Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1X by the student
would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of
initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be
necessary.
A course in which a grade of 0,05,1.0,15, N, I or X has been received may
be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned
may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses
taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the
credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses,
are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for
dropping classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by
registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs.
Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two
weeks of the beguuung of the term to determine expectations, attendance
and any other requirement. If expestations have been met, the course will be
listed on the tramaipt as having been audited. If expectations have not been
met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred
from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded,
but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total a a d e mints - 2 (P or TransferCourses)
Courses taken - 8 or Transfer Courses)
Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim
terms.
Sophomores-Seven courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors-16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors-25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Advanced Placement Program Test
Advanced placement in courses beyond the begnning level is granted to
students with scores of 3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the
department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
International Baccalaureate Program
Coursesearned from the International BaccalaureateProgram will be
considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate d
Departmental guidelines are available from the Office of the Regstrar.
t
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many
life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal
arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at
Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning other
than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be
presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a
baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential
criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either
by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students
may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The
following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment:
The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by the College Board and are offered to
students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for
this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th
percentile on a subject e&nination may receive academic credit for that subject at
Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the
Office of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams -These are available for students to use in
obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
There is a departmental instrument available for s u b j j area in question.
There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the
exam.
The Student StandingCommittee approves the student's request to take the
exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only,
and there is a charge per exam.
The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)-This is a credit assessment alternative in
which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio
submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and
two faculty members from fields of study diredly related to the student's previous
learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who
wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may
include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation
of a student's previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the followingcriteria:
There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous
learning experiencethat involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content
material found within liberal arts coursework.
The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the
presenting student.
The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four
courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA
of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or
fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit to initiate the
credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the
student's transcript if credit is approved.
Transaipt credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of
courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course
number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements
I
and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning -While Augsburg College
recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, thii learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based
liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (onefourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through
previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous
experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment
processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams and
credit granted through CAP Committee assessment.
English as a Second Language (ESL) Program
Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary
language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing or Effective
Writing will be detenriined by their scores on the Michigan test (8@90 range
for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an
objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on
this test and the grade earned in the class will determine whether additional
ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a course grade
of 35 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 217/
218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally
be granted for no more than two courses.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course
completion, have completed the foreign language requirement for graduation.
Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal
The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman -A student who has taken fewer than seven courses with a
cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore-A student who has taken fewer than 16courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher
Junior-A student who has taken fewer than 25 courses with a cumulative
GPA of 1.9 or higher
Senior -A student who has taken 25 or more courses with a cumulative
GPA of 2.0 or higher.
It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is q u i r e d for graduation
with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelineswill
either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be
continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a
freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three
zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, d i s
missal fromthe College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the
Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the studenfs commitment to
academic progress is the major considerationin deciding whether or not to
dismiss a student. Studentswho have a poor academic record may be
strongly advised to withdraw beforethe end of a term. Those on probation
who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are
dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels stated above. Studentsplaced on probation as
freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned
additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades
may be removed from probation if their classificationchanges to junior and
their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal
the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of
three full courses, or equivalent, for a weekday schedule student or two full
courses, or equivalent, for a Weekend College student, graded on the
traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for
credit. If permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown
newspaper of each student on the Dean's List.
/
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinctionis determined as follows:
Summa cum laude -3 8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
M a p cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 38 cumulativeGPA
Cum laude -3 3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulativeGPA
To quahfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is appmveci by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to
the Veterans Administration.
Augsburg's standards of academic progress are given in this Catalog.When
a veteran or eligible person fails to maintain these p&bed
standards of
progress, the College will so inform the Veterans Administration. It is the
responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it is for all students.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the
equivalent for which they had been certified.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will need to meet the requirementsof the Veterans Administration
regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received.
m
DEPARTMENTS
AND PROGRAMS
Aands atruth
liberal a* institution,
College beliews thnt knaoledge
are infmrehtai and are infiegrakd infoa whole. The ktiditwn
Augsburg
ofthe academic world, however, divides this unified truth into m e
manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of indid u a l disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more
ac:cmItrleto studenti 17fese c o u can
~ be arranged in various ways to
coastruct majorsI fo crmte the suhtance of a broad general education
atd fo give M a t s the oppfunihj to study areas of particular
individual interest.
Wm'ptions qf c m r m are arranged by departments and programs.
k d s u i p i i ' i o p r s ofu a brkf summay ofthe subject matter to aid
students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed
explanation of content, approach arid requirementsfor a partkular
course can be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its gmls and its place in the
College's program. A listing of requirementsfm individual majors and
minms follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/
or Spring terms. The ACTC Schedule of Classes published each spring lists
offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Since some courses are offered in alternate years, it is important that the
student review major requirementsand course offeringswith an adviser to
ensure that all requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedulesfor courses offered in January Interim, Summer
School, Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in Leadership,
Master of Arts in Leadership-Educationand the Master of Social Work
programs are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offeredfor one credit A few fractional courses, for one-half
or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A
full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter
hours. Most courses meet for three 6Gminute periods or two 90-minute
periods a week, in addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Coursesnumbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, courses in
the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors,
and 400sfor seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are
listed in the course description.A student ky
enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not beenfulfilled if there is prior approvalby the professor
teaching the course and of the academic adviser.
Augsburg College offers a minor in American Indian Studies. See listing
under InterdisciplinaryStudies (INS).
Am DETT~~ENT
(ART)
Art is important as a field of study for our modem age. Our suryival as a
culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and
beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this,we have
made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the
art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that
it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of
visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher
and art historian is to celebrate visual experiencethrough a variety of media
and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see.
Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts,the visual arts,as
taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a
human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly
significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such
as language,history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology,
business, physical education and science.
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art
because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas,
I
lI
I
I
disciplines and attitudes. At Augsburg art study is further enhanced by
associations with a sigruticant number of artgalleries and museums in the
Twin Cities area.
Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide
on-the-pb, supervised, evaluated experienceswhich contribute to the
student's overall education and development. Primary goals include
improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies.
Hundreds of s m c careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg
graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public
schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making antique restoration and
sales, film and video work, portrait painting and gallery and museum work.
The f u t u holds
~
a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills
with a breadth of understanding.
Art Faculty Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman,
Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen
Studio Art Major: Nine-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; three art
history courses including 240. One course must be in two4imensional art (118,223,
360) and one in three-dimensional art (221,250). Majors are required to begin their
programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
approval of a portfolio by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; four studio disciplines from
118,132,221,223 and 250; second level courses in two areas; 240 and two other art
history courses. Consult with the Education Department for requirements in
education for teacher licensw.
Art History Major: Eight art history courses including 240 and 388; two studio
courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118or 221.
Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and
development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the Department Chairperson before the last term of
the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: Four studio courses including 107and 240.
Art History Minor: Five art history courses including 240.
Certificate in ATt: Eight art courses, including one in art history. Up to four courses
may be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art
102
Environmental Design
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of
experience in the environment leading toward appreciationand criticism.
Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work.
225
Communication Design I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using
elements such as color, line, shape, type, symbols and pictorial images. An
emphasis will also be placed on the creative thought process.
Studio Art
100,300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the
Department.
106
108
Calligraphy
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on
the broadedged pen. Attention is given to the historical development of
calligraphyand the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. This course also has an Upper Division option.
Introduction to Art Therapy
An introdudion/overview to art therapy as a human setvices profession,
recognizing individualdevelopment through art and the creative process.
This course will study the various populations served through art therapy
and explore the various media and processes used.
118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with
attention to black and white photographic process. Students need access
to a 35 rnm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately
$1!5&175.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
221
Sculpture l
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and
assemble the respective media.
223
Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silk-screen and woodcut.
Publication Design
An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to
publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and
practice of coordinatingvisual images and typography with content in
publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters,
books and miscellaneouspublications. Students design and produce a
publication as a group project. (Weekend College only.)
Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog.
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on
handbuilding and glazing.
Tribal Arts and Culture
(see INS,American Indian Studies)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Communication Design II
A study of visual communicationsin magazines, television, film,advertising symbols and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography,
typography and illustration. (Prereq.:225)
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or
handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: W))
Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118)
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in
transparent watercolor.
Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including
silk-screen, etching and woodcut, includingJapanesewoodcut technique.
(Prereq.: 223)
Internship
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine prow.
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: 221)
499
Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art
maprs.
Art History
240
Art History Survey
A survey of Western art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes
reading, research,viewing of slides, visits to museums.
Note: Thefollowing m r s e s are @ad
infemitfently, usually one or two sections a yem.
352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, includingthe fine
arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women.
382
Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from prehistory to modern times.
385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D.
386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proteenaissance painting,
sculpture and architecture in Europe.
387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculptureand architecture, from the 14ththrough the
18thCenturies.
388
19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculptureand architecture from Neoclassicism
through the present.
389
American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with
specific emphasis on 19th and 20th Century art and its relationship to
European art as well as indigenous movements.
BIOLOGY
DEP-
(BIO)
Biology is the study of life and it is natural that we, as contemplative living
matures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us.
This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological
world, an understandingof the basic biological processes common to all
organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain seIf-understanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions.
Another si@ant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that
even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp of biologists.
This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of
intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research
for many years to come.
Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organismshas
accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made
in understandingimportant biological processes, particularly those at the
cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some
extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine,
veterinary medicine, agricultureand food science have depended on the
findingsof basic biological research.
Because the biological world reveals such variety, complexity, and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based.
Because a complete understanding of biological systems depends on
applicationsof the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background
in the physical sciences is also important for biologists.
For many, an undergraduatemajor in biology serves primarily as a basis for
further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further
studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine, and
dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences,
leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and
applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have
embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high
school teaching and laboratory technology.
Biology Faculty Robert Herforth (Chairperson),Thomas Herbst, Esther
McLaughlin, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud
Major: Nine courses, including 111,112, 201 and at least one from each of the
following five groups: Molecular and Cellular: 367,386,471; Cellular to
Organismal: 355,474; Organismic/Animals: 351,353,473; Organismic/Plants: 361,
440; Environmental: 476,481.
The ninth course may be BIO 203 or any Upper Division biology course, including
an Interim course. BIO 491,a noncredit seminar, is required of all juniors and
seniors. Also required: CHM 105 or 115,106 or 116,and 223; PHY 103;Math
Placement Group III.
Studentswho intend to enter graduate, medical, or other professional schools
should consult with the Department because these schools vary in their science
admission requirements. These may include CHM 351,352 instead of 223,PHY 121,
122instead of 103,and MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146.
Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also q u i r e s three courses in earth and life
sciences. For secondary teaching we recommend the broadest possible program in
biology. Studentsplanning to teach are advised to consult with the Education
Department early in their academic program.
The Department works with the CooperativeEducation Office in identifying and
defining Co-op Ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities.
This experience is open to juniors and seniors. Students interested should consult
with the Biology Department CooperativeEducation Coordinator.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0overall, active participation in seminar,
one course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior yea..
Minor: Five courses, including 111,112 and three Upper Division courses; CHM
115,116 (or CHM 105,106).
101
Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view. An
attempt to answer such questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the -system?
What influence do humans have on the environment?What influence
does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on
humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not receive credit for both
101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor)
102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories is considered. No
animal dissectionswill be done in the laboratory. (Three hours lecture;
three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor.)
103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
(Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor)
105
Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society
must deal? A survey of the environmental and health implications of
pollution, non-renewable resource depletion, waste disposal, war,
occupational safety and health. An historical s w e y of American agriculture, world food supply and biological determinism.A critical evaluation
of the socialapplication s of biological concepts. (Three hours lecture.
Does not apply to the mapr or minor)
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (Three hours lecture, three
hours laboratory. For student nurses, health maprs, or consent of
instructor. Prereq.: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Weekend College
only. Does not apply to the mapr or minor)
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology,
cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionarymechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of
organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instrubor.
(Three hours lecture; fourhours laboratory)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship. (Rereq.: 112)
201
Methods in Biological Research
An examination of methods commonly employed in biological research,
which may include electrophoesis, column separations, ultracentrifugation, microscopy, cell culture, radioisotopic techniques, gas
chromatographyand physiological recording. The theoretical basis of
each method is discussed and experiments are conducted to demonstrate
the utility of each method. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory.
Pweq: 112)
203
Principles of Nutrition
A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption,
transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort
will be made to differentiate"fact from fiction" in this controversial
biological field. Clime hours lecture. Prereq.: 112or consent of instructor)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: 112)
351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology,
behavior, life history and evolutionaryrelationships. (Three hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
353
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparativestudy dealing with the classification, morphology,
distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the verte
brates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human
genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (Threehours
lecture, fourhours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Plant Biology
A survey of the mapr divisions of the plant kingdom including the study
of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. kereq.: 112)
Biochemistry
An introdudory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (Three
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112,CHM 223 or 352or consent of instructor. )
Immunology
A study of the structureand function of the immune system at molecular,
cellular and tissue levels. Both basic immunology and fundamental
principles relating to clinical immunology will be considered. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Internship
Upper Division Internship. Students must be juniors or seniors. (Prereq.:
112)
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in
photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations
in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationshipsof these processes to
plant structures. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Cellular Biology
A study correlating functionwith ultrastructure in both prokaryotic and
eukaryotic cells. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.Prereq.: 112,
367 or consent of instructor. )
Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever
possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical
principles. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112;CHM
106 or 116;PHY 103 or 122 or consent of instructor)
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which
occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the
vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as desaiptive studies are
included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development,
the topics of malignancy, aging and regeneration are discussed. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on
bacteria and viruses.Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods.
(Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.)
481
Ecology
A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal
relationshipsbetween organisms and their environments. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361
or consent of instructor. )
491
Seminar
A weekly meeting of biology majors under the direction of Beta Beta Beta
Biological Honor Society. Active participation by juniorsand seniors is
required. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for
the major.
499
Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an
instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor)
BUSINESS
ADMINERMION
(BUS)AND MA NAG^
INFO-ON
SYSTEMS
(MIS)DEPANMEW
The Department of Business Administration and Management Information
Systems (MIS) is committed to developing both the theoretical and practical
tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other
organizations as well as preparation for graduate study. To this end, three
majors are offered: Business Administration, Management Information
Systems (MIS) and a combination major in Economics-Business Admhistration. Business Administration and MIS should be considered separately in
regard to the limitation of no more than 13courses in any one department.
Within Business Administration, there are five specdizations:Accounting,
Finance, Management, Marketing and InternationalBusiness.
Each of these areas is dependent upon a strong foundation in the liberal arts
with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing
the occupational realities of the business disciplines, the Department is
equally committed to maintaining an application-oriented balance. This
balance is achieved in part by fosteringclose ties with the corporate community, which in turnprovides a wealth of practical expertise and a wide
variety of Internship opportunities as well as future job prospects.
Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the
community by contributing to an education which is ethically based,
technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration Faculty:Amin Kader (Chairpason), Diane Busico,
Thomas Busico, John C. Cenito, Mary Dean, Earl Eames, Steven Freimuth, Peter
Gillen, Abo-el Yazeed Habib, M. Anaarn Hashmi, Wendy B. Hines, Marilyn
Horowitz, Jane Kammerman, Myron J. Kapel, Roy LaFayette, Lori L. Lohman,
Linda McKeag, Robert Kramarczuk, Fekri Meziou, Kinney G. Misterek, Thomas
Morgan, Robert M. Murphy, Paul Pender, Paul E. Portz, Hamed Sallam, Milo
Schield, Gregg Schneider, Robert Schultheis, Stanley H. Solnick, Stuart M. Stoller,
James Urbach, Cheree Waiters, Robert D. Wykstra
BUSINS (BUS)
Business Administration Major (BUS) Core courses for the Accounting, Finance,
Management and Marketing specializations:BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,
391, ECO 112,113,313,311 or 312 or 315.
*Specialization in Accounting: 12Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or
425.
Specialization in Finance: 12Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or
415.
Speckdimtion in Management: 12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or
SOC 349.
Specialization in Marketing: 12Core courses, 352,355 or 357,450, ECO 415.
Specializationin International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO
112,113,313. BUS 399 or 499 is required, as well as three semesters of a foreign
language (or tested equivalent).Also the following: one International Economics
course and BUS 362,364 and 466. Other configurations may be permitted on
consultation with the Department.
Combined major in Economics-Business Administration: Six Economics courses
(112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division); eight Business Administration/
MIS courses (221,222,242,252,279,331, and two other Upper Division).
Notes: Studentswho plan to major in the Business Administration department are
strongly encouraged to select a Department Adviser as soon as possible, in order to
carefully plan their program of study.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and camp*
hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration.
Minor in Business Administration: Six courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO
112and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Minor in International Business: Six courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113,
and three International Business courses. Other configurationsmay be permitted
on consultation with the Department.
*CPA. Certification: Studentswho wish to take the Certified Public Accountants
(CPA) examinationprior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have
completed the mapr in Business Administration-Accountingand taken all accounting and business law offered. Students mapring in Business AdministrationAccounting are qualiiied under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination during their last semester.
*C.MA Certification: Students who have taken a prescnied course of study in
accountingmay take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination
prior to fulfilling the experiencerequirement. This certificateindicates proficiency
in the area of managerial accounting.
Notes: Students who have taken a prescribed course of study in accounting may
take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination prior to fullilling
the experience requirement.This certificateindicates profiaency in the area of
managerial accounting.
In addition to the comes listed under Ihe title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS295,495), the Department has also offered: Research Methods for
Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for
Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship,
M i m Computer Accounting, Ethics in Business, and Risk Management and Insurance.
175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(see under MIS 175)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship
221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities,basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuationof 221. Introductionto business activities, accounting for
corporations.Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations.(Prereq.:BUS 221)
242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing
planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager.
252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions.
279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 279.)
Topics
Ledures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of
business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of h c i a l accounting with emphasis on accountingtheory
pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.:
BUS 222 and ECO 113)
Accountlng Theory and Practice II
A continuationof 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied
to liabiities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: BUS 322)
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for manage
rial decision making. Manning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,242,252,
279, or consent of instructor)
Tax Accountlng
The more common and important provisions of planning apd compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: BUS 221,331, ECO 112,113, or consent of
instructor)
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the
firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital,
capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.:
BUS 222,279; ECO 113)
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.:BUS 242)
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management;
research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the
effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.:BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or
consent of instructor)
Marketing Communications
This course looks at the communicationsaspects of marketing by integrat-
ing advertising, public relations, sales promotion and personal selling into
a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and
evaluation of marketing communicationsprograms, particularly advertising; selection of media; copycreative effort; advertiseragency relationship; management of the personal selling function including sales force
selection, compensation, territorial design and performance appraisal.
(F'rereq.: Bus 252) Note: Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit.
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as
important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Note:
Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit)
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an
international context. Appreciation of the prospective required for
successfulplanning and management of any enterprise operating abroad
is emphasized by foreseeingboth the opportunities and the difficulties
inherent in internationalbusiness. (Prereq.: Two Business and Economics
courses or consent of instructor)
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program
which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with
some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her
activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to
form the basis of opinion on a &t of financial statements. (Prereq.: BUS
323)
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental
accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323)
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial struchue and policy. Emphasis on
decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lechrres and
case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331)
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risk/rehun relationships of various types of securities
from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management.
(Prereq.: All Core courses or consent of instructor)
440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and
manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include
an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity
measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing
management and decision making, planning marketing programs,
channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies.
(Prereq.:BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357)
465
International Management
To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the
influence of national and international institutionson the multinational
corporation and on the strategies, structures, practices and effects of the
national co'potation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242,362)
466
International Marketing
Designed primarily for students interested in the study of business
activities on a global xale. More specifidly, the majority of the come
will be devoted to those issues and activities unique to marketing a
product or service in an "international setting." Topics will include
internationalenvironment scanning and analysis; comparative marketing
research; strategic planning; produd, price, promotioiand distribution issues in multinational markets. (Prereq.: BUS 252,362)
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and
MIS
(See under MIS 479.)
495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. Brereq.:consent of instructor)
Major in MIS: Eve business courses (BUS 221,222,242,252 and 3311, four Economics courses (ECO 112,113,313 and 318), one Mathematics course MAT 121or 171),
two Computer Science courses (CSC 170 and 210), and six MIS courses (MIS175,
279,370,375,475 and 476). CSC 352 can be taken in place of MIS 370.
Notes: MIS maprs are strongly urged to consider PHI 130, MAT 122, ECO 425 and
MIS 479. Students who wish to major in MIS should select an MIS faculty adviser as
soon as possible to plan their degree program.
Transfer Students:MIS maprs must either earn at least four of their Upper
Division courses at Augsburg or must receive an exemption from the Department
faculty.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and an oral
examination on some aspect of the major.
Course Prerequisites: If you lack either the course mpkements or the Mathematics
Placement Group (MPG)quimnents, you may not be admitted by the instructor.
Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) requirements: MIS 175,279,370,479, CSC
170,210 and all 100 level Math courses have Placement Group requirements. Since
all maprs in Business, Economics and MIS must take MIS 279, they all must have at
least MPG 111.
Mathematics Placement Group Information: To obtain your current Placement
Group, contact the Mathematics Department, Weekend College, or the secretaryin
the Departments of Business, Economics, and MIS.A Mathematics Placement Group
(MPG) is based on: 1) a review of course transfers, 2) the score on the most recent
placement exam,or 3) passing various 100level Mathematics coqrses at Augsburg.
If you have previous courses that are not in your MPG, submit your transcript
to the Mathematics Department for review.
If you plan to take the placement exam,consult the Mathematics Department
for specific information on the exam schedule, the materials covered and the
availabilityof computerized tutorials.
see which mathematics courses will generate a particular Placement Group,
consult the Mathematics Department.
Placement Group time limits: The MathematicsDepartment may disregard
courses taken more than five years ago and may choose to lapse an MPG given
more than five years ago.
175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123(graphics, database and logical
functions)dBase HI+ and Minitab. May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing
grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (prrreq.: MPG 11or else a Pass
in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399)
279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,descriptivemeasures, probabil-
ity, sampling distributions, infaence and estimation. Emphasis on their
use in applied problems in business and economics. Minitab may be
required to analyze and survey data. e r e q . : MIS 175and either Math
F'lacement Group III or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104).
Topics
Lebures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of
Management InformationSystems.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499)
Advanced Computing for Business, Economlcs and MIS
An investigation of programmable systems. Examine basic algorithms and
associated flow charts and pseudocode. Apply these concepts by programming some of these software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus and dBASE.
(Prereq.: MPG III or a Pass in MAT 104. Also, MIS 175 or CSC 170, or, with
permission of instructor, extensive knowledge of Lotus and DOS).
Management lnformation Systems in the Organization
Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in
organizations. Review the features of computers (hardware and software)
and various types of information systems. May involve several case
studies: review business needs, summarize the relevant findings (hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options and communicatethe
recommendations.Learn to use a CASE tool such as Excelerator for
systems analysis. (Preq.: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer
course such as MIS 175or 370). Consult with the instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223.
Internship Program
A student may receive credit through an internship program which is
applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the
student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities
involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Systems Analysis and Design
Identifythe necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate
various representations for information, processes and relationships.
Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as
Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Preq.: MIS 375)
lnformation Systems Projects
Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and
extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.:MIS 475)
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business Economics and MIS
Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming
tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages.
Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and
statistical inhence plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo
simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade
of at least 2.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. Recommended:MIS 370)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to provide an opportunityto analyze a topic
in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes
and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of
physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been
described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical
world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves.
Chemists as scientistsmust be well versed in the science of chemistry,
howledgeable in fad and theory for solving scientific problems, capable of
providing a public understandingof their work including potential problems as well as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand
themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the
arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human
and therefore truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of Approved Schoolsof the American
Chemical Society (ACS)and offers a chemistry major which meets the
chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists
To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully
with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions.
To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain
lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field however that
may change after graduation and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise.
To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to
seriously study areas outside of the sciences; and
To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an
example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world
around us. The presentation of mapr concepts underlying the changes in
matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world and the
reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments
concerning science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty:Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin E. Gyberg,John R. Holum,
Joan C. Kunz, Michele Nielsen
Graduation Major (Bachelor of Arts) in Chemistry:115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,
353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481,483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Because Upper
Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan
to take MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Major: Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science): Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires General Chemistry (115,116 or 105,
106); CHM 351,352,353,361,363,491; and one advanced course; PHY 121,122 and
two additional physics courses. Modem Physics and Electronics are recommended.
Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation mapr. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the Chemistry Department for assistancein planning a
course program early in their college career.
Bachelor of Science: Persons completing the ACS mapr and meeting the graduation requirements of the College shall be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree.
American Chemical Society Approved Major (Bachelorof Science): 12 courses
including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,
497,499); Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 124 or 145, MAT 125 or 146, and
224 or 245; PHY 121,122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year).
Reading ability in German equivalent to two semesters, computer proficiency,
Modem Physics, additionalmathematics and research experience are recommended.
Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Minor: Five courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106), 353 and two other
chemistry courses from 223,351,352,361 or BIO 367.
Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115, or for both 106 and 116.
Other restrictions are in course descriptions.
E
Most courses in this Department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with
a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is
necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a tw*
term course in registering for the second tam.
Placement in 105or 115is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement
Examination: 105requires Group II placement; 115requires Group I11 placement.
High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115.
105,106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students
who will not mapr in chemistry, although students may go from 106to
351,353. This course covers basic concepts in chemistry, often from an
historical, technological or environmentalperspective. (Three onehour
lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: Math Placement Group II)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of
general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas
such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program),
inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education and others. Open
also to students in the humanities and social sciences.
Fmt term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic
chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special
applicationsto human physiological chemistry. (Three onehour lectures,
two hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the mapr or
minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109and 105 or 115,
nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.:High school
chemistry within the last five years)
115,116 General Chemistry
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First
semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics and
bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second
emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and
electrochemistry. Many topics are presented from an historical approach
and bring in discussion regarding technologies and values resulting from
science, with recognition of current events or concerns. (Three onehour
lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, Math
Placement Group III)
199
Internship
A work-based learning experienceat the sophomorechemistry level in
which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning
agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the
opportunities inherent in the placement. Partidpation in a concurrent
seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration,
interested students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding quirements and permission to register. Students
are encouraged to seek an appropriateplacement site by registering with
the Intanship and Cooperative Education Office.
223
Elementary Organic Chemistry
This onsemester course is designed for students whose professional
goals require some background in organic chemistry but not the rigor of
the year-long organic course. As a survey course, topics covered will
include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and
aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry
major, nor will credit be given for this course if Chemistry 351,352 is
taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for Chemistry 352.
Credit cannot be given for Chemistry 110and Chemistry 223, nor does
Chemistry 223 meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs.
(Preq.: 106 or 116.Three lectures and one threehour laboratory per
week)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing.
Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty
member in the Chemistry Department.
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated
by means of modern theohesif chemical bonds, energy relations and
reaction mechanisms; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmentaland industrial fields. (Three onehour lectures, one
four-hour laboratory. Prerq.: 106or 116)
353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysisand solution equilibrium in
detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of
a variety of samples and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lech.m,
one four-hour laboratory. Pweq.: 106or 116)
361,364 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoreticalconcepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics,
quantum theory and states of matter are studied in the first semester.
Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria
and electrochemistryin the second semester. (Threeone-hour lectures.
Prerq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121,122; MAT 124or 145, MAT 125or 146)
363,365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (112 course each)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data
collection and analysis and experimental application of concepts p r e
sented in Physical Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken the first half
of the semester and involves experiments related to 361. CHM 365 is to be
taken the second half of the semester by aJl persons taking 364, except that
special students may ask the Department for exemption.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experienceat the junior-senior chemistry level in
which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning
agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the
opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent
seminar is ex@.
Prior to the beginning of the term/registration,
interested students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students
are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with
the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifyingorganic compounds in the
laboratory. Lecture topics include struchm-spectra correlations for IR,
UV,N M R and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including
Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (Threehours
of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of
instructor; some reading knowledge of German.)
481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic
and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical mkhods as well as
chromatographic and eledroanalyticaltechniques of analysis. (Three
hours lecture, one four and onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,361, or
consent of instructor.)
482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Selected topics, including descriptivechemistry, spectroscopicdata
interpretation, correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic,
valence bond and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Threeonehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. kereq.:352,361, or consent of
instructor.)
483
Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodingeis wave equation and
uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the
hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to
develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators,
electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Threeone-hour
lectures. Prereq.:364 or consent of instructor.)
491
Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry maprs under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.Juniors
and seniors are expeded to participate, with seniors presenting papers.
Outside visitors are also invited to participate.
497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience
before graduation. Such experiencemay be obtained by working on a
summer research project in the Department (not counted as a course) or
by research participation during the academic year (which may be
counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunityto
be involved in industrial research projects. @mior or senior standing)
499
Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as
theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. aunior or senior standing)
COMMUNICATION
(See listing under Speech, Communicationand Theatre.)
Khin Khin Jensen, Director
Major or minor in East Asian Studiesare offered through Augsburg and the
other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an intercollege, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers
in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work
with socialand recreational agencies or graduate studies.
Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or
Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There
also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East
Asian Studies Department for Japanese and Chinese language studies.
Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong and Singapore. Summer institutesare available
in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the Director for
information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese
language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Major in East Asian Studies: 10 courses, including four courses (two years) of basic
college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; two courses in history;
two courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies, and two courses from
a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the
Director of the program.
Minor in East Asian Studies: Five courses, includingtwo courses (one year) of
basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; one course in history
of East Asia; and two Upper Division courses in cultural specializationfrom a list of
approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Diredor
of the program.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentrationat
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be
useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies: Five courses, two from HIS 322,
323,324; one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,282;
and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is stronglyrecommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may
be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director.
226
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under History Department.)
299
Directed Study
(See Director of Program.)
322
Modern Southeast Asia
(See under History Department.)
323
Modern China
(See under History Department.)
324
Modern Japan
(See under History Department.)
351
Communist Political Systems
(See under Political Science Department, Comparative Politics and
Analysis.)
363
Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Political Science Department, International Politics.)
382
From Marx to Mao
(See under Political Science Department, Political Theory and Analysis.)
399
Internships
(See Director of Program for guidelines to apply for an internship.)
474
The World and the West
(See under History Department.)
495
Seminar
(See Diredor of Program.)
499
Independent Study
(See Director of Program for guidelines.)
ECONOMICS
(ECO) D E P .
The Department of Economicsat Augsburg College offers a program
stressing a strong theowtical background, quantitative techniques and an
emphasis on both national and international issues. Students who graduate
with a degree in Economics are well prepared to continue their education in
a variety of fields due to the strong liberal arts emphasis within the mapr.
Three majors are offered to students within this Department. The General
Economicsmajor is designed for students who are planning graduate or
professional studies. The Applied Economics mapr generally leads to
careers in the business world. Finally, the combined Business Administration/Economics major is designed for those who wish to have more flexibility in plannning their program of study.
Economics course offerings are designed to meet the needs of students
preparing for advanced studies as well as for those who, immediatelyafter
graduation, are interested in starting a career. An Augsburg Economics
mapr provides a solid foundation on which to build national or international careersin business, law, government or public service.
The program allows students, once they have completed the core courses, to
concentrate on their specrficareas of interest. Studentsare able to combine
an Economics major with other disciplines. For example, business, international relations, mathematics, management information systems (MIS),
political science, Soviet and East European area studies or Scandinavian
area studies are often combined with economics.
Economicsmajors and minors are available both through Day School and
Weekend College.
Economics F a d * Satya P. Gupta (Chairperson),Jeanne Boeh,Magda PalecznyZapp, Edward Sabella.
Adjunct Faculty: Paul Halverson, M. Shahid Islam, Eli Ndosi, Edward Raupp,
Hamed Sallam, Yong Narn Song
Major in Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three
other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 279; and MAT 114.
The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in Economics. Computer courses are also strongly recommended.
Major in Applied Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and
three other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 175,279,479; MAT 121;and PHI
130.
Combined Major in EconomicsBusiness Administration:S
i
x Economics coursg
(112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division);eight Business Admhktration/MIS
corn (BUS221,222,242,252,331; MIS 279 and two other Busings Upper Division)
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and compre
hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration.
Minor in Economics: ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional Economics Upper
Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Notes: Students who plan to mapr in the Department are strongly encouraged to
select a Department Adviser as soon as possible in order to c a d y plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO
295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research
Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, DecisionMaking with Finite Markov Chains, and Soviet Economy.
110
112
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metreurban
environment.Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis,"
Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free
Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools
introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a
basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an
Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business
Administration, MIS and/or Economics should enroll in ECO 112and 113
which are also open to non-majors.)
Principlesof Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary
and fiscal policy, internationaltrade, economic growth. Application of
elementaryeconomic theory to current economic problems. May be taken
independently of 113or 110. ECO 112and 113maybe taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress
rapidly to the other courses.
113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics,the theory of the household, firm,
market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or
113. ECO 112and 113may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the
same term for the student to progress moR rapidly to other courses.
175
Computers for Business, Economicsand MIS
(See Business, M I S 175.)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
215
Elements of Mathematical Economics
Economic concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from
finance, management and marketing are also examined. Prerq.: ECO 113)
History of Economic Thought
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political,
economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be
on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems. Major topics may include anaent, medieval, mercantilist,
classical, socialist/utopian and modern economicthought.
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See Business, MIS 279.)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodologyand current national and
international economics problems and policies. (Prereq.:consent of
instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113)
lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed
via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112)
lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and
industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
Contemporary East-West Economic Relations
This course explores the motivations for economic cooperationbetween
countries with different political and economic systems. The conditions
for East-West economic cooperation and its
will be analyzed. The
focus is on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. The institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance
will be explored and explained (including institutional changes in the
directing of foreign trade in centrally-planned economies).At the global
level, effects of GATT, IMF, the World Bank, EEC and CMEA on EastWest economic relations will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113)
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commer-
cial banks, the Federal Resenre System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 112,113)
Comparative Economic Systems
This is an interdisciplinarycourse with emphasis on the differences and
similarities between market and planned economies and the recent
institutional changes in Eastern Europe. The course evaluates the performance of different economic systems with resped to their allocation of
resources. Different theoretical models are examined and compared to
their real-world variants in an attempt to assess the relevant merits of
capitalism, socialism and market socialism. (Prereq.: ECO 112or 113)
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of
management science to prepare students to make better business and
economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from
the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental
protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc.
(Prereq.:ECO 313)
International Trade and Finance
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of
payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (kereq.: ECO
112or 113)
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program
which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with an
organization.In addition, the student &ill write a report on his/h&
activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination
of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society.
(Prereq.:ECO 313. On demand.)
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts
of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313)
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and correspondingpractices in business.
Among the topics considered are theories anapractices in forecasting,
estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations and an analysisof economic
problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.:MIS 279, ECO 313)
416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macm-emnomictheory. (Prereq.:ECO
312,313 and at least MAT 122or equivalent.On demand.)
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See Business, MIS 479.)
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor.)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunityto
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Renq.: consent of instructor.)
E D U ~ ODEPARTMENT
N
(EDE, EDS, EDU)
Studentsintemted in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find
opportunities in the Department of Education
Professional education combinesthe study of theory with practice, and field
experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of
Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences
because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the
Twin Cities.
Classroom teachingis the career that first comes to mind for graduates of
teacher education pmgmns. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities m.In addition, they provide educational
services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries.
The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves
as a solid base for graduate education Some teaching fields mquire graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementaryor secondary
education However, not all graduates choose to teach in school settings.
Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas.
As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to take basic competency tests
(prescribedby the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills
and mathematics prior to begnning Upper Division courses.
All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department. Any
course grade below 2.0 must be retaken.
Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education is availableboth through
Day School and Weekend College.Selected secondary education programs
are also available in Weekend College.
Education Faculty: Mary Ann Bayless, Carolyn Clemmons, Bruce Drewlow, Mary
Endorf, Marian Enos, Joseph Erickson, Ann F'leener, Ethelind Garetz, Rich
Gerrnundsen, Hamet Johnson, Marie McNeff, Phyllis Metcalf, Vicki Olson,
JacquelineRichardson, Mary Jo Stump
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 265,341,351,352,
381,382,383,384,386,387,388,481,482,483; HPE 114,115; SWK 260; PHY 103; and
an academic minor. If those persons also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375:
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, is also required.
A GPA of 2 5 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in
student teaching courses is required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.5
in all Education courses. Students must also fulfill requirements of the Minnesota
Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The criteria for acceptance
into the Department Licensure Rogram are available in the Education Department.
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
The examination and preparation of materials and resources for Elementary School science teaching. This course fulfills the math requirement for
licensure as well as the science methods course. Students must have a
Level I11 Math Placement before enrolling in this course.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore education as a major and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek a n appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
245
International Education
An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in
international education.
255
Orientatlon to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experlence
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizationsis required. @rereq.: sophomore
standing or above)
EDU 263 Critical Thinking
Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine
validity of claims and position as well as articulate positions and reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines.
EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s
This course provides an opportunityfor students to serve as tutors in
urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand
the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to
understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban
educational settings.
EDU265 Orientation to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizationsis required. (kereq.: Sophmore
standing)
282
Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education.)
295
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offaings. Specifictopics will be announced.
299
Directed Study
Lower Division Independent Study.
EDU 341 Media Technology (1 12 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through
the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audievisual materials for teaching/leamingsituations. Computer training will be included in this CO351
Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in
reading, and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties.
352
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary
and Fleld Experience
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the
contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required.
370
Classroom Management
A class for Elementary and Secondaryeducation students. The content of
this course includes theories, issues and strategiesof classroom manage
ment techniques.
EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner
A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the
educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategiesfor
teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as
teaching the student at risk Students are encouraged to take introduction
to Special Education (282) prior to registering for this course.
375
Discovery Learning In the World of Kindergarten (1/2 course)
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching
kindergarten. (Required for all persons seeking kindergarten licensure.)
381
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementarylevels. Laboratory experiences.
382
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
383
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health
(1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical
education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
384
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic
Studies (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
386
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resouKes for children's
literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
387
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
EDU388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and
site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Partidpation in a c o n m t seminar is acpebed. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
478
School and Society
(SeeSecondaryEducation.)
481,482,483,484
Student Teaching K-6
Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary
levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required.
Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to
enrolling for the courses. Four courses in student teaching (481,482,483
and 484) are recommended unless otherwise advised by the Education
Department. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily
completed or permission of the Department for an exception. Admission
into the Education Department Licensure Program and admission for
Student Teaching)
491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(SeeSpecial Education.)
495
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
498
lndependent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
499
lndependent Study
Opportunityfor advanced and specialized reseamh projects not otherwise
provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be
outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary faculty.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department students may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the
international and American School network Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad
will do part of their student teaching in the Metro area under direct Augsburg
faculty supervision.
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to
conferring with the student's mapr field adviser.
Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Licensure
Program: Baccalaureatedegree; academic mapr in an approved teaching area; EDS
265,354,388,478, methods course(s) in major area, EDS 481,482 (and 483 for Art,
Music, and Physical Education teaching maprs); HPE 114,115; SWK 260; GPA of
2.5 overall, 2.5 in all education courses, 2.5 in academic mapr and P in student
teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure &gram
q u i d . Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education
Department.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she
plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these
special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do %me student
teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art
mapr will register for 361,362; the physical education mapr for 365; and the music
mapr for 355.
Art and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades
K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1)
Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom music
(5-12); 3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), see Foreign Language Department for information on the required
competencyexams.
Teaching in the Minor Field: Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching
in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be
accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor subject
area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive licensure or be
recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College.
The Professional T e r n School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at student teaching
seminars is required. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the
activities of the professional term.
199
Internship
A work-based learningexperiencein which a student, faculty member and
site supervisordesign a learning agreement which enables the student to
explore education as a mapr and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/
registration, interested students should consult with the departmental
Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by register-
ing with the Internship and Cooperative Education Ofke.
245
International Education
An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in
internationaleducation.
EDU 263 Critical Thinking
Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine
validity of claims and positions as well as articulate positions and
reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines.
EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s
This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in
urban educational environments.Students will be trained to understand
the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to
understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban
educational settings.
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigatesvarious aspeas of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizations is required. (Prerq.:Sophomore
standing)
282
Introduction to Special Education
(See SpecialEducation.)
295
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
EDU 341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Elementary Education.)
350
Reading in the Content Areas (1/2 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist
students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required
for Secondary Education. Upper Division.
354
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning
settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in one of the professional
teacher organizations is required.
355
Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The developmentof music skills
and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience.
356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings
(1/2 course each)
Study and application of instructionalmethods, materials and techniques.
361
Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching maprs only.
362
Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
senior high school. (To be taken concurrentlywith 361.)
364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools.
Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching
experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literatureis
included. (Prereq.:EDS 354: Creating Learning Environments)
HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Health and Physical Education Department.)
366
370
Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching.
(Consult with the Foreign Language Department)
Classroom Management
A class for Elementary and SecondaryEducation students. The content of
this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage
ment techniques.
EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner
A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the
educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for teaching
specla1education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the
student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282: Introduction to
Special Education prior to registering for this course.
374
Natural Science Methods (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom
textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and
references. Consult with the Education Department.
375
Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary
school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategiesand curriculum
development.Consult with the Education Department.
376
Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and
theatre and the directing of d c u l a r speech and theatre activities.
377
Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school
mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics
education. Consult with the Education Department.
EDU 388 Human Relations (112 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is expeded. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the
departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and
permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate
placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
HPE 410 Health Methods
(See Health and Physical Education Department, HPE 410: Admiistration and Supervision of the School Health Program.)
478
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society
and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (Prereq.:
Senior standing; concurrent registration with 481,482,483, or 484)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses recommended of all majors and four courses required of Art, Music, and
Physical Education majors. Four courses required of double majors.
(Concurrent registration with 478)
495
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
498
Independent Study (1I2 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
499
Independent Study
Opportunityfor advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
provided for in the Departmental curriculum. A projected program must
be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty.
Phyllis Metcalf, Coordinator
Minor: Minimum of six courses (282,491; PSY 351,357; one course chosen from
HPE 354, MUS 110 or 395; PSY 362; EDS 385 or SWK 304); and one course chosen
from PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course.
282
Introductionto Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the
nature, causes and educationalinterventions for such exceptionalities as
mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment,
l e g disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness.
491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population
plus on-campus seminar.(Prereq.:completion of courses for Special
Education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this
course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a
placement prior to registering for the course.)
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to
allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineeringdegree from either the University of Minnesota Institute
of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science, St. Louis,Missouri; or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. Becau~of the specla1requirements and
opportunitiesof these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg
Engineering Adviser is necessary.Applications for these programs require
the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
Stuart Anderson, Adviser
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for
two dual degree engineeringprograms:
Bachelor of Amachelor of Engineering ( B A K E . ) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three
years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that
time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of ArtslMaster of Engineering (BAJME.) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota.This program involves four years at
Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology.
The curriculum is thesame as the B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition of several
extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize
the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the
University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum.The number of
such courses varies by lT department and area of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during
the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participantsin the B.A./M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology.
Washington University (Three Year Plan)
Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan)
These two programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University
School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University
in a fiveyear period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to
the engineering school if they will complete course requirements, have the requisite
cumulative grade point average and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser
of Augsburg College.
Students are also enmuraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further informationon these
and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
FinancialAid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual
degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineeringschool of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and
academic performance as criteria.
E
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116;CSC 170;ENG 111;MAT 124,125,224,226 or MAT
145,146,245,247; PHY 121,122;additional courses to meet general education
requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 or 145,
146 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Studentsinterested in
Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352.
Those who study Enghsh believe that an intense concern for words, ideas
and images helps people understand who they are and who they can
become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature
helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the
study of English we see life's complexity, experiencelifeas others do and
undentand better the world in which we live and work
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the
contemplation of works of art. With psychology and socjology, English is
concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is
interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With
sciencerEnglish is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication,English studies the effective use of
language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities,
English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times
and in different cultures.
The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to
assigned or recommended plays, films and readings available near the
campus. Enghsh majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills
through Internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second
-ge
(ESL ) studentsrtutoring in the Writing Lab or participating in the
Cooperative Education Program
Students with an Augsburg Enghsh major pursue careers in elementary,
secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the minis
try,library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing,
writing and other professions and businesses.
English Faculty: Kathryn Swanson (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Cathleen
Dalglish, Douglas Green,Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald
Palosaari, John Schmit
Major:Nine courses above 111,including 225 and 245;one Upper Division course
in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271or 272); and
three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or
438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged to consult their Departmental Adviser regularly. A student with a double
mapr or special program that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the D e v e n t . Note: Transfer
students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg.
English-Language Arts Teaching Major:Ten courses, including those listed under
the major, ENG 345,and an Internship in the teaching of writing. One course must
include a component in non-Western literature. In addition, the ACTC courses,
Communication Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media, are
required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their mapr during the
freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education not later than the
spring of their junior year. Students in this program must work with advisers in the
English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements
for the mapr.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to Department Chairperson by October 15in senior year for Department approval. Submit
and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an Independent
Study program (refer to Departmental guidelines).
Minor: Five courses above ENG 111,including ENG 245, an Upper Division
literaturecourse, and an additional writing course.
Note: Transfer students must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Note on Concentration:In addition to meeting requirements for the rnapr, English
maprs may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the
mapr, by the design of an Independent Study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the Department. English
majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration.
Interim courses, special courses and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit
well into a concentration.
The English Placement Test: A writing sample is q u i r e d of students to determine
their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show
competence in composition skills such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructingparagraphs and sentences are required to enroll in
Developmental Writing where they will receive more individual instruction than is
possible in Effective Writing. These students must pass Developmental Writing
before enrolling in Effective Writing.
Note on Prerequisites:ENG 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite
for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature
course is ENG 245 or consent of the instructor.
101
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENG 111:Effective Writing required of students
identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing
additional preparation in composition. Students write short papers based
on their own observations, experiences and thoughts. P/N grading only.
Students receive a course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation
requirement in writing.
111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and
writing a-itical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned.
Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing,
organizing and developingtopics, thinking critically, and revising for
clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional
help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0.
216
American Indian Literature
A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected Arnerican Indian writers. Discussion and analysis will focus on ways in which
literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions.
217,218 English as a Second Language (ESL)
Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American
idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these
courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments and sessions with ESL
tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and i n m their
fluency. Understanding spoken Akerican English, speaking,reading
college-level materials and writing are the skills emphasized in these two
cow&. Testing will determine
in these courses, and testing, as
well as other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is
met. These courses are graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will
continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. By successfully
completing the courses, students will have fulfilled the foreign language
distribution requirement.
223
225
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing
for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and
proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use
material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111)
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG
111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of
revision, self and peer evaluation and the relationshipbetween reading
and writing. (Prereq.: 111)
226
Introductionto Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of
creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short
fiction but including journal keeping and creative prose.
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on
writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and
television as well. Students will consider how to recognize news, how to
gather and verify facts and how to write those facts into a news story or
news feature. The course will cover basic copy preparation and editing
practices and include an introductionto legal and ethical questions faced
by journalists. (Prereq.: 111)
241
lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and
historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of
both feature length and short films illustrating the international develop
ment of film form and selected esthetic movements such as the American
Studio Film and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage,
Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave.
245
lntroduction to Literature
In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative,
drama and poetry in order to appreciate more fully the pleasures of
literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and
therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures
and races, from male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper
courses in literature, Introduction to Literatureaims in particular to
develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature.
251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to representative works by 10 to 12American authors
focusing on themes that yield an understandingof the Western heritage
and American world views. These themes could include the emergence of
national identity, the relationship between humankind and God, the
nature of nature, definitionsof the American self, individuality, the place
of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of
American thought and the continuity of Western culture in America.
271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature -for example, the
epics of Homer and Virgd, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles and
Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's "Metamorphoses."
Dante's "Inferno" will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the
classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background,
their influence on later literature and their enduring relevance.
272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval
to the modem period, including such authors as Cervantes, Rabelais,
Molike, Voltaire and Ibsen.
E
Topics In Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed
t
have included
in the ACTC Class schedule for that year. ~ e c &offer&
ContemporaryPoetry and Women and Hction.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit.
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film.
Students learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis
and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished
product. (Prereq.: 111,245;226 also recommended, or consent of instructor)
Advanced Journallsm: Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is placed first on interviewingand then on organizing and
writing the i n t e ~ e w
story. The second half of the course will concentrate
on editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course
will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews
and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be
laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: 227)
British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the develop
ment of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the
Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will
be examined. (F'rereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th Century,emphasizingRomantic
poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the
period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one
another will be emphasized as well as their relationshipto their own age
and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
Creative Non-Fiction
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course will emphasizethe
conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice,
subjects and techniques for gathering information. l3y the end of the
course, the student will be expected to write reliable reports and articles of
publishable quality. (Prereq.: 225 and consent of instructor)
341
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve
creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the ACTC Class
Schedule. (Prereq.: 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted
work Offered on demand.)
345
Introduction to the English Language
This course is designed to give students a structuraland historical overview
of theoreticaland social issues concerning the English language. It will
include a summary of theories of language development and the impact of
cultural, social,economic and geographic forces on language acquisition.
Students will be introduced to the primary componentsof linguistics and to
the development of the English language. F i i y , this course will consider
the social impact of language as a marker of identity and membership in a
speech community. ((kereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
350
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysisof some works of selected American writers from
colonial tim& to WWI. We will study established writers such as
Hawthorne, Dickinson and Twain along with some lesser known writers
who also demonstrate the rich variety of written responses to American
civilization. Attention will be given to the ways writers approach issues
relating to race, class and gender. Conceptions of the individual in relation
to society, the nature of nature and regional differences will also be
studied. The approach will be historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
351
American Literature since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to
represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity
of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary
works to the changing conditions of modem American l i i . (Prereq.: 245
or consent of instructor)
361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European and nonWestern, of the 20th Century. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
The Department offers oncampus Internships in teaching writing and
ESL, and various off-campusInternships. Interested students should
consult the Department Chairperson.
423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th
Century beginnings up to the 20th Century. Novels studied will be
selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot and Hardy. Attention
will be given to the conditions contributingto the rise of the novel and its
emergence by the 20th Century as the dominant literary form. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
438
Shakespeare
Study of 10 or 12 major plays -comedies, histories, tragedies -with
attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art.
Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of
instructor)
482
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed
in the A f f C Class Schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary Poetry,Women and Fiction and Literary Criticism. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a GPA of 3.0 or consent of
Department Chairperson.Provides Independent Study in the area of the
student's choice.
The initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of
transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students to make the transition to being a college student successfully and to help them become part of
this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the
College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the
process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated
seriously, and the logistics of being a college student.
The First Year Experience (FYE) is composed of four parts: Summer Registration, Fall Orientation, FYE Seminarsand FYE Interim Term Courses.
Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is
required of all students who begm Augsburg College as freshmen in the day
schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by
attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of
a passing (P) grade for FYE 005 on their official transcript. Studentswithout
a P for FYE 005 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree.
005
FYE Seminar
A series of Fall term meetings with an FYE faculty adviser to discuss
issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College
communityof learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a
variety of disciplines and sources colleded in "The Augsburg Anthology."
(P/N grading only; evaluationbased on attendance and participation.)
The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in
many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts
education for b c e in today's world. The Department is committed to the
view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed,
foreign language study goes beyond the developmentof new cornrnunications skills to foster an abiding awarenessthat the splendid diversity of
human languages, literatures and cultures represents a rich historic legacy
developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believes that familiarity with the language
and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of
global perspective and hence is indispensablein the education of Augsburg
students.
The Foreign Language Department offers language, literatu~,and culture
courses in French, German,Norwegian, Ojibwe, Russian and Spanish.
Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin and Greek are available to Augsburg
students through the College's affiliation with A m , a consortiumof Twin
Cities colleges.
A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in
the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department.
Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the
general principles which operate in and shape all languages. In thisway the
study of linguisticsaffords the student a unique view of one of the most
intriguingand central facets of the human mind.
Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are
essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable
specla1qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of
n
teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps or
fields such as f o ~ i g language
international business may require a foreign language major, perhaps
combined with a major in some other field. In addition, students pursuing
careersin many other fields such as health care, social work, the ministry,
psychology or philosophy, to name just a few, often find that a foreign
language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special
assignmentsin their chosen field.
[i
Foreign Ianguages Faculty: Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Nancy Aarwold, Ruth
Aaskov, Rick Greczyk, Roxie Hale, Nelly Hewett, Gunta Rozentals, Frankie
Shackelford, Donald Steinmetz, Ronald Walter
Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in
courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of
high school semesters one has studied that language: zero-two = 111;threefour =
112; fivesix = 211; seven = 212; eight = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the Chairperson.
Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a
course above the level determined by previous studies in that language.
Students who elect to takea course below the one in which they are placed by the
Department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The Language requirement
will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was
originallyplaced. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional.
Basic Requirements: Maprs must take four of the Upper Division courses at
Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the Upper Division
courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisiteto all Upper Division courses.
Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a m i n i of one Upper
Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must
consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment
in the program as well as for information on Special Methods courses. A 3.0
average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a Departmental requirement for teaching maprs. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in
Secondary Schools under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking Departmental honors must apply in the junior year.
Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall and honors thesis demonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department
Chairperson for details.
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the ACI'C East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director.
Major Eight courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,350 or 355,
351 or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: Four courses above 212, including one in conversationcomposition,one in
civilization and one in literature. Interim, summer or semester in France strongly
recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor:Five Upper Division courses beyond 212, including
one in conversationcomposition,one in literature, one in civilization. Study in
France strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim Catalog.
011
Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Ondemand)
111,112 Beginning French
Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings,
these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of
life. Four class meetings per week Laboratory work is an integral part of
the course.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
211,212 Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice
in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in
reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar.
Laboratory work
243
French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English
translation. Through individualized background reading and class
discussion, studentsbecome acquainted with artistic qualities and
cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does
not count toward a French major or minor. (Ondemand)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on
vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effectiveorganization
of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A pmquisite
to other Upper Division courses.
312
French Expression
A twepronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking
and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics for business and personal use.French phonology
and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of
French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.:311 or
consent of instructor)
332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th Century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that
promote understandingof French-speaking people and their contribution
to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor.)
350
Introduction to Ltterature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to a l l qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
351,353 Survey of French Literature
The study of mapr French authors and literary movements in France
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lebures,
discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor)
355
Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the mapr French literary movements since World War I,
including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes,
oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor)
399
Internship
Upper Division Internship.
411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social
or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four
skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness,
characteristic levels of expression, refinements style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvementand selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
450
French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Indepth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presenta-
tions in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings.
Preq.: 311 or c o m t of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement or genre at an advanced lwel.
Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet
individualinterests. In literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser)
GERMAN
(GER)
Major: Eight upper division courses, including 311; 411, one in civilization, and one
in literature. Semester in Germany required.
Minor: Four Upper Division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or
semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: Eve courses beyond 212, including one in conversation<omposition, one in literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses
must be Upper Division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, European History, another
language, English literature.
111,112 Beginning German
GER 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students
who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school
German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking,
understandingand reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199
Internship
Cower Division internship.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous
German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of
German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of
vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporaryGerman life and literature.
244
German Lierature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and
movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also
discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit
for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore
standing. On demand)
299
Independent Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German.
Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written
composition.
331
German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the
German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-EUIY)~~&
origins
(ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the
impact of Roman civilization, the reemergence of
cultural selfawareness during the Middle Ages and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Rereq.:311 or consent of
332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment.
The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking
peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
351
German Literature through the 18th Century
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and
Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussionsin Classic
and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on
the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitcal context.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in
&rman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352
German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism,Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions
help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express
themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
353
German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of
international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings
in German with class discussionsare designed to aid students' selfexpression in German.(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399
lndependent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle
for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of
German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
451
German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the
present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of
cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
452
German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th Century to the present are
discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
499
lndependentStudy
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the A C E East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department.See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director for more information.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
289
Introduction to Llnguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general liiguistic principles,
with focus on linguistic universals (organizationalprinciples and features
common to all languages) and psycholiiguistics (inquiry into the mechan-
ics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in
language).Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples
of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language
majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic research with the aim of illuminatingunderlying philosophical
assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which
distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent
disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic and communication
theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequaciesof traditional grammar. (On demand)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
NORWEGIAN
(NOR)
Major: Eight courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in
Norway required.
Minor: Four courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition,one in
civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation:A second foreign language, linguistics,
European history.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory
work expected.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211
Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for
class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience
expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in
spoken Norwegian and to &fferences between the two official languages
of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent)
331
Norweglan Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects
of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in
Norwegian as much as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at
work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be
examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be
required along with some field work (Preq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base
for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old
Norse literature. All genres are examined and considerableattention is
given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Ledures,
readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or
equivalent)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention
given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience
required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa)are offered at Augsburg,both as part of
the Foreign Language Department and as part of the American Indian
Studies minor.
111,112 Beginnlng Ojibwe
Aimed to develop basic vocabulary and grammar in order to use Ojibwe
at an elementary speaking and understanding level. Emphasis on spoken
Ojibwe, but secondary goals with be to develop reading and writing skills
as well. Courses taught with assistance of Ojibwe elders.
Through dialogues, classroom practice, oral stories from elders and
readings, these courses work toward the discovery of Ojibwe culture and
tradition. It will help Ojibwe students re-connect with their rich tribal
heritage (though all students are welcome).
Beginning Ojibwe 112continues to develop basic vocabulary and grammar
in order to use Ojibwe at an elementary speaking and understanding level.
Two years of Russian are offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Soviet and East European StudiesProgram,
which requires two years of language for the major. See Soviet and East
European Studies Program Campus Coordinator.
111,112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational
skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short
compositions and acquaintancewith Russian culture.Extensive use of the
language lab.
211,212 Intermediate Russian
Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking
with an added emphasis on reading. Introduction of advanced grammar
topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACT0
SPANISH(SPA)
Major:Eight courses above 212,including 311,411,456 or 457, two of 352,353,354,
and either 331 or 332 Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minor:Four courses above 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in literature, one in civilization and two electives. All courses must be
Upper Division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended.
Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, another language, preColumbian
civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult Department for other supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginnlng Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which
stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding,
students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with two to
four years of high school Spanish or its equivalent.
216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See Global Education, Program in Global Community.)
249
Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing
various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through
background reading and class discussion in English the student is
acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a
major or minor in Spanish. Sophomorestanding preferred. (Ondemand)
261
Spanish Language
(See Metro-Urban Studies, South American Urban Semester (SAUS) and
Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correst expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work This
course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.:212 or
equivalent)
312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to i m p v e
oral and written e x ~ s i o with
n emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to
stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary
literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (Ondemand)
331
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world
civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic move
ments. In Spanish. (Prereq.:311 or consent of instructor)
I
332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from
the precolumbian avilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or
212, with consent of instructor.)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory
through reading, analyzingand discussing selected works of literature.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualifed students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. @rereg.:
311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
354
Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
456
Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern
Period. (Prereq.: one survey course)
457
Spanish Novel
Study of the outstandingnovelists of the 19th and 20th Century in Spain.
Oral and written reports in the language. (Rereq.:One survey course)
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
GENEIRAL
STUDIES
(GST)
Some courseshelp to integrate learning around topics in ways which are
different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include
speciakd academic enrichment programs, an integrative p m s m h a r
created by cooperating faculty and offerings of the Center for Global
Education.
General Studies Faculty:Joel Mugge, Donald Warren
009
Cooperative Education
Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of
evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Co-op
Education staff.No course credit.
140,141 Introductionto the Liberal Arts (1/2 course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the
philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The
course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic
success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook
reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training,
career planning and making decisions.
230
Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community.)
The Center for Global Education, a program of Augsburg College, facilitates
crossculturallearning experienceswhich prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are
grounded in the p p e d i v e s of the poor and of others struggling for justice
and human dignity.
The Center for Global Education offersa Spring semester program, the
Program in Global Community, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is an
academic program that explores the history of political change, issues of social
justice and the role of the church in Latin America. Studentslive together as a
communityin the Augsburg Study Center, but wiU also live with Mexican
familiesin their homes for several weeks. The semester also includes a trip to
Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at
Augsburg. Coursesare offered for credit in the disciplinesas listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
macement level determined by Program Director.)
GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar
This seminar consists of a series of minicourses offered in a number of
relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each minicourse
consists of 12 hours. Any four minicourses fulfill the requirements of the
seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required.)
INS 311 The Development Process
An integrative seminar providing opportunity to reflect critically on issues
of development, hunger, injustice and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and
educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies will
be examined.
HIS 347 Mexico: An Historical Perspective
Four specific minicourses together provide an overview of Mexico's
historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day.
(Either this course or GST 230 required.)
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political
oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is
an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated
by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly
involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca.
(Prereq.: one course in religion or theology)
The Center for Global Education offers a semester program, Social Policy
and Human Services in Latin America, each fall in Cuernavaca, Mexico.
Throughout Latin America new models for education and human care have
evolved during the last 25 years. The methodologies used attempt to teach
critical thinking skills, raise people's consciousnessand increase their ability to
work together to change their situations.SocialPolicy and Human !%mice in
Latin America is a three and one-half month study program designed to
introduceparticipants to the central issues currently facing the third world,
and to focus on Latin American models of education and serviceand their
contribution to the process of socialchange. These models have grown out of
the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand in hand with
the empowerment of individualsand groups to control their own lives.
The semester includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to
full tuition, room and board at Augsburg College. Courses are o f f e d for
d t in the disciplines as listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director.)
POL 295 Development Issues: Latin America
A survey of global issues affecting the human condition in a rapidly
changing and increasingly interdependent world: modernization and
development, economic change and international trade, diminishing
resources, war and revolution, peace and justice, cultural diversity.
Emphasis on the development of a global~Fspective which recokizes
human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and
priorities.
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs
Social Work is social policy in action. Currently social workers are
involved at many levels of a nation's social system -with natural helping
networks, families, community groups, volunteer organizations, formal
government services and private initiatives.Through a series of four minicourses, the course explores the different approaches to w i a l work in
several countries in order to compare methods and service and to analyze
the current response to human needs in Latin America.
SWK 399 Internship
A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on
acquiring an overview of how the agency functions and how populations
are served. The placement will be for 80 hours during the Fall term. Thae
are a limited number of internship placements. Preference will be given to
Social Work maprs. One and onehalf years of Spanish study (or demonstrated proficiency) is required for placement.
EDE IEDS 412 Latin American Models of Education
A comparative approach to learning methods of educational models being
developed in Latin America. Studentswill apply their knowledge of
educational concepts used in the U.S. to an understanding of basic
processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical
thinking, consciousness-raisingand cooperative problem-solvingExploring the transferabilityof these learning models to North America
will be a focus throughout the course.
SWK 465 or 468, or SOC 271 Social Policy and Social Justice (Social Work
- Upper Division or Sociology - lower division)
Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members
of Mexican and Central American societies. The course will examine the
distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups,
the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that
have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies.
(Note: Augsburg students majoring in Social Work can take this course as
SWK 465 if they agree to take a .5Independent Study to supplement the
North American legislative procedure and mini-policy study they do on
the Augsburg campus.)
The Center for Global Education offers a second Fall semester program Women and Development Latin American Perspectives -in Cuemavaca,
Maico. It is a three and onehalf month intensive program of study and
travel designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Latin
America with emphasis on the experience of women. The program explores
gender roles in Latin America; women's roles in development; connections
that Latin American women are drawing between gender, race, class, and
global economics; and the ways in which liberation theology and feminism
interface.
The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent
to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit
in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are approved for credit in
Women's Studies. POL 495 may be taken as a course in Women's Studies,
depending on the mini-courses chosen.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency lwels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director.)
INS 311 The Development Process
An integrative seminar pmviding opportunity to reflect critically on issues
of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special
emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development
and educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies
will be examined.
POL 359 Toplcs: Women In Comparative Politics -Women In Latin
America
An examination of critical global issues affeding Latin America, and the
impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and internationaltrade,
political ideologies and revolution.
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political
oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is
an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated
by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly
involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca.
Special attention will be given to the complex interactionsbetween women
and religious institutions. (Prereq.:one course in religion or theology)
POL 495 Seminar
Any three mini-courseoffered in POL 359 plus an independent study minicourse in order to do substantial research into one of the course themes.
Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in
their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It
is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in
professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical
activity. In addition, the N e d athlete as well as the occasional player will
find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities.
The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework
for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and
minor programs general education in Physical Education; men's and
women's intercollegiateathletic programs; intramural programs for men and
women; and athletic facilitiesfor developmental and recreational activities.
Department graduateshave traditionally found employment in educational
settings. Additional career opportunitiesare possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness
instructors, and in working with people with disabilities.
Health and Physical Education Faculty Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), Brian
Ammann, Carol Enke, Marilyn Pearson Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Jack
Osberg, JoycePfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad, Pam Schreurs,Jeff Swenson.
Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410;BIO 103,108,111;CHM 105 or 109;PSY 105;SOC
231 or HPE 216,336.
Teaching Major: Same as Health Education major plus 355. Students wishing to
become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
Teaching Minor: 110,114,115,320or 410;â¬310103;SOC 231 or HPE 216.
Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to
the individualand the community.
Health and Safety Education (It2 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
Includes informationabout xhool health programs and prevalent health
needs, problems of school age children and American Red Cross Erst Aid
course.
Health and Chemical Dependency Education (It2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
Includes information about xhool health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children.
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member,
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student
to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career
alternatives.Studentsshould consult with the departmentalInternship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human
sexuality. Open to all students.
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and
development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and
diseases. (Prereq.:All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100
and 200 series and consent of instructor)
Introduction to DevelopmentaltAdapted Physical Education
(112 course)
A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from
early childhood to grade 12and the role of school-based health and
physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students.
(Prereq.: HPE 243)
Tests and Measurement (112 course)
S m e y of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education.
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles
of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materi-
als in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community.(Prereq.: 320.Odd number years)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Major: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475;BIO 103.
Teaching Licensure Major: 114,115,354,355;223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,
472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult Department
Chairperson for individualprogram planning.
Minor: 114,115;223,231,232 or 472,243.There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota Public Schools.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351 (Prereq.:BIO 103), 475 (Prereq.: 350), a coaching
theory course from 476483,and pradicum in coaching (499is an optional method
for meeting the practicum requirement).
Notes: Coaches entering their first assignment as head coach in Minnesota high
schools are required to have a coaching endorsement and a current Minnesota
teacher's license.
002,003 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education
requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department
Chairperson) No course credit
101
199
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify
personal health and fitness.
Internship
A workbased learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student
to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career
altematives. Studentsshould consult with the departmentalIntanship
Coordiitor regarding requirements and permission to register.
I
223
Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching and officiatingteam sports.
231
Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiatingindividual and dual
sports.
232
Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international
folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in
teaching and performing selected social dances.
243
History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport
History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
350
Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prereq.:BIO 103)
35t
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.:
BIO 103)
354
Introduction to DevelopmentaVAdaptive Physical Education
(1 /2course)
(SeeHealth Education.)
355
Tests and Measurement
(SeeHealth Education.)
365
Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education at the
elementary and secondary levels.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles
of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
471
Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decisionmaking for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.:243)
472
474
Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics.Opporhmityto teach and
perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and
skill analysis.
Swimming and Aquatics (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety.
Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors.
(Prereq.: swimming competenceas determined by pretest.)
475
476
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures.
(Prereq.:350. Even numbered years, Interim)
Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd
numbered years)
477
Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching basketball.
(Odd numbered years)
478
Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.(Odd
numbered years)
479
Coaching of Track and Field (112 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching track and field.
(Odd numbered years)
480
Coaching of Baseball/Softball(1/2course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coachingbaseball and
softball. (Odd numbered years)
483
Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd
numbered years)
499
Independent Study
D i e d intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to
junior or senior majors.
~
R
DEPARTMEW
Y
(HIS)
History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalistJ.R
Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institu-
tion can function without constant reference to past experience. We are
ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are
ruled by the collective memory of the past It is thememory of common
experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community."
A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us
to deal more knowledgeablywith the continuitiesand changes in m m n t
issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by
developingconcepts and skills that enable one to deal with masses of
information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer
enjoyment of travel, cultural events and the broad reading enjoyed by the
educated person. Accordingy, history has long held a mapr role in the
liberal arts.This is true at Augsburg.
The Department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four
main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States and the
non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented
among professional historians; at present, some are in graduate schools
preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social
studies teachers in elementaryand secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history
majors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides
one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for
personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices.
History Faculty: Richard Nelson (Chairperson), Orloue Gisselquist, Donald
Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen
Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these courses must be
Upper Division. A mapr must have at least one course (either survey or Upper
Level) from each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may
take a History mapr in combination with specified social science courses and the
required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more
information, see the Department Chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
Minor: Eve courses, at least three of which must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign
language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
Notes: First year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses.
Distribution/general education credit is normally given only for courses 101-104.
200 level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students.
Upper Division courses are numbered 300 and up. Lower Division students are
normally required to take at least one 100 level course before enrolling for an Upper
Division course.
The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical
world of Greece and Rome and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th
Century.
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of
the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
The Modern Non-Western World
An introdudion to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia
and Africa of the last 200 years.
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
U.S. History to 1877
A survey of U.S. history from Jarnestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by the Civil War.
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to
consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and
events that have created the modern United States.
A Tale of Twin Cities: MinneapolisISt. Paul
A local history course using the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area
as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban
history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization
and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and
urban politics and reform.
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiencesand contributions of selected women in
China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines and the state of Hawaii. Includes
a p s d i u a l perspective, gender and class issues, responses to impact of
modernization and Western education.
Directed Study
An opportunityfor a student to do readings or study on topics not
covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved
by the direding faculty member and the chairman of the Department
before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be
applied to the major.
Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the mapr historical events, personalities and political develop
ments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements
and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the
Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
Modern Chlna
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839.The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th Century.
Modern Japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan as a mapr world power in the
20th Century. Components of the course will include a study of the
distinctive fea-s
of the PreMeiji era, modernization factors since 1868,
interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological
problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
American Indian History: PreColombian to Modern
(See under INS, American Indian Studies.)
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign
policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is
stressed.
The American Century: The U.S. Since 1900
The interaction of popular ideas and formal thought within United States
society during a time of national ascendency and worldwide crisis and
unrest. Topics considered include American nationalistic exceptionalism,
social Darwinism, refonnism, racism, radicalism, liberalism, conservatism
and other ideologies and movements.
The American City
A study of the development of urban centers in the United States: their
colonial and frontier roots, their growth during the age of industrialization and immigration, and their adjustment to new realities in the late 20th
Century. Topics for study include the dynamics of urban growth, politics
and reform, urban planning, the growth of urban culture in America and
shifting definitions of community in U.S. cities and suburbs.
Mexico: An Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community.)
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times
through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks.Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and
political institutions.
361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 AD.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic
kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is
placed on personalities, the arts and sciences, and Rome's contributionsin
law and the political process.
370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the church and state
through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation.
399
Internship in History
A limited number of Internships may be available for qualified Upper
Division students mapring in history. In this connection, students are
encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program.
440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included
in regular course offerings.The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
474
The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world,
considers cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European
empires in Asia and the Americas and concludes with the breakdown of
these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century.
495
Seminar
Selected topics which will be announced prior to registration. This course
is designed for history majors of at least junior standing. Admission by
permission of the instructor. Offered at least once each year.
499
Independent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged
to apply for directed Independent Study. A maximum of one course in
Independent Study may be applied toward the major.
The Humanities major provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, to experiencethe ways in which different academic disciplines
appmch similar questions and issues and to participate in interdisciplinary
learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own major by choosing
a theme or topic you wish to study and then by taking courses in various
departmentsrelating to that theme.
The major was created especially to encourage students not majoring in the
humanities but in such areas as science, business or social science to
broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second
major.
Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiirson),John Benson and Richard Nelson
Major: Nine courses, five of which must be Upper Division. Courses must be
selected from at least four of these seven departments -Art, English, Foreign
Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and
Theatre Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used to
satisfy the requirement.
Note: Each student taking a Humanities major will focus on some particular theme or
Six of the nine
perspective which will constitute the core of the major .pcourses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet
the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and
must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of
the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be
created by the student in consultationwith an adviser in the humanities. Further
information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook
A student may not list a double major in Humanities and in one of the component
disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the Humanities major is
significantly different from the other major.
499
Independent Studies
Individual study and research on some interdisciplinaryhumanities topic,
worked out in consultation with an adviser. The study must be approved
by the Humanities Major Committee.
&CAN
INDIAN
Smm, ETHNICS m m & W O ~S m
Sm
InterdisciplinaryStudies covers a broad spectrum of experienceand
coursework. Through Interdisciplinarycourses, students gain greater
insight and understandingof cultures and perspechves different from their
own. Through these experiences studentsare better prepared to become
contributing members of the global community.
For other Interdisciplinarycourse listings, see Global Education Programs
and Metro-Urban Studies.
Courses listed in these areas may be used to fulfill the Urban Concerns,
Women's Studies or Minority Studies requirements under the general
distributionrequirements.Consult the General Education list for courses
which fulfillthe specihc Perspectives.
Augsburg also offers students the opportunity to minor in American Indian
Studies or Women's Studies.
The American Indian Studies program offers courses that encompass the
range of American Indian contributions to North American culture including art, religion, literature and history. Also offered m two begnning
courses in Ojlbwe (Chippewa),the original language of one of Minnesota's
native people.
Mildred Mueller, Coordinator
Minor:Five courses including INS 105 and at least one Upper Division course.
Indian Studies courses may also be taken as part of majors or minors in other
academic subjects or to meet distribution/general education requirements.
INS 105 Introduction to American lndian Studies
An introduction to the content areas of American Indian Studies, including an overview of American Indian history, American Indian literature,
federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, crosscultural influences, art, music and language. Required for American
Indian Studies minor.
OJB 111, OJB 112 Beginning Ojibwe
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa)
Indians including vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
The second course continues vocabulary, reading, writing, oral skills and
culture, with increased emphasis on comprehension.This course is crosslisted with the Foreign Language Department.
ENG 216American lndian Literature: Traditional and Modern
Comparative studies of tribal oral traditions, early writings and modem
literature written by or about American Indians. Problems of translation,
interpretation and exploitationwill be examined. Modern novelists, poets
and historians will be included. This course is cross-listed with the English
Department.
HIS 223 American lndian History: Pre-Columbian to Modern
The government, tribal structures, philosophy, agricultureand commerce
among the native people of North America are explored from p r e
Columbian eras through European exploration and settlement. American
Indian contributionsto world economics, agriculture, government,
architecture, art and philosophy are included, as are wars, treaties,
relocations and inter-governmentalrelations. This course is cross-listed
with the History Department.
INS 260 Contemporary American Indians
The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934)with an emphasis on current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty,
treaty rights and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/
cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today.
ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture
An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United
States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In
addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific and
Southwest Indians, some content will include drama, dance, poetry,
mythology, rituals and religion. Students will produce art work such as
weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints. This course is
cross-listed with the Art Department.
INS 320 American lndian Women
This course focuseson the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of
native North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over
time as well as changes in these roles as a result of the influence of
Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women of the
past and present and assesses the contributions made by women to Indian
community life today. (Rereq.:one course in Women's Studies or
American Indian Studies or consent of instructor) This course is applicable
to Women's Studies also.
REL 370 American lndian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Within these broad areas,the subjects of medicine,
healing, shamanism, dreams, visions, myths and spiritual power are also
included. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual
ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife. This course is cross-listed with the
Religion Department.
Also approved as an elective:
INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
(See under Women's Studies.)
231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g.
African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism.This course
is cross-listed with the Religion Department.
232
Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies
An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the mapr issues
related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion,
art, economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's
consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the
evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American
society.
Women's Studies values the experiencesand perspectives of women by
placing them at the center as it branches out to critically examine women's
contributionsin life and learning. Women's Studies seeks to complement
other disciplines by expanding knowledge about women, addressing
misconceptions and raising new questions which spark further investigation. It seeks to empower students for leadership.
Women's Studies tries to be explicit about its goals and issues. It seeks to
raise awareness of diversity, to critically examine all disciplines and existing
social practices, to recover past achievements of women and encourage the
work that women now do, to expand perspectives and to provide a basis for
decision making and critical evaluation of future learning.
mi no^: Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives, one of which must
be Upper Division, and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC
colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written
approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator.
INS 199 Internship in Women's Studies
INS 201
Foundations in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course is designed to raise awareness of women's
status and women's diversity; to critically examine disciplines and social
practices through the lens of feminist theory; to recover past achievements
of women and survey the work that women now do; to expand perspectives; and to provide a basis for critical evaluation of future learning.
INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological,
evolutionaryand historical origins of women's roles a i d status in human
society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in
different cultures. This comparison will include such North American
models as the Navap, 0jib;e and Iroquois; African models such as the
Pygmies and other tribal groups; the peasant societies of eastern Europe,
Mexico, the Middle East and China.
INS 265 Women in American Culture
Through discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other
aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black
and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies
to the present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other
"invisible" women minorities will be included.
INS 281 Topics in Women's Studies
INS 311 Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives
(See Global Education Programs.)
INS 320 American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies.)
INS 399 Internship in Women's Studies
INS 481 Topics in Women's Studies
INS 495 Women's Studies Seminar
Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study. To be completed after the introductory course and electives.
INS 499 Independent Study
In consultationwith a faculty member and with the approval of the
Women's Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study.
Required of minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar.
See department listings for descriptionsof the following approved electives from
other departments:
ART352 Women and Art
ENG 282 or 482 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction
HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the
20th Century
WL421 Topics in American Politics
POL459 Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 371 Psychology of Gender
REL441 Feminism and Christianity
International Relations is an interdisciplinarymajor which offers the student
both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses
and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and
other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an
Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required and some
students study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studieswith considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin
America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia and others.
Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a
foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are
possible with the InternationalRelations major.
Norma Noonan, Director
Major: 13courses. (1) Seven required courses: ECO 112or 113, HIS 103or 104, POL
158or 160; two of the following: HIS 332, POL 363,461; POL 490; the fourth term of
college work in a modem foreign language. (2) Six of the following electives (not
more than three from any one disciplinemay be counted toward the mapr): ECO
360,495; HIS 322,323,324,440,474; PHI 355; POL 350,351,381,382,455,459; Rn
356; SOC 336; Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and
courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the approval of
the Program Direstor; fourth tern or higher of college work in a second language.
Minor:Seven courses and one year of foreign language. Required: ECO 112or 113,
E3IS 103or 104, and POL 158or 160. One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One
year of foreign language. Any three courses from the list of approved electives for
the major. Not more than two courses from any department could count toward
the minor.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major;
prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13required
courses. Students should confer with the Program Director about regional and
disciplinaryconcentrations possible within the mapr, for example, a concentration
on a geographic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program.
At least since b t e s , scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics
in developing the skills of critical thinking, understandingabstrad concepts,
and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs
of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential for any liberally
educated person. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg
are intended to help develop these skills.
1
Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on
the development of civilization and the development of compute& has also
influenced modern society. To the extent that a liberal education must
include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of
these influences is important.
An increasingnumber of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This Department
serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields.
Majors within this Department are prepared for graduate school, work in
industry or service professions, with opportunities to focus on either the
theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. In fad, the Department
offers a concentration in applied mathematics as well as the more traditional
major. Internshipand Cooperative Education options help studentstake
advantage of Augsburg's proximity to the many technicaUy+riented enterprises in the city. Thus the Department aims to provide its own majors with
skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of m s .
MathematidComputer Science Faculty: Larry Ragland (Chairperson), Larry
Copes, LarryCrockett, Suzanne Dor&, Beverly Durkee, Ken Kaminsky, Noel Petit,
Beverly Stratton, Stephen Zhang
Mathematics Major: Nine courses in mathematics including MAT 145,146,245,
246,324 and three electives from MAT courses above 210, at most one of which is at
the 200 level; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during junior
and senior years. Also required: CSC 170 or CSC 270. At least two of the Upper
Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. For teaching licensure,
the three electives must be 351,373, and 441. Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for other require
ments.
Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics: Nine courses
including MAT 145,146,245,246,324 and three electives from MAT 327,328,355,
373,374, and approved topics courses (MAT 481). Also required: CSC 170 or CSC
270, PHY 121,122; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during
junior and senior years. A minimum of two Upper Division mathematics courses
must be taken at Augsburg.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Mathematics Minor: Five courses, including 145,146,245, and 246 or 247, and one
elective from MAT courses above 300. For a teaching minor the additional course
must be selected from MAT 314,328,351,373,441.
Prerequisites/PlacementExam -Before enrolling in any mathematics course the
student must have placed appropriatelyon the Augsburg Mathematics Placement
Exam, or have completed college courses equivalent to prerequisites. A course
must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite.
The Placement Exam is given during college registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. It is required of all entering students except those
who have received a grade of C or better in a college-level mathematics course
taken at another college or who have passed the College Board Advanced Place
ment Exam. These students and those who place into Group V should consult with
the Department about appropriate courses to take.
103
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and
transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers,
ratios, percents, metric system, exponents, radicals and evaluation of
algebraic expressions.Counts as one course in semester's load but does not
give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics
Placement Test. (kereq.:Placement Group I. P/N grading only)
104
Intermediate Algebra
A self-paced course for students needing a review of basic algebraic skills
and concepts. Topics include operations with polynomials and rational
expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions.
Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward
graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam.
(Prereq.: 103or Placement Group 11. P/N grading only)
114
Elementary Functions
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric. For students planning to take 124 or 145. Students who have completed 124 or 145 may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
(Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111)
121
Finite Mathematics
Topics of finite mathematics (combinatorics,probability, matrices, linear
programming and graph theory) of primary interest to students in the
social and behavioral sciences, business and information science. Students
who have competed MAT 171 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or
Placement Group 111)
122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and
behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 or 145may not
register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. )
124,125,224 Calculus I, ll, Ill
Differential and integral calculus, including calculus of several variables
and series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences,
integrated with topics from plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily
for students in mathematics or the sciences. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement
Group IV for 124; 124for 125; 125 for 224)
131
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group IID
145,146 AUGMENT Mathemetics I and II
The Augsburg Mathematics Enrichment Program provides exploration of
mathematical ideas. Attention will be paid to historical and philosophical
connections and to reading, writing and thinking in mathematics.
Includes calculus concepts such as: limit, continuity, derivative, antiderivative, integral, sequences and series; and selected topics from linear
algebra, abstract algebra, number theory, probability geometry, topology,
dfnarnical systems, graph theory and combinatorics. (Prereq: 114 or
Placement Group IV for 145; 145 for 146)
171
Discrete Mathematics
Topics in discrete mathematics such as sets and logic, combinatorics,
probabfity, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra
and graph theory of primary interest to students in Computer Science and
Mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 121 may register for
credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: Placement Group IV)
211
Number Theory
An introductory study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
215
Elementary Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices. (Prereq.: 224)
226
Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutionsby
special integral transforms; systems of differentialequations with matrix
algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224)
245,246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I & II
Topics introduced in 1 6 1 4 6 are further applied, generalized and
abstracted. Emphasis is on mathematical structures, logical reasoning and
proof formats. Additional topics include: multiple variable calculus,
vectors and vector spaces and linear transformations. (Prereq.: 146 for 245;
245 for 246)
247
Introduction to Applied Mathematics
Designed primarily for applied mathematics, preengineering and
physical science majors, this course includes additional topics from vector
calculus, differentialequations, complex functions and linear algebra.
(Prereq.: 245)
299
Directed Study
Independent Stuclyfor Lower Division credit. (Pmq.: Consent of imtmctor)
Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such as groups,
rings, integral domains and fields. (Rereq.: 215 or 246)
Analysis
An introductionto the study of mathematical analysis. Includes a rigorous
study of mapr concepts used in the calculus and their applicationto more
abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224,246 or 247)
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHY 327)
Complex Variables
An introductionto complex numbers and functions, limits, differentiation
and integration, series, analytic functions, conformal mappings and
applications. (Rereq.: 224,246 or 247)
Modern Geometry
A study of transformational geometry including complex number
representations and applications to fractal geometry. (Prereq.: 215 or 246)
Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of
computational problems and development of algorithms for their
solutions, applications of a procedur&riented programming language in
numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems,
interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224 or
245; CSC 170)
Probability and Statistics I
A study of the structure of modem probability, enumeration techniques,
special discrete and continuous probability distributions with applications
to statistical problems, mathematical expectation, Chebyshds inequality,
the central limit theorem. (kereq.: 224 or 245)
Probability and Statistics II
A study of sampling distributions associated with the normal and other
distributions and methods of estimation: point estimation, interval
estimation; hypothesis testing, regression and analysis of variance,
nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: 373 or equivalent)
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices
of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Mathematics Internship
Supervisor.
Foundationsof Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method and development of number systems.
(Prereq.: completion of or concurrent registration in 314 and either 324 or
328; or consent of instructor.)
481
Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract
algebra, topology, pmbability, statistics or computer science. (Prereq.: 314
and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor.)
491
MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the
mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developmentsin the field and about interestingideas that don't
arise in courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are
welcome. Sessions are presented by faculty members or outside visitors.
499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
Introductory Courses: 170,210, MAT 171 and MAT 124 or 145
Core Courses: 320,330,345,450
Computer Science B.A. Major: 11 courses including the four introductory courses,
the four core courses and three electives. The electives must be selected from MAT
355, MAT 373 and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two electives must
be selected from 270 or 271,340,352, and 445. At least two of the Upper Division
courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium
(CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors.
Computer Science B.S. Major: 16 courses including the four introductory courses;
the four core courses; 270 or 271,340,352,445, MAT 125 or MAT 146, MAT 224 or
MAT 245, MAT 215 or MAT 246, and one elective selected from MAT 355, MAT
373, and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two of the Upper Division
courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium
(CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Computer Science Minor: Six courses including the four introductory courses and
any two of the four core courses.
145
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming and computer applications,
as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with
computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply
toward either a computer science major or minor.
Structured Programming
An introductionto computers, problem-solving, algorithm development
and programming using Pascal. This course provides a foundation for
further studies in computer science. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 121or
MAT 122or BUS 279 or Math Placement Group IV)
Data Structures
Data structures and their implementation, recursion, searching and
sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods
using Pascal. (Prereq.: 170. Coreq.: MAT 121or MAT 171)
Electronics
(See PHY 261.)
FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the
student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done
programming in some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course
with a study of a programming language)
COBOL
Study of COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student
has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in
some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course with a study of a
programming language)
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms and tree and graph
traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP,
NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: 210 and MAT
124or MAT 14.5)
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata,
computability and computational complexity. Topics include Turing
machines, Church's thesis, the halting problem and unsolvability.
(Prereq.: 210 and MAT 124 or MAT 145)
Digital Communicationsand Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing
systems, network protocols and securityand general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: 210)
Principles of Computer Organization
An introductionto computer architecture, processors, operating systems,
instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: 210)
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organiza-
tion and security, includingthe development of an elementary database
system. (Prereq.: 210)
399
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices
of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Computer Science
Internship Supervisor.
445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management,
interactions among major components of computer systems, and a
detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating
systems. mereq.: 345)
450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming
languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics,
BNF,parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures
and the run-time environment. (Prereq.: 210)
491
MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium
(See MAT 491.)
495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in
other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
METRDUANSTUDIES
(INS)
Metro-Urban Studies is a tramdisciplinary major and minor taught by
faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and
other related disciplines. The Metro-Uhan Studiesprogram seeks to blend
classroom and field experience, theory and Internships which focus the
content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process
of urbanization.
The M-Urban
Studiesmapr and minor a~ designed to provide underpduate pqaration forpostgraduate studiesin planning,&kchmI law, public
..
admmstmtion, environmental studies, social
government, community
organkition and theology. 7he program and collegewideurban mpkment
introduce studentsto the wide e e t y of developing mdated to urt.>an and
metropolitan affairs,equipping studentswith the analytical and theoreticaltmls
n q m e d to understand the metropolitancommunity.
Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the
quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan
opportunities afforded by the College's location The Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)and Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the overall program
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty:Garry W. Hesser (Director, SOO, Andrew Aoki
(POL), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY)
Major: 13 courses including POL 122 and 421; PSY 356; SOC 211 and 381; an
approved Urban History course; SOC 362 or ECO 279; SOC 363 or POL 484;an
Internship (399);and any four approved urban-related c o w . HECUA offcampus programs are highly recommended, especiallythe MUST Twin Cities
program. Students interested in graduate school are encouraged to take ECO 113
Principles of Micrc-Economics.
Minor: Three lower level Urban Studies courses, two of which must be POL 122 and
SOC 211; and two upper division courses from the following:POL 421; PSY 356; SOC
381 or Internship (399), with the Internship highly recommended where appropriate.
Other combinations are feasible if approved by the Director of the Program.
199
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty.memberand
site supervisor design a learning apmnent which enables the student to
exploremetro-urban studies as a mapr and consider its career alternatives.
Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regardjig requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Wee.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.: consent of
instructor and POL 122 or SOC 211)
399
lnternship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of metmurban studies with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the terrn/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
b
-
498
lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. ledures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is
designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department faculty
member. (Prereq.:POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor)
499
lndependent Study
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.:
POL 484 or SOC 363 and consent of instructor)
URBAN STUDIES~ O N THROUGH
S
HEWA
Augsburg co-foundedand plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortiumfor Urban Affairs (HECUAIIa consortiumof 17 colleges and
universities.Augsburg's Metro-Urbandirector served as its president from
1982 to 1987. Through HECUA, Augsburg studentshave access to five
interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional qualityI located in
ScandinaviaISouth AmericaI Central America and the Twin Cities.
This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinary readings conned experiences and direct observation
with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social
inequality and unequal urban development. Competingtheories and
strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined and
assessed in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people
who challengeit.
359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying -at times competing-views on the Twin Cities
"civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews
and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories
and strategies for explaining and overcoming it.
399
Internships (2 credits)
Internshipsplace students with sponsoring organizations that provide
supervised work experience for a minimum of 24 hours a week
Coursework also includes readings, seminar discussion, field assignments
and writing to meet the objectives of the internship.
n. SGWDINAVIAN
URBAN
STUDIES
TERM(SUST)
This interdisciphary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and
examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia.
372
Norwegian Language
Intensivelanguage instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature.
Note: For Language credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department.
377
Scandinavia in the World
Global perspedives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and
their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, EastWest relations, European security, trade and the Thii World. Emphasis
on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for
discussionswith advocates of competing perspectives.
393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as
reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian
history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits
(theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a
variety of media.
394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices
as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformationsfrom rural and regional
cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on
Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative
perspective.
499
Independent Study
Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option
of conducting Independent Study research, using Norwegian language
skills, on a topic approved by the SUST Program Director and the
appropriatehome college faculty adviser.
III.SOUTH
AMERICAN
URBAN
SEMEER (SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is located in either Quito, Ecuador, or
Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and developmentin the
Third World.
261
Spanish Language
All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language
emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS
program and field work.
361
Introduction to Latin America
Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics,
culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus on
economic development issues, theories and models applicable to Latin
America.
362
Urbanization in Latin America
The development of cities and implicationsfor social change in Latin
America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, govenunental policies'and urban elites.
Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared and
applied to Latin America.
363
Wealth, Poverty and Community Development
The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on
field study in bamo communities and site visits to public and private
agenciesdealing with urban problems.
499
Independent Study
Studentswith advanced Spanish a= required to prepare an Independent
Study research paper. Depending on the topic and resources required,
supervision by a professional at a local college or research institution or by
SAUS faculty.
N.CITY ARE
This program studies the politics of artistic expression and the relationship
between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides
rich sources for the program.
330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of the life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers
and community organizers for understanding the difkrencesbetween
formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and
participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and
culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions
integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social
change and activism.
399
Internships (2 Credits)
Internshipsinvolve participation in an ongoing project with an individual
artist, community organizer, art group or organization for the purpose of
learning about life and work in that setting. The form and placement
varies with each student's goals, needs and experiences.
A Spring semester interdisciplinaryprogram that examines relationships
among literature, ideology and society and how these shape perceptions of
socialrealities.
360
Latin American Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
Study of selected literary works that illustrate s d &ties and express a
variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change.
Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as
manikted in major artistic periods.
364
Latin American Arts and Society
Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships
among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by
theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America.
367
Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to
development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their
implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependencia
and Marxism.
499
Independent Study
All students prepare an Independent Study paper on a topic and design
approved in advance. Topics can include Latin American literature and
others appropriate for Spanish language credit.
(See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)).In the ACTC Class
Schedule, Minority Studies courses are listed under Ethnic Studies.
Music has the power to move and change us. Whether we experience music
as a listener, teacher or performer, it adds a significant and satisfying
dimension to our lives. As a college of the church, Augsburg celebrates the
study of music as one of the @Is of God. Music in the Christian liberal arts
setting reflects Augsburg's mission of educating the whole person.
The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and
music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human
history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have
the opportunity of participating in choral and instrumental ensembles
which perform locally, nationally and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of
Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education
needs of students and offers professional training in music. The Music major
combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide
range of graduate and professional opportunities. Studentsmay choose
from among four maprs in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts-Music
Major; Bachelor of Music-Performance Major; Bachelor of Music-Music
Education Major, and Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major.
In addition to opportunitiesas professional musicians, teachers of music, and
music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders
in the professions and business regard a liberal arts mapr as an excellent
preparation for satisfymgand effective service in many occupational areas.
I
1
Music Faculty: Thomas Rossin (Chairperson), Trudi Anderson, Laine Bryce, John
Dunham, Stephen Gabrielsen, Andy Heglund, Mary Homzaniecki, Kenneth Huber,
Robert Karlkn, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz,Cynthia Lohman, Steven Lund,
Charles McDonald, Roberta Metzler, Celeste (YBrien, Gordon W. Olson, Lila Olson,
Sandra Powers, Nicholas Raths, Robert Stacke, George Stahl, Angela Wyatt
Music Coordinato~Mary Ella Pratte
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program.
Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (LevelI1
repertoire) in their mapr performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then
apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second semester of
study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies.
Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarshipmust
have the recommendation of their ensemble director or private lesson instructor.
Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, s u b j j to Departmental approval of a performance hearing and petition during their first semester in
residence. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the
first class meeting of MUS 101 or 102.
Music Education majors must apply, by petition, to the Department during the
sixth term of study. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply to the
Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure program.
Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses are
necessary for the education licensure program.
All other music major and minor candidates must apply, by petition, to the
Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses.
Auditions for memberships in ensembles are scheduled, followingapplication,
during summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration, or during the first week of the school year.
Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from
among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A
faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and
certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate
quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble; conducting
an ensemble concert; or combinations of the above. Consult the Music Department
Student Handbook for more information.
Core Curriculum (requiredof all majors): 101,102,111,112,201,211,231,232,311,
312,341,342 or 344; eight quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance Studies
and recital quirements as given under each specific degree and major. (See
Applied Music section.) French or German study as stated in general education
requirements.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major: Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student
for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities.
Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter
one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose
this course of study.
Requirements: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music
elective; Performance Studies -six quarter courses and two half courses in the major
instrument or voice, two quarter courses in the minor jnstrument or voice and a half
senior recital (Music 458); keyboard proficiency and passing three Music Repertoire
tests.Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information.
Requirements for the Music Minor: Six course credits: 101,102,111,112; 231 or
232; 341; 342 or 344;four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses in Performance Studies.Music minors must pass one
Music Repertoire test.
Bachelor of Music
Music Education Major: Offers students the preparation necessary to become
teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework
which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementarythrough the
secondary levels.
Requirements: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202,212; Performance
Studies -two quarter courses, four half courses, two full courses in the mapr
instrument or voice; two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half
junior recital (MUS 358) and a full senior recital (MUS 459); improvisation compe
tency on mapr instrument or voice; keyboard proficiency, passing three Music
Repertoire tests, and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2 5 in all music courses and in
the major performance medium.
Vocal emphasis -MUS 251,252,253,254,435
Instrumental emphasis -MUS 151,155, and one course credit of music elective
Other requirements:10 and onehalf course credits: HPE 114,115; PSY 105; EDS
265,354,355,356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the Education Department, Music Department Student Handbook and program adviser.
Music Performance Major: Designed for students who display advanced compe
tence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosen by
students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who
intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance.
Requirements: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202,212; Performance
Studies-two quarter courses and six full courses in the mapr instrument or voice;
two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals
358,459; keyboard proficiencytest, passing three Music Repertoire tests and
achieving a cumulativeGPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more
information.
Vocal Emphasie MUS 251,252,253,254,435, one course of music elective, two
courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements.
Piano or Organ Emphasis- 301,302,436,456, one-half course credit of music
elective.
Instrumental Emphasis MUS 301,302, one and onehalf course credits of music
electives.
Bachelor of Science
Music Therapy Major: Fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration
with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and prepares students for
the professional certification examination developed by the Certification Board for
Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become
registered music therapists.
Requirements: 18course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music
elective; two of 151,155,156; 271,274,275,372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479;
Performance Studies -six quarter courses in the mapr instrument or voice, two
quarter COW
in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458;
keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency, passing three Music Repertoire tests, and
achieving a minimum grade of 2.5 in each music therapy course. Other require
ments: EDS 282,356,357,358; PSY105,362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification
examination.
Applied Music
Ensembles (MUD:
One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members
of mapr ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no credit.
Traditional grading is required for music maprs and minors in ensemble courses.
The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading,
or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two
course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies for credit:Four synergistic elements are required -lessons,
jury examination at end of each semester, performance workshop, and listening
attendance at concerts, recitals and performance workshops).
Areas of Concentrations
The music mapr/minor student must declare an area of concentration. A secondary area, required of Music Education students, necessitates additional lessons, jury
examination and performance.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available
for all students in the following categories:
No credit -one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter course credit -one half-hour lesson and four hours of practice per
week
One half course credit -two half-hour lessons and eight hours of practice per
week
One course credit -two half-hour lessons and twelve hours of practice per
week.
Performances: All students registered in PerformanceStudies for credit must
perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a
faculty panel, and additional performances as required by the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in Performance Studies for credit are required to
attend eight designated music events during each semester. Failure to attend the
required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, mapr ensemble concerts, or other
designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in
Performance Studies. Music maprs must pass a total of three Music Repertoire
tests; music minors must pass one. (Consult the Music Department Student
Handbook for contents of Music Repertoire tests.)
Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music
faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a
prerecital hearing for senior B.M. Performance Major recitals. Concurrent registration in Performance Studies in the major performance medium is required for
recital performance.
Students should carefully read the Music Department Student Handbook and
consult continually with their applied teacher. The following guidelines provide an
outline of requirements and procedures which must be followed by all recitalists.
Departmental Sponsorship
Recitals required for the fulfillment of the BM., BA., or B.S. degree requixements or
Honors Major will be sponsored by the Music Department. Other student recitals
may be departmentally sponsored.
Duration and Repertoire Level
All departmentally sponsored recitals must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in the College Catalog and Repertoire Lists available in the
Music Department.
1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS358) will be one-half hour in duration, and will
be at repertoire Level 111for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at
Level IV for Music Performance majors.
2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration at repertoire
Level IV for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level V for Music
Performance majors.
3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS458) will be one-half hour in duration at
repertoire Level 111.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by passing the Piano Proficiency test. (Consult the Music
Department Student Handbook for contents of Piano Proficiency test.)
Many music courxs are offered in alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class
Schedule or the Music Department for course offeringsin each term.
Theory
101
Materials of Music 1 (112 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of
part writing.
102
Materials of Music 11 (112 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations.
Aural Skills 1 (1/2 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight
singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.:
concurrent registration in or completion of 101)
Aural Skills 11 (1/2 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102.
(Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102)
Materials of Music 111 (1/2 course)
Continuation of 102with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.:
102)
Form and Analysis (1/2 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
Century practice. (Prereq.: 201)
Aural Skills 111 (1/2 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201.
(Prereq.: 112and concurrent registration in or completion of 201)
Aural Skills IV (1/2 course)
Further developmentof listening skills to parallel progress in 202.
(Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202)
Counterpoint 1 (1/2 course)
16th through 18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double
counterpoint, pasacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211)
Counterpoint 11 (1/2 course)
Study of contemporarycounterpoint including works of Soenberg,
Bartok, Hidemith, Stravinskyand Carter. (Prereq.: 301)
Composition 1 (1/2 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound,ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple
forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed.
Composition 11 (1/2 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instmental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. Contemporarytechniques, atonal systems and larger
forms are studied and used.
Basic Conductlng (1/2 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score
analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature.
Choral Conducting (1/2 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir.
344
InstrumentalConducting (112 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced
conductingtechniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles.
History and Literature
130
Introductionto Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For
non-music majors.
230
Electronics in Music
Ekploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The
study and application of practical eledronictechnology used in music will
be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the
art. For non-music majors.
231
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.:112,
201)
232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.:112,201)
330
Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural
relationship. For the general as well as the music student.
The following four half courses a~ extensive studies of special eras in the history of
music. (Prereq.:231,232)
331
Music of the Baroque Era (1/2 course)
332
Music of the Classical Period (1/2 course)
333
Music of the Romantic Period (112 course)
334
Music of the 20th Century (112 course)
432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemp*
rary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and
theology student.
435
Voice Repertoire (1I2 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232)
436
Piano Repertoire (112 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th Century to the present by
listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.:231,232)
498
lndependent Study (1/2 course )
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
499
lndependent Study
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
Technique
151,152 Voice Methods (114 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155,156 Piano Methods (1I4 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity,simple accompaniment and music reading
skills necessary to meet specific degree requirements. (Prereq.: MUS 101)
157,158 Guitar Methods (114 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251
English Diction (114 course)
Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing.
Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all
students rqjstered for vocal instruction.
The following three quarter courses are continuations of 251 with application for
the Italian, German and French languages.
252
Italian Diction (1I4 course)
(Prereq.:251)
253
German Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.:251)
254
French Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251)
358
Junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level III for Music Education Majors; full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No
course credit.
456
Piano Pedagogy (1/2 course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey
of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
458
Senior Recftal
Half recital by BA. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level 111. No course
d t .
459
Senior Recital (1 12course credit)
B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by
faculty committee.Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and
Level V for Music Performance maprs.
Therapy
110
Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
A survey of the music therapy programs in Minnesota, with field trips to
various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and
sophomores consideringmusic therapy as a major to give students a
broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy.
(Interim only)
271
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applicationsof
recreational music activities to cliical settings.
274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis
on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding
of the research process and developmentof an experimental research
project.
373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a
multidisciplinaryapproach to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talent, and performance.
374,375 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
472
Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on
psychological, cultural and biological aspects of musical behavior.
Understanding of the theory of music therapy.
473
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussionsof theories and research as they apply to therapeutic
settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with music.
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114 course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week. (Prenq.:three of 274,275,374,375)
479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship (112 course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT Internship setting for six months.
Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance.
Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
These musical organizationsexist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is
determined by audition during the first week of Fall semester or by arrange
ment with the ensenibledirector. Assignment to an ensemble is then made
at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire
academic year which, on occasion, includesInterim.
While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chapel
Choir will satisfy the major, minor or distribution/general education
requirements. Instruments are available for rent.
111 Augsburg Choir (114 course)
112 Chapel Choir (Y4 course)
114 Advent Vespers Choir (0)
121 Orchestra (Y4 course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131Woodwind Ensemble (0)
141 Concert Band (Y4 course)
142 Brass Ensemble (0)
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are
available to the non-music major or minor. AU lessons are adapted to the
individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented
by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following
expectations:No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor
-Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors -Enter I and attain III; B.M. Education
Major -Enter I1 and attain IV;B.M. Performance Major -Enter 11 and
attain V.
l l x Voice
14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,Baritone, Tuba
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello,
15x Piano
Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe,Bassoon,
Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute
Recorder, Horn
4
16x Guitar
Percussion
18x Organ
19x Harp
Note carefully the following provisions:
1.Performance study registration occurs the first week of classes.
2. Senior music maprs who have attained a cumulative GPA average of 3.0 in their
mapr instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarshipwhich
provides for free lessons in that mapr medium during the two semesters preceding
graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen.
3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lessons during the
Interim or Summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
4. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher
at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a
lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
5. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College
Music Department.
The Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to provide
strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure
requirements.
The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in
science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs
assume that the student will meet the distribution/general education
requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors,the
courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical
sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of
Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is
essential.
Arlin Gyberg, Coordinator
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend
candidates in:
Life Science, grades 7-12
Life Science (minor), grades 7-12
Physical Science (Chemistry major or Physics major), grades 7-12
Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12
Physics (minor), grades 7-12
Middle School Science, grades 5 9
Broad Base Requirement: Seven courses: two in Earth Science (Astronomy or
Meteorology, Geology), two in General Biology, three in Physical Science (Physics
for the Life Sciences or a year of General Physics, and two courses of General
Chemistry).
Biology Major (For licensure in L
ife Science):The Broad Base requirement plus
eight courses: seven BIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the
following p u p s : 0351 (Invertebrate Zoology) or 353 (Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology), (ID 355 (Genetics) or 474 (DevelopmentalBiology), (III)361 (Plant
Biology) or 481 (Ecology), (W) 471 (Cellular Biology) or 473 (Animal Physiology),
(V) 440 (Plant Physiology)or 476 (Microbiology),and one course in Organic
Chemistry.
Chemistry Major (For licensure in Physical Science):The graduation major in
Chemistry: CHM 115,116 (GeneralChemistry) (or 105,106), 351,352 (Organic
Chemistry), 353 (QuantitativeAnalytical Chemistry), 361 (PhysicalChemistry), 363
(PhysicalChemistry Laboratory), one Advanced Chemistry course, and Chemistry
Seminar.In addition, a year of General Physics and two additional physics courses
above General Physics. Modern Physics and Electronics are recommended.
Physics Major (For licensure in Physical Science): The graduation major in Physics:
PHY 121,122 (General Physics), 245 (ModernPhysics), 351 (MechanicsI), 362
(Electromagnetic F'ields I), 395 (ComprehensiveLaboratory) and three additional
courses to be selected from 261 (Electronics),352 (MechanicsII), 363 (Electromagnetic Fields 11), 481 (Thermal Physics), 486 (Quantum Physics D, and 488 (Quantum
Physics II). In addition, a year of General Chemistry and one course each of Organic
Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry.
Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, Broad Base Requirement plus seven
courses in Biology; for Chemistry, the Chemistry minor-and an additional Upper
Division course; for Physics, the Physics Minor plus one additional course above
PHY 122.
Science (For Middle School Licensure -grades 5-9): Broad Base Requirement and
an additional seven Natural Science courses, two in Earth Science (Meteorology
and Mineralogy or equivalent), two Biology courses above General Biology, and
three in Physical Science, at least one each in Chemistry and Physics above the level
of General Chemistry or General Physics.
Note: This is not a Natural Science major; it is a program for licensure. Students
must still complete a college major.
Professional nursing is a scholarly discipline that offers a unique service to
individuals, families and communities as they pursue goals to promote,
maintain or restore their health. This service, as defined by the profession, is
the diagnosis and treatment of human responses to actual or potential
health problems.
The xope of professional nursing practice is changing and expanding.
Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ
from those in the past. Today nurses work not only in hospitals and clinics
but in corporations, government agencies, communities and their own
independent practices; they are direct care-givers, researchers, teachers,
leaders, managers, administrators and consultants.
The expanding practice of professional nursing mpkes practitioners who
are liberally educated in the humanities, in the natural and social sciences
and in nursing theory and methodology, and who are critical thinkers and
ethical decision-makers.The nursing major, informed by study in the liberal
artstradition and nursing theory, process, and research, prepares registered
nurses for professional practice based on knowledge, reasoned inquiry and
professional values.
Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a
major in Nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse registration
in Minnesota. With one additional course, they are eligible to apply for
School Nurse certification.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate
degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point
average of 25; a w e n t license to practice as a registered nurse in the state
of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or
biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition,
introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take
these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior
to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses in sociology,
psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward
distribution/general education requirements as well as toward admission to
the major. All prerequisite courses must be taken using the traditional
grading system and must have been completed at the 2.0 level or above.
Courses with grades below 2.0 must be repeated or challenged satisfactorily.
In addition, applicants must validate their theoretical knowledge via written
testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg
through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of
current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may include
1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion
of a nursing refresher course, or an acceptableequivalent
All students are required to take the NLN Baccalaureate Comprehensive
Examination during the last semester of their senior year.
Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marian Enos, Sharon
Ostwald, Pamela Weiss-Faman, Teri Welcher
Major: 10 courses in Nursing including 305,306,310,311,330,350,403, 404,423,
427; an approved Upper Division science course; and an ethics course, either PHI
380 or REL 483. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and the required
science and ethics courses, and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the
Level I and Level I1 courses of study are required.
Courses in the Nursing major are offered on weekends with clinical courses requiring
additional weekday time. The courses are designed so that the mapr may be
completed within three years. However, more time may be required to complete the
total course of study depending on the number of d t s transferred from other
colleges or universities.Studentsin nursing may take non-nursing courses in both
day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the Nursing mapr
should consult with an adviser from the Nursing Department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; applicationto the
Department Chairperson by November 1of the senior year; recommendation by
Nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April
15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis.
305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
This is a transitional course that introduces the componentsof the pro&
sional role and begins the professional wcialkation process. The
communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse
client relationship is negotiated. Interactive, group, and learning theories are
explored for their applicabilityto changing professional ro1'es and practice.
A teaching project is required. (Rereq. or current enrollment: an a p
proved Upper Division science class)
306
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of
professional development is provided in this course. The function of
theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing
conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. Clinical application of a holistic
health assessment is required. (kereq.:305)
310
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuseson community health delivery systems and the
practice of public health nursing. Concepts of health are examined as they
apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content includes the assessment of an elderly person and
definition of a framework for the assessment of a specific community.
Ethical issues related to community health decision-making with aggre
gate groups are explored. (Prereq.: 330)
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum*
This course provides a clinical experiencein the practice of public health
nursing in which the student provides direct care to culturally diverse
clients and groups. The student will provide care to both disease and
disability and health promotion clients. The student will analyze a specific
community system and the community's provision of health related
s e ~ c e s(Prereq.:
.
310)
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for
nursing practice. (Prereq.: 306; PHI 380 or REL 483 or concurrent enrollment)
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and the methods appropriate to nursing are emphasized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored.
Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice.
(Prereq.: 330)
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for nursing of culturally diverse
families throughout the life span. Content includes family as a social
system and explores theories related to family structure and functioning
as well as families with psychosocial problems. Consideration is given to
the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq.: 350. To be taken prior
to or concurrentlywith 423.)
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management
This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as
emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and
advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism.
(Prereq.:403)
Practicum In Nursing I: Nursing of the Family*
This is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunityto apply
content from 403 in providing nursing care to complex families in a
selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 403 or concurrent enrollment)
Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership and Management*
This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected
practice setting. (Prereq.: 404)
Topics in Nursing
This course is designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics
in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and
interests of the students and faculty. (Prereq.: Senior standing or consent
of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study
a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and
submit written study proposals, objectives and methods of evaluation
prior to registration.
*If the pracficums in nursing me not taken concurrently with their respectice theory
courses, students me required to consult zvithfaculty prior to registration regarding reztiezv
of the theoretical content.
The Philosophy Department assists students to understand issues raised in
the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider problems of
knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the basis of values
and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals am to instill in students a love of
truth, to inspire a curiosity about the sipficance and meaning of the world
they experience and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative
synthesis.
The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to explore
different aspects of the world from a variety of perspectives or disciplines.
Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arts by encouraging students to
explore questions about themselves, human experience, right and wrong,
the world and God.Ekpmng with two Somatic principles: "The
unexamined life is not worth living" and l'Know yourself," the study of
philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique potential for
understanding and self-fulfillment
Four courses in the history of philosophy -begmmng with the ancient
Greeks and Romans and continuing through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to the present -form the core of the philosophy program. In
these courses students are taught how to read, understand and criticize
great texts of Western civilization.
In addition, students have the opportunity to explore the relation of philosophy to other disciplines and to take advanced seminarsin special topics.
This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily have two
majors. Though some majors go on to graduate school in philosophy, most
use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine
or the Christian ministry. Many enter the marketplace, confident that the
study of philosophy has given them the ability to think critically.
I
Philosophy Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiierson), David Apolloni, Kenneth
Bailey, Mark Fuehrer, Paul Holmer
Major: Nine courses, including 230,241,242,343,344, and a course in the 400s
(other than 499). Five of the courses must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the Philosophy faculty.Such recommendations will be made at the end of
the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic
of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of
this thesis before the faculty of the Department.
Minor: Five courses including two from 241,242,343, and 344.
I
110
Introduction to Philosophy
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely
have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency,
adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed
skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunityto examine
critically some of the ideas basic to Western culture. The purpose of this
course is to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas
and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to
evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs.
120
Ethics
Ethics studies our moral beliefs, helping studentsto consider the basis
which they use to make moral judgments. The course explores the rnapr
philosophical approachesto evaluating moral actions and then applies
these approaches to contemporary personal and social moral issues. This
enables students to be aware of the nature of value disputes, the different
perspectives taken and the reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout
the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking
120 may not take 125.
125
Ethics and Human Identity
This course is a philosophical study of the role of human understanding,
feelings and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by
asking what the end or purpose of human life is, assessing the role of
reason, will and passion with respect to this end, and then deciding on the
moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. The topic of
friendship and human loves is investigated next. The course ends with an
analysis of human happiness. Students taking 125 may not take 120.
230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn
the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course
focuses on inductive reasoning.
241
History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers
The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical
thought in Western civilization. In this course students will read and
analyze some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle. In addition, other
philosophical schools of thought in the ancient world will be studied:
Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism, in order to familiarizethe
student with the other elements that constitute classical philosophy.
242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages was a period of great synthesisof elements of Christian
revelation, classical philosophy and Islamic culture. In this course
students will read writings by St. Anselm, St. Bonaventure, Occam, St.
Thomas Aquinas, Hildegard and Nicholas of Cusa in order to understand
the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructinga
Christian philosophy. Sincethe Renaissance intensified the medieval
synthesis, students willbe exposed to the thought of Pico, Ficino and
Bruno.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
343
Historyof Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Does knowledge begin with innate ideas or with experience? Can we get
beyond our own concepts to know the world itself! What is an idealistic
view of the world? This course studies the mapr rationalists of the 17th
Century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz), the mapr empiricists of the 18th
Century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy and
19th Century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard,
Nietzxhe). (Suggestedprior course, 241 or 242)
344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy
What lies behind 20th Century philosophys love affair with language? Is
truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous
science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major
representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism and
phenomenology. (Suggested prior course, 241,242 or 343)
350
Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so,
what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with
human and animal suffering? Are miracles possible? Are we really
immortal? We will conduct a systematicinquiry into these questions
which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy. Cross-listed with Religion 350)
355
Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianismand Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy)
360
Political Philosophy
By studying the writings of political philosophers from antiquityup to the
modem period, students will be asked to examine crucial questions
concerning the organization of human society.The relation of the nature
of the state to religion, the home and the aty will be looked at through the
eyes of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli.
365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores whether scientists' knowledge of the world is
profoundly different from and better than that of the nonscientist, what
constitutes scientific knowledge and the degree of certainty yielded by the
methods used by scientists to attain knowledge. In addition to dealing
with these questions, students will work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course,
230 or one course in natural science)
370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary -of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and
paradox. (Suggested:one prior course in philosophy)
380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering,
abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia.
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem or
interdisciplinaryproblems. S e m iformat. May be taken more than once
for credit. (Suggestedprior courses: any from 241,242,343,344 or consent
of instructor)
430
Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers. Seminar
format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses:
241,242,343 or consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to
the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
See Health and Physical Education
Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their
aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern
all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in
previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of
controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the
study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of
galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to
the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinatingand expanding area of study
and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal
arts disciplines and contributesto society's understandingof such areas as
energy, weather, medical science and space exploration
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing M e n g e ,
the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but
also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects
challenges to arise, be met and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment and an interest in experimental techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in
Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees
at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics
provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in
related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmentalscience, engineering and medical and health related fields.
In addition, the Physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportiverole
for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer
science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineeringprogram with
degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelois
and the advanced degree levels.
The Department maintains active research programs through its Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several students work each academic year
and summer as research assistants in these efforts, which are supported by
NASA, the National Science Foundation and other federal agencies.
The Department also administers Augsburg College's portion of funds
designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, fundedby
NASA.
Cooperative Education, Internship and Undergraduate Research programs
provide opportunitiesfor students to apply their physical science knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, govemmental and academic settings. Studentsmay participate in alternating term
Co-op programs or work part-time during two or moR academic terms.
Internship opportunitiesalone generally involve only one semester.
The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the
non-science students that will enable them to attain a general understanding
of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic
starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to
follow new developments with some degree of comp~hension.
Physics Faculty Kenneth Erickson (Chairperson),Stuart Anderson, Mark
Engebretson, JeffreyJohnson, Robert Stenstrom,William Momma.
Physics Research Staff: Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, Miriam Peterson,
David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research Group, Augsburg College Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences.
BA. Major:Nine courses, including 121,122,245,351,362,363,395 and 3% (onehalf course each), plus two courses above 122.
B.S. Major: 12courses, including 121,122,245,261,351,352,362,363,395 and 396
(one-half course each), and 486, plus two courses above 122. A year of introductory
chemistry is also required.
B.S. Major with Concentrationin Space Physics: 13courses, including 121,122,
245,261,320,351,352,362,363,395 and 3% (one-half course each). 420 and 486,
plus one course above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the Physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124or 145,
125or 146, and PHY 121,122 during the freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245 and
226 or 247 during the sophomoreyear.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to
the Education Department section of the Catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3 5 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
Minor: Five courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122.
Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students
provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society
and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership
in SPS is open to all students interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a
minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper
third of their class.
101
Astronomy
A descriptivecourse covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In
addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from
early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instnunents are
explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celestron and a threeinch Questar. Night viewing and laboratory
sessions are important components of the course. (Three onehour
lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11)
103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a
broad survey of physics. The course stresses a hands-on intuitive a p
proach to physics and is designed to serve students in biology and
education. (ll-me onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 111)
106
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.The course is
designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles
required for kderstanding weather and climate. Attention will be given
to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects
of weather, some of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tomadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting,
the influence of weather on pollution, fronts, cyclones and optical
phenomena of the sky. Laboratory exercises are included as an integral
part of the course. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the
distribution/generaleducation requirement for the liberal arts student.
(Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11)
111
Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical
science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its
associated technology with philosophy, religion and culture. Study of
mechanics, electricity and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of
the meaning of 20th Century physics and of the role of electronics and
computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in
the laboratory. (Three onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Praeq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 11)
121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion,
thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism and optics. Designed for Physics
majors, Pre-Engineering students and other specified majors. Must be
taken in sequence. ('Tluee one-hour lectures, %hour
laboratory.
Prereq.: MAT 124 or 145, or concurrent registration)
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore physics as a major and consider its career alternatives.
Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modem physics from an historical and experimental
basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear
and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops
the experimental basis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures.
F'rereq.: 122)
261
Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises
the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital
electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and
microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122or 125 or 146)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
320
Introductionto Space Science
A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary,
magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics. Topics
include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms and
magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and a m r a .
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245)
327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
An introduction to mathematical physics at an intermediate level, with
emphasis on functions which have been developed to aid in analyzing
problems in physics and engineering. Beginning with a review of complex
numbers and partial differentiation, topics include Fourier series, series
solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other
orthogonal functions, partial differential equations and functions of a
complex variable. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 122or consent of
instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent.)
351,352 Mechanics I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of
motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include
conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles,
oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies,
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (Three orle-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226 or 247)
362,363 ElectromagneticFields I, II
The classical electromagneticfield theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's
and Poisson's kuations, electric and magnetic properties of materials and
the theory of electromagneticradiation based on Maxwell's equations.
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or 247)
395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (112 course each)
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including
participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics,
thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism,
optics and modem physics. (One threehour laboratory and one seminar
hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of physics with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, intaestd students should consult with the
departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and
permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate
placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
420
Plasma Physics
A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma
parameters, plasma drifts and particle motion, electric and magnetic
fields, kinetic theory, and Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution function and
Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, plasma waves and
instabilities and transport processes. The applicationsof plasma physics to
laboratory and space plasmas will be emphasized. (Three onehour
lectures. Prereq.: 362,363 or concurrent registration)
481
Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperatureis
an important variable. The subject is developed from two independentyet
complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical
thermodynamicsand the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics.
(Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 351)
486
Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Sduoedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values,
angular momentum and approximation methods. Specific problems
studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. (Three onehour lecture. Prereq.: 295,
351)
488
Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics
and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:486)
499
Independent Study
An opportunity for students to explore systematicallya problem in
experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a
faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval.
P O ~SCIENCE
L DEP-
(POL)
Firmly grounded in the liberal artstradition, political science has mots in the
humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical
analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and sigruficanceof authority in human
affairs establish the focusof political science; because politics is a central and
enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human
concerns.
As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The
student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and
values, investigatepolitical cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare
political systems and develop perspectives on international relations. In the
process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal
arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history and
sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major supplies
the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as well as in
public adminstration, public policy analysis, law and other professions. It
also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications and other fields. Lqplative and other Intemships, as well as si@cant independent research projects, are within easy
reach of Augsburg Political Science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special
opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a
successful career.
Augsburg Political Science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as
speual strengthsin interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism, and American public law. The Departmental
faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it
does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of
informed choice in human affairs, is an important as@ of liberal learnings.
Political Science Faculty Norma Noonan (Chairpason), Milda Hedblom,
Andrew Aoki, Philip Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten, William Morris, Myles
Stenshoel
Major: Nine courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 122or
160 or 170; 158; 484; and at least five other Upper Division courses in fourout of
five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for
that area.
Honors Major:The Honors Mapr in Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5 in
the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and
a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors
Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any
member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the Departmental Chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors
Major no later than the first term of the junior year.
Minor: Five courses, including 121or 122or 170; 158; and at least three Upper
Division courses in three out of five political science areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics, (ID Comparative
Politics and Analysis, (III) InternationalPolitics, (IV)Public Law and (V)Political
Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in
only one area toward major or minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a Political Sciencemajor
in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121
American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political
ideas, the pattern of participation, the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking, and current issues in American
society.
122
Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors and
strudures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation and meetings with political experts and
activists.
325
Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in
the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizingpolitical and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in
political science or consent of instructor.)
E
326
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizingpublic opinion and
political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties
and interest p u p s and media in presidential elections (optionalin nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor. Fall term of electionyears.)
342
Mass Communications In Society
Effects of mass communicationson individual behavior; the uses and
control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study
of censorship, newsmaking entertainmentand public affairs programming. gunior and senior students only.)
370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
371
Topics in Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
421
Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executiveor judicial process and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus;topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:one course in political science or consent
of instructor. On demand.)
II. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process, with some comparison of major political systems and discussion
of contemporaryissues.
350
Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies,
focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
351
Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (F'rereq.:
one course in politid science or consent of instructor)
359
Topics: Women In Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored.
Themes will vary. (Prereq.: One course in political science or consent of
instructor)
459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and
comparisons of political p m s s e s such as political participation, communications, political developments, political change and revolution. Topic
to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor. On demand.)
Ill. lnternational Politics
160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including
the dynamics of the international system, theories of international
relations and a focus on recent problems.
363
Communist Foreign Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
461
Topics in lnternational Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
490
Seminar in lnternational Relations
Capstone semjnar for students mapring in International Relations;
analysis of some methods for studying internationalrelations; analysis of
mapr trends; senior thesis. Open to other studentsby consent of instructor. (kereq.: four courses in the International Relations sequence)
IV. Public Law
170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and
society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary
legal issues.
370
Constitutional Law
The legal-plitical-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of
powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170
or consent of instructor)
371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in Constitutional Law, especially Civil Rights. Content will
vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (preq.: 170 or consent of
-. -.--,
:- -.
375
Media Regulation, Law, and Ethics
A study of key issues and contemporaryconflicts in media ethics and
regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about content in the
media, access to the media and ownership of the media. Alternative
justifications and critiques of mass media systems will be examined.
(Prereq.: Lower Division political science course, speech/communications
course, SPC/POL 342, or permission of instructor)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section 11for description)
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasiig the values, goals
and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human
governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
381
Topics in DemocraticTheory
A study of democratic theory. The s u b j j matter will vary and be defined
by the subtitle of the course: American political thought, comparative
democratic theory, etc. (prereq.:one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
382
Marxist Theory: From Marx to Mao
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political,
social and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the
preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.:158or consent of
instructor)
484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics
including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for
political study; mapr research required. (F'rereq.:SOC 362 Statistical
Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the Department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship
Supervisor grants exception.)
295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (On demand)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
399
lnternshlp
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prerq.:
consent of instructor. P/Ngrading only unless Internship Supervisor
grants exception)
484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of &fferent approaches and theories in the study of politics
including an examinationof the requirements of science as a model for
political study; major research required. (Prereq.: SOC 362 Statistical
Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
490
Seminar in International Relations
(See W o n 111for description)
495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerningterms and
subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
498
lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independentlydesigned course a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p
sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional College resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499
IndependentStudy
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(prey.: consent of instructor)
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides
a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal
education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studyinghow people cope with their
environment and interact with each other.
The Department's courseshave three basic goals: (1)to introduce the
student to the m m n t information and methods in psychology as well as
earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability to
analyze, interpret and evaluate behavioral researchIand (3) to provide
practice in the application of these principles. The Department program
provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Cooperative
Education and Internships are designed to provide students with practical
pre-professional experience.On-thepb experience gives students the
opportunity to test career fields and develop professional contacts.
Psychologistsuse a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the
Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology,
human development, personality and computer applications.
The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving
approach, the acquisition of information about human development and
interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be beneficial
in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and
government, as well as in careers such as research, law and medicine.
Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire
practical, pre-professional experienceand develop professional contacts.
This program mutually benefits the students and the community.
I
I
Psychology Faculty Nancy Steblay (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud,
Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson
Major: 10 courses including 105,230,330,381,399, and 493. A minimum of five
courses must be from Augsburg. Students are also acpeded to select one course
from the Developmental/Personalitycourses and other electives to complete the
mapr. Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted
toward requirements for a mapr. It is recommended that Psychology majors take
additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their
particular interests in psychology; for example, areas such as business administration, biology or communication.AU psychology maprs must have an adviser in the
Psychology Department.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the mapr program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the Department
Chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: Five courses including 105, with a minimum of two courses at Augsburg.
Not more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
101
Self-Identity and Values
A study of self-identity and values as related to personal l i i . This course
uses a psychological perspective to explore the role of the individual in
the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, develop
ment and evolution of self-identity and values and the influence of sex
roles. (This course does not substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto
Upper Division psychology courses.)
102
The Individual in a Social World
An investigation of the behavior of the individual as it occurs in social
environments. Examples of human behavior which are best understood
through analysis of both individual and social factors will serve as the
course framework. The scientific method is emphasized as an aid in
understandingissues of influence in social systems, with major topics
including attitude formation and group processes. (This course does
substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto Upper Division psychology
courses.)
105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for
the purpose of understanding behavior. Application of psychological
concepts to everyday situations is emphasized.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and
site supervisor design a lezrning agreement which enables the student to
explore psychology as a possible major and consider its career options.
See PSY 399 for additional information. (Prereq.: 102or 105 and one other
psychology course)
230,330 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in such areas as human
learning, problem solving, social psychology and sensation-perception.
Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design
methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without
continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in Psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence;230 must precede 330; 330 should be
taken in the term immediately following 230. (Prereq.: 102or 105and
MPG III)
251
Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems.
Emphasis on the processing of environmentalinformation and how this
relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience.Topics include:
adaptationto novel environments, machine intelligence and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.:102or 105. On demand)
299
Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study
must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
325
Social Behavior
Social factors which influence individual and group behavior in naturalis-
tic and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child developmentand behavior. Consideration of
theoretical systems used for viewing developmental sequence and
continuity.Inquiry into practical implications and applicationsof data and
theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Considerationof data
and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult
periods of life. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data
and theory related to developmentduring the middle adult and older
adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.:
102or 105)
Brain 81Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for
behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and
wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental
disorders. (Prereq.: 102 or 105)Additional lab hours required. (On
demand)
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence
which the environment, both natural and human-made, has on behavior.
Major topics include: overcrowding and environmentalstress; territoriality; defensible space and crime; and specific environments such as rooms,
buildings and cities. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of
instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects.
(Prereq.: 102or 105)
PsychologicalAssessment
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence.
(Prereq.: 102or 105. On demand)
Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study including theory,
research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Behavior Disorders
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic
and psychological points of view. (F'rereq.: 102or 105)
Psychology of Gender
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of
sex difkrences and roles, the effed of society upon values and goals,
differentiallegal status of each sex and psychophysiologicaldata bearing
upon these differences. (Prereq.:102 or 105 or consent of instructor)
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizationalbehavior. A study of the
individual, groups, structure, change and developmentin organizations.
(Prereq.: 102 or 105)
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical developmentof psychological viewpoints and theoretical
positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses)
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and
site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the principles and
methods of psychology with the opportunities available at the placement.
Prior to the be$nning of registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office. (Prereq.:junior class standing and four psychology
courses)
Program Evaluation
The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to
programs for social improvement.Designing information systems for the
ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing
program effectiveness and efficiency.The political and organizational
context of program monitoring and evalukion. The role of evaluation
research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC
362;SOC 363.O n demand)
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process.
Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq.: three psychology courses and junior class standing)
Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated
extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be
published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 102 or 105 and consent of
instructor)
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by
psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: five psychology courses)
499
Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in
psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration
including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed
Study.
Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from
which to undertake its educational task The biblical faith and tradition of
the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much
greater than is sometimes recogruzed. They have affected and continue to
influence language, literature, history, values and political structures.
The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other
areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history and that of
the Christian church and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought.
While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the
Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes
more thanis represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the
earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different
from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to
introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Coursesin religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other
disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of the
Department that students will become better acquainted with the content
and character of the Christian faith, enabling them to reflect theologically on
their own religious commitment.
The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Studentswho wish
to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriatefor that purpose.
Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson),John Benson, Bradley Holt,
Lynne Lorenzen, Curtis Peter, William Russell, Eugene Skibbe
Major: Eight courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495, the seminar especially
for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major
must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the Department Chairperson. Only one Interim course may be applied to the major. One
Upper Division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Religion Major with a Concentrationin Youth and Family Minis*
This major requires nine courses including an Internship. In addition to the courses
required for a Religion mapr, namely REL 111,221,356,481 and 495, the following
are required: REL 342,343,415, and a supervised Internship in the Youth and
Family area. Consultation with one of the staff members in the Youth and Family
Institute is required in order that proper preparation in discipline areas outside the
Department of Religion may be achieved.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular
teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for
licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five
courses in reliion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim)
and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in
both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are intmsted in teaching in Christian day
schools, particularly those of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America,
although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; research project approved
by the Department and colloquium with the Department.
Minor: Five courses. Not more than one Interim course may be counted for the
minor.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit. All maprs are urged to
consult with the Department Chairperson.
111
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
199
Internship
Internship on Lower Division level.
221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation.The history of Israel and the emergence
of the church.
231
Religion in African-American History
(See INS Minority Studies.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study on Lower Division level.
342
Theology of Youth and Family Living
Contemporarytheories of youth and family living are examined within
the context of Christian teachings. Emphasis will be placed on individual
development at every age, how individuals relate in systems and how
Christian ideas intersect to enhance the functioningof families, particularly in relationshipto current crises in teenagers &d families. Theology of Marriage
The Christian tradition provides the opportunityfor wholeness by
promising forgiveness of unworthy aspects of oneself, access to God's
love, and greater acceptanceof one's spouse. In this course, parallel
concepts of psychological wholeness, in the Jungiantradition, and of
repentance and forgiveness in the Christian tradition are applied to
marital relationships.
Philosophy of Religion
(See Philosophy Department)
Denominationsand Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations
and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be
considered.
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam.
Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious
communities.
Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation and
modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to
interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its
inner life, its relation to the state and the development of its doctrine will
be major elements of the study.
Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to
Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire,
including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of
the creeds, Christianityin conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions,
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship. Also includes the
theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life
and thought of Augustine.
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of
the 16thCentury.Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and
other representative figures.
Religlon In America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the
rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominationsand the responses of
religion to the challengesof its environing culture.
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits)
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
(See Global Education, Program in Global Community)
American Indian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought
(See INS,American Indian Studies)
Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses,
have at least first semester junior standing and satisfy Department
guidelines.
The Gospels and Personality Theory
The ministry of Christ, as recorded in the Gospels, will be studied as a
context and foundation for the maximum utilization of personality theory
In effectively responding to contemporaryissues of teenagers such as food
disorders, suicide, addictions and perfectionism, among others.
Eastern Orthodoxy
This course will explore the history, theology, and liturgical life of the
Eastern Orthodox Christian Church. Theology and history will be
considered primarily from the perspective of those Christians who live in
Greece, Turkey, Bulgaria, Romania, Yugoslavia and Czechoslovakia, with
special attention to the Orthodox Church in the Soviet Union.
Church Music and Worship
(See Music Department.)
Feminism and Christianity
This course will consider the centralideas of Christianityand feminism
and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious
influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of
the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in
terms of language and metaphor.
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention
to the variety of interpretationsgiven the person of Jesus, includingthe
"quest for the historical Jesus."
Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church and some of the themes found in his
writings.
The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature.The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament
period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber
and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Sodety annually makes a grant to
Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in
the Religion Department.
Contemporary Theology
An introductionto some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the
continuing theological task of the Christian Church.
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociologicaldynamics. Emphasis on developing a c o m c t i v e perspective
for critical reflection upon moral action.
Psychology of Rellglon and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the
view of human nature. Special attention will be given
traditional -tian
to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them.
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor.
Independent Study
Limited to students who are Religion majors and satisfy Departmental
guidelines.
Scandinavian Ama Studies is an interdiscipharyprogram drawing on the
combined resourcesof the A C E and the ScandinavianCenter at Augsburg
College. An expansion of the curriculum is underway, with plans to introduce new COW
in Scandinavian design, political science,social work,
history and geography beginning in the 1992-'93 academic year.
Major: Eight Upper Division courses.
Minor: Four Upper Division courses.
Note: At least four of the Upper Division courses required for the mapr must come
from the list below. The remainder may be transferred to Augsburg and included
in the mapr on approval of the program adviser. Students graduating with a mapr
or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a
Scandinavianlanguage. See Norwegian course listings under the Foreign Language
Department.
Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Scandinavia (see Metro-Urban
Studies, SUST), and elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, history,
political science, urban studies, business administration, internationalrelations,
sociology or socialwork
Frankie Shackelford, Advisor
330
Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on
conditions and developments in the 20th Century.Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Ondemand)
351
The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Ledures provide a survey of the Scandinaviannovel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlof, PZr Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language
majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand)
352
The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bpmson, Strindberg,
Lagerkvist, Munk and other 20th Century dramatists. Lectures provide a
survey of Scandinaviandrama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavianlanguage desirable. Language maprs and
minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand)
364
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See Department of Religion.)
372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
3T7
Scandinavia in the World
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art.)
393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
394
Urbanizationand Development in Scandinavia
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
499
Independent Study
In consultationwith a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for
study.
A student may not list a double major in Social Science ahd in one of the
component disciplinesunless the distribution selected in the Social Science
major is significantly different from the other major.
Khin Khin Jensen, Coordinator
Non-WesternMajor: 14 courses: HIS 104; one social science methodology course
(ECO 279, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12 courses in at least four disciplines from
the following: ECO 112,258; HIS 103,322,323,324,440,474; POL 351,363,382,461;
PHI 355; REL 356; SOC 336; seminars, Independent Study or Interim courses on
relevant topics in history and/or political science The student planning to fuJfiU
this social science major should consult the Chairperson of the Department of
History in choosing a major adviser.
Studentspreparing to teach social studieson the high &ool lwel must
complete, in addition to the professional requirementsto be met within the
Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences.
1
JerryGerasimo, Coordinator
Social StudiesTeaching Licensure:Seven courses (ECO 112 or 113, geography,
HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336) plus a major in one of five fields economics, history, political science,psychology or sociology. Geology and
anthropology are also acceptablefields, although they are not offered as majors on
the Augsburg campus.
Students consideringa career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
SOCIALWORKDEPARTMEW
(SWK)
The SocialWork mapr prepares graduates for entry-level professional
practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the
Council on Social Work Education and leads to a Bachelor of Science degree.
The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates
to work with individuals, families, groups, communities and to develop and
analyze social policy. Several courses within the program utilize a student
empowerment model for teaching and learning.
Augsburg's social work mapr also provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a variety of fields.Augsburg also offers a full-time Master of
Social Work d e p e on a weekend schedule.
The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with
education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts with its
emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity,
openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for
socialwork education. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician is a
person who knows everytlung there is to know about his/her p b except its
ultimate purpose and social consequence." Effective .socialworkers should
not be technicians. Augsburg social work graduates are entry level professionals.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of the SocialWork Department. Unique learning opportunities for field
work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan
setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts,
outstanding human services, and a highly-educated populace. Social work
opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance of
its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides
both a plethora of field placements for social work students and external
experts for the classroom The ethnic and economic diversity present in this
metropolitan area provides opportunities for socialwork students to learn
to understand, appreciate, respect and work with people different from
themselves and to be enriched by this opportunity to interact with diverse
clients and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as
to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a
wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop the
LINK program on campus, mobilizing studentsto assist a social service
agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local
neighborhood center.
The Social Welfare minor and electives in the Department allow students to
support another major while gaining knowledge about human needs and
growth, human services and the methods of effective citizenship. Students
taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about
public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that sees the central
importance of diversity to the social fabric of this country. But beyond
knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents and skills to
address the needs of society in the interest of the public good.
Social Work Faculty:Mary Lou Williams (Chairpenon), Maria Brown, Francine
Chakolis, Edwina Hertzberg, Rosemary Link, Vincent Peters, Edward Skarnolis
Major: 11core program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,466,467,469, and
SOC 365; and eight supportingprogram courses: 257,260; BIO 101; PSY 105; SOC
121,231,265,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A
minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a 2.0
average is required in the supporting program.
Concentration: Concentration in aging, chemical dependency, crime and corrections, social ministries, and youth are possible. Concentration consists of courses
descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work
placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in
religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is
noted on the transcript.
Candidacy: Social Work maprs must apply for candidacy status before the
beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written selfstatement, reference letters, and the completion of all core and
supportingprogram courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacyreview.
SocialWelfare Minor: Six courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361,
463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and one of 465, POL 121,158,325.
School SocialWork Certification:State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of EDS 388 plus a senior year field placement in a school setting.
1
Elective Courses Open to All Students:
230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and develop
ment in the global context. It also identifes the focus of Social Work in
addition to the many other disciplines which are vital to fosteringpeace,
development and enhancement of a better quality of life for all human
kind.
The dynamics of peace and dwelopment are speafically drawn from the
Social Work point of view with an overview of the socio-political, cultural,
geographical, economic, religious and scientific facets of peace and how
peace (or absence of peace) affects development and change. This is
presented in the form of dialogue on current and future issues such as
people-centered development, socialjustice, resource allocation, environmental depletion, and the women's movement in relation to peace
concerns. This course also explores the non-violent alternativesto the
current global arms build-up which is a contributing force in world-wide
problems such as hunger, poverty, environmentalproblems, and the
oppression of powerless and disenfranchised segments of society and/or
racially segregated communities.
257
Exploring Human Services
Experiential learning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours (in a services
agency or institution which students select.) The placement must be
approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context
of this volunteer experience students have opportunityto interact with
human service professionals, clients and communities of diverse culture/
ethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socioeconomicstatus, lifestyles,
developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to
help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or
future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is dwoted to discussions which assist
students in integrating agency experiencesand readings which explore
the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the
nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also
examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political
structure impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value
system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms".
260
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human
growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of
individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized
is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth,
the impact of "sustaining environment" and other special stresses relevant
to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent
ethnic and/or Westyle diversity is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstandingthrough use of their own experiences.
299
Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of
interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
340
Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course includes the study of the impact of socialpolicy on the older
population, the older population's impact on social policy, services
planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work
with this population. Class conducted in senior citizen residence. (Prereq.:
sophomore standing or consent of instructor)
361
Soclal Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major
assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the
charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.:
junior standing or consent of instructor.)
399
Internship*
Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplementsthe
required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
463
Community Development and Organization
Locality development and socialchange through community organization, social planning and social action. Emphasis on: 1)s w e y of historical
fonns of community organization and social change, 2) understanding the
theories, basic issues, and strategies relevant to socialprotest and change,
3) examination of the role of staff and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual
practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques
of organizing. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be
viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official.
Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical
experience. (Prereq.: 361,463 and senior standing or consent of instructor)
468
Speclal Topics (1 R to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim.)
498
Independent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independentlydesigned course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p
sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
-
499
Independent Study
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, o b ' j v e s
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.:257 and consent of instructor)
*Canbe takenin coordination with Cooperatize Education, which may provide payment for
work in fieldsites.
Courses Reserved for Social Work Majors Only
363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles
and techniques of social work interventivemethods and practical
experience necessary for social work pradice with individuals and small
groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; dwelopment
of the student's repertoire of relationshipbuilding skills. L,ecture
discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week (Prereq.: 361,
junior standing)
364
Field Work I*
Beginning supervised professional experiencein a social work agency
which focuses on interviewing experience and relationshipbuilding. Ten
hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per
week. (Prereq.: 361, junior standing, concurrent with 363)
461
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptationsof
the problemsolving model to diverse populations through lecture,
classroom exerciseand regular class work Enlargement of social group
work skills, emphasis on developmentof generalist practice skills and
eclectic approacheswith a focus on diversity of professionals and client
populations. (Preq.: 2.0 GPA in 363 and in 364, candidacy status.
Concurrent with 462)
462
Field Work II*
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in
a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/
discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with
461)
466
Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)'
Continuation of 462 (1/2 course option during Interim. Prereq.: candidacy
status, 2.0 GPA in 461,462,463)
467
The Soclal Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional p b attainment,
affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and
practices, organizationaltheory and resource development will be studied
in the course.The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 461,463)
469
Field Work IV'
Continuation of 466. ( P r q . : candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 466, concurrent
with 467)
*Can be faken in coordinationwith CoopcratizeEducation, which may pr&
work in field sites.
payment for
Sociologyis a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively
young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme
which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum,
namely the theme that humans a w "social animals." Sociologyemphasizes
the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes to
exhibit r e g u l m patterns over time. These pattern together form a
society or a social structure.
Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociologyalso seeks
to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that exist in a
society.
The SociologyDepartment at Augsburg is designed to help students think
sociologically in terms of obtaining an understandingof society and developing skills in analyzing social institutions and patterns.
Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such as internships, independent study, Interim
courses and field studies. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's
urban setting as a laboratory for learning. A major in sociology can p-are
one for a variety of Careers or for advanced professional studies. Cooperative Education and Internships enable majors to apply the theories and
research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg
alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the
personnel departmentsof both government and private corporations, in
industrial relations work and in program evaluation Others have used their
majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry,
social work and urban planning.
The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a
liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding
and appreciating the often taken-for-granted aspects of our world.
SociologyFaculty:Diane Pike (Chairperson), Vern Bloom, JerryGerasimo, Gordon
Nelson, Garry Hesser
Major: 10 courses including 121,349,362, 363,375,485. Highly recommended: an
internship, cooperativeeducation, independent study or Upper Division Interim
course in sociology.This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will
take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the Department.
Consult the Department Chairperson concerning areas of concentration
Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0
overall. Application for honors in sociologycandidacy shall consist of submission
of thesis proposal to the Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year.
Candidacy is contingent upon Departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of
the junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to
complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology willbe granted to a candidate who
successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and maintains the
GPA through graduation.
Minor: Five courses including 121and two Upper Division courses (i.e., 300 and
above).
121
Introduction to Human Society
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic
discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles,
groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. Sociology is an
essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place in it.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
211
Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modem world viewed from
the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutionsand
processes.
220
Sociology of Law
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society and the effect
of society on it. From a sociologicalperspective, we will explore crosscultural notions of law, deterrence, the criminal justice system, the legal
profession and corporate crime. The basic course format will be lecture
and discussion based on the reading assignments. Evaluation is based on
participation and two examinations. Students desiring Upper Division
credit will be asked to write a paper on an assigned topic in addition to
the exam.
231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
An examination of the famiiyas a social institution. The structures and
processes within families are studied within their institutional and
culturalcontexts.
265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
The dimensions of =cia1 and minority group relations. Mapr attention is
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding.P / N
grading only)
273
Crime and Corrections
This course includes an examination of corrections programs (prison,
probation, treatment center, etc.) within the context of the American
society and justice system. Attention is also given to theoretical formulations as to possible causes of criminal behavior and attempts at prevention
and control. Field visit arranged to correctional facilities.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. Prereq.: 121and consent
of instructor. )
300,301,302,303,304
Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests
which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
336
Introductionto Cultural Anthropology
The concept of cultureexamined in anthropology and in the way we see
and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the
ideas of "primitive," " c i v i l i i and "progress." The course will examine
the person's relation to cultureand conduct an analysis of selected aspects
of Western culture.(Prereq.: 121)
349
Complex Organizations
Organizationsaffect almost everythingin contemporarylife. This course
examines organizations as corporate actors, looking at the topics of
culture,technology, structure and corporate deviance. (Prereq.: 121or
permission of instructor)
360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society.
(Prereq.: 121recommended)
362
Statistical Analysis
The fundamentals of descriptiveand inferential statistics for the social
sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors,
but recommended for others needing a statistical background for social
science quantitative analysis. (Prereq.: Group 111Math Placement Test. For
maprs, to be taken preceding 363.)
363
Research Methods
An introduction to the skills involved in research design and data
analysis. The practice of social research is learned through class activities
and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken
immediately after 362.(Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor)
365
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer o v e ~ e w
of
methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Designed
for social work maprs. Not to be taken by sociology maprs. (Prereq.:
Level 111 Math Placement Test)
375
Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual
behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identitf' and
what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human
behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday l i f e a look at the
trivial, the o r d i i and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an
important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of
dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121,junior or senior
students only)
381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confrontingthe
present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on altemative theories and approachesto shaping the future metropolis. Current
developmentsin the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted
to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources
include extensive readings, simulations, films,outside speakers and field
trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site s u p e ~ s odesign
r
a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminaris expested. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
485
Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions withii sociology,
tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th Centuries.
(Prereq.: two courses in sociology including 121or consent of instructor)
498
lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultationwith and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: 121or 211 and consent of instructor)
499
lndependentStudy
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and consent of instructor)
-
Soviet and East European Studies is an ACTC pint major which seeks to
give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet
history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciphary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is quired.
This major is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in
government, teaching internationalbusiness or law, espeaally when
combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics,
history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation
for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or
international relations.
Magda Palmy-Zapp, Campus Coordinator
Major: 11courses: four courses (two years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); two courses in Russian history; one course in Marxist theory; one
course in Russian literature; one course in Soviet politics; two other courses from
approved electives.
Minor: Six courses: two courses (one year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); one course in Russian history; one course in Soviet politics; one
coursein Marxist theory; one other course from the approved list of electives.
East European ConcentrationMinor: Consult the Coodinatorform& information.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality of our communication. A communication major at Augs
burg is designed to enhance understandingof communication in a variety
of contexts and to improve communicationskills.
Since communication careers demand a broad educational background, the
Department strongly encourages a second major or two minors in fields
such as business, economics, Enghsh, history, international relations,
political science, psychology, religion, social work or sociology.
The Augsburg communicationmajor focuses on competencyin both speech
and writing, as well as effective use of media. Since the study and practice of
communication is grounded in both the humanities and the social sciences,
majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as aesthetics, ethics,
philosophy, logic, literature, statisticsand search methods in their p r e
grams. All communicationmajors must complete a core p u p of eight
required courses and participate in Augsburg's Interscholastic Forensics
Program. In addition to these requirements, majors must complete a
program of five electivesfrom one of three concentrations: general cornmunication studies, business communicationor mass communication.
Majors in all three concentrations are strongly encouraged to include an
intemship (SPC 399) as one of their electives. Prospective majors should
meet with a Departmental Adviser as early as possible to design an a p
proved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: David Lapakko (Chairperson),
Deborah Bart,Julie Bolton, Michael Burden, James Hayes, Anne Holmquest,
Martha Johnson
Honors Major:The Honors Mapr is designed to encourage overall excellence as well
as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student.
Honors ma@ must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the mapr and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors
quality (SPC 499). Honors andidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser
prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project.
Communication Majo~:13courses overall -eight required core courses and five
courses within one of three concentrations.
Required of all Communication majors: 111,342,351,352,354,355, and any two of
the following: ENG 223, ENG 225, ENG 226, ENG 227. Also required: participation
in at least two interscholastic forensicstournaments.
F
General Communication Studies Major: Five additional electives from the
following: 329,343,345, 347,350,360,399, 495; LIN 311; PSY 325, PSY371; SOC 362,
SOC 375.
Communication Major with Business Concentration: Five additional electives
from the following 132, 225 329,330,345,399, 495; BUS 340, BUS 355, BUS 357;
PSY325, B Y 371, F'SY 373; SOC 349, SOC 375.
Communication Major with Mass Communication Concentration: Five additional electives from the following: 132,225,232,325,330,343,347,350,360,375,
399,495; ENG 241, ENG 327.
For all three concentrations:Students may petition the Department to include as
part of their mapr concentration other Augsburg courses not listed above. Such
requests must be submitted in writing to the Departmental Adviser for prior
approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the Registrar and adviser or
Department chair.
Communication Minor: Six courses, including 111,342,351 or 352,354,345 or 355,
and ENG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227. Prospective minors must obtain prior approval
from a Communication faculty adviser.
Speech Major f or Teaching Licensure:10 courses, including 111,241 or 343,350,
351,352,354,360; participation in at least five interscholasticforensics t o m e n t s
in at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation);and a minor in
English. Recommended: 366, courses in theatre, participation in drama.
Speech Minor for Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the following: 241 or 343,
350,351,352,354,360, and participation in at least five interscholastic forensics
tournamentsin at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation).
111
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effeaive speaking and critical listening. Students
have the opportunityto give several speeches and receive feedback about
their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on
such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and
organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style
and language, and critical thinking and listening.
132
Photography
(See Department of Art.)
199
Internship
Consult mapr adviser for details.
225,330 Communication Design I, II
(See Department of Art.)
227
Journalism
(See Department of English.)
lntroductlonto Cinema Art
(See Department of English.)
Dlrected Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Advanced Journallsm
(See Department of English.)
Intercultural Communication
This course exploresboth the problems and the potential of communication
between persons of different cultural groups. Students examine Western
and non-Westem cultural rulesIvaluesI assumptionsand stereotypes and
how they affect the transmission of verbal and non-verbal messages. The
course stressesboth a general theoretical understanding of the d d c s of
cross-culturalinteraction as well as spedficknowledge
- of how these
principles relate to particular c u l d groups.
Mass Communications in Society
(See Department of Political Science.)
Junior and senior students only.
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept
development, scriptwriting, directing and
for video. s t u d i t s
will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of
equipment.
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational
settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships,
formal and informal communication networks, management styles,
power and authorityImotivation of employees, organizational culture,
performance appraisal, effective use of meetings and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication
skills of both managers and subordinates. Studentsboth investigate the
literature on orp&tional communication and attempt to aPPiy it to
their own experiences in organizations.
Broadcast Production II
This course is an advanced television production course in which students
apply knowledge and experience gained in Broadcast Production I. This
course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Studentswork in production teams to create and
produce a one-hour magazine format news program. (Prereq.:Broadcast
Production I)
Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating,
articulating,listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism.
Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers,
voice tapes and individual coaching.
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public
speaking, discussion and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill
in analyzing argumentativeclaims, being able to distinguish between
strong and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and
fallacies in reasoning and learning to apply principles of argumentation to
contemporarypublic issues. Students have the opportunityto enhance
their skills in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and aitique
arguments they encounter in their daily lives.
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior.
The course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to
persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and
psychological appeals; empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion
is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the
nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media
on persuasion, and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students analyze
persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in
speech and promotional projects.
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communicationbarriers. This course combines theory and
practice to help the student understand and manage communication
problems more effectively.
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors
related to decision making, styles of leadership and conflict management.
This course combines lecture with practical experienceto help the student
become a more effective and productive member of a task-oriented small
BOUPOrganlzational Psychology
(See Department of Psychology.)
Media Regulation, Law and Ethics
(See Department of Political Science.)
Internship
(Consult mapr adviser for details.)
Communication Topics
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of
primary sources and methodology of research.
499
Independent Study in Communicatlon
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Theatre is not primarily an extracurricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory for learning that uses all of theliberal arts, theatre
is the essence of a liberal arts education. By reliving how other people
throughout history were thinkingfeeling and strugghg, students have a
greater understandingof their own humanity. Theatre enables students to
experience the beauty, mystery and ambiguity of life.
Minneapolis-St. Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one
of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students
expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by
working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities.
Our theatre faculty have professional experience which enables them to
provide students with realistic guidance and contacts.
The Augsburg program encourages students to participate in all aspects
of theatre production while providing each student the opportunity of
emphasizing one specific area, such as acting, directing or design.
Graduates enter many fields, such as professional theatre, television,
film, advertising, law, journalism, business and religion.
Theatre Arts Major: 11courses (222,228,229,232,361,362,366, &d four of the
following: 116,226,295,325,393,50,, 60,, 367,428,429,432, 495); one Internship,
one theatre Interim course, and 10 production units in three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work (four required), playwriting,
direction, design and theatre management.
Because of the many professional and semi-professional theatres located in the
Twin Cities, internships are a significant part of the educational experience. Theatre
majors have the opportunity to work in the areas of design, technical, acting
management, directing and dramaturgy.
This mapr should be supported by coursesin dramatic literature including
Shakespeareand Modern Drama or ScandinavianDrama. Strongly recommended:
courses in movement, dance, art and media art (cinema, radio, television, video).
Maprs must participate in dramatic productions everyyear. Students must maintain
an overall 2 0 GPA to have mapr participation in productions. Freshmen planning to
mapr in theatre arts courses should begin with courses 116,222,232 and 228.
Honors Major: Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding
achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors
must maintain a 35 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall and, as part of their
mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC
499). Honors candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to
their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project.
Theatre Arts Minor: Five courses, including 222,228 or 229,232,361 or 362,366,
and five production units in the following areas: acting (one required), technical
crew work (two required), playwriting, direction, design and theatre management.
Theatre History and Criticism Minor: Five courses: 222,325,361,362 and 366.
Theatre Arts Major for Teaching Licensure:10 courses: 116,222,228,232,241 or
343,350,360,361,362,366, plus 111, a minor in Engliih, and 10 production units in
three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work
(fourrequired), playwriting, direstion, design and theatre management.
Theatre Arts Minor for Teaching Licensure: Five courses: 222,228 or 229,232 or
116,361 or 362,366, plus 111, and four production units in the following areas:
acting (one required), technical crew work (one required), playwriting, direction,
design and theatre management.
Speech-TheatreArts Major for Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,222,228 or
229,232 or 116,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361 or 362,366, a minor in English
and partiapation in two activities (forensics, theatre, media).
116
Creative Drama
A study of various forms of dramatic movement, pantomime and play
through activity, reading, observation and discussion. Emphasis on
improvisationaltechniques and active participation. Development of
dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual and audible sources. Some
fundamentals of acting are introduced.
199
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists;
dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques
of the play production process.
228
lntroduction to Stagecraft
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, aafts,
magic and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and
theatre tours. Open to all students. (Lab required, lab fee.)
229
Stage and Llghting Design
An introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student
will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. The
class will also taketheatre tours, have visiting designers and have
practical involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab
required, some materials needed.)
232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and
emotional preparation and exploration of the aeative approach to scene
and character study in American drama.
Introduction to Asian and Asian-American Theatre
This course is a survey of the rich theatrical performance styles, aesthetic
theories, and plays of traditional Asian cultures. A s w e y of 20th Century
Asian America performers, productions, theatre companies, and plays
will also be explored. The course will include lecture, films, videos and
demonstrationsby visiting performers. Students will read and analyze
selected Asian and Asian American plays and will be required to attend
and review one live production.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit.
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film.
Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script
analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to
finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111and one literature course. ENG 226
also recommended.)
Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poehy and drama. Study,
discuss, practice and perform readings in prose, poehy and drama before
small and large groups.
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
classical Greek through the Medieval period. The theatres of Asia are also
introduced. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre
productions are required.
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays
and attendance at local theatre productions are required.
Stage Direction I
Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production
organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking and
characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or
excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.:a 200 or 300 level theatre course)
Stage Direction II
Indepth analysis and practical experiencein direding different play
forms and styles: serious, comic, period, experimental, musical. Direction
of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play).
(Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor)
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428
Advanced Technical Methods
Advanced construction and problem-solvingtechniques in technical areas
of scenery, props, lighting, sound, costumes and make-up. (Prereq.:228 or
consent of instructor. Lab fee)
429
Advanced Deslgn
Advanced projects in set and lighting design. Introduction to costume
design. (Prenq.: 229 or consent of instructor)
432
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character
analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics, including Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, Restoration
comedy, realism and non-realism, epic and the absurd culminating in
preparation and presentation of a professional audition.
495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
499
Independent Study In Theatre
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
Augsburg College offers a minor in Women's Studies. (See listing under
Interdkciphary Studies (INS).
COLLEGE
BOARDOF REGENTS
Chak
Wee Chair
Raymond A. Grinde
Trnasurer
David L.Swanson
RodneyP.3urwd
betaw
Barbara C Gage
Theyeminpmenthesesaffereachnmneis
the expi~ationdate of current term.
Nancy H. Bottemiller
(1992) Homemaker, Wadena, Minn.
Rodney P. Burwell
(1994)
Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
The Rev. stephen J. Comils, (19%) Senior Pastor, Central Lutheran Church,
Ph.D.
Minneapolis, Minn.
H. David Dalquist III
(19%) President, Northland Aluminum Products,
Inc., st. Louis Park, Minn.
Darrell J. Egertson
Julian P. Foss
(1994) Chief Financial Officer, Dart Transit Co.,
St. Paul, Minn.
(19%) Retired Businessman, Mesa, Ariz.
Barbara C. Gage
(1992) Homemaker, Long Lake, Minn.
Raymond A. Grinde
Carolyn T. Groves
(19%) Retired Businessman, Roseville, Minn.
(19%) Admhktrator, S. J. Groves and Sons
Company, Minneapolis, Minn.
Norman R. Hagfors
(1995) President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis,Minn.
Elling B. Halvorson
(19%) President, PapiUon Airways, Inc.,
Kirkland, Wash
Men A. Housh
(1995) President, Cargill Marine and Terminal,
Edina, Minn.
George 0.
Johnson, Ph.D. (19%) Associate Professor and Division Head,
Health ServicesAdministration,
University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, Minn.
'ZheHonLaJwe'lhamas
(1995) Judge, Hennepin County
Government Center, Minneapolii, Minn.
L;lngt=J.D.
Gary H. Lohn
(1994) Control Data Business Advisors,
Bloomington, Minn.
The Hon. Kenneth G. Nelson (19%) State Representative, Miiesota
House of Representatives, 9.
Paul, Minn.
The Rev. Maymid L. Nelson (1996) Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran
Church, Minneapolis, Minn.
I b d y n J. Nordaune, J.D.
Donald G. Oren
Harvey M. Peterson
Curtis A. Sampson
Richard L. Shepley
Ronald K. Speed
Gladys I. Strommen
Leland N. Sundet
David L. Swanson
Michael W. Thompson
Pamela L. Tibbetts
William A. Urseth
flo wiger, Ph.D.
May Ka-Yee Yue
DMSION
(1994) Partner, Nordaune & Friesen,
St. Louis Park, Minn.
President, Dart Transit Company,
St. Paul, Minn.
President, Catco Company, St. Paul, Minn.
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Communications Systems, Hector, Minn.
Partner, Marshall F m c i a l Group,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Vice President, Public Afhirs,
Honeywell, Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Homemaker, St. Paul, Minn.
Chaiian and Chief Executive Officer,
Sundet Companies, Bloomington, Minn.
Retired Businessman, Minneapolis, Minn.
Realtor, Edina Realty, Inc., Edina, Minn.
Vice President, Strategic Planningand
Development
Fairview, Minneapolis, Minn.
President and Chief Executive Officer,
US. Directives, U.S. Restaurant
Minneapolis, Minn.
Associate Professor, St. Cloud State
University, 9.
Cloud, Minn.
President, Financial Services Associates, Inc.,
Edina, Minn.
m~ED~CUION
THEEVANGELICAL
LUTHERAN
CHURCH INArvmua (ELCA)
Board
Chair: The Rev. Dennis H. Dickman
Secretary:Solveig Gregory
Vice-Chair Mary Ellen H. Schmider
Executive Staff
Executive Director: The Rev. W. Robert Sorensen
Assistant Director for Finance: Beata H. Sorenson
Director for Colleges and Universities:James M. Unglaube
Assistant Director for Colleges and Universities: Naomi E. Linnell
I
I
I
I
I
Area Code: 612
President ..............................................................................................................330-1212
Academic Affairs ..................................................................................................330-1024
Admissions ...........................................................................................................330-1001
Toll free number ........................................................................................143M-788-5678
Alumni Programs .................................................................................................=I179
Business Office (Feesand Accounts) .................................................................. 330-1029
Campus Ministry (CollegePastor) ..................................................................... 330-1732
330-1162
Career M c e s .................................................................................................
College Center Manager/Coordinator, SpecialEvents ...................................330-1121
College Relations (News and Publications) ...................................................... 330-1180
330-1171
Development (Fmancial Gifts to the College) ............,......-.............................
..................... 330-1120
Facilities Office ......................................................................
Fiicial Aid (Scholarships)...............................................................................330-1046
General Information (Other office numbers;
business hours only) ....-..............................................+.....*............................... 330-1000
Evenings ..............................................................................................................330-1234
330-1786
Graduate Program ..............................................gramgram.gram............gram......gram....g
Ice Arena Manager ...............................................................................................330-1251
Interim Office ........................................................................................................330-1025
Library ...................................................................................................................330-1017
Parent Programs ....................-...........................................+................................
330-1179
Personnel Office .............................................................................................
330-1058
Registrar ................................................................................................................330-1036
Student Activities Office ......................................................................................330-1111
Student Affairs .....................................................................................................330-1160
Student Government Office ...............................................................................-330-1110
Student Life (Housing) ........................................................................................=I109
Summer School Office ......................................................................................... 330-1786
Weekend College .................................................................................................330-1782
...-....
The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for disaimination inquiries or grievances:
Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race. creed. national or ethnic
origin)-Contact the Office of Finance and Management (612/330-1026)
Vern M.Bloom. Assistant Professor. Sociology- Memorial Hall (612/330-1133).
504 Coordinator (mattersbased on physical or mental handicap)
William R.Rosser. Vice President for Student Affairs Memorial Hall (612/3S
1168). Title D( Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status)
Sandra Jacobson. Director of Personnel- Ground Floor. Memorial Hall (612/3301023). Employment
All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual at Augsburg
College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. MN 55454.Formal grievance
procedures are described in the Student Guide.Copies are available from the
Personnel Office.
Office of the President
President ........................................................................................... Charles S. Andason
Executive Secretary to the President ............................................... Carolyn S. Canfield
College Pastor ............................................................................................ David T. Wold
Director, Church Relations ............................................................................Curtis Peter
Director, Admissions .................................................................................1
A. Stack
Cook
Assistant to the President for Diversity .........................................................n
Assistant to the President for CommunityRelations .................................. Rita Kaplan
Academic Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College .................................................................Ryan A. LaHurd
Executive Secretary to the Academic Dean ........................................... i s M. Nielsen
Associate Dean for Academic Affairs ................................................. David Gabrielson
Associate Academic Dean for Graduate
Vander Schaaf
and Special Programs ..................-........................................ a
Assistant to the Academic Dean for Advising ..............................Anita Johnson Gwin
Director, Weekend College .............................................................. J. Thoni
OperationsManager, Weekend College...............................................Nancy Shmickle
Graduate Program Coordinator ..............................................................Laura Erickson
Acting Registrar ............................................................................................. Jay Phinney
InstitutionalResearch Analyst .............................................................. R o W.Clyde
Director of Library ......................................................................................... e
Cline
P. Hackney
D i o r , Audio-visual Center .............................................................B
Interim Director ....................................................................................David Gabrielson
Director, Faculty Development ................................................................. M e McNeff
Director, CooperativeEducation .......................................................... Garry W. Hesser
Enrollment Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................Deirdre Middleton
Admissions Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................... JeanetteWittmer
Student Affairs
Vice President of Student Affairs and
Dean of Students ............................................................................... a
m R. Rosser
Executive !3ea&q .................................................................................. Casey McGuire
Assodate Dean of Students ...................................................... Linda SchremppAlberg
Director, Counseling ............................................................................ N a n Guilbeault
Warren
Director, Academic Enrichment ........................................................d
Coordinator, C.L.A.S.S. ..................................................................................... Jo Weir
Director, Career Services ..............................................................................T Wagner
Director, Residence Life .............................................................................char lie^ strey
Housing Coordinator, Tower ...............................................................Michael Peterson
Housing Coordinator, Area .............................................................................. Pat Sorac
Coordinator, International Programs ....................................................... Kathleen Lutfi
Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace
I
Housing Coordinator, Area ..............................................................................Pat Sorcic
Coordinator, InternationalPrograms .......................................................Kathleen Lutfi
Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace
Director, Black Student Affairs ..................................................................M . Anita Gay
Coordinator, Student Activities ..................................................................e l l Krebs
Development and College Relations
Vice President for Development..............................................................Gregory Ritter
Executive !3cretaryto the Vice President ..................................................Betty Arnold
Director, Development ..............................................................................Gordon Olson
o m s I. Benson
Director, Planned Giving .....................................................................
C. Carlson
Senior Development Officer ..................................................................Jy
Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations ..........................................Carol Forbes
Pam Meyer
Assistant Director, Alumni/Parent Relations ..........................................
Acting Director, Alumni Parent Relations/
Director, Annual Fund ......................................................................Donna McLean
Associate Director of the Augsburg Fund ........................................N o Okerstrom
-or,
College Relations .........................................................................P e Davies
Director, Publications ..............................................................M q r Westman Safgren
Publications Specialist ......................................................................
Holland-TUE
Finance and Management
Vice President for F i n c e and Management .......................................Michael Ranum
Executive Secretary to the Vice President ....................................................Pat Ostreim
Director of Student Enancial Swices ........................................H e r d A. Johnson
Assistant Director of Student Financial Services ........................................i s Larson
Financial Aid Counselor .....................................................................................................
Director, Personnel .................................................................................a
Jacobson
Dick Adamson
Controller ...................................................................................................
Director, Administrative Computer Center ........................................w e Terrien
Manager, College Center ...................................................................
M
A. Nelson
r
e E. Christopherson
Manager, Central Services ....................................................
Director, Purchasing/Bookstore .............................................................Robert P. Gores
Director, Marriott Corp. Food Services .......................................................T Wagner
Director, Plant Services ..........................................................................Weninger
Supervisor, Maintenance .........................................................................Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena ....................................................................................James J- Carey
Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D.,
Luther Theological !hninary;L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Margaret J. Anderson, Lib&,
B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and
Theater, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Val& Baltha, Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages.
Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia.
Carl Chrislock, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
L Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English.
Ailene Cole, Professor Emerita of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
K.Bemer Dahlen, Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota.
Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A.
Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics.
Orlue Gisselquist, Professor Emeritus of History, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Theodore J.Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig, Professor Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0.Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James D. Johnson,Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson, Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Laurette E. Pelton, Professor Emerita, Education.
LaVonne J.Peterson, Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education.
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marianne D. Sander, Dean of Students
Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College;
D. Mus., Lakeland College.
Marjorie H. Sibley, Professor Emerita, Library
Dr. Paul G. Sonnack, Professor Emeritus, Religion
Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JohnThut, Professor Emeritus, Music
Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Fall 1991
Labor Day recess .......................................................................................
Upperclass validation, Freshmen registration
M, Sep 2
Classes begin .............................................................................................. w1Sep4
Last day to register,
add a class,
drop a class without notation on record,
move Upper/Lower Division course
to Upper Division or Lower Division ...................................................T , Sep 10
Last day to designate grading option ................................................................ F Oct 25
Mid-term break ....................................................................................................F, Od 25
Interim registration ......................................................................... M, Od 28 - F, Nov 1
Spring term pre-registration ........................................................... M, Nov 18- F, Dec 6
Last day to withdraw from a class .............................................................. F Nov 15
Thanksgiving recess begins ............................................................................ Th,Nov 28
Classes resume ..................................................................................................... M, Dec 2
Classes end ........................................................................................................... F, Dec 13
F i i examinationsbegin .................................................................................. M, Dec 16
F i i examinations end ....................................................................................Dec 19
F d grades due and Incompletes due
from spring and summer '91 ................................................................. W, Dec 27
Interim 1992
Classes begin ........................................... ............................................
M. Jan 6
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record
or move Upper/Lower Division course
to Upper Division .......................................................................................T. J 7
Last day to designategrading option .................................................................F Jan 17
Last day to withdraw from a class ......................................................................F Jan 17
Classes end ............................................................................................................9Jan 29
Interim grades due ................................................................................................F Feb 7
Spring 1992
Validation of registration. Classes begin ...........................................................MI Feb 3
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
move Upper/Lower Division course to
Upper Division or Lower Division ............................................................F Feb 7
Mid-term break begins .....................................................................................M Mar 23
Classes resume .................................................................................................M Mar 30
Last day to designate grading option .................................................................F Apr 3
Last day to withdraw from a class .................................................................. F. Apr 17
Easter break begins ............................................................................................. F Apr 17
Classes resume ................................................................................................... MI Apr 20
Early registration for fall ..................................................................M Apr 27- F. May 8
Classes end .......................................................................................................... F. May 15
Fiiexaminations begin .....................................................................
...M ,May 18
Fiiexaminations end ................................................................................... May 21
Badureate and Commencement ............................................................... Su,May 24
F i i grades due and Incompletes due
from fall '91 and Interim '92 .................................................................. F May 29
Summer School 1992
Term I ............................................................................................ T May 28 .F. June21
Term I1 .............................................................................................. M. June24 .F. Aug 2
Correct as of February 8,1991.
Beginning yem of seruice on f m l t y is indicated with pmenthesis.
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of
Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary;Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary,New York.
Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Pacific Lutheran
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ruth L. Aaskov (1%0). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Gerald E. Allan (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Earl R Alton (1960). Professor and Department Ch-on
of Chemistry. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Patricia K. Amo (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Lyla M. Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology, B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1%9). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics, Computer Science
and Education. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Assistant Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990).Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M. Northwestern University.
Andrew L Aoki (1988). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Visiting Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Mary Claire Baldus (1991). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., College of St.
Benedkt; M.S.W., Saint Louis University.
Deborah Bart (1980). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communicationand Theatre.
B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Shelley S. Baxter (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A. The Evergreen State
College; M.A., University of Notre Dame.
Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David L Beaulieu (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
JohnE. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Vem M. Bloom (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Joseph C Bodziock (1986). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. Joseph's College;
M.A., University of New Hampshire, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Illinois.
Nancy C Bologna (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., Regis College;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Washington State University.
JulieH. Bolton (1975). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Health and Physical Education. B.A., MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JamesA. Brothen (1988). Visiting Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American
University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies.
B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Michael R Burden (1990). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre (Designer and Technical Dirxtor). B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A,
University of Minnesota.
Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University.
Thomas L. Busico (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University.
Louis H. Cairoli (1990). Instructor in Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S.,
M.S., John Carroll University; M.S., Syracuse University; M.S. Kansas State
University.
Laura V. Castor (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Muhlenberg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
JohnCerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work B.S., Augsburg
College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Marisha A. Chamberlain (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and
Theatre. M.F.A., Goddard College.
Stephen D. Chapman (1991) Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A. Augsburg College;
M.A., Hamline University.
Rosalie Clark (1979). Instructor, par-time, Social Work. BAS., M.S.W., University
of Minnesota.
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research
Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Carolyn S. Clemmons (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Talladega
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Elaine R. Cline (1990). Assistant Professor, Director of Library. B.A., College of
William and Mary; M.L.S., University of Michigan.
Mariette S. Cole (1989). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., University of
California; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Larry Crockett (1985).Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Kenneth R Croken (1988).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., St. Joseph's
University;J.D., New England School of Law.
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, English. B.A.,
College of St. Catherine, M.F.A., Vermont College.
Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., University of
Redlands; M.Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont.
Laurel R. Davis (1991). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Springfield College;
M.A., University of Iowa.
Mary E.Dean (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Massachusetts; J.D., Suffolk University; M.L.T., Georgetown
University.
Suzanne I. Dorke (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., University of Wisconsin.
Bruce K. Drewlow (1988).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Moorhead State
University, M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
John Dunham (1987). Studio Artist/Cello, Music. B.A., Syracuse University; M.M.,
University of Michigan-Ann Arbor.
Beverly C Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A.,
B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State
University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Earl W. Eames, Jr. (1987) Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. S.B.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Mary G. Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Hamline University;
M.S., SUNY-Cortland;Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976).Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M. Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Marian S. Enos (1987). Instructor, part-time, Nursing and Education. B.S.N., M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joseph k Erickson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of
St. Thomas; MA. Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary;Ph.D. University
of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor and Department Chairpason of Physics.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State
University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A.,
University of Montana.
Phillip F. Fishman (1988). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University.
Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical
Education and Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St.
Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, F-time, Rdigion BA, Morningside Collegq
M.Th., Perkins School of Theology; Ph-D., Princeton TheoIogical %mi~~ary.
Robert Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel
College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Steven W. Freimuth (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of Minnesota.
Mark L Fuehrer (1%9). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen M.Gabrielsen (1963). kofessor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Frieda Gardner (1990). Instructor, part-time, English, B.S.. Columbia University;
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Etheline K Garetz (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University,
Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University.
Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology.B.A., Lake Forest College; MA.,
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard Germundsen (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.A., School of International Service, American University; Cand.
Mag. Universitet i Bergen, Norway; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and
Men's Athletic Director. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; MEd., University of
Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Assistant Professor of Enghsh. B.A., Amherst University;
M.A., Ph.D., Brown University.
Richard A. Gresczyk (1990), Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.S., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Joan L Griffin (1986). Associate Professor of English. A.B., Washington University;
M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
Brian G r h a (1990). Studio Artist/Saxophone, part-time. B.A., Dartmouth College.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics and Department Chairperson. B.S.,
M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southan Illinois University.
Donald R Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Roxannne Hale (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., University
of Pacific; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University.
James Hayes (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.S.E., M.S., Emporia State University, F'h. D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Summer Hamille (1989). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Adrninistration/MIS.
B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi; M.B.A., Ball State
University; D.BA., Kent State University.
Milda K Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science and Director, Canadian
Studies Program. B.A., Macalester College; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Andrew Heglund (1989). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. BM., University of
Minnesota.
Thomas J. Herbst (1990). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., St. John's University,
M.S, Hofstra University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A.,
Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Edwina L Hertzberg (1977). Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College;
M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
G a q W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies,
Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div.,
Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Melissa S. ("Mickey") Hessler (1991). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical
Education, B.A., Augsburg College.
Nelly Trocme Hewett (1988). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Earlham College.
Wendy B. Hines (1991). Instructor, part-time. Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Southern University.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. BA., Concordia College, Moorhead;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Paul L Holmer (1986). Distinguished Visiting Professor of Philosophy. B.A.,M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University.
Anne Holmquist (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.F.A., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion. B.A.,
Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale
University.
JohnR Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marilyn N. Homwitz (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Admjnistration/MIS.
B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota.
Mary Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artistfliolin and Viola. B.M., Indiana
University.
Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio Artist/Piano. BM., M.M., Indiana University.
David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Sally M. Hunter (1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., College of St.
Scholastics; M.T., University of Wisconsin.
M. Shahidul Islam (1989).Instructor, part-time, Economics. M.B.A., Dhaka
University, Bangladesh; University of Minnesota.
I. Khin Khin Jensen(1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and
Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E.Johnson(1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A.,
Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Harriet W. Johnson(1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of
Richmond; M.A., University of Minnesota.
JeffreyE. Johnson(1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., and Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.A., MA., and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Mary E (Mimi)Johnson (1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business
Admiiistration/MIS. B.Comm., University of Cairo,Egypt; M.B.A., University of
Michigan.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. A.B.,
M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University.
Jane Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Mike Kapel(1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Robert Karl& (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Randall W. Kindley (1991). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., M.P.A.,
University of North Carolina;Ph.D, Duke University.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Foreign Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
M d e e I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor and Studio Artist/Oboe, part-time.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Thomas Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette
University; M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of MissouriSt. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Speech, Communication and Theatre. M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cheryl Leitschuh (1989). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.Ed., South Dakota State University; Ed.D, University of South
Dakota.
Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., SouthwestState
University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Ronald L Libertus (1985). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studis. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A, Windham College.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Assistant Professor of Sodal Work M.Sc, London
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistfloice, part-time. B.A., MM,
University of Minnesota.
Lori L Lohman (1990). Assistant Professor of Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.A.,
M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of
Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; MA., The
Qaremont Graduate School.
Joyce Paxton Lumpkin (1991).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical
Education. B.A., California State University.
Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA, Smith
College; M.A, Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South
Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa.
Linda McKeag (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Admiistration/MIS. B.S.,,
University of Wisconsin-La Crosse; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph-D., University of California Berkeley.
Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education, Director of Faculty Development.
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Phyllis M. Metcalf (1989) Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A.,
Eastern Michigan University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B.
Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Felai Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Tunis, Tunisia; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956).Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
JoAnn Michna (1991). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Jan Miner (1984). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A.,
Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University.
Jay A. Miskowiec (1991).Instructor, part-time. English. B.A, University of Minnesota; M.A., Universite de Paris Vm.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of M i e s o t a .
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College;
M.A., University of Tennessee.
William Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College;
M.Div., Calvin Seminary;Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon.
William D.Moms (1987). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
Mildred (Mike) Mueller (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A.,
Central Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert M. Murphy (1986). Instrustor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of Toledo.
Sr. Mary Henry Nachtsheim (1989).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A.,
College of St. Catherine; M.A., Ph.D. Lava1University.
Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967).Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary;M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C Nelson (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A.,
University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Pamela Nice (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Cluistie NicholI (1973). Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A.,
University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michele M. Nielsen (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Chemistry. B.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; M.S., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing. B.S.,
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Political
Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Celeste M. WBrien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., Hamline
University.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Michael O'Neal(1989). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of
Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kathleen H. Olsen (1990).instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Gordon W. Olson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Concordia College.
JeremiahOlson (1989). Instructor, par-time, Religion. B.A., Minot State University;
M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary.
Lila J. Olson (1990). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.M., University of Kansas;
M.M., University of Nebraska.
Sharon K. Ostwald (1986). Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing. M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Magdalena M. Paleczyny-Zapp (1986). Assistant Professor of Economics. BA.,
M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia
Ekonorniczna, Krakow.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div.,
Bethel Seminary; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker (1960). Instructor, part-time, Education; B.A. Eastern Michigan
Universtiy; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Cathy Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time. Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College, M.A.,
Lone Mountain College.
Curtis Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
Paul Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
M.B.A., University of Wisconsin.
Helene Peters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. M.A., University of
Toulouse; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Vincent Peters (1988). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Loyola College,
Madras; M.A., Madras School of Social Work, Madras, India.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Diane L Pike (1981). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Paul E. Pork (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS., B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota; M.B.A., Mankato State University.
Sandra L Powers (1990). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.M., Eastman School;
M.M. Northwestern School.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary;M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Randi Quanbeck (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Langauges. B.A., Concordia
College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at
Austin.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio Artist/Guitar, Music. B.M., M.M., University of
Minnesota.
Edward R Raupp (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Carnegie Tech; M.B.A., Wharton School.
Patrick M. Redmond (1989). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Bruce R Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of
Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Jacqueline 0.Richardson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Morris
Brown College; M.S., Fort Valley State College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Robin (1990). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A, M.S.W., M.P.H.,
University of Minnesota.
Thomas C. Rolfs, Jr. (1986).Studio Artistflrumpet, part-time. B.F.A., University of
Minnesota; M.M., Northwestern University.
Thomas D. Rossin (1986). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Music. M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Eleni Roulis (1987). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. John's University; M.A.,
New York University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia L. Rude (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. BA., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
William R Russell (1991). Assistant Professor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Iowa; M.Div., Luther Northwestern Seminary.
S
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode
Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Hamed Sallam (1988). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., Ein Shams University,
Cairo; M.S., Cairo University; Ph.D., Tbilisi State University, U.S.S.R.
Pauline Sateren (1974). Instructor, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Assistant Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University;
M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas.
Gregg W. Schneider (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business/M.I.S. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College;J.D., Hamline University; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
Robert T. Schultheis (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.B. A., College of Sante Fe; M.B. A., College of St. Thomas.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Edward R Skarnulis (1990).Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., Omaha
University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964).Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th.,
Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg Germany.
William W. Smith, I11 (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota
Metropolitan State University; M.Div., I.T.C. Morehouse School of Religion.
Stanley I-LSolnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado.
Meredith J. Sommers (1991). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota
Metropolitan State University; MA.L., Augsburg College.
Yong Nam Song (1987). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Jeon Buk National
University, Korea.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas.
Nancy K.Steblay (1988). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A., Ph.D. University of Montana.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Robert Stenstrom (1990). Assistant Professor of Physics and Mathematics. B.S.,
M.S., University of South Dakota.
Lynn J. Stevensen (1990).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
B.S., Southwest Minnesota University; M.S., University of Windsor, Mankato
State University.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
M.S., Long Island University.
Diane L Strandberg (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato
State University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986).Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., MA., Boston University.
Marie Struss (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.S., Mankato State University.
Mary Jo Stump (1988).Part-time student teacher supervisor, Education. B.A., Ball
State University; M.A., Northern State College.
Grace K.Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ralph L Sulerud (1%4). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
K a h y n Swanson (1985).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
William Swenson (1989).Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership
Program. A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
James Thomas (1991).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.S., Concordia Teachers
College; M.Div., Christ Seminary/Seminex; M.Ed., The City University of New
York; S.TM., Union TheologicalSeminary;D.Min, Graduate Theological
Foundation.
Philip J. Thompson (1959).Professor and Department Chaiierson of Art. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa.
James D. Urbach (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
Augsburg College.
Ronald F. Walter (1988).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A. ,
Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
G l o M.
~ Warner (1988).Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Olaf Collge; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Donald M. Warren (1978).Instructor, part-time, Introductionto Liberal Arts,
Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Martha A. (Cary)Waterman (1991).Instructor, part-time, English. B.A, University
of Denver; B.S., M.A., Mankato State University.
Pamela Weiss (1983).Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of
Nebraska; M.P.H., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Theresa Welcher (1986).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S. and two M.S. degrees,
South Dakota State University.
Mary Louise Williams (1978; 1984).Assistant Professor and Department
Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Maria K Woroby (1990).Assistant Professor, Reference Librarian. B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt (1981).Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University.
Peter G. Yackel(1990). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.L.T., Wittenberg
University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
William C. Youngblood (1990).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Valparaiso
University; M.A., Indiana University; M.Div., Bethel Theological Seminary;Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
RD.Zehnder (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
Stanford University, University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Kansas University.
Stephen Y. Zheng (1990). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., Sichuan University, Chengdu;Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg ..........................8
ElAbout
Academic Affairs .....................251
Academic Calendar ........2.60. 254
Academic Internships................73
Academic Information .........59-96
Academic Organization and
Programs ...................................63
Academic Policies and
Procedures ............ ...
.....76
Academic Progress. Probation
and Dismissal ...........................94
Academic Requirements and
Credit .........................................69
Academic Skills Enrichment .....50
Accessibility..................................2
Accounting Specialization ......109
Accreditation ............................2. 9
Accreditation and
Memberships ........................211
Activities ..................................... 53
Adapted Physical Education
Major .......................................163
Administration ......................... 251
Admissions ......................1215-19
Advanced Placement
Program Test ............................92
American Indian Studies .........171
American Indian
Support Program ................1250
Annex Houses ......................13. 56
Application Procedures .............16
Art ............................................ -.-99
Art History ................................103
Assessment of Previous
Learning (APL) Program .........92
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities
( A m Programs ...61.65.67. 71
Associated Support
Organizations .....-.,-............... 13
Athletic Affiliation .......................2
Athletics ....................
.
...... 49
Audio-visual Services ...............62
.-.....
Audit Fee .................................... 22
Auditing Courses ....................... 91
Augsburgian ..............................49
Augsburg Echo .......................... 49
................................ 37. 104
:%Student
Support Program ..................... 51
Board of Regents ...................... 248
Books and Supplies ...................23
Business .................................... 109
Business Administration and
Management Information
systems ................................... 108
..............................60. 254
ElCalendar
Campus ......................................... 2
Campus Guide ......................... 269
Campus Location ............... 11. 270
Campus Ministry .......................48
Campus Tours ............................ 16
Canadian Program.....................76
Cancellation of Courses .............78
Career Services ...........................51
Center for Global
Education ............................ 12. 76
Chemical Dependency
Program .................................... 68
Chemistry ................................. 116
Chinese ..............................121. 146
Choir .........................................
49
Christensen Center .........12.49. 55
City Arts ....................................186
Class Confinnation ....................77
Class Schedule............................ 98
Classification (Sophomores.
Juniors. Seniors) .......................92
Coaching Endorsement ...........163
College Costs 1991- '92 .............. 22
College Level b i n a t i o n
Program (CLEP) ....................... 93
College Relations ..................... 252
Commons ................................... 55
Communication ....................... 239
Computer Resources .................62
Computer Science ....................180
Concert Band ..............................49
Continuing Education
Program ................................... 75
Cooperative Education ........72, 73
Costs and Financial Aid ............69
Counseling Services...................51
Course Descriptions ...........99-246
C.M.A. Certification .................110
C.P.A. Certiiication .................. 109
Credit Assessment
Program (CAP) ......................... 93
Credits ......................................... 98
la
Dean's List .................................. 95
Degrees Offered ......................... 60
Departmental
Comprehensive Exams ............93
Departments and
Programs ............................ 97-246
Deposits .................... .
.
............. 23
Development and
College Relations .................... 252
Diredory ................................... 250
Disabled Student Program ........ 52
Distribution Requirements .......80
Division for Education
(ELCA) .................................... 249
Dismissal ..................................... 94
Divisions and Departments ......63
Dual Degree Programs ......65, 137
Early Admission of
Freshmen .................................. 17
East and Southeast Asian
Studies ..................................... 121
49
Echo .............................................
Economics ................................. 123
Economics-Business
Adminstration Major .............109
Education .................................. 127
Education for Senrice .................. 9
Elementary Education ............. 128
Eligiiility and Application ........69
Employment ............................... 30
Engineering .............................. 136
English ......................................1 3
English as a Second Language
(ESL) Program ..........................94
Enrollment .................................... 2
Entry Level Skills
Requirements ........................... 83
Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America (ELCA) .....................2.49
Ethnic Studies ...........................172
Experiential Education
Programs ...................................72
Evaluation and Grading ............89
Explanation of Grades ...............90
Facilities and Housing ...............12
Facts and Figures .........................2
Faculty .................................61. 256
Faculty Emeriti ......................... 253
Fees ........................................2 3
Finance and Management .......252
Finance Specialization .............109
Financial Aid .....................2.25. 69
Financial Policies ........................24
Financing Your
Education .............................21-46
Fine Arts .....................................49
First Year Experience
Program .......................52.79. 144
Food Service ...............................55
Foreign Study .................54.68. 72
Former Students ...................18. 79
Foreign Language Placement ...89
Foreign Language Department
..,,.......,.............
,
................. -145
Foreign Study .................54.68. 72
Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center
for Worship. Drama and
Communication ....................... 12
French ........................................ 146
Freshmen ,
16
Full-Time Student ......................22
..................-.......-...-
Education Curriculum
ElGeneral
Requirements .................79.8 1-89
Skills Component ....................83
Liberal Arts Perspedives ........85
General Information
(Academic) ................................60
General Studies ........................156
George Sverdrup Library ..........13
German ...............................72. 149
Gift Assistance............................28
Global Education
Programs ...............69.70. 71. 157
Grade Point Average ...........79. 91
Grades .........................................90
Graduate Program .....................75
Graduates .................................... 2
Graduation Level Skills ............. 84
Graduation Requirements ........78
Graduation with
Distinction .................................%
Grants ....................................27. 28
and Physical
HHealth
Education ................................161
Health Education ...................161
Health Service ............................54
Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA) ....................... 68.70. 71
History ................................40. 165
History of Augsburg
College ........................................ 8
Honors Program ........................67
Housing ...........................12.23. 52
Humanities ............................... 169
Ice Arena ..................................... 12
Incomplete Grade ......................90
Intercollegiate Athletics.............49
InterdisciplinaryStudies .........170
254
Interim .....................................
Interim Abroad
.. 70
Inter-Institutional
67
Programs ...................................
International Baccalaureate
Program .................................... 92
International Business
Specialization.......................... 109
International Programs .............53
International Relations ............174
International Students .........19, 53
Inter-Race ....................................13
Internships, Cooperative
Education and
S e ~ e L e a r n i n g..................... 72
Intramural Athletics ..................50
Introducing Augsburg ...........7-13
KCMR Radio ..............................49
Kindergarten-Elementary
Education ................................128
27
Kinds of Aid ............................
Learning Disabilities
Program ....................................52
Leave of Absence .......................78
Liberal Arts Perspectives ..........84
Library .............................. 2.13. 62
Licensure Program for
Science Teachers .....................198
Lifetime Sports ...........................84
Linguistics.................................151
Literature. Ideology and
Society in Latin America
(LISLA) ....................................187
Living on Campus ..................... 55
Loan Assistance ........................ 2 8
Location ...............................11. 270
Majors and Minors (also see
Course Descriptions) ...........2 6 3
Management Information
Systems (MIS) .........................113
Management Specialization ....109
Maps ..................................269. 270
Marketing Specialization ........109
Master's Degrees ..................60. 75
Mathematics .............................176
Mathematics and Computer
Sdence .....................................175
Melby Hall ..................................12
Memberships .......................... 2,11
Memorial Hdl ............................ 13
Metro-Urban Studies ...............182
Metreurban Studies
Term (MUST')..........................184
Minors ...................................63, 64
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (MMEP) ................13
Minnesota Studies in International
Development ........................3. 71
Minority Studies
(see Ethnic Studies) ................172
Mortenson Tower ................. 12. 56
Murphy Place ............................. 13
Murphy's .................................... 55
Music .........................................188
Music Education ...................... 190
Music Ensembles ..............191. 197
Music Hall ..................................12
Music Performance
Studies .....................190. 191. 197
Music Therapy ..................190. 1%
Natural Science ........................198
New %dents .Regular
Admission .................................26
No Credit Grades .......................91
Norwegian (NOR) .................152
Numbering of Courses ..............99
Nursing ..................................... 199
Off-CampusPrograms ................2
....................................... 153
Old Main ..................................... 12
Orchestra ....................................49
Orientation (First Year
Experience Program) ...............52
m.
.
Part-Time Students .................... 22
s-No credit .................... 90.
Pastor ........................................ . 48
Payments .................................... 24
Perspectives ..........................84. 85
Philosophy ................................ 203
Physical Education ..................163
Physical Disabilities
Program .................................... 52
Physics ...................................... 207
Policies .........................2.11.24. 76
Political Science ........................212
Pre-Professional Programs ........65
PreRegistration ......................... 77
Plwqlisiks ..........................-... 99
President's Greeting ...............- 5
President's Office ..................... 251
.
Probation .................................... 94
Program in Global
Community .......................71, 157
Psychology ................... . 217
..
Refunds
El Ewts
........................*.*...........24
......................................
248
Registration ....................-.-....... 76
Religion ..................................... 222
Religious Affiliations ...................2
Residence Life ............................ 52
Residence Requirement .............79
Room and Board ........................22
ROTC .............-..........*................68
Russian ......................................154
Center ..................13
QScandinavian
ScandinavianArea Studies .....227
Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term ( S u m ........................... 185
Science Hall ..............-............ 13
Scholarships.....................27, 30-46
Secondary Education ...............132
Senrice-Learning
74
Sigma Pi Sigma ........................208
Smiley's Point Clinic ..................54
Social, Cultural,
Recreational .............................. 49
Social Policy and Human
Servicesin Latin America ......158
Social Science ............................228
Social Studies ............................ 228
Social Work ...............................229
Sociology...................................234
Society of Physics
Students .................................. 208
South American Urban
Semester (SAUS) ....................186
South Hall and
Annex Houses ....................13, 56
Soviet and East
European Studies ...................238
Space Physics ............................208
Spanish ...................................... 154
Special Education ..................... 136
Special Interest Houses .............56
Spcial Students
(Non-Degree) ............................ 18
Speech/Communication/
Theatre Arts ............................ 239
--
........................
Sponsored Scholarships ............30
Student Activities .......................53
Student Affairs .........................251
Student Affairs Division ...........50
Student Employment ................30
Student/Faculty Ratio .................2
Student Government .................48
Student Life ...........................47.57
Student Project for Amity
Among Nations (SPAN)..........72
Student Publications..................49
Student Rights ............................56
Student Teaching Abroad .........72
Studio Art ....................,.......,..
101
Study Abroad (also see
Interim Abroad) ............54,68, 72
Sverdrup Library .......................13
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall ..........................13
Teaching Licensure
also majors) .......................65
Test Scores ..................................
16
Theatre Arts ......................239. 243
Transcripts ..................................16
Transfer Students .................17. 83
Tuition. Fees. Room
and Board ..................................22
Tutor Center .........................13. 53
. (
Midwest Association
DlUpper
for International Education
(UMAIE) ...................................70
Urban Studies Options ............184
Umess Tower .......................13. 56
veterans ...................................... %
Weekend College ......................
mW&W
..................................
Withdrawal from College ...........
Women and Development:
Latin American Perspectives 160
.......
Work Study Program ................a
O Y o u t h and Family Institute .......13
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall (S)
4. Old Main (OM)
5 . West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall (M)
11. 2222 Murphy Place (MP)
12. Melby Hall (MH)
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
15. Center for Global Education
16. ScandinavianCenter
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama,
and Communication (F)
18. Youth and Family Institute
19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
22. Inter-Race
A. Admissions Parking
Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
H. Riverside Medical Center
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
Accessible Entrance
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
Allposted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use
from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th
Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st
Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week.
Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or
U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Offlclal Publlcatlon of Augsburg College
Spring 1993
731 21st Avenue South
Mlnneapolls, MN 55454
6121330-1000
This catalog supplement amends information given in the 1991-1993
Augsburg Catalog. Only those sections which have substantial changes
are included. Consult the Registrar's Office for information on new or
deleted courses, changes in course titles or descriptions.
Supplement information is listed under the same headings as in the
Catalog, followed by page numbers in parentheses. Refer to these pages
in the Catalog for complete information.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and
academic policies contained in this publication and the 1991-1993 Catalog.
If you have questions about anything in this Supplement or !te Catalog,
consult a faculty adviser, the Academic Dean of the College or the
Registrar.
A1though information was current at the time of publication, it is subject
to change without notice.
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board
Special Fees
.....................................................-5
.............................................................................
,5
Refunds ...................................................................................- 6
Financial Aid
................... ......................................................
-6
........................ ....--...
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION
Kindsof Aid
Graduation Requirements
...................................
7
......................
.
..................................
.8
Liberal Arts Perspectives .............................................................. .9
..................................................................10
Map ...........................................................................~........ 11
Academic Calendar
Augsburg College does not discriminateon the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or
Section 504 ofthe Rehabilitution Act of1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices
I
I
I
TUITION,
FEES,ROOMAND BOARD(P. 22)(1993'94)
Tuition (full-timeenrollment)
......................................... $11,292.00
Tuition (day school part-time enrollment) per course ...............$ 1,050.00
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
Room Rent (includestelephone)
Full Board (19 meals a week)
........................$
434.00
$ 2,168.00
.......................................
....................
...............$
.
.
.
2,036.00
Partial Board (14 meals a week) ..........................................$ 1,976.00
............................................................$
Fees - ACTC Bus Fee ......................................................$
Flex 5 point plan
Fees - Student Activity Fee
...................
.....
OTHER SPECIAL
Fm (NoN--ABLE)
(P.
................$
1,800.00
12.00
100.00
23)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) ......... $ 25.00
Application (new and/or
special students) ............$ 15.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (cancel/add/change grade
option, or combination
at one time) .................. $ 5.00
Nursing Credit
Validation Tests
............$122.00
Nursing
Comprehensive Exam
...$ 15.00
Music Therapy Internship
(one half course credit) ...$434.00
LockerRental (commuters) ...$ 20.00
Private Music Lessons, per
semester (14 lessons) ......$256.00
Student Parking Lot Permit
-car ........................$ 72.00
-motorcycle ............... $ 36.00
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ......$ 38.00
Student Teaching (per course for
day school
part-time students) ......$240.00
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) $184.00
Student Activity Fee
(part-timestudents)
......$ 50.00
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) ...$ 2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Scheduleon file in Registrar's
Wce)
Refundswill be calculated on a pro-rata basis for students attending
Augsburg for the first time. The refund will be a portion of tuition, fees,
and expenses equal to the period of enrollment up to the 60 percent point
in time of the period of enrollment. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee.
Current financial aid regulations and program provisions are disclosed
with the financial aid notice.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is normally a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The
College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in
providing various aid programs. Nine out of 10Augsburg students
receive financial aid in the form of scholarships, grants, loans and/or
part-time employment.
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application determine the amount of assistance for which
a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and
family can be expected to provide for college expenses, using the a p
proved federal formula and taking into account such family financial
factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations.
How AND WHEN
TO APPLY
(P.26)
General Information
The Financial Aid Office can supply you with detailed instructions when
applying for financial aid. Financial aid applications are processed and the
awards are released in the order they are completed. All financial aid is
contingent on available funds and current regulations. It is the student's
responsibility to obtain funds from non-Augsburg sources (e.g., Pel1 Grant,
Minnesota State Grant). Although Augsburg will estimate these resources
where appropriate, they must be confirmed by the funding source.
Application Process
1.Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification
is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) from a
high school or college financial aid office and complete the application
form. Mail the completed application to Federal Student Aid Programs in
the envelope provided.
3. Obtain and complete the Augsburg Financial Aid Application. Submit
this form and the required 1992 Federal Tax forms to the Student Financial ServicesOffice at Augsburg.
I,
,I
1
4. Priority will be given to applications filed by April 15,1993. Application
materials postmarked after April 15 will be awarded on a first-come, firstserved basis, based on available funds. Applications completed after July
1,1993, may not be processed by Augsburg until October 1,and then
based on available funds. Students enrolling for the fall term with incomplete financial aid applications must be prepared to meet the full cost of
the term without financial aid.
5. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that
time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will
meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter
will be sent to you detailing your financial aid offer.
6. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline
stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications
will be sent to you.
7. All transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each
institution previously attended regardless of whether or not you received
aid at the institution. Returning students who attend summer sessions at
another school are also required to provide the Financial Aid Transcript.
These forms are available through the Admissions Office or the Student
Financial ServicesOffice.
KINDS OFAID (27)
Gift Assistance
I
B
Regents' Merit Scholarship Program -The Regents' Merit Scholarships
are awarded to incoming full-time freshmen of high academic achievement
Depending on rank or score, Augsburg will award scholarshipsof $ l , W to
$4,000 each year, renewable each year, regardless of financial need.
Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Distribution
Requirements for Graduation - No changes.
Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Perspective
Requirements for Graduation - See below.
Completion of 33 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in
one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for
the Bachelor of Science (SocialWork) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The
course total must include two Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total
must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 33
total courses required: two Interim courses; two courses by independent/
directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a
grade of Pass (PI. Non-traditional grading (P) also has the following
limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one
in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses
taken that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements (extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or Graduation Skills requirements.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrafs Office about specific requirements
for a second baccalaureatedegree or for the equivalent of a major.
Students Matriculating prior to January 1, 1993, under
Perspective Requirements for Graduation - See below.
Completion of 34 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in
one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for
the Bachelor of Science (Social Work) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The
course total must include two Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total
must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is
calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 34
total courses required: three Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits
with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits:
two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the
minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken
that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements
(extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or
Graduation Skills requirements.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements
for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The
Christian Faith
Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following:
1. Transfer students entering with 14-23 courses will be qMto take two
courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at A u g s b w and
2. Transfer students entering with 24 or more courses will be required to
take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at
Augsburg.
Perspective: Western Heritage
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is
required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or
more courses.)
Perspective: The Social World
Two courses are required for this Perspective. (One course is required to
meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more
courses.)
Perspective: The Natural World
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is
required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or
more courses.)
[
1
Fall 1993
Interim 1994
New student
orientation
Su, Sept. 5 - Tu, Sept. 7
Freshman registration
W, Sept. 8
Upperclass validation
W, Sept. 8
Classes begin
W, Sept. 8
Last day to register
Classes end
Last day to designate
grading option
F, Od. 22
Spring 1994
Mid-term break
F, Oct.22
Interim
registration
M, Od. 25 - F, Oct. 29
Spring Term
registration
-
M, Nov. 15 - Tu, Dec. 3
F, Nov. 19
Last day to add a class
or drop a class
without notation on record
F, Feb. 4
Last day to
withdraw from a class
F, Mar. 25
Mid-term break begins
M, Mar. 28
M, N ~29 ~ Last
. day to designate
Final exams end
M, Jan. 31
F, Feb. 4
Classes resume
Final exams begin
W, Jan. 26
Last day to register
n,N
~25 ~ Classes
,
resume
F, Dec. 10
F, Jan. 14
Classes begin
Thanksgiving recess
begins
Classes end
I
Last day to designate
grading option,
or withdraw from a class
Last day to add a class or
drop a class without
notation on record
Tu, Sept. 14
Last day to withdraw
from a class
II
T"* Sept. l4
Interim classes begin
M, Jan. 3
Last day
register,
add a class, or drop a class
without notation on record T, Jan. 4
grading option
Tu, Apr. 5
F, Apr. 8
M1Dee. l3
Early registration
for fall
M, Apr. 25 - F, May 6
Th'
Classes end
F, May 13
Final exams begin
M, May 16
Final exams end
Th, May 19
Baccalaureate/
Commencement
Su, May 22
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdmp Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Umess Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdmp-OftedalMemorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11.2222 Murphy Place
12 Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
15. College Relations
16. Nordic Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19. Jeroy C Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
21. American Indian Support and Minority
Education Partnership
22 Oscar Anderson Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview/% w s Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Stromrnen TennisCourts
J. Resident Parking Only
K. Student/Commuter Parking
Accessible Entrance
Show less
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
A... Show more
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
Additional Courses
52
......................................................................
.
.
.
.
........................
.................................................... ...............
...............................................................
..............................................................
..............................~.............................
.............................................
.....
....
.....................................................
I
Contents
I
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during
Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The
number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer
students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit
evaluation form, or consult the registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices.
Introduction
I
Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay
Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson,
330-1025.
Interim Registration
October 28 - November 1 .................................
December 2 ......................
...............Late Interim Registration
.
.
..........J
t Day of Interim
January 6 ..........................
Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
.
.
.
.
.
.
January 7 .......................
................Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends
Semester Begins
February 3
Interim Grades Due
February 7 ............................................
.....
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time
1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM
at Augsburg with a
special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with
your instructor for class scheduling this day.
I
Introduction
I
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the
lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
- Students are invited tobe part of one of
International In*
the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse
opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present
a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship
Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m
gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed
study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more
than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This
Introduction
1
proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at
any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in
the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in
applying for registration at other schools. Registration for
Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement.
Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write
to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an
application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay
on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
1
ART 107-42040
ART 1 18-42041
ART 35542042
Instructor:Phlllp Thompson
Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1
I
107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash
surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition,
and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida
environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and
contemporary examples of coastal landscapes.
118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south
Florida environment in water or oil based media against a
concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and
descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples.
355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment.
Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of
the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the
quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors.
The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare,
lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida.
The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami
Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West.
DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc
General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics
Maodmum Enrollment: 12
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 4 & 17
Arf
I
ART 290-42043
Insfructor: Steve Chapman
An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within
the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and
South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern
Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or
religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving,
baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is
pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n
available to those interested in an American Indian Studies
minor.
Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc
Maxfmum Enrollment:20
77me: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 17
BIO 14042044
810 34042045
Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound
Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute
offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing
and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse
habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove
swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms
from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site
and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill
be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized
classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there
will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet
another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during
the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to
marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials.
The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of the course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology
studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse,
"Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing
and painting courses.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm
gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final
examination. Upper division students will also do a special
research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper.
Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry
Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme:I
Room: ScIence 205
610 102-42046
Instructor EWn Mlckelberg
A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by
plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have
influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health
care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will
look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh
kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence.
Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry
Maxlmum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Sclence 205
BIO 10542047
Instructor: ThomasHehst
This class will develop an increased understanding of the
current environmental and health implications of such topics
as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering,
waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural
fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest
may also be discussed.
Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be
q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e
approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The
papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a
thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/
Mlnotify
General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2
Madmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 13
BIO 141-42048
Instructor:Esther McLaughlln
This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms:
fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture,
medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the
ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored.
The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips,
audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations.
Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 11
Room: Sclence 2 13
Biology
I
BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy)
Instructoc John Cedto
Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course
will be of service to the urban community by providing
research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations.
Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to
conduct field-based research projects for community-based
organizations requesting and requiring marketing research
assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an
outline of the expected research methodology.
Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of
another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r .
Madmum Enrollment: 10
lime: Independent Study
Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon
CHM 100-42050
Instructor: Ariln Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and
are taught as needed for understanding various topics and
implications.The course does assume the student is interested
in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand
living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for
centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent
decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led
to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of
adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on
and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to
chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result
of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take
a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format.
Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This
course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry
General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I/
Room: Sclence 3 15
CSC 27@42051
Instructo~Lamy Ragland
A study of the Fortran programming language for students
with previous knowledge of computer programming. This
course will expand a student's knowledge of programming
and programming languages through presentation of the
features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for
using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do
computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such
as Pascal) before entering this course.
This course will involve lectures and several programming
assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations.
Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming
I
Com~uterScience
In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170).
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Foss 42
ECO 1 1M2052
Instructor Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a
metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income
distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc.
Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics.
Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective
examinations.
Dlsf~ibvtlon:
Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal
Sclence or Uban
Concerns
Madmum Enrollment:25
rime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 2 12
ECO 1 12-42053
Instructor:Satya Gupta
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em
nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems.
Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Muslc 22
ECO 32342054
Instructor: Jeanne Boeh
An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of
elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health
msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive
effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons
will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other
countries.
Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 23
ECO 49542055
lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw
Students will critically review the failures and successes of the
Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of
the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet
economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program
in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer
w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and
their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed
in intadisciplinaxy manner.
Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake
home research essay.
Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor
Dlstrlb~on:
Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Memorlal Hall 323
EDU 353-42056
Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m
This course presents an examination and comparison of s e
lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well
as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian
and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student
evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of
Instructor.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: I
Room: Ubraty4
EDU 37G42057
Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons
This course will provide future teachers with insights and
strategies that will enable them to create positive learning
environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students.
Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work
expedence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: 1
I
Room: Ubraty 4
EDE 37542058
Instructot B ~ c Drewlow
e
This class prepares students for the unique experiences and
Education
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will
stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization
researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest
speakers will be included to share their unique experiences
and perspectives.
Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I
Room: Ubrary l
EDU 388-42059
Instructor:Mlldred Mueller
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the
limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms
which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is
a onehalf credit course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to
Education program In process.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays
Room: Ubrary l
Education
ENG 2 1942060
Instructor: John Schmlt
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
u
l
w background. For
and economical standing and our c
this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from
different language communities.
This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone
logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include
ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions.
Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the
presentation topic and take a final exam.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or
Mlnom Siudles
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Maximum Enrollment:25
Time: 11
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 2404206 1
ENG 342-42062
Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction
should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course,
students will find answers to these questions by mding a
variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of
the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with
tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics
for the student to appreciate the historical development from
Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of
approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical
terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students
who have not yet studied literature at the college level.
Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate
in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short
story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes
and a final exam.
Students taking this course for upper division credit will read
an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass
presentation on it.
All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing
and distribution of selected original fiction from class.
Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng
Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech
General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 136-42063
Inslrvctor John Mttchell
This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this
case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about
30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West
Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition,
students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime
and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and
Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and
diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance.
The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught
by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph
Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve
excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco
District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to
the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the
Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a
brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be
an informed presence rather than a mere tourist.
There will be one week of introductory study on campus,
about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a
week to complete the course requirements back on campus.
Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and
impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen
writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in
length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view
of what has been learned first-hand.
A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services
(field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor
Marine Institute.
Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor
Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech
Maximum Enrollment: 10
77me: 1
Room: Sclence 205
English
FRE 24342064
Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature, its human and
artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in
mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary
works available to us in English translation.
What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of
Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the
social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth
century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery
will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries.
We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West
Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another
short work for personal study and presentation for the class.
Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active
participation in class, your timely reading and discussion
preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject,
and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers.
This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
Instructor
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure
Madmum Enrollment: 25
lime: I
Room: Old Main 12
HPE 11542065
Instrvctoc Richard Borstad
A course req& for all students majoring in education.
Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their
)
French/Health and Physical Education
effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school
and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's
role in the school health program; and examine their own
attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude:
legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs;
epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice
and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading
materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays
Room: Melby 1 1 1
HPE 232-42066
Insiructor: Carol Enke
A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students
will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within
Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and
practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content
includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping,
and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a
variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on
attendance, participation, and a written and practical final
exam.
Thisis a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby ZW2
Health and Physical Education
HPE 47542067
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and
knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for
trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the
identification and care of common injuries related to various
sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap
ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources
are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques.
Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequlslte:610 103
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days
Room: Melby l l I
HPE 478-42068
Instructoc Ed Saugestad
This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches
of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team
defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations;
scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include
ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V
materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook
This is a onehalf credit course.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby I I I
I
Health and Physical Education
I
HIS 220-42069
HIS 320-42070
Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian
immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made
by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and
the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the
Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United
States to some Asian immigration.
There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to
be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the
instructor) due the last day of the term.
Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected
to completea book review on a book related to the course theme
and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy
Mcudmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 13
HIS 440-4207 1
Inslructor: Don Gust&n
Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century,
individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and
whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the
higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are
worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also
as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to
the record and image of prominent figures.
In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary
popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the
films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading
materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons
behind the p m t myths.
Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a
h a l exam.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~
or above and at least
one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:11
Room: Old Maln 1 1
INS 22542072
Insfructor: Amln Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of
the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis,
etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand
differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: FC 42
INS I W 2 0 7 3
Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study
the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for
effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students
and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation.
Maximum Enrollment:20
lime: I1
Room: Sclence 3 19
INS 299-42074
sOC299-421 I I
Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson
Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to
learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you
connect your experiences to the liberal arts.
The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts
already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts
Interdisciplinary
working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests,
and for students actively engaged in community service. The
assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately
20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of
January (check with instructors if you have questions).
All students will design an individual learning plan and are
scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet
twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's
worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be
based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar,
which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis.
Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the
Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and
pemlsslon of the Instructors.
Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlrne: I1
Room: Murphy Place 2
MAT 173-421 12
See Addiional Courses,page 52.
MAT 253-42075
Instructoc Bev Durkee
Our o b j j v e s are the exploration
of this new geometry of fractals, its
rules, its visuals, how it meals the
beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms
and exprience them as an art form
via computer graphics.
I
Mathematics
The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this
fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power
of magnification used in examining it. The class will also
consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color
and in three dimensional rendition.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm
and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar
to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets
which display the mathematical character of those visuals.
F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on
the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created.
Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher
Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs
General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics
Maximum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 1 12
MUS 129-42076
Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn
"Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and
each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a
variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or
h e Instructor's pemlsslon.
Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred
to enroll
77me: I
Room: Muslc 4
MUS 179-42077
Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris,
Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto
visit and experience important cultural centers that provided
theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World.
Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in
the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated
group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and
exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous
experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at
the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne
apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only.
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MUS 204-42078
Instructor: 0.
Nlck Raths
An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology
as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and
maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the
musical content, methods, and historical background of s e
leded artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical
analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors.
Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme: I
Room: MUSIC5
NOR 1 1 1-42079
Instructor: Frankle Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and
the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will
be based on participation, daily assignments, q&,
a midterm, and a final exam.
Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language
General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:I
Room: Old Maln 25
PHI 17542080
Instructor: Davld Apollonl
We w
i
l
l begin by studying some common conceptions and
misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in
love with someone, and how this differs from just being
friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually.
In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following
ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there
such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual
irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control
moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely
alternative sexual preferences?
Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds
of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third
from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill
require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my
comments and criticisms.)
DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy
General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy
M d m u m Enrollment:30
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 12
PH141W2081
Instructor:Mark Fuehrer
John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was
also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue
to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop
a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam.
Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy
Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 10
PHY 10642082
instructor Noel Pelit
"Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of
atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic
areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing,
man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under-
Philosophy/Physics
standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a:
hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography,
pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds
impact on world events.
The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory
sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida
to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes:
Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the
National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida
Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach,
the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in
Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory
program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical
weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water
management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather,
and broadcast weather.
During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather
observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at
the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own
forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the
travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual
project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately
$750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information.
PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs
General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid
Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 723
PHY 1 17-42083
Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach
The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise
from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail
system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these
problems we will first explore what science and the scientific
methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology
(doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the
resulting interactions between the three.
Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and
group work. See the complete description for more details.
Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs
General Education Perspective: Natural World if2
Madmum Enrollment: 40
77me: I
Room: Foss21a& b
PHY 151-42084
Instructor Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets
to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in
physics on a more intuitivelevel. We
mathematicsto +ence
will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics
areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the
problems investigated might be in areas other than physics.
Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*,
homework, and a
hal scam.
Prerequlslte: Math Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs
Madmum Enrollment: 20
77me:I
Room: Sclence 30
PHY 337-42085
InsIructor:StuartAnderson
The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the
heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most
ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will
begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding
imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of
light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage
for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and
the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The
course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study
of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption,
and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed
on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period
will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the
balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on
the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two
onehour exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent),
MAT 124, 125,224
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme: I1
Room:Sclence 30
POL 29542086
lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson
Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder
version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive
and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada.
In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm
Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science
I
is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies
approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories,
poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn
in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR
Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of
new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e
Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be
&an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and
Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary
and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies).
Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project.
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
POL 37 1-42087
Instrvctor: Phll Ushman
This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights
and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues,
including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place,
protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and
alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow''
will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of
the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor
union movement and employel's political action groups will
be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b
m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings.
Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre
sentatives of industry.
Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a
final examination.
PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In
Pdmcal Sclence or Economics.
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment: 35
77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m.
Room: Old Maln 16
POL 42 1-42088
Instructor: Wllllam Mods
This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S.
citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose
principal themes deal with particular political practices and/
or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these
images by considering the films in light of the scholarly
literature and other information available on each subject.
Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical
situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written analyses
and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics
in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and
portions of books from the social sciences and other literature
paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for
class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings
establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades.
Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the
films and viewing equipment.
Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Political Science
Madmum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:1I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
PSY 10542089
Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are
emphasized.
Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology
General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:1I
Room: Old Maln 25
PSY 32 1-42090
Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations.
Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written
assignments.
Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll
in this course.
Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 18
PSY34CM2091
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological,
cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and
symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding
of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of
your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies
of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation;
and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the
assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4
for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in
the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based
on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers.
Prerequlslte:PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 1 1
PSY 370-42092
Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and
society will be the main focus.
-
Psychology
This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of
student contribution and participation. Attendance at each
class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each
student will be required to seek out and interview persons in
the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be
availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content
of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and
will provide a base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
RerequlsRes: PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 29
REL 24 1-42093
Instructor Brad HoH
Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses
on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals,
listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter
the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths
brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a
variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will
exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only
be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these
has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the
"independent' churches have developed creatively in music,
theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions
characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria
prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will
Religion
include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews,
visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions.
Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third
World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends
of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study
hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of
one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed
for students seriously interested in religion who are in good
health. A visa is required for Nigeria.
Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily,
one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria.
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requlremenls)
Madmum Enrollment: 15
REL 32842094
Instructor: John Benson
There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and
games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as
something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and
"game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will
use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look
into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay
tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a
final project.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requirements)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln I8
Religion
REL 34342095
Instructor Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and
the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many
theories will be studied with particular attention given to the
work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~.
PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor
Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requirements)
Mdmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 24
REL 345-42096
Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is
at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century
and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years
of history. An anthology including two monographs and the
professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an
overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples
of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy,
sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams
and one short paper.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221
DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 16
REL 44 1-42097
INS 49542098
Insiructoc Lynne Loremen
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and
feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will
be given to religious influences on societal roles for women
and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of
language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers
on the assigned readings which include questions for class
discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class
participation, and a final exam.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1
DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 25742099
Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam
Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of
service (in a senices agency or institution which students
Re/igion/Socia/ Work
I
select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and
supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer
experience, students have the opportunity to interact with
human service professionals, clients, and communities of
diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age,
socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical
abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students
learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future
career in the human services.
The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns,
such as poverty and the "isms".
This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all
students.
General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme: I
Room: Muphy Place 1
SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM)
SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course)
Instrvctor Marla Brown
Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely
Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's
violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when,
and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has
Social Work
reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and
consequences for the family and the broader society. Students
will research various forms of family violence. Classroom
speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence.
Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and
the development of an annotated bibliography on area of
interest in family violence.
Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research
on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above
work
Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work,
psychology or sociology
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 339-42 101
Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg
An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a
base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in
the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest
lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless
people in the field provide opportunities for participants to
learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs,
resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, volunteer work, and a research paper.
Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg
College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class.
Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness
General Education Perspective: The CHy
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 22
Social Work
SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course)
SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course)
Insiructor:Rosemary Unk
Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place
ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in
writing by the field instructor using previously developed
contract and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: To be arranged
'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology
265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty
Group Relations.
SOC 26542 103
lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson
This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for
reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been
"set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society.
Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to
which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which
have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In
addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will
include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation
during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a
particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation
will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member,
either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class
can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class
participation, their respective class presentations, and a final
examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only.
Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban
General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 3 15
SOC321-42104
Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations.
There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments.
Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this
course.
Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment:20
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 18
SPA 1 1 1-42105
lnslructoe Anffa nsher
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith
Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those
in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on
each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Mawlmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 29
SPC 32 1-42106
Insfructor James Hayes
This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to
refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students
will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of
an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments
held during the month of January. In addition, the class will
prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional
aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on
p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students
should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain
an information packet that will help them get off to a "running
s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28.
Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I1
Room: Foss 2 1a/21b
Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n
&' Thnntrn
SPC 340.42107
Instructor: David Lapakko
We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide
whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer,
to use photographs or body language to give a misleading
impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various
ethical considerations?
In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical
perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as
advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also
consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions.
Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations.
The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations
encountered in everyday life.
Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of
Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Fos 43
SPC 347-42 108
Instructor: Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses
non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce
short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be
S ~ e e c h .Communication.
'
& Theatre
I
required for editing.
Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
77me: I
Room: Foss 175
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following comes can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st
Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025).
Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These
courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature
Chlna In Transltlon
Contemporary European Buslness
Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln
Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy
Down-Under In New Zealand
Egypt In Transltlon
E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present
Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark,
and England
Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands
The Greek Bperlence
Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall
Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory
Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y
Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures
Law In London
Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales
The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a
Post- 1 992 Europe
Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln
Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil
Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct
Russian Language In Moscow
Sounds and Sights of Europe
Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues
UMAIE
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other
expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are
offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor
registering are available in the Interim Office.
4-
SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992)
HPE 455421 14
Insfructo~Joyce Hal7
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg
day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to
pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit.
Total payment is due October 31,1991.
Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah
and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247).
Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t.
HPE 2 12-421 15
Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There
is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
AGENDA
(December 29 - January 10,1992)
P O L 398-421 16
This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate
students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops
which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal
styles of leaders from government and politics, the media,
education, and business, who address such topics as values,
ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories,
and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor
question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small
group discussions, and workshops that help students practice
leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber
of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign
embassies in Washington.
AND THE
MEDIA
(December 29 - January 10.1992)
A
POL 398-421 17
This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features
Washington's media personalities, who are readily available
Other Courses
I
to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the
press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public
policy; and how Washington journalists view national and
world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network
studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers
have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National
Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David
Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff,
and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association
of Black Journalists.
CAMPAIGN
1992: INPURSUIT
OF THE
PRESIDENCY
(January 12-17.1992)
POL 398-42 1 18
This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the
politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign.
h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith
the presidential election process and its impact on American
politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures
of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and
conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current
campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the
Democratic and Republican National Committees and the
Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign
workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in
grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar
will assist participants in developing the knowledge and
making connections to become involved in the presidential
campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho
plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour-
Other Courses
aged to attend IT
' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process.
These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl
January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above
programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable
from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda
Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197.
The following actMnes are avallable to students during
Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as
well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry
course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre
ment for gradualion.
HPE 002-421 19
lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum
The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.
Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor
Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-42120
lnslructoc Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
I
Lifetime S ~ l o r t s
HPE 002-42 12 1
Instructor: Bdan Ammann
Practice and playing of racquetball.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE CK)2-42122
Instructor: Carol Enke
Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified
physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation
with the instructor.
PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports
Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor
lime:Ananged
Room:Ananged
EDU49542113
Instructor: Ted Welcher
This course will provide you with an introduction to issues
related to deafness and the modes of communication used by
deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social
and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com-
munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and
reading assignments will include information pertaining to
the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing
mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and
amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of
hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems,
historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and
cognitive functioning and interpreting issues.
General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for
IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Foss Center 43
INS 2 1G42 124
Insfructor BIII Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study
in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways
to cope with these pressures.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: 1
I
Room: Muslc 23
MAT 1 73-421 72
Instructor:Mathew Foss
You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo
know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would
I
Additional Courses
'
you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth
so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for
life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This
course will be of interest to students in business or economics
or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work.
Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime://
Room: Sclence 1 12
SOC 121-42123
Instructor: Rlta Webbrod
This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the
social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1)
teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop
skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3)
acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of
sociological study.
Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current
social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper
focusing on the supplementary reading.
DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology
General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I1
Room: Old Maln 13
Additional Cor rrs.es
1
Show less
MAsTER OF ARTS
IN LEADERSHIP
.,.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1991-1993
Those who hope to lead had better understand both rationally and
intuitively the people who might be their followers, and the society
in which they are embedded. They had better comprehend the
values of our common culture, pas... Show more
MAsTER OF ARTS
IN LEADERSHIP
.,.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1991-1993
Those who hope to lead had better understand both rationally and
intuitively the people who might be their followers, and the society
in which they are embedded. They had better comprehend the
values of our common culture, past and present, know how our
political and economic systems work, and understand how and
why science has changed the world ... Leaders need specialists as
advisers and staff members. But leaders themselves are generalists ... At higher levels of leadership they cannot achieve their full
potential without considerable breadth of knowledge. Only this
way can they shape the contexts for decisions where expert
knowledge is used.
- John Gardner
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
• able of Contents
Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership .................. 3
Leadership Development Model .............................................. 5
Curriculum Design ..................................................................... 6
Course Descriptions ................................................................... 7
Graduate Faculty ...................................................................... 10
Library ............. ........................................................................... 10
Accreditation and Affiliations ................................................ 10
Student Support Services ........................................................ 11
Student Rights ........................................................................... 11
Admission Requirements ....................... :................................ 12
Application Procedures ........................................................... 12
Evaluation Standards ............................................................... 13
Academic Policies ..................................................................... 14
Payment Schedule .. ................ ....................................... ..... ...... 15
Financial Aid ............................................................................. 15
About Augsburg .. ..................................................................... 18
Campus Map ............................................................................. 19
Campus Location ...................................................................... 20
Faculty and Administration .................................................... 21
Advisory Council to the Graduate Program ........................ 23
''"':"·;·;•'.'·~:·.·:·~·:·~··:::·~,
;;,
;·"~
•nformation Sessions
MAsTER OF
ARTS IN
LEADERSHIP
Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in Leadership
program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an
information session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester.
Please call the Master of Arts in Leadership Office (330-1786) for
details or to register for one of these information sessions:
Thursday, May 23, 1991
Thursday, June 20, 1991
Tuesday, July 16, 1991
Saturday, October 12, 1991
Saturday,February15, 1992
Thursday, May 14, 1992
Thursday, June 18, 1992
Tuesday, July 14, 1992
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
9:00 - 11:00 a.m.
9:00 - 11:00 a.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
For more information write or call:
Master of Arts in Leadership Office
Augsburg College
73121st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612133~1786
...
Augsburg College_,;
731 21 S TAVENUE50UTH
MINNEAPOLIS . MN 55454
3/91
'
....
ljee and Payment
Schedule
'·
...'·.·
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course =6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable,
applicable to first semester's tuition)
Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms)
Thesis Continuation Fee $100.00
Late Fee, per day (charged to any student registering
after the scheduled registration date).
Late registration includes incomplete registration as
defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or
b) Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration Change after First Oass Meeting
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a
simple rate of 1% per month on any account with
an open balance of 30 days or more.
$25.00
$884.00
$100.00
$125.00
$50.00
$5.00
$2.00
Fees
The appUcation fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline
for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first
semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term,
once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration.
Payment Options*
1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered
only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are
company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed,
with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in three equal installments at
the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg
College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds
administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current
according to established repayment schedules.
•A non-sufficient-funds check will decliire your registriition in"Dtilid iind could iiffect
further credit extended l1y the college.
ntroduction
Developing Leaders for
Organizations and the Community
The Master of Arts in Leadership responds to the leadership
development needs of profit and not-for-profit organizations.
While different in structure and purpose, most organizations
seek leaders with the following qualities:
.& a vision which is ethically and morally responsible,
extending beyond immediate concerns;
... an understanding of how change occurs and affects the
immediate environment;
.& a sensitivity to the complex problems organizations face,
and an ability to achieve solutions consistent with an
organization's mission;
... the ability to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to
work toward a common goal; and
.& the ability to effectively represent the organization both
internally and externally.
The Master of Arts in Leadership provides a means by which
individuals aspiring to enhance their leadership skills may
discover and refine these and other abilities and awarenesses
fundamental to effective leadership.
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
The Master of Arts in Leadership program is designed to meet
the needs and preferences of working adults. The program is
based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll
are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals
who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction
and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into
periods of study, group efforts and class preparation. To accommodate this format for learning, each class meets on alternate Saturdays for three-and-one-half hours and alternate
Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours.
Leadership Development Model
The Master of Arts in Leadership program promotes leadership as a process which 1) inspires cooperation among people
who must compete for limited resources, 2) promotes productivity within and beyond the organization, and 3) works
toward progress. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to
positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a
sense of vision, the ability to persuade and the ability to direct
action. Underlying these attributes is a broad range of abilities
and awarenesses. These abilities and awarenesses, outlined in
the diagram on page 7, serve as specific outcomes for the
Master of Arts in Leadership. Augsburg's model of leadership
development is designed to assess, promote, enhance and
refine these capabilities within the individual.
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Leadership is
participation in a community of learners. Learning can be
enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community
that provides opportunity and encouragement for active
participation both in and out of the classroom. This community
will be enriched by the presence of men and women who bring
to the program a variety of work and life experiences.
To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg
encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities
such as the library, meeting rooms and the Christensen Center;
to take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to
participate in optional lunch time seminars; and to attend other
college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and
athletic events.
Leadership Practicum
Master of Arts in Leadership students enroll in a half course
called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to enroll
in this professional assessment and development course for six
terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half course
credit. In each term, specific activities related to the practicum
are scheduled.
Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a
full-day professional assessment to determine students' abilities
and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership
Development Model (see page 5). Assessment instruments
include paper and pencil exercises and simulation and group
experiences. Following the assessment students meet individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal
goal-setting and in the creation of a professional development
plan or "blueprint."
In subsequent terms "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of the students in the following areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures,
group processes, and other professional development topics
identified by graduate students and staff.
Leadership Development Model
Leadership
Sense of
Vision
Orientation
Toward Action
FacilitlJ for
Persuasion
/
Ethical
i.
i.
i.
i.
Creative
Social awareness
Environmental
awareness
Tolerance of
religious and
philosophical
differences
Appreciation
of situational
complexity
i.
i.
i.
i.
Long-term
perspective
Flexibility
Adaptability
Innovativeness
I
I
Risk Assumptive
Curiosity
• Achievement
motivation
i. Self-esteem
i.
Decisive
i.
i.
i.
i.
i.
Self-confidence
Analytical ability
Ability to think
critically
Understanding of
research
Ability to manage
conflict
'·
.:· '.·..
Master of Arts in Leadership students are required to complete
12 courses and a thesis. Each course unites two or more liberal
arts disciplines, encourage pursuit of the de ignated outcomes, and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to
adult learners. Instructional technique ar varied, uch as
case study, debate, written and oral presentations and group
activity. These techniques, which have had demon trated
success in advanced courses, develop targeted leadership
abilities and understandings. Continual reinforcement occurs
as students employ these capacities in multiple courses.
Students ar encourag d to ee abilitie and understandings as
cross-disciplinary and to see content areas as integrated. The
very form of the program reflects the view that the world in
which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative ability.
Required Courses Include:
ML 500
ML 510
ML 590
ML 591
ML 592
Leadership Practicum (a half course which
spans six trimesters)
Foundations of Leadership (to be taken during
one of the first three trimesters)
Thesis-Research Seminar I
Thesis-Research Seminar II (These two seminars
are to be taken in a student's last two consecutive
terms.)
Thesis Consultation (a half course to be taken
simultaneously with ML 591 and in the term in
which the thesis is completed)
Students are required to complete eight additional
courses chosen from the following courses:
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
ML 540 Politics, History and Leadership
ML 545 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions
ML 550 Decision-Making Technology
ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
ML 598 Independent Study
ML 599 Special Topics
Other courses as added
.Dourse Descriptions
ML 500 Leadership Practicum
A professional assessment and development course which
spans six terms. This course includes a full-day professional
assessment and subsequent workshops in the following areas:
communication skills, self-assessment measures, group
processes. The course culminates in a final professional
assessment. Half credit. Graded on a PIN basis.
ML 510 Foundations of Leadership
Introduction to the concept of leadership, providing an historical and philosophical framework for the program. This course
views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety of
disciplines and perspectives. The role of the liberal arts, various learning styles, methods of research and inquiry, student
outcomes and program expectations are examined.
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional
aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking.
This course uses creativity as a method and it examines techniques for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing
innovation, and for seeking an integrative world-view.
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
Study of the concepts of self-identity, values and personal
growth as related to professional and personal life. This course
may employ psychological, philosophical, and theological perspectives to explore the role of the individual in the larger
social context. Major topics include the acquisition, development and evolution of self-identity and values, the influence of
sex roles, and the relationship to spiritual growth.
ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought
Investigation of the processes of critical thinking drawing from
philosophy and other disciplines. This course focuses on the
relationships between ideas and the expression and application
of ideas. Students apply dialectical processes in the effective
formation, presentation and use of ideas in organizational
structures.
ML530 Ethics in Communication
Interdisciplinary study of ethics and communication through
the investigation of a variety of ethical perspectives within
human communication. This course places particular attention
on the use and abuse of communication in politics, advertising
and interpersonal relationships. It emphasizes a sensitivity to
ethical conflicts which arise in social and organizational settings.
ML531 The Dynamics of Change
This course offers an exploration of the context of social change
and varying responses to diverse human needs. Ways of
achieving well-being may be viewed differently by leaders in
public and private domains and across cultures. The course
explores these various perspectives including areas of conflict
and opportunities for leadership in social and organizational
change. Sociological, human development and economic
theories are applied to contemporary public and private
sector issues for social change.
ML540 Politics, History and Leadership
Analysis of the political aspects of nation-states and other
organizations. This course focuses on the process of achieving
individual, group or national goals. Drawing on a variety of
cultures and nations, it examines significant historical events
and the leaders who shaped them.
ML545 Decision Making I: Qualitiative Process
and Application
Decision making is fundamental to all human endeavor,
particularly in leadership. Leaders, regardless of their field,
are continually held accountable for decisions in settings
characterized by incomplete information and limited time. The
constrained nature of the typical decision making environment
necessitates the use of a systematic and objective decision
making process. Drawing on various disciplines, course
participants will examine th different tage of th deci ion
making process, including: analysis of the decision setting and
its relevant boundaries, identification of acceptable decision
outcomes, definition of the implementation of the decision and
appraisal of potential contingencies. While emphasis is given to
the qualitative rather than quantitative aspects of decision
making, about 20 percent of the course will include the
development of some basic analytical concepts: data collection,
graphs and charts, measuring central tendency and dispersion,
and association.
ML550 Decision Making and Technology
Hi torical analysis of th decision making and problem solving
process. This cours focuses on the development of technology
a both the cau e and the solution of problems by investigating
various cases.
ML560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
Investigation of inter-cultural is ·ues. This course enhances the
ability to lead and work more effectively with p ople of
different cultural background through the study of di.ver e
values, beliefs and traditions within the global community.
ML 590 Thesis-Research Seminar I:
Research in Leadership
First half of a two-course "capstone" sequence for the Master of
Arts in Leadership Program. This course provides each
individual the opportunity to develop a research topic to
synthesize previous study and work experience and to
demonstrate an understanding of the program's principles.
Graded on a P /N basis.
ML591 Thesis-Research Seminar II:
Synthesis of Findings
Continuation of the "capstone" seminar. This seminar focuses
on the methods of inquiry and results of individual projects. At
the completion of the seminar, students present their final
results orally and submit written thesis. Graded on a P /N basis.
ML592 Thesis Consultation
A series of meetings with a faculty thesis adviser simultaneous
with ML591 and during the trimester in which the thesis is
being prepared for final submission. Half credit. Graded on PI
N basis. Students not completing the thesis durin,g the same
term in which they are emolled in ML591 are required to pay a
thesis continuation fee of $100 during each subsequent term
until the thesis is completed.
ML598IndependentStudy
Provid s directed independent study in an area of the student's
choice. Open to students who have completed at least three
courses with a grade of at least 3.0. Requires consent of the
Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs.
ML599 Special Topics
Study of selected topics in leadership that are not treated
extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics
will be published prior to registration.
....
. ...·,·
Faculty who t ach in the Master of Arts in Leadership program
are full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate
professional degrees. Some course are team taught by bringing together faculty from different disciplines or combining a
faculty member with professionals from relevant field . In
these situations, at least one member of the team has a Ph.D.
and substantial teaching experience. AU of the program
faculty have exten ive experience teaching adult learners.
Graduate faculty are listed at the 1d of thj bulletin.
ibrary
The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes and films. Music, chemistry and art history libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to
over 1,000,000 volumes is available v:ia daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal art colleges and
the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide
network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
:.ccreditation and
Affiliations
Students who successfully c mplet Augsburg's leadership
program will receive a Ma ter of Arts Degree. Augsburg .is accredited by the North Central Ass ciation of Colleges and
Schools. The college i a member of the Associated Colleges of
tbe Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Cow1cil in North
America and Minnesota Private College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registrati n do snot (necessarily)
mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to
other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational
institution, or employer.
•
udent Support Services
The Augsburg Master of Arts in Leadership Program assists
students in making education and career plans, in working on
their personal development, and in participating in activities
beyond the classroom. Some of these services are listed below.
Academic Planning
In addition to the faculty who provide consultation and advice,
academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisers, and Master of Arts in Leadership staff.
Career Services available include:
• Professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum
• Self/ career assessment counseling through the
Career Services Office (330-1162)
• Development of a resume and a career-search plan
through the Career Services Office
• Work experience related to a student's field of specialization
through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148)
• tudent Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters
of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. Students
who wish to identify appropriate procedures for complaints
should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs (330-1160).
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and
Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all
official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office
(except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have
a right to experience education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed,
marital status or age.
• dmission Requirements
Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree
from an accredited four-year college or university.
Applicants to the program are expected to have a minimum
undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0).
Applicants to the program must have five years of experience
(or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a position(s)
of leadership or position(s) demonstrating leadership potential.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an
individual basis by the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Admission to each entering graduate class will be given to
the most highly qualified individuals. Selection of candidates
will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's:
•
•
•
•
Previous college record,
Letters of recommendation,
Experience and organizational background,
Miller Analogies Test scores, or for applicants whose native
language is not English, a minimum score of 600 on the Test
of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), and
• Written statement and possible interview.
A)pplication Procedures
To apply, students must submit the following materials to the
Master of Arts in Leadership Office:
• Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable)
application fee.
• Written statement relating the applicant's career and life
goals focusing on leadership aspirations.
• Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor,
assessing leadership potential.
• Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same
level) describing applicant's work style and potential as a
leader.
• Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work
from all institutions attended.
• Official set of results on the Miller Analogies Test, or for
applicants whose native language is not English, a minimum
score of 600 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL).
• Possible interview with graduate program staff member.
mlvaluation Standards
Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Arts in
Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point
scale with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
P
N
W
I
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Achieves the minimum passing standard
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed
in grade point average)
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and
non-punitive-not computed in grade point average)
Grade given when course is dropped
Incomplete grade given when student is unable
to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the
student's control (to receive an incomplete, a student
must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff
stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for
removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the
instructor, and any other necessary documentation).
No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count
toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade
below 2.0 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned
the second time are counted in the grade point average.
Alcademic Policies
Academic Probation and Dismissal
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average.
If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed
on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade
point average must be restored in order for a student to be
removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in a
course, the student must petition successfully with the Master
of Arts in Leadership Committee before being permitted to
continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow
would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point
average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed
from the program by the Master of Arts in Leadership
Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the Master of
Arts in Leadership Committee for behavior detrimental to the
program such as a gross violation of college policy (as
published in the Student Guide). Di missal would occur only
after established procedmes were followed.
Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience
Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Master
of Arts in Leadership Program, it is unlikely that courses taken
elsewhere may be substituted for a particular course in the
curriculum. Students may petition the Master of Arts in
Leadership Committee for approval of any variation in the
curriculum including the transfer of credit or the receipt of
credit for other training.
Credit and Contact Hours
Each graduate course in the Master of Arts in Leadership
Program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six
quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 30 hours and
are responsible for a significant amount of individual study
and preparation.
Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence
Students may take either one or two courses each trimester.
Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to
complete the program in two years. All students are required
to complete the program within five years. Extensions beyond
five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the
Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Students who leave
the program for more than one term must request a leave of
absence in writing from the Master of Arts in Leadership
Committee.
Last Date to Withdraw from Class
The last date on which students may withdraw from a class and
receive a "W" on their records is noted in the calendar insert.
Payment Options*
1) Payment in Full: Due day ofregistration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval,
a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be
offered only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent,
which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per
course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after
the end of the term.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal
installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is
permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is
paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release
diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are
paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds
administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must
be current according to repayment schedules.
*A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect
further credit extended by the college.
Refund Schedule
A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following
basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are
responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting-100%
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting-90%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting-80%
Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting-70%
Prior to the fifth scheduled class meeting-60%
Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting-50%
inancial Aid
In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in
meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two courses
per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time.
One course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office of
Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in
assessing financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from
available alternatives, including the following:
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to
graduate students who show academic potential and have
financial need.
Funded Scholarships
Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special
scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the
participation of individuals of limited financial means as well
as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other
organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement.
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial
tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related
or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College
provides several payment plans by which employees may
handle tuition reimbursement.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal
requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants
generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance
in application please contact Augsburg's American Indian
Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency.
Federal and State Aid Programs
The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility
for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to
graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on
standard, nationally accepted methodology.
..6. Perkins Student Loan-Joint Augsburg College-federally
funded program administered through the College for
students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest
accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at
any time while you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple
interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum
of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine
months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may
extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed
for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000 .
..6. SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students)-A Federal loan
program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per
year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least
half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of
12%; payment usually begin within 60 days after
disbursement. Principal may be def rred until the student
ceases half-time enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's
option, acnunu late w1til the in-school deferment ends.
Students mu t apply for financial aid.
• SELF (Student Educati nal Loan Fund)-A Minnesota State
loan program. Stud nts may borrow up to $4,000 per year
($16,000 cumulative) as tmdergraduate with a $25,000
aggregate maximum when graduat study is included ($1,000
minimum). Interest.rate is variabl , paid by the borrower
qua1terly while in d1 I. Principal payments begin 13 month
after I aving d1 ol. Student must apply for financial aid and
be enrolled at least half-time.
• Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student
Loan)-Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or
tate agency in certain states. While the student is attending at
lea t half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual
interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the
principal begin six months after leaving school. Repayment
may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the
fir t two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of
W1dergraduate study and $7,500 per year for graduate study. The
cumulative Wldergraduate and graduate maximum is $54,750.
To Apply for Financial Aid:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Complete the Application for Admission and indicate
your desire to also apply for financial aid.
The Office of Student Financial Service will send you
necessmy application and financial statement form (or
you may pick up them up in the Office of Student
Financial Service , 152 Science Hall, or the Master of
Arts in Leadership Program Office, 2222 Muipl1y Place.)
AJJ students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on
file with Augsburg from each previously attended
institution even if they did not receive aid. Forms are
available from the College.
Complete and return the financial aid forms by the
deadlines indicated.
Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part,
within the deadline stated.
Albout Augsburg
History
. ...
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian
Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith
presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530,
Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapoli in 1872.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities
smrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 parks in the
"City of Lakes." Adjacent to the campus ar Fairview and
St. Mary's Hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University
of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways.
Accessibility
Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of
the most accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels
and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of
the 14 major buildings-student housing towers, Christensen
Center, main academic and administrative halls, the library
and music building. In addition, there are programs for
students with learning and physical disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Aug burg is a college of The Evange lical Lutherru1 Church in
America. About 59 p rcent of the students are Lutheran,
14 percent other Protestant a nd 19 p rcent Roman Catholic.
Several other affiliations ar e represented among student and
faculty .
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap a required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational
Amendments f Section 504 of the Rehabilita tion Act of 1 73
as amended in its admission policies, educational programs,
activities, and employment practices.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
Music Hall
2222 Murphy Place
Melby Hall
Ice Arena
Stage II Theatre
Center for Global
Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Youth and Family Institute
19. Office Annex House
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty /Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview /St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
I6. I
Accessible Entrance
•
ampus Location
I
N
I
-$-
I
I
I
......
......
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside
Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside
Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and
open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through
Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between
21st and 22nd A venues and north of 8th Street on 21st
Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven
days a week. Additional parking is available in the
Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots
on the north side of Riverside A venue.
m acultyand
Administration
The following faculty and administrators are currently
involved in the Master of Arts in Leadership Program:
Earl Alton, Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John Benson, Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D. Columbia University.
Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A.,
American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
John Cerrito, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A.,
Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S.,
Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Lany Crockett, Assistant Professor of Ma.th m<1 tics/Computer
Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran Uni ersity; M.Div ., Luther
Theological Seminary.
Grace Dyrud, Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Mark Engebretson, Associate Professor and Department
Chairperson of Physics. B.A., Luther College, M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norman Ferguson, Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and
Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy Guilbeault, Director, Counseling Services. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Satya Gupta, Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University,
India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Milda Hedblom, Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor Social Work, Director of
Faculty Development. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Garry Hesser, Professor of Sociology, Director of Cooperative
Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union
Theological Seminary; Ph.D. University of Notre Dame.
Ryan LaHurd, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of the
College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Lapakko, Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Rosemary Link, Assistant Professor of Social Work B.A.,
Southhampton University; S.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marie McNeff, Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University
of Nebraska.
Fekri Meziou, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, B.A.,
University of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Thomas Morgan, Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University
of Oregon.
.•
i·
William Morris, Adjunct Professor of Political Science. B.A., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
Richard Nelson, Profes on md DepartmentChairper n of History.
B.A., University of N braska; M.A., Ph.D., University f Min.n sota.
Beverly Nilsson, Prof ,sor and Chairperson of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minne ota.
Norma Noonan, Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., University of Indiana.
Vicki B. Olson, Assistant Professor of Education, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Diane Pike, Associate Professor of Sociology. AB., Connecticut
College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Larry Ragland, Associate Professor Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University
of Texas at Austin.
Stuart M. Stoller, Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
William Swenson, Adjunct Professor of Philosophy. AB., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Associate Dean for Graduate and Special
Programs. B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Theresa Welcher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., and two M.S.
degrees, South Dakota State University.
#;)dvisory Council to the
Master of Arts in
Leadership Program
Linda Geisen, Training and Development Manager,
City of St. Paul.
Dan Hanson, Vice President, Food Ingredients Division,
Land-0-Lakes, Inc.
Cynthia Marsh, Ph.D. Consulting Psychologist,
Personnel Decisions, Inc.
Dean Newman, Consultant.
Robert Odom, Senior Vice President of U.S. Specialty Divisions,
H.B. Fuller Company.
Richard Ploetz, Customer Education Manager, Medtronic, Inc.
Rosemarie Ramirez, Human Resources Officer,
St. Paul Companies, Inc.
The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an
irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The
College reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements at any time within the student's term of residence.
.
\'
Augsburg Colleg0
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINN EA POLIS, MN 55454
Show less
-
-
-
.
Table of Contents
ACADEMIC CALENDAR .....................................Page 2
.
PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3
1991 .1992 TUITION AND FEES ........................Page 4
CLASS SCHEDULE. FALL 1991 ...........................Page 5
CLASS SCHEDULE. WINT'ER 1... Show more
-
-
-
.
Table of Contents
ACADEMIC CALENDAR .....................................Page 2
.
PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3
1991 .1992 TUITION AND FEES ........................Page 4
CLASS SCHEDULE. FALL 1991 ...........................Page 5
CLASS SCHEDULE. WINT'ER 1992 ..................... Page 8
CLASS SCHEDULE. SPRING 1992 ....................... Page 11
Augsburg Weekend College
1991 - 1992 Academic Calendar
1991 Fall
Trimester
Application Deadline
Aug 19
1992 Winter
Trimester
1992 S p e
Trimester
Dec 2
Mar9
Applicant pile Completion Deadline
Aug 30
Dec 16
Mar 23
New Student Orientation
sept 7
Apr 4
Jan 4
Class Scheduling (course selection)
Begins:
June 2
Oct 25
Ends:
Aug 2
Nov 22
Jan 31
Mar2
Registration (schedule confirmation)
Mail Deadline
Aug 23
Dec 16
New Students/ Sept 7
Jan 4
Make-up
Mar 23
Apr 4
Classes Begin
Apr 10-12
Sept 13-15
Jan 10-12
Last ~ a ~ t o A or
d dDmp &ss Without Record Notation
Sept 15
Jan 12
Apr 12
-
-
-
~p
Last Day to Change Grade Option
Oct 27
Feb 16
May 17
Last Day to Drop a Class
Nov 24
Mar 15
May 31
Classes End
Dec 6-8
Mar 27-29
Jun 12-14
Final Exams
Dec 13-15
Apr 3-5
Jun 19-21
Dec 23
Apr 13
June 29
Sept 13-15
Sept 27-29
Oct 11-13
Oct 25-27
NOV8-10
NOV22-24
Dec 6-8**
D ~ 13-15
C
Jan 10-12**
Jan 17-19
Jan 31-Feb 2
Feb 14-16
Feb 28-Mar 1
Mar 13-15
Mar 27-29**
Apr 3-5
Apr 10-12*
Apr 24-26**
May 1-3
May 15-17
May 29-31
June 12-14**
June 19-21
Final Grades Due
Classes Meet
Program Information Sessions
Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encomged
to attend one of the infbrmation sessions that are scheduled throughout
5the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are
approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College
Office (330-1652) to receive further details on these information sessions
or to sign up for one of the fbllowing dates:
-
For Pall Trimester, 1991
Saturday, May 18
Tuesday, June 4
Saturday, June 22
Thursday, July 11
Saturday, July 27
Saturday, August 10
-
For Winter Trimester, 1992
Saturday, October 12
Saturday, November 9
Saturday, November 2 3
For Spring Trimester, 1992
Saturday, February 1
Tuesday, February 18
Saturday, February 29
For more infirmation write or call:
Augsburg Weekend College Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Phone: 612/330-1652
FAX: 612/330-1695
1991 - 1992
Tuition and Fees
Application Fee (payable once, non-rehndable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
$15 .OO
$768.00
(one c o r n is 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Tuition (per summer course, 1991)
$595.00
Activity Fee (per trimester)
$7.00
Audit a Course
$384.00
Lifetime Sports:
Fee for course
Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning
$100.00
$50.00
Nursing Clinical Fee
$150.00
Student Teaching Fee (per course)
$300.00
Late Fee (per day)
$50.00
Five working days after registration (schedule conhnation) are allowed
to complete late registrations. Per day k e is charged to any student
registering after the scheduled registration date. Late registration also
includes incomplete registration as defined: a) unsigned registration
form; b) unapproved payment plan.
Registration change after first class meeting
$5.00
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time)
Transcript Fee (first is fiee, per copy after first)
$2.00
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per
month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more.
Fall Trimester, 1991 Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO - 9:30)
BIO 185 Biology ofAging
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 391 Business Law
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (9/13-11/8) (.5)
EDE 379 K-El Art Methods (9/13-10/11) (.25)
EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (10/25-12/13) (.5)
EDE 387 K-El Language Arts (10/25-12/13) ( 5 )
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (9/13-11/8) (.5)
EDU 264 Orientation to Education (9/13-11/8) (.5)
EDU 388 Human Relations (10/25-12/13) (.5)
ENG 272 European Literature: Renaissance to Modem
INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts *
NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research
NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111:Families
PHY 101 Astronomy
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 361 Personality
REL 356 History of Religions
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SWK 260 Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30
- 12:OO)
BIO 103
BUS 221
BUS 222
BUS 242
BUS 324
CHM 109
CSC 271
ECO 112
ECO 113
ECO 313
EDE 376
EDE 377
Human Anatomy and Physiology *
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Managerial Cost Accounting
General Chemistry *
COBOL
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
K-El Social Studies Methods (10/26-11/23) (.25)
K-El Science Methods (9/14-10/12) (.25)
rnn
v
200
CI U L - I ~ L
I#-LL->-
/n
/-A
q
n
1x-i
/ -F\
PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy
POL 342 Mass Communications in Society
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 363 Religion in America
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 495 Topics: The Selfand the Organization
SWK 463 Community Development and Organization
Saturday Afternoon (1:15 - 445)
ART 240 Art History Survey
BUS 221 Principles ofAccounting I
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 391 Business Law
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (11/23-12/14) (.25)
EDE 386 Children's Litelature (9/14-11/9) (.5)
EDS 353 Creating Leaming Environments
EDU 341 Media Technology (9/14-11/9) (.5)
ENG 111 EEctive Writing
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing *
ENG 250 Readings in American Literature
HIS 222 U.S. History Since 1877
HPE 114 Health and !hfkty Education (E/S) (9/14-11/9) (.5)
POL 160 World Politics
POL 342 Mass Communications in Society
REL 345 Lutheran Heritage
REL 339 Television and Religion
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SWK 361 Social R c p n s e to Human Needs
-
Sunday Afternoon (1:15 - 445)
ART 132
BUS 221
BUS 252
BUS 331
BUS 423
Photography
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Auditing
E r n 21 2
T..+--~A:-+-
l i ~ : ~ ~ . . ~ ~ ~ . . . . ~ : ~
ENG 111
ENG 351
HIS
~ ~ ~
MIS 175
MIS 279
MIS 375
REL 420
SOC 121
SOC 265
SPA 111
Efictive Writing *
American Literature Since 1920
(To be announced)
1 1 and5 Chemical Dependency Education (10/27-12/15) (.5)
Health
Computers in Business, Economics and MIS
Quantitative Methods h r Business, Economics and MIS
Inhrmation Systems in the Organization
Eastern Orthodoxy
Introduction to Human Society
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Beginning Spanish I *
Thursday Evening
CSC 330 Theory of Computation
NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I * **
Minnetonka College Center
(To be announced)
Lifetime Sports
HPE 002 Racquet Sports (Saturday Afternoons)
Time
- to be Arranged
EDE 363 Clinical Experience (.5)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5)
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approml and Placement by Ed. Dept.)*
-
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
48 1 K Student Teaching
481 K-EL Student Teaching
481 EL Student Teachiig
482 K Student Teaching
482 K-EL Student Teaching
482 EL Student Teaching
483 K Student Teaching
483 K-EL Student Teaching
483 EL Student Teaching
484 EL Student Teaching
481 Student Teaching
482 Student Teaching
483 Student Teaching
484 Student Teaching
Winter Trimester, 1992 Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO- 9:30)
ART 224 Publication Design
ART 352 Women's Art History
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 388 K-El Health Methods (3/13-4/3) (.25)
EDE 389 K-El Physical Education Methods (1/31-2/28) (.25)
EDU 341 Media Technology (1/10-2/28) (.5)
ENG 111 EEctive Writing *
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing*
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I *
PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology *
PSY 373 Or@nizational Psychology
REL 486 Psychology of Religion
SOC 121 In~oductionto Human Society
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SWK 260 Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30- 12:OO)
BIO 101 Human Biology
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analys'i
BUS 391 Business Law
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
CHM 110 Organic and Biological Chemistry
CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Achitecture
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE 379 K-El Art Methods (1/11-2/1) (.25)
EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (1/11-2/29) (.5)
EDE 387 K-EL Ianguage Arts (1/11-2/29) (.5)
EDU 264 Orientation to Education (1/11-2/29) ( 5 )
EDU 388 Human Relations (2/15-4/4) (.5)
ENG 111 EEctive Writing
n-T-
---
n
..- ..
1~ I
.
n
. .
--
- - > X E ---.
2.--
PSY 485 Counseling Psychology
REL 363 Religion in America
REL 471 Jesus and His Interpreters
SPC 111 Public Spealang
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
SWK 363 Basic Methods (by demand)
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Saturday Afternoon (1:15
- 445)
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1
BUS 331 Financial Management
BUS 465 International Management
ECO 113 Microeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 415 Managerial Economics
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (2/154/4) (.5)
EDE 377 K-El Saence Methods (1/11,1/18,2/1) (.25)
EDE 386 Children's Literature (2/15-4/4) (.5)
EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments
EDS 477 School and Society ( l / l l - 2/29) (.5)
ENG 216 American Indian Literature
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions *
HIS 104 The Modem Non-Westem World
HPE 115 Health and ChdDependency Education (E/S) (2b-3/28) (5)
MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics
MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
PSY 264 Research Methods I
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 356 History of Religions
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SPA 112 Beginning Spanish I1 *
SPC 329 Intercultural Communication
SPC 351 Argumentation
SWK 364 Field Work I (by demand)
SWK 466 Field Work I11
Sunday Afternoon (1:15 - 4:45)
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
102
222
242
326
440
Environmental Design
Principles of Accounting 11
Principles of Management
Tax Accounting
Operations Management
EDE 376 K-El Sodal Studies Methods (1/12-2/2) (.25)
EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (1/12-2/2) (.25)
EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (1/12-3/1) (.5)
i
sAge
ENG 332 Milton and H
FRE 111 Beginning French I
GER 111 Beginning German I*
HPE 114 Health and S t y Education (E/S) (1/12-3/1) (.5)
HPE 353 Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise
MIS 175 Computers fix Business, Economics and MIS
MIS 475 Inbnnation Systems Analysis and Design
SPA 111- Beginning Spanish I
SPA 112 Beginning Spanish I1
Day Schedule Evening Courses
CSC 352 Database Management & Design (meets Feb. - May)
ECO 414 We&e Economics (meets Feb. - May)
(required b r Economics major)
Minnetonka College Center
- -
(To be announced)
Lietime Sports
HPE 002 Lifetime Fitness (meets weekly fbr 8 weeks)
To be Arranged
EDE 363 Clinical Experience (.5)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5)
HPE 489 Coaching Practicum (.5)
Travel Seminars
(To be announced)
Student Teaching (Prereq.:Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* * *
EDE 481 K Student Teaching
EDE 481 K-EL Student Teaching
EDE 481 EL Student Teaching
EDE 482 K Student Teaching
EDE 482 K-EL Student Teaching
EDE 482 EL Student Teaching
EDE 483 K Student Teaching
EDE 483 K-EL Student Teaching
EDE 483 EL Student Teaching
EnF.484 F.T.Sfiident Tearhinv
Spring Trimester, 1992 Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO - 10:OO)
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 466 International Marketing
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (5/15-6/19) (.5)
EDE 376 K-El Social Studies Methods (4/10-5/1) (.25)
EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (5/29-6/19) (.25)
EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (5/1-6/12) (-5)
EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments
EDU 265 Orientation to Education (4/10-5/15) (.5)
EDU 388 Human Relations (E/S) (4/10-5/15) (.5)
ENG 111 EEctive Writing
ENG 261 Modem Fiction
HPE 114 Health and Safkty Education (E/S) (4/10-5/15) (.5)
Women's Studies course (To be Announced)
INS
MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts
MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the F i e Arts
PHY 101 Astronomy
PSY 105 Prinaples of Psychology
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionalCommunication
SWK 260 Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:OO - 12:OO)
BIO 108 Microbiology *
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 391 BusinessLaw
CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 318 Management Science
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE 377 K-El Science Methods (5/30-6/20) (.25)
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (4/11-5/16) (.5)
EDU 341 Media Technology (4/11-5/16) ( 5 )
ENG 111 EEctive Writing *
ENG 226 Introduction to Creative Writing
ENG 438 Shakespeare
HIS
(To be announced)
HTE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (4/11-5/16) ( 5 )
MAT 114 Elemenmy Functions *
MTs 17<
f ! r \ r n n ~ ~ t ~ rfor
c R ~ ~ c i n ~Ernnr\m;m
n c
o n A MTC
POL 342
PSY 105
PSY 362
REL 353
REL 483
SOC 336
SPC 352
SWK 461
SWK 467
Mass Communications
Principles of Psychology
Behavior Disorders
Denominations and Religious Groups
Christian Ethics
Introduction to C u l d Anthropology
Persuasion
Advanced Methods (by demand)
Social Worker as Professional
Saturday Afternoon (1:OO
BIO 231
BUS 221
BUS 252
BUS 331
BUS 425
BUS 438
BUS 450
CSC 210
ECO 112
ECO 311
ECO 360
EDE 386
EDE 388
ENG 223
ENG 345
HPE 475
MIS 370
PHI 230
POL 158
PSY 265
REL 221
REL 369
SOC 349
SPC 351
SPC 355
SPC 360
SWK 462
SWK 469
Biology of Women
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Advanced Accounting
Investments
Marketing Management
DataStructures
Principles of Macroeconomics
Public Finance
International Trade and Finance
Children's Literature (4/11-5/30) (.5)
K-El Health Methods (4/11-5/2) (.25)
Writing for Business and the Professions
Introduction to the English Language
Prevention and Care ofAthletic Injuries (4/11-5/16) (SO)
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS
Logic
Political Patterns and Processes
Research Methods I1
Biblical Studies
Religious Imagination in Modem Literature
Complex Organizations
Argumentation
Small Group Communication
Interpretive Reading
Field Work I1 (by demand)
Field Work IV
SundayAfternoon (1:OO
ART 250
BUS 242
BUS 340
ECO 113
- 5:OO)
- 5:OO)
Ceramics1
Principles of Management
Human Resource Management
Principles of Microeconomics
ECT) 31 3 Intermediate Microeconomics
ENG 340
FRE 112
GER 112
HPE 482
MIS 175
MIS 476
REL 263
SOC 265
SOC 365
SPA 112
Advanced Expository Writing
Beginning French I1 *
Beginning German I1
Coaching Theory of Sport
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
Structure SystemsAnalysis and Design
World Hunger and Justice
Culture: Ethniaty, Gender and Race
Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation
Beginning Spanish I1
Minnetonka College Center
(To be announced)
Lifetime Sports
HPE 002 Beginning Aerobics (meets weekly for 8 weeks)
T i e to be Arranged
EDE 363
EDS 352
HPE 489
NUR 311
Clinical Experience (.5)
Clinical Experience (.5)
Coaching Practicurn (.5)
Community Health Nursing 11***
--
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* **
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
481
481
481
482
482
482
483
483
483
484
481
482
483
484
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
*Extm class or lab sm'onsrequired.
* *Acirlitionallabfee chaged.
Au(qsbur2 Col lem
Show less
ble of Contents
.....................2
GENERAL INFORMATION ..............................
.
..................... 3
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ................................
3
FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Characteristics of the Educational Program ..................... Show more
ble of Contents
.....................2
GENERAL INFORMATION ..............................
.
..................... 3
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ................................
3
FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Characteristics of the Educational Program ............................... 4
Student Support Services .............................................................
5
Career Placement ..................................
...,..
.........................5
Academic Skills Center (Tutoring) .............................................
5
Veterans of Military Service .................................................... 5
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services .....................
5
ACADEMIC INFORMATION .......................,................................
6
Degrees/Majors .....................................
.A
Business Administration ..................................................1 1
Communication .....................................................................
13
Computer Science ...............................................................
15
Economics .........................................................................
.
,..16
Education ..............................................................................
16
Teaching Licensure ..............................................................
16
Coaching Endorsement ..................................................... 18
English ......................... ..................................................
18
Management Information Systems (MIS) ...............................20
Nursing .......................... ................................................ 21
Psychology .............................................................................
22
Religion ................................................................................
22
Social Work ................... ..................................................
23
Minors ..................................................................................... 24
Math Placement Group Requirements .................... ............24
Dean's List ...............................................................................
25
Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal ..............................
25
Attendance Policy .....................................................................
26
Department Course Limits ..................................................... 26
Grading Procedures ................................................................ 26
Incomplete Grade .................................................................27
Withdrawal fi-om College ....................................................... 28
Graduation with Distinction ..................................................
28
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) ................................... 29
.
.
..
.
.
.
.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ...........................................................
30
ADMISSIONS/FINANCIAL INFORMATION .............................
70
Admissions Requirements and Procedures ................................ 70
Financial Aid ......................................................................... 71
Fees and Payment Schedule .......................................................
73
Payment Options ......................................................................
73
Refund Schedule ................................. ................................
74
Tuition Refund Policy ...............................................................
74
.
.
.............................................. 75
CAMPUS GUIDE .................................... ...... ...............................76
ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE
CAMPUS LOCATION ................................................................
IBC
Telephone Nzzmbers
Frequently Called Telephone Numbers
.................................................
Weekend College Office
330-1782
Director, Rick Thoni .....................................................330-1640
Operations, Nancy Schmiclde .........................................330-1740
Admissions, Jeanette Wittmer .........................................330-1792
Inquiry/Office Coordinator, Robin Sanderson ............... . 330-1652
Operations Assistant, Scott Ball ........................ .,.....,......330-1782
Enrollment, Deidre Middleton .................................... . 330-1777
Other Campus Numbers:
Boolcstore, Christensen Center .......................... ...,.,... ...330-1122
Business Office, Science Hall:
Cashier: 8:30 a.m.- 4:00 p.m. ......................................330-1028
Billing: 8:00 a.m.- 4:30 p.m. .......................................330-1790
Education Department, Library Building ....................
.,. 330-1130
Financial Aid Office, Science Hall ...................................
330-1046
Counseling and Career Planning, Memorial Hall .............
330-1162
Library ..........................................................................
330-1017
Nursing Department, Memorial Hall .............................330-1209
Registrar (transcripts, grades), Science Hall .....................
. 330-1036
Summer School .............................................................
330-1786
General Information ......................................................
330-1000
Weekend College Off~ceHours:
Monday-Friday - 8:00 a.m. - 4:30 p.m.
(evening hours by appointment)
Office Hours on Class Weekends:
Friday- 5:30 p.m. - 6:15 p.m., Old Main Lobby
Saturday - 8:00 a.m.- 1:30 p.m., Old Main Lobby or WEC Office
Sunday - 12:30 p.m.- 1:30 p.m., Old Main Lobby
Weekend College Office hcation:
The Weekend College Office is at 2222 Murphy Place, located on
the comer of 23rd Avenue and 7 '/, Street on the Augsburg
College Campus (see #11 on map on page 76 ).
This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is
published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students.
Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the
policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog.
The Augsburg College Catalog should answer most questions students
have about Augsburg College and its curriculum and programs. Although
information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change
without notice. I t is the res~onsibilitvof each student to know the
requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have
questions about anything in the Augsburg College Catalog, consult a
faculty member or Weekend College adviser, the Dean of the College, or
the Registrar.
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College
Purpose
Augsb~~rg
Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults
who desire college experience but who worlc or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means by which Inen and women may earn a
bachelor's degree, gain slulls for professio~laladvancement, prepare for career
change, or pursue a persolla1 interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts.
The Adult as a Student
The Augsburg Weelce~ldCollege program is designed to meet the needs
and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumpill be
tion that the Inen and women who enroll in Weekend College w
mature, self-dsciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a
balance of classroom experience and i~ldividualizedstudy. Each course is
therefore divided into periods of co~lce~ltrated
on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation.
Alternate Weekends
T o accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate
weelce~ldsfor three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday
morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.* Each class selected
by the student involves commitme~ltto one of these four class periods.
Weeltend College students may talce from one to four different courses
by attendng class every other weekend.
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of A ~ ~ g s b uWeelce~ld
rg
College is participation in a
com~nu~lity
of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the
student is involved in a stable community that provides opportu~ityand
e~lcourageme~lt
to become i~lvolvedin i~lteractio~l
both in and out of the
classroom. This community d l be enriched by the presence of both
men and women with a variety ofwork and life experiences.
T o facilitate this kind of commiulity interaction, Ailgsburg encourages
Weelrend College students to make use of college facilities such as the
library and Christensen Center, to talce the opportunity of having shared
meals and coffee brealcs, to participate in optional lu~lchtime seminars,
and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events.
*Laboratovy sections or additional class hours may be scheduled duY-in~the week.
Characteristics of the Educational Program
Educational Mission
For over a century, Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual
freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a
liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the
present, and plan for the hture.
As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students
a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional
education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills
and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in
selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a hlgher level of
personal growth.
Accreditation and M i a t i o n s
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Secondary Schools and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our
programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, The Council
on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are
a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America, the Minnesota Private
College Council, and the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational
institution, or employer.
Paculty
Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members
of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the premajor stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields.
Library
Students and faculty use a carellly selected library of some 175,000
volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000
volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and
Minitex.
Internships
Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic
programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience
in their chosen fields.
Student Support Services
Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist
adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishingthe academic
tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and
participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are:
Academic Planning
All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert
academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient,
effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had
college experience d have their previous work evaluated early in the
admissions process.
Career Planning Services
Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in
assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major
field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career
plan for the individual involved.
Academic Skills Center (Tutoring)
This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of
writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic
tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center,
Counseling/Support Groups
Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work
on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the
experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar
characteristics and/or interests.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about
completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other
information to the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.)
American Indian Support Program
Staff from this program are available to assist students in the areas of
financial aid, admissions, academic and personal counseling.
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services
(C.L.A.S.S.)
Learning disabled students have average or above average intelligence but
have difficulty achieving their f d l potential. Services available to such
students include: diagnostic evaluation, educational planning, learning aids
and remedial instruction. If students are concerned that difficulties in
school are more than just temporary problems, they can discuss their
learning style with the Coordinator of Disabled Students or the learning
disabilities specialists, and arrange assessment and structures assistance to
increase their potential for academic success. Physically challenged students
also are served through ths office. Individuahzed attention and services are
provided for and/or coordinated to meet the mobility needs of students.
.
II
ademic Information
Degrees and Majors
Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree
program or to continue their education after beginning at another time
or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already
completed college degree. The following information outlines what is
involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend
College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.)
Bachelor's Degree
I
I
The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is
essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester
courses are required to graduate and may be fdfilled through combinations of transfer of previous college credit, assessment of previous
learning experience, and Weekend College courses. (Augsburg semester
courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included
in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, 11 upper
division courses, and courses selected fiom the following liberal arts
spectrum (transfer courses and courses talcen in the major may also be
counted for distribution requirements).
I
I1
I
I
I
Stude~~ts
entering (transfining)to Augsb~rgin 1991-'92 who are classified as
Sophomores,Juniors,or Seniors,those entering (transferring)in 1993-'94
dassilied as Senion should follow the general educationdistribution requirements
as listed below. (F~u-therexplill~ationof classi6catio11can be fbund on page 27.)
One approved course from each of seven areas:
1. Art/Music
2. History/Philosophy
3. Economics/Political Science
4. English/Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (devoted
to the study of literature)
5. Psychology 105/Sociology 121 (or the equivalent transfer
course)
6 . Chemistry/Biology
7. Mathematics/Physics
1 A course in writing (English 111)or demonstrated proficiency
I Two courses or demonstrated competence in a second language
E
Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies
1 One course in the area of Urban Concerns, Women's Studies or
Minority StuQes
In addition to the 35 total courses, a student must demonstrate
proficiency in two lifetime sports.
ALL other students will follow the Augsburg Curriculum adopted by the
College faculty beginning in 1990. Freshman students (transferring less
than seven Augsburg course equivalents) entering in 1991-'92 and
Freshman and Sophomore students (transferring less than 15 Augsburg
course eq~livalents)entering in 1992-'93 will complete the following
skills and liberal arts perspectives along with their approved major
program.
The Augsburg Curriculum
Rationale for the Augsburg Curriculum Components:
The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program
incorporating general education, major courses, supporting courses and
elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the
Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal arts as expressed in the
General Education component of the curriculum.
Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists "To
develop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality
educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped
by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital
metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this
Mission is through its General Education curriculum, which Augsburg
has divided under two headings: liberal arts perspectives and skills.
The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the
search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions
from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to
contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified
with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage
multi-disciplinary reflections on the questions at issue. They combine
concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed
ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant
in society.
The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has
chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission
Statement are embodied in the General Education Perspectives: "The
Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the
City." These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliation with
the L~ttheranChurch, its insistence on the value of knowing the approach which derives from the Christian roots of the College, and its
location in the city, deserve special consideration in Augsburg's educational
program.
The third feature - that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution -is
embodied in the other General Education Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human life - of what it is to be human - form the core of the
required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to
be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the
various academic disciplines.
Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person.
Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in
both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the
Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in
which we understand ourselves derives largely fiom our Western heritage,
students need to learn Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same
time, to focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric: we live in a global
society. Hence this Perspective on Inter-Cultural Awareness. Finally, the
College has a concern for values. Attention to moral values is found not only
in the Perspective on the Character and Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. Attention is paid to
aesthetic values in the Perspective on Aesthetic Values.
Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with
academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way
we teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic
excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do
college-level work. The General Education Requirements are couched in
a context which pays attention to the skills of both incoming and
graduating students. Entry-level skill requirements in a number of critical
areas; including reading, writing, quantitative reasoning and critical
thinking, will be assessed and help given to students who need it.
Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that students not only
maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience.
The proposed General Education Requirements provide a coherent way
to address the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way,
neither do they guarantee that students who graduate fiom Augsburg
possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is
provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally
educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes, and an
opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity ofwhat it
is to be human and Christian in an urban setting.
Skills Component:
A. En* Level Skills.All students who are entering Augsburg classified as
Freshman (fewer than seven college credit courses) are required to take
inventory assessments in the skills of reading, writing, quantitative reasoning (along with Math Placement) critical thinking, and word processing.
Placement in writing courses and math courses is determined by these
inventories. Students with demonstrated deficiencies in critical thinking
will be enrolled in a critical thinking course, students with demonstrated
deficiencies in reading, quantitative reasoning, or word processing will be
given advice on how to prepare for retaking the respective tests. Students
are required to have taken the assessments before registering for the
second trimester and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the
end of their first year (three trimesters) at Augsburg.
All entering students; whatever their classification, who have already
received college credit for a course which has been accepted as the
equivalent of Effective Writing are considered to have already completed the inventory assessment in writing. Students with a transfer
mathematics course accepted for college credit by Augsburg College are
exempted fiom the quantitative reasoning inventory and will be given
information about taking the Math Placement test based upon previous
college mathematics courses.
Entering Freshman or Sophomore transfer students with demonstrated
word processing skulls; e.g. recent verifiable work experience, are exempt
from the word processing i~lventory.Entering Freshman or Sophomore
students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are
exempt fiom the critical thinltiilg inventory.
Entering Junior and Senior transfer students are exempt from word
processing, reading, and critical thulking assessments.
13. Graduation Level Skills. Ge~leralEd~~cation
includes e~lhancementof
certain slds during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical
thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning are deliberate componellts of
certain co~mes.Completion of the requisite courses with a mnhim~ungrade of
2.0 or Pis required for grad~lation.Sh~dentsare required to have two courses
with writing comnpone~~ts
and one course each with critical thi~ddng,spealhg
and quantitative reasonu~gcomponents. These courses can simultaneo~sly
satisfjr slcill requirements and graduation req~ureme~lts
for the major or general
education perspectives. Two comes in Lifetime Sports are also required.
Liberal Arts Perspectives:
The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal
of providing the basis for begi~lni~lg
to understand what it means to be a
human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved
through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the
criteria established for each Perspective.
Students will choose courses from a list of courses meeting the Liberal
Arts Perspectives. These choices are controlled by the following policies:
A student will choose one course from each category.
No single course can fi~lfllthe requireme~ltsin two or more categories.
No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from
the same department in meeting perspective requirements.
No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective except:
1.Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The
Christian Faith."
2. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence may be used to meet
the perspective, "The Natural World."
3. Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to
meet part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness."
The followi~lgsummary of the Perspectives will suggest their general
goals and breadth. A description of the Liberal Arts Perspectives appears
in the more detailed Augsburg College Catalog.
A. l%e Character and Mission of Aujsburj Colleg-e: The Christian Faith.
This Perspective focuses on A~~gsburg
as a College of the ELCA.
Augsburg accepts as its basis for its educatio~lalprogram the doctrines of
the Christian faith as revealed in Scripture and the creeds affirmed by the
Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect
upon the Christian Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their
own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian
faith as part of becoming educated. Three courses are required to meet
this Perspective.
B. The Character and Mission of Augsburg Collge: The City. Students
should gain an understanding of and critically reflect upon the city with its
diverse populations; cultural, governmental, and economic institutions;
and opportunities and challenges which this environment presents.
Students should experience the community and shodd explore opportunities for service in the community. Internships, cooperative education,
field placements and other approved experiences, as well as courses which
focus upon the metropolitan area are used to meet this perspective. One
course or approved experience is req~dred.
C. WesternHevitage:This perspective is intended to help students critically
examine ideas and themes (found in, for example, literature, philosophy and
the arts) and events that historically have shaped Western civilization.Attention is paid to the contributions to or critiques of Western thought by women
and ethnic minorities.Two comes are required to meet this perspective.
D. Human Identity: This perspective is intended to help students view
themselves as persons; men and women with unique abilities, values,
beliefs, experiences, and behaviors. One course is required to meet this
perspective.
E. Aesthetics:Aesthetic creations convey hndamental insights and values,
express beauty, and enhance life: This perspective focuses on aesthetic
qualities ul artistic expressions by oneself and others. One course is required.
F . The Social World:This perspective is intended to help students learn
to identify, examine, and critique social, economic, or political systems:
to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connections among these systems, and to use this laowledge as a participant in
society. Two courses are required for this perspective.
G. Intercultural Awareness: This perspective is intended to complement
the Western Heritage perspective by expanding students' awareness of
other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect
upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other
cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons
of other cultural baclcgrounds partially by being introduced to a specific
culture other than European or mainstream North American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by leanling to speak
and read a language other than their native language. For thispart of the perspective, students are required to have demonstrated proficiency in a foreign
language. The foreign language requirement wdl be based upon placement:
Foreign Language
Placement
111
112
211
212
311
Course
Requirement
111-112
112
211
212
No course required
H . The Natural World:This perspective is intended to help students
understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role
as observers, explorers, and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient
technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts, and methods will be
provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in
public debates on technical issues. Two courses, one of which is a
laboratory course, are required.
Majors
Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 11 separate
majors, several with a number of career concentrations. A minor also is
available in several of these academic areas as well as in Sociology and
Women's Studies. (See page 24 for details.)
Business Administration
This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, marketing and international business. To provide a combination
of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of 10 business administration
courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer
programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in
Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Core Courses
All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will co~nplete
the following core courses:
BUS/MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
BUS
221
Pri~lciplesof Accou~~ting
I
BUS
222
Principles of Accounting I1
BUS
242
Pri~lciplesof Management
BUS
252
Principles of Marketing
BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Eco~lomicsand MIS
BUS
331
Financial Management
BUS
391
Business Law
ECO
112
Principles of Macroeco~lomics
113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO
Public Finance
ECO
3 11
or
ECO
312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
or
ECO
3 15
Money and Ballking
ECO
3 13
Intermediate Microeconomics
Accounting Concentration
Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a
co~lcentrationin accounting will co~npletethe following courses in addition
to the core:
BUS
322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
BUS
323
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
BUS
324
Managerial Cost Accounting
BUS
326
Tax Accounting
or
BUS
423
Auditing
or
BUS
425
Advanced Accounting
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the following list:
BUS
399
Internship
ENG
223
Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI
120
Ethics
Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete
the remaining courses in the 326,423 and 425 sequence.
Finance Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will co~npletethe following courses in addition to the
core:
BUS
322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
BUS
433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
BUS
438
Investment Theory
ECO
318
Management Science
or
ECO
415
Managerial Econo~nics
MIS
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the following list:
BUS
324
Managerial Cost Accounting
BUS
326
Tax Accounting
BUS
399
Internship
ENG
223
Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI
120
Ethics
International Business Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in international business will complete 11 of the 12 core courses
(ECO 31 1 or 312 or 315 is not required) and the following:
BUS
362
International Business
BUS
465
International Management
BUS
466
International Marketing
BUS
399
Internship
or
BUS
499
Independent Study
ECO
360
International Trade and Finance
Three semesters of a foreign language
Management Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in rnanagemellt will co~npletethe followi~lgcourses in addition to
the core:
BUS
340
Human Resource Management
BUS
440
Operations Management
ECO
318
Management Science
PSY
373
Organizational Psychology
or
SOC
349
Complex Organizations
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the following list:
BUS
399
Internship
ENG
223
Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI
120
Ethics
PSY
371
Psychology of the Individual
SOC
336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC
SOC
SPC
SPC
375
265
111
354
Social Psychology
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Public Speaking
Interpersonal Communication
Marketing Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
BUS
352
Marketing Research and klalysis
BUS
450
Marketing Management
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
BUS
355
Marketing Communication
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the following list:
BUS
399
Internship
ENG 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI
120
Ethics
SPC
351
Argumentatio~l
SPC
352
Persuasion
Business Minor
BUS
221
Principles of Accounting I
BUS
242
Principles of Management
\BUS
252
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
BUS
331
ECO
112
Principles of Macroeco~~omics
11 3
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO
Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson.
Cornrnunication
Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality of our communication. The communication major at
Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in a
variety of contexts and to improve communicatio~lskills. All communication
majors must complete a core group of eight required courses, supplemented
by five electives in one of the following concentrations: public relations and
advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory
management. Prospective majors should meet with a departmental adviser as
early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end
of the sophomore year. Majors in communication are candidates for the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Required Communication Core
SPC
111
Public Speaking
SPC
342
Mass Communication in Society
Argume~ltatio~l
SPC
35 1
SPC
352
Persuasion
SPC
354
Interpersonal Commu~lication
SPC
355
Small Group Communication
Any two of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227
Communication Electives
With the help of an academic adviser, students select five elective courses in
one of the following concentrations:public relations and advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory management. Listed
below are some of the electives recommended for each concentration:
Public Relations and Advertising
Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are strongly urged to
take ENG 227 (Journalism) as part of the major.
BUS
242
Principles of Management
BUS
252
Principles of Marketing
BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
BUS
35 5
Marlteting Communications
ENG 226
Creative Writing
ENG 227
Journalism
PSY
373
Organizational Psychology
SOC
349
Complex Organizatio~ls
SPC/ART 132 Photography
SPC/ART 224 Publicatio~lDesign
SPC/ART 225/230 Visual Communications I, I1
SPC
345
Organizational Communicatio~l
SPC
399
Internship
SPC
480
Public Relations/Promotionalal Communications
Marketing Communications
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
SPC
SPC
252
352
355
450
399
480
Principles of Marlteting
Marlteting Research and Analysis
Marketing Communications
Marlteting Management
Internship
Public Relations/Promotion Communications
Human Relations
PSY
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SPC
SPC
SPC
SPC
373
485
231
265
349
329
345
399
480
Organizational Psychology
Counseling Psychology
Sociology of the Family
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Complex Organizations
Intercultural Communicatio~l
Orga~lizationalCommunication
Internship
Public Relations/Promotional Communicatio~ls
Supervisory Management
BUS/MIS 175
BUS
242
BUS/MIS 279
BUS
340
BUS
355
BUS
440
PSY
373
SOC
349
SPC
345
SPC
399
SPC
480
Computers in Business, Economics and MIS
Principles of Management
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
Human Resource Management
Marlteting Communications
Operations Management
Organizational Psychology
Complex Organizations
Organizational Communication
Internship
Public Relations/Promotional Communications
I
I
I
Communication Minor
\SPC
111
Public Speaking
'SPC
342
Mass Communication in Society
\SPC
351
Argumentation
or
SPC
352
Persuasion
'SPC
354
Interpersonal Commu~lication
SPC
345
Orga~lizationalCommunicatio~l
or
'' SPC
355
Small Group Communication
Any one of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227
Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a communication
faculty adviser.
Computer Science
I
I
At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in
developing skills of critical thinlung, understanding abstract concepts, and
analyzing and solving problems. Computer Science courses at Augsburg are
intended to help develop these slulls. In addition, an increasing number of
academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics
and computer science. This major serves students studying/working in a
wide variety of fields.
Some courses may need to be taken in an evening schedule. Students should
meet with a faculty adviser as soon as possible to plan their course of study.
Introductory Courses
CSC
CSC
MAT
MAT
170
210
171
124
Structured Programming
Data Structures
Discrete Mathematics
Calculus I
Core Courses
CSC
320
Algorithms
CSC
330
Theory of Computation
CSC
345
Principles of Computer Organization
CSC
450
Principles of Programming Language
Three electives from the following, two ofwhich must be selected from
courses with an asterisk:
*CSC 270
Fortran
*CSC/PHY 261 Electronics
*CSC 340
Digital Communicatio~lsand Computer Networlts
*CSC 352
Database Management and Design
CSC 399
Internship
*CSC 445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
CSC 499
Independent Study
'{
CSC 491
Computer Science Colloquium is required for all
juniors and seniors. This no-credit course meets weekly. '
-
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including the four introductory courses and two of the core
courses.
Economics
This major is also available in the weelte~ldschedule. However, one course
(ECO 414) may need to be talten on an evening schedule. Stude~ltsare
encouraged to meet with a faculty adviser as soon as possible to carefi~lly
plan their program of study.
BUS
221
Principles of Accou~lti~lg
I
BUS
222
Pri~lciplesof Accounting I1
ECO
112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO
113
l'rinciples of Microeco~lornics
Methods for Business, Eco~lornics
ECO/MIS 279 Q~~antitative
and MIS
ECO
3 12
Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO
31 3
Intermediate Microeco~lomics
ECO
414
Welfare Ecollo~nics
MAT
114
Eleme~ltaryFunctions
Three additional upper division economics courses
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the followi~~g
list:
ECO/MIS 175 Co~nputersfor Business, Econo~nicsand MIS
MAT
124
Calculus I
MAT
125
Calculus I1
MIS
370
Advanced Co~nputingfor Business, Eco~lo~nics
and
MIS
Economics Minor
ECO 112, 113, 312, 313 and one additional upper division course. Other
co~lfiguratiollsmay be permitted on collsultatio~lwith the department.
Education
Teaching Licensure
Teaching licel~sureprograms are offered for Itindergarten-Ele~nelltaryand
selected Secondary fields through Weelce~ldCollege. I~ldividualized
programs are worked out with an adviser in either Ele~nentaryor Seco~dary
education. T o be adnlitted to the Education Department the student will
have achieved an overall 2.5 G.P.A. plus a 2.5 G.P.A. in his/her major field.
All professional courses with the exception of Cli~licalExperience and
Student Teaching are available o n a weelte~ldschedule. In addition to
IGndergarten-Ele~nentary,Augsburg Weeltend College grants secondary
licenses in English-Language Arts and Social Studies. Students may also
work individually on the followi~lgmajors offered in co~lju~lctio~l
with day
school: French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical
Science (Chemist~yor Physics), Science (grades 5-9), Spanish, Speech,
Theater Arts, and in the special areas ofArt (I<-12), Band (I<-12), and
Classroom Music (5- 12), Orchestra (I<-12) and Classroo~llMusic (5- 12),
Vocal and Classroom Music (I<-9),Vocal and Classroom Music (5-12), and
Physical Education (I<-12).
Contact an Education Department adviser for infi~r~nation
in your field of
study and for an application for admission to the Department of Education.
Students wanting I<-6 lice~lsuremust talte EDE 375.
All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department and take a PPST test before beginning professional education
courses (those numbered in the 300-400 level). Any course grade
below 2.0 must be retaken.
Elementary Education
EDE
EDE
E1)E
EDE
EDE
ElIE
EDE
EDE
EDE
ElIE
ElIE
EL>E
ElIE
EDE
ELIE
EDE
EDE
ElIE
EDU
350
351
363
364
375
376
377
379
380
382
386
387
388
389
481
482
483
484
264
Creating 1,carning Environments (.5 coursc)
Techniques of Teaching l<eading
Cli~licalExperiences (.5 course)*
Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course)
Discovery in the World of IGndergarten (.5 caul-se)
IC-El Social Studies (.25 course)
IC-El Science (.25 course)
I<-El Art (.25 course)
I<-El Music (.25 coursc)
IC-El Math (.5 course)
Children's Literature (.5 course)
Language Arts (.5 course)
IC-El Health (.25 course)
I<-El Physical Education (.25 course)
Studc~ltTeaching**
Student Teaching**
Student Teaching**
Student Teachillg**
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
(.5 course)"
El>U 341
Media Tecllnology (.5 course)
E1)U
388
H~umanl<clations (.5 course)
HPE
1 14
Safety Education (.5 course)
HPE
115
Chc111ical Dependency (.5 course)
SWIC
260
H~urna~ls
1)eveloping
College Level Math Course
Academic Minor or Second Major
*Field Evpe~ienceSepar'ate
* *Tlgc.reC ~ M Y S C .r'cqui~v
~
an extra fee
Students must be admitted to the Education Department bcforc they can be
considered for student teaching. Applications for st~tdentteaching must be
submitted to the Education 1Icpartment by the following deadlines:
Application Deadline
Tkimester Student Teachin8
October 30, 1991
Winter/Spring 1992
March 30, 1992
Fall 1992
October 30, 1992
Winter/Spring 1993
March 30. 1993
Fall 1993
Secondary Education
EDS
350
lteading in the Content Areas (.5 course)
EDS
352
Clinical Experience ( . 5 course)*
E1)S
353
Creating Learning E n v i r o n ~ ~ ~ e ~ ~ t s
E1IS
477
School and Society Seminar (.5 course)
EDS
48 1
Student Teaching* *
EDS
482
Student Teaching**
EDS
483
Student Teachi~~g**
EDS
484
Student Teaching* *
EDU
264
Orientation to E d u c a t i o ~in~ an Urban Setting(.5 course)*
EDU
341
Media Technology (.5 course)
ElIU
388
Human l<elations (.5 coursc)
HPE
114
Safcty Education (.5 course)
HPE
115
Chemical Dependency (.5 course)
SWIC
260
H~unansDeveloping
Special Methods in Licensure Field
*Field Expe~ienceSepalpate
* * n i s cozwse f*equiresapz extrafee
Students must be admitted to the Education Department before they can
be considered for student teaching. Applications for student teaching must
be submitted to the Education Department by the following deadlines:
Application Deadline
Trimester Student Teaching
October 30, 1991
Winter/Spring 1992
March 30,1992
Fall 1992
October 30, 1992
Winter/Spring 1993
March 30,1993
Fall 1993
Major for Secondary Teaching
Licensure in Social Studies
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professio~lalrequirements to be met within the
Department of Education, a competency program designed to provide a
broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must complete a major in
one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or
Sociology (the History major is described below) plus seven courses (ECO
112 or 113, Human Geography, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121
and 336). Students consideri~lga career in social studies education should
consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and
the Social Studies Coordinator.
History Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these
courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course
(either survey or upper level) from each of these four areas: Ancient and
Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
Coaching Endorsement
Students interested in adding a coaching endorsement must complete these
courses in Physical Education: 353,475,482, and 489. Individuals must hold
a valid Minnesota Teaching License to qualify for the coaching endorsement.
Prerequisite: BIO 103: Human Anatomy and Physiology
English
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas
and images helps us understand who we are and who we can become.
Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see
life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better
the world in which we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the
contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is
concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is
interested in ideas and the relation between meaning and language. With
science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of
language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English
studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in
different cultures.
Major: Nine courses above 111,including 225 and 245; one upper division
course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271
or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660
(for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number ofwriters (336,
337,423). Majors are encouraged to consult their departmental adviser
regularly. A student with a double major or special program that i~lvolves
considerable work in the English department should also work closely with
an adviser in the department.
Note on Prerequisites:ENG 111 is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper
Division course is successhl completion ENG 245 or consent of the instructor.
Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg.
English-LanguageArts Teaching Major: Ten courses, including those
listed under the major, a course in the English language, and an internship in
the teaching of writing. One course must include a component in nonWestern literature. In addition, the ACTC courses Communications Skills in
the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media are required. Courses in
early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Several of
the required courses, including the internship, are not offered on weekends.
Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department
and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements
within the Education Department as well as requirements in the major.
Students in this program who are transferring from other colleges should
consult the English Department chair soon after enrolling.
Minor: Five courses above 111,including ENG 245, an upper division
literature course and an additional writing course.
Management Information Systems (MIS)
This MIS major prepares studelits to work in the growing field of information
maiagement. The major co~nbinescourses and sltills from both the business
and computer scieiice majors to help students learn about the identification,
organization, analysis and processing of inhnnatio~iin a busincss setting. Students slio~ildmeet with their adviscr as soori as possible to plan their program.
MIS Major
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
ECO
ECO
ECO
CSC
CSC
MAT
MIS
MIS
MIS
or
CSC
MIS
MIS
MIS
221
222
242
252
331
112
113
313
318
170
210
121
175
279
370
Principles ofAccounting I
Pri~iciplcsof Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Principles of Marlccting
Financial Manage~ncnt
l'rinciples of ~ i c r o c c o n o ~ l l i c s
Principles of Microecono~iiics
Intermediate Microecono~nics
Manageme~itScience
Structured Programming
Data Structures
Finite Mathematics
Computers for Business, Econo~iiicsand MIS
Quantitative Methods for Busi~iess,Economics and MIS
Adva~icedConiputing fix 13usi1iess,EconomicsandMIS
352
375
475
476
lhtabasc Management and lksign
Managenlent Information Systems in Organizations
Systems Analysis and Design
I~ifor~nation
Systems I'rojccts
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more of the
following courses:
1'HI
130
Ix~gic
MIS
479
Intermediate Qua~ititativcMethods for Business,
Economics and MIS
MAT
11 4
Elemental-\IF~mctions
or
MAT
122
Calculus for the Social and Bcha\~ioralSciences
MIS Minor
~ S U S 221
CBUS
242
S
ECO
MIS
MIS
252
113
175
370
Principles of Marltcting
l'rinciplcs of Microecono~iiics
Computers for Business, Eco~io~iiics
and MIS
Advanced Computing for R~rsincss,Economics and MIS
CSC
MIS
/MIS
352
375
4-75
Database Management and Design
Managcmcnt Information Systems in Organizations
Systc~nsAnalysis and Design
@
6
l'rinciplcs of Accounting I
Principles of Manage~ne~it
'
Management Science
OI'
MIS
470
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
Nursing
Augsburg Weekend College oEers registered nurses an upper division
nursing major as a second step toward the completio~lof the Bachelor of
Science degree.* Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing, this
major is a professional program that is accessible on weekends to nurses who
are unable to attend classes during the weekdays. Classes are primarily
scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major may have
additional class or lab hours beyond the weekend schedule. Preparation for
school nurse licensure is available.
Admissions Procedures
Admission to the ~lursingprogram includes first being accepted into
Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page 70.
As candidates for the nursing major, RNs must demonstrate evidence of
completion of an associate degree or diploma program, current nursing
practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may take general education
courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing major, fi~rtherprogress in
the major is co~ltingentupon:
1. Satisfactory completion at a college or university of the prerequisite
courses: Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry,
Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition, Introductory Sociology
and Introductory Psychology.
2. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.5.
3. Successfid completion of testing to validate lower division ~lursingIu~owledge.
*Graduatesof the program are eligible t o apply to the Minnesota Department
of Healthfir certzfication as a public health nurse.
Please see the Augsburg College Catalog for complete information about
the nursing major including additional special fees for entrance and exit
testing.
Required Courses in the Nursing Major
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
305
306
310
31 1
330
350
403
404
Contemporary Nursing I: Comn~unication*
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing*
Community Health Nursing I*
Community Health Nursing 11: Practic~un**
Trends and Issues in Nursing*
Introduction to Nursing Research*
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families*
Contemporary Nursing IV: Ixadership and
Management*
NUR 423
l'racticum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family**
N U R 427
Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management* *
*Thesecourses may require extra class or lab sessions.
**Thesecourses require extra time and costfor clinical work
Required Supporting Courses
PHI
or
1aL
I'SY
380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
483
353
Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course
Brain and Behavior
Psychology
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides
a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of
human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and
interact with each other.
Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the
Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology,
human development, personality and computer applications. All psychology
majors MUST have an adviser in the Psychology Department. The following courses in the Psychology core will be offered when a sufficient number
of students are ready for that portion of their program: PSY 264,265,381,
493. This may delay an individual student's ability to complete the major in
the Weekend schedule. Required courses will be available regularly in the
Weekday schedule.
Core Courses
PSY
105
GeneralPsychology
PSY
264
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I
PSY
265
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I1
PSY
381
Psychology in Historical Perspective
PSY
399
Internship
PSY
493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Four additional upper division courses such as PSY 351 Developmental
Psychology: Child, PSY 373 Organizatio~lalPsychology or PSY 485
Counseling Psychology. Students should consult with their adviser regarding these major electives.
Minor
Five courses including PSY 105, with a minimum of two courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from PSY 299,399 and 499 may be
counted toward the minor.
Religion
Augsburg College uriderstands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from
which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of
the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much
greater than is sometimes recognized.
The student encounters this influence in studying language, literature,
history, values and political structures. The study of religion and theology is
intended to malce such encounters more meaningfi~lthrough a better
knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian church, and by a
larger acquaintance with theological thought. Large segrnents of the earth's
population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from
those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion also seeks to
introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Core Courses
REL
REL
REL
111
221
356
I~ltroductionto Theology
Biblical Studies
History of Religions
REL
REL
481
495
Contemporary Theology
Seminar
Major Electives
Three additional Religion courses approved by the department chairperson.
Religion Minor
Five courses approved by the department chairperson.
Note: It is important for Religion majors to consult with the department
chairperson during their first year at Augsburg College. Religion 111 or 22 1is
prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before
courses taken at other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department
and/or general education course credit. Completion of this major may require
enrollment in one or more courses offered in an evening schedule.
Social Work
Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, the Bachelor of Science
in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal
arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professio~lallydirected field
experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an
appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups
who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in
Augsburg Weekend College includes seven courses from the Departments of
Psychology, Biology, and Sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas
of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work.
Field work is an important component of the program.
Social Work Core Courses*
SOC
SWIZ
SWK
SWI<
SWK
SWIZ
SWK
SWIZ
SWIZ
SWIZ
SWIZ
SWIZ
SWI(
365
257
260
361
363
364
461
462
463
465
466
467
469
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Exploring Human Services
Humans Developing
Social Response to Human Needs
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Field Work I
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Field Work I1
Community Development and Organization
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Field Work I11
The Social Worker as Professional
Field Work IV
Required Supporting Courses *
BIO
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
101
105
121
231
265
375
HumanBiology
General Psychology
Principles of Sociology
Sociology of the Family
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Social Psychology
*Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with
the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be
offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion
of the program.
Social Welfare Minor
Six courses incl~~ding
SWIC 257 or department approved alternative
internship, SWIC 361,463; PSY 351 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and POI, 121
or 158 or 325, or SWIC 465.
Minors
In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, Econo~nics,
English, MIS, l'sychologp, lteligion and Social Welfare (listed under each
respective major), Weeltend College students are able to complete minors in
the followi~lgareas:
American Indian Studies Minor
This minor offers nine courses which encompass the range of A~nerican
Indian contributio~lsto North American culture. A minimum of five
courses, including an i~ltroductorycourse and one upper division course,
are required. All students are encouraged to ellroll in these courses. These
courses will be offered in the Weeltend College schedule on a 2-3 year cycle.
I
I
ENG 216
American Indian L,iterature
HIS 360
American Indian History
Introduction to American Indian Studies
INS 105
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
INS 233
INS 260
Contemporary American I~ldia~ls
INS 320
A~nericanIndian Women
OJB 111
Beginning Oji bwe
OJB 112
Beginning Ojibwe
Tribal Arts and Culture
AltT 290
These courses will be added in the near future:
American Indian spiritual it)^ and l'hilosopl~ical ' T h o ~ ~ g h t
Indians in the Cinema
Indian Law
Sociology Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and two upper division courses (n~unbered
300 and above).
Women's Studies Minor
Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives (one of which
~ u u s be
t upper division) and INS 495 or 499. A student's program IIILIS~
have the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator.
Approved electives from other academic depart~nents:
AltT
352
Women's Art History
ENG
282
Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction
Mathematics Placement Group Requirements
MIS 175,279,479; C:SC 170,2 10; and all 100-level MAT courses l~avc
Math l'lacemcnt Group rccl~~ire~nents.
Since all majors in Business, Econonlics or Ma~iagemcntInfornlation Syste~nsm ~ ~take
s t MIS 279, all
students in thcsc areas nu st have at least MPG 111. Other specific courses
such as SOC 365 and PHY 103 also have MI'G recl~~irements,
Please refer
to the course description for any given course to determine if there is an
MPG required by thc department. Some instructors require MPGs in
courses they ccach. This s h o ~ ~ bc
l d noted in tlie s)lllabi for their coursc(s).
The Math Placclnent Requirerncnt call be met by transfer courses, Augsburg coursework or the Math Placement Assessment. This Assessment is
given at NCMJSt~ldentOrientation each trimester, or by appointment during
the academic calendar year. (The Math Department may disregard math
courses talren Inore than five years ago, or may choose to lapse an MPG
given more than five years ago.)
Dean's List
The llcan's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of
two fill1 courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system,
with n o incompletes in courses offered for credit.
Academic Progress, Probation and Disnlissal
The College rccluires that students maintain the following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman - a student who has talren fcwer than 7 courses
cu~uulativcG1'A of 1.6 or liighcr
Sophomore - a studelit who has talren fcwer than 16 courses
cumulative Gl'A of 1.7 or higher
Junior a student who has talrcn fewer than 25 courses
cu~nulativcGl'A of 1.9 or liigher
Senior a student who has talten 25 or more courses
cunlulati\/c Gl'A of 2.0 or liighcr.
It should be noted that a ~ i i i n i ~ n uGl'A
~ n of 2.0 is requircd for graduation
with certain majors rccluiring a higlicr mini~n~uii
GPA.
Students whose acadc~nicacllieve~iientfdls below these guidelines will either
be placed 011scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be continued on probation, or will be dis~iiisscdfro111 the College. In addition, a
freshman who receives two zero grades or a sopho~norewho receives three
zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal fi-0111the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the
Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to
academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to
dismiss a student. Students who have a poor acadc~nicrecord may be
strongly adviscd to withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation
who voluntarily withdraw fi.0111the College, as well as those who are
dismissed, IIILIS~have special permission to re-enroll.
Stude~ltsnay be removed fi.om probation when the cu~nulativeGPA
reaches the minimu~nlcvcls stated above. Students placed on probation as
fieshmcn h r Ila\~ingcarned two zero grades may be removed from probation if tlieir classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earlied
additio~ialzero grades, and if their cu~nulativeGPA reaches 1.7. Students
placed on probation as sopho~noresfor having carned three zero grades Inay
be removed from probation if tlleir classification changes to junior and their
cumulative Gl'A reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or slle may appeal
the decision within 10 days to the Cornmittce on Student Standing.
Attendance Policy
It is expected that students attend every class. If a student knows she/he
will miss more than one class meeting, she/he should not register for
the course. Some faculty/courses require 100 percent attendance for a
student to earn a passing grade.
Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester plus Finals
Class Weekend. Some courses meet for the entire period on Finals Class
Weekend. Classes marked with an asterisk (*) on the Class Schedule require
additional class meetings, the dates and times ofwhich are either listed on the
course syllabus or determined by the class at the first meeting. Depending on
the course, these additional meetings are either required or optional.
Department Course Limits
Augsburg College's graduation requirements allow a maximum of 13
courses from each department except in certain approved majors (Social
Work, Nursing). Business Administration, Economics and Management
Information Systems are considered different departments for graduation
requirement purposes.
Grading Procedures
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are
also used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0
to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0
or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are
cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and
professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P graded
courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P graded
courses do not count in the requirement that 14 traditionally graded
courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation
with distinction. See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements
in the Augsburg College Catalog.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 is
graded only on the P / N grading system and some education courses are
graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English
111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P,
1.0, N. Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O.
I11 courses where this is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/
N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made
according to the dates published each term. A fee is charged for any
changes made after registration.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
Achieves highest standards of excellence.
4.0
3.5
Achieves above basic course standards.
3.0
2.5
Meets basic standards for the course.
2.0
1.5
Performance below basic course standards.
1.0
0.5
Unacceptable perfbrmance (no credit for the course).
0.0
Grade of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents
work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of emergency. To receive an
incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the
course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work required to
complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and comments
fiom the instructor; and must file the form with the Office of the Registrar.
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last
longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the
grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of
registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study
is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to
communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory
progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the
term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than
one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where
satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or
dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under
this circumstance, a registration as 1X by the student would be necessary if
done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if
done after one year a new registration would be necessary.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).The charge for auditing a course is listed under Fees and
Payment Schedule in the insert. Studentswho audit a come should confer with
the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the
course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have
not been met, the course will be listed a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P / N grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
Cla~s~cation
Students are classified in August and at the end of fall and winter terms as
follows:
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Withdrawal fiom College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since
this results in a &ling grade on the official record. Cancellation of comes or
withdrawal h m college must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from
college cannot occur during h a l examinationweekend unless a petition is
approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and
resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed
Withdrawal From College form is returned to the Registrar's Office.
Graduation with Distinction
I
I
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude - 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude - 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude - 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Assessment of Previous Leariing (APL)
A~~gsburg
College recognizes that learning can and does talte place in Inally
life situations. Some o f this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition
within the discipli~lesthat compose the academic programs o f a liberal arts
college. The A1'L program (Assessment o f Previous Learning) at Augsburg
provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that
which is uansferred from anotl~eraccredited institution, may be presented for
exa~ni~latio~l
for possible credit toward the completion o f a bachelor's degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recog~litio~l
at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential
criteria: ( 1 )it is relevant to coursework in a field o f study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and ( 2 )it call be objectively demonstrated either
by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program
at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their
previous learning assessed for credit recognition:
CLEP (College Level Examination Program)
Students who achieve acceptable scorcs in CLEP exams may receive
academic credit at Augsburg College. CLE1' exams are available in a
variety o f general and specific subject areas. For morc information,
contact Weeltend College Admissio~ls(330.1792) or the regional CLEP
center at the Uni\lersity o f Minnesota (624-3323).
Departmental Assessment
Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do
11othave transcript evidence o f completed work may request a departme~ltal
assessment o f previous learning. This will most often include an examination
that covers the essential components o f the course involved. For more
information, contact the Registrar's Office(330-1036).
CAP (Credit Assessment Process)
This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluatioll o f a learning portfolio submitted by the student.
Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to
prepare a portfolio o f previous learning for credit assessmcnt. Students may
apply for CAP after co~npleti~lg
at least four courses o f academic work at
Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA o f at least 2.5. For Inore information, contact the Registrar's Office(330.1036).
ART 102
Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for
the visual content of experience in the environment
leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual
and group projects exploring design problems in
representation, symbolism and abstraction.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies; Art/Music
ART 106/
306
Calligraphy
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills
with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention
given to the historical development of calligraphy and
the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on
practice in calligraphic concepts with special attention
given to foundational, italic, Gothic and unicial styles.
Three original projects are required and evaluation is
based on quality of work plus participation and
growth factors. Upper divisio~lstudents are required
to complete demonstration sheets in three historical
writing styles plus an expanded project.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pens, and pastel pencils.
Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors
and exteriors and experimental worlc.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and techniques in
acrylic and oil.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression with attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm single lens
reflex camera (materials will cost $150-175).
Distribution: Art/Music
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major
Publication Design
An introduction to traditional design concerns and
procedures related to publication design as well as design
for desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinating visual images and typography with content in
publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers,
newsletters, books, and miscellaneous publications.
Students design and produce a publication as a group
project.
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising
ART 225
Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type,
symbols and pictorial images. Emphasis will be placed on
the creative thought process.
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of New World art fiom prehistoric to modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and
visits to museums.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an
emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 352
Women's Art History
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts
including the fine arts, the "traditional" arts, and the
work of Native American women.
Distribution: Art/Music, Urban Concerns/Minority
Studies/Women's Studies.
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor (upper
division)
BIO 101
H u m a n Biology
Basic biological concepts fiom an anthropocentric point
of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What
makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does
man have a niche in the ecosystem?What influences does
the environment, especially the urban environment, have
on man? (A student may not receive credit for both BIO
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Required supporting course in Social Worlc
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the
human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not
receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply
to the major or minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Required prerequisite for BSN major/Coaching
Endorsement
BIO 105
Biology and Society
A co~lsideratio~l
of the biological basis of some of the
problems facing society, such as toxic polluta~ltsin air,
water and soil, genetic engineering, AIDS, genetic
diseases and counseling, extinction, wilder~lessethics,
global warming, cancer, hunger, dmgs, and biodiversity.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biolog)~ or Urban Concerns/
Women's Studies/Minority Studies
BIO 108
Microbiology
Basic microbial features are co~lsideredas well as applications of microbiology to the field of ~nedicineand
sanitation. For student nurses, health majors or collsellt
of the instructor. (Prereq: C H M 110 or consent of
instructor. Does not apply to major or minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major
BIO 185
The Biology of Aging
At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience aging or be i~lfluencedby people undergoi~lgagerelated changes. This course will concentrate 011 the
biological aspects of such changes.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
BIO 231
The Biology of Women
The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and f~~nctioning
of the female
human orga~lis~u
as well as to evaluate rnisco~lceptio~ls
about women that have arisen in the history of biology.
Distribution: Chemist~y/Biology or Urban Concerns/
Women's Studies/Minority Studies
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 175)
BUS 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introductio~lto business activities, basic concepts, and
fi~~~damentals
of accounting, the accounting cycle and
preparation of fi~la~lcial
statements.
Major: ltequired for Business Administration,
Eco~lornicscore and MIS rnajor
BUS 222
Principles of Accounting I1
A co~ltilluatio~l
of BUS 221. Introduction to business
activities, accounting for corporations, basic concepts and
fi~~ndamentals
of managerial accounting, planning and
controlling processes, decision-malting and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq: BUS 22 1)
Major: ltequired for Busi~lessAdministration,
Eco~lolnicscore and MIS major
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, p l a ~ l ~ l i and
~ l g control. The nature of
authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the
role of the professional manager.
Major: Required for Business Ad~ninistrationcore and
MIS major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and
Supervisory Management concentrations in Communication major
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing.
Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and
technological factors as they affect product, promotion,
~narltetingchannel and pricing decisions.
Major: Required in the Business Administration core and
MIS major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and
Marketing Communication major
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics,
and MIS
(See under MIS 279)
BUS 322
Accounting Theory & Practice I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, inco~neconcepts, capital stock and surplus
account, current and non-current assets. (Prereq: BUS
222, ECO 113)
Major: Kequired in the Accounti~lgand Finance
majors (upper division)
BUS 323
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
A continuation of BUS 322. An analysis of accounting
theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible
fixed assets, liabilities and reserves. actuarial tovics.
Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq: BUS 322)
~ i j b rRequired
:
in the ~ c c o u n %major
n ~ (upper division)
BUS 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
~ c c o u i t i tools
n ~ for planningand control of economic
activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost system, as
well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq;
BUS 222,242,252, MIS 279 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper diviyion)
BUS 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal
income taxes for individuals and various forms of business
enterprises. (Prereq: BUS 221, 331, ECO 112, 113, or
consent of instructor)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in
the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 331
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of
h n d s within the firm. Sources and uses of long and short
term hnds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq: BUS 222,
ECO 113, MIS 279)
Major: Required for Business Administration core
and MIS major (upper division)
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization
of human resources; desirable working relationships;
effective integration of the worlter with the goals of the
firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: Required for Business Management major,
elective in S~pervisoryManagement major (upper division)
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marleting management; research methodology; marlteting
research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research
in marketing. (Prereq: BUS 252, ECO 113, MIS 279 or
consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Marlteting major and an elective
in the Marketing Communications major (upper division)
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
A look at the communications aspects of marlteting by
integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion,
and personal selling into a coherent pro~notionmix.
Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of
marlteting communications programs, particularly
advertising; selection of media; copy-creative effort;
advertiser-agency relationship; management of the
personal selling function including sales force selection,
compensation, territorial design, and performance
appraisal. (Prereq: BUS 252)
Major: Required in the Marlteting major, elective in
Marketing Communications major, Public Relations/
Advertising major, or Supervisory Management
(upper division)
BUS 362
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing
business in an international context. Appreciation of the
perspective required for successful planning and management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by
foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties
inherent in international business. (Prereq: BUS 221,
BUS 242 or 262, ECO 113, or two business and
economics courses or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in International Business major
(upper division)
BUS/MIS
370
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics,
and MIS
(See under MIS 370)
BUS 391
Business Law
An introduction to law and a survey of different areas of
law as they relate to the conduct of business. Topics
covered include contracts, torts, employment discrimination, and labor law. (Prereq: BUS 221,222,252; ECO
112,113 recommended.)
Major: Required for Business Administration core
(upper division)
BUS 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on
internal checlts and controls for accounting systems.
(Prereq: BUS 323)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental
accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting.
(Prereq: BUS 323)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in
the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Advanced financial theory; a system approach to financial
structure and policy. Emphasis on decision making,
presentation through literature, readings, lectures and
case materials. (Prereq: BUS 331)
Major: Required in finance major (upper division)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the rislt/retur~l relationships of various types
of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and
institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital
marltets and portfolio management. (Prereq: all core
cqurses or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in Finance major (upper division)
BUS 440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of
operating hnctions. Examples from service industries,
non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from
a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of
operations, planning operation processes, productivity
measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality,
inventory management, principles of scheduling, and
operational control information systems. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: Required in the Business Management major and an
elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions;
marketing management and decision making, planning
marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing,
product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq: BUS 352)
Major: Required in the Marlteting major and an
elective in the Marlteting Communications major
(upper division)
BUS 465
International Management
A comparative study of management styles across cultures.
Models will be reviewed and developed which consider
the implications of culture on the effectiveness of particular styles of leadership, human resource management, and
strategic management. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: Required in the International Business major
(upper division)
BUS 466
International Marketing
This course is devoted to those issues and practices which
are unique to marlceting a product and setvice in an
international setting. Topics include international
environmental scanning and analysis; comparative
marlceting research; strategic planning; and marketing
mix issues in rnulti~lationalmarlcets. (Prereq: BUS 252)
Major: Required in the International Business major
(upper division)
BUS/MIS
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Bush~ess,
Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 479)
BUS 495
Topics: Risk Management and Insurance
A study of risk management. E~nphasison the f~unctionof
(1) determination of exposure to rislc; ( 2 ) analysis of rislc
and losses; ( 3 ) methods of combating risks; and (4)
administration of rislc insurance program. How to
recognize and evaluate the property liability and personnel rislcs facing a business, a non-profit organization, a
government unit, or an individual or family. How to
select and deal with an insurer. Public policy issues such
as availability of insurance are examined to identify and
evaluate the role of insurance in the financial framework
of the economy.
Major: Elective for Busi~lessAdministration major
(upper division)
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the
very popular boolc by John H. Hill of the same title. It is
not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a
science baclcground. Most of the problems we face are
molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can help us
to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our
universe? Come join us as we talce a molecular look at the
human condition. This course does not apply toward the
major or minor in chemistry nor does it meet any
prerequisite chemistry requirements.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
CHM 109
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
1)esigned for s t ~ ~ d e nwho
t s need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for
careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including
Augsburg's upper division program), inhalation therapy,
histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open
also to other st~tdentsin the humanities and social
sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an
introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term, organic
and biological chemistry with special applications to
human physiological chemistry. Will include arranged
time fo1'1aboratdry work. This course does not apply
toward the major or nli~lorin chemistry. (Prereq: High
school chemistry)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Kequired prerequisite for Nursing major
CHM 110
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Continuation of CHM 109. Organic and biological
chemistry with special applications to human physiological
chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work.
Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry.
(Prereq: CHM 109)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major
CSC 170
Structured Programming
An iiltroduction to computers, problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. This
course provides a foundation for hrther studies in
cornputer science. (Prereq: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or
MIS 279 or Math Placement Group IV)
Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data Structures and their implementation, recursion,
searching and sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods using Pascal.
(Prereq: CSC 170. Coreq: MAT 121 or 171)
Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors
Electronics
(See under PHY 26 1)
CSC 270
Fortran
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other
language. (Prereq: CSC 170 or another programming
language course)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity,
including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical
algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The
limitations of alaorithms. the classes P and NP.
NP-complete problems, and intractable problems.
(Prereq: CSC 210 and MAT 124)
Major: Elective for Co~nputerScience major
(upper division)
u
CSC 330
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages,
automata, computability, and computational complexity.
Topics include Turins machines, Church's thesis, the
halting problem, and unsolvability.
(Prereq: CSC 2 10 and MAT 124)
Major: Required for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 340
Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security,
and general computer interfacing. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors,
operating systems, instruction sets, and assembly language programming. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Required for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query
facilities, file organization and security, including the
development of an elementary database system.
(Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Elective for Computer Science and MIS major
(upper division)
CSC 399
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to
complete a specific task and learn in a worlcplace. The
internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative
Education Office as well as the computer science
internship supervisor.
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process
management, interactions among major components of
computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of
computer architecture on operating systems.
(Prereq: CSC 345)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of
programming languages. Topics include programming
language syntax and semantics, BNF, parsing, compilers,
interpreters, data structures, control structures, and the
run-time environment. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Required for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 491
Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets
weekly to keep the mathematics and computer science
community informed about contemporary developments
in the field and about interesting ideas that don't arise in
courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others
are welcome. All seniors give a talk. Other sessions are
presented by faculty members or outside visitors.
Major: Required for Computer Science major (no
credit)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science
not included in other courses. This course may be repeated
when the topics vary. (Prereq: Consent of instructor)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and
the department.
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade,
economic growth. Application of elementary economic
theory to current economic problems. May be talten
independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be
talren in either order.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for Business Administration,
Economics core, and MIS major
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to
market policy. May be talten independently of ECO 112.
ECO 112 and 113 may be talten in either order.
(Prereq: MPG 11.)
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for Business Administration,
Economics core and MIS major
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(see under MIS 175)
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
(See under MIS 279)
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity;
debt policy and its economic implications.
(Prereq: ECO 112,113; strongly recommend ECO 313)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in
the Business Administration core, elective for Economics
major (upper division)
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price
level analvzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of
monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq: ECO 112)
~ a i o r : - o n of
e a choice of three reauired courses in
the Business Administration core, required for
Economics major (upper division)
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer
behavior, firm and industry; the pricing factors of
production and income distribution; introduction to
welfare economics. (Prereq: ECO 113)
Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics
core and MIS major (upper division)
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems,
particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve
System and its role in relation to aggregate economic
activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq: ECO 112,113)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core, elective for Eco~lo~nics
major (upper division)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the
modern techniques of management science to prepare
students to malte better business and economic decisions.
Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the
areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection,
environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory
models, information systems, etc. (Prereq: ECO 313)
Major: Required for Business Management major and
MIS major, one of a choice of three required courses for
the Finance major, elective in Economics and Supervisory
Management majors (upper division)
ECO 360
International Trade and Finance
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic
relations among nations. Developme~ltof the basis of
international trade; balance of payment; exchange rate
systems and commercial policy. (Prereq: ECO 112, 113
or consent of instructor)
Major: Required for International Business major,
elective for Eco~lomicsmajor (upper division)
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and correspondillg practices
in business. Among the topics considered are theories
and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and
cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic
problems of relevance to management.
(Prereq: ECO 313, MIS 279)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a
choice of three required courses in the Finance major,
elective for Economics major (upper division)
ECO/MIS
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
(See MIS 479)
EDE 350
Creating Learning Environments: IGndergartenElementary (.5 course)
The study of strategies, methods, and evaluatio~lof
teaching and learning in the contexts of educational,
psychological, sociological and neuro-scientific theories.
(Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 351
Techniques for Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniqi~esand
resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and
correction of reading proble~ns.Field placement requirement included in this class. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: l<ecluired fi)r Elementa~yEducation major
(upper division)
EDE 363
Itindergarten-ElementaryClinical Experiences
(.5 course)
Stirdc~itsshould enroll for Clinical Experience by the
second trimester of their I<-Elementary course secluence.
Includes 160 hours held experience and is arranged by the
instructor in the Education ~ e p a r t ~ l ~ at
e i least
l t two
months prior to the term they intend to take Clinical.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (l'rereq: l'.l'.S.?'.)
Major: Required for Elementary Educatio11major
(upper division)
EDE 364
Itindergarte~l-Ele~nentary
Curriculum:
Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course)
Examinatio~~
and preparation of ruatcrials and resources
for integrating specific slcill developmcnts through various
subjects at the Itindergarten and elementary levels.
(l'rerecl: P.l'.S.T.)
Major: I<ecluired fi)r Elementa~yEdi~cationmajor
(i~pperdivision)
EDE 375
Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course)
Stitdy and utilization of a variety oftechniclucs and
resources h ~teaching
Itindcrgarten. (IZcquired for all
persons seelcing Itindcrgarte~llicensure ~ 1 1 0take their first
education course in the Fall of 1989 or later.)
(Prcreq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: l<equired fix I<-6 licensurc (i~pperdivision)
EDE 376
IGndergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Social Studies (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at the Icindergarten and elementary
levels. (l'rerccl: l'.l'.S.T.)
Major: l<ecluired fix Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 377
Itindergartell-Elementary Curriculum:
Science (.25 course)
Examination and prep'lration of ~iiaterialsand rcsoiu-ccs
k)r science at the kindergarten and elementa~ylevels.
(l'rcrecl: P.l'.S.T.)
Major: l<equired for Elemcnta~yEducation major
(upper division)
EDE 379
Itindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Art (.25 course)
Examination a ~ preparation
d
of materials and resoivces k)r art
at the lcindergartcn and elementa~yle\~els.(Prereq: P.1'S.T.)
Major: l<ecl~~ired
fix Elementary Ectucation ~najor
(upper division)
EDE 380
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for music at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
(Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 382
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Mathematics (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 386
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Children's Literature ( .5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 387
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Language Art (.5 course)
Examinatioll and preparation of materials and resources
for language arts instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 388
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for health instruction at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 389
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Physical Education (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for physical education instruction at the lindergarte~land
el'ementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 481,482, Student Teaching K, I<-6, or 1-6**
Students must apply to student teach by Oct. 30,
483,484
1991, for Winter/Spring 1992 Student Teaching; March
30, 1992, for Fall 1992 Student Teaching; Oct. 30,
1992, for Winter/Spring 1993; and March 30, 1993, for
Fall 1993. A minimum of three courses (481,482,483)
unless otherwise advised by the department. Observing
and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary
school personnel. Admission into the Education Department is required prior to student teaching placement.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq: All I<-Elementarycourseworlr
satisfactorily completed or permission of Department for
exception; P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
**Thesecourses involve an additional clinicalfee.
EDS 350
Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources to assist students in teaching reading through
the content areas. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 352
Clinical Experience (.5 course)
Students should enroll for Clinical Experience by the second
trimester of their secondary course sequence. Includes 70
hours of field experience. Seminars are arranged by the
instructor in the Education Department. Students should
pick up an Application for Placement form in the Education
Department at least two months prior to the term they
intend to take Clinical. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 353
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of
teaching and learning in the context of educational,
psychological, and sociological theories. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary
schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit
plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school.
The study of adolescent literature is included.
(Prereq: EDU 264 and EDS 353 or consent of instructor;
P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education English
Language Arts major (upper division)
EDS 366
Foreign Language Methods (.5 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of
language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language
Department.) (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education Foreign
Language major (upper division)
EDS 375
Social Studies Methods (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social studies and history
in secondary classrooms. Emphasis on instructional
strategies and curriculum development. Consult with the
Education Department. (Prereq: EDS 353, P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education Social Studies
major (upper division)
EDS 477
EDS 481,482
483,484
School and Society (.5 course)
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to
society. Current major issues in education will be studied.
Students should enroll as closely as possible to the same
term as their st~tdentteaching. (Prereq.: P.P.S.T., EDU
264, EDS 353 and Methods in Subject Area)
Major: Required for Secondary Ed~icatio~l
major
(upper division)
Student Teaching**
Students must apply to student teach through the
Education Department by Oct. 30, 1991, for
Winter/Spring 1992 Student Teaching; March 30, 1992,
for Fall 1992 Student Teaching; October 30, 1992, for
Winter/Spring 1993 Student Teaching; and March 30,
1993, for Fall 1993 Student Teaching. Observing a ~ i d
directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Major
department nus st recommend student for student
teaching. A minimum of three courses, except four
courses rcquired of Art, Music, Physical Educatio~l
majors. Membership in a professional organization is
req~iired.(Prereq.:P.P.S.T., all Secondary Educatio~l
and major coursework successf~~lly
completed or
permission of the Department for an exception.)
Major: l<equired for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
* *i%ese couyses invohe a n additional clinical fee.
EDU 264
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
(.5 course)
Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession as students evaluate their interest and suitability for a career in teaching. Open to all students. Suggested as first course to be taken.
Major: ltequired for Elementary and Seco~ldary
Education major
EDU 341
Media Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology.
Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of
effective aitdio-visual materials for teaching/learning
situations. Computer training will be included in this
course. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondaql
Education major (upper division)
EDU 388
Human Relations (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of co~nmunication
techniques, and of the minority groups in Minnesota for
the development of interpersonal relations slcills applicable to teaching and other professiollal vocations. Open
to all. (Prereq: P.P.S.T. needed by education students)
Major: lcequired for Elementary and Secondary
Education majors (upper division)
ENG 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research
techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work
of literature is assigned. Attention is givcn t o increasing
students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and
developing topics, thinlting critically, and revising for
clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those
needing additional help. The minirnurn passing grade for
this course is 2.0.
Distribution: ltequired for graduatio~l
ENG 2 0 9
Grow Old Along With Me
This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and
lovel lists have to say about the aging process. Students
will be expected to interview older people to discover how
they feel society regards the aging.
Distribution: English/Speech
ENG 2 1 6
American Indian Literature
A study of representative works of poetry and tiction by
selected American Indian writers. Discussio~land analysis will
ti)cus on ways in which the literature reflect and illu~ninate.
Distribution: American Indian culture and traditions
ENG 2 2 3
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing sltills for
those preparing for business and professional careers. The
writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use the material
from their own areas of specialization. (Prcrcq: ENG 1 11
or equivalent)
Major: ltecom~nendedelective for Business Administration major, meets one writing requirement for Co~nmunication major, an elective for English major.
ENG 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of
Effective Writing, ENG 111. Its worltshop format stresses
style and organization, the process of revision, self and
peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and
writing. (Prereq: ENG 1 11 or equivalent)
Major: ltequired for English major, meets one writing
requirement for Communication major.
ENG 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to introduce st~~dcnts
to the
process of creative writing and to various genres, empllasiz
ing poeny and short fiction but including journal keeping
and creative prose. (Prereq: ENG 111 or equivalent)
Major: Meets one writing requirement for Communication major, an elective for English major.
ENG 227
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will
be placed on writing for the print media, but students
will learn to write for radio and television as well.
Students will consider how to recognize news, how to
gather and verify facts, and how to write those facts into a
news story or news feature. This course will cover basic
copy preparations and editing practices and includes an
introduction to legal and ethical questions faced by
journalists. (Prereq: ENG 111 or equivalent)
Major: Required for Public Relations major, meets one
writing requirement for Communication major, an
elective for English major
ENG 245
Introduction to Literature
In this course students are initiated into the formal study
of narrative, drama, and poetry in order to appreciate
more fully the pleasures of literature. The course aims to
expand students' exposure to literature and therefore
draws on works from several periods, from different
cultures and races, from male and female writers. As the
prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature,
Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop
students' critical analysis skulls in reading and writing
about literature.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Required for English major
ENG 250
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to representative worlts by ten to twelve
American authors focusing on themes that yield an
understanding of the Western heritage and American
world views. These themes could include the emergence
of national identity, the relationship between humanlund
and God, the nature of nature, definitions of American
self, individuality, the place of women and of racial and
ethnic minorities in the development of American
thought, and the continuity of Western culture in America.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 261
Modern Fiction
Signjficant worlts of selected prose writers; chiefly
European, of the Twentieth Century. Some non-Western
writers will be included.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major worlts of Greek and Roman literature.
For example, the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies
of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of
Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno
will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the
classical traditions are combined. These worlts will be
studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence 011 later
literature, and their enduring relevance.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets Western tradition requirement
ENG 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to
the Modern Period
A study of masterpieces of literature; chiefly European,
from the medieval to the modern period, including such
authors as Cervantes, Rablais, MoliCre, Voltaire and Ibsen.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets Western tradition requirement
ENG 282/
482
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes,
movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for
study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for
that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian
Literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, The
Short Story and Women and Fiction.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of the instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 327
Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is placed on interviewing and then on organizing and writing the interview story. The second half of the
course will concentrate on editing the work of others and
learning layout and design. The course will include
workshop sessions during which students conduct
interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow
students. There will also be laboratory sessions devoted to
layout and design. (Prereq.: ENG 227)
Major: An elective for English and Communicatio~l
majors (upper division)
ENG 331
British Literature: Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as
the development of English poetry and drama in the
English Renaissance.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 336
British Literature: Seventeenth and Eighteenth
Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected
writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with
attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 337
British Literature: The Romantics and the
Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century;
emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one
another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to
their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms
of poetry and prose.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 350
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some works of selected American
writers from colonial times to World War I. We will study
established writers such as Hawthorne, Dickinson, and
Twain along with some less known writers who also
demonstrate the rich variety of written responses to
American civilization. Attention will be given to the ways
writers approach issues relating to race, class, and gender.
Conception of the individual in relation to society, the
nature of nature, and regional differences will also be
studied. The approach will be historical as well as topical.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets American literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 351
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary worlis. Writers
are selected to represent the literary variety and the
regional, ethnic, and racial diversity of the men and
women who have responded significantly in literary worlrs
to the changing conditions of modern American life.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech, Urban Concerns/
Women's Studies/Minority Studies
Major: Meets American literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 399
Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching
writing or English as a Second Language and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult
the department chairperson. (Upper division)
ENG 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England
from its Eighteenth Century beginnings up to the
Twentieth Century. Novels studied will be selected from
the worlis of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Sterne, Austen, Diclcens, Bronte, Thackray, Eliot and
Hardy. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the
Twentieth Century as the d o ~ n i ~ l aliterary
~ l t form.
(Prereq.: Eng 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 438
Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, historics,
tragedies - with attention to the development of
Shalrespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays
assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 499
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of
3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides
directed independent study in the area of the student's
choice.
FRE 111
Beginning French
Aim is to develop com~nu~licatio~l
sltills of understanding,
spealcing, reading, and writing. Through conversations,
classroo~npractice, and readings, these courses work
toward the discovery of French culture and way of life.
Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an
integral part of the course.
Distribution: Foreign Language
FRE 112
Beginning French
Co~ltinuatio~l
of FRE 1 11.
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 111
Beginning German
For students with no previous background. Aims at
developi~lgbasic sltills. Classroom practice in spealung,
understa~ldi~lg
and reading basic German. Goals: ability to
read extended narratives in simple German, insights into
German culture and participation in short conversations.
Laboratory materials available.
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 112
Beginning German
Continuation of GER 1 11.
Distribution: Foreign Language
HIS 101
The Beginning of Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizatio~~s
in the Near East,
the classical world of Greece and ltome, and the middle
ages of Europe into thc 13th Century.
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilizatio~lfrom
the time of Napoleon to the present.
Distribution: History/Pliilosophy
1
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political
power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 162
20th Century South Asia
This geographic area has produced the largest working
democracy in the world today. It is a standard example
for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. This
course is designed for the student who has interest but
little or no background in non-Western subjects.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 222
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 331
Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history
(excluding foreign policy; see History 332, Augsburg
College Catalog). The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
(Prereq: College History course)
Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division)
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which
are not included in regular course offerings. The specific
topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Prereq: College History course)
Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education (.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and
community life. Includes information about school health
programs and prevalent health needs and problems of
school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
This course is designed to help hture teachers become
more aware of the substance abuse problem among
school-age children and adolescents. Prevention strategies
as well as recognition of abuse, student assistance
programs, and treatment will be discussed.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors
HPE 353
Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise and Sport
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the
muscular system and analysis of movement. The major
effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and
physiological pri~lciplesapplied to exercise programs and
motor training. (Prereq: 1310 103)
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification
(upper division)
HPE 475
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.5 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of
common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping
and training-room procedures. (Prereq: HPE 353)
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification
(upper division)
HPE 482
Coaching Theory of Sport
The psychology of coaching, coaching theory, techniques
and administrative aspects of coaching athletics.
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification
(upper division)
HPE 489
Coaching Practicum (.5 course)
Theory and practice of sports techniques included with
supervised field experience in coaching consisting of no
fewer than 40 clock hours.
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification
(upper division)
INS 201
Introduction to Women's Studies
This multi-disciplinary course will introduce students to
the contributions of women in history, religion, literature,
philosophy, sciences, and the arts and how the questions
and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen
fiom women's perspectives. Students will also study the
history of the women's movement, diversity of women's
experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation and class,
and other contemporary issues raised by feminists.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Minor: Required in Women's Studies minor
INS 231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black
experience; e.g. African backgrounds, religion under
slavery, evangelicalism.
Distribution: Religion or Urban Concerns/Women's
Studies/Minority Studies
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the
biological, evolutionary and historic origins of womei's
roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed
on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
This com~&isonwill include such North American
models as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the
peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the
Middle East and rural China.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor
I
INS 265
Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and
selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short
stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations; the
class will collectively assess the position of Black and
white women in American culture from the founding of
the colonies to the present. Contributions by Illdial1
women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Minor: Elective in Women's Stitdies ~ninor
INS 495
Seminar
Selected topics. llequired of minors who d o not elect to
d o an Independent Study. T o be completed after the
introductory course and electives.
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor
(upper division)
INS 499
Independent Study
Stitdent must present written proposal containing
rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed
study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq: SOC
121 or 2 1 1 and consent of instructor.)
Minor: Elective in Women Studies minor
(upper division)
MAT 103
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of
arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include
integers, fractions, decirnal numbers, ratios, percents,
metric system, exponents, radicals, and evaluation of
algebraic expressions. Counts as one course in semester's
load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Aitgsburg Mathematics Placement Test.
Meets weeldy. (Prereq: Placement Group I. P/N grading
only. )
MAT 104
Intermediate Algebra
"
A self-paced course for stitdents needing to review basic
algebraic slulls and concepts. Topics include operations
with polynomials and rational expressions; exponents and
radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and
inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic
functions. Counts as one course in semester's load but
does not give credit toward graduation. Admission ol~ly
by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Meets
weekly. (Prereq: Math Place~nentGroup 11. P/N grading
only.)
MAT 114
Elementary Functions
A study of fi~nctions:algebraic, exponential, logarithmic,
and trigonometric. For students planning to take MAT
124 or 171. Students who have completed 124 or 171
may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
Meets weeltly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Math Placement
Group 111)
Distribution: Math/Physics
I
Major: Strongly recom~nendedfor Business
Administration major prior t o talting MIS 279
MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Topics in finite ~nathematics(combinatorics, probability,
~natrices,linear programmi~lgand graph theory) of
primary interest to students in the social and behavioral
sciences, business and information science. Stude~ltswho
have co~npletedMAT 171 may not register for credit.
(l'rereq: MAT 104 or MI'G 111)
Major: lkquired in MIS major
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calc~~lus
of a single variable with
applications to the social and behavioral sciences. St~tde~lts
who have co~npletedMAT 124 may not register for
credit. Meets weelrly. (l'rereq: MAT 104 or Placement
Group 111)
Distribution: Math/Physics
MAT 124,125
Calculus I, I1
Differe~ltialand integral calculus, including calculus of
several variables and series, with applicatio~lsprimarily
from the physical scie~ices,integrated with topics from
plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily fix students
in mathematics or the sciences. (l'rereq: MAT 114 or
Placement Group IV for 124; MAT 124 for 125.)
MAT 131
Math for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the develop~ n e n of
t ~nathematicsand that of civilization. l'riniarily for
students not intending filrther mathematics.
(Prerecl: MAT 104 or Placement G r o ~ ~111)
p
Distribution: Math/l'hysics
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics
Topics in discrete ~nathematicssuch as sets and logic,
combinatorics, probability, relations and fiunctio~ls,
vectors and matrices, boolean algebra, and graph theory
of primary interest to students in Computer Science and
Mathematics. Students who have comvleted MAT 121
map register for credit only with consent of the instructor.
(Prerecl: MAT 114, 121 or Placement G r o ~ ~IV)
p
Major: 1Lequired for Computer Science major
MIS 175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
An i~ltroductionto microcomputer-based i~~fi)r~nation
systems. St~ldyfeatures of hardw'lre, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MSIIOS, Lotus 123 (graphic, database and logical fiullctions)
and dBASE (index, c1ue1-y and vie^/). May study other
applications (Microsoft Worlts, Word Perfect, and
Minitab). T o test o ~oft MIS 175, pass either a comprehensive exam or MIS 370. (l'rcrecl: Math Placement
Gro~~
11por Pass in MAT 103)
Major: Iceq~~ired
in Business Administration and Economics core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory
Management major.
MIS 279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive
measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference
and estimation. Emphasis is placed on their use in applied
problems in Business and Economics. Minitab may be
required. (Prereq: MIS 175 and either Math Placement
Group I11 or Pass in MAT 104)
Major: Required in the Business Administration and
Economics core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory
Management and Public Relations majors
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics
and MIS
An investigation of programmable systems. Examine
basic algorithms and associated flowcharts and psuedocode.
Apply these concepts by programming some of these
software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus, dBASE, Minitab, and
Word Perfect. (Prereq: Math Placement Group I11 or
Pass in MAT 104; MIS 175 or CSC 170 or with
extensive lcnowledge of Lotus and DOS which has been
verified by instructor.
Major: One of two choices in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in
Organizations
Use of a systems approach in analyziilg the role of
information systems in organizations. Review the features
of computers (hardware and software) and various types
of information systems. May involve several case studies:
review the business needs, summarize the relevant finding
(hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options
and communicate the recommendations. Learn to use a
CASE tool such as Excelerator for systems analysis.
(Prereq: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer
course such as MIS 175 or 370. Consult with the
instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223.)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and
design. Investigate various representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools
such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as
Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design.
(Prereq: MIS 375)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Using slulls developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a
complete and extensive project of systems analysis and
design. (Prereq: MIS 475)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
Utilize computer systems relevant to quantitative analysis:
Lotus, Minitab, SPSS or MathCad. Investigate statistical
descriptions, statistical inference and analysis of variance.
Investigate linear models, queuing models and Monte
Carlo simulations. (Prereq: MIS 175,279 and either
Math Placement Group IV or grade of 2.0 or higher in
MAT 114,121,122, or 171. Recommended: MIS 370
and ECO 318)
Major: Recommended in MIS major and one of a choice
of three required courses in the Finance major
(upper division)
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other
fine arts. For non-music majors.
Distribution: Art/Music
NOR 111
Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking,
listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather
than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NOR 112
Beginning Norwegian
Continuation of NOR 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
A transitional course that introduces the components of
the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. A communicative process is emphasized as
one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
negotiated. Interactive, group and learning theories are
explored for their applicability to changing professional
roles and practice. A teaching project is required.
(Prereq: or concurrent enrollment: PSY 355)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in
the process of professional development. The function of
theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected
nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process
format. Clinical application of a holistic assessment is
required. (Prereq: NUR 305)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on community health delivery systems
and the practice of public health nursing. Concepts of
health are examined as they apply to current community
health problems and issues. Clinical application of course
content includes the assessment of an elderly person and
definition of a framework for the assessment of a specific
community. Ethical issues related to community health
decision making with aggregate groups are explored.
(Prereq: NUR 330)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 311
Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum**
This course provides a cli~licalexperience in the practice
of public health nursing in which the st~tdentprovides
direct care to culturally diverse clients and groups. The
student will provide care to both disease and disability
and health promotion clients. The student will analyze a
specific c o ~ n ~ n u ~ lsystem
i t y and the community's provision of health related services. This practicurn lnay
require weekday hours. (Prereq: NUK 310)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
* * This coulaseinvolves an additional clinicalfee.
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current
responsibilities of the professional nurse. Current
economic, social, political and professio~laltrends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for
~lursingpractice. (Prereq: N U R 306, REL 483 or P H I
380, or concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to ~lursi~lg
are emphaized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing
research are explored. Students critique nursing research
for its applicability to nursing practice and design a
research proposal. (Prereq: N U R 330, may be talcen
concurrently with N U R 3 10)
Major: Required for Nursing major ( ~ ~ p pdivision)
er
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing 111: Fanlilies
This course provides a theoretical basis for ~lursi~lg
of
c~llt~~rally
diserse families throughout the life span as a
social system and explores theories related to family
structure and fiu~~ctioning
as well as families with psychosocial problems. Consideration is given to the role of the
nurse in family health care. (Prereq: N U R 31 1, N U R
350, may be talcen prior or concurrently with N U R 423)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 404
Contemporary Nursing IV:Leadership and
Management
This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and
management as emcrging professional nurse roles.
Concepts of change, conflict, cornm~u~~ication,
and
system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accou~ltabilityand
advocacy provide the basis for role development and
professionalism. (l'rereq: NUR 403)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family * *
A clinical practicu~noffering the student an opportunity
to apply content from NUR 403 in providing conlplex
nursing care to families in selectcd practice setting.
(l'rereq: N U R 403 o r concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
**Thiscourse involves an additional clinicalfie
NUR 427
NUR 432
Practic~unin Nursing 11: Leadership and
Management * *
This clinical practicu~nutilizes knowledge and sltills f i o ~ n
NUR 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership
and management theory in a selected agency setting. This
~xacticummay require weeltday hours. (Prereq: NUR 404
or co~icurrcntenroll~nent)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper divisio~i)
* * This course involves an additional cli~iicalfee
Topics in Nursing
A course dcsig~iedto provide in-depth exploration of
selectcd topics in nursing. Tlie subjects studied will vary
dcpe~idi~ig
upon the needs and interests of tlie faculty and
studcnts. (Prereq: Senior standing or consent of instruct()~-.
011
demand.)
Major: Electi\le for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 499
Independent Study
This learni~igexperience provides tlie opportu~iityfix tlie
students to study a selected topic or issue in depth.
St~tdc~lts
consult with faculty and submit written study
proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to
registration.
Major: Elective for N ~ r s i ~major
ig
(upper division)
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Methods
'Tliougli each person I~ashis or her own set of ideas and
belieti, rarely arc tliey critically analyzed or e\~aluatedfor
their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is
that individuals lack the needed slrills. Another is tliat they
may liavc had little opportunity to examine critically some
of the ideas basic to Western culture. Tlie purpose of this
course is to provide the student with some experience in
examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and
analytical slrills required to evaluate and construct a system
of ideas and beliefs.
1)istribution: History/Pliilosopliy
PHI 120
Ethics
Ethics studies our ~iioralbeliefs, helping students to
consider the basis which tliey use to ~nalremoral judgments. The course explores tlie ~najorphilosophical
approaches to evaluation of moral actions, and then
applies tlic~iito contemporary personal and social ~iioral
issues. This e~iablesstudcnts to be aware of tlie nature o f
value disputes, tlie different perspectives talren, and tlie
reasoning used to resolve them. Tlirouglio~~t
the course
Christian ethics will inform our considerations.
Distribution: Histor)~/l'l~ilosopl~y
Major: Recommended elective in Business
Ad~iiinistrationmajor
PHI 130
Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you
must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When
does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid arguments and
work to develop your ability to recognize and construct
sound arguments.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration and MIS major
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise
in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the
dying and euthanasia.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing
major (upper division)
PHY 101
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and
galaxies that requires elementary algebra. In addition, the
course traces the development of scientific thought from
early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical
instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch
reflecting telescope, an 8-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch
Questar. Night viewing and laboratory sessions are
important components of this course. (Prereq: Math
Placement Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
An int&oductoG course in which the applications,
problems and experiments are selected not only to
illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate
the relevance of vhvsic~to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology,
physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also
a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
L
PHY 106
>
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.
The cdurse is designed to provide a working knowledge
of the basic principles required for understanding weather
and climate. Attention will be given to the overall
weather vatterns of the earth and to the manv varied
aspects of weather, some of which include: clouds and
precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes,
weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of
weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical
phenomena of the slty. Laboratory exercises are included
as an intregal part of the course. The course is designed
to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 111
Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in
physicd science. Attention will b e given to the interaction
of physics and its associated tech~lologywith philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and
digital electronics will lead up to discussio~lof the
meaning of Twentieth Century physics and of the role of
electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (Prereq:
Math Placement Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 261
Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog
electronics comprises the first half of the course. The
second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq: PHY 103, 111or 122; and MAT
122 or 125)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes of international politics,
including the dynamics of the international system,
theories of international relations, and a focus on recent
problems.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of
law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and
juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law;
law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior;
the uses and control of mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmalung,
entertainment and public affairs programming.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies or Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for the Communication major
(upper division)
Topics in American Politics: Uses of Mass
Communications
This course offers advanced study in mass communications. Topics include "Comparison of World Wide Media
Systems," "The Role of Government Regulations and
Law in Shaping American Mass Media," "The Impact of
Media on American Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is
desirable to have taken POL 342 Mass Communications.
If not, talk with instructor before registration.)
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
(upper division)
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
An introductio~lto the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday
situations are emphasized.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Major: Required for Psychology and Social Work major,
a prerequisite for advanced courses in Psychology
PSY 264/
265
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and
Analysis I, I1
A two-term sequence includillg experimentation in
human learning, problem solving, social psychology, and
sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design methodology.
Research Methods I may be taken for credit without
co~ltinuingin Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both courses in sequence in consecutive
terms. (Prereq: PSY 105)
Major: Required for Psychology major
PSY 355
Brain and Behavior
A survey of the h~lctionsof the nervous system which are
responsible for behavior in animals and human beings.
Major topics include: sleep and wakeh~lness,motivation
and emotion, learning and memory and mental disordcrs.
(Prereq: PSY 105 and o ~ l course
c
in biology)
Major: Required prerequisite course for Nursing
major (upper division)
PSY 356
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study
the influence which the environment, both natural and
man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include:
overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality,
defensible space and crime, and built environments such
as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq: PSY 105)
13istribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Major: Elective for Psychology major (upper division)
PSY 373
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizatio~~s
of organizational behavior. The study of the individual, group, structure, and
change and development in organizations. (Prereq: PSY
105)
Major: Required for Business Management major and
elective for Psychology major and three Co~nmunication
majors (upper division)
PSY 381
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical develop~nentof psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. (Prereq: PSY 105 and one other
PSY course)
Major: Required for Psychology major
(uppcr division)
PSY 399
Internship
Prior to the beginning of the trimester in which a student
desires an internship, interested students should consult
with the Departmental Internship Coordinator regarding
requirements and permission to register for this course.
(Prereq: PSY 105 and Junior class standing)
Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division)
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the
counseling process. Consideration given to goals and
ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq:
Three PSY courses and Junior class standing)
Major: Elective for Psychology and Human Relations
major (upper division)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a
psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches
and methods used by psychologists in studying such
issues. (Prereq: PSY 105 and four other PSY courses)
Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division)
REL 111
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology
and to the dialogue between the church and the world
which concerns Christian doctrine.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major
REL 215
Archaeology and the Bible
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical
archaeology, and review of some current findings.
Distribution: Religion
Major: An elective for Religion major
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the
biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation.
The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major
REL 263
World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New
World View
The course will survey the most recent reports and
analysis of the current holocaust of global hunger
including the root causes, the inter-connectedness of
other issues, the biblical mandate and the roles of justice,
charity, oppression and liberation will be discussed. The
purpose will be to build greater global awareness, become
sensitized to ethical choices, energize us for action and
responsible living, and explore pedagogical principles for
social justice.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major
REL 345
The Lutheran Heritage
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran
Church as it is at the present time, but also study its
origin in the 16th Century and its development and
cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by
Bergendoff will provide an overview. Lecture and class
discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to
the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology,
and theology. (Prereq: REL 111 or 221)
Distribution: Religion
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major
denominations and religious groups. Some contemporary
cultic movements will also be considered.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living
religions of the world; including Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confbcianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus
some discussion of primary documents from these
religious communities.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society
in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis
on contemporary sociological research on religious
movements in American society.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America.
Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism,
denominations and the responses of religion to the
challenges of its environing culture.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 369
Religious Imagination in Modern Literature
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and
world view. Reading and discussion of nine works
(novels, poetry, etc.).
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 445
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible.
The importance of recognizing the varied character of
language for understanding the biblical text.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 475
Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the
Old ~estamentperiod to modern times, with emphasis
placed upon the religious development. A special interest
in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel.
The Jewish Chataqua Society annually makes a grant to
Augsburg College in partial support of this course in
Judaism offered in the religion department.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division)
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological
task of the Christian Church.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of
theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on
developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major, REL 483 or PHI
380 required for Nursing major (upper division)
REL 486
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the
context of the traditional Christian view of human nature.
Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by
Freud, Jung, Vikta Frankl, Ernest Beclter, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division)
REL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in their junior or
senior year. Others by permission of instructor.
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As
an academic discipline and a profession, sociology
provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction,
inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for
discovering the world and one's place in it.
Distribution: Sociology/Psychology
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work
major
SOC 231
Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View
A cross-cultural examination of the family as an institution
interacting with other social institutions. Effects of
position in the social structure are examined to explain
diversity in families in terms of class, race, and gender.
Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major
and an elective in the Human 1Xelations major
SOC 265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
This course considers the dimensions of racial and
minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The
course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an
opportunity for off-campus participant observation.
Members of the class call expect evaluatio~lto be based
on a combination of class participation, a research
project, and a final examination. The course is offered
only on a P/N basis.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work
major and elective supporting course in the Business
Management major
SOC 336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culhlru ex;mlineil in m~thrrlpology,TIie
way we see and livc in tlic world. An ;lnalysis of basic
assu~nptionsundorlyiiig tllc idens of t'narurc," "primitive," "civilized," and "pmp~rss."Tl~cpcrstrtl's rclation
to culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western
culture. (Prereq: SOC 121 or consent of instructor)
Major: lcequired for Social Studies major, recom~nended
elective in Business Management major (upper division)
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
There is little in contemporary American life that is not
sornehow affected by organizations. This course sociologically exnr~iii~cs
(both tllccl~.eticallyand rnrpirir3lly)
ho\v org,~niz.~tions
survive ns elititlcs and ~viiatl i l i is like
L'nr iwoplr within r hosu organi~ations.Tlirmrgti lcchrrc,
distiissio~l,gunt spuakcw, and participation w
w rvill
explore the topics of orgal~izatiol~al
goals, technology,
structure and process; as well as corporate and white
collar deviance, gender issues, and orgallizatio~lalchange.
(Prereq: SOC 121 or permission of instructor)
Major: Recommended elective in Human Relations,
Public Relations/Advertising, and Supervisory Management majors (upper division)
SOC 365
Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods in social
science and their application to program evaluation.
Consumer overview of organization, comparison and
i~lterpretationof quantitative i~lformationas evidellced in
statistical analysis. Designed for Social Work majors. Not
to be taken by Sociology majors. (Prereq: Level I11 Math
Place~nentTest)
Major: Required in Social Work major
SOC 375
Social Psychology
An exa~ninationof the idea of "group," its relationship to
individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of
"self' and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A loolc at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life
- a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-
granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation
in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with
the major issues in the course. (Prereq: SOC 121)
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work
major, elective supporting course for Business Management major (upper division)
SPA 111
Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish.
Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world.
Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPA 112
Beginning Spanish
Continuation of SPA 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPC 111
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical
listening. Students have the opportunity to give several
speeches and receive feedback about their performance
from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on
such topics as developing self-confidence,speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation,
effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking
and listening.
Major: Required for Communication major, elective
supporting course in Business Management major
SPC 222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art: major historical periods, plays,
artists; dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic
concepts and techniques of the play production process.
Distribution: English/Speech
SPC 224
Publication Design
(See under ART 224.)
SPC 329
Intercultural Communication
This course will explore both the problems and potential
of communication between persons of different cultural
groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping,
prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal
symbols will be examined in this course.
Major: Recommended supporting course in Human
Relations major (upper division)
SPC 342
Mass Communications in Society
(See under POL 342.)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in
organizatio~lalsettings. Focuses on topics such as
superior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal
communication networks, management styles, power and
authority, motivation of employees, organizational
culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings,
and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication skills of both
managers and subordinates. Students both investigate the
literature on organizational communication and attempt
to apply it to their own experiences in organizations.
Major: Elective for three of the Communication majors
(upper division)
SPC 351
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion, and debates. IZey
objectives include increasing skill in a~lalyzingargumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong and
weak arguments, understanding test for evidence and
fallacies in reasoning, and learning to apply principles of
argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students
have the opportunity to enhance their skulls in debate and
discussion and also learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their daily lives.
(Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required for the Communication major
(upper division)
SPC 352
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes
and behavior. The course deals with a broad range of
topics, including obstacles to persuasion, cultural
dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals, empirical research in persuasion; how
persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising, and
interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movements
and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students
analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society,
with practical work in speech and promotional projects.
(Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required for Communication major, elective
supporting course in Business Marketing major
(upper division)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through
verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that
build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers. This course combines theory and practice to
help the student understand and manage communication
problems more effectively.
Major: Required for Communication major, elective
supporting course in Business Management major
(upper division)
SPC 355
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis
on factors related to decision-making, styles of leadership
and conflict management. This course combines lecture
with practical experience to help the student become a
more effective and productive member of a small, taskoriented group. (Prereq: SPC 354)
Major: Required for Communication major, recommended for supporting course in the Business Management major (upper division)
SPC 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Study,
understanding and practice in reading prose, poetry and
drama before small and large groups.
Distribution: English/Speech (upper division)
SPC 421
Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics
(See under POL 421 .)
SPC 480
Public Relations/Promotional Communication
Public Relations in the modern world of communication,
marketing and business. An overview of public relations as
a career and a survey of basic promotional communication
in profit and non-profit organizations.
Major: Elective in all Communication majors
(upper division)
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80
hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or
institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professionals, clients and communities,
social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the
helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper
report and weekly review conferences. Career exploration:
open to all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides the lcnowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of
the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and
families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to
human growth, the impact of the "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups which
represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is also a focus.
Students will gain self-understanding through use of their
own experiences. Open to all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary/Secondary Education major
SWK 361
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary
systems of human service and diversity of professional and
client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and
governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the
course. (Prereq: Junior or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work
interventive methods, and practical experience necessary
for social work practice with individuals and small groups
with a diversity b f professionals and client groups;
development of the student's repertoire of relationship
building skills. (Prereq: SWK 361, Junior)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 364
Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social
work agency focusing on interviewing experience and
relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq:
SWIZ 361, Junior, concurrent with SWK 363)
Major: Required in the Social Worlc major
(upper division)
SWK 461
Advanced Methods and Skills
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing
adaptations of the problem-solving model to diverse
populations through lecture, classroom exercise and
regular class w o r l c ~ ~ n l a r ~ e mof
e nsocial
t
group work
skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice
skills and eclectic approaches with focus on diversity of
professionals and ciiknt populations. Lectures and/or
laboratory exercises each weelc. (Prereq: 2.0 in SWK 363
and 364, candidacy status, concurrent with SWK 462)
Major: Required in the Social Worlc major
(upper division)
SWK 462
Field Work I1
Progressively responsible supervised professional and
social work experience including worlc with individuals,
families, groups and/or communities in a social service
agency. Ten hours per weelc, plus one supportive/
discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: concurrent with
SWK 461, candidacy status)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 463
Community Development and Organization
Locality developmen&d social change through community organization, social planning, and social action.
Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical forms of community
organization and socid change; 2) understanding the
theories, basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest
and change; 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the
functions and interrelationships of community organizations; and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the
essential principles and tqhniques of organizing. Open to
all students. (Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor)
Distribution: Urban Concerns/ Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation
and methods of analysis associated with needs and
services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social
work practice. Development and implementation will be
viewed firsthand through work with an elected public
policy maker. Readings and analytical paper integrate class
concepts with practical experience. (Prereq: SWK 361,
463 and Senior or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 466
Field Work I11
Continuation of SWK 462. Can be taken in coordination
with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment
for work in field site. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in
SWK461,462,463)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 467
The Social Worker as a Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job
attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment
issues, personnel policies and practices, organizational
theory, and resource development will be studied in the
course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory
for class exercises. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK
461,462,463)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 469
Field Work IV
Continuation of SWK 466. Can be taken in coordination
with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment
for work on field sites. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in
SWIC 466, concurrent with SWK 467)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
Financial Information
Admissions Requirements and Procedures
Who May Apply
Men or women who have:
1. Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate.
2. Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high
school or previous college work.
Admissions Process
1. Complete the application form and return it along with the
application fee to the Augsburg Weekend College Office.
2. Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary
institutions sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College Office.
Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should
include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates.
3. The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review
the application materials and notif) students regarding acceptance
and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may
request that the student submit a personal statement or have a
personal interview with a Weelzend College faculty/staff member or
submit letters of recommendation to the Committee.
4. Students who are transferring previous college worlz to the Weekend
College program will be informed with their acceptance notification
as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to
be completed for the bachelor's degree.
5. Students who wish to apply for financial aid should refer to that
section of thls bulletin.
Transfer Credits From a Two-Year Community College
Students with a Junior status equivalent to 18 or greater
Augsburg courses will not be granted additional transfer credit
toward graduation &om courseworlz talzen at a two - year
community college.
Financial Aid
Company Tuition Assistance Program
Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer f
d
lor partial tuition
assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degreeoriented college programs. Augsburg provides a payment plan by which
employees may handle tuition reimbursement.
Grants and Scholarships
Pell Grant
This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students
who take at least one course in Weekend College. Awards range from
$250-2,300 per year.
Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program
The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for
state residents who take one course at Augsburg.
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program
The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to
Minnesota residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on
financial needs. Awards ranged from $100 to $3,867 for 1990-1991.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements may
apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other
sources of financial aid. For assistance in application, please contact
Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or
your tribal agency.
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend
College students who show academic potential and have financial need.
Loan Assistance
Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be
made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time.
Simple interest of 5%and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of
$30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for
new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years.
The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is
$9,000, and $18,000 if graduate study is included.
Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan) These loan hnds, which are based on need, are obtained drectly from a
local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While
the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge.
Simple annual interest of 8% (10%after the fourth year of repayment) on
the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after
you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum
loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years
of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of
$17,250 and $54,750 for graduate students. Applications are available at
the College and some banks.
SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) -A federal loan program.
Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a maximum
of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate
is set annually with a cap of 12%and accrues from the date borrowed;
payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Students
must apply for financial aid.
SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) -A Minnesota State Loan
Program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000
cumulative) as an undergraduate with a $25,000 maximum for graduate
students. ($1,000 minimum.) Interest rate is variable, paid by the
borrower quarterly while in school. Principal and interest begin 12
months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be
enrolled at least half-time.
To Apply for Financial Aid
1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to
also apply for financial aid.
2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application and
financial statement form (or you may pick them up at the Financial
Aid Office, 152 Science Hall, or the Weekend College Office).
3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must
have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each
previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid.
4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines
indicated.
5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the
deadline stated.
Tuition, Fees and Payment Schedule
Below are descriptions of Augsburg College's tuition, fees and payment
schedules. For the exact tuition and fees amounts, please refer to the
insert covering the academic year of enrollment (or planned enrollment).
Tuition
Tuition is set on an annual basis payable in three equal installments at the
beginning of each trimester. Tuition is charged per trimester course to a
maximum of four course credits per trimester. Courses with values of .5
or .25 are charged one half or one fourth of the per course tuition.
Therefore a student registering for 2.5 course credits would be charged
as follows: Per course tuition x 2.5 courses. Weekend College students
may register for Day schedule courses on a space available basis. A
student with a combination schedule (Day and Weekend) carrying 3.0 or
more course credits will be charged hll time tuition for that trimester.
Pees
Fees are also set on an annual basis and are payable in the trimester in
which they were incurred. Fees are charged according to the following:
Application Fee
Activity Fee
Late Fee
Lifetime Sports
Nursing Clinical Fee
Registration Change
Student Teaching Fee
Transcript Fee
Payable once, non-rehndable
Per trimester
Charged per day, up to 5 working days,
for late completion of registration
Payable on course regis~ationor
completion of Assessment of Previous
Learning
Payable upon course registration
After first class meeting for a
cancel/add/change grade option, or a
combination at one time
Per student teaching course, payable
upon registration
Per copy after the first, which is free
Payment Schedule
Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term
is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or
academic transcripts until a student's account is paid in fdl.This also
applies to student loans administered by the College (i.e. Perkins Student
Loan). They must be current according to established repayment schedules.
Augsbwg offers the following payment options:
1) Trimester payments in l l l on day of registration.
2) Payment Plan - Upon application and after College approval, a
3-payment plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be
approved only if previous plans have been adhered to. *
3) Company Reimbursement - F d courses, or equivalent, which are
company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed,
with full payment due within 50 days fiom the end of the term.
*A non-sufficient h n d check used for payment at registration will declare
that registration invalid and could affect hrther credit extended by the
College.
Refund Schedule
A per course tuition rehnd will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in
order to be eligible for the tuition rehnd.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100%(less a $75
Administrative Fee if withdrawing &om current term entirely)
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60%
No rehnd after the third scheduled class meeting.
The rehnd schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended
classes. All rehnds of charges will be applied to the account of the
student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, deposits, etc. will be
made before eligibility for a cash rehnd of any resulting credit balance is
determined. Please d o w two weeks for a rehnd.
Tuition Refund Policy
If a student is forced to withdraw because of accident or illness, whether
a physical or mental health problem, the rehnd may include the normal
percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment. Requests for this
additional rehnd must be made to the Petitions Committee and must
be accompanied by a written report fiom the attending health professional stating the inability for, or inadvisability of, continued study.
Students charged on a single-course fee basis who have completed
payment of assessed tuition may choose between this partial tuition
rehnd or a tuition-fiee course retake credit. A retake credit may be used
only to repeat the same course from which the student withdrew. This
choice between rehnd and tuition-fiee retake credit must be made at
the time of the request to the Petitions Committee, and the choice of
monetary refind or retake credit may not be changed subsequently.
Students should be aware that their choice of rehnd or retake credit
may adversely affect their financial aid eligibility and that they bear hll
responsibilityfor the effects of their choices. Retake credits must be used
within one academic year or the next time the course is offered if that is
longer than one year.
oat Aqgsbuvg College
-
History
I
I
I
I
I
I
Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and
moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and
Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with
The American Lutheran Church.
Location
Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection
of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are the
Riverside Medcal Center, the West Bank campus of the University of
Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways.
Campus
Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 10
of the 15 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center,
main academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music Hall and Foss
Center for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Accessibility
We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible
campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of
10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building
changes, we have a student-mn program to increase awareness and
provide extra help for students with dsabilities.
Church M i a t i o n
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
About 51 percent of the students are Lutheran, 15 percent other
Protestant and 15 percent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are
represented among students and faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required
by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices.
mpzts Gztide
Augsburg College
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall (S)
Old Main (OM)
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Ofiedal Memorial Hall
Music Hall (M)
2222 Murphy Place (MP)
Melby Hall (MH)
Ice Arena
Stage I1 Theatre
Center for Global Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama
and Communication (F)
18.
19.
20.
2 1.
Youth and Family Institute
Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
Tutor House
American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Visitor Parking
The Quad
Faculty/Staff Parking
Murphy Square
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
Fairview/St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
Resident Parking Only
I.
J
Accessible Entrance
Show less
Starting April 22 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a... Show more
Starting April 22 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled. When this happens, you
may elect to receive a deposit refund or
substitute another course. To avoid
disappointment in course selection,
schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill
early. Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm registration in
person at the Business Office or they will
be dropped from the course.
Term I Summer School students are
required to finalize their registrations on
May 26 or 27. Term I1 registrations must
be finalized on June 22 or 23. This
procedure applies to all courses,
including internships and independent
studies. Finalizing registration will take
place at the Business Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. on May 26 and 27, and June 22
and 23. The balance owing for tuition
must be paid before registration is
finalized.
Augsburg students please note: Balance
due on Augsburg account from
previous term/s must be paid in full
before you can finalize registration. A
late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
Term I registrations completed on May
28. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed
for Term I1 registrations completed on
June 24. Registrations will not be
accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your
registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill
out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50.00 for changing a registration after
the second day of each term. This must
be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 28 for
Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June
24 for Term I1 courses. This procedure
applies to internships and independent
studies as well as scheduled courses.
Any refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy."
Summer 1992
Term I
Term I1
Beginning of scheduling
Registration
(must be confirmed in person
at the Business Office)
April 22
May 26-27
April 22
June 22-23
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
May 26
May 26-27
June 22
June 22
May 28
May 28
May 28
June 24
June 24
June 24
None
July 4
June 12
June 19
June 24
July 17
July 31
August 5
Last day to:
*Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
Holiday
(Saturday)
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's office
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status,
sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
FEES
The tuition charge for 1992 Summer
School courses is as follows: $650.00 for
full-credit courses, $350.00 for half-credit
courses, and $175.00 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial A i d
Financial aid is limited to the
Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student
taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is
eligible to apply for a Guaranteed
Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid
Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for
Financial Aid for Summer School is
April'l5,1992. You must have a
complete file in the Financial Aid Office
by April 15 in order to receive an award
for Summer. Please pick up a Summer
School Financial Aid Application from
the Financial Aid Officer or from the
Summer School Office.
1 , . Admissions House
2, George Sverdrup Library
3 , . Science Hall
.
Mortensen Tower
, Urness Tower
Christensen Center
22:
A.
Partnership
Center for Global Education
Admissions Parking
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left of Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
Campus Location
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25t
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue Sc
"
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
1
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
II
1''
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational
activities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. An active summer
combining classes and
participation in metropolitan
events is a delightful
- and
broadening experience.
Augsburgin
the Summer
Augsburg College provides a
diverse summer curriculum including
regular courses, internships and
independent studies. Term I runs from
- June 19, Term I1 runs from June
~ay-26
22 - July 31. This brochure presents the
Summer School Program and was
correct at the time of publication.
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
I
7
F
l
Course levels are indicated by the first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
need more information about a special
summer offering, please contact the
S u m 1 1 . School
~~
Office.
Independent study and internships, in
addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships involve work
experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government or
industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students who need housing may obtain
information from the Director of
Residence Life.
The College Reserves the Right to cancel
listed courses
,d
kformation
and Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 6121330-1786 or call toll-free
1-8001788-5678
Elizabeth Bruch, Director
Barbara Pappenfus, Secretary
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those m.
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admission
though the Office of Admissions.
1
1
4
ART
ART 107-8100
DRAWING
Bollman
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects
include still-life, figures, building interiors, exteriors,
experimental work. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics.
M,T, W,Th
OM 17
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
ART 352-8101
WOMEN AND ART
Anderson
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts,
including the fine arts, the work of Native American
women. Dist.: Art/Music, Minority Studies; Persp.:
None
M,T, W,Tli
Foss 43
1:00-4:OO p.111.
BUSINESS AUMIKISTRATIC
HUS 175-8102
COMl'Uf ERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECONOMICS AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to microcompu ter-based information
systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123 (graphics, database and logical
functions) dBase I I I t and Minitab. May study other
applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). (Prereq.:
MPG I1 or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course)
Dist.: None; Persp.: None
M,T, W,TIi
Foss 20
6:OO-9:OO p.m.
BUS 221-8103
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and
fundamentals of accounting, the accou~itingcycle and
preparation of financial statements. Dist.: None; Persp.:
None
8:30-10:50 a.rrl.
M,T, W,Th
OM 10
BUS 242-8104
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature
of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis
of the role of the professional manager. Dist.: None;
Persp.: None
M,T, W,Th
OM11
6:OO-9:OO p.~tl.
-
.
I
I
5
-
I
w
I
BUS 322-8105
ACCOUNTING THEORY
ANDPRACTICEI
Kader
An analysis of financid accounting with emphasis on
accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements
and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.:
BUS 222 and EC0 113)
M,T, W,Th
MII.7?(
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
BUS 331-8106
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
LaFave
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of
funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long an short
term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,
ECO 113) Dist.: None; Persp.: None
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 11
8:30-10:50 n.111.
ECO 110-8107
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problclns facing a
nlctro-urban environment. By ~ndepcndcntstudy. Dist :
Urban Collccrns; Pcrsp : None
AI ~.nrl~ed
ECO 112-8108
PRINCIPLES OF MACRO ECONOMICS
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade,
economic growth. Dist.: Economics/ Polttical Science;
Pcrsp.: Western Heritagc
6:00-9:00 p.l!r
M,T, W,TIi,F
M 24
EDU 264-8109
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION
IN AN URBAN SETTING
Germundsen
Study and investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession Dist.: Yes, when combined with
EDE 363 or ED5 352 (1 12 course); Persp : Thc City
6:OU-9:00 p.rrr
M,W
1. 1
EDS 282-8110
INTRODUCTION TO
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Metcalf
Introduction to the field of special education Examines
the nature, causes, and educational intcrventiol~sfor
such exceptionalitics as mental retardation, physical
disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning
disabilities, behavior disorders and gtftcdness. Dist.:
Nonc
1:OiJ-4:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TII
OM 13
EDU 341-8111
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Hackney
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the ~ l s of
c instructional
technology. Selection, prcparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
tcaching/leaming situation Computer training will be
included in this course Dist.: None; Pcrsp.: None
9:30-11:50 n ! I ! .
T,T11
I-.~JSS
175
,
EDE 382-8112
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Drelow
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Dist.: None (112 course); Pcrsp.. None
6:00-9:00 p.trl
T,TII
1. 4
EDU 388-8113
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professional vocations Open to all. Required for all
Elementary and Secortdary Education majors. Dist :
Nonc. (112 course)
5:30-8:30 p.111.
M,W
OM 13
ENG 225-8114
INTERMEDIATE
EXPOSITORY WRITING
Schmit
The dcvclopment of essays in a variety of rhetorical
modes. Particular attmtion will be given to stylistic and
organizational matters through the course's workshop
format. (Prcreq.: ENG 111)
G:O0-9:fJO p.r!r.
M,T, W,TII
SC1212
ENG 245-8115
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
Miskowiec
111 this course studcnts arc initiated into the for~nalstudy
of narrative, drama and poetry in order to appreciate
morc fully the plcas~~rcs
of 1iterature.Thc course alms to
expand students' cxposurc to literature and thcrcforc
draws on works from several periods, from different
cultures and races, f m ~ nmale and fcmalc writers. As the
prerequisite for all upper courses in literature,
Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop
students' critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: ILitcrature; Pcrsp.: Aesthetics
9:30-11:50 n.111.
M,7', W,TII,F
OM 18
GER 111-8116
BEGINNING GERMAN 1
Quanbeck
Classroqm practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for studcnts with no previous background in German. Dist.: Foreign Language; Persp.:
Intcrculh~ralAwarc~,essI1
8:30-10:50 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,Tlr,F
OM 27
SPA 111-8117
Kiugsley
BEGINNING SPANISH 1 (Section 1)
SPA 111-8118
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elelnc~itary
Spanish. Introduction to cul turc of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.:.Foreign Language; Persp.:
Intercultural A w a r c ~ l c s I1
s
8:30-20:50 n.lrr.
M,T,W,Tlr,F (Ssctiorr 1)
5:30-7350 p.rlr.
M,T, W,TIi,F fS~.ctiorr11) OM 25
H P E 320-8119
S C H O O L HEALTH C U R R I C U L U M
Murphy
Techniques for developing a course of s t u d y based
u p o n g r o w t h a n d development for g r a d e s K-12.
Special w o r k units in nulrition and diseases.
(Prcreq: All courses in t h e major sequence
numbered in the 100 and 200 series a n d consent of
instructor)
5:30-9:30 p , ~ ! ,
W
O M 22
HIS 348-8120
RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET
Kimball
UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Tlic coursc offers an introductory historical survey
of Llic Sovict Union. It begins with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to
the Russiaii Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and
Lenin's consolidation of power. Idatcr topics
include: tlic rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World
War 11, the Cold War and the slow rejcctio~iof
Stalinisin culminating in an examination of recent
cvciits since L11c emergence of Gorbacliev. The
coursc will emphasizc political, diplomatic,
cconomic and cultural liistory by focusing on
Sovict political practices and institutions
9:30-11:50 0
M,T, W,T/I,F
111
O M 23
INS 1991399-8121
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in wliich a
student designs a learning agreement (witli a
faculty member) which links the ideas and
methods of their major to the opportunities found
in the placement. Participation in a weekly
seminar is expected. Persp.: The City
PHI 110-8124
INTRODUCTION T O
PHILOSOPHY
Apolloni
This course provides tlic student with some
experience in examining ideas and thereby
sliarpcniiig the critical and analytical skills
required to evaluate and construct a system of
ideas and beliefs. Dist.: I-listory/Philosopl~y;
Pcrsp.: I-[unian Identity
8:30-10:50 n.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
SCl712
PHYSICS
PHY 101-8125
ASTRONOMY
Stenstrom
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. In addition the coursc traces the
development of scientific t h o ~ ~ g lfrom
l t early
civilizatioli to the present day, The necessary
optical instrun~eiitsarc cxplai~lcdand use is made
of 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-incli
Cclcstron and a tlircc-inch Qucstar. Night vicwiilg
and laboratory sessions are important components
of the coursc. (Three one-hour lccturcs) (Prcrcq:
Matliematics Placement Group 11) Dist.:
MatIi/Physics; Pcrsp.: Natural World I1
5:30-8:30 / ~ . r i r .
M , T , W,TIi
SC1205
Arrnnged
INS 225-8122
INTRODUCTION T O ISLAM
Kader
This coursc is designed by a practicing Muslim Lo
present his perception of Islam to non-M~~slims.
Thc coursc will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of lifc. Tlierc will also be a
consideration of the differences between tlic
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Slii'its, Sufis, etc.); some
effort to deal witli the similarities and differences
bctwccii Islam and both Christianity and Judaism;
and a visit to one of the mosques in tlic T w'~ n
Cities. Dist.: Mii~ority-UrbanStudie?
R:30-10:50 f l . r r r .
MATHEMATIC
M , T , W,Tlr,F
-
MATH O F INTEREST
Foss
Have you ever wondered why women liave been
charged more than men for annuities and received
lower pension benefits than men? Or why women
liave paid less than men for life insurance? Or how
lifc pay~neiitsare figured out? Or liow muc11
money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in
the future? Tlicn this coursc may bc meant for you.
These and otlicr interesting and useful topics in the
~iiatlicmaticsof financial transactions will be
covered. This coursc should be uscf~ilfor students
in business and economics or for any students
interested in careers in finance-related fields. Math
Placement Group I11 Dist : MatIi/Physics
M,T, W,UI
POL 342-8126
SPC 342-8127
MASS COMMUrJICATIONS
IN SOCIETY
Rueter
Effects of mass cominunications on iildividual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media for
political and social purposes including a study of
censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public
affairs programming Dist.: Urban Concerns
5:30-8:30 u.111
M,T,W,Th,F
MP 3
PSYCHOLOGY
M H 323
MAT 173-8123
12:OO-3:00 p.111.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
SC1772
PSY 325-8128
SOCIAL BEHAVIOR
Attridge
Social factors wliicli influei~ccindividual and
group behavior in naturalistic and cxperimcntal
settings, Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102
or 1 0 )
1:OO-4:00p.111
M,7', W,Tlr,F
O M 16
RELIGION
REL 472-8129
THEOLOGY O F PAUL
Quanbeck
A study of the Apostle Paul including his liistorical
background, his relationship to the early cliurcli
and some of the tl~eincsfound in his writings.
Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
M,T, W,Tlr,F
SC1273
REL 483-8130
CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Olson
The bases of Cliristian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. Uist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2, 3
M,T, W,TIi
OM 78
SOC 1991399-8131
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning cxpcriencc in wliicli a
student designs a leariiiiig agrccmcnt (with a
faculty member) wliicli links the ideas and
methods of sociology to tlie opportunities found in
tlie placcinciit. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: The City
Arrnrrgccl
SOC 265-8132
CULTURE, ETHNICITY,
GENDER AND RACE
Gerasimo
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism, and the role of self-understanding. (l'/N
grading only) Dist.: Minority Studies; I'crsp.:
lntcrcultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:OO ~ I . I I I .
M,T, W,TII,F
MP 4
SOC 375-8133
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
An examination of the idea of "group," its
.elationship to individual behavior and society. An
111alysisof the ideas of "self" and "identity" and
what part they play in ~~iidcrstailding
interpersonal relations and h u ~ n a nbehavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at tlic
major assumptions and processes underlying our
everyday life-a look at the trivial, the ordinary
and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction,"
an important orientation in social psychology, will
be used as a way of dealing with the major issucs
in tlic course. (Prcrccl.: 121, junior or senior
students 011ly)
8:30-11:OO o.111
M,T, W,Tlr
OM 29
-
-
COMMUNICATI~GTI~
SPEECH,
THEATRE ARTS
SPC 347-8134
DOCUMENTARY VIDEO
Bart
A video production coursc wliicli intcgra tcs
lccture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing will1 non-fiction subjects. Students will
work in production tcams, gainiilg cxpcricncc in
field production and editing.
9:30-11:50 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,TIi,F
Fuss 170
SPC 351-8135
ARGUMENTATION
Hayes
Application of standards for sound cvidencc and
reasoning in public speaking, discussion and
debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in
analyzing argumentative claims, being able to
distinguish between strong and weak arguments,
understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning and learning to apply pri~lciplcsof
argu~neiltationto contemporary public issucs.
Students have tlic opportunity to enhance their
skills in debate and discussion and also learn to
analyze and critique argi~~nciits
they encounter in
their daily lives
12:00-3:00 )J.III.
M,T, W,Tlr,F
O M 10
SPC 352-8136
PERSUASION
Lapakko
Theory of how people are influenced to change
attitudes and bcliavior. Tlie course deals with a
broad range of topics, iiicluding obstacles to
persuasion; the usc of logical and psycl~ological
appeals; empirical rcscarcli in pcrsuasion; how
pcrsuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising,
and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass
movemcnts and campaigns; the impact of tlie mass
media on persuasion, and ethical issues related to
pcrsi~asion.Students analyze persuasive messages
in contemporary society, with practical work in
speech and promotional projects.
9:30-11:50 0.111,
M,T, W,TIi,F
M 22
.
JUNE
22
ART 132-8200
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-8201
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics. Estimated cost of film,
etc.: $150.00-$175.00. (Class size limited.)
M,W (Section I)
1:30-5:00 p.m.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M,W (Section 11)
BUSINESS
MIS 175-8202
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECON AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to microcomputer-based information
systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123 (graphics, database and logical
functions) dBase IIIt and Minitab. May study other
applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The
completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as
a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or else a Pass
in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
M,W
Foss 20
5:30-9:00 p.m.
BUS 222-8203
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accountina for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundament& of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221) Dist.: None
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 10
BUS 323-8204
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE 11
Kader
A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial
accounting with emphasis on accounting theory
pertaining to financial sta tements, income concepts,
valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant
issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity.
(Prereq.: BUS 322)
M, W
MH 323
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
BUS 340-8205
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Personnel functions in business, acauisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective intearation of the worker with
the goals o'f the firm and society.
(Prereq: BUS 242)
M,W
OM 10
6:00-9:00 p.m.
BUS 440-8206
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management of
operating functions. Examples from service industries,
non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught
from a managerial point of view. Topics include an
overview of operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting,
concepts of quality, inventory management, principles
of scheduling and operational control information
systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
T,Th
OM I1
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
ECO 110-8207
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
metro-urban environment. By independent study only.
Dist.: Urban Concerns
Arrat~ged
ECO 113-8208
PRINCIPLES OF
MICRO-ECONOMICS
Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political Science;
Persp.: Social World
M,W
Foss 43
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
ECO 315-8209
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I)
Gupta
ECO 315-8210
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11)
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory
and policy. (Prereq.: Eco 112,113) Dist.: None
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W (Section I)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th (Section 11)
Foss 42
INDIVIDUAL LEARNER
Metcalf,
A class for Elementarv and Secondarv students designed
to address the educational needs of ;diverse studen?
body. Includes strategies for teaching special education
students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the
student at risk. Students are encouraged to take
introduction to Special Education (282) prior to . registering for this course.
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,T, W,Th
EDE 375-8212
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD
OF KINDERGARTEN
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Lab arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching
at that level. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Dist.: None.
(1/ 2 course)
1:301:30 p
Dntes: J I I I I23,24,25,30,
~
L1
J~rly1,2,7,8,9,10
EDU 377-8213
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for science at the cindergarten and elementary level.
(114 course)
10:OO-12 p.tn. M,W Dntes: J~rly6,8,13,15,20,22
OM 4
EDE 386-8214
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURR1CULUM:CHILDREN'S
LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: None. (1/2
course)
L4
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T
EDE 387-8215
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: EDE 255 or EDS
265) (1/2 course)
11:30-1:30 p.tn.
Dotes: 1u11e23,24,25,30
OM 11
July 1,2,7,8,9,10
EDE 388-8216
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professional vocations. Required for all Elementary and
Secondary Education majors. Open to all. Dist.: None.
(1/2 course)
OM 18
10:05-12:lO p.ti~.
M, W
Miskowiec
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research
techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one
work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to
increasing students' effectiveness in choosing,
organizing and developing topics, thinking critically,
and revising for clarity and style. The minimum passing
grade for this course 2.0. Dist.: Writing-entry level skill
10:05-11:30 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,TIi,F
OM 13
ENG 2401342-8218
THE SHORT STORYELEMENTS OF FICTION
Swanson
In this course, students will read a variety of fictional
works and learn to better understand fiction by writing
their own story. The course will involve practice in ways
of approaching literature and will include study of tlie
basic critical terminology. Students are expected to read
the assigned stories and novel, participate in class
discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short
story, write an original short story, and take several
quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for
upper division credit will write an additional critical
analysis essay and will read an additional novel and
prepare a substantial paper/class presentation on it. All
students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing
and distribution of selected original fiction from class.
(Prereq.: Completion of Effective Writing) Dist.:
English/Speech; Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
OM 13
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
ENG 241-8219
INTRODUCTION TO
CINEMA ART
Mitchell
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical
principles and historical evolution of the film medium.
The emphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The
course includes the viewing and analysis of both
features length and short films illustrating the
international development of film form and selected
aesthetic movements such as the American Studio Film
and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage,
Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave. Dist.:
None: Persp.: Aesthetics
6:00-9:30 p.111.
T,TIi
OM 27
ENG 282-8220
TOPICS: LATIN AMERICAN
LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Miskowiec
Examining the political, religious, and geographical
factors behind the literature of "magic realism," we will
read short stories and novels by authors such as
Carpentier, Fuentes, Garcia Marquez and Allende. We
will also compare the written text with contemporary
Latin American painting and sculpture.
OM 13
11:40-1:25 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
ENG 282-8221
TOPICS: THE HEROIC JOURNEY
Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of tlie heroic
journey, as well as specific examples of such journeys. It
will emphasize the ideas of Joseph Campbell, but will
also consider other interpretations of heroic journeys.
Since Western civilization usually assumes that the hero
is a man, usually a white man belonging to a warrior
class, we will analyze the heroic warrior myth both as it
is depicted in ancient and medieval epics and myths, but
also as it appears in contemporary American popular
narratives. But the heroic journey is a human journey,
and thus the course will also emphasize the heroic
journeys of women and men who may be neither white
nor warriors as they are depicted in folktales and novels.
Dist.: En~lish/Sueech
GER 112-8222
BEGINNING GERMAN 11
Quanbeck
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and
reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Foreign Language;
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I11
M,T, W,TIi
OM 27
8:lO-955
I
1
1
SPA 112-8223
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
Kingsley
SPA 112-8224
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish.
Iiitroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.:
Foreign Language; Persp.: I~~tercultural
Awareness 111
M,T, W,TIi (Sectio~i1)
M,T, W,TIi (Sectioii JJ)
PHI 175-8228
PHILOSOPHY OF
LOVE AND SEX
Appolloni
What is the nature of romantic love, sexual desire and
friendship, both healthy and dysfunctional? We will
consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a)
Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? (b) Is
promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does
the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c) Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are
homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are
they merely alternative sexual preferences? Dist.:
History/Pliilosophy; Persp.: Human Identity
M,W
6:OO-9:30 prrr.
HPE 410-822ADMINISTRATION AND
SUPERVISION OF THE
SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health
services and relationships to community health program
and resources. Methods and materials in health
education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community. (Prereq.: 320)
Arrnrlged
PHY 106-8229
INTRODUCTORY
METEOROLOGY
Jasperson
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.
The course is designed to provide a working knowledge
of the basic science principles required for
understanding weather and climate. Laboratory
exercises are included as an integral part of the course.
The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the
distribution/general education requirement for the
liberal arts student. (Five 1 1/2 hour lectures) (Prereq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 11) Dist.: Math/Physics;
Persp.: Natural World I or I1
M,T, W,TIi,F
SCJ 205
10:05-11:30 n.1i1.
HISTORY
POLITICAL SCIENCl
/-
HIS115-8226
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
Zehnder
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from the rise
of nationalism and the decline of the Turkish Ottoman
Empire in the 19th Century to the current crisis hot spots
in the Persian Gulf and the Levant. The goal is a better
understanding of how the Middle East reached its
contemporary complexity, its role in the wider world.
T,Th
OM 13
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
TERDISCIPLI
INS 199/32;7?~
INTERNS P... -.Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a student
designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member)
which links the ideas and methods of their major to the
opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a
weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: The City
Arrnnged
POL 121-8230
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
AND POLITICS
Rueter
The politics of American government including the
forms of political ideas, the pattern of participation, the
dynamics of congressional, presidential and
bureaucratic policy making, and current issues in
American society. Dist: Economics/Political Science;
Persp.: Social World I
6:OO-9:30 ~ . I I I .
M ,W
OM 23
POL 475-8231
THE LEGAL PROCESS
Fishman
The course seeks to provide the undergraduate student
with an introductory understanding of the functioning
of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's
interdependence with the social environment; the law's
social junctions; the social and moral limits of the law;
and, the law as a system, describing the aspects and
problems of each of the law's agencies (courts,
legislative, administrative, and executive agencies).
Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: None
T,TIi
Foss 2 l A
5:30-9:30 y.rrr.
POL 499-8232
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Noonan
Topics defined through consultation between instructor
and student. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Arrniigtd
PSY 362-8233
BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS
Leitschuh
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from
the social, organic and psychological points of view
Visitation to a variety of community service agencies
will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
Dist.: None; Persp.: None
8:30-10:OO 17.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 42
PSY 373-8234
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational
behavior. Factors and practices such as management
styles, evaluation and maintenance of work
effectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq.:PSY 105)
Persp: None
M,T, W,TII,F
OM 23
10:05-11:30n.m.
RELIGION
REL 440-8235
VARIETIES OF CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY
Holt
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian
tradition and of contemporary developments, including
12-Step Spirituality, Feminist, Ecological, and NonWestern Christian Spiritualities. An introduction to the
basic practices of spiritualities, especially prayer and
meditation. (Prereq.: REL 111 or 221) Dist: Religion;
Persp.: None
6:OO-9:30 p.rrr.
T,Th
OM 18
REL 441-8236
Holt & Stratton
FEMINISM AND CHRISTIANITY
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity
and feminism and how they might be compatible.
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal
roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the
Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology,
especially in terms of language and metaphor.
"Minorities and men are especially urged to enroll."
Dist.: Religion or Women's Studies; Persp.: Christian
Faith I, 11, or 111
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
M,W
M 22
SOCIOL
SWK 257-8239
EXPLORING FAMILY HEALTH
& SOCIAL SERVICES IN THE 901S,
US-UK COMPARISONS
Link
This course identifies different approaches to family
health and social services in both theory and practice in
the USA and UK. Through inter-disciplinary dialogue
and a blend of classroom and field encounters, strategies
for preventive, community-based service are analyzed
and evaluated. A unique feature of this course is the
opportunity to prepare with an intensive first week's
orientation in the USA and to work with British
professionals and students in family health and social
services and debrief with USA- based faculty. All
students will have a personal British tutor in addition to
group leaders, to help focus on their particular interest
and to facilitate connections with resources needed to
achieve their objectives. Dist.: None; Persp.: The City
Arrnrlgcd
OM 25
SPEECH, COT
THEATRE AI
SPC 24-8240,
INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
This course explores both the problems and the potential
of communication between persons of different cultural
groups. Students examine Western and non-Western
cultural rules, values, assumptions and stereotypes and
how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general
theoretical understanding of the dynamics of crosscultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how
these principles relate to particular cultural groups.
Dist.: None; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness
M,W
Foss 21 B
6:OO-9:30 p.nr.
SPC 414-8241
INS 414-8242
FEMINIST RHETORIC
Nilsson
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical perspective
on American feminism, and 2) to develop skill in
rhetorical criticism. Dist.: Women's Studies; Persp.:
None
T,TII
530-9:00 p.m.
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) which links the ideas a n d
methods of sociology to the opportunities found in
the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: The City
Arranged
SOC 356-8238
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes.
Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional
institutions and the government offices. Dist.: None
1:30-5:00 p.rrr.
T,TIi
OM 23
Augsburg,
College
Summer Schoo
I
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. Postage
PAID
Minneapolis, MN
Permit No. 2031
L
I
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ....~...................
....,.,.,.. .. .
....... .......44
..........................................................5
.............................................................34
.................................................................35
............................................36
Introduction
Calendar
About this Catalog
Options
Visiting Students
Augsburg Courses
UMAIE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The
College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways
not possible during the regular term.
Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to
spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for
a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for
only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student
who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students
generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim
courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such
Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students
registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of
which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number
of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full
time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
For More Information
Interim Office Memorial 230)
Interim*tary,
Kay Thoat =lo25
Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b)
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
Interim Calendar 1990
.............................................................Interim Registration
...........................................................................
Late Interim Registration
.........................................................................................
First Day of Interim
October 29 -November 2
December 3
January 2
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
........+..C..H...U
.....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd
...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar
January 3
January 16
January 18
January 30
February 4
..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
....................................................................................................
Interim Ends
................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will
be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into
two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at
9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special
convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by
Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions
and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial
230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of
the Catalog.
Options
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27
international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of
this catalog.
Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent
study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for
more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue
independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at
least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these
Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help
students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at
Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 .
Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted
for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the
January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution
agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The
waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $708 for the Interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the
Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
The Florida Keys: Marine Biology
of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys
This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern
Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key
during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two
distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John
Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental
sections of this catalog (Biology and English.)
The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by
the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba
diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to
Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All
students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended
that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the
writing which has emerged from this interesting environment.
A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare),
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Marine Biology of The Florida Keys
BIO 140-41048; 340-41049
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms
and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers
laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field
trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow
bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from
these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A
marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct
specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a
short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to
the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol
audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will
interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further
information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida
Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal
based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will
also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111
and 112 or equivalent.
Distribution: BiologyIChemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Molds, Mushrooms and Humans
BIO 141-41047
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often
neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir
the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal
importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips.
Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom
demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included.
Distribution: BiologylChemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHE 100-41001
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill
of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science
backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for
understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis
in-ted
in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living.
Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early
scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to
chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand
processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides,
pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on
and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma
"memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then
but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our
universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion
This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe
lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets
a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116.
Prerequisite: High School Algebra
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room Science 315
A Labaatory Intro&m
to Chemisty
<31M113.41002
Instructar: JoanKunz
Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from
solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other
c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to
&anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis
muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for
instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand
chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and
dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week
day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work,
tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw
murse.
Distributiom Biology/Chemistry
Time:I
Room Science 315
COBOL
CSC 27141003
Instructo~:LanyRagland
A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious
howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e
gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL
together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include
lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
progaming assignments and examinations.
Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170)
Time:I
Room: Science 112
Puinciples of Miaaeconornics
ECO 1l%4100Q
Instrudo~Satva Guvta
~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic
theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time:I
Room: Library 1
C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim
y
Betzueen East and West
ECO 319-41037
Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp
In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries
with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc
conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t
developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an
understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with
diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics
in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions
and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained,
including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on
East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to
identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam
(takehome),and a
paper.
Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~
and Orgm'mtbns
ECO 31%41038
Instrudac Milo Schield
Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of
humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~
Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial
clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty
rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic
theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public
choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic
theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State).
Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic
ImperMsm".
Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning.
I quizzes,paper and final.
Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly
Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO).
Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science,
Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Science319
For more Economics listings, see Page 36
Human Relations
EDS 38841050
Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons
This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups
in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members
with interaction from class members.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting?
How might you gain more knowledge of our global society?
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and
other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 10
Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten
EDE 37541005
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class
students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a
kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill:
A. Stms key adult/child relationships.
B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby
current mearchand practices in education settings.
C. Stress key adult/child relationships.
D. Stress process - '%ow to learn".
E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans.
ER
mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the
kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices.
H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the
needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakem and field trips.
Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to
iden*
1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten
2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories
behind these approaches.
3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students.
4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h
students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher.
Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit
COum.
Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess.
Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
wtiw o f t h r n w q s
ENG 13641051
Instructo~JohnMitchell
This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in
with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment
co-(E
itself will involve an interdisciplina~~
program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine
Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key
WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read
one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50
writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace
Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams,
Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe
week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District
of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove
islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams;
and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture,
and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men?
tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12
pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting.
This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern
Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during
most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct
course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell.
Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of
this catalog (Biology and English)
The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by
thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for
thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will
study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and
in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for
which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent
between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this
interesting environment.
A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) ,
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I
Room: Old Main l2
The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm
1
I
mG~1007/MW10a)
Instructoc Kathryn Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered
,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby
mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of
the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of
classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe
c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the
basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not
yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel.
Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions,
write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take
several quizzes and a finalscam
Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and
p~epw
a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it.
All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel&
original fiction from theclass.
Prerrquisite: Effective Writing
Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Speech Communi*:
W
m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their
VioftheEnglishLanpge
ENG ZL9-4l057
Instructm JohnSchmit
'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of
a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and,
conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community
itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units.
'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the
c
u
m
l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto
analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx
asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst.
'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be
evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p .
Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies
Time: II
Room: Old Main 27
ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l
ENG 24941009
Instructm Douglas Gram
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent
drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and
productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s
and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues
ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes
survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in
1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related
topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be
moderate fees for the local productions.
Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper.
(Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a
long paper and some performance, will conclude the course.
Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-41042
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of
the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment,
and a written test. This is a one-half medit course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
Administration and Supemision of the
School Health Program
HPE 410-41043
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to
community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries
of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a
teaching method.
Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m )
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place2
CoachingofBasketbaZ1
HPE 477-41090
Instruchm Brian Ammann
?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-.
Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation
Thisisa
&f
cradit catrse.
Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays
Room: Melby 111
Coachingof Volleyball
HPE 48341054
Instructo~:Marilyn Florian
This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng
volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr
portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
Officiating of Basketball
HPE---- 41041
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of
basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing
the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School
Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and
performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable
that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit
course.
Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Si Melby 202
The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed
HIS 33841056
1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold
lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal
dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of
crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark
d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m
and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and
fordp @icy.
We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as
JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party,
Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington.
These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and
discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study.
Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material.
Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room Old Main l3
The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special
interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991
Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty
member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution
requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course.
Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe
INS 191-41011
Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is
the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts,
music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they
were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular
time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and
theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to
appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among
the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different
points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various readings, including
reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary
source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the
College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg
Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul
Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances
and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a
paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be
quizzes.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15.
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to
attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part
of the class work.
Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater
The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking
About What You Read
I N S 120-41055
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia
seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.
Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia
seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing
and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and
about the Paidcia Program.
Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar
discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe
seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the
Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars;
evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of
the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part,
on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too
impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the
purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active
listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point
thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From
"%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential
Schools, Brown University.)
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Social Change: The Ultimatum of
Community Development in India
I N S 241-41053
Instructor: Vincent Peters
Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of
many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a
viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many
common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor,"
"East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context
of an emerging nation.
South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation
sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop
ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles.
Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue,
homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view
greatly challenged and enhanced.
We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near
it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with
the colorful celebration of Republic Day.
There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests.
The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation,
accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two
group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of
International Programs.
W m k LifeTransitions
INS24541010
Instructar: Diane Busico
Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing
you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others?
?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18
on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious
passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition
periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the
context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in
teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles.
Distribution: Women's Studies
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages
LIN 3124UlZ
Instrue. Donald Steinmek
?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history.
Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese,
Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis
p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l
,
Sardinian,Rom,and others. This
coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&.
Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same
source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby
ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all
kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because
differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very
importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other
languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French,
Slavic for Romanian, etc.
'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these
changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof
SpanishandFd
By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove
Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or
Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the
factos which account for the diffenmm.
Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all
assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final
examination
Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse
Time:I
Room Old Main 22
Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math
MAT 1324013
I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do&
Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a
student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you
like to irrgroveyour math SHS,
be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like
math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you.
In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g
skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ .
Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and
several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests.
Time 11
Room Science212
Ma& ofbrterest
MAT 173-41014
Instrum Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for
annuities and &ved
lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan
s men? Or why women have paid less
than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how
instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to
accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then
thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the
mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d .
'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any
students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes.
Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent
Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics
Time I
Room Science 212
Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview
MUS ll(F41017
Instntctor: Roberta Metzler
An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions
of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class
will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on
three tests and field trip reports.
Special fee to cover transportation: $15.
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
Electronic Music Composition
MUS 23&41063/430-41015
Instructor: Robert Karlen
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the
sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants
will be involved in:
1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks
through an eight-track mixer.
2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound
sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the
creative aspects of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division
students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using
primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students
will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled
keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 5
Beginning Nonoegian I
NOR 111-41018
Instructor: Frankil Shackelford
Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The
course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and
cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts.
The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
What Do You Think Of That?
PHI 250-41019
Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some
clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are
the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and
other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more
clearly.
Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors,
some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and
some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand,
B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to
say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now.
What Do You Think of That?".
Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and
class discussions.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-41020
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four
basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's
climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water
cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world
events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a
two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather
facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa
Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour
and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits
will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane
tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather.
During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits.
Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception
systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational
weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of
climates across the U.S. from north to south.
Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be
based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project
completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit
due by October 26.
Prerequisites: High School Algebra
Distribution: MathematicsRhysics
Time: I
Room: Science 28
Introduction to Space Science
PHY 320-41021
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are
interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further
study in the field of space science.
The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including
solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics.
Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms,
current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on
assignments, two exams and a paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 15141022
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for
years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems
without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student
who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive
level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas
including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Math level lII
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Understanding the Middle East Through Literature
POL 241-41062
Instructor: Renee Taft
Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in
which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies
which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar,
students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English
from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common
concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a
better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading
and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite
required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final
examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Alternative Politics
PoLW1058
Instructm RandallKindley
'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating
socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and
~ m tmovanenk
s
that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming
significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad.
'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean
countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes
that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist,
anti- nuclear,
religious and anti-tion
p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while
traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the
21st Century be based on these new political cleavages?
In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s
from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What
accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals
of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action?
How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded,
shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the
way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to
come?
Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme
for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political
p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of
thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill
be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and
discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on
class participation, a termpaper and a final exam
h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor.
Time:I1
Room Murphy Place 3
TheLegalRights oftheAm&
Employee and
E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve
POL 37641099
Instruclor. Phil Fishman
This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities
of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor
pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the
job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer
possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican
labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where
devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw
pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-.
Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination.
h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics.
Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber.
Room Old Main 16
Psychobgy ofthe Legal System
PSY 3354024
Nancy Steblay
l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory
andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m
with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision
Instru-
Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice,
ethics and victimization. Guest-1
will include members of the legal and psychological communities.
Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible
for contributionto classmomdiscussion.
Prerequisites: a general psychology course
Time: 11
Room: Old Main16
The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols
PSY 340-41023
Instntdotr Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and
theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the
intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the
self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual
self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of
social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and
peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings.
Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be
actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology)
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 3704025
Instructor: Duane E.Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person.
Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other
persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar
with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class
session is requhd.
Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral
reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required.
Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of
the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1.
Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a
base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation
REL 445 41006
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be
based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
The Theology of Mm'age
REL,34341026
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make
with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the
1
I
I
heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of
Christian tea*,
many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G.
Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the
family.
discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be
Thew willbe,-l
based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room Music 24
Biblical T
&
i
Then andNow
REL4354060
Instructor:~~-en
An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place
in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries,
including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians.
Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text.
Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams.
Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward
graduationrequirements.)
Time: II
Room Old Main 23
A t m , God and Money: How SciencP,
Religion a n d E c m i c s M k
REL 43641061
Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n
Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect
one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money
will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to
show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another.
Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from
writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of
activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and
simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants
will work as teams to construct Space Colonies.
Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project
presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the
course for credit.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward
graduation requirements.)
Time: I1
Room: Science 123
Exploring Human Services
SWK 25741027
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency
representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3
hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings
discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective
summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1
Exploring Human Services and Social Work
in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991)
SWK 34611028
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore
modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and
faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections,
family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through
visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and
Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city
with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol
and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix
practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's
social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of
International Programs.
Field Work LU
S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse)
S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course)
Instrudar: Francine Chakoli
Course content w
i
l
lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused
field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour
per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations
will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II)
Time: To be arranged
Principles of Sociology
(with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn)
SOC 121-41031
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups,
interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the
world and one's place in it.
The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care
system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for
future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well.
This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the
regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading
illbe given.
assignments. Three exams w
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Time: II
Room Library 1
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-41032
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding.
The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based
on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The
course is offered only on a P/N basis.
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room Old Main 18
Beginning Spmdsh
SPA 1114(B3
Instructo~Staff
Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to
introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him
or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken
Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After
Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations
willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam
Distribution: ForeignZanguage
Time: I
Room Old Main 29
Evaluating Continental Literatrwe
SPA 250-41034
~ I ' I S Gu*
~ ~ E
ROZ4?tlt&
The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature
through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen
short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems.
Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class
discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut
anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students
interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see
the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time:I
Room: Old Main27
Documentary Video
SPC 347-41035
Instructor: Deborah Bart
Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture
and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production
and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece.
Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper.
This course requires additional lab time for editing.
Time: I
Room: Foss A-V Seminar
Theater Crafts
SPC 495-41036
Instructor: Michael Burden
Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing
props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented.
Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a
final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater
tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show.
Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or
permission of instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association
for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the
Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These
courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan
Archaeology in Yugoslavia
Art in France and Italy
Australia's Business Climate
The British School and Family
The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe
Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan
E m t in Transition
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
-- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain
Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama
Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change
Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings
Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier
Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland
Modern European Business and Worklife
Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria
Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y)
Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe
Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India
The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era
Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali
Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond
Theatre in Britain
This is New Zealand
Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland
Translating All That Business About lapan
*
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition
cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are
available in the Interim Office.
Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991)
HPE 455-41039
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and
practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent
level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The
student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people
and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will
be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands
and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students
and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in
order to receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health
and Physical Education department.
Total payment is due October 31,1990.
Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit).
Outward Bound
HPE 21241067
Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing
on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the
Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period.
l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has
n some
scholarshipsavailable).
LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu
POL39841065
Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld
POL 39841066
These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information
on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr.
Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k
ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this
as(orn w
l
n
r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe
lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng
fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme.
class as&I
American Karate
HPE 002-41045
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught
by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 120&1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002-41044
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Hisotry of Economic Thought
ECO 219-41406
Instructor: Richard Herzog
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o
the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or
tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems.
I.
Ancient Economic Thinking
11.
The Medieval Period
111.
Mercantilism
IV .
Classical
V.
Socialist/Utopian
VI.
Modern
Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class
(less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research
paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be
essay on three of five topics.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
NEW COU'RSE
A I S 290-41069
ART 290-41068
S. Chapman
TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE
An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United
S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In
addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d
Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y ,
mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1
produce art work such ar
weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst
is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department.
Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this
Proposal.
Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t
Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance
of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included.
Distribution: Fine A r t s
HPE 271-41070
Time: X I
Room:
OFFICIATING FOOTBALL
I.
~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted
official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League.
2.
Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total
aducational prrrcess.
Cmtenr:
OM4
Will k based an the rules mb -its
set f0M
the national
Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota
State High Schcvl League.
Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9-
situations
Evaluation: Written tcst
-
T h i s i s a one-half credit course.
H I S 140-41964
EAST EUROPE
Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri.
UNDER THE HAPSBURGS
-
Room: S i Melby
R.D. Zehnder
the East C e n ~ d
f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr
inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent
~nditzon
of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t
thc Balkans w i t h
eye .to
fallowin; c ~ z t n events
t
in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q
an ricotic but &-
He w i l l lccir a t
vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a
t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-,
Hati-,
always as t h vsi+'-q
~
t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s,
H z w l m n , and .
&-B
3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of
s
f mt&e
.. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles
ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud.
W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e
ma<*=
is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss
Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on
an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th.
Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly
iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#.
Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy
Time: I 1
Room: OM13
J, Shackel ford
- --
-- - - - - -
~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim
~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a
SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton;
~ d l u r=forn
l
d the
discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ;
-cgenm of a*pcrirntal
e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n
for t h e
&act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d
theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in
perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal
i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require
l
er
aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of
c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l
a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e
b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u ¶ s we rill d b p c l
proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f
memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr.
~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia.
Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl
&
r
,
Prerequisite: 3 History course
m l m t l m u11l k
plpcr.
Time: ? I
Room: OM13
MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE
Zheng
The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e
mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md
S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup
rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn,
hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability
and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before
n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc),
Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students
who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121.
Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1
Distribution:
I N S 401-41071
Time: I1
Room: 5212
Math/Physics
THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR:
& THE WILDERNESS
THE GARDEN
3. G r i f f i n
This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these
metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re,
but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities.
The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus
there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be
supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves.
Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT
INTERNSHIPS:
Time: I
Room: FC 42
For information on January Interim internships please contact
the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14.
OTHER CHANGES:
HPE 232
REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F
Cancelled courses:
HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED
MAT 132, MATH AND ITS
APPLICATIONS
INTERIM
Show less
MASTER OF ARTS IN
EDUCATIONLEADERSHIP
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1990-1992
·'
-.Jnformation Sessions
MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP
Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to
attend an information session. These free,... Show more
MASTER OF ARTS IN
EDUCATIONLEADERSHIP
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1990-1992
·'
-.Jnformation Sessions
MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP
Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to
attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are
scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester. Please call the Master of Arts inEducation- Leadership Office
(330-1786) for details or to register for one of these information
sessions:
Thursday, May9, 1991
Tuesday, June 18, 1991
Thursday, July 18, 1991
Saturday, October 26, 1991
Saturday,Februaryl,1992
Tuesday, May 12, 1992
Tuesday, June 16, 1992
Thursday, July 16, 1992
7:00 - 8:00p.m.
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. - noon
9:00 - 11:00 a.m.
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. - noon
For more information write or call:
Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
~·
Augsburg Colleg0
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454
3/91
·:.....·-·-·.
..
,6iee and Payment
Schedule
~
~ . ;:
~
..
·=·
.., ...·.·
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course =6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable,
applicable to first semester's tuition)
Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms)
Thesis Continuation Fee $100.00
Late Fee, per day (charged to any student registering
after the scheduled registration date).
Late registration includes incomplete registration as
defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or
b) Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration Change after First Class Meeting
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a
simple rate of 1% per month on any account with
an open balance of 30 days or more.
$25.00
$884.00
$100.00
$125.00
$50.00
$5.00
$2.00
Fees
The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline
for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first
semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term,
once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration.
Payment Options*
1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered
only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are
company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed,
with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in three equal installments at
the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg
College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds
administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current
according to established repayment schedules.
•A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect
further credit extended by the college.
~-
•nformation Sessions
MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP
Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to
attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are
scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester. Please call the Master of Arts inEducation- Leadership Office
(330-1786) for details or to register for one of these information
sessions:
Thursday, May 9, 1991
Tuesday, June 18, 1991
Thursday, July 18, 1991
Saturday, October 26, 1991
Saturday,Februaryl,1992
Tuesday, May 12, 1992
Tuesday, June 16, 1992
Thursday, July 16, 1992
7:00 - 8:00p.m.
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. -noon
9:00 - 11 :00 a.m.
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. -noon
,r"'
.~~,::·
' \ ...:f
.>-a
'l-·~r
~··-·
tr1
~·
·t.rj". ...
~:-.:
For more information write or call:
Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/33~1786
Augsburg Col leg0
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS
3/91
MN 55454
z ·: .· ·
~:
B alendar
1991- '92
Saturday Schedule: 8:30 a.m. - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 p.m.
Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 p.m. and 8:00 - 9:30 p.m.
Fall Trimester 1991
Class Dates
Thursday, September 5
Saturday, September 14
Thursday, September 19
Saturday, September 28
Thursday, October 3
Saturday, October 12
Thursday, October 17
Saturday,October26
Thursday, October 31
Saturday, November 9
Thursday, November 14
Saturday, November 23
Thursday, December 5
Leadership Practicum Dates
Saturday, September 7: Workshop for returning students
Saturday, September 21: Assessment Center for new students
Saturday, October 5: Assessment Center for new students
Other Important Dates
Monday, August 19: Application deadline
Wednesday, September 4: Orientation
Monday, September 9: Last day to register and/or drop
Saturday, November 23: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, December 16: Final grades due
Winter Trimester 1992
Class Dates
Thursday, January 9
Saturday, January 18
Thursday, January 23
Saturday, February 1
Thursday, February 6
Saturday,February15
Thursday, February 20
Saturday,February29
Thursday, March 5
Saturday, March 14
Thursday, March 19
Saturday, March 28
Leadership Practicum Dates
Saturday, January 11: Workshop for returning students
Saturday, January 25: Assessment Center for new students
Other Important Dates
Monday, December 2: Application deadline
Wednesday, January 8: Orientation
Monday, January 13: Last day to register and/or drop class
without record notation
Saturday, March 14: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, April 6: Final grades due
.·- -~ ~.~
.·: ·.
Spring Trimester 1992
Class Dates
Thursday, April 2
Saturday, April 11
Thursday, April 16
Saturday, April 25
Thursday, April 30
Saturday, May 9
Thursday, May 14
Thursday, May 21
Saturday, May 30
Thursday, June 4
Saturday, June 13
Thursday, June 18
Saturday, June 27
~·
C/)f
~1
~
tr
~
~
tr.f ~,
z·
Leadership Practicum Dates
Saturday, April 4: Workshop for returning students
t·
~
;::
'!
b·
Other Important Dates
Monday, March 9: Application Deadline
Wednesday, April 1: Orientation
Monday, April 6: Last day to register and/ or drop without notation
Saturday, May 30: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, July 6: Final grades due
....
~'
~
v
~-:-··
...,
,,.
"
II.•.•.
):
ljee and Payment
Schedule
-~.
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course= 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable,
applicable to first semester's tuition)
Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms)
Thesis Continuation Fee $100.00
Late Fee, per day (charged to any student registering
after the scheduled registration date).
Late registration includes incomplete registration as
defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or
b) Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration Change after First Class Meeting
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a
simple rate of 1% per month on any account with
an open balance of 30 days or more.
$25.00
$884.00
$100.00
$125.00
$50.00
$5.00
$2.00
Fees
The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline
for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first
semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term,
once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration.
Payment Options*
::.::-.
~--
'
+
1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered
only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are
company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed,
with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term.
"";,:-<
"'
w
<
~··
~-
t,
,,
"
~
-=:
~:
·:~-.-..;
d
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in three equal installments at
the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg
College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds
administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current
according to established repayment schedules.
> ::.:
::-.~
~-
•A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration in'Clalid and could affect
further credit extended by the college.
"'r
1 he most important key to developing a collective will to
overcome many of our commonplace problems is leadership.
Certainly leadership is characterized by more than knowing. It is
also more than acting. It is ultimately defined in coalescing others
to act when they otherwise might not have. Leadership, including
teacher leadership, is ultimately proven in the efforts of others to
attempt to scale heights of human achievement and plunge depths
of human caring not otherwise envisioned."
-Ken Howey
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
Calendar for 1990-'91 .................................................................... 4
Introduction to the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership ... 6
Leadership Development Model ................................................. 7
Curriculum Design ....................................................................... 9
Course Descriptions .................................................................... 10
Graduate Faculty ........................................................................ 12
Library .......................................................................................... 12
Accreditation and Affiliations ................................................... 12
Student Support Services ........................................................... 13
Student Rights ............................................................................. 13
Admission Requirements ........................................................... 14
Application Procedures ...... ......... ..... ........... ..................... ...... .... 14
Evaluation Standards ................................................................. 15
Academic Policies ....................................................................... 16
Fee and Payment Schedule ........................................................ 17
Financial Aid ...... ................... ...................................................... 18
About Augsburg ......................................................................... 21
Campus Map ......................................................... .......... ............ 22
Campus Location ............................... ........... .............................. 23
B alendar
1990-'91 Calendar
Saturday Schedule: 8:30 AM - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 PM
Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 PM and 8:00 - 9:30 PM
Fall Trimester 1990
. ...
"
Class Dates
Thursday, September 6
Thursday, September 13
Saturday, September 22
Thursday, September 27
Saturday, October 6
Thursday, October 11
Saturday, October 20
Thursday, October 25
Saturday, November 3
Thursday, November 8
Saturday, November 17
Thursday, November 29
Saturday, December 1
Leadership Practicum Dates
Saturday, September 8
Saturday, September 15
Other Important Dates
Monday, August 20: Application Deadline
Wednesday, September 5: Orientation
Monday, September 10: Last day to register and/ or drop
class without record notation
Saturday, November 17: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, December 17: Final Grades Due
Attendance Policy
Because leadership issues are presented, discussed and analyzed in the classroom, regular attendance is highly important and should be considered a responsibility, not only to
one's self, but to one's classmates and the course instructor.
Irregular attendance may, at the discretion of the instructor,
adversely affect one's grade.
Winter Trimester, 1991
Class Dates
Thursday, January 3
Saturday, January 12
Thursday, January 17
Saturday, January 26
Thursday, January 31
Saturday, February 9
Thursday, February 14
Saturday, February 23*
Thursday, February 28
Saturday, March 9
Thursday, March 14
Saturday, March 23
Thursday, March 28
Leadership Practicum
Saturday, January 5
*One week between classes
Other Important Dates
Monday, December 3: Application Deadline
Wednesday, January 2: Orientation
Monday, January 7: Last day to register and/ or drop
class without record notation
Saturday, March 16: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, April 1: Final Grades Due
Spring Trimester 1991
Class Dates
Thursday, April 11
Saturday, April 20
Thursday, April 25
Saturday, May 4
Thursday, May 9
Saturday, May 18
Thursday, May 23
Saturday, June 1
Thursday, June 6
Saturday, June 15*
Thursday, June 20
Saturday, June 22
Thursday, June 27
Leadership Practicum
Saturday, April 6
*One week between classes
Other Important Dates
Monday, March 4: Application Deadline
Wednesday, April 10: Orientation
Monday, April 15: Last day to register and/ or drop
class without record notation
Saturday, June 1: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, July 8: Final Grades Due
6,Jntroduction to the
Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership
Developing Leaders for Education
The Masters of Arts in Education-Leadership is a program for
educators who value and enjoy their direct contact with
students and want to retain that focu in their careers. It is a
program that at the outset promotes the imp rtance of teaching.
It is also a program that values the role educators can play as
leaders within their places of work.
People who become part of this Master of Arts program will
have opportunities to:
• Examine what "leadership" is and who leads;
• Explore who they are as leaders, both within an educational
setting and outside of it;
• Gain specific knowledge of education and leadership that
can support their development; and
• Develop skills that can increase the effectiveness of their
leadership.
This program values the role that good educators play in the
lives of students and operates from the belief that educators
need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishing the role of teacher.
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
The Master of Arts in L adership pr gram is designed to meet
the needs and preferences ol working adults. The pr gram is
bas don the assum,ption that the men and women who enroll
are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals
who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction
and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into
period of tudy, group effort and clas pr paration. To accommodate this format for learning, each cla s meet on alternate Saturdays for thr e-and- ne-half hours and alternate
Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours.
Leadership Development Model
Th Ma ter of Art in Education-L adership program promotes
leadership as a pl'oce which 1) inspires cooperation among
people who must compete for limit d resource , 2) pr motes
productivity within and beyond the organizati n, and 3) works
toward progress. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to
positions of leadership must possess thre k y attributes: a
sen e of vision, the ability to persuade and the ability to direct
action. Underlying thes attributes is a broad range of abilities
and awarenesse . Thes abilitie and awarenesses, outlined in
the diagram on page 7, serve as specific outcomes for the
Leadership Development Model
Leadership
Sense of
Vision
Orientation
Toward Action
/
Ethical
+ Social awareness
+ Environmental
awareness
+ Tolerance of
religious and
philosophical
differences
+ Appreciation
of situational
complexity
/1
Facility for
Persuasion
/
Communicative
Creative
+ Long-term
perspective
+ Flexibility
+ Adaptability
+ Innovativeness
+ Effective listener
• Effective speaker
+ Effective writer
+ Diplomatic
ability
+ Effective team
member
+ Interpersonal
sensitivity
I
Risk Assumptive
+ Curiosity
+ Achievement
motivation
+ Self-esteem
Decisive
+ Self-confidence
+ Analytical ability
+ Ability to think
critically
+ Understanding of
research
+ Ability to manage
conflict
""'
Culturally
Aware
+ Appreciation
for cultural
differences
• World-view
perspective
• Tolerance of
individual
differences
Master of Arts in Education-Leadership. Augsburg's model of
leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance
and refine these capabilities within the individual.
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership is participation in a community of learners. Learning can be
enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community
that provides opportunity and encouragement for active participation both in and out of the classroom. This community will be
enriched by the presence of men and women who bring to the
program a variety of work and life experiences.
. ...
To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg
encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities
such as the library, meeting rooms and the Christensen Center; to
take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to participate in optional lunchtime seminars; and to attend other college
activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic
events.
Leadership Practicum
Master of Arts in Education-Leadership students enroll in a half
course called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to
enroll in this professional assessment and development course
for six terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon
completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half-course
credit.
Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a
full day professional assessment to determine students' abilities
and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership
Development Model (see page 3). Assessment instruments
include paper and pencil exercises and simulation and group
experiences. Following the assessment, students meet individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal
goal setting and in the creation of a professional development
plan focused on dimensions of leadership.
In subsequent terms "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of students in the following
areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures, group
processes, and other professional development topics identified
by graduate students and staff. These workshops are developed
by students enrolled in the course "Creativity and Problem
Framing. " The Assessment and Leadership Practicum also asks
students to focus on leadership opportunity within their
workplace, or in an appropriate volunteer setting. Students will
develop a learning agreement which outlines the scope of their
project and what they hope to accomplish and learn through that
project. Students will be supported throughout this project by
peer and faculty coaching sessions which meet as an ongoing
part of the Assessment and Leadership Practicum.
B urriculum Design
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program is
composed of 12 courses. Each course uses a variety of learning
techniques appropriate to adult learners including case study,
debate, written and oral seminar presentations and small group
activity. These courses develop targeted leadership abilities
and understandings as a boundary crossing endeavor in need
of the leadership skills and visions of people from all levels of
an organization.
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership will provide opportunities for students to:
conceptual frameworks of leadership
issues of leadership
history of education
current issues in education
conceptual models of teaching and learning
Study
•
•
•
•
•
Reflect
• on the various natures of leadership
• on themselves as leaders
• options and opportunities for leadership in
education
• on ethics and values in leadership
Assess
• themselves as leaders
• situations in which they lead
• programs, projects and ideas
Exercise
• creative leadership both individual and collective
• a variety of thought processes
Integrate • viewpoints on leadership with p r anal experiences
• viewpoints on education from a variety of
disciplines
Required Courses Include:
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
500
590
591
592
Ethics and Leadership
Legacy of Education
Models of Teaching and Learning
Diversity and Education
Evaluation and Documentation
Creativity and Problem Framing
Models of Educational Process
Politics and Public Policy of School Offerings
Assessment and Leadership Practicum
Thesis Research Seminar I
Thesis Research Seminar II
Thesis Consultation
a ourse Descriptions
EDU 510 Ethics and Leadership
Study of leadership within the context of personal and professional ethics, values and faith. Weighing and balancing competing values within an ethical framework will be explored as a
part of experiential exercises. Leadership issues of gender,
ethnic origins, and culture will be explored. Leaders of past and
present, recognized and unrecognized, will be studied. This
course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a
variety of disciplines and perspectives.
EDU 511 Legacy of Education
Comparative study of education through political, historical,
economic and sociological perspectives. This course will provide a knowledge base for students to discharge their leadership
responsibilities with wisdom gained from knowing the past.
EDU 512 Models for Teaching and Learning
Study of the teaching and learning processes. Recent research
findings about teaching and learning will be examined. Interpretation of the research findings in light of prejudgments
concerning teaching and learning will be explored. Technological applications to the field of teaching and learning will be
included.
EDU 513 Diversity and Education
An exploration of the interrelatedness of world concerns and
cultural diversity as they impact on the field of education.
EDU 514 Evaluation and Documentation
Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects, and ideas
as they relate to educational policy and practice. Qualitative
and quantitative tools will be discussed.
EDU 515 Creativity and Problem Framing
Study and application of the thinking processes as they affect
problem solving and decision making. Models of goal formation, program planning and implementation will be included.
Students will create seminars, to be conducted for peers in the
program.
EDU 516 Models of Educational Process
Exploration of supervisory and consultative models, both
within and outside the field of education. Major topics include
mentoring, peer collaboration, varieties of administrative
processes and procedures and observational techniques.
Developing partnerships and collaborative ventures among
programs and institutions within the community will be a part
of this course. An underlying focus of this course is that of
change: identifying where it's needed, initiating the process,
and adapting to the outcomes.
EDU 517 Politics and Public Policy of School Offerings
Study of school curriculum; selection of curricular offerings,
society's impact on school offerings, politics of curricular
change and offerings, curriculum development and research in
content areas.
EDU 500 Assessment and Leadership Practicum
A professional assessment and practicum which spans six
terms. This course includes a full-day professional assessment;
subsequent seminars designed by the students in the course,
"Creativity and Problem Framing"; and opportunity to design
and implement a leadership project within the workplace with
the support of peer and faculty coaching. Half course. Graded
on a P /N basis.
EDU 590 Thesis - Research Seminar I
This course provides each individual the opportunity to
develop a research topic and to synthesize previous study and
work experience. Graded on P /N basis.
EDU 591 Thesis - Research Seminar II: Synthesis of
Findings
This seminar focuses on the results of individual projects
developed in Research Seminar I. At the completion of the
seminar, students present their final results orally and submit
written theses. Graded on P /N basis.
EDU 592 Thesis Consultation
A series of meetings with a faculty thesis advisor simultaneous
with EDU 591 and during the term in which the thesis is being
prepared for final submission. Half course. Graded P /N.
(Students not completing the thesis during the same term in
which they enrolled in EDU 591 are required to pay a thesis
continuation fee during each subsequent term until the thesis
is completed.
a raduate Faculty
Faculty who teach in the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership
program are full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate professional degrees. Some courses are team taught by
bringing together faculty from different disciplines or combining
a faculty member with professionals from relevant fields. In
these situations, at least one member of the team has a Ph.D. and
substantial teaching experience. All of the program faculty have
extensive experience teaching adult learners.
The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes and films. Music, chemistry and art history libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over
1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier
service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill
Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the
additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries
are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
'Blccreditation and
Affiliations
Students who successfully complete Augsburg's EducationLeadership program will receive a Master of Arts Degree.
Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools. The college is a member of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council
in North America and Minnesota Private College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement
of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily) mean that
credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other
institutions or that the quality of the educational programs
would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer.
~tudent
Support Services
The Augsburg Master of Alis i11 Education-Leadership
Program assists stud nts i:n making education and career
plans, in working on their personal developme1\t, and in
participating in activities beyond th classroom. Some of thes
service, are listed below.
Academic Planning
In addition to the facu lty who provide consultation and advice,
academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisers, and Ma ter of Arts in
Education-Leadership staff.
Career Services available include:
• Professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum
• Self/ career assessment counseling through the Career
Services Office (330-1162)
• Development of a resume and a career-search plan through
the Career Services Office
• Work experience related to a student's field of specialization
through the Coop rative Education Office (330-1148)
• tudent Rights
The College has adopted a statem nt f student rights and responsibilities and ha pr vided for du proce sin the matters
of disciplin, ry action, grievances and grade appeal. Students
who wish to identify appropriate procedmes for complaint
hould contact the Vic President for Student Affair (3 0-1160).
Th College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and
Privacy Act and Title IX. Students hav the right to insp ct aJJ
official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office
(except where a waiver f access ha been signed) and to
challenge inac urate or misleading information. Students hav
a right t experienc education free from discrimination ba ed
on sex, race, tlmic or cultural background, handicap, creed,
marital status or age.
A)dmissions Requirements
Applicants to the programs must hold a baccalaureate degree
from an accredited four-year college or university.
Applicant to the program are expected to have a minimum
undergradua te grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale in an
accredited master's program or demonstration of 3.0 course
work b yond the bachelor' plus a probationary term.
Applicants to the program must have two years of experience
(or equivalent) in a position demonstrating leadership potential
in an educational setting.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an
individual basi . Ad mi sion to each entering graduate class will
be given t the most highly qualified individuals. Selection of
candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each
applicant's:
• previous college record
• letters of recommendation
• experience and organizational background
• Miller Analogies Test scores
• written statement and possible interview
m pplication Procedures
To apply, student must submit the following materials to the
Master of Arts in Leader hip Office:
• Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable)
application fee.
• Written statement relating the applicant's career and life
goals focusing on leadership a pirations.
• Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor,
assessing leadership potential.
• Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same
level) describing applicant's work style and potential as a
leader.
• Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work from
each institution attended indicating degrees conferred.
• Official set of re ults on the Miller Analogies Test, or for
applicants whose nativ · language is not English, a minimum
score of 600 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL).
• Possible interview with a graduate program staff member.
ID valuation Standards
Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership will be based on number grades using a
4.0 point scale with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
P
N
W
I
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Achieves the minimum passing standard
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed
in grade point average)
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and
non-punitive-not computed in grade point average)
Grade given when course is dropped
Incomplete grade given when student is unable
to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the
student's control (to receive an incomplete, a student
must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff
stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for
removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the
instructor, and any other necessary docw11entation).
No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count
toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade
below 2.0 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned
the second time are counted in the grade point average.
Academic Probation and Dismissal
"
Student must maintajn a 3.0 cumulative grade point average.
If a tudent falls bel w a 3.0 average, the student will be plac d
on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulatjve grade
point average must be restored in order for a student to b
removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in
a course, the student must petition successfully with the
Graduate Program Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would
be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point average
again fall s below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the
program by the Graduate Program Committee. Students also
may be dismissed by the Graduate Program Committee for
behavior detrimental to the program such as a gross violation
of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were
followed .
Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience
Transfer credits will be evaluated on an individual basis. No
more than three courses will be accepted for transfer into the
Masters of Leadership-Education program.
Credit and Contact Hours
Each graduate course in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program is the equivalent of four semester credits
or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 30 hours
and are responsible for a significant amount of individual
study and preparation.
Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence
Students may take either one or two courses each trimester.
Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to
complete the program in two years. All students are required
to comple te th program within fou r years. Extensions beyond
four y ars will b considered on the basi of petition to the
Graduate Program Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one term mu t request a leave of absence
in writing from the Graduate Program Committee.
Last Date to Withdraw from Class
The last date on which students may withdraw from a class
and receive a "W" on their records is noted on pp. 4 and 5.
ee and Payment
Schedule
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable,
applicable to first semester's tuition)
Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms)
Thesis Continuation Fee
Late Fee (charged to any student registering
after the scheduled registration date.)
Late registration includes incomplete registration as
defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or
b) Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration Change after First Class Meeting
(cancel/add / change grade option, or combination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a
simple rate of 1% per month on any account with
an open balance of 30 days or more.
$25.00
$815.00
$100.00
$125.00
$100.00
$50.00
per day
$5.00
$2.00
Fees
The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application
deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit
(applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due
at the time of registration.
Payment Options*
1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval,
a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be
offered only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent,
which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per
course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after
the end of the term.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid
in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas
or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in
full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by
the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules.
*A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and
could affect further credit extended by the college.
Refund Schedule
A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following
basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.)
Prior to
Prior to
Prior to
Prior to
Prior to
Prior to
the first scheduled class meeting-100 %
the second scheduled class meeting-90%
the third scheduled class meeting-80 %
the fourth scheduled class meeting-70%
the fifth scheduled class meeting-60%
the sixth scheduled class meeting-50 %
Iiinancial Aid
In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two courses per
trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time . One
course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in assessing
financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from available
alternatives, including the following:
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to
graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need.
Funded Scholarships
Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations
not likely to provide tuition reimbursement.
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial
tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related
or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College provides several payment plans by which employees may handle
tuition reimbursement.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal
requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants
generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application please contact Augsburg's American Indian
Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency.
Federal and State Aid Programs
The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility
for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to
graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on
standard, nationally accepted methodology.
+ Perkins Student Loan-Joint Augsburg College-federally
funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest
accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at
any time while you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple
interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum
of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine
months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may
extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed
for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000.
+ SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students)-A Federal loan
program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per
year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least
half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of
12%; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Principal may be deferred until the student ceases halftime enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's option, accumulate until the in-school deferment ends. Students must apply
for financial aid.
+ SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund)-A Minnesota
State loan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per
year ($16,000 cumulative) as undergraduates with a $25,000
aggregate maximum when graduate study is included ($1,000
minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower
quarterly while in school. Principal payments begin 13 months
after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and
be enrolled at least half-time.
+ Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student
Loan)-Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or
state agency in certain states. While the student is attending at
least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual
interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the
principal begin six months after leaving school. Repayment
may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for
the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study and $7,500 per year for graduate study. The
cumulative undergraduate and graduate maximum is $54,750.
To Apply for Financial Aid:
1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your
desire to also apply for financial aid.
2) The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the
necessary application and financial statement form (or you
may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial
Services, 152 Science Hall, or the 'Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership Program Office, 2222 Murphy Place).
3) All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file
with Augsburg from each previously attended institution
even if they did not receive aid. Forms are available from
the College.
4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the
deadlines indicated.
5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within
the deadline stated.
\.
• bout Augsburg
History
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian
Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith
presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530,
Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities
surrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 parks in the
"City of Lakes." Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and
St. Mary's Hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University
of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways.
Accessibility
Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of
the most accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels
and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of
the 14 major buildings-student housing towers, Christensen
Center, main academic and administrative halls, the library
and music building. In addition, there are programs for
students with learning and physical disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. About 59 percent of the students are Lutheran,
14 percent other Protestant and 19 percent Roman Catholic.
Several other affiliations are represented among students and
faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational
Amendments of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended in its admission policies, educational programs,
activities, and employment practices.
D ampusMap
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
Music Hall
2222 Murphy Place
Melby Hall
Ice Arena
Stage II Theatre
Center for Global
Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Youth and Family Institute
19. Office Annex House
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
c.
Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty /Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview I St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
I6. I
Accessible Entrance
N
I
•
I
I
I
I
.......
.......
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th A venue exit, left to Riverside
Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside
Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and
open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through
Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between
21st and 22nd A venues and north of 8th Street on 21st
A venue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven
days a week. Additional parking is available in the
Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots
on the north side of Riverside A venue.
Augsburg College__;
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454
Show less
MASTER
OF
SOCIAL WORK
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1990-1992
"'T!
he good we secure for ourselves
is precarious and uncertain ...
until it is secured for all of us
and incorporated into our common life."
1
-Jane Addams
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
a... Show more
MASTER
OF
SOCIAL WORK
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1990-1992
"'T!
he good we secure for ourselves
is precarious and uncertain ...
until it is secured for all of us
and incorporated into our common life."
1
-Jane Addams
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
able of Contents
Introduction to the Master of Social Work Program .............. .4
Curriculum Design ...................................................................... 5
Course Descriptions ............. ........ ................................................ 8
Library .... ................................................................................. .... 14
Accreditation and Affiliations ......................... ......................... 14
Student Rights .................................. .. ......................................... 15
Admission Requirements .................... ...................................... 16
Application Procedures ........................................... .. ...... .......... 17
Evaluation Standards ..................... .............................. ........ ...... 18
Academic Policies ............................ ..... ..... .. ..... .... ........... ........... 19
Fee and Payment Schedule ............... .. .. ... ....... .......................... 20
Financial Aid ............................. .... ............................ .................. 22
About Augsburg .............................. ........................................... 25
Campus Guide ........................................... ........................ ......... 26
Campus Location ............................... ........................................ 27
Faculty and Administration ...................................................... 28
ntroduction
to the Master
of Social Work
Program Philosophy
The Master of Social Work program at Augsburg College builds
on the strengths of its Bachelor of Social Work program:
... Understanding of and respect for diverse people and
cultures
T
A solid foundation in and integration with the liberal arts
T
Responsibility and service to and with the broader
community in the interests of social justice
T
A focus on client empowerment
T
Preparation for ethical, competent, professional practice
T
A framework for practice of problem-solving within a
systems perspective.
In the Augsburg Master of Social Work Program, individuals
are recognized as capable of adaptation, growth and change.
Intellectual, physical, spiritual, emotional, psycho-social problems are addressed with clients in relation to the locus of the
issues, be they within the individual, the family, the community, or the larger societal systems. Client self-determination,
growth and empowerment (personal recognition of one's
ability, rights and place in the social change process) are
recognized and fostered through support and education. In the
interests of social justice and constructive social change,
students are educated as professionals to address institutional
oppression, e.g. age, race, religion.
Professional preparation at the Master of Social Work level at
Augsburg is founded on the following assumptions:
T Analysis and presentation of complex social issues and solutions must be based on solid research. Augsburg MSW students will develop competencies to conduct, analyze and
present practice-based research.
T The world is interdependent in all areas, including human
needs and the services to address them. Students will become
knowledgeable of social welfare policies and programs of the
world community which address changing needs.
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
The Master of Social Work Program is designed to meet the
needs of adult students, e.g. students who are employed, have
family obligations, must travel distances to obtain graduate
social work education. Classes will meet during alternate
weekends in four hour blocks: Friday evening (one class),
Saturday morning and afternoon (two classes). Students will
be required to meet one Sunday afternoon per trimester for a
program seminar on ethical or other professional issues.
urriculum Design
Students must complete 18 courses (12, if Professional Foundation is waived), including the Master's thesis and 900 hours of
professionally supervised, College-approved social work field
experience. The course of study must include the Professional
Foundation (unless waived), the Advanced Curriculum, one
concentration, and two elective courses.
The Professional Foundation is the basic core and is designed
for persons whose baccalaureate degree is in a subject or from
an institution not accredited by the Council on Social Work
Education. These six courses, including 420 hours of Collegeapproved, professionally-supervised field work, must be completed successfully prior to enrollment in the Advanced
Curriculum or Concentrations courses.
The Advanced Curriculum, required of all students, is the
entry point in the program for persons with baccalaureate
degrees in social work from institutions that are accredited by
the Council on Social Work Education, or by students who
have completed successfully the Professional Foundation
courses.
The Advanced Curriculum consists of three courses, including
the introductory courses to both concentrations.
Concentrations
Concentrations are in two areas: Family Practice and Program
Development, Policy and Administration. These concentrations total a minimum of six courses beyond the Advanced
Curriculum, including 480 hours of college approved, professionally-supervised field work.
Family Practice
Family, in its diverse forms, is central to society. "Family';
in this context, is interpreted flexibly as the nurturing system
surrounding people. It is inclusive of many areas of need.
As a growing number of family-related challenges face society,
there is an ever-increasing need for professionals who base
their professional practice on in-depth study of the broad
spectrum of issues that confront the family . In the Family
Practice concentration, students will concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a developmental and
wholistic perspective.
Program Development, Policy and Administration
Social change is necessary for fostering policies and service that
respond to human need. The Program Development, Policy,
and Administration concentration has been developed in
response to the growing demand for creative leadership and
administration. Effective services require participative
development, competent practitioners, strong leadership and
effective administration. Students following this concentration
will develop the abilities and skills necessary to promote
and achieve needed change, and develop, lead, guide and
administer programs that will serve diverse people in a variety
of settings.
Electives
Students will select two electives beyond the required courses.
Master's Thesis
All students will complete a Master's Thesis synthesizing
research and field practice in their area of concentration.
T SWK589
I
\
ELECTIVES
T SWK 560-579
CONCENTRATION IN
PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT, POLICY
& ADMINISTRATION
CONCENTRATION
IN FAMILY PRACTICE
T SWK 540 FAMILY PRACTICE
T SWK 541 FAMILY PRACTICE
T SWK 550 PROCESSES OF PROGRAM
II
PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
T SWK 551 ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
T SWK 542 FAMILY DIVERSITY
T SWK 543 CREATIVE PROBLEM SOLVING
T SWK 552 INTER-ORGANIZATIONAL,
FOR SUPERVISION
COMMUNITY AND POLITICAL RELATIONS
T SWK 553 ADVANCED SOCIAL POLICY
T SWK 523 FIELD WORK
III AND SWK 524 FIELD WORK IV
ADVANCED CURRICULUM
T SWK 520 INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY PRACTICE
T SWK 521 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
AND ADMINISTRATION
T SWK 527 RESEARCH
I
II
\
PROFESSIONAL FOUNDATIONS
T SWK 500 HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE 5ocIAL ENVIRONMENT
T SWK 501 HISTORY OF SOCIAL WELFARE POLICY
T SWK 502 FIELD WoRK I ANJ? SWK 503 FIELD WoRK
T SWK 504 RESEARCH
I
T SWK 505 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK
II
ourse Descriptions
Professional Foundation
SWK 500 Human Behavior In The Social Environment
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding
of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of
sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary
American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing
environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of the
"sustaining environment," and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups which
represent ethnic and/ or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own
experiences.
SWK 501 History of Social Welfare Policy
This course emphasizes the dynamic nature of social welfare
history and current social systems and social policy as they
relate to all our lives and especially to the lives of clients,
communities and social workers. Comparisons will be made
internationally, with a focus on Britain as influencing early U.S.
"poor law" and social welfare. Special emphasis will be placed
on analyzing the major assumptions, ideas and events which
contributed to the rise of the welfare state and the profession of
social work. The profession's values, ethics and historical
development will also be reviewed. Both theoretically and
practically, this course will enable students to assess the development of social welfare with an understanding of the influence
of social work and of the development and impact of social
policy.
SWK 502 Field Work I
Students will select their own field placement from a list of Programapproved agencies.
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work
setting focusing on interviewing experience and relationship
building. Supportive seminars coordinate an integration of
theory and practice, as well as providing the supportive setting
for raising social work practice issues with peers.
SWK 503 Field Work II
Continuing supervised professional experience in the same social
work setting, consecutive to Field Work I, focusing on refining
previous skills and understanding and moving into new tasks,
showing initiative and progressively more independent work
over time.
SWK 504 Research I
Research plays an important role in building knowledge for
social work practice. This course will provide an overview of
methods commonly used in social science research, in addition to
the ethical and applicability concerns in social work research. Research design will be studied using both qualitative and quantitative approaches. Methods of program evaluation will be discussed. This course will examine various approaches to organizing, comparing and interpreting data. Students will have
beginning hands-on experience with the use of computers to
analyze data statistically.
SWK 505 Methods and Skills of Social Work
This course identifies basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundation, principles and techniques of Social Work
intervention. It provides role play and simulation experience
necessary for social work practice with individuals, groups,
families and communities. The course also emphasizes system
and social change through an introduction to community organization, social planning and social action. Throughout the course,
work with a diversity of professional, natural helping networks
and client groups is stressed.
Advanced Curriculum
SWK 520 Introduction to Family Practice
Theories and concepts underlying wholistic professional social
work practice with families will be explored. This course will
address concepts of families in their diverse forms and function
in the context of the life cycle of their members, family systems
theory, dual perspective, and stressors which may shape or alter
family development. Ethical issues of professional social work
practice with families are integral to this course.
SWK 521 Introduction to Program Development and
Administration: Organizational Theory
Because social services are commonly carried out through organizations, social workers are usually members of organizations. Thus, organizations and the effective functioning of
social workers within them is the focus of this course. With an
assumption of "organizations as communities," an overview of
theories of organizational development, maintenance and
communication will be presented. The contributions of diversity in the agency I community will be an important focus .
Social workers' important roles in agencies, as well as professional, ethical, effective functioning in organizations will be
explored.
SWK 523 & 524 Field Work III & IV
The purposes of the Field Support Seminars are (1) to provide
the student opportunities to share experiences from his/her
practice in a confidential setting; (2) to give and get support,
honest feedback, and valid encouragement on issues regarding
field placements, in particular, and social work practice with
families or in administration/program development, in general;
(3) to discuss and help the student integrate course-work into
the practice experience and to address the objectives of the
course. These seminars accompany the 480 hours of professional supervised field work in the area of concentration.
SWK 527 Research II
This course offers a practice-oriented exploration of the range of
research methods used in social work, a critique of the role of
research in assessing effectiveness in the social service delivery,
and identification with the responsibility of social workers "to
expand the knowledge base" of social work. Building on the
basic research skills developed in Research I, students actively
adopt the researcher's role in relation to both their current
agency experience and their preferred practice setting. The
course will enable students to use basic statistical methods for
organizing, interpreting and analyzing quantitative data, plus
creative techniques for qualitative data.
SWK 589 Research III: Master's Thesis
The study of research, like all of social work, comes alive in the
implementation. A thesis is required of all Master of Social
Work candidates so they may experience and learn the utility of
research to social work practice, and so they can contribute to
the knowledge of social work practice and to the building of
social work theory. The Master of Social Work thesis will be
based on an area of the student's practice focus. The research
- to be selected by the student in consultation with the thesis
advisor - will focus on an area of social need, practice, service
and/ or policy.
Concentrations
Family Practice
SWK 540 Family Practice I
This course builds on content initiated in the Introduction to
Families course, focusing in-depth on the "normal" developmental crises of the family across the lifespan, developing problemsolving methods and learning cross-cultural models of practice.
Various therapy theories will be introduced and critiqued.
Focus on all theories and analysis of service delivery models will
center on their relevance to empowerment of families.
This course is a prerequisite to SWK 541 Family Practice II and
must be taken prior to or concurrent with SWK 523 Field
Work III.
SWK 541 Family Practice II
This course is a continuation of Family Practice I. It will further
explore the family as cause and effect in the community in benefitting from or changing social policy. Students will study issues
for further discussion, culminating in development of their own
service delivery models. Ethical and religious dilemmas (e.g.
abortion, euthanasia) will be raised. Advanced study of family
developmental issues, focusing on catastrophic events and on
empowering families and the profession to take leadership in
developing appropriate intervention strategies.
SWK 542 Family Diversity
This course will examine the various theories underlying professional practice with families in their many diverse forms. Recognizing that the family is the basic institution through which one
is socialized, this course will also examine how family membership shapes one's understanding and appreciation of ethnicity,
gender roles, sociological script. The course also will explore the
impact of discrimination and of political, social, and economic
disorder on diverse families.
SWK 543 Creative Problem Solving for Supervision
This course will examine how social workers can discover their
own creative abilities in relation to innovation in social work
supervision and practice. The course will examine the relationship of creativity and self-esteem. This course will also explore
ways to help others, e.g. workers, clients, agencies and communities to eliminate barriers which inhibit creative responses to
problem-solving and practice.
Program Development, Policy and
Administration
SWK 550 Processes of Program Planning and Development
Building on the community organization and research foundation (including needs determination and program evaluation),
the primary processes of program development study in this
course are: techniques of program planning and budgeting,
development of necessary community and larger public
support, identification and mobilization of resources, and
funding proposal preparation.
SWK 551 Organizational Development and Administration
The activities and skills necessary for effective program administration will be studied including short- and long-range
planning; leadership; program implementation and management; personnel recruitment, allocation, supervision and management; social work values and ethics in the workplace;
analysis of financial statements; administrative policy, board
relations and agency policy implementation.
SWK 552 lnterorganization, Community and
Political Relations
The development and maintenance of constructive relationships with external organizations in both the public and
private sectors are critical to successful implementation and
management of social service programs. An organization's
power to influence social policy is related to such relationships. The development and maintenance of these relationships so critical to the provision of services that address
community needs, and the influence of social policy to effect
social change will be the foci of this course. Among the topics
included are: interorganizational relations, public relations,
public information, political activity and leadership.
SWK 553 Advanced Social Policy
All social workers have impact on the development and modification of social policy whether intentionally or unconsciously. This course will provide an in-depth focus on the
development and implementation of social policy at the
various levels of the public and private sectors. The various
means by which social workers can have intentional impact on
policy-making and exercise leadership roles will be studied.
Reading, seminars and an internship in the policy area will be
included.
Electives
SWK 560 Issues of Diversity
Students will explore the dynamics and impact of a range of
diversity issues which are inherent in a heterogenous society,
e.g. race, religion, culture, ethnicity, gender, age, mental and
physical condition, affectional orientation, and lifestyle.
SWK 561 Comparative International Social Policy
This course analyzes approaches to social policy in a number of
countries. The course expands U.S. perspective by exploring
alternative approaches to shared social issues, such as unemployment, day-care, income maintenance, education, personal
social service, health and housing. Attitudes toward quality of
life and personal values and assumptions arising from a monocultural viewpoint will be reviewed in a global context. The
operation, methodology and organizational structure of
programs in different countries will be compared with attention to social change and differing socio-political, economic
environments. Attention will be paid to the variety of funding
sources and partnerships between public and voluntary groups
plus the diversity of priorities and traditions which influence
an orientation to the public or voluntary sector. The course
also builds an awareness of current agencies promoting international social policy and poses our responsibility to be internationally aware.
SWK 562 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
This course will explore creativity from traditional aesthetics
and from contemporary organizational understanding, showing the similarities and differences in approach. Using creativity as a method, the course will examine techniques for solving
problems in social work practice, for enhancing innovation,
and for seeking an integrative world view. Systems theory will
be studied as an example of an attempt to use an integrative
approach to personal and professional behavior. The class will
integrate social work with other fields in order to broaden the
outcomes of intellectual understanding and self-awareness.
A variety of electives based on student-generated topics will be
offered in this program.
6tibrary
The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry and Art History
libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to
over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and
the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide
network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and
Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty
and students.
AJccreditation and
Affiliations
The Augsburg Master f Social Work program is in the process
of e tabli hing candidacy status with The Council on Social
Work Education. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central
A o iation of Coll ges and Schools. The college is am mber
of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), the
Lu'theran Edu ation C uncil in orth Am rica and th
Minnesota Private College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily)
mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to
other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs will meet the standards of every student, ducational
institution, or employer.
. .tudent Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and
responsibilities and has provided for due process in the
matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal.
Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures
for a complaint should contact the Vice President for Student
Affairs (330-1160).
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights
and Privacy Act and Title IX . Students have the right to
inspect all official records which pertain to them and which are
maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office
(except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have
a right to experience education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed,
marital status or age.
1Jldmission Requirements
The Augsburg Master of Social Work Program promotes the
widest possible diversity within its student and faculty
populations and across its curriculum content. Therefore, the
admissions policies ensure· educational opportunities that
include persons from a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs
and cultures.
Because of the particular nature of the Master of Social Work
program, a strong liberal arts background in the behavioral
sciences is required including a course in biology that includes
study of the human systems, and course work in the social
sciences. Applicants who have completed majors in other than
behavioral sciences are encouraged to apply and will be given
consideration based on their composite assets.
Applicants to the program will be assessed on an individual
basis according to the following guidelines. Strengths in some
areas may balance other areas for development.
1. Bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university.
2. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale
(B average) for the last two years of an undergraduate
program preferred.
3. A minimum of two years of employment or volunteer
experience, one year of which is in the human service area.
4. Personal written statement.
5. Letters of recommendation.
6. Possible interview.
A)pplication Procedures
To apply, students must submit the following materials to the
Department of Social Work:
1. Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable)
application fee.
2. Written personal statement and three letters of reference
which address the applicant's:
T
demonstrated ability to work with a diversity of people.
T
personal qualities including responsiveness to others,
judgement, creativity, oral and written communication
skills, integrity, leadership potential, and sensitivity to
the diversity of people.
T
potential for successful completion of graduate studies in
a professional social work program.
3. Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work
from each institution attended which indicate degrees
conferred.
4. Possible interview with the committee of the Social Work
Department.
IB valuation Standards
Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Social
Work degree will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point
scale with these definitions:
.
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Achieves the minimum passing standard
p
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in
grade point average)
N
Does not meet minimum passing standard (no credit
and non-punitive -not computed in grade point average)
W
Grade given when course is dropped
I
Incomplete grade given in case where student is unable
to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the
student's control. (To receive an incomplete, a student
must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff
stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for
removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the
instructor, and any other necessary documentation.)
Not more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count
toward the degree. Not more tha n two courses with a grad e
below 2.0 can b repea ted . Only the credits and grade ea rned
the second time are counted in the grade point average.
A)cademic Policies
Academic Probation and Dismissal
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average.
If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed
on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade
point average must be restored in order for a student to be
removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in
a course, the student must petition successfully with the
Graduate Program Committee before being permitted to
continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow
would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point
average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed
from the program by the Graduate Program Committee.
Students also may be dismissed by the Graduate Program
Committee for behavior detrimental to the program such as a
gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student
Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed.
Credit and Contact Hours
Each graduate course in the Master of Social Work program is
the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits.
Students meet in class a total of 28 hours and are responsible
for a significant amount of individual study and preparation.
Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence
Students may take either two or three courses each trimester.
All students are required to complete the program within four
years. Extensions beyond four years will be considered on the
basis of petition to the Graduate Program Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one term must
request a leave of absence in writing from the Graduate
Program Committee.
Residency
Each student must be enrolled in the MSW program for the
equivalent of the last year or nine courses.
Transfer Students
Up to nine courses from a C.S.W.E. accredited MSW program
may be transferable if the grades are 3.0 or better. Transfer
students must meet the admissions and residency criteria.
Advisement
The Augsburg Social Work Program requires both academic
and professional advisement. Both have the same purpose: to
promote student growth, development, and the achievement of
personal goals and professional education. Faculty office hours
are posted on office doors; in addition, students may meet with
faculty at other times by appointment. All social work faculty
are available to students, in addition to the advisor the student
chooses. Social Work faculty consider advising time a high
priority and work to be available.
ee and Payment Schedule
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) ............... $25.00
Tuition (per trimester course) ............................... .............. $815.00
(one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable) ........ $100.00
Late Fee . ................................................. ............. ............. .......... $50.00
(charged to any student registering after the scheduled
registration date.) Late registration per day includes
incomplete registration as defined:
a. Unsigned Registration Form or
b. Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration Change after First Class Meeting .... ................ $5.00
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ............... $2.00
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate
of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of
30 days or more.
Fees
The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application
deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit
reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person
is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration.
Refund Schedule
A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following
basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting -100%
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60%
No refund after third scheduled class meeting.
Payment Options*
1. Payment in Full: Due Day of Registration.
2. Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval,
a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will
be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3. Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent,
which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150
per course reimbursed, with full payment due within
45 days after the end of the term.
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1 % per month on
any amount with an open balance of 30 days or more.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is
permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is
paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release
diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are
paid in full . This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be
current according to established repayment schedules.
*A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect
further credit extended by the college.
inancial Aid
....... ·:..
In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in
meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in three courses
per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time.
Two courses is considered part-time enrollment. The Office of
Student Financial Services (330-1046) will assist students in
assessing financial aid eligibility and offering financial aid
from available alternatives, including the following:
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to
graduate students who show academic potential and have
financial need.
Funded Scholarships
Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the
participation of individuals of limited financial means as well
as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other
organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement.
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or
partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in
work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg
College provides reimbursement.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State
Indian Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal
requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants
generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For
assistance in applying please contact Augsburg's American
Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal
agency.
Federal and State Aid Programs
The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility
for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to
graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on
standard nationally accepted methodology.
Perkins Student Loan - A joint Augsburg Collegefederally funded program administered through the College
for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest
accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at
any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of
5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of
$30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine
months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may
extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed
for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000.
SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) - A federal
loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000
per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least
half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of
12 percent; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Principal may be deferred until student ceases
half-time enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's option,
accumulate until the in-school deferment ends. Students must
apply for financial aid.
SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) - A Minnesota State loan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000
per year ($16,000 cumulative) as an undergraduate with a
$25,000 aggregate maxiumum when graduate study is included ($1,000 minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the
borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payment begins
13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for
financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time.
Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student
Loan) - Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender
or state agency in certain states. While the student is attending
at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual
interest of 8 percent on the loan balance and repayment of the
principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment
may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for
the first two years of undergraduate study and $7,500 per year
for graduate study. The cumulative undergraduate and
graduate maximum is $54,750.
To Apply for Financial Aid
1. Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your
desire to also apply for financial aid.
2. The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the
necessary application and financial statement form (or
you may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial
Services, 152 Science Hall, or the Graduate Program Office).
3. All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file
with Augsburg from each previously attended institution
even if you did not receive aid. Forms are available from
the College.
4. Complete and return the financial aid forms by the
deadlines indicated.
5. Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within
the deadline stated.
⢠bout Augsburg College
History
Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg
College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free
Church merged with The American Lutheran Church.
Location
Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities
metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis
and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W.
Adjacent to the campus are the Riverside Medical Center, the
West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the
Mississippi River parkways.
Campus
Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection
between 10 of the 15 major buildings - student housing
towers, College Center, main academic and administrative
halls, the Library, Music Hall and Foss Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication.
Accessibility
We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets
you reach any of 10 major buildings without going outside. In
addition to building changes, we have a student-run program
to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with
disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. About 51 percent of the students are Lutheran,
15 percent other Protestant and 15 percent Roman Catholic.
Several other affiliations are represented among students and
faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational
Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as
amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices.
ampus Guide
.
.
â¢
·.·
.
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial
Hall
10. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Place
12. Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage II Theatre
15. Center for Global Education
16. Scandinavian Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Youth and Family Institute
19. Office Annex House
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
c. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty /Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview /St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I.
Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
A.
B.
I6. I
Accessible Entrance
~--~-
c ampus Location
N
I
I
-$-
I
I
I
......
......
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th A venue exit, left to Riverside
Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside
Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open
for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday
evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and
22nd Avenues and north of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. Most
street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week.
Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical
Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of
Riverside A venue.
acuity and
Administration
Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work.
B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University
of Minnesota.
Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work.
B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor of Social Work.
Director of Faculty Development. A.B., Cedar Crest
College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Rosemary Link, Assistant Professor of Social Work.
B.A. Southhampton University; C.Q.S.W., London
University (Bedford College); Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Vincent Peters, Assistant Professor of Social Work.
B.A., Loyola College; M.S.W., University of Madras.
Mary Lou Williams, Associate Professor of Social Work.
B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Edith Kromer, Weekend Librarian. B.A., Hamline
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Associate Dean for Graduate and
Special Programs. B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Maria Woroby, Reference Librarian and Weekend Supervisor.
B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College_;
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS , MN 55454
Show less
1990 Fall
Trimester
1991 Winter
Trimester
1991 Spring
Trimester *
Application Deadline
Aug 15
Nov 26
Mar 4
Applicant Pile Completion
Deadline
Aug 27
Dec 17
Mar 18
Aug 25
Sept 6
Jan
Mar 30
Aug 17
Aug 25
S e ~ t6
Dec 14
Jan 3
Mar 22
Mar 30
Sept 7-9
Jan
4-6
Apr
5-7
Jan
6... Show more
1990 Fall
Trimester
1991 Winter
Trimester
1991 Spring
Trimester *
Application Deadline
Aug 15
Nov 26
Mar 4
Applicant Pile Completion
Deadline
Aug 27
Dec 17
Mar 18
Aug 25
Sept 6
Jan
Mar 30
Aug 17
Aug 25
S e ~ t6
Dec 14
Jan 3
Mar 22
Mar 30
Sept 7-9
Jan
4-6
Apr
5-7
Jan
6
Apr
7
New Student Orientation
Registration (Schedule
Confirmation)
Mail Deadline
New Students/Make-up
Classes Begin
Last Day t o add or drop
Sept 9
class without record notation
3
Last Day t o change grade
Oct 21
option 7June 3
)
Nov 18
Classes end
Nov 30-Dec 2 Mar 15-17
June 14-16
Final Exams
Dec 7-9
Mar 22-24
June 21-23
Final Grades Due
Dec 17
Apr
Classes Meet
Sept
Sept
Oct
Oct
Nov
Nov
Nov
Dec
Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar
Mar
7-9
21-23
5-7
19-21
2-4
16-18
30 -Dec 2
7-9
Mar 11
--
Last Day t o drop a class
1
Apr
Apr
May
May
May
June
June
June
5-7*
19-21
3-5
17-19
31 2
14-16
21-23
*Classesin Spring Trimester will be four hours in length instead of three and
one-halfhours. See page 34for exact times.
Frequently Called Telephone Numbers
Weekend College Office ..........................................
330-1782
........... ............ ..,330-1640
Director, Rick Thoni .................., ...
Operations, Laurel Orthmeyer ......... .. .... ...... .... .........330-1740
Admissions ............................................ ................... 330- 1792
Data Entry, Robin Sanderson ...................................330-1652
Secretary, Ruth Danielson ........ ..... .......................... .330-1782
....,,., 330-1777
Enrollment, Deidre Middleton .......................
Other Campus Numbers:
Bookstore, Christensen Center .................................330.1'122
Business Office, Science Hall:
Cashier: 8:30 a.m.4:OO p.m. ............................. 330-1028
Billing: 8:00 a.m.4:30 p.m. ...............................330-1790
Education Department, Library Bldg. .......................330-1130
Financial Aid Office, Science Hall ......................... ....330-1046
Counseling and Career Planning, Memorial Hall ......330-1162
Library ..................................................................... 330-1017
Nursing Department, Memorial Hall ........................330-1209
Registrar (transcripts, grades), Science Hall ...............330-1036
General Information .................................................330-1000
Weekend College Office Hours:
Monday-Friday - 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. (evening hours by
appointment)
Office Hours on Class Weekends:
Friday - 5:30 p.m.-6:15 p.m., Old Main 12
Saturday - 8:00 a.m.-1:30 p.m., Old Main 12 or WEC office
Sunday - 12:30 p.m.-1:30 p.m., Old Main 12
Weekend College Office Location:
The Weekend College Office is at 2222 Murphy Place, located
on the corner of 23rd Avenue and 7 1/2 Street on the Augsburg
College Campus (see map on page 81).
This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is
published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students.
Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the
policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1990.1991
..............................................
FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS
1
.............................2
......................................... 4
GENERAL INFORMATION .....................
.
.
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ...................... .............4
I~lformationSessio~ls...........................................................................
5
Characteristics of the Educational Program .........................................-. 6
........................................... 7
Student Support Services ....................
Career Placeme~lt..............................................................................
7
Academic Skills Center (Tutoring) ................................................
7
Veterans of Military Service ..............................
....,., .........................7
Disabled Student Program ................................,.................................7
....,
.
.
.
+.
ACADEMIC INFORMATION ...........................................................
8.
Degrees and Majors .............................................................................
%.
...............
......................................... .
Busi~lessAdmi~listratio~l
,
9
Communicatio~l....................
........................................................ 12
Computer Science ............................................................................ 1 4
Economics .................... ...........................................*........*.........
15
Education ........................................................................................
+15
Teaching Licensure ....................,.... ..,.........................................
17
Coachi~lgEndorseme~lt.....................................
..,............................
17
..............18
English ......................
.
.............................................
Management Illformation Systems (MIS) .........................................19
Nursing .....................
..*...
......
20
Psychology ...........................................................
..............+........21
..............................................................
Religioll .....................
.
.
21
Social
. * . . *Work
. . . . . ....................
. . . . . . . . . . ..
..
..
22
Minors ...............................................................................................
23
..............2 3
Math Placeme~ltGroup Requirements .................................
.
,
. Dean's
. List
. .................................
.
.
.
.
24
Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal ..........................................24
..,.,.. . . .....-..
....
Attendance Policy ..........................................
25
.....................................
Department Course Limits ......................
.....
25
............................................
Grading Procedures ............................
....
25
Withdrawal from College .............................. . .................................
27
Graduation with Distinction ................................................................
27
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) ................,.......+......,............... 28
.
.
.
.
CLASS SCHEDULE 1990-1991 ........................................
.................................. 3
COURSE DESClUPTIONS ......................
.
.
7
...........75
ADMISSIONS/FINANCIAL INFORMATION .........*............,
...........75
Admissions Requirements and Procedures ............................. ,
.....................................................
Fi~la~lcial
Aid ............................ .
.
76
Fees and Payment Schedule ...................
,,.............................................7 8
Payment Options .........................
78
Refund Schedule .............................,..................+..................... ...........79
Tuition Refund Policy ...........................................~................~..~.....~a
79
....
ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE
.........*.......................................
........................,.. .,,.............................80
CAMPUS GUIDE .......................
.
.........................*.................................
81
CAMPUS LOCATION
............................
. . . . . . . ...................................82
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College
Purpose
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educatio~lalalternative to adults
who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments
during the week. I t is a means by which men and women may earn a
bachelor's degree, gain skills for professio~laladvancement, prepare for
career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the
liberal arts.
The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs
and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the lnen and women who enroll in Weekend College will be
mature, self-disciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a
balance of classroo~nexperience and individualized study. Each course is
therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation.
AlternateWeekends
T o accommodate this format for learning, classes meet o n alternate
weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday
morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.* Each class selected
by the student illvolves comlnitmellt t o one of these four class periods.
Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses
by attending class every other weekend.
Community of Learners
I
I
Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a
community of adult learners. Learning can be ellhanced when the
t y provides opportunity and
student is i~lvolvedin a stable c o ~ n m u ~ l ithat
encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the
classroom. This comm~ulitywill be enriched by the presence of both
Inen and wolnen with a varietv of work and life experiences.
---
~
T o facilitate this kind of comrnu~lityinteraction, Augsburg encourages
Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the
library and college center, t o take the opportunity of having shared
meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional lunchtime seminars,
and t o attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presen'
tations and athletic events.
'
I
I
* Laboratory sections or additional class hours way be scheduled on
evenin~sduring the ~veelz.
J J
I
Information Sessions
Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged
to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout
the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Ofice
(330-1782) to receive further details on these information sessions or to
sign up for one of the following dates:
For Fall Trimester, 1990
Tuesday, May 15
Saturday, June 2
Saturday, June 23
Tuesday, July 10
Saturday, July 28
Thursday, August 9
5:30 PM
9:OO AM
9:OO AM
5:30 PM
9:OO AM
5:30 PM
For Winter Trimester, 1991
Saturday, October 6
9:OO AM
Thursday, November 1
5:30 PM
9:OO AM
Saturday, November 17
For Spring Trimester, 1991
Saturday, January 26
9:OO AM
Thursday, February 7
5:30 PM
9:OO AM
Saturday, February 23
For more information write or call:
Augsburg Weekend College Office
Augs burg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
612/330-1782
FAX: 612/330-1695
Educational Mission
For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual
freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on
a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret
the present, and plan for the future.
As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students
a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and
attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence jn selected
areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal
growth.
"
Accreditation and Affiliations
Augsburg College is hlly accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Secondary Sc.hools and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our
programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, The Council
on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are
a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, and the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
'II
I
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other institutions or that the aualitv of the educa-
Faculty
Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members
of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the premajor stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields.
Library
Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 150,000
volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000
volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and
Minitex.
Internshivs
1
Student Support Services
Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to
assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the
academic tasks of a college education, working 011 their own personal
development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some
of these services are:
Academic Planning
All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access t o expert
academic advising services on an on-going basis t o provide for efficient,
effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had
college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the
ad~nissio~ls
process.
Career Planning Services
Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in
assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field,
can result in an appropriate and manageable educatio~laland career plan
for the individual involved.
Academic Skills Center (Tutoring)
This center exists t o help students enhance their skills in the areas of
writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic
tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center.
Counseling/Support Groups
Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work
o n a perso~lalgrowth interest or concern or who simply want t o have the
experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar
characteristics and/or interests.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Vetera~ls
Training. Veterans should c o ~ ~ s uwith
l t the Office of the Registrar about
completio~lof the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other
information t o the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the
Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.)
American Indian Support Program
Staff from this program are available t o assist students in the areas of
financial aid, admissions, academic and personal counseling.
Disabled Student Programs
Learning disabled st~tdentshave average or above average intelligence
but have difficulty achieving their fill1 potential. Services available t o
such students include: diagnostic evaluation, educational planning,
learning aids and remedial instruction. If students are concerned that
difficulties in school are more than just temporary problems, they can
discuss their learning style with the Coordi~latorof Disabled Students or
the learning disabilities specialists, and arrange assessment and structures
assistance t o increase their potential for academic success.
Physically challenged students also are served through this office.
Individualized attention and services are provided for and/or coordinated t o meet the mobility needs of students.
ademic Information
egrees and Majors
Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree
program or to continue their education after beginni~lgat another time
or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already
completed college degree. The followi~lginformation outlines what is
involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend
College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.)
Bachelor's Degree
The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is
essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester
courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through combinations of transfer of previous college credit, assessment of previous
learning experience, and Weekend College courses. (Augsburg semester
courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) I~lcluded
in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, 11 upper
division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts
spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be
counted for distribution requirements):
w One approved course from each of seven areas:
1. Art/Music
2. History/Philosophy
3. Economics/PoliticaI Science
4. English/Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (devoted to
the study of literature)
5 . Psychology 105/Sociology 121 (or the equivalent transfer
course)
6. Chernistry/Biology
7. Matl~ematics/Pl~ysics
w A course in writing (English 111) or demonstrated proficiency
a Two courses or demonstrated competence in a second language
w Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies
w One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or
minority studies.
35 total courses, a student must demonstrate
proficiency in two lifetime sports.
w I n addition to the
Majors
Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 11 separate
majors, several with a number of career concentrations. A minor also is
available in several o f these academic areas as well as in Sociology and
Women's Studies. (See page 23 for details.)
Business Administration
This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial
accounting, finance, marketing and international business. T o provide a
combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these
majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of 1 0
business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields
such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates
for the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Core Courses
All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will com
plete the following core courses:
I
I
I
I
I
I
BUS/MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
BUS 22 1 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
BUS 33 1 Financial Management
BUS 391 Business Law
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 31 1 Public Finance
or
ECO 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics
or
ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 3 1 3 Intermediate Microeconomics
Accounting Concentration
Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
I
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
or
BUS
or
BUS
322
323
324
326
Accounting Theory and Practice I
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
Managerial Cost Accounting
Tax Accounting
423 Auditing
425 Advanced Accounting
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to
complete the remaining courses in the 326, 423 and 425 sequence.
Finance Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition
to the core:
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
or
ECO
or
MIS
322
433
438
318
Accounting Theory and Practice I
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Investment Theory
Management Science
41 5 Managerial Economics
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS
BUS
BUS
ENG
PHI
324
326
399
223
120
Managerial Cost Accounting
Tax Accounting
Internship
Writing for Business and the Professions
Ethics
International Business Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in international business will complete 11 of the 12 core
courses (ECO 31 1 or 312 or 315 is not required) and the following:
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
or
BUS
ECO
Three
362
466
465
399
International Business
International Marketing
International Management
Internship
499 Independent Study
360 International Trade and Finance
semesters of a foreign language
Management Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in management will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Operations Management
ECO 318 Management Science
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
or
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS
ENG
PHI
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SPC
SPC
399
223
120
371
336
375
265
111
354
Internship
Writing for Business and the Professions
Ethics
Psychology of the Individual
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
Social Psychology
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Public Speaking
Interpersonal Communication
Marketing Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis
BUS 450 Marketing Management
ECO 41 5 Managerial Economics
BUS 355 Marketing Communication
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
SPC 35 1 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
Business Minor
BUS 22 1 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 33 1 Financial Management
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be
permitted on consultation with the department chairperson.
Master of Arts in Leadership
Weekend College students should be aware that Augsburg College offers
a Master of Arts in Leadership degree. This unique program offers
multi-disciplinary liberal arts courses with a specific focus on leadership
issues in profit and not-for-profit organizations. Designed to meet the
needs and preferences of working adults, these graduate program classes
meet on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. For
information on this master's degree program, please call 330-1786.
Communication
Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large
part upon the quality of our communication. The communication major
at Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in
a variety of contexts and to improve communication skills. All communication majors must complete a core group of eight required courses,
supplemented by five electives in one of the following concentrations:
public relations and advertising, marketing communication, human
relations, or supervisory management. Prospective majors should meet
with a departmental adviser as early as possible to design an approved
major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Majors in
communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Required Communication Core
SPC 11 1 Public Speaking
SPC 342 Mass Communication in Society
SPC 35 1 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
Any two of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227
Communication Electives
With the help of an academic adviser, students select five elective courses
in one of the following concentrations: public relations and advertising,
marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory management. Listed below are some of the electives recommended for each
concentration:
Public Relations and Advertising
Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are strongly urged
to take ENG 227 (Journalism) as part of the major.
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
ENG 226 Creative Writing
ENG 227 Journalism
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SPC/ART 132 Photography
SPC/ART 224 Publication Design
SPC/ART 225/230 Visual Communications I, I1
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SPC 399 Internship
SPC 480 Public Relations/Promotiona1 Communications
Marketing Communications
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
BUS 450 Marketing Management
SPC 399 Internship
SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionaI Communications
Human Relations
PSY
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SPC
SPC
SPC
SPC
373
48 5
231
265
349
329
345
399
480
Organizational Psychology
Counseling Psychology
Sociology of the Family
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Complex Organizations
Intercultural Communication
Organizational Communication
Internship
Public Relations/Promotional Communications
Supervisory Management
BUS/MIS 175 Computers in Business, Economics and MIS
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 35 5 Marketing Communications
BUS 440 Operations Management
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SPC 345 Organizatio~lalCommunication
SPC 399 Internship
SPC 480 Public Relations/Promotiona1 Communicatio~ls
Communication Minor
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SPC 342 Mass Communication in Society
SPC 351 Argumentation
or
SPC 352 Persuasio~l
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 345 Organizatiollal Communication
or
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
Any one of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227
Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a communication
faculty adviser.
Computer Science
At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract
concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Computer Science
courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. In
addition, an increasing number of academic disciplines require a working
knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This
major serves students studying/working in a wide variety of fields.
Some courses may need to be taken in an evening schedule. Students
should meet with a faculty adviser as soon as possible to plan their course
of study.
Introductory Courses
CSC
CSC
MAT
MAT
170
210
171
124
Structured Programmiilg
Data Structures
Discrete Mathematics
Calculus I
Core Courses
CSC
CSC
CSC
CSC
320
330
345
450
Algorithms
Theory of Computation
Principles of Computer Organization
Priilciples of Programming Language
Three electives from the following, two of which must be selected from
courses with an asterisk:
*CSC 270
CSC/PHY
*CSC 340
*CSC 352
CSC 399
*CSC 445
CSC 495
CSC 499
CSC 491
Fortran
261 Electronics
Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Database Management and Design
Internship
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Independent Study
Computer Science Colloquium is required for all juniors
and seniors. This no-credit course meets weekly.
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including the four introductory courses and two of the core
courses.
Economics
This major is also available in the Weekend schedule. However, one
course (ECO 414) may need to be taken on an evening schedule.
Students are encouraged to meet with a faculty adviser as soon as
possible to carelidly plan their program of study.
BUS 22 1 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 11 3 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
ECO 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 3 1 3 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 414 Welfare Economics
MAT 114 Elementary Functions
Three additional upper division economics courses
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
ECO/MIS
MAT 124
MAT 125
MIS 370
175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
Calculus I
Calculus I1
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS
Economics Minor
ECO 112, 113, 312, 313 and one additional upper division course.
Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department.
Education
Teaching Licensure
Teaching licensure programs are offered for Kindergarten-Elementary
and selected Secondary fields through Weekend College. Individualized
programs are worked out with an adviser in either Elementary or Secondary education. T o be admitted to the Education Department the
student will have achieved an overall 2.5 G.P.A. plus a 2.5 G.P.A. in
his/her major field. All professional courses with the exception of
Clinical Experience and Student Teaching are available on a weekend
schedule. In addition to Kindergarten-Elementary, Augsburg Weekend
College grants secondary licenses in English-Language Arts and Social
Studies. Students may also work individually on the following majors
offered in conjunctio~lwith day school: French, German, Health, Life
Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science
(grades 5-9), Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas of
Art (I<-12), Band (K-12), and Classroom Music (5-12), Orchestra (K1 2 ) and Classroom Music (5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (I<-9),
Vocal and Classroom Music (5-12), and Physical Education (I<-12).
Contact an Education Department adviser for information in your field
of study and for an application for admission to the Department of
Education. Students entering the licensure program in Fall, 1989, or
later and wanting I<-6 licensure, must take EDE 375.
All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department and take a PPST test before beginning professional education
courses (those numbered in the 300-400 level). Any course grade
below 2.0 must be retaken.
Elementary Education
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (.5 course)
EDE 35 1 Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE 363 Clinical Experiences (.5 course)*
EDE 364 I~lterdisciplinaryStudies (.25 course)
EDE 375 Discovery in the World of Itindergarten (.5 course)
EDE 376 I<-El Social Studies (.25 course)
EDE 377 K-El Science (.25 course)
EDE 379 I<-El Art (.25 course)
EDE 380 K-El Music (.25 course)
EDE 382 I<-El Math (.5 course)
EDE 386 Children's Literature (.5 course)
EDE 387 Language Arts (.5 course)
EDE 388 I<-El Health (.25 course)
EDE 389 I<-El Physical Educatio~l(.25 course)
EDE 4 8 1 Student Teaching
EDE 482 Student Teaching
EDE 483 Student Teaching
EDE 484 Student Teaching
E D U 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course)*
E D U 341 Media Technology (.5 course)
E D U 388 Human Relations (.5 course)
H P E 114 Safety Education (.5 course)
H P E 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course)
SWI< 260 Humans Developing
College Level Math Course
Academic Minor or Second Major
*Field Experience Separate
Applications for student teaching must be completed by October
30, 1990, for Winter/Spring Student Teaching 1991 and March
30, 1991, for Fall Student Teaching 1991. Students must be
admitted to the Education Department before they can be considered for student teaching.
I
Secondary Education
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5 course)*
EDS 353 Creating Learning Enviro~llnents
EDS 4 7 7 School and Society Seminar (.5 course)
EDS 481 Student Teaching
EDS 482 Student Teaching
EDS 483 Student Teaching
EDS 484 Student Teaching
E D U 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course)"
E D U 341 Media Technology (.5 course)
E D U 388 Human Relations ( . 5 course)
H P E 114 Safety Education (.5 course)
H P E 115 Chemical Dependency ( . 5 course)
SWIG 260 Humans Developing
Special Methods in Licensure Field
*Field Experience Separate
Applications for student teaching must be completed by October
30, 1990, for Winter/Spring Student Teaching 1991 and March
30, 1991, for Fall Student Teaching 1991. Students must be
admitted to the Education Department before they can be considered for student teaching.
Major for Secondary Teaching
Licensure in Social Studies
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within
the Department of Education, a competency program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must
complete a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political
Science, Psychology or Sociology (the History major is described below)
plus seven courses (ECO 112 or 113, Human Geography, HIS 222,
POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336). Students considering a career
in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the
Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
History Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these
courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course
(either survey or upper level) from each of these four areas: Ancient and
Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
Coaching Endorsement
Students interested in adding a coaching endorsement must complete
these courses in Physical Education: 353, 475, 482, and 489. Individuals must hold a valid Minnesota Teaching License to qualify for the
coaching endorsement.
Prerequisite: BIO 103: Human Anatomy and Physiology
English
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words,
ideas and images helps us understa~idwho we are and who we can
become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature
helps us conte~nplatethe pains and joys of human existence. Through
English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do,
and understand better the world in which we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with
the conte~nplationof works of art. With psychology and sociology,
English is concer~ledwith individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and the relation between meaning and
language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and
deternlining structures. With speech and comm~~nications,
English
studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social
sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and
thought at different times and in different cultures.
Major: Nine courses above 111, including 225; one course in American
literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and
three courses in British literature, one o n literature before 1660 (for
example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a n u ~ n b e rofwriters (336,
337, 423). Majors are encouraged t o take ENG 245 early in their
college work and to co~lsulttheir departmental adviser regularly. A
student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the department.
Note on Prerequisites: ENG 1 11 is strongly reconl~nendedbut not a
prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an
Upper Division course is successh~lcompletion of a Lower Division
literature course or consent of the instructor.
Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg.
English-Language Arts Teaching Major: Ten courses, including those
listed under the major, a course in the English language, and an internship in the teaching of writing. One course must include a component
in non-Western literature. In addition, the ACTC courses Communications Skills in the English Classroo~nand Teaching Mass Media are
required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are
recommended. Several of the required courses, including the internship,
are not offered o n weekends. Students in this program must work with
advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in
order t o meet the professional require~nentswithin the Education Department as well as requirements in the major.
Students in this program who are transferring fro111other colleges should
consult the English Department chair soon after enrolling.
Minor: Five courses above 111 including one course in British literature
and one writing course above the freshman level (223, 225, 226, or 227).
Management Information Systems (MIS)
This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of
information management. The major combines courses and skills from
both the business and computer science majors to help students learn
about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting. Students should meet with their adviser as
soon as possible to plan their program.
MIS Major
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 33 1 Financial Management
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 3 1 3 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 318 Management Science
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS
or
CSC 352 Database Management and Design
MIS 375 Management Information Systems in Organizations
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MIS 476 Information Systems Projects
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more of the
following courses:
PHI 130 Logic
MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
MAT 114 Elementary Functions
or
MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
MIS Minor
BUS
BUS
or
BUS
MIS
MIS
or
CSC
MIS
MIS
or
ECO
or
MIS
221 Principles of Accounting I
242 Principles of Management
252 Principles of Marketing
175 Computers for Business, Eco~lomicsand MIS
370 Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS
352 Database Management and Design
375 Management Information Systems in Organizations
475 Systems Analysis and Design
318 Management Science
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
Nursing
Augsburg Weekend College offers registered nurses an upper division
nursing major as a second step toward the co~npletio~i
of the Bachelor of
Science degree.* Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing,
this major is a professiollal program that is accessible on weekends t o
nurses who are unable t o attend classes during the weekdays. Classes are
primarily scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major
may have additional class o r lab hours beyond the weekend schedule.
Preparation for school nurse lice~lsureis available.
Admissions Procedures
Admission to the nursing program includes first being accepted into
Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page
75. As candidates for the nursing major, RNs must demonstrate
evidence of co~npletionof an associate degree or diploma program,
current llursing practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may
take general education courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing
major, further progress in the major is continge~ltupon:
at a college or university of the prerequisite
1. Satisfactory cornpletio~~
courses: Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic
Chemistry, Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition,
I~ltroductorySociology and I~ltroductoryPsychology.
2. A cu~nulativegrade point average of at least 2.5.
3. Successful completion of testing t o validate lower division nursing
knowledge.
* Graduates of the program are elkible t o apply to the Minnesota Department of Health for certification as a public health nurse.
Please see the Augsburg College general catalog for complete information about the nursing major (pp. 154- 157), includi~lgadditional special
fees for entrance and exit testing (p. 23).
Required Courses in the Nursing Major
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
305
306
310
31 1
330
350
403
404
423
427
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication*
Co~ltemporaryNursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing*
Commu~lityHealth Nursing I*
Commu~lityHealth Nursing 11: Practicum**
Trends and Issues in Nursing*
Introduction to Nursing Research*
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families*
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management*
Practicu~nin Nursing I: Nursing of the Family**
Practicu~nin Nursing 11: Leadership and Management**
* These courses may require extra class or lab sessions.
**These courses require extra time and cost for clinical ~vorlz.
Required Supporting Courses
PHI
or
REL
PSY
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
4 8 3 Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course
353 Brain and Behavior
Psychology
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observatio~land data,
provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of
liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved
understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with
their environment and interact with each other.
Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, i~lcluding
experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members
in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional
specializations which include areas such as counseling, pl~ysiological
psychology, 11uman development, personality and computer applications.
All psycl~ologymajors MUST have an adviser in the Psychology Department. The following courses in the Psycl~ologycore will be offered
when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of their
program: PSY 264,265, 381,493. This may delay an individual
student's ablility to complete the major in the Weekend schedule.
Required courses will be available regularly in the Weekday schedule.
Core Courses
PSY
PSY
PSY
PSY
PSY
PSY
105
264
265
381
399
493
General Psychology
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I1
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Internship
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Four additional upper division courses such as PSY 351 Developmental
Psychology: Child, PSY 373 Organizational Psychology or PSY 485
Counseling Psycl~ology.Students should consult with their adviser
regarding these major electives.
Minor
Five courses including PSY 105, with a minimum of two courses at
Augsburg. Not more than one course from PSY 299, 399 and 499 may
be counted toward the minor.
Religion
Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective
from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and
tradition of the Christian Church have influenced the Western world to a
degree much greater than is sometimes recognized.
The student encounters this influence in studying language, literature,
history, values and political structures. The study of religion and
theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful through
a better knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian Church,
and by a larger acquaintance with tl~eologicalthougl~t. Large segments
of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are
different from those prominent in the West. The Depart~nentof Religion also seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious
traditions.
Core Courses
REL
REL
REL
REL
REL
111
221
356
481
495
Introduction to Theology
Biblical Studies
History of Religions
Contemporary Theology
Seminar
Major Electives
Three additio~lalReligion courses approved by the department chairperSOll.
Religion Minor
Five courses approved by the department chairperson.
Note: It is important for Religion majors to consult with the department
chairperson during their first year at Augsburg College. Religion 111 or
221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken at other colleges call be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit. Completion of this
major may require enrollment in one or more courses offered in an
evening schedule.
Social Work
Accredited by the Cou~lcilon Social Work Education, the Bachelor of
Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a
solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed field experiences. As important, social work education
at Augsburg is built on an appreciatio~lfor the needs, concerns, and
values of the i~ldividualsand groups who constitute today's multicultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College
includes seven courses from the Departments of Psychology, Biology,
and Sociology. Conce~ltrationsare possible in the areas of aging,
chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work.
Field work is an important cornpollent of the program.
Social Work Core Courses*
SOC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
365
257
260
361
363
364
461
462
463
465
466
467
469
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Exploring Human Services
Humans Developing
Social Kesponse to Human Needs
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Field Work I
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Field Work I1
Community Developme~ltand Orga~lizatio~l
Social Policy: Analysis and Developme~lt
Field Work I11 (.5 course)
The Social Worker as Professio~lal
Field Work IV
Required Supporting Courses *
BIO
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
101
105
121
231
265
375
Human Biology
General Psychology
Principles of Sociology
Sociology of the Family
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Social Psycl~ology
*Students interested in Social Work should begin their program
with the required supporting courses. The professional sequence
will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for
that portion of the program.
Social Welfare Minor
Six courses i~icludiilgSWIC 257 or department approved alternative
internship, SWIC 361, 463; PSY 351 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and
POL 121 or 158 or 325, or SWIC465.
Minors
In addition t o minors offered in Business, Communication, Economics,
English, MIS, Psychology, Religion and Social Welfare (listed under each
respective major), Weekend College studellts are able t o complete minors
in the followiilg areas:
Sociology Minor
Five courses including S O C 121 and two upper division courses (numbered 300 and above).
Women's Studies Minor
Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives (one of which
must be upper division) and INS 495 or 499. A student's program must
have the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator.
Approved electives from other academic departments:
ART 352 Women's Art History
ENG 282 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction
Mathematics Placement Group Requirements
MIS 1 7 5 , 2 7 9 , 4 7 9 ; CSC 170,210; and all 100-level MAT courses
have Math Placement Group requirements. Since all majors in Business,
Economics or Management Information Systems must take MIS 279,
all students in these areas must have at least MPG 111. Other specific
courses such as SOC 365 and PHY 1 0 3 also have MPG requirements.
Please refer t o thc course description for ally given course t o determine
if there is an MPG requircd by the department. Some instructors
require MPGs in courses they teach. This should be noted in the
syllabi for their course(s).
The Math Placement Requirement can be met by transfer courses,
Augsburg coursework or the Math Placement Assessment. This Assessment is given at New Student Orientation each trimester, or by appointment during the academic calendar year. (The Math Department may
disregard math courses talten more than five years ago, or may choose to
lapse an MPG gi\len more than five years ago.)
Dean's List
The Dean's List is co~npiledafter each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum
of two full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading
system, with no i~lcompletesin courses offered for credit.
Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal
The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative
grade point averages (GPA):
Freshman - a student who has taken fewer than 7 courses
cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore - a student who has taken fewer than 16 courses
cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher
a student who has taken fewer than 2 5 courses
Junior cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher
a student who has taken 25 o r more courses
Senior cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher.
It should be noted that a ~ninimumGPA of 2.0 is required for graduation with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic acl~ievementfalls below these guidelines will
either be placed 011 scl~olasticprobation at the end of the term, o r will
be continued on probation, or will be dismissed from the College. In
addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who
receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal.
However, dismissal fro111 the College is not automatic. Each case is
reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the
student's coln~nit~nent
t o academic progress is the major consideration
in deciding whether or not t o dismiss a student. Students who have a
poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the
end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the
College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission
t o re-enroll.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels stated above. St~tdentsplaced on probation
as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from
probation if their classification changes t o sophomore, if they have not
earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7.
Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three
zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification
changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet
the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may
appeal the decision within 10 days t o the Conlmittee on Student
Standing.
Attendance Policy
It is expected that students attend every class. If a student knows she/he
will miss more than one class meeting, she/he should not register for
the course. Some faculty/courses require 100 percent attendance for a
student to earn a passing grade.
Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester plus
Finals Class Weekend. Some courses meet for the entire period on Finals
Class Weekend. Classes marked with an asterisk ( * ) on the Class Schedule require additional class meetings, the dates and times of which are
either listed on the course syllabus or determined by the class at the first
meeting. Depending on the course, these additional meetings are either
required or optional.
Department Course Limits
Augsburg College's graduation requirements allow a maximum of 1 3
courses from each department except in certain approved majors (Social
Work, Nursing). Business Administration, Economics and Management
Information Systems are considered different departments for graduation
requirement purposes.
Grading Procedures
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examina
tions. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of
evaluation are also used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a
4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade
of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0.
Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some
graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are
cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 14
traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See P/N limitations under
Graduation Requirements in the Augsburg College general catalog.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 is
graded only on the P/N grading system and some education courses are
graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system.
English 111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are
graded only P, 1.O, N. Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where this is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to
use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice of gkading system
must be made according to the dates published each term. A fee is
charged for any changes made after registration.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course standards.
0.5
0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course).
Grade of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N
represents work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of an extreme
emergency. To receive it, a student must file an Application for Incomplete form with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons
for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from
the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed
during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the
teacher along with the incomplete.
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes
last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed
by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first
term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate
that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be
issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the
discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued courses
will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a registration
as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during registration
periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year a new
registration would be necessary.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by
registering for Audit (V). The charge for auditing a course is listed
under Fees and Payment Schedule. Students who audit a course should
confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term
to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If
expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as
having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will
be listed a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of fall and winter terms as
follows:
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered,
since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of
courses or withdrawal from college must be done in the Registrar's
Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination
weekend unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee.
Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective
as of the date the completed Withdrawal From College form is returned to
the Registrar's Office.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude - 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude - 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude - 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
T o qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in
many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit
recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs
of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous
Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous
learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited
institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward
the completion of a bachelor's degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two
essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within
the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) it can be objectively
demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee
evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by
which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit
recognition:
CLEP (College Level Examination Program)
Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive
academic credit in August College. CLEP exams are available in a variety
of general and specific subject areas. For more information, contact
Weekend College Admissions (330.1792) or the regional CLEP center
at the University of Minnesota (624-3323).
Departmental Assessment
Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and d o
not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an
examination that covers the essential components of the course involved.
For more information, contact the Registrar's Ofice (330.1036).
CAI? (Credit Assessment Process)
This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee
completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the
student. Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students
who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four courses
of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of at least
2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036).
I
1990 Fall Trimester Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO-9:30)
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDU
EDU
ENG
MAT
NUR
NUR
PHY
POL
PSY
PSY
REL
SOC
SPC
SPC
SWK
185
35 5
242
391
112
350
379
382
387
350
264
388
331
131
305
350
103
342
105
325
363
265
111
345
260
Biology of Aging
Marketing Communications
Principles of Management
Business Law
Principles of Macroeconomics
Creating Learning Environments (9/7 - 11/2)(.5)
K-El Art (9/7-10/5) (.25)
K-El Math (10/19-12/7) (.5)
K-El Language Arts (10/19-12/7) (.5)
Reading in the Content Areas (9/7-11/2) (.5)
Orientation to Education (9/7-11/2) (.5)
Human Relations (9/7-11/2) (.5)
British Literature: Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Math for the Liberal Arts*
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication*
Introduction to Nursing Research
Physics for the Life Sciences*
Mass Communications in Society
General Psychology
Social Behavior
Religion in America
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Public Speaking
Organizational Communication
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30-12:OO)
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CHM
ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
ENG
ENG
MAT
MAT
103
22 1
222
242
324
362
109
112
113
31 3
363
376
377
388
352
227
245
103
124
Human Anatomy and Physiology*
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Managerial Cost Accounting
International Business
General Chemistry*
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Clinical Experience (.5)
K-El Social Studies (10/20-11/17) (.25)
I<-El Science (9/8-10/6) (.25)
K-El Health (9/8-10/6) (.25)
Clinical Experience (.5)
Journalism*
Introduction to Literature
Basic Mathematics* (no credit)
Calculus I*
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
Music Therapy: Clinical Overview
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families*
Introduction to Philosophy
Mass Communications in Society
General Psychology
Biblical Studies
Public Speaking
Persuasion
Community Development and Organization
MIS
MUS
MUS
NUR
PHI
POL
PSY
REL
SPC
SPC
SWK
Saturday Afternoon (1:1 5 4 4 5 )
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDU
EDU
ENG
ENG
ENG
HIS
HPE
NUR
PHI
POL
PSY
REL
REL
SOC
SPA
SPC
SWK
352
221
242
252
322
391
170
11 3
3 12
380
386
353
264
341
111
225
351
222
114
423
130
160
355
111
345
121
111
354
361
Women'sArt History
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Accounting Theory & Practice I
Business Law
Structured Programming
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Macroeconomics
K-El Music (11/17-12/8) (.25)
Children's Literature (9/8-11/3) ( 5 )
Creating Learning Environments
Orientation to Education (9/8-11/3) (.5)
Media Technology (9/8-11/3) ( 5 )
Effective Writing*
Intermediate Expository Writing*
American Literature Since 1920
U.S. History Since 1877
Safety Education (E/S) (9/8-11/3)
Practicum in Nursing I: Families * * *
Logic*
World Politics
Brain and Behavior
Introduction to Theology
Lutheran Heritage
Principles of Sociology
Beginning Spanish I*
Interpersonal Communication
Social Response to Human Needs
Sunday Afternoon (1:15-4:45)
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
132
221
252
33 1
423
35 1
364
389
364
366
Photography
Principles of Accounting I
PrinciplesofMarketing
Financial Management
Auditing
Techniques for Teaching Reading
Interdisciplinary Studies (10/21-11/18) (.25)
K-El Physical Education (9/9-10/7) (.25)
English Methods
Foreign Language Methods (9/9-11/4) (.5)
ENG
HIS
HPE
MIS
MIS
MIS
REL
SOC
SOC
SPA
Effective Writing*
The American City
Chemical Dependency (10/21-12/9) (.5)
Computers in Business, Economics and MIS
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
Management Information Systems in the Organization
History of Religions
Principles of Sociology
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Beginning Spanish I*
Evening Courses
CSC
HPE
340
002
Digital Communications and Computer Networks (Thurs.)
Lifetime Sports: Racket Sports (TBA)
Student Teaching* *
Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are
available during fall trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486)
is available on an arranged basis.
*Extra class or lab sessions required.
**Additional clinical fee required.
1991 Winter Trimester Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO-9:30)
ART
BUS
BUS
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDU
ENG
ENG
INS
MAT
NUR
PHY
PSY
REL
SOC
SOC
SPC
SWIC
224
242
252
112
363
388
389
352
341
111
261
201
131
306
106
373
263
121
265
354
260
Publication Design
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Principles of Macroeconomics
Clinical Experience (.5)
K-El Health (3/1-3/22) (.25)
K-El Physical Education Methods (3/1-3/22) (.25)
Clinical Experience (.5)
Media Technology (1/4-2/22) (.5)
Effective Writing*
Modern Fiction
Introduction to Women's Studies
Math for the Liberal Arts*
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing*
Introductory Meteorology*
Organizational Psychology
World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View
Principles of Sociology
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Interpersonal Communication
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30-12:OO)
BIO 101 Human Biology
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 362 Marketing Research & Analysis
BUS 391 Business Law
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
CHM 110 Organic and Biological Chemistry*
CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE 379 K-El Art Methods (1/4-1/25) (.25)
EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (1/4-2/22) (.5)
EDE 387 Language Arts (1/5-2/23) (.5)
EDU 264 Orientation to Education (1/5-2/23) (.5)
EDU 388 Human Relations (2/9-3/23) (.5)
ENG 111 Effective Writing*
ENG 336 British Literature: 17th & 18th Century
MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra* (no credit)
MIS 279 Quantitative Methods in Business, Economics and MIS
NUR 310 Community Health I*
NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV*
POL 342 Mass Communications in Society
PSY 105 General Psychology
REL 445 The Bible, Language and Interpretation
SOC 375 Social Psychology*
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Saturdav Afternoon (1:15-4:45)
Principles of Accounting I1
BUS
Principles of Marketing
BUS
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
BUS
Financial Management
BUS
International Management
BUS
Microeconomics
ECO
Managerial Economics
ECO
Creating Learning Environments (2/9-3/23) (.5)
EDE
K-El Science (1/5, 1/12, *2/2 a.m.) (.5)
EDE
Children's Literature (2/9-3/23) (.5)
EDE
Creating Learning Environments (2/9-3/23) (1.O)
EDS
School and Society (1/5-2/23) (.5)
EDS
Writing for Business & the Professions*
ENG
Topics: Women and Fiction
ENG
Beginnings of Western Culture
HIS
Chemical Dependency Education (E/S) (1/26-3/16) (.5)
HPE
Finite Mathematics*
MAT
Discrete Mathematics*
MAT
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
MIS
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
BUS
Economics and MIS
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
PHI
Environment and Behavior
PSY
I
I
REL 111
REL 221
SOC 121
SPA 112
SPC 352
SWK 466
Introduction to Theology
Biblical Studies
Principles of Sociology
Beginning Spanish 11*
Persuasion
Field Work I11
Sunday Afternoon (1:15-445)
I
I
I
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
FRE
GER
HPE
HPE
HPE
INS
MIS
MIS
NOR
SPA
SPA
106/306 Calligraphy
222 Principles of Accounting I1
242 Principles of Management
326 Tax Accounting
440 Operations Management
113 Principles of Microeconomics
3 1 3 Intermediate Microeconomics
3 15 Money and Banking
282 Introduction to Special Education
364 Interdisciplinary Studies (3/3-3/24) (.25)
375 Disc. in the World of Kindergarten (2/10-3/24) (.5)
376 K-El Social Studies (1/6-1/27) (.25)
380 K-El Music (1/6-1/27) (.25)
375 Social Studies Methods (2/9-3/23) ( . 5 )
111 Beginning French I*
111 Beginning German I*
114 Safety Education (E/S) (1/6-2/24) (.5)
353 Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise
489 Coaching Practicum (.5) (time to be arranged)
231 Religion in African American History
175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
475 Systems Analysis and Design
111 Beginning Norwegian*
111 Beginning Spanish I*
112 Beginning Spanish 11*
-
Student Teaching*
- *
I
Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are
available during winter trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar
(EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis.
Lifetime S ~ o r t s
HPE 002
I
Lifetime Sports: Beginning Aerobics (TBA)
*Extra class or lab sessions required.
**Additional clinical fee required.
1991 Spring Trimester Class Schedule
Fridav Evening (6:OO-10:OO)
BUS 242
BUS 252
BUS
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDU
EDU
ENG
ENG
HPE
INS
MAT
MUS
PHY
REL
SOC
SPC
SPC
SWK
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
~nteriational~ a r k e t i * ~
Principles of Macroeconomics
Creating Learning Environments (5/17-6/21) (.5)
K-El Music Methods (5/31-6/21) (.25)
K-El Math Methods (5/3-6/14) (.5)
Creating Learning Environments
Orientation to Education (4/5-5/17) (.5)
Human Relations (4/5-5/17) (.5)
Effective Writing*
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Safety Education (4/6-5/18) (.5)
Women in American Culture
Math for the Liberal Arts*
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Astronomy*
History of Religions
Principles of Sociology
Public Speaking
Public Relations/Promotional Communications
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:OO-12:OO)
BIO
BUS
CHM
CSC
CSC
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDU
ENG
ENG
ENG
HIS
HPE
MAT
MIS
NUR
PHI
PHI
POL
PSY
REL
REL
SOC
SPC
SWK
108
391
100
145
450
113
318
35 1
377
350
341
111
226
282
225
115
114
279
427
120
130
342
105
221
483
375
35 1
467
Microbiology*
Business Law
Chemistry for Changing Times
Computing for the Liberal Arts
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles of Microeconomics
Management Science
Techniques of Teaching Reading
I<-El Science (6/1-6/22) (.5)
Reading in the Content Areas (4/6-5/18) (.5)
Media Technology (4/6-5/18) (.5)
Effective Writing*
Introduction to Creative Writing*
Topics in Literature
Tale of Twin Cities
Chemical Dependency (4/6-5/18) ( 5 )
Elementary Functions*
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership & Management* * *
Ethics
Logic
Mass Communications
General Psychology
Biblical Studies
Christian Ethics
Social Psychology
Argumentation
Social Worker as Professional
I
I
I
I
1
Saturdav Afternoon (1:OO-500)
BIO 105 Biology and Society
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 2 i 2 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
BUS 425 Advanced Accounting
BUS 438 Investments
BUS 450 Marketing Management
CSC 210 Data Structures
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 311 Public Finance
ECO 360 International Trade and Finance
EDE 363 Clinical Experience (.5)
EDE 386 Children's Literature (4/6-6/1) ( 5 )
EDE 388 K-El Health Methods (4/6-5/4) (.25)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5)
EDS 477 School & Society (4/6-6/1) (.5)
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
ENG 327 Advanced Journalism*
HPE 475 Prev./Care of Athletic Injuries (4/8-5/18) (.5)
MIS 370 Advanced Personal Computing
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing*
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
PSY 105 General Psychology
REL 369 Religious Imagination in Modern Literature*
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SPC 360 Interpretive Reading
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
SWK 469 Field Work IV
Sunday Afternoon (1:OO-5:OO)
Drawing
ART
Principles of Management
BUS
Human Resource Management
BUS
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO
Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO
Interdisciplinary Studies (4/7-5/5) (.25)
EDE
I<-El Art Methods (6/2-6/23) (.25)
EDE
K-El Language Arts (4/7-5/19) (.5)
EDE
K-El Physical Education Methods (4/7-5/5) (.25)
EDE
Beginning French II*
FRE
Beginning German 11*
GER
Coaching Theory of Sport
HPE
Coaching Practicum (-5)(time to be arranged)
HPE
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
MIS
Information Systems Projects
MIS
Beginning Norwegian 11*
NOR
Introduction to Theology
REL
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC
Quantitative Methods & Program Evaluation
SOC
Beginning Spanish 11*
SPA
Student Teaching**
Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are
available during spring trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar
(EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis.
TBA
NUR 31 1 Community Health Nursing 11* * *
*Extra class or lab sessions required.
**Additional clinical fee required.
arse Descriptions
ART 102
Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the
visual content of experience in the environment leading
toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group
projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
Distribution: Urban Concerns; Art/Music
ART 106/
306
ART 107
Calligraphy
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with
emphasis o n the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the
historical development of calligraphy and the elements of
design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and
assignments center on practice in calligraphic concepts with
special attention given to foundational, italic, Gothic and
unicial styles. Three original projects are required and
evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and
growth factors. Upper division students are required t o
complete demonstration sheets in three historical writing
styles plus an expanded project.
Distribution: Art/Music
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pens, and pastel pencils. Subjects
include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors and
experimental work.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and techniques in acrylic and
oil.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression
with attention to black and white photography process. Need
access to 35mm single lens reflex camera (materials will cost
$125-$150).
Distribution: Art/Music
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major
Publication Design
An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to publication design as well as design for
desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinating
visual images and typography with content in publications.
Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters, books,
and miscellaneous publications. Students design and produce
a publication as a group project.
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising
ART 225
Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type, and
pictorial images. Emphasis will be placed on the creative
thought process.
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes
reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis
on handbuilding and glazing.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 352
Women's Art History
A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts
- as artists, as subjects, and as patrons.
Distribution: Art/Music, Urban Concerns/Minority Studies
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor (upper division)
BIO 101
Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of
view. An attempts to answer such questions as: What makes
man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have
a niche in the ecosystem? What influences does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (A
student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103.
Does not apply to the major or minor.)
Distribution: Biology
Major: Required supporting course in Social Work
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and hnction of the
human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may riot
receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to
the major or minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Required prerequisite for BSN major/Coaching
Endorsement
BIO 105
Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which
our society must deal? What threats are posed by pollution,
the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-
renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic
research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the
delivery of health care? (Does not apply to the major or
minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology or Urban Concerns
BIO 108
Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications
of microbiology to the field of medicine and sanitation. For
student nurses, health majors or consent of the instructor.
(Prereq: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Does not apply
t o major or minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major
BIO 185
The Biology of Aging
At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience
aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related
changes. This course will concentrate on the biological
aspects of such changes.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
BIO 231
The Biology of Women
The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and hnctioning of the female human
organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women
that have arisen in the history of biology.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology or Women & Minority
Studies
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 175)
BUS 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and
fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and
preparation of financial statements.
Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core
and MIS major
BUS 222
Principles of Accounting I1
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and
fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and
controlling process, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: BUS 22 1)
Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core
and MIS major
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization,
staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority,
accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS
major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and Supervisory Management majors in Communication
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Pri~lciplesof basic policy and strategy issues in marketing.
Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing
channel and pricing decisions.
Major: Required in the Busi~lessAdministration core, elective
in Public Relations/Advertising and Marketing Cornmunications major
Quantitative Methods for Business Economics, and
MIS
(See under MIS 279)
BUS 322
Accounting Theory & Practice I
An analysis of accountillg theory pertaining to fi~la~lcial
statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus account,
currellt and long-term assets. (Prereq: BUS 222, E C O 113)
Major: Required in the Accou~ltingand Finance majors (upper
division)
BUS 323
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
An analysis of accoullti~lgtheory pertaining to investments,
tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved,
actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination
collsideri~lgprice level changes. (Prereq: BUS 322)
Major: lcequired in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic
activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost system, as well as
other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq: BUS 222,
242, 252, MIS 279 or consent of instructor)
Major: lcequired in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal illcome
taxes for i~ldividualsand various forms of business enterprises.
(Prereq: BUS 221, 331, E C O 112, 113, or consent of
instructor)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 331
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds
within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds,
cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy,
and related topics. (Prereq: BUS 222, E C O 113)
Major: Required for Business Ad~nillistratio~l
core and MIS
major (upper division)
BUS 340
Human Resource Managenlent
Personnel functio~lin business, acquisition and utilization of
human resources, desirablc working relatio~~ships;
effective
integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and
society. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: lcequired for Business M a n a g e m e ~ major,
~t
elective in
Supervisory Management major (upper division)
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing
management; research methodology; marketing research
results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq: BUS 252, ECO 113, MIS 279 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the
Marketing Communications major (upper division)
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
A look at the communications aspects of marketing by integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion, and
personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will
be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs, particularly advertising; selection of
media; copy-creative effort; advertiser-agency relationship;
management of the personal selling function including sales
force selection, compensation, territorial design, and performance appraisal. (Prereq: BUS 252)
Major: Required in the Marketing major, elective in Marketing Communications major, Public Relations/Advertising
major, or Supervisory Management (upper division)
BUS 362
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing
business in an international context. Appreciation of the
perspective required for successful planning and management
of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing
both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. (Prereq: Two business and economics courses
or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in International Business major (upper
division)
BUS/MIS
370
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics, and
MIS
(See under MIS 370)
BUS 391
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the
Uniform Commercial Code.
Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper
division)
BUS 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on
internal checks and control for accounting systems. (Prereq:
BUS 323)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, gover~lmentalaccounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq:
BUS 323)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Advanced financial theory; a system approach to financial
structure and policy. Emphasis o n decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq: BUS 331)
Major: Required in Finance major (upper division)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of
securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq: all core courses or consent of
instructor)
Major: Required in Finance major (upper division)
BUS 440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of
operating functions. Examples from service industries, nonprofit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a
managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling, and operational co~ltrol
information systems. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: l<equired in the Business Management major and an
elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions;
marketing rnallagemellt and decision making, planning
marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product
selli~lgand promotion policies. (Prereq: BUS 352)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the
Marketing Communications major (upper division)
BUS 465
International Management
A comparative study of management styles across cultures.
Models will be reviewed and developed which consider the
implications of culture on the effective~lessof particular styles
of leadership, human resource management, and strategic
management.
Major: Required in the Inter~latiollalBusiness major (upper
division)
BUS 466
International Marketing
This course is devoted to those issues and practices which are
unique to marketing a product and service in an inter~~atiolial
setting. Topics include international environmental scanni~lg
and analysis; comparative marketing research; strategic planning; and marketing mix issues in multinational markets.
Major: Required in the I~lternationalBusiness major
BUS/MIS
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 479)
BUS 495
Topics: Risk Management and Insurance
A study of risk management. Emphasis on the fiulction of (1)
determination of exposure to risk; ( 2 ) analysis of risk and
losses; (3) methods of combating risks; and (4) administration
of risk insurance program. How to recognize and evaluate the
property liability and personnel risks facing a business, a nonprofit organization, a government unit, or an individual or
family. How to select and deal with an insurer. Public policy
issues such as availability of i~lsura~lce
are examined to identify
and evaluate the role of insurance in the financial framework
of the economy.
Major: Elective for Business Administration major
(upper division)
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times
This is a non-laboratory chemistry coursc based o n the very
popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Most of the problems we face are molecular in
nature. What then but cl~emistrycan help us to understand
ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come
join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition.
This course does not apply toward the major or minor in
chemistry nor does it meet any prerequisite chemistry requirements.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
CHM 109
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamentals
of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in
allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's
upper division program). Open also to other students. First
term, general chemistry pri~lciplesand an introduction to
organic chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory
work. This course does not apply toward the major or minor
in chemistry.
Distribution: Chen~istry/Bioloby
Major: l<equired prerequisite for Nursing major
CHM 110
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Continuation of C H M 109. Organic and biological chemistry
with special applicatio~lsto human physiological chemistry.
Will include arranged time for laboratory work. Does not
apply toward the major or minor in chemist~y.
Distribution: Chemistry /Biology
Major: Required for Nursing major
CSC 145
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An i~ltroductio~l
to computers, programming, and computer
applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical
issues associated with computers. Primarily for stude~ltsin
non-science arcas. Does not apply toward the computer
science major or minor.
CSC 170
Structured Programming
An introduction to computers, problem-solving, algorithm
development and programming using Pascal. This course
provides a foundation for further studies in computer science.
(Prereq: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or MIS 279 or Math
Placement Group IV)
Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data Structures and their implementation, recursion,
searching and sorting algorithms, and continued development
of programming methods using Pascal. (Prereq: CSC 170.
Coreq: MAT 121 or 171)
Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors
Electronics
(See under PHY 261)
CSC 270
Fortran
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming
methods and has done programming in some other language.
(Prereq: CSC 170 or another programming language course)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity,
including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical
algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The
limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP, NP-complete
problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq: CSC 210 and
MAT 124)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division)
CSC 330
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages,
automata, computability, and computational complexity.
Topics include Turins machines, Church's thesis, the halting
problem, and unsolvability. (Prereq: CSC 210 and MAT
124)
Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper
division)
CSC 340
Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed
processing systems, network protocols and security, and
general computer interfacing. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division)
CSC 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors,
operating systems, instruction sets, and assembly language
programming. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper
division)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file
organization and security, including the development of an
elementary database system. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Elective for Computer Science and MIS major (upper
division)
CSC 399
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to
complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The
internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative
Education Ofice as well as the computer science internship
supervisor.
Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division)
CSC 445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer
systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer
architecture on operating systems. (Prereq: CSC 345)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division)
CSC 450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of
programming languages. Topics include programming
language syntax and semantics, BNF, parsing, compilers,
interpreters, data structures, control structures, and the runtime environment. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper
division)
CSC 491
Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to
keep the mathematics and computer science community
informed about contemporary developments in the field and
about interesting ideas that don't arise in courses. Junior and
senior majors must attend, and others are welcome. All
seniors give a talk. Other sessions are presented by faculty
members or outside visitors.
Major: Required for Computer Science major (no credit)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not
included in other courses. This course may be repeated when
the topics vary. (Prereq: Consent of instructor)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division)
CSC 499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and the
department.
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis,
monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic
growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of
ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics
core, and MIS major
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income distribution.
Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of ECO 112. ECO 112 and 113
may be taken in either order. (Prereq: MPG I1 )
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics
core and MIS major
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(see under MIS 175)
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
(See under MIS 279)
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures;
the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy
and its economic implications. (Prereq: ECO 112, 113;
strongly recommend ECO 3 13)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core, elective for Economics major
(upper division)
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level
analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of
monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq: ECO 112)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core, required for Econo~nicsmajor
(upper division)
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior,
firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and
income distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq: ECO 113)
Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core
and MIS major (upper division)
ECO 3 15
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in
relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on
monetary theory and policy. (Prereq: ECO 112,113)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core, elective for Economics major
(upper division)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern
techniques of management science to prepare students to
make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on
applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation,
marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the
shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc.
(Prereq: ECO 313)
Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS
major, one of a choice of three required courses for the
Finance major, elective in Economics and Supervisory
Management majors (upper division)
ECO 360
International Trade and Finance
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic
relations among nations. Development of the basis of
international trade; balance of payment; exchange rate systems
and commercial policy. (Prereq: ECO 112, 113 or consent of
instructor)
Major: Required for International Business major, elective for
Economics major (upper division)
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in
business. Among the topics considered are theories and
practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, production and
cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of
relevance to management. (Prereq: ECO 313, MIS 279)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice
of three required courses in the Finance major, elective for
Economics major (upper division)
ECO/MIS
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
(See MIS 479)
EDE 350
Creating Learning Environments: KindergartenElementary (. 5 course)
The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of teaching
and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological,
sociological and neuro-scientific theories.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 351
Techniques for Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and
correction of reading problems. Field placement requirement
included in this class.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 363
Kindergarten-Elementary Clinical Experiences
(.5 course)
Includes 160 hours in-class experience. Register for two
seminar sessions in addition to the 160 hours. A video tape
of classroom or simulated teaching will be prepared by each
student. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Students must apply in the Education
Department for Clinical at least two months prior to date
they intend to begin Clinical. Enroll for course approximately half-way through the I<-Elementary course sequence.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 364
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
integrating specific skill developments through various
subjects at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 375
Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course)
This class prepares the student for the unique experiences and
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. Major: Required
for I<-6 licensure (upper division)
EDE 376
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Social Studies (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 377
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Science (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
science at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 379
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Art (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
art at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 380
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
music at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 382
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Mathematics (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. (Prereq: EDU 264)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 386
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Children's Literature (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
(Prereq: EDU 264)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 387
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Language Art (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
language arts instruction at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. (Prereq: EDU 264)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 388
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
health instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 389
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Physical Education (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
physical education instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 481,
482,483,
484
EDS 350
Student Teaching K, K-6,or 1-6
Students must apply to student teach by Oct. 30 for Winter/
Spring 1991 Student Teaching and March 30 for Fall 1991
Student Teaching. A minimum of three courses (481,482,
483) unless otherwise advised by the department. Observing
and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary
levels under the supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. Admission into the Education Department is
required prior to student teaching placement. Membership in
one of the professional teacher organizatio~lsis required.
(Prereq: All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of Department for exception.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources to assist students in teaching reading through the
content areas.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper
division)
EDS 352
Clinical Experience ( .5 course)
Students must apply in the Education Department for Clinical
Experience at least two months prior to the date they intend
to begin Clinical Experience. Students should enroll for
course approximately half-way through the Secondary course
sequence. I~lcludes70 hours in-school experiences, seminars.
Membership in a professional teacher organization is required.
Major: Kequired for Secondary Education major (upper
division)
EDS 353
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of teaching
and learning in the context of educational, psychological,
sociological and neuro-scientific theories.
Major: lcequired for Secondary Education major (upper
division)
EDS 364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary
schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit
plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The
study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq: EDU 264
and EDS 353 or consent of instructor.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education English Language
Arts major (upper division)
EDS 366
Foreign Language Methods (.5course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of
language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language
Department.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education Foreign Language
major (upper division)
EDS 375
Social Studies Methods (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social studies and history in
secondary classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies
and curriculum development.
Major: Required for Secondary Education Social Studies
major (upper division)
EDS 477
School and Society (.5 course)
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to
society. Current major issues in education will be studied.
Students should enroll as closely as possible to the same term
as their student teaching. (Prerequisite: EDU 264, EDS 353
and Methods in Subject Area)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper
division)
EDS 481,
482, 483,
484
EDU 264
Student Teaching
Students must apply to student teach through the Education
Department by Oct: 30 for Winter/Spring 1991 Student
Teaching and March 30 for Fall 1991 Student Teaching.
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under
supervision of college and secondary school personnel. A
minimum of three courses, except four courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Membership in a professional organization is required. (Prerequisite: ALL
Secondary Education and major coursework successfully
completed or permission of the Department for an exception.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
(.5 course)
Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession as students evaluate their interest and suitability for
a career in teaching. Open to all students. Suggested as first
course to be taken.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education
major
EDU 341
Media Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication
through the use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audiovisual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer
training will be included in this course.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education
major (upper division)
EDU 388
Human Relations (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the minority groups in Minnesota for the
development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education
majors (upper division)
ENG 111
Effective WritingEmphasis is o n exposition, including learning research
techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of
literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing
topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A
writing lab is provided for those needing additional help. The
minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0.
Distribution: Required for graduation
ENG 209
Grow Old Along With Me
This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and novelists
have to say about the aging process. Students will be
expected to interview older people to discover how they feel
society regards the aging.
Distribution: English/Speech
ENG 223
Writing
- for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed with emphasis on expository
writing skills for those preparing for business and professional
careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be
emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use the material
from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq: ENG 111 or
equivalent)
Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration
~najor,meets one writing requirement for Co~nmu~lication
major, an elective for English major.
ENG 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical ~nodes,
which may include identification, definition, classification,
illustration, compariso~land contrast, and analysis. Particular
attention will be given to stylistic and orga~lizationalmatters
tl~roughthe course's workshop format, in which students'
papers are read and discussed. (Prereq: ENG 1 11 or equivalent)
Major: Required for English major, meets one writing
requirement for Communication major.
ENG 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to introduce stude~ltsto the
process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing
poetry and short fiction but including journal keeping, drama,
and creative prose. (Prereq: ENG 1 11 or equivalent)
Major: Meets one writing requirement for Comlnunication
major, an elective for Englisl~major.
ENG 227
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be
placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn
to write for radio and television as well. Students will
consider: how t o recognize news, how to gather and verify
facts, and how to cover basic copy preparation and editing
practices. This includes all introduction t o legal and ethical
questions faced by journalists. (Prereq: ENG 111 or equivalent)
Major: Required for Public Relations major, meets one
writing requirement for Communication major, an elective
for English major
ENG 240/
340
ENG 245
The Short Story
The course will involve practice in ways of approaching
literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology. It is an appropriate course for students who have not yet
studied literature at the college level. Effective Writing is not
a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with
clarity.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry.
Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and
analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Strongly recommended for English major
ENG 250
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected
American writers from colonial times to the emergence of
literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American
literature.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets American literature requirement
ENG 261
Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European,
of the Twentieth Century. Some non-Western writers will be
included.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for
example, the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be
studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural
background, their influence on later literature, and their
enduring relevance.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets Western tradition requirement
ENG 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the
Modern Period
A study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from
the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as
Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets Western tradition requirement
ENG 282/
482
ENG 327
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes,
movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for
study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that
year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian Literature.
Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, and Women and Fiction.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is placed first on interviewing and then on organizing and writing the interview story. The second half of the
course will concentrate on editing the work of others and
learning layout and design. The course will include workshop
sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique
the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be
laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prerequisite: ENG 227)
Major: An elective for English and Communication majors
(upper division)
ENG 331
British Literature: Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the
development of English poetry and drama in the English
Renaissance.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division)
ENG 336
British Literature: Seventeenth and Eighteenth
Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers
from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the
historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division)
ENG 337
British Literature: The Romantics and the
Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and
two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these
writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized
as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting
contribution to the forms of poetry and prose.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division)
ENG 351
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary
movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American
society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special
emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern
American literature.
Distribution: English/Speech, Urban Concerns
Major: Meets American literature requirement (upper
division)
ENG 399
Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching
writing or English as a Second Language and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the
departmei~tchairperson. (Upper division)
ENG 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its
Eighteenth Century beginnings up to the Twentieth Century.
Novels studied will be selected from the works of such
authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of
the novel and its emergence by the Twentieth Century as the
dominant literary form.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirements (upper division)
ENG 438
Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories,
tragedies - with attention to the development of
Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays
assigned for reading analysis.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division)
ENG 499
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0
or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed
independent study in the area of the student's choice.
FRE 111
Beginning French
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The
pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught
to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary
level.
Distribution: Foreign Language
FRE 112
Beginning French
Continuation of FRE 111
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 111
Beginning German
For students with no previous background. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German
culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory
materials available.
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 112
Beginning German
Continuation of GER 1 11
Distribution: Foreign Language
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the
time of Napoleon to the present.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political
power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 162
20th Century South Asia
This geographic area has produced the largest working
democracy in the world today; it is a standard example for
population crisis and world hunger illustrations. This course is
designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 222
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which proceeds our modern day.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 331
A Tale of Twin Cities: Minneapolis/St. Paul
1883-1988
A local history course using the Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan area as a case study for examining large themes and
issues in U.S. urban history. Topics considered include
frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic trends,
transportation, immigration and ethnicity, urban politics and
reform. Field trips included.
Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division)
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which are
not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to
be offered will be announced prior to registration.
Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education (.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and
community life. Includes information about school health
programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school
age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the
abuser. Includes information about school health programs
and prevalent health needs and problems of school age
children.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors
HPE 353
Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise and Sport
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the
muscular system and analysis of movement. The major effects
of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs and motor training.
(Prereq: BIO 103)
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper
division)
HPE 475
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.5 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room
procedures. (Prereq: HPE 353)
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper
division)
HPE 482
Coaching Theory of Sport
The psychology of coaching, coaching theory, techniques and
administrative aspects of coaching athletics.
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper
division)
HPE 489
Coaching Practicum (.5 course)
Theory and practice of sports techniques included with
supervised field experience in coaching consisting of no fewer
than 40 clock hours. The practicum must be done in grades
7-12 over an entire sport season and in a school setting in a
state high school sponsored sport.
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper
division)
INS 201
Introduction to Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course will introduce students to the
contributions of women in history, religion, literature,
philosophy, sciences, and the arts and how the questions and
methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen from
women's perspectives. Students will also study the history of
the women's movement, diversity of women's experiences in
terms of race, sexual orientation and class, and other contemporary issues raised by feminists.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/!Women's Studies
Minor: Required in Women's Studies minor
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the
biological, evolutionary and historic origins of women's roles
and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the
comparative roles of women in different cultures. This
comparison will include such North American models as the
Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of
eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor
INS 265
Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and
selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short
stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class
will collectively assess the position of Black and white women
in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the
present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other
"invisible" women minorities will be included.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor
INS 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do
an Independent Study. T o be completed after the introductory course and electives.
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor (upper division)
INS 499
Independent Study
In consultation with a faculty member and with the approval
of the Women's Studies Coordinator, a student selects a
specific topic for study. Required of minors who do not elect
to participate in the seminar.
Minor: Elective in Women Studies minor (upper division)
MAT 103
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic
and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions,
decimal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system, exponents,
radicals, and evaluation of algebraic expressions. Counts as
one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward
graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics
Placement Test. Meets weekly. (Prereq: Placement Group I.
P/N grading only.)
MAT 104
Intermediate Algebra
A self-paced course for students needing to review basic
algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include operations with
polynomials and rational expressions; exponents and radicals;
solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and
graphing of linear and quadratic functions. Counts as one
course in semester's load but does not give credit toward
graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics
Placement Exam. Meets weekly. (Prereq: Math Placement
Group 11. P/N grading only.)
MAT 114
Elementary Functions
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and
trigonometric. For students planning to take MAT 124 or
171. Students who have completed 124 or 171 may register
for credit only with consent of instructor. Meets weekly.
(Prereq: MAT 104 or Math Placement Group 111)
Distribution: Math/Physics
Major: Strongly recommended for Business Administration
major prior to taking MIS 279
MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
Topics in finite mathematics (combinatorics, probability,
matrices, linear programming and graph theory) of primary
interest to students in the social and behavioral sciences,
business and information science. Students who have completed MAT 171 may not register for credit.
(Prereq: MAT 104 or MPG 111)
Major: Required in MIS major
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with
applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Students
who have completed MAT 124 may not register for credit.
Meets weekly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Placement Group 111)
Distribution: Math/Physics
MAT 124,
125
MAT 131
Calculus I, I1
Differential and integral calculus, including calculus of several
variables and series, with applications primarily from the
physical sciences, integrated with topics from plane and solid
analytic geometry. Primarily for students in mathematics or
the sciences. (Prereq: MAT 114 or Placement Group IV for
124; MAT 124 for 125.)
Math for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development
of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students
not intending further mathematics. (Prereq: MAT 104 or
Placement Group 111)
Distribution: Math/Physics
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics
Topics in discrete mathematics such as sets and logic, combinatorics, probability, relations and functions, vectors and
matrices, boolean algebra, and graph theory of primary
interest to students in Computer Science and Mathematics.
Students who have completed MAT 121 may register for
credit only with consent of the instructor.
(Prereq: Placement Group IV.)
Major: Required for Computer Science major
MIS 175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
An introduction to microcomputer-based information
systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MS-DOS,
Lotus 123 (graphic, database and logical functions) and
dBASE (index, query and view). May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect, and Minitab). T o test
out of MIS 175, pass either a comprehensive exam or MIS
370. (Prereq: Math Placement Group I1 or Pass in MAT 103)
Major: Required in Business Administratio11 and Economics
core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory Management major.
MIS 279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and
MIS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive
measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and
estimation. Emphasis is placed on their use in applied
problems in Business and Economics. Minitab may be
required. (Prereq: MIS 175 and either Math Placement
Group I11 or Pass in MAT 104)
Major: Required in the Business Administration and Economics core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory Management and
Public Relations majors
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and
MIS
An investigation of programmable systems. Examine basic
algorithms and associated flowcharts and psuedocode. Apply
these concepts by programming some of these software:
BASIC, DOS, Lotus, dBASE, Minitab, and Word Perfect.
(Prereq: Math Placement Group I11 or Pass in MAT 104; MIS
175 or CSC 170 or with extensive knowledge of Lotus and
DOS which has been verified by instructor.
Major: One of two choices in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in Organizations
Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information
systems in organizations. Review the features of computers
(hardware and software) and various types of information
systems. May involve several case studies: review the business
needs, summarize the relevant finding (hardware, software,
systems, etc.), identify the options and communicate the
recommendations. Learn to use a CASE tool such as Excelerator for systems analysis. (Prereq: BUS 221, BUS 242 or
252, and one computer course such as MIS 175 or 370.
Consult with the instructor about variances in prerequisites.
Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223.)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and design.
Investigate various representations for information, processes
and relationships. Utilize analytical tools such as data flow
diagrams and CASE tools such as Excelerator. Complete a
rudimentary systems design. (Prereq: MIS 375)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a
complete and extensive project of systems analysis and design.
(Prereq: MIS 475)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
Utilize computer systems relevant to quantitative analysis:
Lotus, Minitab, SPSS or MathCad. Investigate statistical
descriptions, statistical inference and analysis of variance.
Investigate linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo
simulations. (Prereq: MIS 175, 279 and either Math Placement Group IV or grade of 2.0 or higher in MAT 114, 121,
122, or 171. Recommended: MIS 370 and ECO 318)
Major: Recommended in MIS major and one of a choice of
three required courses in the Finance major (upper division)
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Pine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine
arts. For non-music majors.
Distribution: Art/Music
NOR 111
Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking,
listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than
literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NOR 112
Beginning Norwegian
Continuation of NOR 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
A transitional course that introduces the components of the
professional role and begins the professional socialization
process. A communicative process is emphasized as one
means by which the nurse-client relationship is negotiated.
Interactive and group theories are explored for their applicability to changing professional roles and practice. (Prereq: or
concurrent enrollment: PSY 355)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing
AII introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the
process of professional development. The function of theory
in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing
conceptual models are studied and their application to
practice is examined using the nursing process format.
(Prereq: NUR ?05)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 3 10
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on community health delivery systems
and the practice of nursing within them. Concepts of health
are examined as they apply to current community health
problems and issues. Clinical application of course content
will involve making a health related assessment and exploring
a community health issue. Ethical issues related to community health decision making with aggregate groups are
explored. (Prereq: NUR 330)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 311
Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum**
This course provides a basis for understanding community
characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care.
The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health
team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course.
The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health
concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients.
(Prereq: NUR 3 10)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
**This course involves an additional clinical fee.
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic,
social, political and professional trends and issues are explored
in relation to their implications for nursing practice. (Prereq:
NUR 306, REL 483 or PHI 380, or concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are
the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research
are explored. Students critique nursing research for its
applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq: NUR 330, may be
taken concurrently with NUR 310)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care.
Content includes family as a primary group and family
dynamics in light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health
care. (Prereq: NUR 311, NUR 350, may be taken prior or
concurrently with NUR 423)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 404
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and
Management
This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and
management as emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts
of change, conflict, communication, and system dynamics are
explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the
basis for role development and professionalism. (Prereq:
NUR 403)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family**
A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to
apply content from NUR 403 in providing complex nursing
care to families in selected practice setting. (Prereq: NUR 403
or concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
**This course i~lvolvesan additional clinical fee
NUR 427
Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and
Management**
This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from
NUR 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and
management theory in a selected agency setting. (Prereq:
NUR 404 or concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
**This course involves an additional clinical fee
NUR 432
Topics in Nursing
A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected
topics in nursing. The subjects studies will vary depending
upon the needs and interests of the faculty and students.
(Prereq: Senior standing or consent of instructor. 011
demand.)
Major: Elective for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 499
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the
students to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students
consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration.
Major: Elective for Nursing major (upper division)
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Methods
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and
beliefs, rarely are they critically analyzed or evaluated for their
consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may
have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the
ideas basic to western culture. The purpose of this course is
to provide the student with some experience in examining
ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills
required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and
beliefs.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
PHI 120
Ethics
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condem~lit
as wrong, Why do you think it is right? Because you like it?
Are there better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible
grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgements about personal and social issues resulting from them.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration
major
PHI 130
Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must
accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a
conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine
the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop
your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration
and MIS major
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the
areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation,
human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and
euthanasia.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing major
(upper division)
PHY 101
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and
galaxies that requires elementary algebra. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch
reflecting telescope, and 8-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch
Questar. Occasional night viewing. (Prereq: Math Placement
Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 103
Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems
and experiments are selected not only to illustrate f ~ ~ n d a m e n tal principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics
to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students
in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirements for the liberal arts student. (Prereq: Math
Placement Group 111)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 106
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a
working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science.
Attention will bc given to four basic areas: observing the
weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and
understanding the world's climate. (Prereq: Math Placement
Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
P H Y 11 1
Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of thc historical development of selected topics in
physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of
physics and its associated technology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. St~tdyof mechanics, electricity, and
digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the mcaning of
Twentieth Century physics and of the role of electronics and
colnputers in modern society. Microconip~itcrswill be used
extensively in the laboratory. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 261
Electronics
A review of AC and D C circuits and study of analog electronics co~nprisesthe first half of the course. The second half ,
includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and
use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq:
PHY 103, 111 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125)
Major: Elective for Co~nputerScience major
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes of international politics,
including the dynamics of the international system, theories of
international relations, and a focus on recent problems.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law;
law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the
United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics;
historic and contemporary legal issues.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the
uses and control of mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming.
Distribution: Urban Concerns or Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for the Communication major (upper division)
Topics in American Politics: Uses of Mass
Communications
This course offers advanced study in mass communications.
Topics include "Comparison of World Wide Media Systems,"
"The Role of Government Regulations and Law in Shaping
American Mass Media," "The Impact of Media on American
Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is desirable to have taken
If not, talk with instructor
POL 342 Mass Commu~~icatio~~s.
before registration.)
Distribution: Economics/Political Science (upper division)
PSY 105
General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The
structure of the field of psychology, including its major subareas, is emphasized.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Major: Required for Psychology and Social Work major, a
prerequisite for advanced courses in Psychology
PSY 264/
265
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis
I, I1
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human
learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensationperception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and
experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may
be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods
11. Majors in psychology must take both courses in sequence
in consecutive terms.
Major: Required for Psychology major
PSY 355
Brain and Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are
responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major
topics include: sleep and wakefi~lness,motivation and cmotion, learning and memory and mental disorders. (Prereq: PSY
105 and one course in biology)
Major: Kequired prerequisite course for Nursing major
(upper division)
PSY 356
Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural
and man-made, has o n behavior. Major topics include:
overcrowdi~lgand environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environme~ltssuch as rooms,
buildings and cities. (Prereq: PSY 105)
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Major: Elective for Psychology major (upper division)
PSY 373
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior.
Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation
and mainte~la~lcc
of work effectiveness, and social influences.
(Prereq: PSY 105)
Major: Required for Busi~lessManagement major and elective
for Psychology major and three Commu~licatio~l
majors
(upper division)
PSY 38 1
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical developme~ltof psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. (Prereq: two psychology courses)
Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division)
PSY 399
Internship
Prior to the beginning of the trimester in which a student
desires an internship, interested students should consult with
the Departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register for this course. Grading is
on a P/N basis.
Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division)
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the cou~lseling
process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines
for a counseling relationship. (Students with two or more
completed courses in Psychology will have priority in registration. Others rnay be accepted if space is available AND if they
receive consent of the instructor.)
Major: Elective for Psychology and Human Relations major
(upper division)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods
used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq: five
PSY courses)
Major: lcequired for Psychology major (upper division)
REL 11 1
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to
the dialogue between the church and the world which
concerns Christian doctrine.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major
REL 215
Archaeology and the Bible
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical
archaeology, and review of some current findings.
Distribution: Religion
Major: An elective for Religion major
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical
documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history
of Israel and the emergence of the church.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major
REL 263
World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New
World View
The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis of
the current holocaust of global hunger including the root
causes, the i~ltercon~lected~less
of other issues, the biblical
mandate and the role of justice education. Attitudes toward
poverty and wealth, justice and charity, oppressio~iand liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be to build greater
global awareness, become sensitized to ethical choices,
energize us for action and responsible living, and explore
pedagogical principles for social justice.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major
denomi~latio~ls
and religious groups. Some contemporary
cultic movements will also be considered.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions
of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism,
Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of
primary docume~ltsfrom these religious communities.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 360
Religion and Society
An exami~lationof the i~lteractionof religion and society in
terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on
contemporary sociological research on religious movements in
American society.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the developmellt of religion in America. Special
attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 445
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The
importance of recognizing the varied character of language for
understandi~lgthe biblical text.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 475
Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old
Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed
upon the religious development. A special interest in such
modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish
Chataqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College
in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the
religion department.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division)
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian
tl~eologicalthought today, as seen from the systematic
perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of
the Christian Church.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of
theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major, REL 4 8 3 or PHI 380
required for Nursing major (upper division)
REL 486
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of curre~ltpsychological views of religion in the
context of the traditional Christian view of human nature.
Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by
Freud, Jung, Vikta Frankl, Ernest Becker, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influe~lcedby them.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division)
REL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in their junior or senior
year. Others by per~nissio~l
of instructor.
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
SOC 121
Principles of Sociology
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its
application to an understanding of basic aspects of society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale
institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and
profession.
Distribution: Sociology/Psychology
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major
SOC 231
Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The
relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural
context from a sociological perspective.
Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major and
an elective in the H ~ ~ m Relations
an
major
SOC 265
Racial and Minority Group
- Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major
attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of
self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
Distribution: Minority Studies
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major and
elective supporting course in the Business Ma~lageme~lt
major
SOC 336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in a~lthropologyand in the
way we see and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and
"progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis of
selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq: SOC 121 or
consent of instructor)
Major: Required for Social Studies major, recommended
elective in Business Management major (upper division)
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
There is little in contemporary American life that is not
somehow affected by organizations. This course
sociologically exami~les(both theoretically and empirically)
how organizations survive as entities and what life is like for
people within those organizations. Through lecture, discussion, guest speakers, and participation we will explore the
topics of organizational goals, technology, structure and
process; as well as corporate and white collar deviance, gender
issues, and organizational change. (Prereq: SOC 121 or
permission of instructor)
Major: Recommended elective in Human Relations, Public
Relations/Advertisi~lg, and Supervisory Ma~lagementmajors
(upper division)
SOC 365
Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially
experimental designs and applications to program evaluations.
Co~lsumeroverview of methods of organizing, cornparing and
interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing
eq~iipmentfor statistical analysis. Designed for social work
majors. Not to be taken by sociology majors. (Prereq: Level
I11 Math Placement Test)
Major: Required in Social Work major
SOC 375
Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationships to
individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of
"self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological
view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and
processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be
used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course.
(Prereq: SOC 121)
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major,
elective supporting course for Business Management major
(upper division)
SPA 11 1
Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking,
reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to
culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an
integral part of the course.
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPA 1 12
Beginning Spanish
Continuation of SPA 11 1
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPC 11 1
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening.
Students have the opportunity to give several speeches and
receive feedback about their performance from the class and
the instructor. The course focuses on such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization,
audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and
language, and critical thinking and listening.
Major: Required for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major
SPC 222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including dramatic structure,
principles, and values with a focus on major historical periods,
plays, and artists. This class will discuss the basic concepts of
the play production process.
Distribution: English/Speech
SPC 224
Publication Design
(See under AKT 224.)
SPC 329
Intercultural Communication
This course will explore both the problems and potential of
com~nunicationbetween persons of different cultural groups.
Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role
expectations, values, and non-verbal sy~nbolswill be examined
in this course.
Major: l<ecommended supporting course in Human Relations
major (upper division)
SPC 342
Mass Communications in Society
(See under POL 342.)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in
organizatio~lalsettings. Focuses on topics such as superiorsubordinate relationships, formal and i~lformalcommunication networks, management styles, power and authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performa~lce
appraisal, effective use of meetings, and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance
commu~licatio~l
skills of both managers and subordinates.
Students both investigate the literature on organizatio~lal
communication and attempt to apply it to their own experiences in organizations.
Major: Elective for three of the Commullicatio~lmajors
(upper division)
SPC 351
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in
public speaking, discussion, and debates. Key objectives
include increasing skill in analyzing argumentative claims,
being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding test for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning, and learni~lgto apply priilciples of argume~ltatio~l
to contemporary public issues. Students have the opportunity
to enhance their skills in debate and discussio~land also learn
to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their
daily lives. (Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required for the Commu~licatio~l
major (upper
division)
SPC 352
Persuasion
Theory of how people are i~lfluencedto change attitudes and
behavior. The course deals with a broad range of topics,
includi~lgobstacles to persuasion, cultural dime~lsio~ls
of
persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals,
empirical research in persuasion; how persuasio~~
is used in
politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the
nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the
mass media o n persuasion; and ethical issues related t o persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotio~lal
projects. (Prereq: SPC 111 or co~lsentof instructor)
Major: Required for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Marketing major (upper division)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal
and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build
relationships and help to overcome communication barriers.
This course combines theory and practice to help the student
understand and manage commu~licatio~l
problems more
effectively.
Major: Required for Commu~licationmajor, elective supporting course in Business Management major (upper division)
SPC 355
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis o n
factors related to decision-making, styles of leadership and
conflict management. This course combines lecture with
practical experience to help the student become a more
effective and productive member of a small, task-oriented
group. (Prereq: SPC 354)
Major: Required for Communication major, recommended
for supporting course in the Busi~lessManagement major
(upper division)
SPC 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Study,
u~lderstandingand practice in reading prose, poetry and
drama before small and large groups.
Distribution: English/Speech (upper division)
SPC 421
Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics
(See under POL 42 1.)
SPC 480
Public Relations/Promotional Communication
Public Relations in the modern world of communication,
marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a
career and a survey of basic promotional communication in
profit and non-profit organizations.
Major: Elective in all Commu~licationmajors (upper division)
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80
hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or institution.
Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority
professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects
of the helping vocations. Indepe~ldentstudy with a term
paper report and weekly review conferences. Career exploration: open t o all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic t o an understanding
of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay
of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which
influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of
the "sustaining environment" factors, and other special
stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populatio~ls
and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is
also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through
use of their own experiences. Open to all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary/
Secondary Education ~najor
SWK 361
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems
of human service and diversity of professio~laland client
groups. The major assumptio~lsand social movements whicl~
have contributed to the charitable and governmental re-
sponses t o human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers
and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq: Junior or
consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations,
principles and techniques of social work interventive methods,
and practical experience necessary for social work practice
with individuals and small groups with a diversity of professio~lalsand client groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. (Prereq: SWK 361,
Junior)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 364
Field Work I
Beginning supervised professio~lalexperience in a social work
agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship
building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: SWIC 361, Junior,
concurrent with SWIC 363)
Major: Kequired in the Social Work major (upper division)
I
SWK 46 1
Advanced Methods and Skills
E~llargeme~lt
and refinement of practice skills recognizing
adaptations of the problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class
work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis o n
development of gelleralist practice skills and eclectic approaches with focus on diversity of professio~lalsand client
populatio~ls.Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each week.
(Prereq: 2.0 in SWK 363 and 364, candidacy status, concurrent with SWIC 462)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 462
Field Work I1
Progressively responsible supervised professio~~al
and social
work experience including work with individuals, families,
groups and/or commu~litiesin a social service agency. Ten
hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per
week. (Prereq: concurrent with SWIC 461, candidacy status)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 463
Community Development and Organization
Locality developme~ltand social change through c o ~ n m u ~ l i t y
organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on:
1)survey of historical forms of commu~lityorganization and
social change; 2 ) understanding the theories, basic issues and
strategies relevant t o social protest and change; 3 ) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of commu~lityorganizations; and 4 ) knowledge of and
actual practice in the essential principles and techniques of
organizing. Open t o all students. (Prereq: Senior or consent
of instructor)
Distribution: Urban Co~lcer~ls
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and
methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and
analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through
work with an elected public policy maker. Readings and
analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq: SWK 361,463 and Senior or consent of
instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 466
Field Work I11
Continuation of SWK 462. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in
SWK 461,462,463)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 467
The Social Worker as a Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job
attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues,
personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and
resource development will be studied in the course. The field
work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises.
(Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK461,462,463)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 469
Field Work IV
Continuation of SWK 466. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in
SWK 466, concurrent with SWK 467)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
Financial Information
Admissions Requirements and Procedures
Who May Apply
I
Men or women who have:
1. Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate.
2 . Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in
high school or previous college work.
1
I
Admissions Process
1. Complete the application form and return it along with the $15
application fee to the Augsburg Weekend College Office.
2 . Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College
Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college
work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D.
Certificates.
I
3. The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will
review the application materials and notify students regarding
acceptance and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may request that the student submit a personal statement
or have a personal interview with a Weekend College faculty/staff
member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee.
4. Students who are transferring previous college work to the
Weekend College program will be informed with their acceptance
notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements
that remain to be completed for the bachelor's degree.
5. Students who wish to apply for financial aid should refer to that
section of this bulletin.
Application Deadlines
Fall Trimester 1990 -August 15, 1990
Winter Trimester 1991 - November 26, 1990
Spring Trimester 1991 - March 4, 1991
Financial Aid
Company Tuition Assistance Program
Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial
tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or
degree-oriented college programs. Augsburg provides a payment
plan by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement.
Grants and Scholarships
Pel1 Grant
This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to
students who take at least one course in Weekend College. Awards
range from $250-2,300 per year.
Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program
The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for
state residents who take one course at Augsburg.
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program
The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to
Minnesota residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on
financial needs. Awards ranged from $100 to $3,546 for 1989-1990.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements
may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement
other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application please
contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at
330-1138 or your tribal agency.
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend
College students who show academic potential and have financial
need.
Loan Assistance
Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have
to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least halftime. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the
minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school
(nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may
extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for
undergraduate study is $9,000, and $18,000 if graduate study is
included.
Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student
Loan) - Loan hnds are obtained directly from a local lender or state
agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is
attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual
interest of 8%on the loan balance and repayment of the principal
begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up
to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and
$4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study with the
cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250 and $54,750 for
graduate students. Applications are available at the College and some
banks.
SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) -A Federal loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a
maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12%;payment usually
begins within 60 days after disbursement. Students must apply for
financial aid.
SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) - A Minnesota State
Loan Program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000
cumulative) as an undergraduate with a $25,000 maximum for
graduate students. ($1,000 minimum.) Interest rate is variable, paid
by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal and interest
begin 12 months after leaving school. Students must apply for
financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time.
To Apply for Financial Aid
1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire
to also apply for financial aid.
2) The Financial A d Ofice will send you the necessary application
and financial statement form (or you may pick them up at the
Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall, or the Weekend College
Ofice).
3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must
have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each
previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid.
4 ) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines
indicated.
5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the
deadline stated.
I
I
Refund Schedule
A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis:
(Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's
Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100%
(less a $75 Administrative Fee if withdrawing from current term
entirely)
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60%
No rehnd after the third scheduled class meeting.
I
I
The refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended
classes. All rehnds of charges will be applied to the account of the
student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, and deposits, etc. will
be made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit
balance is determined. Please allow two weeks for a refund.
Tuition Refund Policy
I
I
I
I
If a student is forced to withdraw because of accident or illness,
whether a physical or mental health problem, the refund may include
the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment.
Requests for this additional refund must be made to the Petitions
Committee and must be accompanied by a written report from the
attending health professional stating the inability for, or inadvisability
of, continued study. Students charged on a single-course fee basis
who have completed payment of assessed tuition may choose between
this partial tuition rehnd and a tuition-free course retake credit. A
retake credit may be used only to repeat the same course from which
the student withdrew. This choice between rehnd and tuition-free
retake credit must be made at the time of the request to the Petitions
Committee, and the choice of monetary refund or retake credit may
not be changed subsequently. Students should be aware that their
choice of refund or retake credit may adversely affect their financial aid
eligibility and that they bear h l l responsibility for the effects of their
choices. Retake credits must be used within one academic year or the
next time the course is offered if that is longer than one year.
History
I
I
I
Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and
moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and
Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged
with The American Lutheran Church.
Location
Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the
intersection of Interstate Highways 9 4 and 35W. Adjacent to the
campus are the Riverside Medical Center, the West Bank campus of
the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways.
Campus
Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between
1 0 of the 1 5 major buildings - student housing towers, College
Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music
Hall and Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Accessibility
We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible
campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any
of 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building
changes, we have a program to increase awareness and
provide extra help for students with disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. About 51 percent of the students are Lutheran, 1 5 percent other
Protestant and 1 5 percent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations
are represented among students and faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
A ~ ~ g s b u College
rg
does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section
504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission
policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices.
Ausburg College
1.
2.
3.
4.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
Music Hall
2222 Murphy Place
Melby Hall
Ice Arena
Stage I1 Theatre
Center for Global Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center for
worship, ~ r a h and
a
Communication
18. Youth and Family Institute
19. Office Annex House
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C . Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
Accessible Entrance
Find A a ~ s b a r ~
I
I
I
From Minneapolis
Interstate 9 4 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left
to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
I
From St. Paul
Interstate 9 4 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for
student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are
located o n 7th Street between 21st and 2211d Avenues and north of
8th Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking,
seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside
Medical Center ramp, or U of M parlung lots on the north side of
Riverside Avenue.
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
Show less
MASTER OF ARTS
IN LEADERSHIP
~
,-,
...
',' .. 1
,..~ ,-, '!1
,-...',..
.·,,-1,,
" \\
~,. 1- I 11- ,_'\:
/ - \ ; ' I \I - \ .-
- ..... ,_ ,,,
' t"'-,-,,
,-,
- _,,_
-
,;, -
4' -
'
I
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1990-1991
.
.
.·:'J
.·I
Those who hope to lead had better understand both rat... Show more
MASTER OF ARTS
IN LEADERSHIP
~
,-,
...
',' .. 1
,..~ ,-, '!1
,-...',..
.·,,-1,,
" \\
~,. 1- I 11- ,_'\:
/ - \ ; ' I \I - \ .-
- ..... ,_ ,,,
' t"'-,-,,
,-,
- _,,_
-
,;, -
4' -
'
I
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1990-1991
.
.
.·:'J
.·I
Those who hope to lead had better understand both rationally and
intuitively the people who might be their followers, and the society
in which they are embedded. They had better comprehend the
values of our common culture, past and present, know how our
political and economic systems work, and understand how and
why science has changed the world ... Leaders need specialists as
advisers and staff members. But leaders themselves are generalists ... At higher levels of leadership they cannot achieve their full
potential without considerable breadth of knowledge. Only this
way can they shape the contexts for decisions where expert
knowledge is used.
- John Gardner
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
• nformation Sessions
Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in Leadership
program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled
at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester.
Please call the Master of Arts in Leadership Office (330-1786)
for details or to register for one of these information sessions:
Saturday, April 21, 1990
Thursday, May 24, 1990
Thursday, June 21, 1990
Tuesday, July 17, 1990
Saturday, October 20, 1990
Saturday, February 23, 1991
Saturday, April 20, 1991
Thursday, May 23, 1991
Thursday, June 20, 1991
Tuesday, July 16, 1991
Tuesday, August 6, 1991
For more information write or call:
Master of Arts in Leadership Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
9:00-11 :00
6:00-8:00
6:00-8:00
6:00-8:00
9:00-11:00
9:00-11 :00
9:00-11 :00
6:00-8:00
6:00-8:00
6:00-8:00
6:00-8:00
AM
PM
PM
PM
AM
AM
AM
PM
PM
PM
PM
Information Sessions .............................................................. .. .. 2
Calendar for 1990-'91 ................................................................. 4
Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership .................. 6
Leadership Development Model ............................................. 7
Curriculum Design ............................................. ........................ 9
Course Descriptions ........................................ ..... .................... 10
Graduate Faculty ...................................................................... 13
Library ........................................................................................ 13
Accreditation and Affiliations ................................................ 13
Student Support Services ........................................................ 14
Student Rights ........................................................................... 15
Admission Requirements ........................................................ 15
Application Procedures ......................................................... .. 15
Deadlines ................................................................................... 16
Evaluation Standards ......... ...................................................... 16
Academic Policies ..................................................................... 17
Fee and Payment Schedule ..................................................... 18
Financial Aid ............................................................................. 19
Campus Map ............................................................................. 22
Campus Location .. .................................................................... 23
About Augsburg ....................................................................... 24
Faculty and Administration .................................................. .. 25
Advisory Council to the Graduate Program ........................ 28
D alendar
1990-'91 Calendar
Saturday Schedule: 8:30 AM - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 PM
Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 PM and 8:00 - 9:30 PM
Fall Trimester 1990
..
. : -·
Class Dates
Thursday, September 6
Thursday, September 13
Saturday, September 22
Thursday, September 27
Saturday, O ctober 6
Thursday, October 11
Saturday, October 20
Thursday, October 25
Saturday, N ovember 3
Thursday, November 8
Saturday, November 17
Thursday, November 29
Saturday, D ecember 1
Leadership Practicum Dates
Saturday, September 8
Saturday, September 15
Other Important Dates
Monday, August 20: Application Deadline
Wednesday, September 5: Orientation
Monday, September 10: Last day to register and / or drop
class without record notation
Saturday, November 17: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, December 17: Final Grades Due
Attendance Policy
Bernuse leader hip i sue are presented, d is u e and a nalyzed in the cla sroom, r gular attendance is highly importMt
a nd hould be con idered a responsibility, not on ly to o n ·'
elf, bu t to ne' cla , mat sand the cour instruct r. Irregula1- attendance may, at the di er tion f th · in tructo r, , dversely affect one's grade.
Winter Trimester, 1991
Class Dates
Thursday, January 3
Saturday, January 12
Thursday, January 17
Saturday, January 26
Thursday, January 31
Saturday, February 9
Thursday, February 14
Saturday, February 23*
Thursday, February 28
Saturday, March 9
Thursday, March 14
Saturday, March 23
Thursday, March 28
Leadership Practicum
Saturday, January 5
*One week between classes
Other Important Dates
Monday, December 3: Application Deadline
Wednesday, January 2: Orientation
Monday, January 7: Last day to register and / or drop
class without record notation
Saturday, March 16: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, April 1: Final Grades Due
Spring Trimester 1991
Class Dates
Thursday, April 11
Saturday, April 20
Thursday, April 25
Saturday, May 4
Thursday, May 9
Saturday, May 18
Thursday, May 23
Saturday, June 1
Thursday, June 6
Saturday, June 15*
Thursday, June 20
Saturday, June 22
Thursday, June 27
Leadership Practicum
Saturday, April 6
*One week between classes
Other Important Dates
Monday, March 4: Application Deadline
Wednesday, April 10: Orientation
Monday, April 15: Last day to register and / or drop
class without record notation
Saturday, June 1: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, July 8: Final Grades Due
6Jntroduction
Developing Leaders for
Organizations and the Community
The Master of Arts in Leadership responds to the leadership
development needs of profit and not-for-profit organizations.
While different in structure and purpose, most organizations
seek leaders with the following qualities:
• a vision which is ethically and morally responsible,
extending beyond immediate concerns;
• an understanding of how change occurs and affects the
immediate environment;
• a sensitivity to the complex problems organizations face,
and an ability to achieve solutions consistent with an
organization's mission;
"' the ability to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to
work toward a common goal; and
• the ability to effectively represent the organization both
internally and externally.
The Master of Arts in Leadership provides a means by which
individuals aspiring to enhance their leadership skills may
discover and refine these and other abilities and awarenesses
fundamental to effective leadership.
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
The Master of Arts in Leadership program is designed to meet
the needs and preferences of working adults. The program is
based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll
are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals
who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction
and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into
periods of study, group efforts and class preparation. To accommodate this format for learning, each class meets on alternate Saturdays for three-and-one-half hours and alternate
Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours.
Leadership Development Model
The Master of Arts in Leadership program promotes leadership as a process which 1) inspires cooperation among people
who must compete for limited resources, 2) promotes productivity within and beyond the organization, and 3) works
toward progress. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to
positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a
sense of vision, the ability to persuade and the ability to direct
action. Underlying these attributes is a broad range of abilities
and awarenesses. These abilities and awarenesses, outlined in
the diagram on page 7, serve as specific outcomes for the
Master of Arts in Leadership. Augsburg's model of leadership
development is designed to assess, promote, enhance and
refine these capabilities within the individual.
Leadership Development Model
Leadership
Sense of
Vision
/
Orientation
Toward Action
""
Ethical
Creative
"" Social awareness
"" Environmental
awareness
"" Tolerance of
religious and
philosophical
differences
"" Appreciation
of situational
complexity
'
"" Long-term
perspective
"" Flexibility
"" Adaptability
"" Innovativeness
Facility for
Persuasion
/
Communicative
""
""
""
""
""
Effective listener
Effective speaker
Effective writer
Diplomatic ability
Effective team
member
"" Interpersonal
sensitivity
\
Risk Assumptive
"" Curiosity
"" Achievement
motivation
"" Self-esteem
Decisive
Self-confidence
Analytical ability
"" Ability to think
critically
"" Understanding of
research
.& Ability to manage
conflict
.&
.&
""'
Culturally
Aware
"" Appreciation
for cultural
differences
"" World-view
perspective
"" Tolerance of
individual
differences
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Leadership is
participation in a community of learners. Learning can be.
enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community
that provides opportunity and encouragement for active
participation both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of men and women who
bring to the program a variety of work and life experiences.
To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg
encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities
such as the library, meeting rooms and the Christensen Center;
to take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to
participate in optional lunchtime seminars; and to attend other
college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and
athletic events.
Leadership Practicum
. .,
.· .·.·
Master of Arts in Leadership students enroll in a half course
called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to enroll
in this professional assessment and development course for six
terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half course
credit. In each term, specific activities related to the practicum
are scheduled.
Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a
full-day professional assessment to determine students' abilities and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership Development Model (see page 7). Assessment instruments include paper and pencil exercises and simulation and
group experiences. Following the assessment students meet
individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in
personal goal-setting and in the creation of a professional development plan or "blueprint."
In subsequent terms "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of the students in the following areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures,
group processes, and other professional development topics
identified by graduate students and staff.
.Liurriculum Design
Master of Arts in Leadership students are required to complete
12 courses and a thesis. Each course unites two or more liberal
arts disciplines, encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes, and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to
adult learners. Instructional techniques are varied, such as
case study, debate, written and oral presentation and group
activity. The e techniques, which have had demon trat d
succes in advan d courses, develop targeted leadership
abilities and understandings. Continual reinforcement occurs
as students employ these capacities in multiple courses.
Students are encouraged to see abilities and understandings as
cross-disciplinary and to see content areas as integrated. The
very form of the program reflects the view that the world in
which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative ability.
Required Courses Include:
ML 500
ML 510
ML 590
ML 591
ML 592
Leadership Practicum (a half course which
spans six trimesters)
Foundations of Leadership (to be taken during
one of the first three trimesters)
Thesis-Research Seminar I
Thesis-Research Seminar II (These two seminars
are to be taken in a student's last two consecutive
terms.)
Thesis Consultation (a half course to be taken
simultaneously with ML 591 and in the term in
which the thesis is completed)
Students are required to complete eight additional
courses chosen from the following courses:
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
ML 540 Politics, History and Leadership
ML 545 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions
ML 550 Decision-Making Technology
ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
ML 598 Independent Study
ML 599 Special Topics
Other courses as added
urse Descriptions
ML 500 Leadership Practicum
A professional assessment and development course which
spans six terms. This course includes a full-day professional
assessment and subsequent workshops in the following areas:
communication skills, self-assessment measures, group
processes. The course culminates in a final professional
assessment. Half credit. Graded on a P /N basis.
ML 510 Foundations of Leadership
Introduction to the concept of leadership, providing an historical and philosophical framework for the program. This course
views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety of
disciplines and perspectives. The role of th liberal arts, various learning styles, methods of research and inquiry, student
outcomes and program expectations are examined.
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional
aesth · tics as well as contemporary organizational thinking.
Thi cour e uses creativity as a method and it examines techniques for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing
innovation, and for seeking an integrative world-view.
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
Study of the concepts of self-identity, values and personal
growth as related to professional and personal life. This course
may employ psychological, philosophical, and theological perspectives to explore the role of the individual in the larger
social context. Major topics include the acquisition, development and evolution of self-identity and values, the influence of
sex roles, and the relationship to spiritual growth.
ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought
Investigation of the processes of critical thinking drawing from
philosophy and other disciplines. This course focuses on the
relationships between ideas and the expression and application
of ideas. Students apply dialectical processes in the effective
formation, presentation and use of ideas in organizational
structures.
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
Interdisci plinary study of ethics and communica tion through
the in vestigation of a v<1riety of ethical perspectives within
human comm uni at:ion. This course places particular a ttention
on the use and abuse of communication in politics, advertising
and interpersonal relationships. It emphasizes a sensitivity to
ethical conflicts which arise in social and organizational settings.
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
Exami na tion of the processes by which change occurs. This
course , ppli s economic and sociological theories to such critical social issues as human and natural resource management.
Emphasis is on identi fying the need for change, the means of
initiating it and the adaptation of social groups to change.
ML 540 Politics, History and Leadership
Analy is of the p Litical aspects of nation-sta tes and other
organiza tions. This course focuses on the proces of achieving
individual, group or .national goa ls. Dra wi1tg on a variety of
cultures and uati n , it examines significant historica l events
and the leaders who shaped them.
ML 545 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decision
Exploration of th methods of ma th ma tica l r asoning as a
structure for a pproa ling problems. This c ur focuses on
the logic and ra tional und erlying ma thematica l models and
analytical decision making techniques.
ML 550 Decision-Making and Technology
Historica l a naly i of th decision ma king an d p roblem solving
pr ce . Thi cour e foc uses on the development of technology
as both the cause and th e solutio1~ of problem s by investigating
various cases.
ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
Investiga tion of inter-cultura l issues. This course enhances the
ability to lead and work m re effectively with p pie of differen t cultural backgro und throu gh the study of djverse valu ,
beliefs and traditions within the global community.
ML 590 Thesis-Research Seminar I:
Research in Leadership
First half of a two-course "capstone" sequence for the Master
of Arts in Leadership program. This course provides each individual the opportunity to develop a research topic to synthesize previous study and work experience and to demonstrate
an understanding of the program's principles. Grad d n a PI
N basis.
ML 591 Thesis-Research Seminar II:
Synthesis of Findings
Continuation of the "capstone" seminar. This seminar
focuses on the methods of inquiry and results of individual
projects. At the completion of the seminar students present
their final results orally and submit written th ses. Graded
on a PI N basis.
ML 592 Thesis Consultation
A series of meetings with a faculty thesis adviser simultaneous
with ML 591 and during the trimester in which the thesis is
being prepared for final submission. Half credit. Graded on
P / N basi . Students not compl tjng the th s is during the same
term in which they are enrolled in ML 591 are r quired to pay
a thesis continuation fee of $100 durulg each sub equent term
until the thesis is completed .
ML 598 Independent Study
'·
....
'
Provides directed independent study in an area of the
student's choice. Open to students who have completed at
lea t three courses with a grad of at least 3.0. Requires
consent of th Associate Deai1 for Graduate and Special Programs.
ML 599 Special Topics
Study of selected topics in leadership that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will
be published prior to registration.
a raduate Faculty
Faculty who teach in the Master of Arts in L ader hip program
are full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate
professional d g re s. Som our s are team taught by bringing tog th r fa ulty from diff rent discipline or combining a
faculty m mb r with profes ionals from relevant fields. In
th s ituation , at least on member of the team has a Ph.D.
and substantial teaching experience. All of the program
faculty have extensive experience teaching adult learners.
Graduate faculty are listed at the end of this bulletin.
• ibrary
The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 bo k , p riodicals,
records, tapes and film . Music, chemistry a nd art hi t ry libraries nre I ca ted within the departmental areas. Ace s to
over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and
the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide
network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students .
• ccreditation and
Affiliations
Students who successfully complete Augsburg's leadership
prngram will rec ive a Master of Arts Degr · . Augsbu rg is accredited by t11e orth ent.ral A oc:iation of Coll g and
Schools. Th · colleg is a member f the A
iated oll ges of
th Twin Citie (ACTC), Luth tan Educati n owlcil in orth
America and Minnesota Private College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher
Ed u ation Coordinating Board . Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily)
mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to
other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational
institution, or employer.
ll]tudent Support Services
The Augsburg Master of Arts in Leadership Program assists
students in making education and career plans, in working on
their personal development, and in participating in activities
beyond the classroom. Some of these services are listed below.
Academic Planning
In addition to the faculty who provide consultation and advice,
academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisers, and Master of Arts in Leadership staff.
Career Services available include:
• Professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum
• Self/ career assessment counseling through the
Career Services Office (330-1162)
• Development of a resume and a career-search plan
through the Career Services Office
• Work experience related to a student's field of specialization
through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148)
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters
of disciplinary action, grievana a nd grad appeal. Students
who wish to identify appropriate procedur s f01· complaints
should c nta t the Vi President for Stud ent Affai_rs (330-1160).
The C liege perates in comp.liaiu e with th Family Right and
Privacy Act and Tit! IX. Sh1dents hav · th right to in p ct all
official r cord which pertain to th m a nd w hich ar maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office
(except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have
a right to experience education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed,
marital status or age.
'Almission Requirements
Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree
from an accredited four-year college or university.
Applicants to the program are expected to have a minimum
undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0).
Applicants to the program must have five years of experience
(or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a position(s)
of leadership or position(s) demonstrating leadership potential.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an
individual basis by the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Admission to each entering graduate class will be given to
the most highly qualified individuals. Selection of candidates
will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's:
•
•
•
•
Previous college record,
Letters of recommendation,
Experience and organizational background,
Miller Analogies Test scores, or for applicants whose native
language is not English, a minimum score of 600 on the Test
of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), and
• Written statement and possible interview.
Alpplication Procedures
To apply, students must submit the following materials to the
Master of Arts in Leadership Office:
• Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable)
application fee.
• Written statement relating the applicant's career and life
goals focusing on leadership aspirations.
• Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor,
assessing leadership potential.
• Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same
level) describing applicant's work style and potential as a
leader.
• Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work
from each institution attended indicating degrees conferred.
• Official set of results on the Miller Analogies Test, or for
applicants whose native language is not English, a minimum
score of 600 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL).
• Possible interview with graduate program staff member.
..
Fall Trimester, 1990-Monday, August 20, 1990
Winter Trimester, 1991-Monday, December 3, 1990
Spring Trimester, 1991-Monday, March 4, 1991
Fall Trimester, 1991-Monday, August 19, 1991
m valuation Standards
Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Arts in
Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point
scale with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
P
N
W
I
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Achieves the minimum passing standard
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed
in grade point average)
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and
non-punitiv~not computed in grade point average)
Grade given when course is dropped
Incomplete grade given when student is unable
to complete course requirements for rea ons beyond the
student's control (to receive an incomplete, a student
must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff
stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for
removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the
instructor, and any other necessary documentation).
No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count
t ward the degree. N more than two courses with a grad
below 2.0 can be r peated. Only the credits and grades earned
th s ·cond time are c unt ·d in th grad point average.
Alcademic Policies
Academic Probation and Dismissal
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average.
If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed
on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade
point average must be restored in order for a student to. be
removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in
a course, the student must petition successfully with the
Master of Arts in Leadership Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade
point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program by the Master of Arts in Leadership
Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the Master of
Arts in Leadership Committee for behavior detrimental to the
program such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after
established procedures were followed.
Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience
Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Master
of Arts in Leadership program, it is unlikely that courses taken
elsewhere may be substituted for a particular course in the curriculum. Students may petition the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee for approval of any variation in the curriculum including the transfer of credit or the receipt of credit for
other training.
Credit and Contact Hours
Each graduate course in the Master of Arts in Leadership program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter
credits. Students meet in class a total of 30 hours and are
responsible for a significant amount of individual study and
preparation.
Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence
Students may take either one or two courses each trimester.
Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to
complete the program in two years. All students are required
to complete the program within four years. Extensions beyond
four years will be considered on the basis of petition to the
Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Students who leave
the program for more than one term must request a leave of
absence in writing from the Master of Arts in Leadership
Committee.
Last Date to Withdraw from Class
The last date on which students may withdraw from a class
and receive a "W" on their records is noted on pp. 4 and 5.
n ee and Payment
Schedule
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable,
applicable to first semester's tuition)
Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms)
Thesis Continuation Fee
Late Fee (charged to any student registering
after the scheduled registration date.)
Late registration includes incomplete registration as
defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or
b) Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration Change after First Class Meeting
(cancel/ add/ change grade option, or combination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a
simple rate of 1% per month on any account with
an open balance of 30 days or more.
$25.00
$815.00
$100.00
$125.00
$100.00
$50.00
per day
$5.00
$2.00
Fees
The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application
deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit
(applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due
at the time of registration.
Payment Options*
1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval,
a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be
offered only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent,
which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per
course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after
the end of the term.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid
in full as agreed . Augsburg College will not release diplomas
or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in
full . This also applies for student loan funds administered by
the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules.
*A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and
could affect further credit extended by the college.
Refund Schedule
A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following
basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.)
Prior
Prior
Prior
Prior
Prior
Prior
to
to
to
to
to
to
the
the
the
the
the
the
first scheduled class meeting-100%
second scheduled class meeting-90%
third scheduled class meeting-80%
fourth scheduled class meeting-70%
fifth scheduled class meeting-60%
sixth scheduled class meeting-50%
m inancial Aid
In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two courses per
trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time. One
course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in assessing
financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from available
alternatives, including the following:
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to
graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need.
Funded Scholarships
Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement.
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or
partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in
work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg
College provides several payment plans by which employees
may handle tuition reimbursement.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal
requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants
generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application please contact Augsburg's American
Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal
agency.
Federal and State Aid Programs
Th Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility
for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to
graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on
standard, nationally accepted methodology.
"' Perkins Student Loan-Joint Augsburg College-federally
funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest
accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at
any time while you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple
interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum
of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine
months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may
extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed
for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000 .
.... SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students)-A Federal loan
program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per
year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least
half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of
12%; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Principal may be deferred until the student ceases halftime enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's option, accumulate until the in-school deferment ends. Students must apply
for flnancial aid .
.... SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund)-A Minnesota
State Joan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per
year ($16,000 cumulative) as undergraduates with a $25,000
aggregate maximum when graduate study is included ($1,000
minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower
quarterly while in school. Principal payments begin 13 months
after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and
be enrolled at least half-time .
.... Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student
Loan)-Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or
state agency in certain states. While the student is attending at
least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual
interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the
principal begin six months after leaving school. Repayment
may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for
the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study and $7,500 per year for graduate study. The
cumulative undergraduate and graduate maximum is $54,750.
To Apply for Financial Aid:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your
desire to also apply for financial aid.
The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the
necessary application and financial statement form (or you
may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial
Services, 152 Science Hall, or the Master of Arts in
Leadership Program Office, 2222 Murphy Place).
All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file
with Augsburg from each previously attended institution
even if they did not receive aid. Forms are available from
the College.
Complete and return the financial aid forms by the
deadlines indicated.
Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within
the deadline stated.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
Music Hall
2222 Murphy Place
Melby Hall
Ice Arena
Stage II Theatre
Center for Global
Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Youth and Family Institute
19. Office Annex House
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty /Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview/St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
I~ I
Accessible Entrance
•
ampus Location
N
I
•
I
I
I
I
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
''
''
''
''
''
''
'
UJ
t)
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th A venue exit, left to Riverside
Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside
A venue to 21st A venue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College pa rking lot are fr and
p en for student us from 4:30 p.m. Friday tlu· ugh
Sunday vening. Lots are loca.ted on 7th Street between
21st and 22nd Avenues and north of 8th Street on 21st
A venue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven
days a week. Additional parking is available in the
Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots
on the north side of Riverside A venue.
History
...
.. '
Ang burg was the first seminary founded by orwegian
Lutherans in America. Named after the confess ion of faith
presented by Lutheran in Aug burg, Germa ny, in 1530,
Aug burg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities
surrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 pC1 rks in the
"City of Lakes." Adjacent to the ca mpu are Fairview an d
St. Mary' Hospitals, th West 13ank campus of the Univer ity
f Minne ota and Mississippi River parkway .
Accessibility
Augsburg College has made a majo r effort to becom on of
th most accessible campu es in the regi n. Skyway , tunnel
and eleva tors provide accessible connections be tween nine of
th 14 major b uildings- sh.1dent housi ng towers, Chri ten ell
Cent r, main academic and administrative halls, the library
and music building. In addition, there are progra ms for
students with learning a nd physical disabili ties.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lu thera n Church in
America. About 59 p rcent of the students are Lu th ra11,
14 perc nt other Protes ta nt a nd 19 percent Roman Ca tholic.
Several other affiliations are repre ented among s h.1dents a nd
faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national r ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap a required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational
Amendments of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended in its admission policies, educational programs,
activities, and employment practices.
The following faculty and administrators are currently involved in
the Master of Arts in Leadership program:
Earl Alton, Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michiga11.
Kenneth Bailey, Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John Benson, Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D. Columbia University.
Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A.,
American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
John Cerrito, Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of
Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S.,
Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Larry Crockett, Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer
Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary.
Grace Dyrud, Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark Engebretson, Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A., Luther College, M.Div., Luther Theological
Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norman Ferguson, Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and
Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Nancy Guilbeault, Director, Counseling Services. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Satya Gupta, Professor of Business Administration and Economics,
B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University
Milda Hedblom, Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor of Social Work, Director of
Faculty Development. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Garry Hesser, Professor of Sociology, Director of Cooperative
Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union
Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Edith Kromer, Weekend Librarian. B.A., Hamline University;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ryan LaHurd, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of the
College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Lapakko, Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication
and Theatre. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosemary Link, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A.,
Southhampton University; C.Q.S.W., London University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Janet M. Mathison, Instructor of Religion, Associate Director,
Center for Global Education. B.A., Alverno College; M.A.,
Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Marie McNeff, Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Thomas Morgan, Assistant Professor of Business Administration
and Economics. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of
Denver; M.S., University of Oregon.
William Morris, Adjunct Professor of Political Science. B.A.,
Oakland University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
Richard Nelson, Professor and Department Chairperson of
History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota .
Beverly Nilsson, Professor and Chairperson of Nursing. B.S.N.,
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norma Noonan, Professor of Political Science. B.A., University
of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., University of Indiana.
Vicki B. Olson, Assistant Professor of Education, B.S., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ronald Palosaari, Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College;
B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Diane Pike, Associate Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut
College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Larry Ragland, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
Stuart M. Stoller, Assistant Professor of Business Administration
and Economics, B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
William Swenson, Adjunct Professor of Philosophy. A.B., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Associate Dean for Graduate and Special
Programs. B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Iowa.
Maria Woroby, Reference Librarian and Weekend Supervisor.
B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Linda Geisen, Training and Development Manager,
City of St. Paul.
Dan Hanson, Vice President, Food Ingredients Division,
Land-0-Lakes, Inc.
Cynthia Marsh, Ph.D. Consulting Psychologist,
Personnel Decisions, Inc.
Dean Newman, Consultant.
Robert Odom, Senior Vice President of U.S. Specialty Divisions,
H.B. Fuller Company.
Richard Ploetz, Customer Education Manager, Medtronic, Inc.
Rosemarie Ramirez, Human Resources Officer,
St. Paul Companies, Inc.
The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an
irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The
College reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements at any time within the student's term of residence.
Augsburg College_;
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454
Show less
1
TUITION REFUND POLICY
The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Rcfund of all or part of the remaining
fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registra~'s Office.
Schcdtrle of Reft~llr~ds:
1'1 ior to tlie second sclicdulcd class meeting... Show more
1
TUITION REFUND POLICY
The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Rcfund of all or part of the remaining
fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registra~'s Office.
Schcdtrle of Reft~llr~ds:
1'1 ior to tlie second sclicdulcd class meeting - 100'%>
of tlic rcf~lndablrportion of the fcc
11f the rclundablc p111 tion of the fee
I'rior to the follrtli schcdulcd class mcrting 75'%,
PI ior t11 the sixth schcd~~lcd
class ~iic~tirig
- 500<,of tlic refundable poutic~nof the fcc.
-
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated wit11
The Eva~igelicalLutheran Cl~urcliof America. Located in tlie heart of Minneapolis,
the small collcge environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is
enriched by t11c many cultural, sport and recreatiol~alactivities found in this vibrant
~netropolitanarea. An active summer combining classes and participation in
metropolitan events is a delightf~~l
and broadening experience.
Campus Location
C
ugsburg in the Summer
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses,
internships and independent studies. Term I runs from May 28 -June 21, Term I1 runs
2. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and
from June 24 - A u
? of publication.
was correct at bh-
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
\
\
\
\
\
\
nmer 1991
Beginnii~gof Scheduling
Registratioi
Classes Beg
Balance of Tuition Due
Term I
Term I1
April 24
April 24
May 28-29
35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn
lcft on Washington (turns right o ~ i t o
Cedar A v e ~ ~ u cTurli
) , left at Riverside,
right at 21st A v e ~ ~ S.
ue
June 24-25
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date'
May 30
June 26
Holiday
None
July 4
\
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, ~ L I ~ left
I I at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left
at 21st Avenue S.
I
Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W)
June 11
July 15
Classes End
June 21
August 2
I
Grades Due in Registrar's
June 26
.
August 7
I
1
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside,
turn left at 21st Avenue S.
35W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane
after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue
exit and turn left at Riverside, t ~ ~ left
r n at 21st
Avenue S.
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by
Title IX of the 1972 Educational Aineildments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational
.. ...
I
Summer Students may take one coursc during Term I and two courses during Term
11. Unlcss otherwise indicated, all courses carry a valuc of one coursc credit, the
equivalent of four semester crcdits or six quartcr credits. Courses fulfilling Augsb ~ ~ distribution
rg
requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2,
lower division, primarily for freshmcn and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division,
primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in thc
Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer
offering,please contact the Summer Scliool Officc.
Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry.
Consult the Summcr School Office for information
Students needing housing may obtain information from the Dircctor of Resident Life
The College Reserves the Right to cancel listed courses.
Information and Forms
Eligibility
Additio~ialinformation and registration
forms may be obtained from the Surnmcr
School Officc
Persons in Good Standing at
regionally accrcdited colleges and
universities, graduates of such
institutions, and students admitted for
tlie next Pall Term arc clieiblc to
attend Augsburg Sumrncr School.
Good standing implies that thc
st~~dcnt
has bcc~iadmitted and not
s ~ ~ b s ~ q ~droppcd
~ e ~ i t l by
y that
institution.
Write or call:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFlCE
Murphy Place
731 21st Aven~~e
South
Miluieapolis, M N 55454
6121330-1786
Elizabeth VanderScliaaf, Dirccto~
Jay Dixen, Secretary
Financial Aid
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed
Student Loan Any st~ldenttaking one
course is regarded as a half-time student
for tlie summer and is eligible to apply for
a G~laralitcedStudent Loan. Contact the
Financial Aid Officc to make loan
arrangements (330-1046) The dcadli~icfor
applying for Financial Aid for Sumrncr
School is April 15, 1991. You must have a
complete filc in the Financial Aid Officc
by April 15 in order to rcccivc an award
Other persons wishing to takc
sulnmcr school w o ~k shoi~ldcontact
the Dircctor of Summer Scliool to
ascel tain eligibility under special
circ~~mstanccs.
Acceptance as a sulnlncr student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of A~lgsburgCollege.Those
wishing to bcgin a degree program at
tlic College should apply for
admission tlirougli tlie Office of
Admission.
itarting April 24 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Regist.-. _
lffice on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each cours'e scheduled must
,e accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is appliedlo dc>SI'bmated
Jourse tuition and is non-refundable except when a course is cancelled. When this
happens, you may elect to receivc a deposit refund or substitute another course. To
avoid disappointment in course selection, schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term
Term I Summer School students are required to finalize their registrations on May
28 or 29. Term I1 registrations must be finalized on June 24 or 25. This proccdurc
applies to all courses, including internships and independent studies. Finalizing
registration will takc place at the Business Office, 114 Science Hall, between the
lours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 28 and 29, and June 24 and 25. T11c balance
)wing for tuition must be paid before registration is finalized.
Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous
term/s must be paid in full before you can finalize registration. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 30. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 26. Registrations will
not be accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course
and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office.
There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after tlie second day of each
term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 30 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m
In June 26 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. A]-., -?fund or adjustment of fees is
"
determined accnrdino the "Tuition Refunc
1;-11
I
The tuition charge for 1991 Summer Schc
cs is as follows. $595.00 for full
credit courses, $320.00 for half-credit courses, and $160.00 for fourth-credit courses.
Audits are charged at the tuition ratcs listed above.
1,
EDE382-8142
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for lnatlielnatics instruction at the kindergarten and clelncntary levcls. Dist : No. (1/2 coursc)
6:00-9:00 }I 111
T,TII
OM11
a]
ART 107-8100
DRAWING
BOl'lnall
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects
include slill-life, figures, building interiors, cxtcrio~s,
cupcrimcntal work Dist : Yes
6:f-Of I
M,T,W,'lI
OM 17
ART 118-8101
ART 335-8102
PAINTING I AND I1
Bollman
Watcrcolcr~-acrylic; translating thc visual world of
n a t ~ ~ rlandscapes,
c,
still-life, sing design concepts,
developing personal cxplcssion and cxplo~ing variety
of Lcchnicli~cs.Weekly critiques Dist : Yes.
6:OO-9:OO / I 111
M,'l',W,.l'l~
OM1 7
BUS 322-8108
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE I
Kader
Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, illcome concepts, current and non-c~~rrcnt
oist: N~ prerca,: BUS 221, ECO 113,
IM1.3
BUS 331-8109
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Solnick
Theory of acq~~isiticln,
allocation, and management of
funds wilhin the firm. Sources and uses of long and
s h o ~t term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting,
lcvcmgc, dividend policy, and related topics Prereq.:
BUS 222, ECO 113
OM12
S:30-1U:J'O n.111. M,T, W,TII,F
-
ART 352-8103
WOMEN'S ART HISTORY
Anderson
A s t ~ ~ of
d ythe placc of women in the history of the visual
~ ~ t ~ - artists,
~ . :
as subjects, and as patrons
M,T, W,T/I
Foss 4.3
B10101-8104
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Mickelbere
.'.biological concepts from an anthropocentric "
ahlc
point of view. An ,Ittempt to answer silcli questions
as: What makes Inan just another member of the biotic
fold? Docs man have a niche in the ecosystem? What
inllucnce does man have on tlie environment? What
influcncc docs the cn\,ironmcnt, especially tlie urban
environment, have on man? (A s t ~ ~ d emay
n t not
~rcccivccredit for both 101 and 103.) Dist.: Yes.
BUS 221-8105
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Int~udicctionto business activities, basic concepts and
lundamcntals of accounting, the a c c o ~ ~ n t i ncycle
g and
preparation of financial statements. Dist . No.
S:30-10:51J 11 I I I
M,T,W,T/l,F
OM23
BUS 242-8106
PRINCIPLES OF
MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of tlie tlicory of managc~ucnt,organi~ation,staffing, planning and control.'Slic n a t u ~ cof
a~~tliority,
accountability and responsibility, analysis
of tlic role or Lhc professional Inanagcr Dist : No.
6:fJO-9:00 JI.III,
M,T, W,Tlr
OM2.Z
BUS 252-8107
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Meziou
Basic policy and strategy issi~csin
ma1 keting. I>cgal,cthical, competitive, beliavio~al,
economic and technological factors as they affect
prc~di~ct,
prc~motion,ma1 kcting channel and p~icing
decisions. Dist.: No
8:.?0-J 0:50 11 111
M,T, W,'~/I,/-'
OM 13
ENG 225-8113
INTERMEDIATE
EXPOSITORY WRITING
Schmidt
The development of essays in a val icty 01 lrletorical
I ~ a r t i c ~ ~attmtin~i
lar
will Lx given to stylistic
and organizational mattels througl~the course's
workshclp format
Prercq : ENG 111
6:00-9:OU p.111
M,'I,W,Tlr
OM29
w
ENG 351-8115
AMERICAN LITERATURE
SINCE 1920
Palosaari
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and
literary mo\,ements.Attention is given to the dynamics
of American society and its intricate relationship to
the literature. Special emphasis is ~ i v e nto the city as
settintr and svmbol in modern
:an literature.
kcs
w.
BUS 301-8110
MORALITY OF CAPITALISM
Schield
Is there a mural fclilndatio~ito Capitalism? As a social
system bascd on a malkct monomy, Capitalism may be
practical,but ~~nlc?;s
it ismoral it lacks humanity And
givcn the many forms of Capitalism, whid~ofthesc,are
moral? This coulsc f t r u s c ~on contcmporaly authors who
argue that unde~certain conditions Capitalism can bemord.
Emplwsis is ~ 1 1 a1 n i ~ d c p t hvc~baland writtmanalysis of the
pcr;itio~isadvanccd by tllcsc vcly asscrtivc authors.
6:UO-9:OO
M,T, W,'1'11
OM27
EDU 388-8143
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on the study 11f values, of commu~iication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for Ihe development of interpersonal relations
skills applicable to teaching and other professional
vclcations. Open to all Dis t : No (1Rco~11sc).
Rcq~~ired
for all Elc~nentaryalld Secondary Education majors.
5:30-8:30 {I 111
M, W
lM25
I
N O M I C S
ECO 110-8111
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUFC
Study of economic implications of
metro-urban en\,ironment. By indl
Dist.: Yes.
Ar~nr~gcd
,.bells
facing a
.,..A,.
-
ECO 112-8112
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
Gupta
I~itroductionto macro-economics; national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00 p.111.
M,T, W,Tlr,F
EDU 264-8140
ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION
IN AN URBAN SETTING
Germundsen
Stildv and investi~ationof various aspects of the
tcacl;ing plofessi;.
Dist.: Yes, when combuied wi
EDE 363 or EDS 352. (1/ 2 course)
C
6:OO-9:00 /I.III
M,W
EDS 282-8141
INTRODUCTION T O
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Introduction to tlie field of special education Examines
tlic nat~lrc,causes, and educational interventions for
such cxccptionalities as mental retardation, physical
disability, hearing and vision impairnient, learning
disabilities, behavior disorders
and giftedness Dist.:..No.
- . -.
...
GER 111-8116
BEGINNING GERMAN 1
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for students with no pre\lious
background in German. Dist.: Yes.
S:30-10:50 n 111
M,T,W,T/!,F
SPA 111-8117
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
Kingsley
SPA 111-8118
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
Kineslev
" ,
to develop four basic skills: Understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of clemc~ltarySpanish
Introduction to culti~rcof Spanish-speaking world.
Dist.: Yes
S:30-10:50 n
111
M,T.W,Tlr.F(Scctiolr I)
HPE 114-8120
SAFETY EDUCATION
Enos
Principles and practices of safety cducation in school
and co~nmunitylifc. Includes information about
school health programs and prevalent health needs
and problems of school age children, and American
Red Cross First Aid course Dist.: No (1/2 coursc )
5:UU - S:00 p 111
T,Tlr
OM25
HIS 341-811~
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY:
20THCENTURY BRITAIN
Zehnder
This course examines Britain during a cent~lryof
glorious decline I'olitics and culture from thc
Edwardian era a1 the tr~p,the World Wars and
Depression, postwar adji~strncnts,and Thatcher's
efforts to give Britain a second wind and a placc in the
new European commi~nity.
12:UO-3:UO p 111.
M,T, W,TII
OM12
I
INS 199-8138
INS 399-8139
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
-1
MAT 173-8122
MATH OF INTEREST
Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been
charged more than men for annuities and received
lower pension benefits than men? Or why women
have paid less than men for lifc insurance? Or how
life insurance p r e n i i ~ l ~ are
n s calculated? Or how
installment loan payments arc f i g ~ ~ r eout?
d Or how
much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or iumual payment at a certain date in the
future? Then this coursc may be meant for you
These and other interesting and usefill topics in the
mathematics of financial transactions will be covered.
This course shoitld bc useful for s t ~ ~ d e nint sbusiness
and economics or for any s t ~ ~ d e ninterested
ts
in
careers in finance-related fields. Dist.: Yes Math
Placement Group I11
6:.?0-9:30 p.111.
M,
SC1 I12
MUS 218-8138
CREATIVE ARTS FOR
CPECIAL NEEDS
Metzler
or students and professionals interested in learning
LLI develop recreational music activities for people
with special needs Basic Music Therapy techniqucs;
also Orff Schulweik and non-traditional guitar
Dist : No (1/2 course)
30-1 1 5 0 ~ . I I I . M,W
^
PHI 110-8123
INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY
Appoloni
This coursc provides the student with some experience
in examining ideas and thereby sharpening the critical
and analytical skills required to evaluate and
construct a system of ideas and beliefs
S:30-10:5U n 111.
M,T,W,T/i,F
OM1 6
PHY 106-8124
INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY
Jasperson
The course provides a workuig knowledge of the basic
science principles required for understanding weather
and chnatc. Attcntiun will be givcn to the overall
weather patterns of the earth and to many varied aspects
of tlie weather Dist.: Yes Math Placc~nentGroup 11.
1:004:00 p III.
M,T,W,TIl
OM13
I
I
POL 121-8125
INTRODUCTION T O AMERICAN
GOVERNMENT
Morris
The politics of A~nr.rlcangc~vc?-n~~~t!nl
Including thc
forms of political ~cl~v~is;
lht' Ix!ll~'rnoi ~ltirticipation;
the dynamics of ctrri~n?;s~r~n,rl,
~~~'t.hidcnlial
and
bureaucratic policy t~i~lklnj;;
~trclc~lrrcnlissues in
American society Dist.: Ycs.
9:30-71:50 17.rrr.
M,T,W,TI!,F
OM25
POL 342-8126
SPC 342-8145
MASS COMMUNICATIONS
IN SOCIETY
Hedblom
Effects of mass comm~~nications
on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media for
political and social purposes including a study of
censorship, newsmaking, cntertainmcnt and public
affairs pr~gr~amming.
Dist.: Yes.
2:00-5:00 ~ . I J J . M, 7', W, Tlr, F
OM27
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism, and the rolc of self-understanding.
( P / N grading only.) Dist.: Yes.
OM10
5:00-8:OU p.111.
M,T,W,TIi
SOC 375-8133
Gerasimo
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An cxarnination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis
of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part
thcy play in ~~nderstanding
intcrpcrsonal relations
and human behavior. Prcreq.: SOC 121
S:3U-10:50 n.111. M,T,W,Tlr,F
OM29
SOC 399-8134
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hesser
SPC 329-8135
INTERCULTURAL
COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
POL 459-8127
Thisrrjrlrw will cxlrlo1.c brhllr lhr' probll~tllhll~ldIhc
THE FRAMEWORK OF EUROPEAN
pott-~~liill
trl'n~~n~nnnirstir~~r
Ix,lrvo:rt IWIWIIS rrfrliffi6~.c.rrl
COMMUNlTY FORMATION
Hedblom
nllltlr,lt ~::T"UI~!%l'rl~~41~s
s11cll ;ti t ' I ~ ~ l l l . ~ . ~ r l I ~ / ~ t ~ \ .
This course will analyze the formation of the
~ I r r i * r ~ t y l ~pr~judicr.,
~ng,
f*i<Ir
~.xperbli~rrl:~,
v;,~lue,,irnrl
Furn(-c~n
C't)m~~ulnily
i r ~ c l ~ ~ Llrc
t l i ~I:r~ropi!an
r~
l : c o ~ i t > ~C.-c)~iirri~~~~ity,
~~it~
~ I I L i- ~ ~ c ~ , ~ a si ~i nn}p: t ~ r l ~ of
l ~ ~ c i -1ic111-vr-rbnlqrrnhol:, will hr rh,irnirlcll.
l?:olt-3:(~1~ I , I I I ,
M,T,w,'~.~I
()~IIs
tlit. E u r t j l ~ ~ ei ~nr n r r r ~ r u ~ini i Erlrrlpcalt
y
d l i ~ lwurltl
n r dIrrrlr!)~c~l~lt!nl
.
5,rninar
pvelils wlll lhr c ~ ~ . ~ t r ~ iAn
SPC 347-8136
with four sessions: May 31, June 7, 14 and 21.
DOCUMENTARY VIDEO
Bart
9:30-11:50 n.111
F
SC1319
A video production course which integrates lecture
and criticism with hands-on expericnce dealing with
non-fiction subjects. Sh~dcntswill work in production
teams, gaining experience in ficld production and editing.
PSY 105-8128
9:30-11:50n.rr!.
M,T,W.Tlr,F
FOSS A V Se~rririflr~
GENERAL PSI L ~ v L ~ G Y
Dyrud
t
An introduction to the methods and approaches used
in psychology for the purpose of understanding
behavior. The structure of the field of psychology is
r
' isized, including its major sub-areas. Dist.: Yes.
0 0I .
M, T, W, 7'11
OM16
REL 369-8129
RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN
MODERN LITERATURE
Skibbe
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism
and world view. Reading and discussion of nine
works (novels, poetry, etc.). Dist.: Yes.
9:30-11:50 n.111.
M,T,W,TI?
OM27
SWK 260-8131
HUMANS DEVELOPING
SPC 354-8137
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
White
A study dlprap d y m k s wd batfcrsldp with
emphas~son lndon d ~ t u d
to docision makink s y k s
of leadership, n~ul
conflict man~%emmt."niiuC O W
comblnes IW~UI'C with pnutical e x p u h c e !u he$ the
student become a more effect~veand product~ve
member of a task-orlcnted small group
9 30-1 1 50 n.111
M,T, W,Tlr,F
SC1112
Peters
PtuvId~b w t e d p dhuaan pwth thpygh hUfr
cyE6C,*fuidkt inlqiay 01 ~
l
~bialoatal.
i nnd,
psyUI-1
fmw$ w M Innu~vmtheigrurnthcd
Tndlvldunlsmdf n r d h ihumt~npotd~y
American
f c ~ e Growth
s
related to populahons and groups whtch
represent e t h c and/or Lf-tyle ~ I V P K Ih~n ~ c t\In
I2 00-3 00 p 111
M,T,W,TIi
lM25
SOC 265-8132
RACIAL AND MINORITY
Gerasimo
GROUP RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u ~
A~gsburg
College
Summer S_chool
I
I
I
OOHmOma
I'
EDE 387-8236
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for l a n g ~ ~ a garts
c at the kindergarten and
elemental y Icvcls. Laborato~y expcl.icnces
Prcrcq.: EDE 255 or EDS 265. (1R course)
: ( - 2 I I
T,Tlr
L4
June 24 -August 2
- - ---
1
I
ART 132-820G
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-8201
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
The camera ~ ~ s as
c da tool for vist~alcreativity and
expression: using black and white photograpl~ic
processes Need access to a 351nni calilcra Dist : Yes.
Estimated cost of lilm, ctc : $150 00-$175.00.
(Class size limited )
1 : - J i I
M, W ( S L ' C ~ 1)
~OII
5 : - 9 : I
M,W (Sectio~r11)
BUS 222-8202
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 11
Solnick
Illt~oductionto bus~ncssactivities, accounting for
corporalions Basic ct)nccpts and fundamentals of
Ilianag" ial acco~~nting,
planning and controlling
prtrcssc3, decision-niaking and bchaviord considerations.
Dist : No.
I'rercq : BUS 221
10:-I 3 I I
M,T, W.Tlr,F
OM11
BUS 242-8203
PRINCIPLES OF
MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory uf management, organization, staffing, planning and control.The nature of
authority, accc~i~ntability
and responsibility, 'inalysis
of the role of the professional m~inagerDist : No.
6:OO-900 11 111
M,T,W,Tlr
OM23
BUS 323-8204
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE I1
Kader
An analysis of accoi~ntingtlicol-y pertaining to
invcstnlcnts, Langiblc and intangible fixed assets,
liabilities and ~ c s ved,
e ~ acti~nrialtopics. Additional
cmpliasis on income dctcrmination, considering p~ice
Icvcl changes Dist: No. I'rcrcq : BUS 322
6:UlJ-9:30 p 111,
M, W
OM12
BUS 340-8205
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Cerri to
l'ersonncl function in business, acquisition and
utilization of h u ~ n a nresources; dcsirablc working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
tlie g o d s of the firm and society Prcreq.: BUS 242
6:00-9:30 }i.~rr.
T,Tlr
OM11
ECO 110-8206
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
S t ~ ~ of
d y~ C O I I O I I I ~ Cin~plicatio~ls
of p ~ ~ b l e m
facing
s
a
metro-urban environment. By independent s t ~ ~ only
dy
Dist : Yes.
AI 1n11pi
EDE388-8237
HUMAN RELATIONS
Cle~nnions
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
tcchniq~~cs,
a i d of the major minority groLlps in
Minncwta for the developnient of interpc~sonalrelations
skills~~pplicablc
to tFdiing and other profcssk)~ialvocations
Open to all Dist : No (1/2 course) Required for all
Elenientary and Secondary Education majors
1:512:I
I
M, W
OM25
ECO 113-8207
PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS
Sabella
hitroduct~onto micro-economics, the theory of the
liouscliold, firm, market structi~rcsand income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes
OM29
ECO 315-8208
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I)
Gupta
ECO 315-8209
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11)
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and Lhc Federal Reserve System; monetary
lieory and policy Dist.: No I'rereq.: Eco 112, 113
:I-9: I
M.W (Sectiorr I)
5:OU-9:30 p 111.
T,TII (Scctiu~~
11)
L7
INTRODUCTION T O
CINEMA ARTS
Mitchell
An investigationof the a~tisticqi~alitieand the liistorical
drvelo~mentof the film niedium. Tlie coulse includes the
HIS 115-8213
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
Zehnder
This is a survey of Lhc volatile Middle East from the rise
ol nationalism and tlic dcclu~eof the Turkish Ottoman
Empile in tlie 19th Century to tlic current crisis hot
spots in the I'ersian Gulf and the Levant The goal is a
better ~~ndcrstanduig
of how the Middle East readled its
conteniporaly co~nplexity,its role in the wider world
10:OlJ-17:30 n.111 M,T,W,TIl,F
OM13
PHI 130-8216
LOGIC
Apolloni
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says
you 111ilstaccept a particular concli~sion.Must you?
When docs a conclusion validly follow from premisc
I-lcre we examine tlie rules which govern valid
argi~mcntsand work to develop your ability to
rccog~~izc
and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-955 n 111
M,T,W,Tlr,F
OM16
THY
EDU 341-8231
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Strandberg
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production, and
evaluation of effective ai~dio-\,isual materials c-teaching/learning sit~~ations.
Dist.: No. (1 / 2 c
10:05-12:10 }I.III.
T,Th
t
ENG 282-8211
THE HEROIC JOURNEY
Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of the
heroic journey, as well as specific examples of such
journeys. It will emphasize thc ideas of Joseph
Canipbell, but will also consider other interpretations
of heroic journeys. Since western civilization usually
assumes that the hero is a man, usually a white man
belonging to a warrior class, we will analyze the
heroic warrior myth both as it is depicted in ancient and
medieval epics and myths, but also as it appears in
contemporary American popular narratives. But tlie
heroic journey is a human journey, and thus the
course will also emphasize the lleroic journcys of
women a i d men who may be neither white nor warriors
as they are depicted in folktales a i d novels. Dist.: Yes.
A' "'
6:00-9:30 p.111,
W25
EDE375-8232
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Graves
<inderprtcn curl i c i ~ l ~ ~materials,
ni,
teaching approaches
Lab. a1 r. Prerequisite to student teaching at kuidc~garten
lcvcl a i d h) obtaining a license for tcaching at that level.
Dist.: No. (1 /2 course) IJrerecl : Consent of instructor
EDE377-8233
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and preparation of niatelials and
resou~cesfor science at the kindergarten -*.-'
elementary lcvcl (1/4 course)
11:40-1:25 p ni.
M,W /111y15-AIIS.
v~vdl2
EDE383-8234
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: PHYSICAL
EDUCATION, HEALTH
Bayless
Examina tion and !reparation of rnater~alsand
resources for phys~caleducation and health at tlie
kindergarten and elementary levels Lab experiences
Dist : No (1/2 course)
1:5-2:l I I
M , ,I
FI
5
2
L4
EDE 386-8235
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and
clcmentary levels Lab exp','i"nr"' Dist.: No (1/2course)
6:01J-9:30 p.111.
M
L4
EER
112-8212
.
E
EGINNING GERMAN [I
Quanbeck
lassroom practice in speaking, understanding and
eading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes.
OM10
:lo-955 n.111
M,T,W,Tlr
PA 112-8213
EGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
'
Kingsley
%PA 112-8214
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
i i m s to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
;peaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish.
~ntroductionto culture of Spanish-speaking world.
Dist.:Ycs.
8:10-955 n 111.
M,T, W,'r11 (Sectic111I)
5:30-7:15 p.111
M,T, W,TII (Sectiorr 11)
OM18
Irl-
ASTRONOMY
Stenstrom
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical
instruments; usel2-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch
Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prereq.: Math
Placement Group 11
l.30-3:15 p.m.
M,T,W,T"
OM16
POL 475-8220
THE LEGAL PROCESS
Fishman
The course seeks to provide the undergraduate
student with an introductory understanding of the
functioning of our legal system. As such, it will explore:
the law's interdependence with the social environment; the law's social junctions; the social and ~noral
limits of the law; and, the law as a system, describin:
the aspects and problems of each of the law's agenci
(courts, legislative, administrative,w d er-, ~~~,~
<,";
5:30-9:0U p.111.
T,TIi
jY 362-8218
ZHAVIORAL DISORDERS
Leitschuh
. ..i uih.duction to maladaptive human behaviors from
tlie social, organic <mdpsychological points of view.
Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will
accompany classroom le'aming. Dist.: No. Prcreq.: FSY 105
OM1 1
1 : - 5 I
M,T,W,TIi
PSY 373-8219
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
Theoretical conceptualizations of orjianizational
bcliavior Factors and practices such as management
styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. Prereq.: PSY 105
10:05-I 1:30 n.111. M,T, W,Tfi,F
OM10
--
-SOC
- - 121--PRINCIF
OF SOCIOLOGY
Pike
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
malyzed in order 1)to develop a rhetorical perspective
a American feminism, and 2) to develop skidl in
#ogt;ym.
T,Th
OM10
&
SOC265-8224
RACIAL AND MINORITY
SOC 3568225
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Analvsis of adult correctionalw o ~ r a m and
s processes.
~ect;res, discussion, and sitetiszs to correc'tional
institutions and government offices. Dist.: No.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
OM25
SOC 399-8226
INTERNSHIPS
SPC 414-8228
INS 414-8229
FEMINIST RHETORIC
Hesser
\
1
-4
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Augsburg College
Minneapolis
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Introduction
..*..*
...-....-...*.......2
•
.......................................3
About this Catalog .....................3
Calendar
Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II...
3
Visiting S... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Augsburg College
Minneapolis
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Introduction
..*..*
...-....-...*.......2
•
.......................................3
About this Catalog .....................3
Calendar
Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II...
3
Visiting Students
.......................4
.....................5
UMAIE Courses .......................48
Other Courses ...........................49
Augsburg Lifetime Sports ......50
Augsburg Courses
Introduction t o Interim
I n t e r i m is an integral part of the schoolyear at Augsburg College.
The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week~ a n u a r ~
Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both
students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and
to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should
plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for
class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring
semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during
Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not
to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.
Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit
basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system;
this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the
student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous
grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis
of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, 330-1192(Memorial 114b)
Interim Calendar 1990
...............................Interim Registration
.............................................Late Interim Registration
............................................................
s t Day of Interim
October 30 - November 3
December 4
January 2
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 la0 p.m.
January 3
January 16
....................................................Last Day for CanceUAdd
.............................. Last Day for Determining Grading
System with Regisbar
January 19 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 26 ..................................................................
I nt
i Ends
.......................
...................................................
Validation of Spring Class Registration
January 30
January 31
Spring Semester Begins
Thc time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning Zimc will bc arranged the first day of class. The daily
schcdule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes
Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with
a special convocation on Monday, January 15, at 1 p.m.
About This Catalog
Tfwcataloglists coursesby departments. Departments atrlisted in
alpkabctical odcr. At the end of the book are listings of other
courses not offcrcd by Augsburg but recognized by the collegc for
Interim crcdit. Further descriptions and information a h u t tltw
courws are available in the Intcrirn Office, Mcmoria1230. Studcnts
may aIsu rcgistcr for one of the li fctimc sports 1istcd a t t hc cnd of the
Catalog.
Options
International Interim-Students arc invited to bc part of one of the
23 international interims offcrcdby the Uppcr Midwest Association for lntcmationfll Education (U M AIE). Thcsc course opportuni ties arc listed near the cnd of this catalog.
Internships-January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental
requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement
plan to theInternshipOffice (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the
last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during
Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately
4 weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the
Internship and Cooperative Education office.
Independent or Directed Study-Studentsmay elect a program of
independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower
division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibilityfor more than one independent
study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or
directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any
other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim
Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for
registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other
Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not
necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered
for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for
the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's
home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students
for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $650
for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an applicationprocessingfee of $10. Students
are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
Art
The Florida Keys: Art, Biology and
Creative Writing
Instructors: Phil Thompson, Ralph Sulerud, & John
Mitchell
This interdisciplinary program of study will be based at
Aupburg Collcg~and for about ten days at theNcwfound
Harbor Marinc lnstitute and wiIl involve thrce distinct
coursc offerings for credit: 1 1 Drawing and Wa tercolar,
taught by Phil Thompsonof the Art.Dcpnrtrncnt; 2) Marinc
t3iology Studies, taught by Ralph Sulcrud of the Biology
Dcpartrncnt; and 3) Crcalivcr Writing: Ttie Prose Poem,
taught by John Mitchcll of Ihc Englisl~Dcpartrncnt.
The Interdisciplinarycon~porrcntwill involvc a t least thrce
daysof ficld lripsconductudby tlicinsti tu tc and itsper.wnncl: patch rccfsrs,mangovcswamps, tide pools intcrtidnl
cornmunilies, seagrass systems, ctc. Studcnts will also
have opporlunitics to visit Kcy Wcst and thc Ernest
Hcmingway House. The instrucloss will cadi provide
introductory lccturcs and exercises on campus during thc
first wcckbcforc departure, emphasizing thc rncthods and
goals of Ihcir rcspcctivc disciplincs. Each studcnt will
pnrticipa te in a projcct for cnch discipline as well as complete the rcqttircmcnts for thc coursc for which crrclit will
be given.
The fee for transportation, lodging, and most meals will be
approximately $1200.
Drawing and Watercolor in the Florida
Keys
ART 116-40011
Instructor: Phil Thompson
An introduction to the fundamentals of design in nature
and the basic techniquesof drawing and watercolor. There
will be practice in drawing and watercolor media as a
method of documenting and interpreting travel experience. We will study the visual implications and history of
coastal landscapes.
Evaluationwill be based on the quality of the drawings and
paintings along with participation and artistic growth
factors.
Students will be required to provide their own drawing
and painting materials.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
W Life Drawing
ART 247-40001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a
variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will
extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4 8 pencils, colored pencils and the felt
tip pen.
Fee: $30 due the first day of class
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Biology
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-40002
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
Adiscussion of the impact that plants have made on almost
every area of our society. Historically they have influenced
world exploration, politics, military campaigns, health
care, religious'beliefs, crime and many other areas of our
social history. We will take a look at an array of topics
ranging from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping
and thc influence that plants played in each incident.
Grades will be based on examinations.
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Viruses: At the Threshold of Life
BIO 116-40003
Instructor: Robert Herforth
Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of
life. Most viruses consist basically of a few genes surrounded by a protein coat. They are able to function and
multiply only as parasites inside living cells. For all their
seeming simplicity, some of the most dreaded diseases
afflicting humans are caused by viruses, including polio,
rabies, AIDS, and some forms of cancer. This course will
begin with a short history of some major discoveries on
viruses, followed by a study of the structure of viruses, and
their multiplication in and effects on living cells. We will
also look at the ways in which the body defends itself
against viral invasion, at the development of vaccines and
new anti-viral drugs, and at some important diseases
caused by viruses, including AIDS. Grades will be based
on several quizzes and exams given during the course.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Florida Keys Marine Biology Sf-udies
BIO 14040049;340-40050
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. About two weeks
will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute
located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory
facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining
hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats
suchas thoseof shallowbays, coral reefs, mangrove swamps
and intertidal areas. Organisms from these communities
and others will be investigated onsite and in thelaboratory.
A marine biologist will be available to lead the field trips
and conduct specialized classes.
Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made
during the first week. This will include an introduction to
marine biology utilizinga variety of audiovisual materials.
The final week will be devoted to study and the preparation of a paper.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component with
students interacting with students from John Mitchell's
writing class and Philip Thompson's art course and with
each student completing a project related to one of the
other disciplines.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the
program, a final examination and a paper on a selected
topic related to marine biology. Upper division students
will do a special research project.
Further information will be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses.
Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor and for upper
division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent.
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Business
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295-40079
Instructor: John Cerrito
Thc objcd of this c l ~ s is
s to provide students who are not
majoring in busincss with cntrcprcncurial skills for starting and running a small busincss.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small
business management and will be required to prepare a
business plan for a "model" busincss. The student will be
evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and
performances on small business case studies.
Business majors may not take this course for credit.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 3
Chemistry
A Laboratory Introduction To Chemistry
CHM 113-40005
Instructor: Earl Alton
Substancesarc changcd in to ncw ma tcriaIs; colors change,
solids wparatc out of solution. Chrrnislry is thc scict~ce
which tries to ttnderstclnd tl-tcsc and many othcr changes
occurring in rnatkr ~rourldus. Onc way to bccomc introduccd to chcmistr and 10 cxarnplcs of problem solving in
thc scicnccs is to o lalwntory cxpcrfmcnts. This c o n r s
prcscntsan i ~ ~ t r o d u c ttoi ochcmislry
~~
using thc laboratory
as the dlief arena for inslruction. Students will bc intro-
d
duccd to rncasuremcnls, rcactinns,cl~cmicalproblcmsolving such as idcntificatian of simple ions in soIt~tionand
dctcnnination of amounts of rnatcrials bawd upon the
colors of solutions. A fcw expcrimcn ts may invcllvc m k ing ncw rnatcrials. Tn all cases, propcr attention to tcchniqucs and snfc practices in thc laboratory i s expected.
Rc orts will bt rcquircd for each cxpcrimci~t.Tho course
wi 1 meet cvcry wcckday afternoon for thrcc hours. 'I'hc
gradc will bc bascd upon the qualiy of the laboratory
work, tl~claboratory rcpnrts summanzing the work, and
an exam at the end of the course.
Distribution: BiologylChemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 322
P
H High Vacuum Technology and Gas
Dynamics
CHM 325-40004
Instructor: Joan Kunz
High vacuum technology is crucial to many current "high
technologies," including advances in experimental science
in all fields, production of semiconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gases and "sensitive" materials. Despite this, general awareness of high vacuum
technologies lags far behind their development. This
course will acquaint the student with technologies currently employed in producing and monitoring a high
vacuum environment, and with the physical behavior of
gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities
will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some
in conjunction with Physics 325. Students will learn to use
high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-based computer controllers and computer-compatible sensors.
Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and
a paper.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Computer Science
H Fortran
CSC 270-40012
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for
students wi th some previous knowledge of programming.
This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will
involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming
assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer
language (e.g., CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Time: I
Room: Science 112
Economics
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 113-40006
Instructor: Satya Gupta
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the
household, firm,market structures and income distribution. There will be an application of elementary economic
theory to market policy.
Grades will be based on tests in class.
Distribution: Economics/PoliticalScience
Time: I
Room: Library 1
Histo y of Economic Thought
ECO 219-40013
Instructor: Richard Hemog
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in
the context of the political, economic, and social settings of
the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular
trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a
framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems.
I. Ancient Economic Thinking
11. The Medieval Period
111. Mercantilism
IV. Classical
V. Socialist/Utopian
VI. Modern
Primarily lecture/discussion depending on class size. If
small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more
appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10
pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on
three of five topics.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Business, Government and Society:
Economic Analysis of the Legal
Foundations of Business
ECO 319-40007
Instructor: Milo Schield
Objectives: To understand, utilize and evaluate, the policy
tools from rnicroeconomicanalysis; the applicationof these
tools to analyze social behavior (cf. marriage, children,
divorce, crime, etc.); the economic analysis of basic legal
topics (property, contract and tort liability); the economic
analysis of the legal foundations of business (price controls, quotas, tariffs, taxes and strict liability); the use of
economicefficiency as a normative criteria (Isan inefficient
legal remedy an unjust solution?).
Textbooks: Posner: The Economic Analysis of Law;
Kuperberg & Beitz: Law, Economics and Philosophy.
Math Level: No calculus; only geometry and verbal reasoning.
Approach: Readings, lecture, discussions, weekly quizzes, paper and final.
Evaluation: Quizzes (15%),final (30%),paper (40%)and
participation (15%).
Audience: Students interested in the relation between
business, government and society (specifically those
interested in strategic planning, public affairs or political economy).
Prerequisites: Upper class standing and one of the following courses: Microeconomics, Political Philosophy,
Law in the U.S.,Western Political Thought or Complex
Organizations (Sociology) or permission of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
Contemporay Economic Relations
Between East and West
ECO 319-40010
Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp
In this course, we'll explore motivations for economic
cooperation between countries with different political and
economic systems. This will be followed by the analysis of
theconditions for East-West economiccooperation and its
patterns. Wc'll focus on rcccn t developmcnts in joint
cconomic and industrial cooperation. Students will share
an understanding of cconomic relations at the national
Icvcl and scc how nations with diffcrcnt cconomic and
political systems employ the principles of politics and
economics to their own domestic and international affairs.
Using comparative means, institutions and systems that
drive commerce and governance will be explored and
clxplaincd i~~cluding
rcccnt inst i tu tinnal changes in the
directing of forcign tradc in ccntrally-planncd economics.
Thcn, at thc global Icvel, the cffccts of GATT, EEC and
CMEA on East-West economic relations will be examined.
At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and
alternatives in the 1980s.
There will be a mid-tern test, a final exam (take home) and
a research paper.
Prerequisites: Economics 112 (Macro)
Time: I
Room: Foss Mini-Seminar
H Economic Research Methods: Theory and
Application
ECO 495-40008
Instructor: Ed Sabella
The primary objective of h i s course is to provide a rclativcl non-tcdmical cxposi tion of the more c~mrnonly
usc research tcchniqucs in business administration and
the social sciences. The basic assumptions of the classical
linear re ression model will be presented along with
methods or dealing with violations of those assumptions.
Time permitting, other research techniques such as discriminant analysis, factor analysis, principal components
and the Bayesian approach will be examined.
It is assumed that the student has a limited but basic
understanding of the techniques of statistical inference.
Results will be generally presented without proof, with
reliance placed on intuitive justification.
Grades will bebased on weekly assignmentsand on a final.
Prerequisites: Bus. Admin. 279 or equivalent course or
consent of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Science 213
d'
7
Education
International Education
EDS 3534054
Instructor: Rich Germundsen
Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel,
and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents anexamination
and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigationof possible
careers in international education. Special attention will
be directed toward Scandinavian, Central and South
American models. There will be lectures, discussions and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on
quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of
instructor; Orientation to Education; Principles of Sociology or a modern history course.
Time: I1
Room: Library 4
Media Technology
EDE 341-40015
Instructor: John Bowlis
Students will be involved with the psychological and
physical dimensions of communicationthrough the use of
instructional and informational technology.
Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual
materials for teachingbeaming situations. Computer
training will be included and each student will leave the
class with word processing skills.
Studentswill survey current softwarematerials foreducational and instructional settings.
This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and
secondary education majors. Grades will be based on
projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit
course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Foss 170
Discovery Learning in the World of
Kindergarten
EDE 375-40016
Instructors: Mary Endorf, Bruce Drewlow
This class prepares students for the unique experiences
and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom.
This class will:
A. Stress kcy adul t/child relationships.
B. Stress curricuIum developmcn t and instructional
systems w I~iclzarc su pprtcd by current research and
practices in cducation settings.
C. Strcss kcy adult/child relationships.
D. Strcss process-"how to learn".
E. Sharc rcscarch-bascd findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans.
F. Rccagnize canlinui tics and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction
practices.
H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of
the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakers and field trips.
Objcctivcs of thc class: At the cornplction of this class thc
studcnt will bc ablc to identify:
c
1, Dcvelopmenbl ncods of t l ~ kindcrgartcn.
Discuss thc diffcrcnt approachcs to kindcrgartcn
2.
education and the theories bchind thcsc approachcs.
3. O r g a n i a~classroom cnvironmcnt to mce t khc Icaming needs of students.
4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching
kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and
the teaching style of the teacher.
Grades will be based on projects, discussion and examination. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
Kindergarten-Elementa y Curriculum:
~ a n g u a g Arts
e
EDE 387-40014
Instructor: Vicki Olson
This course will involve an examination and pre aration of
materials and resources for language arts at the indergarten and elementary levels. It will be an on-site course
taughtinconjunctionwi th Dimvcty-Lcamingin theworld
of Kindergarten. TIICclass will mcct a t Willard Elementary
School and will involve classroom work with children.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: EDE 255 or EDS 265
Time: I
Room: Library 4
E
Human Relations
EDS 388-40017
Instructor: Mildred Mueller
This class provides vnluahle insight intu tile valrres, cornmunicalinn icchniquus, cr~llural Inorcs and otlicr unique
cl~aractcristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota.
T h i s class is taiight from n pcrspcctivc of minority group
members with i r i l~ractionfrom class rncrnbcrs.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a
classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge
of our global society?
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teachine and other vrofessional vocations.
This is a one-hafi credit couise.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 21
Student Teaching
EDS 48140018; EDE 481-40022
EDS 482-40019; EDE 482-40023
EDS 483-40020; EDE 483-40024
EDS 484-40021; EDE 48440025
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson
Observing and directing Icarning under supervision of
college and secondary scl~oalpersonnel. This is a full day
experience in a school. Grading is P/N only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and
permission of instructor.
The Prose Poem: Creative Writing in the
Florida Keys
ENG 234-40031; 345-40033
Instructor: John Mitchell
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to
creative writing and to refine the creative writing of more
experienced students through attention to fidelity of imagery and integrityof simile,metaphor,rhythm, and sound.
The prose poem is a friendly, productive form to achieve
these goals because of its emphasis upon down-to-earth
personal observation and reportorial response to the natural and human environment, which, in this case, will be the
Florida Keys. Instruction in the history and techniques of
the prose poem will be accompanied by some attention to
the literary response of Ernest Hemingway and Wallace
Stevens to Key West. Some interdisciplinary experience
with Phil Thompson's course in drawing and watercolor
and Ralph Sulerud's course in marine biology, as a way of
facilitating "seeing." Grading will be based upon the
quality and progress in writing ten revised prose poems.
Students who take the course for upper division credit will
be required to do additional reading and to make oral
reports to the class based on this reading.
Further informationwill be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and, for upper
division credit, one college course in creative writing.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 12
Re-visions: Contemporary Drama in
English (1975-present)
ENG 249-40026
Instructor: Douglas Green
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are
revitalizingboth contemporary drama and productions of
classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the
late 70s and the 80s, written in English, have been shaped
by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension
and interactionto sexual preference,both here and abroad.
For comparative purposes, we will also view a few filmson
related topics and attend at least two productions in the
Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for three local productions.
Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and
one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A
series of group projects, which include a long paper and
some performance, will conclude the course.
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Five College Fiction Writing Workshops
ENG 362-40027
Instructor: Julie Schumacher
Participants in this fiction workshop will need energy,
enthusiasm, a love of literature, and a dedication to their
own--and to other students'-work. Students will write
25 to 50 pages of fiction in addition to in-classexercises and
assignments. Although we'll study contemporary short
stories by established and lesser-known writers, most of
the class time will be spent on discussions of student
fiction. (Participants will be responsible for the cost of
duplicating their stories.) We'll work on establishing a
sense of place or setting, on developing interesting characters and a distinctive "voice," on composing dialogue, and
oncreatingeffectivestructures for our fiction. Conferences
with the instructor will be an integral part of the class.
Grades will be based on the originality, imagination and
beauty of the written work, and on critical and helpful
engagement in workshop discussions. Attendance is
mandatory.
Prerequisites: Some experience in fiction writing, one
writing course beyond the freshman level, and permission of Professor John Mitchell.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 21
Erdich, Hassler: Two Contemporay Upper
Midwest Writers
ENG 364-40080
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
Louise Erdrich and Jon Hassler are talented ana wellknown writers from this area. We will read several works
by each, noticing each writer's strengths and weaknesses.
We will, to a degree, place their work in the context of
modem American literature.
Each student will write two papers, each on a different
author. One paper will be the basis of an oral report. The
course grade will be based on the papers, the oral presentation, short quizzes and class participation.
Students must have S tuggerford read before the first class.
Prerequisites: One college level American literahue
course or two other college literature classes.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 12
French
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-40030
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
What is there about French literature that merits the English translation of so much of it? What is its attraction, its
power, its human and artistic significance for the reader?
With these questions in mind, we will read, react to, and
analyse a variety of shorter French works available to us in
English.
We will explore masterpieces of earlier times like those of
Rabelais, Montaigne, Voltaire, Balzac, and Flaubert, as
well as significant 20th Century works. Reading and discussion of the common core works will be followed by
your personal study of a chosen short work to be shared
with the class via a short comparative paper. Mini-lectures
and study guides will help attentive reading of the works
and developing your communication and critical skills.
Evaluation will include your progress in group work and
discussion, your demonstrated understanding in reading,
writing assignments, quizzes, and independent study.
We hope to attend Bernstein's Candide as a class.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
instructor.
Distribution: Literature
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
General Studies
Transitions: Women's Life Careers
GST:245-40009
Instructor: Diane Busico
Are you wondering how you cnn s u c c d in a "man's
world"? Puzzling out your options for rnarriagc, coswr,
and/or children? Troubled will) Iiow to practically and
emotionally juggle all of your divcrse roles? This seminar
is an exploration of the various pathways womenchoose in
balancing home and work life. A1though it promises no
concrete answers to compelling questions, it will arm you
with some useful information for making choices for the
present and plans for the future.
The mdctal, familial, and individual forces sl~apingthe
choices womcn makc conccming family and carccr arc
sbdicd via texts, journnl nrticlcs, films, and p s r Iccturcrs. Shldcn t pcrforrnancc is asxsscd through essays and
a rcsctlrch project.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Health and Physical Education
M Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 23240032
Instructor: Pam Schreurs
Theory and practice in teaching and pcrfnrming Amcrican
heritage and international folk daners. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. Thc majority of the coursc
grade is based on participation in classactivities,a teaching
assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit
course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
W Sailing in the Virgin Islands
.IL
I
HPE 455-40034
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
.Designed for thc beginning and in tcrmcdiatc sailor interestcc1 in the art and practice of sailboat:cruising. Thc course
will focuson taking tho participant to a compctenl levcl of
sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42-foot fixed-keel
sailboat with fiveor sixother peopleand will functionasan
active crew member.
Acbal on-ihc-watcr instruction will bc the rnnjnr part of
thccoursc. This will bc supplcmcnIcrl by scssions dcaling
with safcty,boa t handling, boa t systcns, provisioning, trip
planning, piloking and navigation. Sailing will includc
cntiscs la various islands and cays in tl~cBritish and
American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
+ I l
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated
competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of
"acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept by all
participants and a final written exam will be given. P/N
grading only.
The course will last Januar-4-22.The fee of $2300includes
round-trip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day.
Final payment is due October 31.
Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's
Athletic Director
Distribution: Lifetime sports
History
Women in Refonn in Modem America
HIS 225-40042
Instructor: John Jenswold
"Reformer" was a role played early and frequently by
American women in public life in the 19th and 20th Centuries, individually and collectively. In this course, we will
investigate theevolutionof that roleand the way that it has
been exercised in the past 150 years. We will study the
interaction of women with reform movements in an effort
to discover how women influenced major reform efforts
and how, in turn, those movements reshaped the role of
women in an industrializing and urbanizing society.
Our investigation will include several books, primarily
biographies of such reformers as Elizabeth Cady Stanton,
Margaret Sanger and Jane Addams and studies of such
movements as suffrage, antislavery, educational reform,
political reform, women's rights, and peace activisni.
Discussions of these readings will be supplemented by
lectures on larger historical issues.
Grading will be based on short papers, two essay exams,
and class participation.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
H The Japanese-American Experience:
Relocation and Redress
HIS 240-40028; 340-40029
Instructor: Khin-KhinJensen
This course will focus on Japanese-Americanexperiences
in the U.S.A. Perspectives on immigration patterns, geographic settlements, literature and contributions to the
American economy and society will be explored. Special
attention will be given to the forced evacuation of the
Japanese Americans during World War 11, how and why
they were uprooted from their homes and businesses and
placed in so-called "American concentrationcamps", their
adjustments to life behind barbed wire and their attempts
to overcome this trauma. The recent Redress Bill in Congress, the constitutionalimplicationsof the order of evacuation and the role of the Supreme Court will be explored.
Content and Procedure: Lectures, class discussions, audio-visual~,student reports and student projects. There
will be a final exam. Upper Division students will also
write a paper and present an oral report in class. Lower
Division students will do a project and reports on audiovisuals and readings.
Fees: Students should budget about $15 for film rentals
and an ethnic meal in a restuarant in the Twin Cities.
Prerequisites: None for lower division; one college history course or instructor's permission for upper division
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
History of Ancient Israel
HIS 363-40038
Instructor: Richard Nelson
The history of ancient Israel is the history of a peripheral
state. Yet, this minor state is central in the development of
western culture because of its unique religiousexperience.
This course will consider the poli tical, social, and economic
history of Israel within the context of the ancient world. We
will begin with a consideration of the cultures which
prefaced the rise of Israel, continue through Israel's classic
age (Patriarchs, Exodus, Conquest, Monarchy, Exile, Restoration) and conclude with the destruction of Jerusalem
by Titus in 70 A.D. and the formation of Christianity.
Classes will include both lecture and discussion. Grades
will be based on quality of discussion, two examinations,
and a term paper (8 to 10 pages). Traditional grading.
Prerequisite: A college level history course or permission of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Music 22
The capstone of t h e ~ ~ u ~ sFirst
b u rYear
~ Experience (FYE) Program is a
special Interim course designed for first year students. For the 1990
Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a
different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will
satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement.
Art and Idea: Aesthetic Experience in
France, 1650-1900
INS 190-40035
Instructors: Julie Bolton, Marilee Klemp, Kristin
Anderson
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond
to theatre? What is the nature of art? How are ideas
conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and
theatre have in common? How do they reflect the society
in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless?
All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We
see that the visual arts, music and theatre always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theatre created in France in the
years 1650-1900, the course will explore how to appreciate
and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of
enduring themes and ideas at different points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various
readings, including reading plays, studying scores and
listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the
resources of the college and the city, students will also
attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty
Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, attend music performances, including
the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra, and attend performances of Bernstein's Candide at the
Guthrie. Students will be expected to attend all required
performances and museum visits, write analyses of the
various art works or performances, and write a paper
integrating the different arts and time periods studied.
There will also be quizzes on material covered.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than
$15.
Prerequisite: Freshman status
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: 11, The class will normally meet during Time 11,
but students will be expected to attend alimited number
of off-campus events (some evenings andlor weekends)
as a part of the class work.
Room: Music-Sateren
Interdisciplina
2
Appropriate Technology
II Economics, The nvironment and
INS 218-40043
Instructor: Tom Morgan
The objective of this course is to develop a clearer sense of
the critical importance the physical environment and our
natural resources play in the economic well-being in our
global economy. We will first briefly review historical
relationships between the physical environment, technological and economicdevelopment. We willconsider alternative (appropriate) technological applications being experimented with as potential solutions to environmental
problems. Course material will be presented through a
blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course
grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of
research into specificenvironmental/technologicalissues.
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
An Introduction t o Islam
INS 225-40045
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present
his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will
cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenents, Islamic law (Sharifah),Islamic economic
and political systems and Islamic patterns of life. There
will also be a consideration of the differences between the
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be
some effort to deal with the similarities and differences
between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a
visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
A paper and at least one examination will be required.
Distribution: Minority-Urban Studies
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 1
Augsburg Goes To Business
INS 321-40055
Instructor: Tina Wagner
This seminar is an experiential opportunity for students
with any major who wish to learn more about work environments and choosing career paths. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in
organizations, and the varied environments in which they
must operate. The objectives of the class are:
1. to develop a more clear understanding of how the
different functional areas of an organization operate
on a day-to-day basis, and how these areas are integrated into the overall operation of a firm.
2.
to develop and explore personal and career goals, and
how a "fit" is established between an individual and
an organization.
3. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches"
correspond to "real world" situations and are able to
accommodate practical application.
Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture,
discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit six
different types of organizations in the metropolitan area
including non-profit and corporate. Class discussions will
focuson assigned readings, interpretations of the results of
vocationally-oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the
selection of career paths.
Students will keep a journal of their experiences and observations. Grades will be determined on the basis of the
journal, a class presentation, and on a research paper, the
topic of which will be negotiated with the instructor.
Prerequisite: Sophomore status or above
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 3
H Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-40044
Instructor: Suzanne Doree
A study of the finite mathematics models involved in
elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course
should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic
information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam,
and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: Math placement: Group I11
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
Math and its Applications: Succeed With
Math
MAT 132-40046
Instructor: Bev Stratton
Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols scare
you? Do you wonder why a student majoring in humanities or social sciences needs to know some mathematics?
Would you like to improve your math skills, be more at
ease with math, and maybe even l e a n to like math (a
little)? If you answered yes to any of the above questions,
this course is for you.
The course will focus on problem solving, puzzles, modeling, and some of the applications of mathematics to such
areas as sociology, biology, and business. Students will
learn the relevance of mathematics to many occupations
and gain confidence in their abilitiesto work with numbers
and quantitative reasoning. Evaluation will be based on
short quizzes, a problem solving journal, and a project.
Prerequisite: Placement Group I11
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Cognizers
MAT 235-40075
Instructor: Larry Copes
The major goal of this course is to gain insight into how
machinesand people think and learn by studyingattempts
to get computers to do the same. We shall study the
contributionsof a variety of disciplines, including artificial
intelligence, psychology, neuroscience, philosophy, linguistics, and anthropology. Demonstrations of "intelligent" computer programs will lead to discussions of how
closely their cognitive processes resemble those of humans. Evaluation will be on the basis of two half-session
examinations and a full-session final.
Prerequisites: one course of psychology, philosophy,
computer programming or anatomylphysiology.
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
Modern Geometry
MAT 351-40036
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of transformational geometry by synthetic and
coordinate methods, including complex variables, and an
introduction to hyperbolic non-Euclidean geometry. Emphasis will be on proof and methods of proof.
Class Sessions will include lectures, discussion, and problem solving activities. Assignments will provide the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: MAT 122 or 125
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Music
Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS 179-40047
I
Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Metzler
The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and
Munich inspired the building of places of worship in this
country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the
oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our ownensembles. Theoriginalscoresof Handel's
"Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and
paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring
Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our
encounter with the sounds and sights of Europe. Theatre
and concert performances, a Gilbert and Sullivan operetta
in London, and visits to world-renowned museums and
architectural landmarks are planned. For those with a
special interest in music therapy, visits will be made to the
Nordoff-Robbins Centrein England and hospitalsresearching music and medicine in Herdecke and Ludenscheid,
West Germany. The comprehensive fee of $2,245 includes
travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland
and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and
several cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before October
27at theInternationa1ProgramsOffice,2018 Eighth Street.
This course is offered on a P/N basis only.
Philosophy
The Ethics of Killing and Letting Die
PHI 146-40053
Instructor: David Apolloni
Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment
is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war?
These questions and the various answers proposed arouse
deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among
many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral
issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these
groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these
issues.
This course will utilize readings on these complex and
burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and
critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much
deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical
problcms which lic behind thc controversies surrounding
aborlion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war.
The course will combine lecture and class discussion on
some contemporary philosophical readings on killing.
Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to
3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics)
and class participation.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
Philosophy of Science
PHI 365-40037
Instructor: Ken Bailey
Sometimesitis said that welive in the Age of Science. What
does that mean? In what sense(s)might such a statement
be said to be true or false? On the other hand, some
astrologers say that we have just begun the Age of Aquarius, the Water Bearer, who is supposed to usher in an age
of peace and prosperity. Are these two notions in conflict?
Are they compatible? Is it really true that only science can
say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any
limits to scientific method? What does science have to say
about values? How do you recognize a pseudo-science?
These and other questions about scientificmethods, scientific knowledge, and applications of science to human life
will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?)
Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon
a mid-term and a final examination; course participation;
and a study project.
Prerequisites: Suggested Philosophy 130 (logic) and one
course in a natural science
Time: I1
Room: OM 11
Physics
II Introduction to Weather
r..lL
.?
- -.
I
-\-
I
I
PHY 106-40052
.-,
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide
a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric
science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weathcr changes and understanding thc world's
climate. Rclalccl topics to bc includcd arrr: hydrology
(study of the carth's water cyclc), pollution, cconomic
effects of the wcathcr, and wcatl~cr'simpact on world
e m n ts. This coursc is clcsigncd to be an elective or satisfy
t l ~ Mathematics-Physics
c
distribution requirement for the
liberal arts srudcnt.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast
United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi;
Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and
Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and
explanatory program for the functions of that facility.
Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the
water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather
observation at sea, television station weather facilities,
hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural
weather. During the trip the student will maintain a
jnurnal of weather and site visi ts. Daily wca tlwr maps will
lw crcalcd using portablc wcai her sqlcllitc reception s y s
tcm carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits
of oprrational wcathcr facililics, but also will allow the
student to experience the full range of climates across the
U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzesand lectures will be
given during the travd. Gsadcs will bc bawd upon the
journal, two hourly examinations and an individual projcct completed during the trip. Thc cost will l
x approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 27,
Prerequisites: High Scllool Algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 28
4 High Vacuum Technology and Gas
Dynamics
PHY 325-40039
Instructor: Mark Engehretson
High vacuum tcchnolngy is crucial to many a]trcn t "high
tmlmologies," i~icludingadvanccsin expcrimcntalscicncc
in a11 ticlclq production of scrniconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gascs and "sensitive" mat^
rials. Dcspitc this, gcncral awarcncss of high vacuum
technologics lags far bchind thcir rlcvclopment. This
courw wil I acquaint thc student wit 1.1 technologies currently crnploycd in producing and monitoring a high
vacuum environment, and with thc physical behavior of
gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities
will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some
in conjunction with Chcmistry 325. Students will learn to
use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass
spectrometer, and PC-l~scdcnrnp~~ter
controllers and
compu ter-cornpa liblc sensors.
Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and
a paper.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245
Time: I1
Room: Science 30
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 151-40058
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 1-2-3)have been used extensively
in business for years. However it is also possible to solve
physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in
mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive
level. We will use Lotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide
variety of physics areas including planetary motion and
projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will bebased
on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Math Level I11
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Political Science
Social Justice in America
POL 140-40059
Instructor: Andy Aoki
Social justice is one of the burning issues of modem politics. For moral theorists, the nature of socialjustice is a continuing challenge; For practical politicians, it is a question
which can bc ignorcd but not avoidcd. From pmatal caw
for poor women to mcdical c a p for the elderly, most
important public policy debates involve questions of social
justice. To adequately consider these policy questions, one
must have some conception of social justice.
In this class, you will work to develop your ideas of social
justice, and to understand how they apply to public policies. The policies to be considered will vary depending on
student interest, but the range of possible issues is vast,
including such topics as student financial aid, jobs programs, school choice, aid to the poor, Social Security,
environmental protection, and military service.
The majority of class time will be spent in discussions.
Participation is essential. Reading will be fairly light, but
everyone is expected to actively engage in class activities
and discussions. No prior knowledge is needed, but an
interest in public issues is important. Requirements will
consist of short papers, class participation, and a brief final
exam.
Although the workload is moderate, the course is mentally
demanding. Rigorous thinking about social justice can be
troubling; some questions will be provocative and disturbing. Students should be willing to tackle difficult intellectual challenges; doing so will enable you to gain a better
understanding of some of the most difficult problems of
our time, and to make a greater contribution to efforts to
deal with those problems.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
Politics in Scandinavia
POL 250-40040
Instructor: Einar Vetvik
The course objective is to give a basic knowledge of the
political systemsand important current policy issuesin the
Scandinavian countries. The course will present an overview of the basic structure and main features of government, politics, policy issues, political behavior and leadership in the Scandinavian welfare-state model.
There will be one paper and one exam as assignments for
the course. The model of teaching will consist of lectures,
seminars and group discussions.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts
Reshape Political Institutions
POL 475-40041
Instructor: Phillip E Fishman
The course is designed for political scienceand socialwork
students and others who are concerned with institutional
operation and change/reform. Text and case-studies will
bemploycd to examine the role of the federal judiciary in:
prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment,
equal housing, school busing, police and immigration
policy in the '90s. Coutsc objcctivcs are to assist the studcnk 1) to understand the judicial processand how judges
makepolicy; 2) to learn how liability iscstabfishedand appropriate remedies are fashioned for rclicf; 3).to explore
thc dynamic conflict between the federal bench and political and administrativeinstitu tions. The instructoruseslecture and hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction.
There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the
brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site
field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolitan
police station, a United States immigration court and a
mental health facility.
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing
Time: Tuesday, January 26-9:30 p.m., and each Monday
and Wednesday thereafter
Room: Old Main 16
Political and Cultural Diversity in the
USSR and Eastern Europe
POL 459-40073
Instructors: Norma Noonan and William Wright
The course which begins in January and continues for 14
weeks into the spring semester is an overview of the
political, cultural and national forces which both divide
and unite the East European nations and the U.S.S.R. A
joint course of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
and the University of Minnesota, this course will feature
weekly guest lecturers, weekly discussions, extensivereadings and a research paper. There may also be shorter
analytical essays and a final. This is a special course which
will be offered only once. As designed, it is impossible to
complete it within the four-week Interim period, so students able to take the course only for the January segment
should not enroll or ask for an exemption to finish the
course in January. No exemptions will be granted.
Students may also register for this course as a spring term
course and so take another interim course.
Prerequisites: One course in political science or history
dealing with the USSR or Eastern Europe; or permission
of instructor.
Time: Wednesdays 1:15-3:15 p.m. (January through
March)
Room: Science 315
Psychology
The Self
Symbols
as~ e v e a l e din Myths and
PSY 340-40061
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of
myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of
gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self."
The objective of the courstz is to gain a d e p m understanding of one's individual self and of how thc conccptualiza[ions of your w1f have t e n molded by a variety of social,
cultural, and historical influences. The content of the
courx willinclude topics such as: the impact of science on
myth; thc mythologics of romantic love, war, and peace;
the process of individuation; and metaphors of psyche
logical transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the
assigned readings. Students will bc expected to bE p w
pared for class by doing the readings and to be actively
involved in the class discussions. Students will be given
some of the responsibility for leading discussion. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class participation, (2) a course
journal, and (3) four or five short (600-800 word) papers.
Prerequisite: General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Psychology of the Legal System
PSY 335-40056
Instnr ctar: Nancy Steblay
The US. Iegal system wilt be investigated from the p r spectivc of psychological theory, research and practice. A
specificfocus will beon the social psychologyof courtroom
procedures with considmation of such topics as jury sclectian, ~yclwitnessevaluation and jury decision making.
Class readingsand discussion will also cover such broader
areas as morality, justice, ethics and victimization. Guest
lccturcrswill include members of the legal and psychological cornrnunities.
Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to classroom
discussion.
Prerequisites: A general psychology course
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
1 Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-40074
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life
of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other
persons and society will be the main focus.
Thiscourse will bcconductcd asa scminarwitha highlevel
of studmt contribution and pasticipation. Attendance at
each class %session i s wquired. Procedures wit1 include
dass discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral
rcprts. Studcnts will be requircrl to seek out and interview persons in the adolcsccnt level of development.
Typing or equivalent word processing will bc required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will
be available in the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1st.
Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class
sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the
course. This course is offered only on P/N basis.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Religion
Eastern Orthodoxy
REL 420-40062
Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen
Eastern Orthodoxy is the primary religion of Greece, Russia, and thc Bastcm Bloc countries. We will explore the
history, theology, liturgy and sacraments in the Orthodox
Tradition. Class will include Iccture, discussion, slide
pncsentation and an evcning liturgy. Requirements incIude one exam and two short papera Tl~rccpaperback
booksarerequir~d.Attendance at thest. GrcgoryofNyssa
liturgy an January 10 at 6:30 porn.and at the icon slide
presentation on January 17 are also required.
Prerequisites: Religion 111or 221
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-40057
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran
Church as it is at the present time, bu t also study its
origin in the 16th century and its dcveloprnent and
cultural influcncc during 450 years of history.
One short text will introduce us to the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, formed in 1988; a second text
will give us an insight into the global organization and
broader social issues related to the Lutheran World Federation. A third book, writtcn by the President of the
College, will show us the roots of the Lutheran Church in
the Bible and the confessional writings; and a fourth text
will give us an over-view of the history of this church.
Lecture and class discussion will deal with explaining
these things, plus noting the Lutheran witness to the gospel of JcsusChrist in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology,and theology. Therewill be three examsplussome
brief written assignments.
Students will be expected to be present the first day of class
and to purchase all required materials on that day in class
for about $25.00. Please bring your check book or cash.
Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation religion requirements)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
f
The Other Side o Paradise:
Tourism, The Mi i t a y and
Cultural Confrontation in Hawaii
[q
"G'
REL 251-40063;349-40067
Instructors: John Benson and Duane Addison
We invite you to come to Hawaii with us for a special class.
Other January Interim courses go to Hawaii as well, but
this one will be distinctive.
Saying "Hawaii" can conjure up images of beaches, palm
trees, and winter tans. We will not ignore these aspects of
Hawaii, but we will also probebeneath the image projected
to most tourists. We will study how Hawaii
"works"-politically, economically, and culturally. Three
social problems in particular tourism, militarism, and cultural confrontation will provide the focus of this learning
experience from a Christian ethical point of view.
First we will look at some less attractive aspects of the
tourism industry. Who benefits and who loses? Representatives of Hawaii's diverse peoples and viewpoints will
offer insights into the ecological, economic, and political
consequences of marketing the islands as a tourist paradise.
Secondly we will learn to see the U.S. military presence on
the islands in a new way. Many Americans associate
Hawaii with the bombing of Pearl Harbor and World War
11. But the presence of the U.S. Pacificcommand continues
to have significant implications for both the people and
ecosystems of Hawaii.
Finally, culturn1 conflict and confrontation in Hawaii will
be studied. Many immigrant groups havc come to the
islands: Japnesc, chine.^, Filipinos, Tongans, Samoans,
Portuguese,mainland Americans, and others. The interaction of these groups with native Polynesians yields a high
degree of cultural diversity. We will learn about the
exploitation and racial tensions that exist, as well as ways
in which diversity is appreciated and celebrated.
The cost for the course is $1,995.00, and it can be taken for
religion or crosscultural credit. We will visit the islands of
Oahu, Hawaii, and Maui, traveling via buses, vans, and
planes. Our accommodations will vary, including a camp
in the mountains, another camp on the beach, and several
tourist-level hotels.
Grades will be based on degree of involvement, the quality of contribution to the discussions and a journal. Upper
division credit will require a special project which will involve a presentation to the group.
Distribution: Religion
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor; for upper division credit, one course in college level religion, East
Asian culture or introductory sociology or anthropology*
The Theology of Marriage
REL 343-40070
Instructors: Curt Paulson, Cathy Paulson
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision which we often make with a portion of our brain
and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the
heart, whether you are married or not, but it will increase
your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in
your life with a significant other. Within the context of
Christian teachings, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung, will be studied and
applied to the marital relationship and secondarily to the
family.
There will be lectures, discussion, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation,
and an examination. Two books will be required.
Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be
used to meet religion requirements.)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
C J q
t'b
West Afrzcan Religion and Culture ' I
i
REL 241-40072
I!
L
d
Instructor: Brad Holt
Off thebeaten track of American tourists, this journey will
focus on meeting African people, observing their religious
rituals, music and art, and pondering their history. We will
converse with urban and rural Africans of different faiths,
different levels of education, in different climates. After
visiting the collections of African art in London, we will
journey to Nigeria, an English-speaking nation, and the
most populous of all African states. There we will encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African
Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each will
bring intriguing surprises, as they reflect African culture in
ways different from what can be found in the U.S.A.
First we will visit Ibadan, largest traditional African city
and metropolis of the Yoruba people. We will explore the
contemporary forms of the ancient Yoruba tradition, observe the work of the babalawo or diviner, and the dramatic worship services of the Aladura Christian churches.
We will visit the universities of Ibadan and Ife to dialogue
with Nigerian professors and students.
At Benin, site of the ancient Kingdom discovered by the
Portuguese in the 1400s,we will observe the world famous
bronze sculptures in the Benin Art Museum. We will meet
different traditions among the Igbo people, whose culture
has been so dramaticallydescribed in the novels of Chinua
Achebe.
We will see the forces of change in the "Middle Belt" of
Nigeria, where in the villages the competition is sometimes
keen among the three religious traditions. We will stop to
swim and to view African animals in the Yankari Game
Reserve. Finally, we will visit the far north and the historic
city of Kano, former trading center for the trans-Sahara
trade routes, where camel trains can still sometimesbe discovered. The grand mosque and museum will help us
understand the Hausa and Fulani traditions of Islam in
Africa.
Through it all, we will live simply, encountering life in a
Third World country that is struggling to find appropriate
blendsof Africanand Western culture. We will travel light,
and experience the taste, the music, the art, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations.
Evaluation: Each day participants will engage in structured dialogue and individual journal writing. Two short
tests will be given.
Required Readings: Lawson, Religions of Africa; Parrinder,
Religion in Africa; Kalu, The Nigerian Story.
The cost of $2,195 includes all air and ground transportation, accommodations and excursions, breakfast and one
dinner in London, breakfast and all dinners in Nigeria.
Registration must be made before October 27 at the International Programs Office, 2018 S 8th Street.
This course is offered om a P/Nbasis only.
Social Work
Exploring Human Semices
SWK 257-40060
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore
career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable
tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service
organization or agency and talking with human service
professionals and others who participate in an organized
approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a
"hands on" experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the
direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar for three
hours per week during which agency experiences will be
shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based
on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 1
Issues of Homelessness
SWK 339-40051
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
The intent of this course is:
1. To expand the student's knowledge of homelessness
in an historical context;
2. To expand the student's knowledge of the reality of
homelessness in the Twin Cities;
3. To expand the student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal; and
4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness.
Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A
seminar format will be used in the classroom for discussion/exploration of the topic.
Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic
will form the basis of evaluation.
Fee: $30.00
Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll
in this course.
Prerequisites: SOC 111,121, SWK 257,361, or consent of
instructor
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 22
Field Work III
SWK 46640065 (full course)
SWK 466-40064 (112 course)
Instructor: Francine Chakolis
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationships to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the
client contact phase of the problem-solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional
practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence
in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service
agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in
field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations
will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation
forms.
Note: Course is offered for half (466-40064) (15 hours per
week) or full (46640065)(30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client
contact tasks.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Time: To be arranged
Sociology
IPrinciples of Sociology (with emphasis on
the Health Care System)
SOC 121-40071
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As
an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for
discovering the world and one's place in it.
The emphasis for illustrations and exercises will be directed to the health care system. Cross-cultural comparisons will be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for
future health care providers and related professionals and
for consumers as well.
This course covers the same concepts and meets the same
objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students
can expect daily written and/or reading assignments.
Three exams will be given.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-40066
Instructor: Jeny Gerasimo
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The
course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an
opportunity for off-campus participant observation.
Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on
a combinationof classparticipation,a research project, and
a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N
basis.
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Spanish
Beginning Spanish
SPA 111-40048
Instructor: Mary Kingsley
Beginning Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introducethe student to the
most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepare
him or her either to go on to additionalstudy of Spanish or
to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at
the end of the second course. The emphasis is on spoken
Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and
writing skills as well. After interim, students will be
prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approachused in class will be proficiency oriented and
grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify
those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter and a written and an oral final
exam.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Speech- Communication
Movement for the Theatre
SPC 226-40068
Instntctor: Martha Johnson
In this course students will explore principles and styles of
movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to
increase the student's ability to communicate through
movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks
and improvisationwillbe introduced as tools for corporeal
expression. All different aspects of movement will be
explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture, walking,
etc. Movement exercises will be built around short scenes,
poems, and speeches. Some principles of Oriental movement will also be introduced.
Studcnts will be given rcquired rcadings on thc principles
of movement. Thcy will be askcd to write one final paper
on course content and requircd rcadings. Attending plays
and class rnovcment presentations will also bcrcquired, as
wcll as two play reviews. Grading will k bas& an class
work, final papcr, and rnovcmcn t prcsen tations.
The class will be designed for thosc who desire to increase
their skiIls as actors, and also for those preparing for such
ficlds as teaching, law, thc minishy, ctc.
Time: JJ
Room: Tjornholm-Nelson Theatre
Documentary Video
SPC 347-40069
Instructor: Deborah Bart
Documentary Video is a video production course which
integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work as
production teams, gaining experience in field production
and cdi ting. The production teams will produce a thirty
minutcdocumcntary piece. Evaluation will bebasedupon
studcnt journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. There will be a $20
lab fee.
Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I
Time: I
Room: Foss A-V Seminar
W W E
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest
Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas
learning expcricnces during the Interim. Further information
about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at
International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330-1655)or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends
October 27,1989. Thesecoursesare offered on a P/N basis only and
generally carry a lower division number.
AMERICAN WRITERS AND ARTISTS IN EUROPE
W ANTIQUITIES OF GREECE
W ART AND ART HISTORY: THE EUROPEAN EXPERIENCE
W
N
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
AUSTRIA, ITALY AND THE EASTERN CAPITALS: THE
HAPSBURG HERITAGE
BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN
ISLANDS
THE BRITISH THEATRE
CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL ISSUES IN THE USSR
ECOLOGICAL SAFARI IN EAST AFRICA
EUROPE AND THE DAWN OF CAPITALISM
THE EUROPEAN ROOTS OF MODERN SCIENCE
FRANCE AND THE FRENCH
THE FRENCH-AFRICAN CONNECTION: PARIS AND
DAKAR
GERMAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE: MUNICH,
SALZBURG AND VIENNA
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND CULTURE IN A
EUROPEAN ENVIRONMENT
JAPAN: A WALK THROUGH TIME
LAW INLONDON
MALAYSIA: THE CROSSROADS OF ASIA
MEXICO'S FUTURE: PROSPECTS FOR DEMOCRACY
AND DEVELOPMENT
PEACE STUDIES: THE COLD WAR VS COMMON SECURITY IN EUROPE
THE SOVIET UNION AND EASTERN EUROPE IN THE
GORBACHEV ERA
VOLARE! ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN
ITALY
WEST AFRICAN RELIGION AND CULTURE
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected
with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the
college. Most carry a tuitioncost plus other expenseswhich are the
responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis.
Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the
Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-40078
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on
dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian bordcr or for whi te water canoeing and desert campingon the RioGrandein theDecernkr 27 through January
27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the
Outward Bound organiwtionhas sclmescholarshipsavaitablc).
Washington D.C. Interims
Leaders on Leadership: The National
Agenda
P O L 398-40076
Law and Society: An Examination of
Issues and Principles
P O L 398-40077
These interims begin January 1and contlnue unti1 January
20. Information on either of the above programs, housing
and financial assistance is available from Dr. MiIda
Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during
Interim and students may register for these classes as
well as for a regular course. This activity does not carry
official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in this
class without registering for the course, but will be
expected to pay any fees whether or not the student
registers for the course.
American Karate
HPE 002-40081
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage
of American Karate, taught by a certified Third
Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of
$25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1200-1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002-40082
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Badminton
HPE 00240083
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Show less
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with
The Evangelical Lutheran Church of America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis
and St. Paul, the small college environment, about 2,700 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many cultural... Show more
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with
The Evangelical Lutheran Church of America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis
and St. Paul, the small college environment, about 2,700 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many cultural, sport and recreational activities in this vibrant
metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and metropolitan events is a
lelightful and broadening experience.
4ugsburg in the Summer
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses,
internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs
from May 29 -June 22, Term I1 runs from June 25 -August 3. This brochure presents
the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication.
!
.mer 1990
Term I
Term I1
April 23
April 23
May 29-30
June 25-26
May 31
June 27
b
Beginning of
Preregistration
b
Confirmation-of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of T u p n Due
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
-
Holiday
-
None
July 4
Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W)
June 12
July 16
Classes End
June 22
August 3
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
June 27
August 8
,
Y ~ Q UN E E D
T
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term
11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the
equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2,
lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the
Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer
offering, please contact the Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience
related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the
Summer School Office for information.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing.
I
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as
possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped.
I
The College Reserves the right to cancel listed courses.
I
T
Information and Forms
Eligibility
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from the
Summer School Office. Write or call:
Persons in Good Standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that institution.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1786
Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Director
Jay Dixen, Secretary
Financial Aid
Financial Aid is limited to the GuaranteedStudentLoan.An~studenttaking
one course is regarded as a half-time
student for the summer and is eligible to
apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan.
&tact the Financial Aid Office to make
loan arrangements (330-1046).
Other Persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular student
Augsburg College. Tllose wishing to
beginadegreeprogramatthecollege
should apply for admission through the
Officeof Admission,
P
erm I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on
May 29 or 30. Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 25 and 26. This
procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to intc
ships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses.
b
Confirmation of Registration will taKe place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science
Hall, between 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 29 and 30, and June 25 and 26.
The Balance uwed for tuition must be paid before registration
~nfirmed.
Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg accou~~r
from previni~q
rm/s must be paid in full before confirmation of registration.
'
.-Late Fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 31.
A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 27.
Registrations will not be accepted after these dates.
To Change Your Registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's
Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day of each
term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 31 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m.
on June 27 for Term I1 courses. his procedure applies to internships and-independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the Tuition Refund Policy.
Fees
L
The Tuition Charge for 1989 Summe
School courses is as follows. ,$540.00
full-credit courses, $320.00 for halfcredit courses, and $160.00 for fourth,edit courses. Audits are charged at
tl~itionrat-= lict-d above.
tuition and is non-refundable and nontransferable except when a course is
cancelled due to low enrollment. When
this happens, you may elect to receive a
deposit refund or substitute anoth
Starting April 23 you may preregister
for Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during
regular office hours. Each course
preregistration must be accompanied
by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This
deposit is applied to designated course
To
)id Disappointment in course
selection, preregistration is recommended. Many courses with limited
enrollment fill early. Conversely,
courses with low preregistration
enrollment may be cancelled before tl
first day of the term.
1-
Tuition Refund Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining
fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 100%of the refundable portion of the fee.
Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 75% of the refundable portion of the fee.
Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% of the refundable portion of the fee.
Note: Collrses with fewer that1 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedr~leofrefi~nds
Campus Location
35W from the North -
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left on Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside,
right at 21st Avenue S.
1-94 East from Minneapolis -
Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left
at 21st Avenue S.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside,
turn left at 21st Avenue S.
35W from the South -
Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st
Avenue S.
Nondiscrimination Pol icy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or
ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,
as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
I
mourn
mma
May
29 - June 22,1990
ART 107-8100
DRAWING
Bollman
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjectsinclude
still-life,figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00 p.111 M,T, W,TIi
OM17
ART 118-8101
ART 335-8102
Bollman
PAINTING I AND Il
Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts, developing personal cxpression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00 p.111 M,T,W,TIt
OM17
k
HUMAN BIOLUC
Mickelberg
Basic biologicalconcepts from an anthropocenhicpoint of
view. An attempt to answ-sfi~h questions as: What
makes man just another member of the biotic foldlDoes
man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does
man have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment, have on
man? (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and
1 3. Dist.: Yes.
: G-in.m. M,T,W,Th,F
SC1205
BUS 221-8104
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTIN
!k
Introduction to business activities
S drtd
ic concepn
fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and
preparation of financial statements. Dist.: N
8:30-l0:50 0.111. M,T, W,TIt,F
OM22
BUS 222-8105
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Herzog
A continuation of BUS 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and
fundamentalsofmanagerialaccounting,planningandconbolling processes, decision-making and behavioral considera tions. (Prereq.: BUS 221)
OM13
6:OO-9:00 p.ttt. M,T, W,Th
BUS 252-8106
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Meziou
Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological
factorsas they affectproduct, promotion,marketingchannel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No.
5:00-8:00 p.ttr. M,T, W,Th
OM11
BUS 279-8107
QUANTITATIVE METHODS
Morgan
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive
measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference,
and estimationwithemphasison their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group 111or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104.)
OM11
9:30-11:50 a.rn M,T,W,Th,F
BUS 322-8108
ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I Kader
Analysisof accounting theorypertaining tofinancialstatements, income concepts, current and non-current assets.
Dist.: No. Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113.
6:OO-9:00 p.ni. M,T,W,Th
Oh
BUSIECO 199-8109
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arranged with individual faculty in the nonartment of
Business Administration & Economicc
Ifi
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
~abella
~ e c ~ n o m i c i r n ~ l i c a t i o nproblemsfacingametrosof
urban environment Ry independent study nist.: Yes.
Arranged
ECO 112-8111
Gupta
PRINCIPLES OF MACKueCONOMICS
Introduction to macro-economics;na tional income analvsis, monetary and fiscal policy,
nomic growth. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-ll:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F
OM13
ECO 292-8112
EAST-WEST TRADE
ZaPP
An analysis of the conditions for East-West economic cooperation. A focus on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. An identification of
trends and alternatives in the 1990s.
9:30-11:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F
OM16
allocation, analysis of consumer
nomics. Prerequisite: ECO 113
6:00-9:00 p.111, M,T, W,Th
'--
d
SCI.
EDE 253-8114
EDS 264-8115
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN
URBAN SETTING
Gerrnundsen
Study and investigation of variousaspectsof the teaching
profession. Dist.: Yes, wlicn combined with EDE 363 ur
EDS 052. (1/ 2 course)
6:OO-9:00 11 111.M, W
OM25
EDE 341-8116
EDS 341-8117
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
I'sycliological n ~ i dpliilosopli~caldiniensic~nsof coininu~iicntiontliroi~glithe use of instructional tcclinology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of cffcctiveaudio-visual niateriaIsf~~rteacliing/Icarniugsih~ations.
Dist.: No (1/2 course)
72:OO-3:00 )1 111 T,Ur
TOSS175
EDE 375-8118
rIISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
CINDERGARTEN
~ n d e r ~ a r t ccurricu~uni,niatcria~s,
li
Lab. arr. Prcrcquisitc to studen t teaching at kindergarten
level and to obtaining a license fur teaching at that level.
Dist.: No. (1/2 cuursc) Prcrcq : Consent of instructor
1.7
930-71:50 0.111 M, W
EDE 382-8119
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
MATHEMATICS
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Dist.: No. (1 / E
.5:30-8:30 /l.rrr. T,TIr
OM22
EDE 383-8120
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH
Lindow
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for pliysical education and healtli at tlie kindergarten and
elenientaryle\,els. 1.ab.experiences. Dist.: No. (1 /2coursc)
5:OO-8:OO J!.III. T,Tlr
EDE 388-8121
EDS 388-8122
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
tccliEmphasis on tlie study of values, 11f cc~~~imunicatioii
niqucs,a~idof tlie majr1rminc1rity groupsiii Minnesota for
'lie develc~pniciitof interpersonal relations skills appliable to tccicliingand other prolcssional vocations. Open
to all Dist : NO (1 /2 course) Ilrquired for all Elcmcntary
and Secondary I<ducatioii ~najors
OMIO
5:.?0-5:30 11 III M, W
ENG 111-8123
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Swanson
limplinsis is on exposition, including Icariiing research
tccliniqucsand writiligcriticalrcvicws Atlcastonc work
of literature is assigned Attentic)n is given to increasing
sti~deiits'cffcctivcncss in choosing, organizing, and dcvcloping topics, tliiiiki~igcritically,and rcvisingforclarity
and style The ~ i i i n ~ n i upassing
~n
gr,idc for this course
is 2 U Dist: Yes
9:30-1 1:501i 111.M,T, W,111,F
OM27
ENG 282-8124
SPECIAL TOPICS: INTRODUCTION T O
AFRICANLITERATURE
Bodziok
Tlicsh~dyofthecmerin 'Iiterat~~reofAfricaanditsstn~ggle
g.h
to find its own cultural ~deiititywithin tlie uneasy co-existenccof Western c u l t ~ ~ r e a ncenturies-old
d
traditions Also
included in the coursc are some African-American writers
who have tried to discover the sigiiificaiicc of their lost
African licritagc.
12:OO-.3:00 11.111M,T, W.TI1
OM13
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Steinmel
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and r e a d i ~ l ~
basic German for students with iio previous backgruuiid
in German Dist : Yes
8:30-70:50 n.111 M,T, W,7'11,F
OM72
SPA 111-8126
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
SPA 111-8127
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11)
Kingsle
Aims to develop four basic skills: Uiidc
ding, speaning, reading and writing of elementary S1
h. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world uist.: Yes
8:.30-70:50 n.111.M,T, W,Tlr,F fSectii1111)
OM78
11)
5:30-7:50 }'.III. M,T, W,Tlr,F (S~~ctioli
OM7
HPE 410-8128
Borstad
u,
and relationsliGs to cornm:n~ty health program
and re:
sources. Dist.: No. ~ r c r e ~ z s i tHPE
e : 3%
5:30-8:30 J I . I ~ I . M,T, W,TII
O M
HIS 341-8129
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY:
WWII
Zehnder
Bcgiiis with a study of Llic failule of liberalism, the rise of
Fasclsni, and the power ( ~ natic,iialism
f
in the pre-war era,
followed by an cxani~natio~i
of the coursc of the war itself
Concludes with an nltempt to understand post-war Europe including the state of Eastern Europe, the success of
the Ixft, and tlicatte~npttodcvclopo new Europcan unity
(Students wlio earned crcdit for Topics in European History offered in Suiiiiiicr Sessioii I, 1988, niay not takc tliis
coursc for crcdit ) T.ourcr division students may takc this
course with the permission of tlic History Dcpart~iicnt.
Dist : Ycs Additional work required for u u u c r
division crcdi t
12:00-3:OO 11I I I M,T, W,llr,
',
,I
?
MAT 173-8130
MATH OF INTEREST
Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why womenl~avebemcliarged
more than men for annuities and receive lower pension
benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than
men for life insurancc? Or how life insurancc premiums
are calculated? Or how installment loan payments arc
figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to
accumulate a certain lump sun1 or annual payment at a
certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant
for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in
the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered.
This course should be useful for students in business and
economics or for any s t u d c ~ ~i~ltcrested
ts
in careers in finance-related fields Dist.: Ycs
6:00-900 11111 M,T, W.Tlr
OM27
1
PHI 130-8131 {
LOGIC
Apolloni
Suppose
someone gives
you reasons, and then says
you
..
..
.
. .
must accept a particular conclusion Must you? When
does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine therulcswhicligovcrli valid argumentsand work
to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. Dist : Ycs
OM23
X:30-70:50 fl 111 M,T, W,TII,F
-
r
-
PHY 103-8132
PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
Arge
An introductory course in which the applications, problcnis, and experiments arc selected not only to illustrate
fundamental principles, but also to demonshate the relevance of pliys~csto the life sciences. Tlie course is de~ ; ,to~
serve
~students
~ ~ in
~
biology,
. i
psychology, physical
ion (therapy programs), medical technology and
lealth science programs. The course is also a very
r~tao~eelectiveordistributionrequirementfor
theliberal
arts student. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup I11
Dist.: Yes.
POL 453-8133
THE FRAMEWORK OF GERMAN
UNIFICATION
Hedblom
'~liiscoursewillanalyze thepolitics,economics,and social
changeofGerman reunification in relation toEurope,botli
Wcst and East Close analysis of West German reunification initiatives, East German reform initiatives and West
European reactions, all key elements in the creation of
single Europe. Dist.: Yes (Also satisfies either comparative politics or international relations areas for political
science major.) Independent Seminar in Tern1 [with fuur
?ssions, independent assignments, short papers Scniiardates: June 1,8,15, and 20.
,1111-11 :lJO 11 III
1
POL 455-8134
ANATOMY OF THE USSR
Noonan
The course will analyze the politics, economics and social
cha~igcoftheconteniporary Soviet Union. Closecxami~iation of glasnost, perestroika, new thinking and democratization as political processes of tlie Gorbachev era. Dist.:
Yes. Independent seminar, seminar-discussio~i/lccturc
sessions, ~ n d e p e n d c writtc~i
~~t
assignments, short papers.
Seminar dates: May 30, June 6 , 11, 18, and 22, (Students
must attend all seminars.)
SC1319
10:00- 12:00 IIOOII.
POL 199-8135
POL 399-8136
INTERNSHIPS
Arrnrr~cd
Hedblom
POL 499-8137
INDEPENDENT STUDY
1
REL 445-8138
THE BIBLE: LANGUAGE AND
INTERPRETATION
Quanbeck
A study of the use and fuiictio~iof language in the Bible.
Tlie importance of recognizing the varied character of
language for understanding tlie Bibhcal text. Grades will
be based on class participation, a presentation to the class
and an examination. Dist.: No. I'rereq.: Re1 111 or 221, or
consent of instructor.
R:30-10:51111.1rr. M,T,W,TIi,F
OM25
SWK 399-8
INTERNSHIPS
AlVrnr~gcri
M. Brown
SWK 499-8140
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Armrlged
M. Brown
329-8141
~NTERCULTURAL
OMMUNICATION
Lapakko
his coursc will cxplorc bc~tlithe prc)blems and the potcntial of communication between persons of diffcrcnt cultural groups. Factorssucli asetlinocc~itrism,stereotyping,
prejudice, role expectations, values, and nou-verbal synibols will be examined.
9:.?0-11:511 fl.111.M,T, W,Tlr,F
OM10
k
r
ugsburg
college
~urnmek 1
June 25 - August 3,1990
-
ART 132-8150
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION D
~ ~ i ~
ART 132-8151
Friederichsen
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Thecamera used as a tool for visual creativib and cxpression; black and white, color and photographic processcs.
Need access to a 35mmcamera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost
of film, etc.: $125.00-$150.00. (Class size limited.)
1:30-5300 }?.IJI. M, W (Sectio~rI)
6:00-9:30 y.rrr. M, W (Sectio~i11)
0 ~ 4
BUS 175-8152
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS AND
ECONOMICS
Her2
Introduction to computerized data processing: BAS
LOTUS, DBASE,word processing, computerized business
graphics. Dist.: No Prerequisite: Hi h school algebra.
G:00-9:30 p.rrr. M, W
FOSS20
A
BUS 222-8153
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, plaiiiling and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: BUS 221
8330-9:55n.r11.
M,T, W,TIi,F
- ON'BUS 242-8154
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (SECTION I)
BUS 242-8155
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
(SECTION 11)
Cemto
rm I L : , ~ I I . I I ! . . I I I I ~ I I : , organization,
Developmentof the I;II.II[
staffing, planning al:, I t I I ; I I I . 'I 1 1 1 , I ~ , ! i l i rof
~ ~ authority,
accountability and I - W I.I I; .il~~i::
~ ~ l , . .In,\i;,..l!. of the role of
the professional manager. Dist : No
6:00-9:30 p.111.T,TIi (Sectiurl I )
6:00-9:30 y.rrr. M, W (Sectiorr 11)
OM11
b
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the housed hold,
~ firm,
~ market
i ~ structures
h ~ ~and ~income distribution.
Applicationof elementary c----7mic theory tomarketpolicy. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30p'n1'
OM22
'
-^
ECO 315-81
MONEY A. .- JANKING (SECTION I)
ECO 315-8161
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11)
Gupta
Monetaw and bank in^ svstems, varticularlv commercial
hanks .II\L~ the ~ e d e r a ~ ~ < e s e~ryvset e n monetary
~;
theory
.lnJ volicv. Ilist: No. Prereu.: Fco 112.113
6:00-930 ;.In. M,W (Sectiolt 1)'
:00-9:30p.111.T,Th (Section 11)
EDE 376-8162
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
SOCIAL SCIENCES
Endorf
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab. experiences. Dist.: No. (1/4 cou
9:30-11:15n.1n. M,W (lurie 25-luly 9)
EDE 386-8163
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
V. Olsen
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab experiences Dist.: No (1/2 course)
9:30-11:15 n rr~.T,Th
L4
EDE 387-8164
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
1- ..1111111,111011 ~11:~
1 I ~ I L ~ ~ . I I - , I I II L~~ materials
II
and resources
t h 9 1 I Iil1yu.r):~:
.lrl.. ,,! 1111, 1 ~ 1 1 ~!:,irtenand
~1v:
elementarylev~ 1 , I . . L I ~ \ . \ I iIi ~t m ~ a ~ b mI ~m' ?>O , I I . I I EdE255orEdS265.)
1 1 10 1 ' > / 8 J t l 1 I!?
L4
EDE 388-8165
BUS 323-8156
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I1 Kader
I 1,11~11,1~.i*.
O H t l ! , ~ : , 1 1 1 ~ 1-I~ 1.1l114"., I ~mmunication
twh~ \ I I , I I I , I ~ V ~ , <111111!11;
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ :~It;~11i~(~~~1taiiungtoinvestmcnts,
L ~ ~ ~
I I I L I I I L . ...
. I I L I I ('1 I I I V I I I . L ~ I .I ~ I I IIIV
~ ~ ~:r-jl~p;in
I
Mlnnesatafor
l . ~ ~ ~ ; ,, 1r1i1~~ 11l1~1 1 ~ r ~ : ! , i l b : ~ , II.,,,~I..WI ..l:abilitiesand reserved,
.I<
111.11 1.11 lh11111 ? ~ I ~ 1 1 ~ 1 ~ ~ 1 ~ , ~ 1 ~ ~ 1 1 ~ ~ ~ I 1 . 1 ~ ~ i ~ o:I;,,
i ~ i n c o1m1 IeIdIeI t~1'1e. IrI::II.:I
mIi - 1*1:r-,wn.llr ~ k t i o n sskills apyli.
t , 1 1 ~ I l( #~ I~t , . ~ ( l u r i ! .,111~1
IIIIIC.I
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t ~ % m n a l v w uOpen
kionti
I
I
I
I
1I
I I ~ n g e(Prerequisite:
1 , ~ . ~ 1I 1I I . . ~ :m-lh$ ( 1 I '. L ~ ~ I I - . , , I;,) quiradf~~rallElrmu~~t~
BUS 322) Dist.: No.
and Secondary Education majors.
6:00-9:30 p.111.M,W
OM22
8:30-10:15n.rrr. M,W
OM10
BUS 199-8157
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of
E,, -82-8166
Business Administration and Ecoiiomics
INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL
EDUCATION
Metcalf
Introduction to the field of special education Examines
the nature, causes, and educational interventions for
ECO 110-8158
such V.I I . ~ > ~ I ~ I I I . L ~ ,hi.
I I ~mental
L,,>
retardation, physical disECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
abililv, I : L . . ~ 11::: .411,I k 1v.1onimnsirment, learninl 'isabiliStudy ofeconomicimplicatioiisofproblemsfaciilgametrotie, I I I I I
.a
edness. Dist.: I .
urbanenvironment. By independentstudy only. Dist.: Yes.
Arrn~iged
f j t
ENG 241-8167
INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ARTS
Mitchell
An investigation of the artlstlc qualities and tlie historical
development of tlicfil~nmedium l'liccoirrscincl~rdcsthe
viewing and discussing of both feature length and short
fil~ns Some class periods will be cxtc~idcdto view films.
6:00-9:.30 / ~ , I I I Tr7l'1r
FOSS775
ENG 282-8168
ENG 482-8169
ENCHANTMENT OF EVIL
Griffin
Evil, tliouglit tlie poet Edmund Spcnser, is a sort of encliant~ncnt In literature, evil is often interesting, charming, witty, and cvcn admirable Evil is also a liar Behind
the magical facade lies cniptincss and despair. Wlicrc
evil is the most self-import'int, it is likely to be the most
ridiculousor trivial Thcco~irsewillbegin witha s t ~ ~ of
dy
Rcna~ssanccwritcrs like Sliakcspcarc, Marlowc and
Milton and conclude with works of 20th Century writers
IikeC S Lewis, Tolkien, and Iris Murdoch Dist : yes.
6:OO-9:30 y.rrr M, W
OM23
GER 112-8170
BEGINNING GERMAN 11
Steinmet;
Classroom practicein speaking, understanding and rcading basicGerman. Lab. Dist.: Yes.
OM1 1
8:70-95.5 n 111. M,T, W,Tlr
SPA 112-8171
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
SPA 112-8172
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of cleinmtary Spanish.
Introduction to culture of the Spiinish-speaklll- world.
Dist.: Yes
8:10-9:55n r r r M,T, W,TII (Si,cliur~I)
5:30-7: 15 11 111. M.T, W,Tlr (S~ctiorr11)
OM18
HPE 320-8173
SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUIVI
D(
Techniques for developing a course o f ' k . I y based
growth and development for grades ! ? f 2 Special worl
units in nutrition and diseases. Dist.: No. Prcrcquisitc
Consent of instructor,
Ar'rnrr~cd.
A
HIS 341-8174
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY: EASTERN
EUROPE UNDER THE HABSBURGS
Zehnder
This course will focus on three themes: 1)Thebackground
of the pcoplcsof East Central Eurupe and tlie Balkans and
tlieir current condition, 2) The ingenious institutions of
the Habsburgs that successfully met tlie challenge of Rcf'ormation, Libcral~sm,and Nationalism, 3) Tlie great cultural co~itributionof the Habsburgs at the meeting point
of Latin, Gcrman, and Slavic societies, c g Mozart,
Freud ctc Luwer division students may take this coursc
with per~iiissionof the History Department Dist : Yes
10:OS-1 1:.30n 111 M,T, W,Tlr,F
OM1 1
INS 225-8175
AN INTRODUCTION T O ISLAM
Kader
This coursc wrll examine the ideological foundations of
Islam, its b a s ~ cconcepts and tcnets, Islamic law, economic and political systems and Islamic patterns of life
Tliere will also be a considcratio~iof tlic diffcre~iccs
betweell the Islamic sects and some cffort to deal with
tlie similarities and differences between l s l a ~ nand
both Christianity a ~ i dJ~ldaism Dist : Yes
6:00-9:30 11 J I I . 1',Tlr
OM25
MUS 130-8176
INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC IN THE
DunhaFINE ARTS
Kelationsliip between music of each period and the 0th
fine arts. For non-music majors Dist.: Yes
70:05-7 1:30 n 111 M,T, W,Tlr
PHI 120-8177
ETHICS
Apolloni
Somcti~iicsyou say tha r t a i n action is right or condcln~iit as wrong. Why d o you thinkit is riglit? Because
you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look
at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at
the moral judgenients about personal and social issuresulting from them Dist.: Yes.
8:30-9:55 n 111 M.T, W,Tlr,F
OM16
-
EEE
PHY 101-8178
ASTRONOMY
Arge
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; use 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron,
3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Matli Placement
Group I1
6:lJO-9:30 }I.III. T,TIi
OM10
POL 160-8179
WORLD POLITICS
Cmz
Introduction to tlie processes and lssucs of international
politics, including the dynamics of the international
tem. theories of international relatio~is.and a focus
recent problems. Dist.: Yes.
p.1~.M,T, W,Tlr
OM23
I
POL 475-8180
THE LEGAL PROCESS
Fishman
Tlie coursc seeks to provide the undergraduate student
with an introductory understanding of tlie fu~ictioning
of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's
interdependence with tlie social environment; tlic law's
social junctions; the social and moral limits of tlie law;
and, tlic lawnsa system, describing tlie aspectsand problems of each of tlie law's agencies - courts, legislative,
administrative, and executiveagencies. (No class June25
and 27. Additional classes July 6 and 13.)
OM25
6:00-930 p 111. M, W
POL 199-8181
POL 399-8182
INTERNSHIPS
Arrnrrgc-d
Hedblom
.
:IOLOGY
:265-8192
ItACIAL AND MINORITY GROI -RELATIONS
*
Bloom
Tlie dimeiisi~~iis
of racial and minority group relations.
Majoratteiitir)~iisfocuscdLlponprejudice,racisni,alid the
roleofself-understandi~ig.(I'/N gradiugoiily.)Dist.: Yes.
05-8184
;ENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
OM16
M,W
i n introduction to the methods and approaches u s e d h 6:00-9:30/1.111.
~sycliologyfor the purpose of understanding behavThe shucture of tlie field of psychology, including its
SOC 356-8193
najor sub-areas, is emphasized. Dist.: Yes.
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
:30-955 0.111. M,7, W,TII,F
OM12
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult corrcct~onalprograms and processes.
.'SY 362-8185
Lectures, discussion, and site visits tocorrectioiial instituABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
tions and government offices. D ~ s t ,No.
:
An intruductioii to maladaptive human behaviors
1:30-5:00v.rr1;T,Thr
"' " 6
from the social, organicand psychological poi~itsofview.
.
- -- -Visitation to a variety of community service agencies
COMM
will accompany classroom learning.
Dist.: No.
THEATREARTS
--I'rereq : 15Y 105
10:05-~~1:.30n.111
M,T, W,TII,F
SPC 226-8194
-MOVEMENT FOR THE
F
THEATER
Students will explore principles and styles of niovemci*
REL 366-8186
used in tlie art of acting. Tlie goal will be to illcrease tliCHRISTIANITY IN MODERN AFRICA
Halt
student's ability to communicate through movemciit, b
This coursc will focus on two regions of Africa: the
examining the principles of discipline, freedom, c'--"West a n d tlie South. Studelits will be introduced to
timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks and iml
traditional African culture and religion, tlie iiitroduction
sa tion will beintroduced as tools forcorporealexpressio~
of Christianity, and the present develop~lleiitof indigcAll different aspects of movement will be explored: body
nous clii~rchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent
stance, facial expression, gesture, walking,etc. Movement
African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to
exercises will be built around short scenes, poems, and
formulate "African Christian Theology." A major section
play excerpts. Some principlesofOrieiital movement will
of tlie course will focus on contempor
wpunses
also be introduced.
of churches in South Africa to tlie apart1
system of
10:05-21:3
. M,T,W,TIi,F
THEATER
racial segrcgation. Dist.: Yes
1:30-3:1511 111. M,T, W.711
SPC 345-8195
ORGANIZATIONAL
REL 441-8187
COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
INS 495-8188
An examinatioii of the c,,
of c~nirnu~iication
ill
FEMINISM AND CHRISTIANITY
Strattonl
organizational settings Focuses 011such topics as supeThe objectives of this course include gaining knowleage
rior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal con1about feminism and Christianity: the history of women,
~nunicationnetworks, management styles, power and
feminist theory and history, the impact of the Christian
authority, motivatio~iof employees, organizational cultradition on societal roles of women and men, contempoture, perforinaiiccappraisal, effective useof meetings, and
rary feminist views of Christianity, and about the Bible,
sources of commuiiicatio~iproblc~ns111 the workplace
women in the Christian tradition, feminist theology and
Designed to enliance comniunication skills of both manethics, women in the church, worship and spirituality.
agersand subordinates Studentsboth investigate thelit90th women and men are welcome. Dist.: Yes
eraturc on orgaiiizatio~~al
communication and attempt to
:00-9:30 p 111 M,W
OM13
apply it to tlieir own experiences in organizations.
5:3O-9:W p.m. M,W
OM10
..r...,LLr
SWK 260-8189
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Peters
Provides knowledge of Iiuman growth through tlie life
cycle,and of theinterplay ofsociocultural, biologica1,and
psychological factors wliicli influence tlic growtli of individuals and families in contemporary American families.
Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity. Dist.: No.
10:05-11:30n III M,T, W,TII,F
SWK 399-8190
INTERNSHIPS
A rmlr ~<yed
SWK 499-8191
INDEPENDENT STUDY
AI I . ~ I I , ~ L ~
OM16
Brown
Brown
-
SPC 414 -8196
INS 414 -8197
Nilsson
FEMINIST RHETORIC
.ican fe~nin~sts
will be nnaThe rhetoric of selected
lyzed to develop a rlietc
perspective on American
feminism, and to develol skill in rhetorical criticism
.-...
c.20
o.nn
.. ...r r ! .
OM23
Show less
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirement... Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies
contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpub1ishedherein;the
student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar.
Table of C o n t e n t s
PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 23, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 29, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE
PAGE 33, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 42, EXPENSES
PAGE 45, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 52, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 54, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 142, FACULTY
PAGE 151, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 153, INDEX
PAGE 155, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog i s designed togive you the information you need to know
as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions
you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the
Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hopethe following brief
definitions will be helpful.
ACADEMIC
COURSE
.......... The
practices, principles, regulations, and customs which
characterize school and college.
............. A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four
courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the
interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for
graduation.
MAJOR
.............
.A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in
20 departments.
MINOR.. .......... ..A concentration in a field or study in less depth than the major.
ELECTIVE
FEE
.......... ..A
course not required for the major or minor but taken by the
student from any college department as his or her interests
dictate.
.................. Charges
LOAN
made by the College for special services such as
laboratory equipment or locker rental.
...............Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays.
See "Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP ...... .Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or
the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships
vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally
depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no
obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
......... .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15
weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE
...... .A course which a student i s required to complete before another
one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the
same or another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the
excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of
the rural setting. Augsburg i s one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which
can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables
you to be a participant or a spectator at a
variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are
regularly available to you on campus,
as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic
programs.
Religious activities are a vital part of the
campus. The Religious Life Commission
has been established by the Student
Government to oversee, stimulate and
perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg
campus. Its primary purpose and goal is
neither self-serving nor self-sustaining,
but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning
experience. While distributional and
major requirements act as guidelines,
there is latitude to design a portion of
your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are
central. The college follows the calendar
known as the "4-1-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will
encounter ideas and experiences from
the whole range of human knowledge.
The liberal arts education, however, i s
more than an education of knowledge
from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration i s necessary in
your chosen field. You may choose from a
variety of majors for hundreds of career
possibilities.
Augsburg i s in the center of the Twin
Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this
metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope
of resources and activities is available to
enrich your education, if you choose. You
may select an evening at the Guthrie
Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at
any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon
touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in
the Twin Cities. There are numerous
opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North
Stars, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an
eager student body and a remarkable
location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege
affiliated with the American Lutheran
Church (ALC). Founded more than 100
years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s
centennial in 1969 and i s i n its second
century of Christian higher education.
The current student body of over 1600 i s
largely of Lutheran background though
many denominations are represented on
campus. About 65% are residentstudents,
while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area.
Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several
major airlines provide daily service t o
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient,
Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and
Allegheny. Bus or train connections can
be made from all areas of the United
States.
The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes
east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border
of the campus. (Directions are given in the
map section of this catalog.)
History
Location
You and your education will have the
option of benefiting from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art
collections are available t o you in the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker
Art Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded
by Norwegian Lutherans in America.
Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first
college students were enrolled i n 1874
and the first college graduation was held
in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area
performing organizations afford rich
opportunities for the enjoyment of music
of many types. The Twin Cities also appear
regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists.
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1963 when its former sponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with
the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters
in the area such as the nationally known
Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round,
the O l d Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera,
Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen
Dinner Theater.
Nature and Objectives
Recreational activities abound. You can
play tennis at parks near the campus or
swim in one of the many area lakes. In the
winter you may join other students o n
skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
of the American Lutheran Church. It i s
committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and
humanities in the context of the Christian
faith.
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g
primary objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting
them to become proficient i n onearea
or major.
Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
t o h e l p students understand t h e
Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world.
The College and i t s faculty subscribe t o
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulagated by the American Association of American Colleges.
to develop students' love o f learning
and their faculties o f reason, criticism,
curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic
excellence.
to increase students' understanding o f
the urban environment and culture,
and to enable them to gain the skills
needed to respond creatively to the
problems and potentialities o f the
modern city.
to encourage students to ascertain
their interests and abilities, and to aid
them i n discovering the occupational
opportunities which exist for them.
to assist students i n their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes
and qualities o f character compatible
with the Christian faith.
Policies
It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed t o Charles Gerster, Science Hall,
Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial
Hall, (332-5181), or t o the Director of the
Office for Civil Rights, Department of
The Campus
Augsburg's campus is located i n the heart
of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 16
major buildings with a number of cottage
housing units that are very popular with
the students. The University of Minnesota
and two of the city's largest hospitals,
Fairview and St. Mary's are adjacent t o the
campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation
in the following associations that set
standards by which excellence i s judged:
North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is t o
permit students t o learn, first-hand, about
t h e College program, facilities, and
admissions requirements. A personal
interview affords candidates, parents, and
the admissions counselor the opportunity
to exchange information vital i n the
process o T - T e r e a K - aTdtege and i n
making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions
officer are strongly recommended but are
not mandatory.
of the faculty and to attend classes,
Monday through Friday, when school is in
session.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour
and an interview are asked to write for an
appointment or call the office (332-5181).
Preferred times for campus visits are 9
a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements
may also be made to meet with a member
School, church, and other groups are
welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office
o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454.
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
,<
- \.-
.-'
.Z
Campus Guide
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
1. Admissions House
2. West Hall
3. Library
4. Science Hall
5. O l d Main
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. The Quadrangle
10. Memorial Hall
11. Art Studio and Art Annex
12. O l d Music Hall
13. Si Melby Hall
14. Augsburg College Ice Arena
15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
16. East Hall
17. Music Hall
18. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
- Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus o n Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St.*Mary's Parking Ramp
Offices
Admissions (628 21st Ave. 5.)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 114)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
The Physical Plant
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located i n
relation t o each other.
Following i s a brief description of each
building.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a
large number of classrooms and offices.
offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat
recital hall.
The Speech and Drama Building, was
acquired in 1959 and remodeled for
dramatic and other speech activities.
Science Hall, erected i n 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories
for chemistry, physics, and biology; a
medium-sized auditorium; and several
classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa
Odland Observatory on the roof of
Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960.
The Augsburg College Center, completed
in 1967, is a center of non-academic
activity on campus. The building houses
the Commons, which i s the main dining
area, plus private dining rooms and a
coffee shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this
building. The bookstore i s also located
here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided i n this three-story
building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president,
was erected and dedicated i n 1955.
Adjaceant t o Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it
provides excellent resources for research
and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an
eleven-story building providing living
quarters for 324 students. The building
was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given several
generous gifts to the college. A unique
feature of the building i s that each floor i s
considered a "house unit" providing the
36 residents, housed two to a room, with
their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium,
was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby,
dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball
coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for
the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel
services, and general auditorium purposes.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected
in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The
building houses about 60 students and
provides space for several faculty and
administrative otfices.
The Music Hall, erected in 1978, is the
newest building on the campus. It contains classroom facilities, two rehearsal
halls, a music library, practice studios,
Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973,
named in honor of M i s s Gerda Mortensen,.dean of women at Augsburg from
1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing
for 312 upperclass students. A spacious
lounge area as well as conference rooms
are located i n this building.
-
-
The Art Studio Building, dedicated in
1964, houses the Department of Art on its
two floors.
West Hall, i s an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for
married students.
Annex Houses, located in the campus
area p r o v i d e accommodations f o r
students, faculty, and staff members.
The Admissions House, located at 628-21st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for
hockey, recreational skating, and figure
skating.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped
college which aims to provide its students
with a broad liberal arts education as well
as prepare them for a career. A strong
academic program in the arts and sciences
and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and t h e
Christian ministry i s offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation f o r
careers i n business, communications,
medical technology, music, nursing,
occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks t o assist its students
through their academic experience t o
better understand themselves and the
world and to equip them t o serve accordi n g t o their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student as Learner
A great deal has been written during the
last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to i t s students. Augsburg
recognizes its task to provide consistently
high quality opportunities for learning
along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process.
Learning is not, however, a commodity
which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o
simply buying so many courses and being
exposed to the activities of professors.
Learning involves t h e solitary i n n e r
struggle of the student who investigates,
analyzes and synthesizes the materials
and insights offered. When these have
become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities i n this process. Neither
party can elude its basic task.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty who try t o
take a personal interest i n their students.
The student-faculty ratio i s approximately
15.5 t o 1, with class size averaging 25 or
less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as
academic advisers and are available for
help on individual problems. They often
join students in discussing the political
climate, comparing notes on a visiting
speaker, or talking over the latest sports
victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make
the library a favorite place t o study. The
main library, centrally located next to the
Science Hall, houses over 150,000volumes
including books, periodicals, records and
various other media. The Music and
Chemistry libraries are located within the
departmental areas.
Access to over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service
among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library.
Through Minitex, the statewide network,
the additional resources of Minnesota
and Wisconsin libraries are accessible t o
the Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff p r o v i d e s
students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction
in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance i n pursuing term
paper topics, and directions t o other local
sources of information,
The AV Center of the Library provides
facilities for classes in broadcasting and
audio-visual materials. Assistance with the
production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings
are available f o r b o t h f a c u l t y and
students. Equipment such as movie and
slide projectors and tape recorders may
be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice o n
materials selection are also available.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two
15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each
semester the student generally enrolls i n
four courses; during the interim concentration i s on one subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an
arena of learning. Creative energies and
individual interests determine the course
of study. Innovation and experimentation
are encouraged in this change from the
general academic schedule. Interest i n
music may take form in the study and
presentation of a concert program. Interest i n people may find form i n the study
and participation i n activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising
agencies provide opportunities for those
interested' i n communications. Whether
your interests are sedate or spectacular
the interim will afford the opportunity t o
experience and experiment while learning.
General Education
Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation
are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f
courses. A student seeking a liberal arts
education would probably choose many
of them even if they were not required.
I n the humanities area, students may
select courses i n literature, philosophy,
art, music, foreign languages, speech,
drama, and religion. Science courses may
be chosen f r o m biology, chemistry,
mathematics, or physics. Courses in social
and behavioral sciences are offered i n
science, psychology and sociology.
Proficiency in English writing must be
demonstrated. O n e course f r o m an
approved list of courses containing an
emphasis on urban concerns i s required
as is also proficiency in two lifetime sports.
For details on general education requirements see under Academic Administration.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
wide scope of courses in the natural and
social sciences, in the humanities, and in
religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
many graduate schools consider the
grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their class schedules.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1 course.
Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116
(or 105,106), 351,352,353; English Ill,
and
one or more writing and literature
courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics
121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociology,
behavioral sciences and humanities, 5
courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year. Requirements have been designed
to fulfill the minimum requirements of
the School of Dentistry at the Universityof
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program
of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University
School of Engineering and Applied
Science and the Michigan Technological
University. See under Engineering for
information on the course requirements
in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical
School of the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may
vary. Programs have been designed to
fulfill the minimum requirements of the
Medical School of the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in
law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American
Law Schools. Early consultation with the
pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, is
strongly suggested. Students may wish to
take the political science course, Law in
the United States, to help determine
whether they possess an interest in law.
Since law schools encourage students to
maintain a high grade point average, the
pre-law student should be aware that
Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,
352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and
a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to
fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements
should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the
bulletins published by the College of
Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
This two-year program has been designed
to fulfill minimum requirements of the
College of Pharmacy at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary
with any of several different majors, e.g.,
history, philosophy, English, psychology,
sociology, religion. The student planning
t o enter seminary should include Religion
111, 221 among the courses selected. A
pre-seminary curriculum should include
at least two semesters of history (Western
Civilization) and one or more courses i n
the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior and/or senior
year. .
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges
and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C.,
the Twin Cities private colleges library
consortium, and Minitex, the statewide
library network, the Augsburg community has access t o over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 150,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities.
Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus.
No additional fee i s required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction
in music and some independent studies.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
See under "Independent Study" for
further details. Students may elect t o
English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124;
participate in the cooperative program t o
Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology Ill, gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or t o
112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1
undertake a specific course or major not
course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art,
offered on the home campus. The colliterature, music, humanities, theater, and
leges have coordinated calendars. The
upper division foreign languages); aninterim term may also be taken o n
t h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography,
another campus. A regularly scheduled
history, political science, psychology, and
bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e
sociology courses to fulfill the remainder
campuses.
of the distribution requir,ements.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed t o fulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges i n planning study opportunities for the January interim. For
example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly
plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
The Higher Education Consortium. This
Computer Programming. Augsburg and
group is composed of colleges and uniControl Data Institute have an arrangeversities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South
ment whereby students may transfer the
Dakota. Planned activities include inequivalent of three courses in computer
novative curricular programsfor students,
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg
interchange and sharing of academic perCollege.
sonnel and o t h e r college resources,
cooperative research projects, foreign
Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursstudy, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban
ing students in the school of nursing at
affairs conference, and development of
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive inprograms consistent with the needs and
struction in biology, chemistry, and other
resources of the community organiza~ basic courses at Augsburg. Applications
tions of the Upper Midwest.
for admission t o the school of nursing
should be made directly t o the hospital.
Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year
program i n social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program i s designed t o train
specialists to help professional people i n
dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards,
and students at rehabilitation centers.
Classes are held at such places as the
Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison,Trevillaof Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of
the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation
centers. The response o f students
involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been
extremely favorable.
Medical Technology. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan
Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers w o r k which
enables qualified students t o receive a
college degree with a major in Medical
Technology. The first three years of this
work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program i s completed at
one of the three hospitals when the
student i s accepted by the participating
hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by
the hospitals.
Engineering. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and
Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and
Michigan, enables a student t o receive
the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the
last two at the affiliated university.
Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home,
is available to students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
wishes t o participate i n an international
program.
Admission t o this program requires an
application t o b e approved by t h e
director of 'the program. Application
should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are
r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point
average in work completed in the major
and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All
candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult w i t h t h e Director regarding
proper sequence of courses.
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations. Augsburg participates i n the
SPAN program. This i s a joint venture of
the University of Minnesota and several
colleges i n the state. Each year three or
four countries are selected, and qualified
students are granted partial scholarships
to enable them t o spend a summer in
informal study in one of the countries
chosen. Applications to the program are
made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and
group meetings during the school year
before departure, independent study
abroad on a topic of one's choice during
the following summer, and the writing of
a paper upon return.
Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity.
Students at A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e a n d
Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity, a
metropolitan school emphasizing experiential-based learning, may take classes at
each other's campuses under certain
m u t u a l l y satisfactory arrangements.
Interested persons should contact the
Academic Dean.
While Augsburg
not
Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United
States, such programs are available i n the
area and may be pursued by
Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study
Abroad
Several types of international experience
are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on
lnternational Study at Augsburg from the
Director of International Programs. Since
there is a limit on the number of students
who may study abroad each year it i s wise
to apply in the fall prior t o the year one
Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or
junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at
San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
lnstitute for American Universities at
Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France;
The Goethe Institute in Germany; the
University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. In addition,
through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg
students are offered study programs i n
Columbia, Denmark, England, France,
Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type
o f study must be approved before
departure by the Director of International
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's
graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or t o
satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School. Again there i s a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish
t o spend a summer studying abroad. Re-
cently Augsburg students have spent
summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England.
Those interested in further information
should contact the Director of International Programs.
fourteen weeks. Students wishing to
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write
the Office of the Associate Dean of the
Faculty.
New Dimensions Program
Interim. Study abroad during the interim
is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and
in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued each spring for the following
January.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed t o provide opportunities for
qualified students to pursue an enriched
and sometimes accelerated course of
study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors
student forums and options in completing
the general education requirements are
all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom, Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain
practical on-the-job experience that can
be related to their academic program or
personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies
and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of
courses, both credit and non-credit,
through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses
are offered on a semester-hour basis, the
courses vary in length from four weeks to
The New Dimensions Program i s for
adults who have not attended or who
have not graduated from college. The
program provides admissions counseling,
career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special
course to ease the transition to academic
life.
The transitional course, "The Adult
Student: Issues and Challenges," i s offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training
and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and
family problems arisingfrom the return to
school. The course enables returning
adults to get to know each other through
sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, i s awarded t o
graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and
Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of
Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a
major aspect of your college life, but
learning and development also occur in
formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan
area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can
add dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg
is religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of
faith. Chapel services are held three times
a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. The Wednesday
evening Eucharist service in the College
Center i s a valued worship experience for
many students. Students, faculty and staff
participate voluntarily. Special events are
sponsored throughout the year and a
number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The Campus
Pastor has an office in the College Center
where you can contact him for counseling, consultation or ways to get more
involved.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, special dinners,
name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo,
and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are
on the lower level. Many of the clubs that
unite classroom or non-classroom related
interests meet i n the Center.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition
to performing on campus and in the city,
the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the
Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several
student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given o n
campus each year under the direction of
the theater arts department.
Recreation
Every student is urged t o participate i n
some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as
well as individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges. Check schedules for times when
there i s open use of the gymnasium and
the ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg i s affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC) and i s a member of the National
Association of lntercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA). The College annually competes
in ten sports, including football, soccer,
cross-country, basketball, hockey,
wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
Augsburg i s also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association
for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete i n
volleyball, cross country, gymnastics,
basketball, tennis, track & field, and
softball.
Student Services
Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the context i n which learning takes
place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge growsfrom more
than intellectual endeavors. Expanding
relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and
interdependence, finding purpose and
commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills t o produce the
desired educational impact of the college
on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created t o support this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at
the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide t o a
College Education. This book will help
you assess the possibilities in your education, choices t o make, directions t o
consider and different destinations for
which t o plan. SEMAPHORE was designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development
provides a variety of services t o help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as
possible. Some of the opportunities you
may wish to participate in are listed
below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your
first academic year and register for classes.
You and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory,
attend events in the metropolitan area
and seek answers t o the rnany questions
you have about college life.
you think through how you can handle
major or minor problems i n a constructive
way. Consultation i s provided on questions of policy and procedure.
Career Planning and Placement. You may
be uncertain about where you want to be
when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a
balanced one, how work will provide
opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your
life. All new students will have a chance t o
review their interests with a counselor.
Minority Concerns. If you have some
special needs or simply want t o expand
your cross-cultural awareness, you can
contact a staff member t o help you find
out which resources and programs will
help meet your needs.
Human Development Seminars. A series
of informal "mini-courses" are offered
each year t o help you grow i n understanding of yourself and your relationship
t o others. Such topics as PEER (Positive
Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information o n
current offerings and oppoi-tunity t o
register are provided several times during
the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want t b
improve your skills in such areas as
reading, studying, note-taking, and
testing by attending one or more of the
workships offered. You also will have an
opportunity t o meet with a counselor t o
diagnose your needs. If a particular
course proves difficult, you can arrange
for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations
occur for all of us where we can handle
challenges more effectively discussing
things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability t o respond t o the learning
environment depends, in part, upon his
or her living conditions, a variety of
housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an
active participant i n group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or
more Resident Staff who are able t o
facilitate the process of group living as
well as discuss personal concerns with
individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students l i v e i n Urness Tower. This
eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each
floor is considered a house unit providing
36 students, two t o a room,with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence
hall, is an alternative t o traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and
t w o - b e d r o o m apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses
about 60 upperclass men and women.
Memorial's special advantage is that it i s
large enough t o meet new people, but
small enough to retain a friendly, close
atmosphere.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom
apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Another alternative option is Annex
Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of
upperclass men or women share living
space, house responsibilities, and cooking.
Houses are located in the campus area.
One way to maximize the living-learning
aspects of your housing situation is to avail
yourself of the opportunity to bid for a
house as a Special Interest House. Groups
of students have created exciting projects
by writing and implementing educational
impact proposals on such topics as
Environmental Concerns, Men's and
Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
Married student housing i s available in
annex housing and Kueffner Apartments.
All freshmen and sophomores not living
at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels,
blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning
of the fall term for the entire school year.
New students receive room assignments
during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make
housing arrangements in the spring. All
resident students must sign housing
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged
to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who
deposit after June 1 will be provided
housing only if space i s available.
All students living on campus are required
to pay a $100 advance paymentwhen they
sign the housing contract. The fee i s
credited to the students' account when
they move into the residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups
and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities
Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty
serve as academic advisers. Advisers are
assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged to
establish close working relationships with
their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one
in the major and one in the area of
education.
Student Financial Services
You may wish to contact this office for
information on types of assistance available and for answers to questions about
deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also
recorded. If you have financial problems,
this i s a good place to work them out.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff
of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the
campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, and prescriptions are
available through the Fairview Pharmacy
at cost. Be sure t o check your family
health coverage t o determine if you are
included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
to writing or editing t o service opportunities. If you want to get involved,
contact the President or Vice President i n
their offices in the College Center.
International Students
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor
of the College Center is the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e
Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor
of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the
evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Student Government
Student government i s t h e vehicle
through which students can secure a
closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and
faculty, and provide better input into the
decision-making process at Augsburg.
Student government also sponsors and
directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student l i f e at Augsburg.
Student government is organized intothe
executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Elections are
held i n the spring except for freshmen
who elect their representatives i n the fall
of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning
If you are a student from a foreign country
or would like to be part of the activities of
this group, contact the faculty member
who i s appointed as adviser.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and
has provided for due process in matters of
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
Judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves t o conduct hearings
and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should
contact the Vice President for Academic
Affairs if the concern i s related to academic matters.
The College operates in compliance with
the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Students have the right t o inspect all
official records, files and data which pertain t o them and which are maintained i n
the office of the registrar and the placement office and t o challenge inaccurate
or misleading information. Exceptions are
parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed i n
the record before January 1, 1975, or
placed under conditions where students
have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information
on these topics should contact thecenter
for Student Development.
Admission t o the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application i s reviewed by the Admissions
Office and students are accepted on the
basis of high school performance, promise
of success in college as shown by college
entrance examination scores, other motiv a t i o n a l factors, a n d personal
recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 as amended in its admission policies,
educational programs, activities and
e'mployment practices.
A visit t o the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions,
and arrange for you to see the campus.
The Application Process
for Freshmen
1. From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and
complete it.
2. Hand the completed application to
your high school counselor, along with
the $10.00 application fee, and ask that
these be sent with your official high
school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these
tests are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file is complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by
April 15 after acceptance has been made
and/or financial aid (if applied for) has
been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the
student during the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from
other colleges and universities on the
basis of their academic record. College
credit i s granted for liberal arts courses
satisfactorily completed at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the
right not t o grant credit for courses where
it considers the work unsatisfactory, and
to grant provisional credit for work taken
at unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based
on work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except
for two courses i n religious studies.
Registered Nurse Students, seeking a
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing
must also complete the Department of
Second Step Nursing entrance tests.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure
and complete, an official application for
admission. This should be sent t o the
Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended to be
sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file i s complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s requested
within one month after acceptance has
been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the
student will be requested to complete a
medical data form, which will be sent by
the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during
the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special
(Non-degree) Students
1. Obtain an application form from the
Office of the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcriptsfrom all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need to have sent
only the transcripts of colleges attended
since the last enrollment at Augsburg.)
4.. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made
in the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed
at Augsburg College. A foreign student
adviser i s available to help them in the
transition to college and to the United
States. Admission is based upon performance in secondary school and previous
college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship i s required. A very limited
number of scholarships is available.
Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending
Augsburg. If they have an internationally
valid health insurance policy, a copy of
the policy is required.
For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an
offer of admission if it i s extended. An
Early Decision candidate must apply by
November 15 of the senior year and will
receive the admission decision about
December 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the
student i s encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The
admissions decision is based upon the
academic record through the junior year,
test scores, and recommendations. A
$50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by April 1.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program i s offered for
a few high school juniors. To apply for
Early Admission, a student must have a
high academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school
and the maturity to cope with a college
course after the junior year in high school.
Also,it is recommended that the student
complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or
during the first year of college. A student
applying for Early Admission can take the
Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army
makes provision for an individualized
plan of education. A prospective student
who qualifies for the program may choose
Augsburg as a home school and carry on a
pre-planned course of study at other
colleges while in the Army. An adviser at
Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 i s charged. This fee will
apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time
student at Augsburg College within five
years from initial registration with the
college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the
tuition for courses under Project Ahead.
After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36
months of financial assistance under the
G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work
taken in high school or elsewhere, t o
enroll in courses beyond the beginning
level. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the
study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit i s granted to high school
students who have successfuIly completed
a college level course and who have
scored high on the Advanced Placement
Examinations. Augsburg will also award
credit on the basis of scores received on
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed
information may be addressed to the
Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 82% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college
through some form of scholarships,
grants, loans, campus employment, or a
combination of these. Assistance i s
awarded on the basis of financial need
and academic record. Application for aid
i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg
College prefers the FFS, which i s required
for students applying to the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial
Aid Form (FAF) of the CollegeScholarship
Service. Upperclass students must also
complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1977-78, approximately 82% of the students at Augsburg
received scholarships, grants, or loans
totaling $3,789,000 from Augsburg and all
other sources.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program to
which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal
programs: Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity
Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study, Federally insured Student Loan, and Minnesota State Student
Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by
April 1will be considered first. For further
information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg.
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all
expenses and of all potential financial
resources i s the best way to do your
financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are
considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for
books and supplies. Tuition and fees for
1979-80 are $3365 per year. Books and
supplies may be estimated at $225 per
year. Room and board is $1620 per year.
Other college-related expenses are those
for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine
months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but
amounts should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics,
incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses,
etc.)
After you have written down estimates of
your expenses, make a list of all possible
sources of income, such as: contributions
from parents' earnings; personal and
family savings; personal earnings during
vacation periods; earnings from part-time
jobs during academic year; benefits from
Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other
than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.,
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any
union to which a family member belongs
for possible scholarship programs. High
school guidance counselors may have
information about student aid offered by
church, civic, professional, or fraternal
organizations in a given locality. Following
you will find a summary of financial aid
programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan
i s available from the Augsburg College
Office of Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant
(BEOG)
For students with proven financial
need. Available to full-time and parttime students. Up to $1600 per year
depending on the institutional costs
and the student's eligibility. Obtain
application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Administration Benefits/
G.1. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans
may qualify for special benefits.
Amount i s dependent upon eligibility
as determined by t h e Veteran's
Administration. To apply, contact the
Federal Veteran's Administration
Office in your area.
National Scholarship and Grant Program
for Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and
ethnic minorities and other eligible
groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church
(ALC) college or are members of an
ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per
year. Renewable.
Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half
the n ~ r m afull-time
l
academic load. If
the adjusted family inconk of the student i s less than $25,000 per year or if
financial need i s established for those
not i n this category, the Federal
Government pays the full interest on
the loan while the student is in college.
When repayment begins, the student
pays the full 7% interest on the loan.
Maximum loan i s $2500 per year or the
cost of education whichever i s less and
the aggregate maximum i s $7500.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one
parent (covered by Social Security) i s
retired, deceased or disabled. Amount
is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal
Social Security Administration Office
in your area.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emotional disabilities may qualify for
special assistance. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation
Office. To apply, contact your local
Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents on
the basis of scholastic achievement and
need. High School seniors who are
Minnesota residents are expected to
apply. Range: $100 to $1100; but shall
not exceed one half of the applicant's
demonstrated financial need.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from
Minnesota State Student Loan Office.
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
Awarded to Minnesota residents on
the basis of evident need. High school
seniors and community/junior college
transfer students who are Minnesota
residents are expected t o apply.
In addition, persons who have not
attended a post-secondary institution
for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
Scholarship/Grant will be mailed to all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you
do not receive an application by
December 1, contact your high school
guidance counselor or the college
financial aid office.
Return completed application and FFS
to The American College Testing Pro-
gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O.
Box 1000, Iowa City, Iowa 52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code
2080) and the Minnesota Statescholar-
ship'Grant
(Code 6500'
receive the FFS analysis.
NOTE: Unsucce5sful Scholarship applications are automatically considered for the State Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS
ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE
COLLEGE
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking in the top 15% of their: high school
class with above average aptitude test
scores.
Up to full tuition per year. Available
for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who
have shown academic potential and
have financial need.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for
a maximum of 4 years based on 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise
attend college, and who carry at least
one-half the normal academic load.
Range $200 to $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched
by other financial assistance such as
loans, scholarships, employment.
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
For students with Droven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
Averages approximately $1000 per
year. Can be reapplied for each year
although renewal i s not guaranteed.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further
full-time study and with proven financial need.
Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable
for a second year.
How to Apply
1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the
financial aid application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement
(FFS) from high school counselor or
Augsburg College Financial Aid
Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code
number is 2080. Financial statements
received by April 1 will be considered
first.
5. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female
students transferring from Waldorf
College. Preference given t o those in
music and/or elementary education.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS,
the College will accept the Financial
Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code
number i s 6014.
6. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the
scholarship committee.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
7. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Scholarships
established in 1972 t o
be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students.
-
Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descriptions of awards are
copied verbatim from statements of the
donors' wishes.
8. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o a
deserving student.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards
Memorial Scholarship - established
i n 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or
health.
2. The Alma JensenDickerson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
two deserving junior/senior students
as recommended by the committee.
3. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen
Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
-awarded annually t o twodeserving
junior/ senior students.
-
4. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student
of the College selected by the scholarship committee.
9. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and
deserving upperclassmen.
10. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial
Scholarship -distributed annually t o
needy and deserving students.
-
11. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships
up t o $1000 each - awarded on the
basis of scholarship, personality, and
need. Winners must be junior or
senior students who are residents of
the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabec orwashington
Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must
be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code
6577)
12. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and
deserving junior or senior student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee
1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders
with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
able and deserving students, who have
physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need.
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. Aid Association for Lutherans Minority
Scholarship Program - awarded
annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need.
2. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 t o be awarded to a Black
student.
3. The M a r l y s Johnson Simengaard
Memorial Scholarship - Awarded
periodically t o a Black American
student.
4. National Scholarship & Grant Program
for Minority Students - sponsored by
the American Lutheran Church (ALC).
Awarded annually t o members of racial
and ethnic minorities.
5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass
Oriental students.
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE
SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to
a student(s) i n the senior class who i s
preparing for the ministry.
2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship
- awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial
Scholarship - awarded on the basis of
need, scholarship and interest i n
Christian service.
4. The Morris G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student
preparing for service as a missionary
through the World Missions Department of t h e American Lutheran
Church.
5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded
periodically t o students preparing for
the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually t o an able and deserving
junior/senior student recommended
by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected
by donor.
7. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected o n the
basis of scholarship, characteristics of
service and devotion t o the Christian
faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by
Physical Education faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
- awarded annually to an able and
deserving male student on basis of
Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually to a male student or students
on basis of personality, character,
athletic and academic achievement.
3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male
student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of
physical education.
4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male
student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic
achievement.
The award is "made to students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character".
The athletic scholarship i s for a male
candidate only, with a preference for
basketball.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the
Biology Department faculty.
Biology Scholarships - established in
1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who
intend to major in Biology, Natural Science
or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by
the Business Administration faculty to the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation
Scholarship -awarded to oneor more
upperclass students interested in the
field of business.
2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded to
.one or more upperclass students who
are interested i n business and/or
education.
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded to a freshman football player
on basis of financial need.
CHEMISTRY
Winners selected by the
Chemistry faculty.
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to a football player on basis of
financial need.
Awarded to students whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of Chemistry.
7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
- awarded to a student because of his
academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
7. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music.
-
5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by
Education faculty.
The David Mathre Scholarship - awarded
to qualified full-time students in need of
financial assistance during the term in
which they are student teaching.
MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by Mathematics faculty to the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. Minneapolis Gas Company Scholarship
- generally awarded to able and
deserving junior/senior students
majoring in mathematics or thesciences
on basis of need and academic ability.
2. David and Michelle Christianson
~
~
t scholarship
h
~ - awarded
~
~
to an able and deservingstudent inthe
field of mathematics.
- Winners selected by English
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners
selected by Modern Language faculty.
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with
preference given to those who plan to
teach English as a career.
The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language
Scholarship - awarded annually to
juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach
language as a career.
ENGLISH
faculty.
2. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial
Scholarship -awarded to an outstanding student in the field of English.
HISTORY - Winners selected by History
faculty.
The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students
majoring in history with preference
given to those who plan a career in the
field.
LIBRARY SCIENCE -Winners selected by
Library staff.
MUSIC
faculty.
-
Winners selected by Music
1. O.T. Hertsgaard
Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental
music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise
of overall academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship - awarded to asophomore/junior
student of outstanding promise in the
field of music.
3. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship
1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or
more outstanding student(s) choosing
librarianship as a career.
-
awarded to an Augsburg student
who has music as a major/minor and
who shows outstanding promise for
achievement in the art of singing.
4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on thk
basis of skilled performanceor aptitude
in stringed instruments.
7, Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually to a
student studying choral music.
5' The leonard
and Sylvia KuschelPHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics
Scholarship - awarded to upperclass
students seeking to acquire musical
and performance skills in instrumental
music with preference given to
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music.
The award is "made to students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
faculty.
The Theodore
,.
-
icho~rs~ip
awardedannually
to an upperclass
student majoring in
SOCIOLOGY
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the
general field of Christian Sociology.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are for the
1979-80 academic year, and are subject t o
change without notice.
TUITION
Fee for change in registration after the
first three days of classes is $2.00 for each
course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin i s $5.00 per day.
- $3,365
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not
on a prior year guarantee plan) entering
the academic year beginning September,
1978. Students are considered full-time
when they take three or more courses
during the semester terms for a total of
seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student
must register for the semester periods. If
the student elects t o omit an interim or t o
graduate in December, a refund i s not
authorized.
A part-time rate of $470 per course is
charged the student taking less than three
courses i n a semester or registering for an
interim course only.
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. For part-time students,
the charge for auditing i s one half the
part-time rate per course. Part-time
students who take Lifetime Sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $10.00 is required
from all new students.
A registration fee for students studying
abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $125.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals
must register at Augsburg. The charge i s
$280.00.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T
REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $35
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
Film Making, $90
Life Drawing, $20
Stagecraft, $30
Nursing Admission Test, $15
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad
Adviser.
Music lessons i n addition t o tuition are
$130 a semester (14 lessons), or $9.30 per
lesson during the interim..
Practice Studio rental for each semester
for one hour a day: organ, $35.00 ($15.00
an interim); piano or voice, $20.00 ($6.00
an interim).
Band - Orchestra instrument rental
$30.00 a semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional
copy, $1.00.
Locker rental for commuter students:
$5.00
Arrangements for special examinations
are made i n the Registrar's Office with
charges according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account
basis.
BOARD A N D R O O M
Full Board and Room - $1,620.
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the
Office of Auxiliary Services.
BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another
institution, or discontinuing education
program at Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
In the event of excessive increases in the
cost of operation, these board rates may
be increased at any time before or during
the contract year.
Linen service i s available in residence halls
on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
A statement of estimated charges for the
year will be prepared and forwarded to
the student early in August. Payment of
the first half-year billing period i s due
August 20, and the second half-year i s due
January 20. Variation from this schedule
must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August
20.
1979-80 COST SUMMARY
Application Fee - $10.00
Tuition
- $3,365
No student i s permitted to register if his or
her account for a preceding term has not
been paid in full.
Board and Room - $1,620
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT - New students,
$50.00 (not refundable). Required of
students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by April 15,
1979. (Payment is due February 1 under
Early Decision Program). The deposit is
applied to the tuition charge.
R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - AII
resident students: $100.00 advance
deposit. Required at time of signing a
contract, to reserve a housing assignment
for the term beginning September.
Applied to the room charge.
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of his/her
registration and/or being released from
his/her housing contract will be refunded
charges for tuition and room except for
the minimum deduction of $100 of fees to
cover administrative costs according to
the following schedule:
100% through the first five days of classes.
90% .from the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes.
80% from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
70% from the sixteenth day through
the twentieth day of classes.
60% from the twenty-first day through
the twenty-fifth day of classes.
50% from the twenty-sixth day through
the middle of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle
of the term.
Should a student be forced to cancel his/
her registration during the first one-half
of the term due to illness or accident,
upon submission of a report from the
attending physician stating the inability or
inadvisability of continued matriculation,
the charges will be reduced by one-half.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will beapplied back
to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and
deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the
student's account before eligibility for a
cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College
are encouraged to plan their own course
of study with the help of faculty advisers
who are readily available for consultation
and guidance. A well-planned program of
liberal arts studies will include courses in
the humanities, the natural sciences, and
the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be
able to write effectively; they are also
expected to be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United
States.
The general recreational activities courses
at Augsburg are designed to acquaint
students with and to equip students for
lifetime sports.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into
four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily
achieved. A chairperson for each division
i s elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in
the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE A N D
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairperson: Duane lohnson
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the
study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its
mission.
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of
Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, i s
awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing
and Social Work. Majors in Music may
select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and
Health Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College.
Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages:
Chinese, French, .German, Greek,
Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian,
Russian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
5. Three interim courses. For transfer
students, the number of interim
courses is one less than the number of
years at Augsburg.
6. The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic advisers,
department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Minimum Graduation
Requirements Include the
Following:
7. Each student must apply for graduation
at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available in the
Registrar's Office.
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must
be upper division (numbered in the
300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in
one department, except 17 f o r
Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy
and Bachelor of Music degrees and 18
for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing.
A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2
courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4
cours,es of internship and 8 courses
with a grade of P (two in the major
except Elementary Education and one
in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward
the 35 total courses required.
8. All degree and course requirements
must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there
may be no incompletes or open courses
on the academic record).
2. Completion of a major. Requirements
for each major are listed under departmental headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all
courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major. (Except for
elementary education and Second
Step Nursing, where 2.5 averages are
required.)
9. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (EnglishIll)
or
certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of
English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. An approved course from each of
the following eight areas (One
course may fulfill the requirement
in one area, only):
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology - Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Foreign Language
Art - Music
C. Three courses in religious studies
of which not more than one may
be an interim course. For transfer
students, the number required i s
one for each year of study (or
equivalent) at Augsburg.
D. A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet
this requirement are published
each term.
E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course
in order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester and one course i n the interim.
Students registered for three or more
courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and
receive permission to register for more
than 4.5 courses.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee i s also charged for
changing registration, i.e., cancelling or
adding courses after the first five days of
the semester.
Students are urged not t o abandon
courses for which they are registered.
Abandoned courses result in a failing
grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the
Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in
accounts are effective as of the date the
completed Cancel From College form i s
returned to the Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least
7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified
as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or
her achievement i s unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
below 1.6 or 2 zero
grades having taken 6 or
fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero
grades having taken 7-15
courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken
16-24 courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken
25 or more courses
If a student has been on probation two or
more semesters consecutively, he/she i s
subject to dismissal at the end of the
following spring term. A student who has
a poor academic record may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of the
spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by
the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for
two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses i s measured, primarily, by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation are also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0
to 0 with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course
standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the
course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course).
Most courses are also offered on a Pass/
No Credit system, with P meaning a grade
of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit
and a grade of less than 2.0. On the P/N
grading system the grade is recorded but
not computed in the grade point average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of Ptoward graduation. For transfer students the maximum i s an average of
two courses per year. Two courses in the
major (except Elementary Education) and
one in the minor may be on P/N grading
system if approved by the department
chairperson.
Sociology 383, and several interim courses
are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded
only on the P/N system; some others
are graded only only P, 1.0, N. Eng. Ill i s
graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Students may
select the traditional grading system in
most other courses. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care
since some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish
to take on the P/N grading system. Any
changes in choice of grading system must
be made according to dates published
each term. A fee i s charged after the first
five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance
studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
An incomplete grade (I)may be given
only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive an I grade, a student must file a
petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the
reasons for requesting it, the plan and
date for removing it, and comments from
the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an 1 grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
If the incomplete is not removed during
the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along
with the incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course
that is to be spread over more than one
semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the
grade of X will remain on the record.
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N,
1, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and
grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade
point average. Courses i n which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however,
be audited.
Students who wish t o !ake courses without credit or grade may do so by register-
ing for Audit (V). Such students should
confer with the professor within two
weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the
student's transcript as having been
audited. If expectations have not been
met, the course will be listed witti a grade
of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. The charge for part-time
students i s listed under Expenses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s composed of students
whose grade point average for a semester
is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of
three full courses (or equivalent) graded
on the traditional grading system, with no
incompletes in courses offered for credit.
The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a
letter of commendation from the Dean of
the College.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined
as follows:
Summacumlaude
3 . 8 - 4.0 grade
Magnacumlaude
3.6
- 3.79
Cum laude
3.3
-
average
grade
average
3.59 grade
average
In order to qualify for graduation with
distinction transfer students must have
completed two years (fourteen graded
courses) of work at Augsburg College.
l ndependent Study
Independent study programs are offered
by many departments in the College.
These programs are often available to
conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on
an independent basis. Students interested
in registering for independent study must
first secure permission from the faculty
member who will direct the study as well
as from the department involved.
A student who registers for independent
study should normally expect to complete
it in one semester but may extend it into
the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is
given at the end of the first term, and the
student will register again for the course
in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may
count toward the 35 courses required for
the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in
which the independent study is proposed
i s not available on their home campus.
Requests for exceptions to this policy
should be made directly to their own
academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to
independent study by the host campus.
Veterans
Augsburg College i s approved by the
State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training.
Veterans should consultwith the Officeof
the Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more
courses are classifiedas full-time students.
It i s the responsibility of each veteran to
report any change in registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the
Registrar.
Veterans will be referred to the State
Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not
earn a minimum of three courses per
term. An incomplete grade (I) may be
given only i n the case of extreme
emergency. See section on Grading.
Grade reports are issued to students following each term.
A non-punitive grade which brings a
veteran's academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported to
the Veterans Administration. Veterans
will need to meet the requirements of the
Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning
credit by examinations should consult
with department chairpersoris or with the
Registrar. Credit may be earned through
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Courses
A full course i s offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses (one-half
course credit) are offered in the Division
of Professional Studies.
Classification
.
Sophomore.. . 7courses . I 4 grade pts.
Junior . . . . . .16courses . . 3 2 grade pts.
Senior.. . . . , .25courses . .50 grade pts.
..
.
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three
courses each of the two semesters and
one course during the interim (for a total
of seven courses). To be considered full
time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses.
A full course has the approximate value of
4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a
week in addition to laboratories. Each
semester is approximately 15 weeks in
length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings.
Courses with inadequate registration may
be cancelled. Students should consult the
schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses; those numbered 300and
above are classified as upper division. I n
general, courses numbered in the 100's are
primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for
seniors. In some departments course
numbers also designate areas within the
department
Symbol
#Consent of instructor
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1977-78 .................................................
1,838
Summer Session, 1978 ..................................................... 478
Summary of Graduates
.................................................... 6,991
.............................. 299
Graduates, 1870-1977
Graduates, 1978 (August 31, 1977-May 21, 1978)
Course Descriptions
The descriptions of courses listed in the
following pages are to be understood as
general characterizations of topics t o
be considered. For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and clarification of content and
requirements f o r individual courses,
please consult the respective instructors
of the courses.
Consult Schedule of Classes for precise
offerings each term.
Courses and terms listed are subject t o
change.
The symbol # indicates "by consent of
instructor".
See preceding pages for information on
numbering and credit value.
American Studies
Director: Crier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495
and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S.
History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the
U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5
courses in one of these areas and 3 in each
of the others).*
History of the United States
American Studies, 237, 260
History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495
(American Emphasis)
Religion 353, 363
Humanities in the United States
American Studies 232, 265
Art 102, 389
English 247 (also Speech 247), 250,351,
490 and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences i n the United States
Economics 720, 722, 123, 251
Education 478#
Political Science 727, 722, 770,325,326,
370, 377, 427
Sociology 777, 373, 387,383
Social Work 361, 463
*American area oriented courses taken
during the Interim, Summer Schoolandat
other colleges should-be approved by the
director for inclusion i n the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization t o be approved by director.
M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495
plus 2 courses in each of the above
groupings under MAJOR.
231 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN
HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related
to the black experience, e.g. African
backgrounds, religion under slavery,
evangelicalism. Course content subject t o
change from year to year. Meets one
religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the
black experience i n urban America, e.g.
Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II,
with emphasis upon the contributions of
literature, art and music of the period.
Course content subject t o change from
year t o year. (Spring)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN
INDIANS
The situation of Indians in the United
States since the Indian Reorganization Act
(1934) with an emphasis upon current
issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights,
and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions
among selected Indian tribes today.
(Spring)
phenomenon in American life. Includes a
study of the approaches of several disciplines t o the topic and practice i n the
integration of primary source materials.
Occasional use of Twin Cities resource
persons and the co-learning model when
appropriate to topic. Open t o freshmen
and sophomores. (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
265 W O M E N I N AMERICAN CULTURE
495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES
Through a discussion of works by women
historians and selections from women's
journals, speeches, articles, short stories,
poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the
position of black and white women in
American culture from the founding of
the colonies t o the present. (Fall)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
For description, see course 295. Open t o
juniors and seniors who will do a different
level of work (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature i n area of student's choice. Consult
with director t o determine conditions of
contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only.
Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
Art
Chairperson: Philip Thompson
ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history
courses including 386, 387, 388.
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses
including 107, and 3 art history courses.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art
major but 250 required and 132 recommended.
STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses
including 107; two from 118,221,223,225,
and 250.
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience
i n t h e environment leading t o w a r d
appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980)
STUDIO ART
242 FILM M A K I N G
107 DRA'WING
Film making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation
of the expressive and structural elements
of film. (Summer, Interim)
Drawing i n pencil, charcoal, ink, and
pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures,
building interiors and exteriors, and
experimental work. (Fall, Spring)
250 CERAMICS I
118 PAINTING I
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o p a i n t i n g media and
technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring)
An introduction t o the making
- of .pottery
with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1
The camera used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression with attention
given t o black and white,
and
photographic processes.
A study of visual communications in
magazines, television, film, advertising
symbols, and other mass media. Practice
in areas of photography, typography, and
illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
150 JEWELRY
An introduction t o the making of jewelry
in copper, brass, pewter, and silver.
(Spring)
221 SCULPTURE l
An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring)
351 CERAMICS I1
Advanced work in ceramics with an
emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:
250. Fall, Spring)
355 PAINTING I1
223 PRINT M A K I N G I
Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 718.
Fall, Spring)
Principles and methods of print making i n
a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring)
360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING
225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements
such as color, line, shape, texture, and
pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks
of water-color painting with emphasis o n
the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing
and transparent water-color. (Prereq.:
707. Offered alternate years. Fall, 7978)
368 PRINT M A K I N G I1
478 SCULPTURE II
Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring)
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 227. Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult chairman or internship director
to determine project.
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice, intended for senior art majors.
(Fall, Spring)
proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture in Europe. (Offered
7979-80)
ART HISTORY
290 ART HISTORY SURVEY
A survey of art from prehistoricto modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing
of slides, visits to museums. (Offered
Summer, 7977, 7979-7980)
387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART
European painting, sculpture, and archit e c t u r e t h r o u g h t h e 18th century.
(Offered 7 935-75)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia
f r o m pre-history t o modern times.
(Spring, 7979, Alternate years)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicisp through the
present. (Offered 7978-79)
385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART
389 AMERICAN ART
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman
period to the 4th Century A.D. (Offered
7 980-87)
386 MEDIEVAL ART
Early Christian through late Gothic and
A study of early colonial art through
contemporary American art, with specific
emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and
its relationship to European art as well as
indigenous movements. (Offered Fall
7977 and alternate years)
Biology
Chairperson: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one
course from each of the following three
groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473,
474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill);
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352;
Mathematics 124,125 (or 121,122); Physics
121,122 also required. Students intending
to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses,
cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least
course from each of the following
groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355,
inone
five
474
(Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473
(Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352)
also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this
major. Licensure for teaching after July,
1979, also requires three courses i n earth
and life sciences. Students are advised to
consult with the Education Department
early in their planning.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including 111,112and
three upper division courses. Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The
same as Option I major. In addition,
medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology
and 3.0 overall; active participation i n
seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the
research report. Application f o r t h e
honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
deal?What threats are posed by pollution,
the prospect of war, and by shortages of
food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of
genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of
health care? (3 hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours
laboratory. Does not apply to the major or
minor. Fall)
108 MICROBIOLOGY
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt t o
answer such questions as: What makes
man just another member of the biotic
fold? Does man have a niche in the
ecosystem? What influence does man
have on the environment? What influence
does the environment, especially the
urban environment, have on man? (3
hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours laboratory. A
student may not receive credit for both
Biology 707 and 703. Does not apply to the
major or minor).
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structureand
function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain
other paramedical students, or #; Spring
for Physical Education, Music Therapy
and other interested students. A student
may not receive credit for both Biology
107 and 703. Does not apply to the major
or minor).
105 BIOLOGY AND SOCIEN
What are some of the biologically-based
problems with which our society must
Basic microbial features are considered as
well asapplications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours
lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student
nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.:
Chemistry 703. Spring. Does not apply to
the major or minor).
109 SPECIAL TOPICS I N BIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people ta-king the
course together with college students i n a
co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needsand interest. Applies
towards the Natural Science requirement.
111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science
majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular
biology, genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l
biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be
taken in sequence except by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours
laboratory. 717, Fall; 172, Spring)
323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N
PHYSIOLOGY
A laboratory-based course in which the
principles of human function are learned
by experimentation and class discussion
of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended
for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health,
physical education and related programs
as well as b i o l o g y majors (primarily
Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall,
7980. Offered alternate years.)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the
plant kingdom including the study of
anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the
chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture.
Prereq.: 772; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #.
Fall; this course is prereq. to 477 and 476.
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
351 INVERTEBRATE Z O O L O G Y
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior,
life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7978. Offered alternate
years).
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE
ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772.
Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and
physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7979. Offered alternate
years).
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes
microtechnique, cytological studies, cell
physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367
or #; Physics 703 or 722 or #. Spring)
473 A N I M A L PHYSIOLOGY
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis
on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila
genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring)
A study of animal function with emphasis
on the vertebrates. Wherever possible,
functions are explained on the basis of
physical and chemical principles. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772;
Chemistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722 or
#. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
481 ECOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes w h i c h occur
during the development of organisms
with emphasis on the vertebrate animals.
Experimental as well asdescriptive studies
are included i n the laboratory work. In
addition to embryonic development, the
topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4
hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring)
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
Oral presentations and written papers
relating t o recent biological literature and
research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n
biology)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and
viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology,genetics,and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain
methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors
who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772,
and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
Business Administration and Economics
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
MAJOR I N ACCOUNTING: Business
Administration 101,102,131,261,263,379,
381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122,
123, 251 and o n e additional course
selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also
required. At least three upper division
courses are required. For those planning
on careers i n accounting, completion of
the two remaining courses in the sequence
381, 382, 483, 484 i s recommended. I n
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
MAJOR I N FINANCE: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373, 379,
478, and one other course from the
sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122,
123, 251, and one additional course
selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also
required. At least five upper division
courses are required. (392 i s strongly
recommended) In addition, courses i n
data processing and c o m p u t e r p r o gramming are strongly recommended.
NOTE: The department i s currently
planning to introduce a new major in
marketing and a new major in management information systems.
In addition to the courses listed below,
the following courses are offered under
the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Computer-
aided Research Methods, lntroduction
to Marketing, Managerial Economics,
Managerial decisionmaking, Intermediate Quantitative Methods, Operations
Research and Research Methods for
Economics and Business.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101, 102, and one of 261,
373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and
Economics 122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the
major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in
the major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who
wish to take the Certified PublicAccountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must
have completed the major i n Business
Administration-Accounting, taken all
accounting and business-law courses
offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics
general college requirement by taking
mathematics, and completed at least 5
courses but not more than 12 courses of
related business subjects (Economics,
Finance and Mathematics). Students who
have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the
Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o
sit for the examination immediately after
graduation.
Students who plan to major in thedepartmerit are strongly encouraged to select a
department advisor as soon as possible,in
order t o carefully plan their program of
study.
101 PRlNClPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting,
the accounting cycle and preparation of
financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 707, Fall,
Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction t o COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor i n
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm;
sources and uses of long and short term
funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting,
leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
A, analysis
of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, capital stock and surplus
accounts, current and long-term assets.
(Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and
reserved, actuarial topics. Additional
emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.:
262, Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
dent the opportunity to spend one full
term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will
write a report on his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer.
Cannot be taken in Interim only).
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Advanced financial theory: a systems
approach to financial structure and policy.
Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures
and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring)
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships
of various types of securities from the
viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of
capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s
strongly recommended. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
483 AUDITING
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied
problems in business and economics.
(Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls
for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.)
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq.: 701, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business
enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring.
Offered alternate years.)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with
members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and
readings in the areas of Accounting,
Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation, but not to the
major. This program will afford the stu-
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford him or her the
opportunity to analyze some topic or
issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
ECONOMICS
MAJORI N ECONOMICS: Economics 122,
123,251,258,454 and three other courses
of economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 379, also required.
The complete calculus sequence is very
strongly recommended for those planning graduate study i n economics.
Mathematics 373 may be substituted for
Business Administration 379. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are strongly recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics
122, 123, 251, and 258 and one other
course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379
and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly
encouraged to take other courses offered
in the department in addition to those
listed above.
NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in applied
economics and a new area of public
policies studies.
In addition to the courses listed below.
the following courses are offered under
the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Consumer
Economics, Managerial Economics, Managerial Decision-Making, Mathematical
Economics, History of EconomicThought,
Intermediate Quantitative ~ e t h d d s ,
Research Methods for Economics and
Business and Advanced Economic
Theory.
MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258and
one other course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the
major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination
in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy
general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to
select a department adviser as soon as
possible, in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit
Systems, etc. Fundamental m i c r o economic tools introduced t6 facilitate
discussion of the above-mentioned
topics.
NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not
plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the
above three areas should enroll in 122and
123 rather than 120.122 and 123 are also
open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim,
Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
(MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics;
national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade, eco-
nomic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory to current economic
problems. May be taken independently
of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122
and 123 may be taken in either order, or
may be taken in the same term in order for
the student to progress more rapidly to
the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
(MICRO)
macro-models. Attention paid to areas of
monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the
business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
An introduction to micro-economics.,the
theory of the household, firm, market
structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim,
Spring)
-
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction to COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
251 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry;
the pricing of factors of production and
income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 723, Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal
policy on economic activity; debt policy
and its economic implications. (Prereq.:
122, 723. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks,
the Federal Reserve System and its role in
relation to aggregate economic activity.
Emphasis placed on monetary theory and
policy. (Prereq.: 722. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation but not to the
major. This program w i l l afford the
student the opportunity to spend some
time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on
his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be
taken i n Interim only)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND
POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination
of wages, collective bargaining. Particular
attention paid to the economic problems
of minority groups and poverty areas.
(Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with
members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and
current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring).
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare
functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring,
alternate years)
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford him or her the
opportunity to analyze some topic or
issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
Chemistry
Chairperson: Earl Alton
GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY:
115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and
one advanced course which may include
Biochemistry; participation in seminar.
Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125
also required. Since upper division courses
have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take
Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman
year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year.
A M E R I C A N CHEMICAL SOCIETY
APPROVED MAJOR: I 1courses including
115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry
courses above 350. Chemistry seminar
participation; Mathematics 224; and
Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken
during the sophomore year). Reading
ability in German equivalent to one
semester also required.
M I N O R : 5 courses which must include
115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses
in chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361
are recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it i s suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken
as the advanced course. Licensure after
July, 1979, also requires three courses in
earth and life' sciences. Students are
advised to consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the chemistry
department for assistance in planning a
course program early in their college
career.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS
major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one
summer or course of approved research;
participation i n seminar.
Credit will not be granted for both 105
and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352.
Concerning prerequisites: Most courses
in this department have prerequisites,
courses that must be completed before
enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of
2.0 or higher in order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s
necessary. These requirements must also
be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second
term.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of
general, organic, and biological chemistry
around the theme: the molecular basis of
life. Does not apply toward the major.
(Credit cannot be earned for both Chem.
103 and any one of Chem. 105, 106, 115,
116, 223, 357, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 7 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3
years o f #. Fall)
105,106 PRINCIPLES O F CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116;
designed especially for students who will
not major in chemistry, although students
may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts
and laws underlying chemistry illustrated
by a variety of examples including organic
and environmental systems. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 705, Fall;
706, Spring)
reactor mechanism; many applications of
organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour
lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq. :
706 o r 176, 357 Fall; 352, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL A N D QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester
includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory
with examples from inorganic chemistry.
The second emphasizes equilibrium and
solution chemistry.
Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c
analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The
laboratory involves quantitative analysis
of a variety of samples, and includes trace
.analysis. (Prereq.: 706 or 776. Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC A N D
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r non-chemistry majors,
medical technologists, and others i n
allied health science programs whose
professional goals do not require either of
two-term organic course or the one-term
biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant t o a survey of biochemistry i s studied followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids,
enzymes and certain hormones. (3 onehour lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory.
Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol.
367. Credit cannot be earned for both
Chem. 223 and any one o f Chem. 703,357,
352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 705 or 775.
Spring)
351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds
with special emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material
is correlated by means of modern theories
of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum
theory, and states of matter are studied i n
the first semester. Applications of these
concepts t o areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry i n the
second semester. (3 one-hour lectures,
one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353;
Physics 727, 722; Mathematics 724, 725.
367, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f
identifying organic compounds i n the
l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e
structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the
literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and
further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and
ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
352,353,357 or #; some readingknowledge
o f German. Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium
theory and principles of atomicand molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical
methods as well as chromatographic and
electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3
hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 353, 362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using
the electrostatic, valence bond, and
molecular orbital models. Coordination
chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand
field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a
variety o f techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r
lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation t o solve the problems of the
harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen
atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular
orbital theory for molecules. Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular
momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 367 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit,
is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors
under the direction of the Augsburg
Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniorsare
expected t o participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited t o participate.
497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research
careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n the department (not counted as
a course) or by research participation
during the academic year (which may be
counted as a course). (Junior standing).
East Asian S t u d i e s
Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen
The major i n East Asian Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This
program enables students t o obtain a
broad exposure to Japan and China as
important world cultures. Components of
the program include language, history,
cultural specialization, comparative
studies, and seminar work or independent studies.
Requirements for the major consist of a
minimum of ten courses, distributed as
follows:
4 courses i n Japanese
2 introductory history courses
2 courses in cultural specialization or
comparative studies
2 seminars or independent studies
Each student's major program must be
submitted to the coordinator for approval.
-
Education
Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Education at these
levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary
Education.
Licensure programs for secondary education are offered in the following areas:
American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French,
German, Health, History, Mathematics,
Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social
Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater
Arts.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements.
?he courses, Orientatio" to Education,
both elementary and secondary, are open
to all students of sophomore standing or
above. To enroll in other education
courses, a student must first apply and be
admitted to the teacher-education program. Students are advised to apply for
admission in the spring semester of the
sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program
at another college must be re-admissable
to that program.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 255, 351, and two professional
semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2),
373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and
electives.
2. Health Education 114 and 115.
3. Library Science 358.
4. An academic minor. An academic
major i s recommended.
5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5
average in the major.
6. Fulfill State Department of Education's
EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations.
Requirements for Kindergarten License
are the same as those for elementary
education plus Education 375 and 483.
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Steve Reuter, Coordinator
Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for
Elementary Education plus the following
courses:
Soc 231
Sociology of the Family
Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
Ed. 325
Contemporary Influences in
Early Childhood Education
Ed. 425
Early Childhood Curriculum
Ed. 484
Student Teaching (160 hours)
Coordinator: Marie McNeff
Requirements for the major and for licensure in Elementary Education:
For an Early Childhood License with other
than an education major, consult with the
Early Childhood Education Coordinator.
255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN
URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY)
371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art,
Music (1/2 course)
Investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession and opportunity for
in-school work. Open to all students.
(Prereq.: sophomore standing or above.
Fall, Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for art and music taught at
the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N
EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION
372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Science, Mathematics (M course)
Focus i s upon the young child as a person
and the importance of the early years of
h i d h e r life in relation t o the effects of
present-day society and culture upon the
child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of
planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs.
Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center
and/or nursery school. (Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265, concurrent registration i n 367, 362.
Spring)
341
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
(W course)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources i n the teaching
of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors):
Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374.
373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys.
Ed., Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for physical education and
health taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265. Fall)
374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Social Studies, Language Arts
(% course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for social studies and
language arts taught at the elementary
level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361,
362. Spring)
361,362 CREATING LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY
375 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD O F
KINDERGARTEN
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265 or #. Spring)
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of
teaching approaches. The course requires
laboratory experience. Required f o r
Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the
Dept. of Ed.)
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH
LEARNING PROBLEMS
Electives
483,484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
(See Secondary Education)
(See Secondary Education)
399 INTERNSHIP
The student may select
a
situations for professional work experiA learning'Ontract
must be developed and must have education faculty
approval.
425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating
knowledge and skills of teaching the
young child. The course concentrates on
details essential to the organization of a
good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with
children who have uniquely different
needs. Class sessions, and two hours per
week of lab experience in a day care
center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Observing and directing learning at the
following levels: N, K, and/or elementary
levels under the supervision of college
and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval. Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmentalcurriculum.
A projected program must be outlined
which meets the approval of education
faculty.
SECONDARY EDUCATION
(TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM)
It i s the responsibility of each student to
meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult
with Education faculty regarding state
requirements for teacher licensure. This
consultation i s recommended in addition
to conferring with the student's major
field adviser.
Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor
meeting requirements in a teaching major
and licensure are available through the
Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access to computer.)
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Licensure Program for Secondary Education:
1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation
2.
3.
4.
5.
course. Application forms are available
in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department or division of their declared
major. A student may take education
courses after the Orientation course
only if he or she has been admitted into
the program of t.he Department of
Education.
GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5
average in the major.
Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching.
Completion of the State Department of
Education's EDU 521 Regulation in
Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program
meets this requirement.)
Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265,
359,478; a minimum of one-half course
in special methods in the area of the
student's major, and a minimum of two
courses in Student Teaching.
Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education will take one full course in special
methods and three courses in Student
Teaching.
Requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for teaching i n Secondary
Schools (Through the Augsburg College
Education Department Program)
Education Department Licensure Program courses.
GENERAL INFORMATION:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure: Persons with teaching majors
in Art, Music and Physical Education
receive a special license which allows
them to teach in their area in all grades
from Kindergarten through twelve
(K-12). A person preparing far licensure in one of these areas follows the
secondary education program even
though he or she plans to teach at the
elementary school level. A person with
a major in one of these special areas
will take three courses in student
teaching and do some student teaching
at both the secondary and elementary
levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
major in art will register for Educ. 361;
the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the
major in Music for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School
and Society in a one full-time term in
professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are
held during the term as part of the
professional work. A student taking
two courses in student teaching may
elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the
activities of the professional term.
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfull State Department of Education
265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN
A N URBAN SElTING (Secondary)
EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsb u r g E d u c a t i o n p r o g r a m meets
requirement)
4. Health Educ. 114 and 115
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession and opportunity for
in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.:
sophomore standing. Fall, Spring)
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
(See Elementary Education)
359 CREATING LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY
(% course)
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255,256
or #. Fall, Spring)
With the general methodology course,
one or more of the following education
courses in special methods must be taken
from the department of the major field.
(Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 or #)
Special Methods Courses (% to 1 course)
Methods and materials in teaching special
areas
360 American Studies Methods
% course (Spring)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior
high school)
1 course (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior high school)
% course (Fall)
364 English Methods
% course (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
1 course (Fall)
366 Foreign Language Methods
(Consult with Language Department)
% course
373 Music Methods (K-12)
1 course (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods
% course (Spring)
375 Social Studies Methods
?hcourse (Spring)
376. Speech and Theater Arts Methods
% course (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods
% course (Spring)
410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410,
Adm. and Superv. of School Health
Program)
1 course
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH
LEARNING PROBLEMS
This course will examine characteristicsof
different kinds of learning problems
found in regular classroom environment.
The primary focus of the course will be on
teaching strategies, but attention also will
be given to procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning
problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students.
(Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
The student may select from a variety of
situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be
developed and must have education
faculty approval.
478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course i s on the
school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American
education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
481, 482,483, 484
STUDENT TEACHING
Observing and directing learning at the
secondary level under supervision of
college and secondary school personnel.
(Prereq.: Admission to student teaching
and program approval. Fall, Spring)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION
A N D GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of
evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance i n use of print and non-print
materials (Fall, Spring)
--
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Opportunity for advanced and specialized
359 REFERENCE SERV~CES
IN THE
research projects not otherwise provided
LIBRARY
for in the departmental curriculum. A
projected program must be outlined Study of basic information sources most
which meets the
of
frequently used by studentsand librarians.
faculty.
Includes preparation of bibliographies
and library instruction. (Spring)
LIBRARY SCIENCE
399 INTERNSHIP
M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475.
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o do field work i n a variety of
library situations i n the metropolitan area.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION A N D
ADMINISTRATION
475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION A N D
GUIDANCE
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation.
Services of the media center and methods
of evaluation. (Fall)
Survey and evaluation of library materials
on the secondaryschool level, with attention to their use inrelation
to curricula
as well as for personal interest and needs
of adolescents. (Spring)
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Psychological and philosophical d i mensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production and evaluation
of effective audio visual materials for
teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
Independent study and research o n some
topic of interest in the field of school
library service, worked out in consultation
with a faculty adviser. Open to juniorsand
seniors, with department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson: Adviser
Augsburg College i s cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis,
Missouri) and Michigan Technological
University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a
Three-Two Plan of studies which will
enable a student t o earn the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College and
an engineering baccalaureate degree
from Washington University or Michigan
Technological University in a five-year
period. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted
into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided
they have met course requirements, have
a B average, and are recommended by a
designated representative of Augsburg
College. Students receiving financial aid
who are participants in the Three-Two
Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications
will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum
course requirements for admission to the
Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224,
226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116;
Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education
requirements and a total of 27 courses at
Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and
Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman
year. Students are encouraged t o apply
for admission t o the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with
the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged.
English
Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard
Sargent
MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course in American literature, one
course in the Western literary tradition
(271 or 272) and three courses in British
literature. Of the British literature courses,
one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and
one must survey a number of writers (for
example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must
take 225, Advanced Expository Writing.
Majors are encouraged to take, early in
their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly
urged t o consult their departmental
adviser regularly.,A student with a double
major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the English department:
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
English: 10 courses, including those listed
for the major and a course i n the English
language. Courses in early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e
recommended.
Speech: (1) a course i n public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction.
Library Science: 475, The High School
L i b r a r y : M a t e r i a l s Selection and
Guidance.
In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education
majors will be required to gain practical
experience in the teaching of writing, to
be arranged through the department
chairperson.
Students interested in a teaching major
are encouraged to take courses toward
their major during the freshman and
sophomore years, enroll in Orientation
to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planning their courses
of study with the department chairperson,
students should consult an advisor in the
Department of Education.
H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in the
major and 3.0 overall; submit program to
department chairperson early in senior
year; defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis
may be an independent study program.
M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course in British literature, and one
writing course. Teaching minors must
include both 225 and a course in the
English language.
The English Department recommends
but does not require that English majors
consider developing an area of emphasis
broader than the major as listed above.
The most likely areas would be a British
concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration,and
a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec-
tion of electives in the major, by the
design of an independent study course
that applies to the concentration, and by
the selection of some related courses
outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416;
English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423,
438 and sometimes 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222;
American Studies 232; English 241, 250,
351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A
student with an American literature concentration should take some of the
courses listed under the American Studies
major which are selected from the
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360,361;
Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German
244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490,
491.
WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition to Advanced Expository Writing,
Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect
Interim courses in writing.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser.
lnterim courses, special courses, and other
courses given at the other cooperating
colleges will often fit well into a concentration.
English 111 i s strongly recommended but
not a prerequisite for a lower division
literature course. Prerequisite for an
upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature
course or consent of the instructor.
111 EFFECTIVE WRlTlNC
The study of composition with emphasis
on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the
research paper. The grading system for
this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In
order to hold a place in their course the
student must either attend class the first
day or personally notify the instructor that
s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring)
225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING
The development of essays in a variety of
rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and
analysis. Particular attention will be given
to stylistic and organizational matters
through the course's workshop format, in
which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 711, Fall, Spring)
226 CREATIVE WRITING
The purpose of the course i s to encourage
and guide, by means of appropriate
models, theories, and criticism, writing in
narrative and poetic modes of expression.
Short stories, personal narratives, and
poems may be selected by students for
experimentation and development, according to the student's preference.
227 JOURNALISM
An introduction to newswriting, with
secondary emphasis on the feature and
the news feature. The student is first
introduced to the principles of writing the
news story, what constitutes news, copy
preparation, and editing practices, then
goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and
community news stories. A unit on the
feature and the news feature concludes
the course. Throughout the semester,
attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons
and contrasts with the electronic media,
and stylistic trends inside and outside
the journalism establishment.
241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic qualities
and the historical development of the film
media. The course includes the viewing
and discussing of both feature length and
short films. See also description under
Speech, Communications and Theater
Arts.
245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction,
drama, and poetry. Particular attention
will be devoted to developing critical and
analytical skills in reading and writing
about literature. Strongly recommended
for English majors. (Fall, Spring)
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant
works of selected American writers from
colonial times t o the emergence of
literary naturalism. Attention i s also given
to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring)
261 M O D E R N FICTION
Significant works of selected prose
writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth
century. (Fall, Spring)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER
T O DANTE
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M
D O N N E T O BLAKE
A study of major works of Greek and
Roman literature,for example the epics of
Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the
comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's
Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be
studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring
relevance. (Fall)
Reading, analysis and discussion of works
of selected writers from the metaphysical
poets t o Blake, with attention t o the
historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M
THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N
PERIOD
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval t o the
modern period, including such authors as
Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe,
Dostoyevsky.
331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE
While the primary study of the course will
be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer,
attention will be given to the medieval
literary milieu out of which Chaucer
wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and
drama may be examined. (Alternate years,
7 980-87)
332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and
selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which
Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 7979-80).
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE
ROMANTICS A N D THE
VICTORIANS
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two
or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their
own age and their lasting contribution t o
the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention
is given to the dynamics of American
society and i t s intricate relationship to the
literature. Special emphasis is given t o the
city as setting and symbol in modern
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
367 M O D E R N POETRY
Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism.
Discussion may include the poetry and
aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance,
M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n
Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and
other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 7 979-80)
368 M O D E R N D R A M A
Significant works of American, British,
and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements
such as Naturalism, Existentialism,Theater
of the Absurd, and Transformationalism.
Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 7980-87)
399 INTERNSHIP
The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students
should consult the Department
Chairpersons.
Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the
conditions contributing t o the rise of the
novel and i t s emergence by the twentieth
century as the dominant literary form
(Alternate years. 7980-87)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with
attention t o the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
491, a major writer or a major work.
Enrollment open to juniors and seniors.
423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A survey of the development of the novel
i n England from its eighteenth century
beginnings up t o the twentieth century.
Novels studied will be selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens,
Open t o junior or senior English majors
with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed
independent study in the area of the
student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Chairperson: Gunta Rozentals
below their level may only do so for a
grade of P/N.
Students with previous
language
study should register in courses suited t o
their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows
the formula: 1 year of high school foreign
language equals 1 course of college
foreign language. However, final placement i s made according to the results of a
placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with
the department. Students who register
Course 112 completes basic elements of
the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useableskill levels.
Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper
division courses.
See d e p a r t m e n t f a c u l t y f o r career
information.
Language majors and minors must consult
with the department for limits o n nonAugsburg courses, and majors for midpoint evaluation after the third postintermediate course.
Teaching majors and minors must consult
with the Department of Education for
program. Methods courses by language
are joint five-college offerings and should
be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0
average in Advanced Conversation and
Composition i s a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
de.partmental honors must apply no later
than early i n the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 GPA
overall, and honors thesis demonstrating
ability in independent study for one
course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
two in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and three i n literature, of
which one should be course 352. Study in
France strongly recommended.
M I N O R : 4 courses above 212, including
one in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and one i n literature. Interim
or summer of study in France strongly
recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature.
Study Abroad. Also see lnterim catalog.
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed t o introduce the student with
no previous background in French t o the
language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence
structures are taught t o enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary
level. Two hours laboratory work. See
above on placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and
forms i s completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills,
and acquaintance with French culture
and way of life. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through a core of twentieth century
French literary readings and a grammar
review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading.
For those who have studied most of the
basic structures: Two hours of laboratory
work. (Fall)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating
ideas and building sufficient reading skills
t o pursue general reading in French.
Completes the review of basic structures
and more complex forms. Laboratory
work. (Spring)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Major representative works of French
literature read i n English translation.
Through individualized background
reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities
and cultural-historical significance of
these works. Sophomore standing. Does
not count toward a French major or
minor.
Explores topics of current interest i n both
oral and written form to build fluency,
accuracy, and facility o f expression.
Emphasis o n vocabulary enrichment,
grammatical r e f i n e m e n t s , e f f e c t i v e
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.
(Fall 7 979)
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and
correct expression. Attention t o grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics. French
phonology and speech groups practiced
to overcome inadequacies and incorrect
speech habits. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n
demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION:
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of
the French from their beginnings to the
modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual,
political, social and artistic self-awareness.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 377
or #. Spring 7980)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems,
ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and
their contribution to the contemporary
scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of
audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n
French. (Prereq.: 371 or#. Alternate years.
Spring 7980)
350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing
selected works of French literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
377 or #. Offered o n demand)
352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT
A survey of the major literary creators of
the Renaissance and Classical periods,
and the French intellectual, social and
ethical currents reflected in their works.
Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel,
letters and other proseforms. Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory work
i n French. Required o f all majors.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand)
354 REALITIES: INNER A N D
OUTER WORLDS
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors in poetry,
and the literature of ideas that led to new
forms and emphases with the turn of the
century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts i n French.
(Prereq.: 377 or#. Offered alternate years)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including
the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay,
and criticism. Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts i n French.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing
on topics of intellectual,social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive
training i n the four skills at an advanced
level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression,
refinements i n style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Provides for
self-improvement and self-evaluation.
Laboratory assignments. Required for all
majors (Prereq.: 377 or#. Alternate years)
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (LaFayette,
Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola,
Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.)
that shows the evolution of this genre i n
theme and form. Analyses, discussion,
and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or #.
Recommended 337. O n demand)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study in depth of an author, topic or
genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French.
For advanced students. (See also lnterim
offerings. Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. Offered
on demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement,
or genre at an advanced level. Designed
t o complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense
are included. (Consultations with French
teachers required. Junior standing. Fall,
Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be
clarified early with study adviser.)
German
M A J O R : 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer
in Germany strongly recommended.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r
teachers; European History, a second
language, linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who
have had 111 or equivalent or less than
two years of high school German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice i n speaking, understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives
in simple German, insights into German
culture and participation i n short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
(177, Fall; 772, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with two terms (or two years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g
knowledge of German. Review of basic
structures with emphasis on extending
range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporary
German life and literature. (277, Fall; 272,
Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English.
The readings are considered not only i n
the particular context of German cultural
history, but also discussed in termsof their
relevance t o perennial human problems.
Credit for this course does not apply to
the major or minor in German.
311 GERMAN CONVERSAT'ON AND
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility i n the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n
colloquial German. Intensive practice i n
speaking i s supplemented with exercises
i n written composition. (Fall)
331 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE l
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000
B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with
emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle
Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the- elements of' theory
through reading, analyzing and discuss.
Ing selected works of German literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
377 or #. Offered on demand)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH
18TH CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und
Drang literature. Extensive readings and
discussions i n Classic and Romantic
periods. Readings i n German, supplemented by lectures on the history of
German literature i n i t s cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o
improve students' ability t o express ideas
in German. (Prereq.: 377 or#. O n demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 19TH CENTURY
332 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland since
the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s considered in view of i t s
roots in the intellectual, geopolitical,
artistic and scientific history o f t h e
German-speaking peoples. I n German.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980)
I n c l u d e s l a t e r Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction
to the decline of idealistic philosophy and
the importance of the individual and the
rise of materialism, technology and mass
man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o
deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n
demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 20TH CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse,
Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with
class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression i n German.
(Prereq.: 371 or #.)
411 ADVANCED GERMAN
COMPOSITION A N D
CONVERSATION
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for
expressing his own ideas and opinions.
Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through
use of German as classroom language,
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years)
451 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Coethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the
epic genre as a mirror of cultural and
geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 377 or #.)
452 GERMAN D R A M A
Representative dramatic works from late
18th century t o the present are discussed
and read as symptomatic of perennial
human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #)
literature, linquistics, which can apply
toward classics concentration i n cooperation with Macalester College.
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n
morphology. Translation exercises from
and into Greek. (777, Fall; 712, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development
of reading skills through selections from
the New Testament and other Hellenistic
writings (early fathers, historians, etc.)
Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of
the Greek text. (Prereq.: 172 or #. Fall)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
A first course i n the theory and practiceof
literary studies. A theoretical component
(in English) treats the basic principles of
literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. I n the
practical component, the class will divide
into small groups according t o foreign
language, where the elements of theory
will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for
foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors.
Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.:
272 or #. Offered on demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
See the instructor for supporting courses
at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art,
Japanese
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
Linguistics
289 INTRODUCTION T O LINGUISTICS
An introduction t o linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus
on linguistic universals (organizational
principles and features common t o all
languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry
in t o the mechanics of language learning
and the structure of the mind as revealed
i n language.) Theoretical questions will
be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall)
wegian used as basis for class discussion
and exercises. Laboratory work and some
field experience expected. (prereq.: 772
or equivalent. Spring)
311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
A N D COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian
with emphasis on pronunciation and
original composition. Some attention
given to regional variations in spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between
the two official languages of Norway.
Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring)
Norwegian
312 OLD NORSE
MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411;
plus one course under Scandinavian Area
Studies.
For the teaching minor: 311,331,353,411
plus required education courses, including special methods.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under
Scandinavian Area Studies.
An introduction t o the structure of O l d
West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some
attention given to O l d East Norse and
aspects of the history of four modern
Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of
the latter i s desired but not reauired.
Norwegian language minors wili have
special assignments. ( O f f e r e d Spring
7 980)
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE
111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language
skills: speaking, listening, reading and
writing. Stress on spoken rather than
literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (777, Fall; 772, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition
t o improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Nor-
This study o f Norwegian cultural history
will include significant aspects of the
c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society.
Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work i n the
comparatively homogeneous population
of Norway will be examined. Written and
oral reports i n the Norwegian language
will be required along with some field
work. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and
alternate years.)
350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected works of Norwegian
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open t o all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 o r #. Offered o n demand)
353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN
LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the
study of original works from earlier
periods extending back to O l d Norse
literature. All genres are examined, and
considerable attention i s given t o writings
i n the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and
written reports are i n Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring
7987. Alternate years)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN
CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and
written Norwegian. Attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and t o the
historical development of the Norwegian
language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354.
(Study i n Spain or Latin America i s
strongly recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American
Area Studies. Consult department for
other supporting courses i n humanities.
111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld.
Laboratory work i s an integral part of the
course (777, Fall; 772, Spring)
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with
emphasis on active use of the language,
supplemented by readings in culture and
literature. (Prereq.: 772 or 2 years o f high
school Spanish. 277, Fall; 272, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various
periods and movements are read i n
English translation. Through background
reading and class discussion i n English the
student i s acquainted with the salient
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit in this
course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred.
311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice i n
correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course i s a
p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall)
312 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Intended for students who have a basic
command of writing and speakingskills i n
Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis o n conversational facility, stressing idiomatic
usage and the finer points of grammar.
Readings t o stimulate discussion and
broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine
articles. Conducted i n Spanish. (On demand)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
A N D CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the
Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations t o the present. I n
Spanish. (Prereq.: 317 or 272, with #.
Spring 7980)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. In the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y
through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n
Spanish. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open t o all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand)
352,353 SURVEY O F SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
A study of representative authors i n
Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports
in the language. (Prereq.: 377 or #. 352,
Fall, 7980; 353, Fall, 7979)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of
Spanish contribution to world civilization
through historical, intellectual, literary,
and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate
years)
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC
AMERICAN AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 377
or #. Offered on demand)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311
or #. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH D R A M A
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature in Spain. Oral and written re-
ports in the language. Emphasis on the
Golden Age and the Modern Period.
(Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century in
Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. (Prereq.: One survey course.
Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
History
Chairperson: Richard Nelson
M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least
four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four. areas. Ancient and
Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course.
Lower level courses need not be taken i n
sequence.
M A J O R FOR TEACHING: I n addition t o
the regular history major a social science
maior with historv, em~hasisis also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog.
Students wishing t o become licensed
teachers see "Education Department" in
this catalog and consult with Education
Department faculty for requirements.
.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the
major and 3.0 overall; except in special
instances, application before the end of
the first term of the junior year; two years
of a foreign language at the college level
(or its equivalent); an honors thesis
(equal t o one course credit) t o be
defended before a faculty committee.
101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE
WESTERN CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations i n
the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of
Europe into the13th century.(Fall,Spring)
102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN
CIVILIZATION
A consideration of European institutions
and values from the waning of the middle
ages through the remodeling of Europe
by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE M O D E R N WORLD
A study of the main currents i n western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to
the present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN
WORLD
An introduction to various centers of
cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation
torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the
scheduled courses. The proposed study
must be approved by the directingfaculty
member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of
one course i n directed study may be
applied to the major.
332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN
FOREIGN POLICY
The relationship of foreign policy t o
general American development is stressed
as i s the period of the Cold War. (Fall
7980-87)
353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A survey of topics relating t o the mergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic
adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities;
economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and
early 20th centuries. (Fall)
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D
GREECE T O 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the
Near East from earliest times through i t s
extension and elaboration by the Greeks.
Emphasis i s placed on the development of
writing, achievement in the arts and
sciences and political institutions.
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E
T O 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the
rise of Rome as the world's greatest power.
Emphasis is placed on personalities, the
arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
(Fall, 1979-80)
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES T O 1560
331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY
Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n
U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see
History 332). The specific topics to be
offered will be-announced prior t o registration. (Fall)
A study of the scholastic tradition and the
role of the Church and state through the
changes forced on these institutions
during the Italian Renaissance and the
early years of the Reformation. (Spring,
7 980-87)
399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division
..
students majoring i n history. See department chairperson.
412
PERIODS
AND STUART
A study of English history from a 15th
century background through 1714. The
emergence of modern constitutionalism
is the major theme of the course. Emphasis
i s also placed on 16th and 17th century
aspects of England's subsequent role i n
the world economy and on the English
literary renaissance of Elizabethan and
early Stuart periods. (Fall)
416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most
critical period in the rise of the modern
state. Emphasis i s also placed on the
emergence of modern science and its
effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. (Fall 7980-87)
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth,
the distinctive institutions, and the culture
of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire
t o the 20th century, with focus on specific
historic cities as examples. The course i s
designed for history students, urban study
majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. (Spring)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial
empires and the rise of the third world.
The emphasis will be o n Western Asia.
Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years.
(Spring 7980-87)
463 MODERNSOUTHEAST
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments
in this area. A comparative analysis of the
nationalist movements and the process of
decolonization will especially focus on
Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and
Vietnam. (Spring 7979-80)
464 MODERN
A selective treatment of Chinese history
since the Opium Warof 1839. The erosion
of China's i;olationism and collapse of the
imperial system. The Nationalist and
Communist revolutions of t h e 20th
century. (Fall)
465 M O D E R N JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of
Japan as a major world power i n the 20th
century. Components of the course will
include a study of the distinctive features
o f t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization
factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring
7980-87)
474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers
cultural interaction and conflict, and the
building of European empires in Asia and
the Americas, and concludes with the
breakdown of these imperial systems at
the end of the 18th Century. (Spring797980)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission
of the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply
for directed independent study. A maxi-
mum of one course in independent study
may be applied toward the major.
114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the basicconceptsand
tools of geography followed by a survey of
the distribution patterns to be found in
our physical and. human environment.
(Temporarily cancelled. See History Department Chairman)
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson: Beverly Durkee
M A J O R : 9 courses including 124,125,215,
224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure,
courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224.
,
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be submitted
to department during first term of junior
year, and must include advanced study in
areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and
Mathematics-Education.
ties in two variables. Does not apply
toward a major or minor in mathematics.
Does not satisfy the general education
requirement in mathematics.
114 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O COLLEGE
ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, functions and graphs, linear
equations, exponents and radicals,
quadratic equations, ratio and variation,
progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms
and trigonometric functions. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may register for credit only with consent
of instructor. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
104 BASIC MATHEMATICS
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and
a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities
in one variable, including linear and
quadratic; and graphs of linear and
quadratic equations and linear inequali-
Topics of linearity and probability with
applications to the social and behavioral
sciences. Does not apply toward a major
or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Differential and integral calculus of a
single variable with applications to the
social and behavioral sciences. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may not register for credit. (Spring)
techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.:
224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F
MATHEMATICS
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including
calculus of several variables and series
with applications primarily f r o m the
physical sciences. Primarily for students i n
the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725,
Spring; 224, Fall)
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure o f
mathematical systems and mathematical
models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts.
Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g
further study of mathematics. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational
to abstract mathematics. A study of the
integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is
placed on the inductive techniques of
discovery. Includes the ideas of modern
elementary school mathematics curricula.
Does not apply toward a major or minor i n
mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 INTRODUCTION T O M O D E R N
ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings,
integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275.
Fa11)
324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean
spaces, transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and
vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring;
325, Fall)
215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA
351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY
A study of systems of linear equations,
determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
A study of Euclidean and other geometries
by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. (Prereq.: 722 or
725. Spring, 7980. Offeredalternate years.)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by
special integral transforms; systems of
differential equations with matrix algebra
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions
and densities, expectation, sampling dis-
tributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses.
(Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project.
441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems.
(Prereq.: 374, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 7987. Offered alternate
years)
481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics selected from
real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 374, 324, or #.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation
between student and department.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL
COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G
An introduction to computer methods
includingflowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming
in a non-scientific higher level language,
such as COBOL. Primarily for students in
non-science areas.
Does not apply toward a major or minor
in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee)
245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC
COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G
An introduction t o computer languages
and methods. Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register
operations, and computer organization.
Programming i n machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from
science areas. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq:
Math 725 or #. Fall. Computer fee)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D
NUMERICAL METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems
on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms
for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language
i n numerical analysis. Topics include the
general concept of iterative formulas,
solution of equations, Newton's method,
linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit
may be granted toward a mathematics
major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and
Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of
three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship
at Hennepin County Medical Center,
Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended
courses vary t o some extent depending
on the hospital with which the students
plan t o affiliate. It i s important to work
closely with the Medical Technology
adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by
the hospitals for the 12-month internship.
Students must negotiate directly with the
hospitals involved.
Although it i s not recommended, Chemistry 223 may be taken instead of Chemistry
351-352. However, credit for both Biology
367 and Chemistry 223 is not given. If
Chemistry 223 is taken, then the two
required upper division biology courses
may not include Biology 367.
Required science courses: 1) Biology 111,
112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,
106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics:
103 (or 121,122); one math course.
Students transferring t o Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalent should expect to spend two
years at Augsburg before participating in
the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons
w h o already have t h e baccalaureate
degree from another institution.
Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl
Director: Carry W. Hesser
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics
123; Political Science 122; History 431;
Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379
or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or
Sociology 363; a minimum of one course
of internship or independent study; plus
two urban-related non-social science
courses with an urban emphasis, at least
one of which must be i n the humanities
(current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics
103, Biology 101, 105).
To complete the major, the student has a
choice among three emphases or tracks:
Planning, Public Administration, or
CeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a widevariety of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges, as well as those offered
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below).
MINOR: To be linked with appropriate
majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following
core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science
122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an
a p p r o v e d Social Science Research
course; an approved internship and/or
independent study.
Other Urban Studies options available
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA):
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City
metropolitan area.
358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN
ISSUES
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution
publications, journal articles and books.
359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES
METROPOLITAN AREA
Using the community as a classroom,
students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues i n the Twin Cities area. Topics
include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 INTERNSHIP
Students are placed in a variety of public
and private agencies for work experience.
A learning contract is developed with
MUST faculty approval. Students may
choose an internship of one or two
courses.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional)
Independent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n
consultation with MUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and/or
field research related t o subjects of
seminars and/or major academic interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST)
This program is located at the University
of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Students are placed i n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on
proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student
course work and daily living i n Oslo. An
orientation t o current issues i n Norwegian life and society i s coordinated
with the language instruction.
373GROWTHANDDEVELOPMENTOF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a
combination of lectures, guest speakers,
and field work. Emphasis is placed on
Norwegian u r b a n development w i t h
comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
396 URBAN PLANNING I N
SCANDINAVIA
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are
viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers.
Course focus i s on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of
other Scandinavian countries.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and field
research related t o subjects of seminar
and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester
(SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program i s
located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t
focuses upon urbanization and development i n the Third World.
261 SPANISH LANGUAGE
Spanish instruction at intermediate or
advanced levels.
various types of barrios and t o public and
private agencies dealing w i t h urban
problems.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N
LATIN AMERICA
Readings, discussions, and lectures i n
both English and Spanish, with aid of
SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n
urbanists.
363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH,
POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y
DEVELOPMENT IN THE LATIN
AMERICAN CITY
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty,
student selects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related t o subjects
o f seminar and/or major academic
interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
An eight-week program integrating a
field seminar, an internship, and independent study.
382 FIELD EXPERIENCE
Structured field course focusing o n plight
and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota,
with field trips t o other Colombian and
foreign cities for comparison. Visits to
383 FIELD SEMINAR: SAN FRANCISCO
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Music
Chairperson: Robert Karlen
Students wishing t o major i n Music at
Augsburg College must make application
t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into
the programs. Such application should be
made by the beginning of thesophomore
year. (See Music Department handbook
for further details.)
CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors
must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music
courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261;
pass a
piano proficiency test, perform i n music
organizations for 3 years, participate i n
Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music
repertoire tests.
MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum
described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or
355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of
Performance.Studies; recital performance.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: Core
Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two
of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance
Studies; education courses; and recital
performance. Consult with Department
o f Education for requirements i n
education.
BACHELOR O F M U S I C DECREE: 13
courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, two or
354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or
other elective; 4 years of Performance
Studies with double periods in the last two
years, and junior and senior recitals.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of
Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus
350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3
years of Performance Studies including at
least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382,
383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362,
and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc.
241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective
in physical education (232 recommended);
elective in speech (116 recommended). A
maximum of 17 courses in Music and
Music Therapy may be applied toward the
35 courses required for graduation.
Students need to apply for internship sites
nine months in advance of starting date.
Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s
limited, students may need t o seek outof-state internship placements.
This major normally requires four and
one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the
student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
MINOR: 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261,
458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organizations; piano proficiency; and 2 music
r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all
Performance Workshops during the year
of Performance Studies and 8 campus
recitals also required.
Those wishing t o minor in music should
declare their intent by the end of their
sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 102.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify
for graduation honors i n music if they (1)
provide leadership in: the promotion of
higher music performance standards
within the Department of Music; breadth
of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/
or promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at
least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for
the Honors Program at the beginning of
the second term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of
the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of
graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental
ensemble of not less than 15 minutes
duration and either a senior thesis and i t s
defense before a faculty committee of a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a
senior thesis and its defense before a
faculty committee and a solo recital of
graduate quality.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 14 campus faculty and
student recitals i s required of sophomore,
junior and senior music majors. Music
minors must attend 8 faculty and student
recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and
minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration
i s required of majors during either the
junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both
their junior and senior years.
Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required t o pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a
student who has been certified by the
Department of Music as a major for the
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music
degree, receives required lessons in the
area of his concentration without extra
cost. The total of Performance Studies
credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A
junior or senior student transferring t o
Augsburg College as a music major must
take a placement test in music theory
before registration. Application f o r
acceptance into a music program should
be made at the end of the student's first
term at Augsburg, after passing the piano
proficiency test.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course
extending over four terms. Taught by a
team of instructors, the various aspects of
musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are
presented in parallel, rather than in
sequence. (707,223, Fall. 702,224, Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS
380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H
The
Development and influence of the music
of the Christian church. Designed for the
general student as well as for organists,
directors, and pre-theological stu-
of music through the
selected
of great 'Omstudy
posers from each period. Emphasis is
placed upon
between music
and the other fine arts. For the non-music
major (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras.
(Fall)
261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
OF MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D
ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related
t o choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
dents.
440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP
Offers an opportunity t o apply information and techniques acquired in music
theory and history classes to the study of
the music of our time. Works of 20th
Century composers w i l l be chosen
according t o instrumentation and abilities
represented by the class, so that in-depth
analysis can prepare for performance. An
evaluation will be made of each composition studied with regard t o its significance and relationship t o the total output
of that composer. (Prereq.: 224. Spring.
Alternate years)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation
of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental en~wnbles.(Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of
varying sizes and types. (Alternate years.)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
Advanced technique i n the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
The music of Scandinavia since 1700.
(Alternate years)
488,489 P I A N O TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods,
and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons t o child r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e
instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
O F M U S l C II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on music in a
clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and specialized studies
and projects not otherwise provided for
in the departmental curriculum. Open
only to advanced students upon approval
of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
M U S l C THERAPY
110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C
THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs i n
the surrounding area, with field trips t o
various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y
course for the freshmen and sophomores
considering music therapy as a major;
gives the students a broad background i n
the ways in which music is used as a
therapy. (Interim)
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL
MUSlC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
OF MUSlC I
An objective approach t o musical stimuli
and response, with an emphasis on the
socio-psychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process
and development of an experimental research project.
395 INFLUENCE O F M U S l C O N
BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates to music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association
for Music Therapy for six months. This i s
started after completion of thesenior year
and is necessary for registration by the
NAMT. Applications for internship sites
must be made nine months i n advance.
Sites i n Minnesota are limited.
435 MUSlC I N THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of
music with the emotionally ill, mentally
retarded, and physically handicapped.
(Prereq.: 395)
495 PRACTICUM I N MUSlC THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two
hours a week, six terms. No credit.
RECITALS, LESSONS, ORGANIZATIONS
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for
public performance. Acquaints students
with a repertoire of musical excellence.
No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
Vocal and instrumental instruction i s
available to all students. For statement of
fees, see under Financial Information. No
course credit. (Fall, Spring)
The music organizations exist not only for
the benefit of the music student, but for
any student of the college who wishes to
participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Normally,
membership i s reserved for full-time students. Membership for the full year i s
required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of
songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
Choir
Membership by audition.
Concert Band
Membership by audition.
Orchestra.
Membership by audition.
Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Brass Ensemble,
String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble.
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
N a t u r a l Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching
in Secondary Schools.
The Minnesota Board of Teaching has
approved the licensure program for
science teachers and has authorized
Augsburg to recommend candidates for
licensure in:
Life Science, grades 7-72
Life Science, (minor) grades 7-72
Physical Science, grades 7-72
Earth Science, grades 7-72
Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-72
Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72
Physics, (minor) grades 7-72
Middle School Science, grade 5-9
PROGRAM COMPONENTS
The program of courses is designed to
provide a broad, basic background i n
science and allow for specialization in an
area. The following programs assume that
the student will meet the general education requirements of the college and, in
the physical science, have at least one year
of calculus.
BROAD BASE COURSES - 7 COURSES
Seven courses comprise the set for the
broad base background.
1. Earth Science - 1 course
Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics
161 - Understanding the Weather
2. Life Science - 2 courses
Biology 111,112 - General Biology
3. Physical Science - 4 courses
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics
Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106)
General Chemistry
Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR
Biology 473 - Animal Physiology
Group V Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR
Biology 476 - Microbiology
BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE
Grades 5-9 - 7 courses
-
In order to make the program slightly
more flexible, it is recommended that
students with emphasis in life science
have both courses in earth science and
substitute Physics 103 - Physics for
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics.
LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES
1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry
2. Biology Component - 7 courses
Biology 491 - Seminar
At least one course from each of the
following groups:
Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology
OR Biology 353 - c6mparative
Vertebrate Zoology
Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology
474 - Developmental Biology
Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant Biology OR
Biology 474 - Ecology
1. Earth Science - 2 courses
Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR
Physics 161 - Understanding the
Weather (the alternative course not
taken in the BROAD BASE section)
2. Life Sciences - 2 courses
Any two biology courses above 112.
3. Physical Science - 3 courses
Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic
Chemistry
Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Physics 245 - Modern Physics
CERTIFICATION WITH MINOR
Candidates requesting certification based
upon minor preparation in life science
shall complete 7 courses in Biology in
addition to the BROAD BASE.
Candidates requesting certification based
upon minor preparation in chemistry or
physics shall complete the broad basic
competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry
351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For
Physics, these are any four courses above
122.
-
Nursing
Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson
Augsburg offers a second-step, upper
division major in nursing leading t o a
Bachelor of Science degree.
Requirements for admission t o the major
are: completion of an associate degree or
diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
current license to practice as an R.N. in
the state of Minnesota; and completion of
inorganic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition; and i n t r o d u c t o r y courses i n
psychology and sociology at accredited
institutions of higher education. These
courses must be taken prior t o admission
into the nursing major. CLEP examinations may be taken to validate credits.
I n addition, each applicant to the nursing
major must successfully complete theoretical and clinical testing prior t o acceptance into the major.
Nurses who have not been actively engaged in the practice of nursing within the
past five years, must take a refresher
course prior to acceptance into the major.
A course in organic chemistry is also required for the major. Students must take
this course at Augsburg by the end of the
first year.
MAJOR:11 courses (10 course credits) i n
nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325,
350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354
(Interpersonal Communications) i s
highly recommended. The r e q u i r e d
courses in sociology, psychology, English,
chemistry, and biology listed above may
apply toward distribution requirements as
well as toward the major. A 2.5 overall
GPA in the nursing courses i s required.
303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I
This course is designed t o explore the
contemporary role of the nurse as a client
educator. Content on learning theories,
assessment, planning, communicating via
negotiated objectives, matching
methodology and evaluation techniques
within an experiential setting as presented. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major. 1/2 course credit.)
304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II
Through lecture-discussions, the class will
explore factors affecting one's influence
with individuals. Students will explore
their own leadership style as it relates t o
the professional nurse's role and the
theory of planned change. (Spring-junior
year. Prereq.. 303. 1/2 course credit.)
310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I
Through a lecture-discussion format, the
class develops a holistic health framework
within a family and community context.
Factors such as cultural values, environment, change, epidemiology, and social
trends are considered, as they relate t o
the individual's perception and state of
health. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major.)
311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II
Clinical application of health concepts.
Students participate i n negotiated health
intervention and facilitation within a
selected community setting. (Springjunior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325)
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
The professional nurse's role as advocate
and facilitator i s strengthened via the use
of a systematic process of assessment and
planning, intervention, and evaluation.
This negotiated process isexplored within
a developmental frame of reference with
application t o the adult individual. (Falljunior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the
major.)
350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING
RESEARCH
The research process and methodologies
appropriate t o nursing are the focus of
this course. Issues of ethics and nursing
research i n nursing studies are explored.
Students will critique nursing research
and design individual research projects.
(Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance
into the nursing major.)
403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill
This course will explore the process of
negotiating with individuals and groups
to identify learning needs and goals. We
will experience a variety of teaching
methods as we integrate therapeutic
communication techniques w i t h t h e
teaching process. (Fall-Senior year.
Prereq.: 303,304,310,317,325,350. To be
taken prior to or concurrent with Nursing
423.)
404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I V
This is a nursing synthesis seminar course
dealing with the integration of a professional role and the utilization of professional nursing tools, such as effective
communication techniques, in facilitating
complex group or family interaction.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 303,304,370,
317, 325, 350, 403, 423, 430. To be taken
prior to or concurrent with Nursing 427.)
423 PRECEPTORSHIP I
The preceptorship practicum is a flexible
approach t o learning and allows the student an opportunity t o explore a chosen
area of study i n a selected practice setting.
This approach allows opportunity to practice self-objectives, select learning
expe.
riences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor(s), faculty,
agencies, and clients i n initiating complex
nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.:
303, 304, 310, 322, 325, 350. To be taken
after or concurrent with Nursing 403.)
427 PRECEPTORSHIP II
This course builds upon the knowledge
and skills obtained i n Contemporary
Nursing IV. Applies leadership skills to
groups. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423,
430. To be taken after or concurrent with
Nursing 404.)
430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES I N NURSING
A course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional
nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored
in light of their implications for nursing
practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.)
Philosophy
Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey
120 ETHICS
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241,
242, 343, and 344.
Sometimes you say that a certain action is
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it i s right? Because you like it? Are
there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a
long, hard look at possible grounds for
making moral decisions, and at the moral
judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses
from 241, 242, 343, and 344.
H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission to the
Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such
recommendationswill be made at the end
of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
topic of the student's choice, involving
research above the course level, and a
defense of this thesis before the faculty of
the department.
Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement.
130 L O G I C
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and
then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid
arguments and work to develop your
ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring).
110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS A N D M E T H O D
Though each person has his own set of
ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been
critically analyzed or evaluated for their
consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the
needed skills. Another i s that they may
have had little opportunity to examine
critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are to provide the student with some
experience i n examining ideas, and
thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall,
Spring)
241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0
A N D ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle
and the Stoics; what did they believe?
Why did Plato think that the physical
world was not overly important, and what
did he value? How did Aristotle, the
scientist, respond to this? The answers to
these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11:
MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE
PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and
enlightenment. How dark were the
Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the
grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was
carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the
individual in the Renaissance and the new
methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
What i s the relation between faith and
reason?Does God exist, and what can be
said about him if he does?Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and
animal suffering? I s man really immortal?
Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious
beliefs.
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism.
360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE
343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 1 9 f H
CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate
ideas or with experience? What can we
really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major
empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis-ofphilosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Neitzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV:
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth
that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science?These and
other issues are dealt with in a study of the
major representatives of linguistic
analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and
phenomenology. (Spring)
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with
friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How
does language relate to the world - can
we really learn about the nature of things
from words? Do the mathematician and
the scientist have a language?I s it possible
to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to
these and other important questions
about language.
365
PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s
purported to be profoundly different and
better than that of the non-scientist. I s this
true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions
which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist
to recover knowledge? In addition to
dealing with these questions,students will
work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special
sciences.
-
370 EXISTENTIALISM
440 THEORY O F BEING
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine
what it means to be a being-in-the-world,
and explore such themes as absurdity,
freedom, guilt, despair and paradox.
(Suggested: One prior course i n philosophy)
Being i s the most important concept
which philosophy investigates. This
course studies some of the perennial
theories of metaphysics along with some
modern applications of these theories.
Students will have the opportunity to read
and discuss primary texts as well as contemporary articles dealing with metaphysics. (Prereq.: one prior course i n
philosophy)
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical
care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care f o r t h e dying and
euthanasia.
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of
art, philosophy of literature, philosophy
of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested
prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard,
Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #)
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the
student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty adviser.
Physical Education and Health Education
Chairperson: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R : H.Ed.
114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350,
351, 471, 472, 475; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G
MAJOR: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,
231, 232, 243, 350, 351,365,471,472; Biol.
103. Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R W I T H
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 495,
491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355,
362. Approval for admission to Corrective
Therapy Major must be secured from the
Coordinator of Corrective Therapy.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R WITI..
SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL
EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472,
485, 491; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed.
114,115; P.E. 223,231,232, or 472, and 243.
C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114,
115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480,
and practicum in coaching (Practicum
requires registration for Independent
Study 499).
Physical education major meets t h e
coaching requirement.
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment in Minnesota high
schools are required t o have at least a
coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports
meet the general education requirement.
No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching,
and officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching,
and officiating individual and dual sports.
(Fall)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHYMS
355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT
(See Health Education)
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon-hour
activities, camp nights, modified games,
simple rhythmic games, folk and square
dancing. (1/2 course. Interim)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for
teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
234 OUTDOOR EDUCATION
373 MODERN DANCE
This course will look at a wide variety of
outdoor activities that can be taught in a
school setting. The following activities will
be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing,
cycling,. outdoor cooking, camping and
water safety. Students must be prepared
to spend some weekends participating in
these activities. (I/.
course. Spring)
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, principles, and philosophy of
physical education. (Spring)
An introductory course in modern dance
technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form,
and design. No previous dance experience
necessary. (1/2 course. Interim)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult department chairperson
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
Mechanics of movement with special
emphasis upon the action of the muscular
system. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS
351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (1/2 course. Fall)
The major effects of exercise upon the
systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs
and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103.
Spring)
354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL
CHILD
(See Health Education)
474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open
only to junior and senior P.E. majors and
minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test or satisfactory
completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming.
1/2 course. Fall)
475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHL n I C INJURIES1/2 course
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries.
Treatment of common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring,
1st half of term)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games,
and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354. Summer school
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL %course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall,
1st half of term)
A study of the treatment of disease and
injury. Includes general principles and
administration of neuro-muscular reeducation. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354
Summer school only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd
half of term)
478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half
of term)
479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD
'/Z course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring,
2nd half of term)
480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball.
(Spring, 2nd half of term)
Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation
required. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485,492, andapproval of department.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study in an area of
physical education. Open only to junior
or senior majors.
HEALTH EDUCATION
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114,
115, 320, 354, 410; Biol. 103, 108, 111;
Chem. 103 or 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231,
241.
HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 110,114,115,320,354,355,310; Biol.
103, 108, 111; Chem. 103 or 105; Psych.
105; Soc. 231, 241; Educ. sequence for
teaching license.
HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114,
115, 320; Biol. 103; SOC. 231
115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATlON 1/2 course
1 1 0 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y
HEALTH
An analysis of chemical abuse and what
can be done for the abused. (Fall, Spring)
Modern concepts and practices of health
and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall)
320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
114 SAFETY EDUCATION 1/2 course
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid
course. (Fall, Spring)
Techniques for developing a course of
study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units
i n nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l
courses i n the major sequence numbered
i n the 100 and 200 series; also #.)
354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L
CHILD % course
evaluation of tests i n health and physical
education. (Spring)
Education of the exceptional child with
special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the
role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring)
410 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVIS I O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH
PROGRAM
355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/z course
Survey of basic statistical procedures and
Historical background, legal bases,school
health services, and relationships to community he:<lth program and resources.
Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physics
Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122,
245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses
above 122. I n planning their courses of
study, students are encouraged t o work
closely with members of the physics
faculty. Normally, students should have
Mathematics 124,125, and Physics 121,122
the freshman year, and Mathematics 224
and 226 the sophomore year.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122,
and three courses above 122.
H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent
investigation of a physics topic with an
oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major
should be made no later than the first
term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
major. Students are advised to refer t o the
Education Department section of the
catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
SOCIETY O F PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics
Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the
physics community o n a professional
basis. Membership in SPS i s open t o all
students interested in physics.
SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership i n the
Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open t o those students
who have completed the equivalent of a
minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in
physics and 3.0 overall.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and
galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a
12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a3-inch Questar.
Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour
lectures. Fall; Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the
applications, problems, and experiments
are selected not only t o illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life
sciences. The course i s designed t o serve
students i n biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical
technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable
elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem.
algebra. Fall)
transistors and integrated circuits, with
applications to both digital and analog
circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 722 o r 703 plus
Mathematics 722 or 125 and consent o f
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical optics, using
t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. Interference, diffraction,
polarization, and an introduction to the
electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 722.
Fall)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, 11
A rigorous study of the concepts of
mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics,
electricity and magnetism, and some
aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other specified majors. Must
be taken i n sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 724 or concurrent registration. 727,
Fall; 722, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from
a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state
physics. This course indicates the need
for, and develops the experimental basis
of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 722. Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis i s on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of
D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing
solid state devices. The study of diodes,
351,352 MECHANICS I, I1
A careful study of classical mechanics in
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles,
single particle motion, systems of particles,
oscillatory systems, central-force motion,
dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation,
kinematics of two-particle systems and
noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 722; Mathematics 226.
357, Fall; 352, Spring)
362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory
is developed using the vector calculus
t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's
equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of
electromagnetic radiation based o n
Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation i n
physics seminars. Experiments i n the area
of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum
physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per
week. Prereq.: Junior standing o r consent
o f instructor. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and
processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject i s developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS
A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation
methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 245, 357, 352. Fall)
488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o
specific topics chosen from the areas of
solid state physics, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear physics, and particle
physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students t o explore
systematically a problem in experimental
or theoretical physics, worked out in
consultation with a faculty adviser. Open
to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
Political Science
Chairperson: Norma Noonan
M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical
Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or
122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5
other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5
areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122
or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division
courses in 3 out of 5 areas.*
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major i n
Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following:
The student's grade-point average must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The
student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis t o be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may
work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific
requirements, consult the Honors Ad-
viser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply
for the Honors Major no later than the
first term of the junior year.
*The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public
Law, and Political Theory and Analysis.
(Any course listed i n more than one area
may be counted i n only one area toward
major or minor requirements.)
Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major
in combination with specified social
science courses, i n compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the department chairperson or the Social
Studies Education adviser.
For precise listing of terms in which
courses are o f f e r e d , see t h e Class
Schedule.
1. AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D
POLITICS
121 AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D
POLITICS
The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the
dynamics of congressional, executive,
and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and
current issues i n American society.
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental
regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 course i n Political
Science or #)
326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D
BEHAVIOR
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political
parties in the electoral process. Field work
with political parties and interest groups
and media i n presidential election3
(optional in non-presidential election
years). (Prereq.: 727 or #. Fall term o f
election years.)
342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N
SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of
mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship,
newsmaking, entertainment and public
affairs programming.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Politics in the urban setting, including
important issues, actors, and structures
influencing public policy i n the modern
urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts
and activists.
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national,
urban or state focus; topic t o be included
in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n
Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D
ANALYSIS
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
160 ISSUES IN W O R L D POLITICS
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics i n the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy.
158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES
An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation,
and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon
the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL
POLITICS
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing
on political behavior, institutions, and
processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #)
351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet
Union and other communist states i n
terms of political behavior, institutions,
processes and politics. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
(See Section V for description)
Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of
international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries;
t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic
and contemporary legal issues.
459 TOPICS IN ELITE A N D MASS
BEHAVIOR
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass
participation i n the political system.
( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e
course i n Political Science or #.)
The legal-political-philosophical role of
the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant
Supreme Court cases involving the United
States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 770 or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of
Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment
as applied by the Supreme Court to the
protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 770 or #.
Offered alternate years.)
V. POLITICAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS
158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
deration of the political, social, and
economic dimensions of the theories,
with some focus on the preferred futures
envisaged in the doctrine.(Prereq.: 758or
#. Offered alternate years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches
t o political study, and a survey of the
methods common to empirical social
science. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 758 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL T H O U G H T
A study of influential political philosophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls,
emphasizing t h e values, goals, and
assumptions which continue to inform
and t o rationalize human governance.
(Prereq.: One course i n Political Science
or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
A study of democratic theory and public
policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism
and the welfare state i n comparative
perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY
A N D INTERNSHIPS.
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department t o
determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject
matter. (Offered o n demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST,
PRESENT, A N D FUTURE
399 INTERNSHIP
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory
and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed in Russia and China. Consi-
Consult Chairperson or Internship
Director t o determine project. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Selected topics. Consult department
chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.)
Topics defined through consultation
between instructor and student.(Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Chairperson: Norman Ferguson
MAJOR: 10 courses including 105, 264,
265,381, or 399, and 493. Physics 103 i s also
required. The major program should include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and
265 in the freshman or sophomore year,
381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 in the
senior year. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the
psychology department and it i s approved
by the department chairperson. The overall plan i s directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology
and toward the particular educational,
vocational and professional goals of the
individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior
year.
Not more than two courses from 299,399,
and 499 may be counted toward the
minimum ten courses required for a
psychology major. It should be noted that
this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The student may
actually take more such courses.
I t i s recommended that psychology
majors take additional course work from
other areas that will complement and
strengthen their particular interests i n
psychology. For example, developing a
minor in business administration, biology,
or communication i s recommended for
many students.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 105. Not
more than one course from among 299,
399, and 499 may be counted toward the
minor.
H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify
for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade
point average in the major, a 3.0 grade
point average overall, and completion of
a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for
honors consideration must be made
during the junior year. Please consult the
department chairperson for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the methods and
approaches used in psychology for the
purpose of understanding behavior. The
structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. (Fall, Spring)
264, 265 RESEARCH METHOD: DESIGN,
PROCEDURE, & ANALYSIS I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation i s human and animal learning,
problem solving, social psychology, and
sensation-perception. Emphasis will be
placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research
Methods I may be taken for credit without
continuing i n Research Methods 11.
Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must
precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the
term immediately following 264. (Prereq.:
105. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must
be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development
and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and
applications of data and theory in respect
to the development of children. (Prereq.:
7 05)
-
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used for building
understanding of and appreciation for the
developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory
have for the development of people in
the adolescent and adult periods of life.
(Prereq. : 357)
355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR
A survey of the functions of the nervous
system which are responsible for behavior
in animals and human beings. Major
topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory,
and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and
one course i n biology. Fall)
356 A N I M A L BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior. Emphasis i s placed on studying
animals and human beings in their natural
habitats and upon understanding behavior patterns which have been produced through interaction with the environment. Major topics include: behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals
and human beings. (Prereq. 705. Spring)
357 LEARNING
Learning concepts, behavior change
principles and psychology of instruction.
Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 705)
361 PERSONALITY
An introduction to the field of personality
study with special attention directed
toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
A review of maladaptive human behaviors
from the social, organic and psychological
points of view. Experience in a variety of
community service units will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring)
371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE
INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society
upon values and goals, differential legal
status and feminist movement views, and
physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices
such as management styles, evaluation
and maintenance of work effectiveness,
and social influences. An organizational
field experience. (Prereq.: 705)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
381 PSYCHOLOGY I N HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
Historical development of psychological
viewpoints and theoretical positions.
(Prereq.: two psychology courses)
399 INTERNSHIP
490 CURRENT TOPICS I N PSYCHOLOGY
Study of selected areas and topics in
psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings.
Specific topics will be published prior to
registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #).
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Interested students should consult with
the departmental internship coordinator
regarding requirements and permission
to register.
Discussion of contemporary societal
issues from a psychological viewpoint.
Consideration of the approaches and
methods used by psychologists i n
studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses.
Fall, Spring)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical
guidelines for a counseling relationship.
(Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing.
Spring)
Limited registration by special permission
for advanced students in psychology.
Students must present a written plan prior
to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the
proposed study.
Religion
Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all
other courses.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the
major and 3.0 over-all; research project
approved by the department and colloquim with the department.
MAJOR: 8 courses, including 111, 221,
356, 481 and also including a seminar
especially for majors to be taken in the
junior or senior year. Only one interim
course may be applied to the major. One
upper division New Testament Greek
course may be applied to the major. One
course required from those numbered
361-363 and one from those numbered
471-475.
MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one
interim course may be counted to the
minor. In order to prepare for teaching
about religion in public schools the
student should work closely with the
Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an
academic field which is certifiable for
elementary or secondary school teaching,
and (b) a Religion major with courses 356,
Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe
360, 363, 471, and 355. The Minnesota
State Department of Education does not
at this time grant licensure for a Religion
major or minor.
teacher and the actual teaching itself will
be examined. The theological, as well as
the legal and educational implicationswill
be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087)
111 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O THEOLOGY
356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which
concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The
task of biblical interpretation. The history
of Israel and the emergence of the
church. (Fall, Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy
353 D E N O M I N A T I O N S A N D SECTS IN
AMERICA
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and
sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered.
354 LIFE A N D W O R K O F THE C H U R C H
Congregational life in its varied character
with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and
parish work. (Offered 7979-80)
An introductory survey of some of the
major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary
documents from these religious cornrnunities.
360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
361 C H U R C H FATHERS
A study of the early Christian Church in
the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and
martyrdom, the development of the
creeds, Christianity i n conflict with
Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of
several early Christian leaders and a
special unit on the life and thought of
Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS
355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION IN THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with
such efforts, the resources available to the
An introduction to the theological
thought of the Protestant reformers of the
sixteenth century. Special attention to the
writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 RELIGION I N AMERICA
475 JUDAISM
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o
the challenges of its environing culture.
A survey of the history of Judaism from
the end of the O l d Testament period t o
modern times, with emphasis placed upon
the religious development. A special
interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as
Buber and Heschel. TheJewishChatauqua
Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in
Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall)
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, .literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the
variety of interpretations given the person
of Jesus, including the "quest for the
historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship t o
the early church, and some of the themes
to be found in his writings. (Offered
7 979-80)
473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D
TESTAMENT
An introduction to some representative
trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian Church.
(Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N
CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology
as expressed i n the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic
definitions of the church. (Fall)
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility,
in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action.
495 SEMINAR
The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew
thought with emphasis on the message of
the prophets. (Offered 7980-87)
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall)
-.
Russian Area Studies
Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan
The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a
cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It
seeks t o give the student the broadest
possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet
life, history, politics, literature, tradition,
and philosophy. I n addition t o providinga
good liberal education, the program can
enable students to prepare for graduate
study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching.
The Major consists of 11 courses:
4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian
(or equivalent competencies)
2 courses i n Russian history
1 course in Marxist theory
1 course in Russian literature
1 course in Soviet politics
2 other courses of approved electives
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
A minor is presently under consideration.
F o r i n f o r m a t i o n , p l e a s e see t h e
coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Director: Mildred )oel
255,355 O I L A N D NORWAY: M U T U A L
IMPACT
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain four courses
listed i n the Augsburg College catalog or
transferred t o Augsburg as upper division
Scandinavian Language courses, i.e.,
courses t a u g h t by a Scandinavian
Language Department or subdepartment
regardless of their content which may be
linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian
language. See, Norwegian courses listed
under Department of Foreign Languages.
An inquiry into the early impact of the
emerging Norwegian petroleum industry
upon the politics and economy of Norway
and, conversely,- of Norwegian political
perspectives and institutions, upon the
development and use of this recently
discovered resource. (Interim, 7980)
331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN
EXPERIENCE
The O l d World background and use of
"America Fever," adaptation t o the New
Land; aspects of Norwegian-American
culture.
331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT I N
AMERICAN HISTORY
How did the O l d Stock American host
society receive the waves of newcomers
to the U.S. i n the 19th and 20th centuries?
How did the immigrants respond t o the
reception? Through case studies, selected
readings, class lecture, and discussions,
this course examines the encounter of the
new American culture with the older
European cultures.
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST
SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience
i n the Midwest with emphasis on M i n nesota, especially among Norwegians,
Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also
given t o the Danish and Icelandic communities i n Minnesota. ( O f f e r e d o n
demand)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on
assigned reading of selected novels by
Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof,
Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor
Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language
majors and minors will be required to do
assigned readings and written work i n a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Spring, 7981)
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk
and other twentieth century dramatists.
Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian
drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge o f a Scandinavian
language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and
written work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Offered alternate years. Fall, 1980)
360 EDDA AND SAGA
A study of the major poetic and prose
eddas of early Scandinavia, including
Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland
sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the
Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de
Roland. Guest lectures in O l d Norse,
Norse mythology and other topics. Taught
in English. Counts toward Scandinavian
Area Studies major when readings and
papers are d o n e i n a Scandinavian
language. (Offered on demand)
364 NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN
CHURCH LIFE
Offered under Department of Religion.
(1980-81)
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
See description under Department of Art.
396 URBAN PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
See description under Department of
Music.
495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION
EXPERIENCE
Offered under Department of History.
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of History.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with a faculty member,
student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed
for those preparing for secondary school
teaching in social studies. The requirements for licensure are in the process of
being changed. For those graduating after
July 1, 1979 a new "competency based"
program will be in effect. See Department
of Education for further details. The Social
Science major i s also recommended for
others, such as pre-law students, who
desire a broad major in this area. This
major may be earned in any one of four
distributions. A student may not list a
double major in Social Science and one of
the several component disciplines unless
the distribution selected in the Social
Science major i s significantly different
from the other major.
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics
and Business Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I
Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis
Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation.
4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: geography, anthropology,
economics, sociology, psychology.
B. Behavioral Science Emphasis
14 courses from the following disciplines: economics, history, political
science, psychology, sociology (including anthropology); at least 5
courses must be upper division. Included in this requirement are the
following:
(1) at lea~t2coursesfrom
each of the 5
disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th discipline excluding history.
(2) 1course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362,
365.
(3) 1 course in American history.
\
A. History Emphasis
7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in
Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2
in Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at
least 4 of these courses must be upper
division. 2 courses in political science,
1 course in the methodology of the
,
C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis
Hist. 103 - The Modern World
1 course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362,
365
12 courses in non-western studies;
selected from the following, with at
least four disciplines represented.
Hist. 104, 440, 463, 465, 474; history
seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic.
Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political
science seminar, independent study,
or interim course on a relevant topic.
Econ. 122, 258
Sociology 241
Religion 356
Philosophy 355
D. International Relations Emphasis
(1) Required: lower division
Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104;
Econ. 122
4th term of college work in a modern foreign language.
(2) Required: upper division
Pol. Sci. 363, 461; Hist. 332.
(3) Electives: 7 courses selected from
this list. No more than five from any
one discipline.
Pol. Sci. 351,351,380,381,382; political
science seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic.
Hist. 416,440,463,564,465,474;
history
seminar, independent study, or interim
course on a relevant topic.
Sociology 241
4th term of college work i n a second
modern foreign language.
Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from
each of five disciplines, selected from the
f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science,
psychology, and sociology. The selection
of courses must be approved by one of
the faculty supervising the social science
major.
Social Work
Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg
The core program of Social Work begins
i n the junior year, but all students are
advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by
the faculty, and should seek advisement
from faculty as t o sequence of requisite
courses from other departments.
MAJOR LEADING TO A BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DECREE: The approved program for students preparing for social
work practice is the Bachelor of Science
program. The Bachelor of Arts degree
should be chosen only if the student does
not plan t o pursue a professional social
work career. Core program consists of
Psych. 105*, Psych. 351* and 352*, Soc.
121*, 231*, 365,375*, and 383*; and Social
Work 257, 361, 363, 461, 462, 463, 464,
466, and 467. Recommended courses are:
one CHR, Soc. 111, Econ. 723, Pol.Sci.727,
325,326, Biology 707 or 105, Psych.367 and
362, Speech 354 and/or 355.
*These courses are t o be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
M A J O R LEADING T O A BACHELOR O F
ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised
to choose the B.A. program unless the
student does not plan to enter social work
practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same program as
specified for the B.S. except that Social
Work 461, 462, 463, 464, 466, 467, are not
required.
S P E C I A L I Z A T I O N S : Specializations i n
Aging, C h e m i c a l D e p e n d e n c y ( b y
arrangement with Metropolitan Community College), Crime and Corrections
and Youth are possible. Specialization
consists of courses descriptive of functional, disfunctional and programmatic
aspects of the special area, plus field work
assignments in the senior year. A Human
Services Management specialization is
also available. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript.
257 P R A C T I C U M IN THE H U M A N
SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hours per week as a
volunteer in a social agency or institution.
Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems,
and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term
paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open t o all students. (Interim)
340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D
SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G
This course will include the study of the
impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social
policy, services planned t o address needs
of olde,r population and skills needed t o
work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior. Citizen Residence.
(Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.)
361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects
of the various systems of social welfare i n
the U.S. and the role of social work i n
them. Special emphasis on analysis of the
major assumptions and movements contributory t o the rise of the welfare state;
description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social
work, i t s ethics, values, and historical
development. Three class periods per
week; guest lectures, research paper.
(Prereq.: lunior, o r #. Fall)
363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F
SOCIAL WORK
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods, and practical experience necessary for social Work practice with indi-
viduals and small groups; development of
the student's repertoire of relationship
building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory
exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, lunior.
Spring)
364 FIELD WORK I
Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship
building. Ten hours per week, plus one
small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring)
461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS
IN SOCIAL WORK
Enlargement and refinement of practice
skills through lecture, classroom exercise
and regular class work. Enlargement of
social group work skills, emphasis o n
development of generalist practice skills
and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour
class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises
per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and364, or#.
Fa11)
463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on:
1)surveyance of historical forms of social
change, 2 ) understanding the basic issues
and strategies relevant t o social protest
and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various
community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4)
knowledge of the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior
or #. Fall)
462, 464, FIELD W O R K II A N D IV:
Ten hours per week in a Social Service
agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families,
groups and/or communities. Ten hours
per week, plus one supportive/discussion
seminar per week. (Prereq: completion
and 2.0 i n 367, 362; concurrent with 467
and 467; Fall and Spring)
465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D
DEVELOPMENT
This course will include the study of
theories of Social Policy formulation and
methods of analysis associated with needs
and services and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed
first hand through work with a public
policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class
period per week, readings, analytical
paper integrating class concepts with
practical experience. (Prereq.: 367, 463,
and senior or #. Spring)
466 FIELD W O R K Ill
Continuation of 462 conducted during
Interim. (1/2 course. Interim.)
467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS
PROFESSIONAL
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival,
professional job attainment, personnel
policies and practices, organizational
theory, and resourcedevelopmentwill be
studied i n the course. The field work
practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464;
Spring)
468 SPECIAL TOPICS
Current issues in social work theory or
practice. To be announced. (# half or full
credit. Interim)
Sociology
Chairperson: C. Nelson
M A J O R IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121,362,363,375 and 485. (Highly
recommended: a CHR course, internship,
independent study or upper division interim course i n sociology.) This recommendation i s made i n the hope that the
student will take advantage of the variety
o f learning models offered through the
department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two
upper division courses (i.e., 300 and
above.)
H O N O R S M A J O R : The student must
have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major
and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n
sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal t o Department
Chairperson before April 1 of the junior
year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April
30 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499)
through which work on thesis will be
completed. Honors degree i n sociology
will be granted t o a candidate if he/she
successfully defends the thesis before
March 31 of senior year and maintains
GPA through graduation.
111 H U M A N COMMUNITY AND THE
MODERN METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of
the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation,
with a focus on the possibilities of human
community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring)
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce.
The relationship of the family to i t s institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element i n the way we
see the world. An examination of the
ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and
"progress"; a comparison of alternate
realities as found in different cultures and
varying social contexts. An analysis of
selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall,
Spring)
300,301,302,303,304
SPECIAL TOPICS
I N SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult
felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens.
Residents and staff of these institutions
take the course together with college
students in a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending upon needs and
interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms and sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n
American society.
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
The first course in a two-course sequence.
Analysis of attempts t o build a body of
k n o w l e d g e b y way o f a s c i e n t i f i c
approach. Tools and approaches used to
evaluate ideas and describe social life
through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment
and computers for statistical analysis.
Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors
should take Soc. 363 the following term.
(Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of
class activities and individual projects. To
be taken immediately after Soc. 362.
(Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D
PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview o f methods o f
organizing, comparing and interpreting
quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical
analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program
evaluations. Designed for social work
majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
orientation i n social psychology, will be
used as a way of dealing with the major
issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 727 and
Psych. 705. Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives
in urban sociology; the metropolis as an
eco-system; metro-urban planning and
policy systems; major issues related t o
shaping the future metropolis. The Twin
Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an
important learning laboratory. (Prereq.:
711 or 121 or #. Spring)
383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY CROUP
RELATIONS
373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various
theoretical components of criminology
and corrections. M a j o r attention i s
focused on the causation and prevention
of crime and delinquency, and the various
modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 127, Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of the idea of "group", its
relationship to individual behavior and
society. An analysis of the ideas of "self"
and "identity" and what part they play i n
understanding interpersonal relations
and human behavior. A sociological view
of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted.
"Symbolic interaction", an important
The dimensions of racial and minority
g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the
role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring.
P/N grading only)
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth,
status and power i n the U.S. and other
selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality.
Detailed analysis of current issues and
policies concerning inequality i n the U.S.
(Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairperson or
Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the
course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.:
2 courses i n sociology including 727 or #.
Fall)
Student must present written proposal
containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study
according t o department guidelines.
(Prereq.: 727 and permission o f instructor.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication and Theater A r t s
Chairperson: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25
in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality,
distinguished performance in at least one
of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early i n the,senior
year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary
education.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS
C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses,
including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and
English 225, or 226, or 227. Supporting
courses required but not counting toward
the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130;
Psychology 105; Sociology 111 or 241,
375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible
interdisciplinary program which allows
for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for
each area are available from the Department Chairperson o r t h e O f f i c e o f
Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work
out a plan for the major and a personal
career action plan. Freshmen should take
Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology I21
or 241, and Philosophy 130.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary
schools may specialize in any of three
majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor,
preferably a major. The communications
major or minor does not qualify one for
teaching speech.
SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or
355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation i n
forensics, and a minor in English.
SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course
111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,
351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation i n forensics.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
353 ADVERTISING
See under Department of Art
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: ]r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring)
227 ADVANCED WRITING:
JOURNALISM
See under Department of English
225,230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS
I, I1
See under Department of Art
241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART
354 INTERPERSONAL
COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build
relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Spring)
See under Department of English
242 FILM-MAKING
See under Department of Art.
243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
An introduction to commercial television
with an emphasis on the director's role;
some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting.
(Laboratory fee: $70. Fall)
355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
A study of group dynamics and leadership
with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups
and organizations. (Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Psychology.
399 INTERNSHIP
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N
SOCIETY
Consult the Department Chairperson for
details.
See under Department of Political Science.
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Physical and psychologicalfactors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction to principles and methods of
speech correction. (Spring)
352 PERSUASION
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda,
practical work in speech and promotional
projects. (Spring)
Cooperative investigation of topics i n
speech and communication. (Fall)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N
COMMUNICATION
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use
of primary sources and methodology of
research. (Fall, Spring)
THEATER ARTS
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus
Beginning Speech. This major should be
supported by an English minor or at least
by several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or
Scandinavian Drama.
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning
to major in theater arts should begin with
courses 111, 116, and 228.
A. Acting Emphasis: 111, 116, 228, 229,
232, 360, 361, 362, 366, plus a course in
advanced acting and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended:
courses in voice and movement, dance,
cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting
emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of
crew work, and 1 internship.
0. Directing Emphasis: 111,116,228,229,
232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the
children's theater interim. Strongly
recommended: courses in voice and
movement, cinema art, and dramatic
literature. Performance requirements for
the directing emphasis include 4 units of
crew work, 3 unitsof acting, 2of directing,
1 in stage management, and 1 internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 111, 228, 229, 361,
362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290
in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in
cinema art, art, and dramatic literature.
Performance requirements for the design
emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2
in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in
assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship.
THEATER ARTS MAJORFORTEACHING:
10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229,
232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice
and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts
majors, and a minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FORTEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation
in dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 365.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241 or 243, 351 or 355,352, 354, 360, 361,
366,476 or a voice and diction course, and
participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and
a minor in English.
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
A study of creative improvisation using
stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self,
human relations, etc. Uses of creative
dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall)
228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I
An introduction to the backstage world of
the theater: its organization, crafts, magic,
and art. Practical craft projects, theater
tours, and production experience. Open
to all students. Should be taken in freshmen or sophomore years. Lab fee.
(Offered alternate years.)
229 STAGE DESIGN I
366 STAGE DIRECTION I
lntroduction to scenery and lighting
design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical
studio projects. (Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.)
Basic directorial process: choice of plays,
casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play
analysis, blocking, and characterizationto
a specific play chosen by the class. Term
project: direct a one-act play. Upper
division students only. Offered alternate
years.)
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting.
Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose,
poetry, and drama. (Fall)
367 STAGE DIRECTION II
In-depth analysis
and practice in directingtypes of plays:
serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a
one-act or exerpt from a longer play.
(Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor.
Offered alternate years.)
399
Consult faculty in area of emphasis.
361 THEATER HISTORY
428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION II
Overview of theater history; examination
of plays from various periods. Attendance
at local theater productions. Introduction
to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered alternate years.)
Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery,
and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent
of instructor. Lab fee. Offered alternate
years.)
429 STAGE DESIGN I1
362 THEATER CRITICISM
A study of forms and ideas as they are
expressed through the art of drama.
Attendance at local theater productions;
classical, experimental, and new plays.
Lectures and discussions on theory and
criticism using theater productions as
focus for discussion. (Offered alternate
years.)
Advanced design projects based on Stage
Design I course material. Introduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent
of instructor. Offered alternate years.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual projects in oral interpretation
and theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing t o develop their own
major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary
Major enables students t o respond t o a
particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy
the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not be suitable for those
wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic
fields. Students wishing t o develop a
Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the
following:
a. The major program should include at
least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two
major fields offered at the college;
b. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior t o the
end of his or her sophomore year
(contract forms are available i n the
Office of the Registrar)
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
BOARDOFREGENTS*
Mr. Ernest A. Alne
C.P.A.
Pasadena, California
Mr. Charles W. Arnason
Senior Vice President and
Secretary
Minneapolis Star and Tribune
Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Norman R. Carpenter
Attorney
Faegre & Benson
Mr. Lawrence 0. Hauge
Chairman of the Board
Citizens State Bank of St. Louis
Park
St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Mrs. Norma Knutson
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Minnesota Gas Comaanv
,
,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Rev. Harris W. Lee
Pastor
Lutheran Church of the Good
Shepherd
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Clayton L. LeFevere
Attorney
LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson,
O'Brien & Drawz
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman
Mr. john Lienemann
President
Estate and Business Planning
Consultants
Edina, Minnesota
Mr. James C. Lindell
Treasurer
West Publishing Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
Treasurer
Chairman, Finance and Management Committee
*as of September, 1978
Dr. Harold I.Lunde
Vice President, Planning and
Research
The May Department Stores
Company
St. Louis, Missouri
Dr. Arthur Naftalin
Professor, Public Affairs
University of Minnesota
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr.
Chairman of the Board
Nelson Resource Corp.
Secaucus, New Jersey
Mr. Donald C. Padilla
Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer
Padilla and Speer, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. George T. Pennock
Chairman of the Board
Tennant Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, Jr.
Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates, Limited
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Secretary
Chairman, Facilities Development Committee
Dr. Carl N. Platou
President
Fairview Community
Hospitals
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman, Nominating Committee
Mr. Martin 0. Sabo
Speaker, Minnesota House of
Representatives
St. Paul, Minnesota
Mr. Bertil Sandberg
President
N.H. Sandberg Erection Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
Rev. Paul C. Sonnack
Professor, Church History
Luther Theological Seminary
St. Paul, Minnesota
Mr. N. Stanley Stake
Vice President and General
Manager
Commercial Division
Honeywell, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Clair E. Strommen
General Agent
Strommen & Associates, Inc.
of Central Life Assurance Co.
St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice Chairman
Mrs. Mary Lou Williams
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. John R. Winsor
Executive Vice President
Piper, Jaffray & H o p w o o d
Incorporated
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Augsburg College Faculty
R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson
LYLA M A E ANDEREGG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern
University
BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern
University
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College,
Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University
of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological
Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College
R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairperson
K E N N n H C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933,
University of Latvia
*RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D.
*MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota
*ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence in Music (Percussion)
JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence i n Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948,
Northwestern University
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W.
1959, University of Minnesota
RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University
of Minnesota
*MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
*MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
*WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor i n Economics, M.S. University of Minnesota
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University o f California Santa Barbara
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the
Social Science Research Center)
AlLENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University
*LIV DAHL, Instructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
(Norwegian)
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota
*C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965,
Northwestern University
*JULIE H. DRIVER, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University, Department Chairperson
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of
Music
M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of
Minnesota
*ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State
University, Department Chairperson
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
*DANIEL ESTREM, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Guitar)
SHELDON FARDIC, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern
University
N O R M A N B. 1. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University o f
Wisconsin, Department Chairperson
HENRY C. FOLLINCSTAD, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University
*MICHAEL H. FOOTE, lnstructor i n English, Ph.D. 1977, University of California - Santa
Barbara
BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of
Minnesota
*FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMETZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970,
University of Minnesota (Spanish)
BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University
M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Minnesota
STEPHEN M. CABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of
Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY CERASIMO, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
ORLOUE CISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota
*BONNIE Z. GOLDSMITH, Lecturer i n English, Ph.D. 1978, O h i o State University
*STEPHEN 1. C O R D O N , Lecturer i n Speech and Communications
ROBERTCRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota
*BRIAN CRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone)
* J O H N GRYCELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. CUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois
University
D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D.
1969, University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University o f
Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University o f
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
M l L D A K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor o f Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University
of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer i n Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell
College of Law
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Nebraska
EDWINA 1. HERTZBERC, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson'
CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Notre Dame
CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa
(Sculpture)
JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota, O n
Leave 1978-79
I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL,Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A.
1947, University of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of
Minnesota
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of
Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958,Juilliard School of Music
(Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and computer Science,
Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Pyschology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950,
University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French)
REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971,
Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach
AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University
of Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
*JOANNEKARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia
MARY MARIE KINCSLEY, ASsistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,Middlebury College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970
University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
* N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University
*ERIK KODNER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (French Horn)
BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
*ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of
Minnesota
ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University o f
Minnesota
*GREGORY LEWIS, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1971, Augsburg College (Brass)
*JAY G. LINDGREN, Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology, M.S.W. 1967, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota
NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of
California - Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
*MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967,Universityof Nebraska
ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of
Kansas (Music Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of
Minnesota
JOHNR. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia
(Stained Glass)
1. ELIZABnH MOORE, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1975, University
of Minnesota
JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor i n Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of
Minnesota
WILLIAM PAUL M U L D O O N , lnstructor in Chemistry, B.S. 1972, Massachusetts School
of Pharmacy
SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota
Head Baseball Coach
G O R D O N 1. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, PI1.D. 1972, University of
Chicago, Department Chairperson
RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson
*CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of
Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson
*CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota, (American
Studies)
BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairperson
*CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano)
RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota
JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota
*JACK OSBERG, Assistant Football Coach
*WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of
Minnesota (German)
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Minnesota
PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs,
Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin
*PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University
of Illinois - Urbana
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963,
Concordia College
LAURElTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
University, Department Chairperson
DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor i n Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota
LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1953, Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969,
University of Minnesota
*GEORGE 1. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A.
1960, Dartmouth College
*ALICE PREVES, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana
(Strings)
Q
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological
Seminary
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University
STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor i n Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of
America
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University
of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making)
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics,
Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England), Department Co-Chairperson
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus and Director of the Augsburg Choir, L.H.D.
1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus. 1965, Lakeland College
EDWlN J. SAUCESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of
Music
IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois,
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
*R. J O H N SINGH, lnstructor i n Philosophy, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma
EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany), Department Chairperson
* D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music, B.M. 1975,Augsburg College (Piano)
* E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
* H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Organ)
*GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass)
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg
College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota
D O N A L D B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973,
University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965,University of Colorado
*LORI STURDEVANT, Lecturer in English
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970,
University of Minnesota
RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of ~ebraska,Department Chairperson
*MARY T. SWANSON, lnstructor in Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota
LARRY TALLMAN, lnstructor in Music, M.S. 1978,Michigan State University, Director of
the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting)
Department Chairperson
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin
J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of
Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D.1959, University of Minnesota
*PAUL WALTON, Artist in Residence i n Music (Tuba)
*MARY JOWAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University
DAVID C. WOOD, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
Administrative Personnel
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
President ..............................................Oscar A. Anderson
Director of Facility Development ....................... .Burton P. Fosse
College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President.. ...... .Avalon Okerson
FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management .............Wayne Pederson
Director of Plant Services and Purchasing ............... .Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer
Director of Auxiliary Services.. ..........................Douglas P. Wasko
Manager, Book Store and Vending ......................Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services ....................Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel. ................................. .Charles Gerster
Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey
Custodial Supervisor.. ................................. .Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor
.Alfred Sandau
Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Dennis Easley
Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman
...............................
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
of the College ......................................Charles S. Anderson
Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker
Registrar ............................................. .Beverly Wegge
Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson
Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ..................Louise McColl
Coordinator of Black Student Affairs.. ...................Ralph Crowder
Counselor/Advocate, Native American Studies ...........Bonnie Wallace
Recorder ..............................................Elizabeth DeaKyne
Assistant Registrar ......................................Pamela Louisa
Executive Secretary to the Dean ........................ .Roberta Henke
DEVELOPMENT
.Glen W. Johnson
Vice President for Development
.Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Deferred Giving..
Director of Annual Fund..
.Michael Walgren
Asst. to the Vice-president ............................. .A. B. Batalden.
Director of Alumni and Parents Program
.Jeroy Carlson
Executive Secretary .....................................Irene Steenson
........................
..........................
.............................
................
-
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Director of Public Relations .............................Anthony C. Boatman
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information ..... .Patricia G. Mattos
Fine Arts Coordinator ..................................Monica Maye
Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions ................................
Assistant Director
Director of Transfer Programs
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor .................................
Admissions Counselor .................................
.David Benzel
..................................... Kathryn Lange
......................... .Jennifer Edwins
................................. .William Ross
.Anthony Harris
.Susan M. Bonner
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs.. ..................... .Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni
Director of Student Life.. .............................. .Linda Schrempp
Director of Career Planning and Placement
.Patricia M. Olsson
Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater
Head Resident, Mortensen ............................. .Cindi Anderson
Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren
Head Resident, Urness.. ............................... .Cindy Ragan
.............
Index
. .
.............................................................
Academic Administration
45
Academic Life
14
Accreditation
7
Administration
151
Admission t o the College
29
Advanced Placement
32
Advanced Standing
32
American Studies
54
Anthropology ..............................
133
Art, Department of
55
Biology. Department of
58
Board of Regents
141
Business Administration
61
Calendar
155
Campus Map ........................................................................
70
Chemistry, Department of
66
Chinese
82
Classification ........................................................................52
Communications
736
Computer Science
96
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
19
Continuing Education
21
Corrective Therapy ..............................................................
19. 710
Costs ............................................................................... 42
Course Descriptions
54
Course Value
52
Credit by Examination ................................................................
52
Dean's List
50
Degrees
22
Divisional Organization
45
Costs
42
East Asian Studies
70
Economics
61
Education, Department of
73
Engineering
19, 77
English, Department of
77
Enrollment ..........................................................................
53
Expenses ..........................................................................
42
Faculty ............................................................................. 142
Financial Aid
27,33
Five College Cooperative .............................................................
18
Food Service
28
French ............................................................................... 62
Foreign Language, Department of
81
Full-Time Student Defined ............................................................
52
General Education Requirements
15.46
Geography
94
German
85
Glossary of terms .....................................................................
4
Grading
48
Graduates, Summary of
53
Graduation Requirements
46
Graduation With Distinction ..........................................................
50
Greek
87
Health Education
110
Health Service .......................................................................
27
History of Augsburg College ...........................................................
6
.......................................................................
.........................................................................
.....................................................................
.............................................................
.................................................................
..................................................................
....................................................................
........................................
..................................................................
..............................................................
...................................................................
..............................................................
..........................................................................
............................................................
.............................................................................
....................................................................
...................................................................
..............................................
................................................................
.................................................................
........................................................................
..........................................................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................
...............................................................................
....................................................................
..........................................................................
............................................................
......................................................................
...............................................................
.....................................................................
........................................................................
.....................................................
..................................................
..........................................................................
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................
............................................................
..............................................................................
...................................................................
...............................................................
.....................................................................
............................................................................
..................................................................
...........................................................
..............................................................
..................................................................
............................................................................
....
......................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................................
.........................................................
...........................................
................................................................
....................................................
............................................................
.........................................................
..........................................................................
...............................................................
............................................................
..........................................................
..................................................................
........................................................................
..............................................................
.....................................................
..............................................................
.......................................................................
.........................................................................
.............................................................
........................................................................
................................................................
...........................................................
H.istory. Department of
91
Honors Program
22
25
Housing
50
Independent Study
18
Inter-Institutional Programs
24
Intercollegiate Athletics
22
Internship Program
87
Japanese
136
Journalism .........................................................................
76
Library Science ...................
6
Location
Majors
15
94
Mathematics, Department of
19, 96
Medical Technology ..............................................................
....
97
Metro-Urban Studies .............
99
Music, Department of
103
MusicTherapy .....................................................................
6
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
104
Natural Science .....................................................................
22
New Dimensions Program
7
Non-Discrimination Statement
88
Norwegian
53
Numbering of Courses
106
Nursing ............................................................................
151
Personnel of the College
15
Pre-Professional Training .............................................................
108
Philosophy, Department of
110
Physical Education
12
Physical Plant
115
Physics, Department of
117
Political Science, Department of
47
Probation and Dismissal
Psychology, Department of .......................................................... 121
43
Refunds
47
Registration
124
Religion, Department of
23
Religious Life
127
Russian Area Studies
127
Scandinavian Area Studies
129
Social Science Majors ...............................................................
130
Social Work, Department of .........................................................
133
Sociology, Department of
89
Spanish ......................................................................
136
Speech, .Department of
23
Student Life .........................................................................
28
Student Rights
24
Student Services
21
Summer School
20
Study Abroad
Symbol (#)
53
136
Theater Arts
140
Transdisciplinary Major
30
Transferto Augsburg
42
Tuition and Fees .....................................................................
50
Veterans
7
Visting the Campus
...........................................................
............................................................
......................................................................
.....................................................................
......................................................................
.......................................................................
..........................................................................
........................................................................
..............................................................
.................................................................
............................................................................
...................................................................
Academic Calendar For 1979-80
(Tentative: Subject t o Change)
Fall Semester 1979
Sept. 4-5
Sept. 6
Sept. 19
Oct. 22
Nov. 21
Nov. 21
NOV.22-25
Nov. 26
Dec. 12
Dec. 14-18
Dec. 19-Jan. 2
Registration and Welcome days
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Mid-term Break
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Thanksgiving Holidays
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Christmas Holidays
Interim 1980
Jan. 3
Jan. 30
Feb. 6
lnterim Begins
lnterim Ends
Confirmation of Spring Registration
Spring Semester 1980
Feb. 7
Feb. 20
Mar. 28
Mar. 29-Apr. 6
Apr. 7
Apr. 25
May 16
May 19-22
May 25
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Easter Holidays
Classes Resume
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes End
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the
time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements... Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the
time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic
policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerning any matter
published herein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the dean of the
college, or the registrar.
Table of Contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 1I,
PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 25, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 32, EXPENSES
PAGE 34, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 38, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 39, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 101, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 102, FACULTY
PAGE 110, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 112, INDEX
PAGE I 13, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a
student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have
about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at
the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses
are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim in
January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation.
MAJOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 20
departments.
MINOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major.
ELECTIVE.
. . . . . . . . . . . . A course not required for
the major or minor but taken by the student
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP. . . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result
of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts
and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria
are used for Grants-ln-Aid.
SEMESTER.
. . . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks
in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special
Christian colleges which can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at a variety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to you
on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics.
Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government to
oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life
on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose
and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg.
You design your own learning experience.
While distributional and major requirements act
as guidelines, there is latitude to design a
portion of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The
college follows the calendar known as the "41-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration
is necessary in your chosen field. You may
choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg Is in the center of the Twin Cities of
Mlnneapol~sand St. Paul. In thls rnetrapolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and
activities are available to enrich your education,
if you choose. You may select an evening at
the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop,
or at any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon touring
the M~nneapolisInstitute of Arts. You may
choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra
or one by the many professional touring groups
that appear in the Twin Cities. There are
numerous opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the
Fighting Saints, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a
capable and dedicated staff, an eager student
body and a remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and
is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 65% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the surrounding
metropolitan area.
Location
You and your education will have the option of
benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin
Cities. Excellent art collections are available to
you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the
Walker Art Center, and many other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities
for the enjoyment of music of many types. The
Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations
is provided by several theaters in the area such
as the nationally known Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the
St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the
Chanhassen Dinner Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swim In one
of the many area lakes. In the winter you may
join other students on skiing trips. Professional
sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport, including United,
Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North
Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the
United States.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (Directions are given in the map
section of this catalog.)
History
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were
enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college
graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 .
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed
to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the
sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of
the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to
become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding of the
urban environment and culture, and to
enable them to gain the skills needed to
respond creatively to the problems and
potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their
interests and abilities, and to aid them in
discovering the occupatio~~al
opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes and
qualities of character compatible with the
Christian faith.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex
or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its
admissions policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices. Inquiries
regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed to Charles Gerster, Science Hall,
Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial Hall,
(332-5181), or to the Director of the Office for
Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education
and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the
Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom
as promulgated by the American Association of
University Professors and the Association of
American Colleges.
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City
of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's,
are adjacent to the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the
following associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is to permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the
process of selecting a college and in making
admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly
recommended but are not mandatory.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked to write for an appointment
or call the office (332-5181 ). Preferred times
for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet
with a member of the faculty and to attend
classes, Monday through Friday, when school
is in session.
School, church, and other groups are welcome
to visit the College. Arrangements may be
made by writing the Office of Admissions,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55454.
Memorial Hall
Art Studio and Art Annex
Music Hall
Si Melby Hall
Augsburg College Ice Arena
Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
East Hall
Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
Olivet Hall (notshown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H R . (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 1 35)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1 st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 1 14)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
2 1st Avenue South.
The Physical Plant
Instructional facilities and student housing at
Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to
each other.
Following is a brief description of each building.
A new music/classroom building is designed
and scheduled for completion in 1978.
Old Maln, erected in 1900, contains a large
number of classrooms and offices.
Sclence Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer
Center; well-equipped laboratories for
chemistry, physics, and biology; a mediumsized auditorium; and several classrooms and
faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory
on the roof of Science Hall, was complefed in
the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor
of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science
Hall and of similar contemporary architectural
design, it provides excellent resources for
research and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms,
and a number of faculty offices.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was
completed in 1961. This building named in
honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men
from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head
of the Christianity department, provides
excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics,
chapel services, and general auditorium
purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966, houses the pipe
organs and equipment for class-piano
instruction.
The Music Bullding, acquired by purchase in
1947, has been remodeled to provide vocal,
string and piano studios as well as a rehearsal
room for large groups.
dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student
government and student publications have
quarters in this building. The bookstore is also
located here. Spacious lounges and
recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, is an
eleven-story building providing living quarters
for 324 students. The building was named in
honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who
have given several generous gifts to the
college. A unique feature of the building is that
each floor is considered a "house unit"
providing the 36 residents, housed two to a
room, with their own lounge, study and utility
areas.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in
1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The building
houses about 60 students and provides space
for several faculty and administrative offices.
Mortensen Tower, erected in 1973, named in
honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of
women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964,
contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments
providing housing for 31 2 upperclass students.
A spacious lounge area as well as conference
rooms are located in this building.
The Art Studio Building, dedicated in 1964,
houses the Department of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased
in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It
provides excellent housing for married students.
Annex Houses, located in the campus area
provide accommodations for students, faculty,
and staff members.
The Admissions House, located at 628 21 st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired
in 1959 and remodeled for dramatic and other
speech activities.
The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for hockey,
recreational skating, and figure skating.
The Augsburg College Center, completed in
1967, is a center of non-academic activity on
campus. The building houses the Commons,
which is the main dining area, plus private
Ollvet Hall, a gift to Augsburg from the
congregation of Olivet Lutheran Church, is used
as a practice room for the band and other
instrumentalists.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern well-equipped college
which aims to provide its students with a broad
liberal arts education as well as prepare them
for a career. A strong academic program in the
arts and sciences and in theology is available.
Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and the Christian
ministry is offered. The College prepares
students for graduate study in several
disciplines. Preparation for careers in business,
communications, medical technology, music,
nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand
themselves and the world and to equip them to
serve according to their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student As Learner
A great deal has been written during the last
few years describing the responsibilities of a
college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its
task to provide consistently high quality
opportunities for learning along with support
systems which enhance the teaching-learning
process.
Learning is not, however, a commodity which
can be purchased. It is not equal to simply
buying so many courses and being exposed to
the activities of professors. Learning involves
the solitary inner struggle of the student who
investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the
materials and insights offered. When these
have become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities in this process. Neither party
can elude its basic task.
problems. They often join students in
discussing the political climate, comparing
notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make the
library a favorite place to study. The main
library, centrally located next to the Science
Hall, houses over 150,000 volumes including
books, periodicals, records and various other
media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are
located within the departmental areas.
Access to over a million volumes is available
via daily interloan and courier service among
the seven private liberal arts colleges and the
Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the
statewide network, the additional resources of
Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are
accessible to the Augsburg faculty and
students.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with
assistance to meet diverse information needs
including instruction in the use of the library,
standard reference service, guidance in
pursuing term paper topics, and directions to
other local sources of information.
The AV Center of the Library provides facilities
for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual
materials. Assistance with the production of
slides, transparencies, filmstrips and
audiolvideo tape recordings are available for
both faculty and students. Equipment such as
movie and slide projectors and tape recorders
may be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice on materials
selection are also available.
Faculty
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a
personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 16.3 to 1, with
class size averaging 25 or less.
Augsburg follows the 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week
interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during
the interim concentration is on one subject.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual
interests determine the course of study.
Innovation and experimentation are encouraged
in this change from the general academic
schedule. Interest in music may take form in
the study and presentation of a concert
program. Interest in people may find form in the
study and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies
provide opportunities for those interested in
communications. Whether your interests are
sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the
opportunity to experience and experiment while
learning.
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would probably
choose many of them even if they were not
required.
,
In the humanities area, students may select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
foreign languages, speech, drama, and religion.
Science courses may be chosen from biology,
chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Courses in
social and behavioral sciences are offered in
the departments of economics, history, political
science, psychology and sociology. Proficiency
in English writing must be demonstrated. One
course from an approved list of courses
containing an emphasis on urban concerns is
required as is also proficiency in two lifetime
sports. For details on general education
requirements see under Academic
Administration.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area
Studies are available through cooperative
programs with the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these
programs for further information. It is possible
for students to complete other majors also
through ACTC. Make application for such
majors through the Registrar.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that
requirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the
natural and social sciences, in the humanities,
and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 11 1, 11 2; Physics
121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106),
351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1
course.
Biology 1 11 , 1 12; Chemistry 1 15, 1 16, 351 ,
352; Economics 122, 123; English 11 1, and a
second course; Health Ed. 1 10; Mathematics
124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to fulfill the 60
semester-hour requirements should be chosen
from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please
refer to the bulletins published by the College
of Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Requirements have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the School of
Dentistry at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of
liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with
the Washington University School of
Engineering and Applied Science and the
Michigan Technological University. See under
Engineering for information on the course
requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in law
should consult the handbook published by The
Association of American Law Schools. Early
consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles
Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may
wish to take the Political Science course, Law
in the United States, to help determine whether
they possess an interest in law. Since law
schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student should
be aware that many graduate schools consider
the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their
class schedules.
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
Biology 11 1 , 112, 355; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; English 11 1, and one
or more writing and literature courses;
Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122;
Biochemistry 367; sociology, behavioral
sciences and humanities, 5 courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical School of
the University of Minnesota. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
This two-year program has been designed to
fulfill minimum requirements of the College of
Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary with any
of several different majors, e.g., history,
philosophy, English, psychology, sociology,
religion. The student planning to enter seminary
should include Religion 11 1, 221 among the
courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum
should include at least two semesters of history
(Western Civilization) and one or more courses
in the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses: Mathematics 124; Public
Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; Biology 11 1, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic
expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music,
humanities, theater, and upper division foreign
languages); anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science,
psychology, and sociology courses to fulfill the
remainder of the distribution requirements.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutions in the Twin Cities area on several
programs.
LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER
Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the
statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000
volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of educational materials including
approximately 150,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes, scores and films.
ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF TH6 TWIN
CITIES. Full-time students at Augsburg and the
St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course
each semester at another campus. No
additional fee is required for such an exchange,
except for private instruction in music and
some independent studies. See under
"Independent Study" for further details.
Students may elect to participate in the
cooperative program to gain new perspectives,
to get better acquainted with the other schools,
or to undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges
have coordinated calendars. The interim term
may also be taken on another campus. A
regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free
between the campuses.
'
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in
social work, sociology or psychology with a
chemical dependency specialty. The program is
designed to train specialists to help professional
people in dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring together
Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental
hospital patients, guards, and students at
rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such
places as the Shakopee Institution for Women,
Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically
handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments
give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The
response of students involved in the courses,
both from Augsburg and the institutions, has
been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for the
January interim. For example, Augsburg and St.
Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study
opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim Director
should be consulted regarding planned
programs.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING.
Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive
instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for
admission to the school of nursing should be
made directly to the hospital.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This
group is composed of colleges and universities
in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned
activities include innovative curricular programs
for students, interchange and sharing of
academic personnel and other college
resources, cooperative research projects,
foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metrourban affairs conference, and development of
programs consistent with the needs and
resources of the community organizations of
the Upper Midwest.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical
Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg
offers work which enables qualified students to
receive a college degree with a major in
Medical Technology. The first three years of
this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program is completed at one of
the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not guarantee
acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan
Technological University in Houghton,
Michigan, enables a student to receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University, in a five-year
program. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated
university.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in
Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State
Hospital, is available to students who complete
a major in physical education with specialization
in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to this program requires an
application to be approved by the director of
the program. Application should be made
during the spring semester of the sophomore
year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5
grade-point average in work completed in the
major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all.
All candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult with the Director regarding proper
sequence of courses.
ANTIOCH-MINNEAPOLIS COMMUNIVERSITY.
Students at Augsburg College and AntiochMinneapolis Communiversity, a metropolitan
school emphasizing experiential-based learning,
may take classes at each other's campuses
under certain mutually satisfactory
arrangements. Interested persons should
contact the Academic Dean.
ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved
Officers Training programs for the various
armed services of the United States, such
programs are available in the metropolitan area
and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For
information, confer with the Dean of the
College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are
available to Augsburg students. Some of them
are briefly described below. For application
procedures and further information, request the
special brochure on lnternational Study at
Augsburg from the Director of lnternational
Programs. Since there is a limit on the number
of students who may study abroad each year it
is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one
wishes to participate in an international
program.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG
NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges in
the state. Each year three or four countries are
selected, and qualified students are granted
partial scholarships to enable them to spend a
summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before
departure, independent study abroad on a topic
of one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior
year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are
the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College
in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House
College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto
Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico;
the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe
Institute in Germany; the University of
Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville,
Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In
addition, through the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experiment in
lnternational Living, Augsburg students are
offered study programs in Columbia, Denmark,
England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece,
Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal,
Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This
type of study must be approved before
departure by the Director of lnternational
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign study
may be applied to the student's graduation
requirements as electives, as elements of the
major sequence, or to satisfy some of the
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director
of International Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
both credit and non-credit, through its
Continuing Education Program. Classes are
generally in the evening. Since continuing
education courses are offered on a semesterhour basis, the courses vary in length from four
weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write the
Office of the Associate Dean of the Faculty.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults who
have not attended or who have not graduated
from college. The program provides admissions
counseling, career guidance and planning, a
simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and,
for those who desire it, a special course to
ease the transition to academic life.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed
to provide opportunities for qualified students to
pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated
course of study. Special seminars, colloquia,
honors student forums and options in
completing the general education requirements
are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom,
Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all fields
of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their
academic program or personal interests.
Internships are available with a variety of
companies, agencies and community
organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses,
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment,
testing, counseling, training and practice in
study skills, career exploration, and discussion
of personal and family problems arising from
the return to school. The course enables
returning adults to get to know each other
through sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts,
the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of
Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in
Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing,
and Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or
the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with
majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of
Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a major
aspect of your college life, but learning and
development also occur in formal and informal
activities and opportunities of the college and
metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident
or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can add
dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation to worship,
devotional life and the stimulation of faith.
Chapel services are held three times a week
and are both experimental and traditional in
character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist
service in the College Center is a valued
worship experience for many students. Students,
faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special
events are sponsored throughout the year and
a number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The Campus Pastor
has an office in the College Center where you
can contact him for counseling, consultation or
ways to get more involved.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in the Twin Cities. These activities
include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities in
various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the
yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower
level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or
non-classroom related interests meet in the
Center.
There are several opportunities for participation
in music and drama. In addition to performing
on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String
Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and
several student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given on campus
each year under the direction of the theater arts
department.
Recreation
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as well
as individual performance activities. Broomball
has been an especially popular coed sport.
Climaxing the intramural program is the
Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural
winners at various colleges. Check schedules
for times when there is open use of the
gymnasium and the ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and
is a member of the National Association of
lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College
annually competes in ten sports, including
football, soccer, cross-country, basketball,
hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and
golf. Augsburg is also a member of the
Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association for
lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW).
The women annually compete in volleyball,
gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf, tennis,
and track.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerned with educating
the whole person and recognizes that the
context in which learning takes place is a
critical factor in achieving optimal growth.
Knowledge grows from more than intellectual
endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring
values, identifying life styles, developing
autonomy and interdependence, finding
purpose and commitment - all combine with
intellectual content and skills to produce the
desired educational impact of the college on its
students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created to support this task. During the summer
before your freshman year, or at the time of
transfer, you will receive a copy of
SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College
Education. This book will help you assess the
possibilities in your education, choices i o make,
directions to consider and different destinations
for which to plan. SEMAPHORE was designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development provides a
variety of services to help make your journey
as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of
the opportunities you may wish to participate in
are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first
academic year and register for classes. You
and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend
events in the metropolitan area and seek
answers to the many questions you have about
college life.
Career Planning and Placement. You may be
uncertain about where you want to be when
you finish your undergraduate experience,
whether your life style will be a balanced one,
how work will provide opportunity for service
and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career
development plan to help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare
for entry into the next phase of your life. All
new students will have a chance to review their
interests with a counselor.
Human Development Seminars. A series of
informal "mini-courses" are offered each year to
help you grow in understanding of yourself and
your relationship to others. Such topics as
PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in
Relationships), Issues in Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information on current
offerings and opportunity to register are
provided several times during the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want to
improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studying, note-taking, and testing by attending
one or more of the workshops offered. You
also will have an opportunity to meet with a
counselor to diagnose your needs. If a
particular course proves difficult, you can
arrange for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for
all of us where we can handle challenges more
effectively by finding and discussing things with
someone who has more expertise. Counselors
are available to help you think through how you
can handle major or minor problems in a
constructive way. Consultation is provided on
questions of policy and procedure.
Minority Concerns. If you have some special
needs or simply want to expand your crosscultural awareness, you can contact a staff
member to help you find out which resources
and programs will help meet your needs.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's
ability to respond to the learning environment
depends, in part, upon his or her living
conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is
provided. The residence hall program is
designed to promote student growth through
relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decision making.
Each residence unit has one or more Resident
Staff who are able to facilitate the process of
group living as well as discuss personal
concerns with individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is
considered a house unit providing 36 students,
two to a room, with their own lounge, study
and utility area.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is
an alternative to traditional residence-hall living.
It contains 104 one and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are
located in the campus area. One way to
maximize the living-learning aspects of your
housing situation is to avail yourself of the
opportunity to bid for a house as a Special
Interest House. Groups of students have
created exciting projects by writing and
implementing educational impact proposals on
such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's
and Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
the basis of academic interests, and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. Secondary
Education students have available a second
adviser; one in the major and one in the area of
education. Freshmen also have an upperclass
adviser.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All
freshmen and sophomores not living at home
are required to live In college-operated
houslng.
You may wish to contact this office for
information on types of assistance available and
for answers to questions about deadlines and
procedures. Work opportunities both on and off
campus are also recorded. If you have financial
problems, this is a good place to work them
out.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linens,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the
fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg.
Upperclass students make housing
arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 1 will be provided housing only if space is
available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $50 advanced payment when they sign
the housing contract. The fee is credited to the
students' account when they move into the
residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and
clubs and by events sponsored by the student
government. If you need information or wish to
initiate a new group or activity, contact the
Student Activities Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
Student Financial Services
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of
Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside
Avenue across the street from the campus.
Vkfts are free except for special testing or
service, and prescriptions are available through
the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to
check your family health coverage to determine
if you are included; if not, a student health
insurance plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center is the main food-service facility.
This pleasant room features small table units for
easy conversation and overlooks the College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan who live in residence halls eat their
meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Student Government
Student government is the vehicle through
which students can secure a closer relationship
and better understanding with the
administration and faculty, and provide better
input into the decision-making process at
Augsburg. Student government also sponsors
and directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions
and action on all issues pertaining to student
life at Augsburg. Student government is
organized into three branches: the executive
branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial
branch. Student-government elections are held
in the spring except for freshmen who elect
their representatives in the fall of their first year,
Many kinds of involvement are possible from
program planning to writing or editing to service
opportunities. If you want to get involved,
contact the President or Vice President in their
offices in the College Center.
International Students
If you are a student from a foreign country or
would like to be part of the activities of this
group, contact the faculty member who is
appointed as adviser.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and has
provided for due process in matters of
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
Judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves to conduct hearings and
review matters of concern. Any student who
wishes to identify appropriate procedures for
complaint should contact the Vice President for
Student Affairs if the concern is related to
student life and the Vice President for
Academic Affairs if the concern is related to
academic matters.
The College operates in compliance with the
Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX.
Students have the right to inspect all official
records, files and data which pertain to them
and which are maintained in the office of the
registrar and the placement office and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Exceptions are parents' financial records and
confidential letters and statements placed in the
record before January 1 , 1975, or placed under
conditions where students have signed a
waiver of right of access. Students have the
right to experience education free from
discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or
cultural background, creed, marital status or
age.
Persons seeking additional information on these
topics should contact the Center for Student
Development.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is
a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and
students are accepted on the basis of high
school performance, promise of success in
college as shown by college entrance
examination scores, other motivational factors,
and personal recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex
or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its
admission policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices.
A visit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
The Application Process
For Freshmen
1 . From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and complete
it.
2. Hand the completed application to your high
school counselor, along with the $1 0.00
application fee, and ask that these be sent with
your official high school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that
candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is required by April 15 after
acceptance has been made andlor financial aid
(if applied for) has been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data form,
which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation
information will be mailed to the student during
the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at
accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based on
work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education
requirements at Augsburg except for two
courses in religious studies.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure and
complete, an official application for admission.
This should be sent to the Admissions Office
with a $1 0.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is requested within one month
after acceptance has been made and/or
financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the student
will be requested to complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special (Non-degree)
Students
1 . Obtain an application form from the Office of
the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
731 21 st Ave. South
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need to have sent only the
transcripts of colleges attended since the last
enrollment at Augsburg.)
3. Special students will submit a $1 0.00
matriculation fee with their application form.
4. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made in
the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed at
Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser is
available to help them in the transition to
college and ta the United States. Admission Is
based upon performance in secondary school
and previous college work, If any. EvIdence of
proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship Is required, A very llmlted number
of scholarships is available.
'
Medical insurance is required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg.
If they have an internationally valid health
insurance policy, a copy of the policy is
required.
For application forms and further information,
write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by December 10 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about January 1. After notification of
admission and financial aid, if needed, the
student is encouraged to withdraw applications
made to other colleges. The admissions
decision is based upon the academic record
through the junior year, test scores, and
recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit
which is non-refundable is required by February
1
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high
academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school and the
maturity to cope with a college course after the
junior year in high school. Also, it is
recommended that the student complete the
requirements for a high school diploma during
the summer or during the first year of college.
A student applying for Early Admission can
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg
College and the United States Army makes
provision for an individualized plan of
education. A prospective student who qualifies
for the program may choose Augsburg as a
home school and carry on a pre-planned course
of study at other colleges while in the Army. An
adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the
selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student
matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of
$1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the
student's tuition, provided he or she
matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg
College within five years from initial registration
with the college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for
courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment,
when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the
Army provides 36 months of financial
assistance under the G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a
college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of
scores received on the College Level
Exmination Program (CLEP) offered by the
College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 82% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college through
some form of scholarships, grants, loans,
campus employment, or a combination of
these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of
financial need and academic record.
Application for aid is made by completing the
Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the
American College Testing Program. While
Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is
required for students applying to the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students
may instead submit the Financial Aid Form
(FAF) of the College Scholarship Service.
Upperclass students must also complete the
Augsburg Application for Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1976-77, approximately
82% of the students at Augsburg received
scholarships, grants, or loans totaling
$2,802,788 from Augsburg and all other
sources.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program to which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and
the following federal programs: Supplementary
Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan
(formerly National Defense Student Loan),
College Work-Study, Federally Insured Student
Loan, and Minnesota State Student Loan. Both
on-campus and off-campus work opportunities
are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April 1
will be considered first. For further information,
contact the Office of Student Financial Services
at Augsburg.
Other college-related expenses are those for
transportation to and from the campus.
Estimates should be based on nine months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts
should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.)
After you have written down estimates of your
expenses, make a list of all possible sources of
income, such as: contributions from parents'
earnings; personal and family savings; personal
earnings during vacation periods; earnings from
part-time jobs during academic year; benefits
from Social Security and/or Veteran's
Administration; aids or loans from other
relatives or friends; aid or loans from sources
other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers,
their parents' employers and any union to
which a family member belongs for possible
scholarship programs. High school guidance
counselors may have information about student
aid offered by church, civic, professional, or
fraternal organizations in a given locality.
Following you will find a summary of financial
aid programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan is
available from the Augsburg College Office of
Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses
and of all potential financial resources is the
best way to do your financial planning. Both
your own financial ability and that of your family
are considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for books and
supplies. Tuition and fees for 1978-79 are
$31 00 per year. Books and supplies may be
estimated at $200 per year. Room and board is
$1 500 per year.
Baslc Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG)
For students with proven financial need.
Available to full-time and part-time students.
Up to $1 400 per year depending on the
institutional costs and the student's eligibility.
Obtain application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Adrnlnistratlon Benefits1G.I. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children
of disabled or deceased veterans may
qualify for special benefits. Amount is
dependent upon eligibility as determined by
the Veteran's Administration. To apply,
contact the Federal Veteran's Administration
Office in your area.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from Minnesota
State Student Loan Office.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one parent
(covered by Social Security) is retired,
deceased or disabled. Amount is dependent
upon eligibility as determined by the Social
Security Administration. To apply, contact
the Federal Social Security Administration
Office in your area.
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emotional
disabilities may qualify for special
assistance. Amount is dependent upon
eligibility as determined by the Vocational
Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your
local Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
National Scholarship and Grant Program for
Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and ethnic
minorities and other eligible groups who are
either seeking admission to an American
Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are
members of an ALC congregation.
Up of $1 000 per year. Renewable. Obtain an
application from the American
Lutheran Church, Division of College and
University Services, 422 South Fifth Street,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 5541 5. Application
deadline is April 1.
Federally insured Student LoanslMinnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half the
normal full-time academic load.
If the adjusted family income of the student
is less than $25,000 per year or if financial
need is established for those not in this
category, the Federal Government pays the
full interest on the loan while the student is
in college. When repayment begins, the
student pays the full 7 % interest on the loan.
Maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost
of education whichever is less and the
aggregate maximum is $7500. Freshmen are
limited to $1 500. in the Minnesota State
Student Loan.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents on the
basis of scholastic achievement and need.
High School seniors who are Minnesota
residents are expected to apply.
Range: $1 00 to $1 100; but shall not exceed
one half of the applicant's demonstrated
financial need.
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of
evident need. High school seniors and
community I junior college transfer students
who are Minnesota residents are expected to
apply.
In addition, persons who have not attended
a post-secondary institution for twelve
months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
ScholarshipIGrant will be mailed to all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not
receive an application by December 1, contact
your high school guidance counselor or the
college financial aid office.
Return completed application and FFS to The
American College Testing Program, Financial
Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa
52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080)
and the Minnesota State ScholarshipIGrant
Program (Code 6500) to receive the FFS
analysis.
NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications
are automatically considered for the State
Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED
THROUGH THE COLLEGE
How To Apply
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking in
the top 15% of their high school class with
above average aptitude test scores.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for a
maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who have
shown academic potential and have financial
need.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for a
maximum of 4 years based on 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
Range $1 00 to $1 000. Renewable for a
second year.
Educational
For students having exceptional financial
need who could not otherwise attend
college, and who carry at least one-half the
normal academic load.
Range $200 to $1 500 per year. Renewable
for 3 years. Will be matched by other
financial assistance such as loans,
scholarships, employment.
1. Apply for admission; for new students
this application is also the financial aid
application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS)
from high school counselor or Augsburg
College Financial Aid Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent to Augsburg
College. Augsburg's ACT code number is
2080. Financial statements received by April
1 will be considered first.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the
College will accept the Financial Aid Form
(FAF) of the College Scholarship Service.
Augsburg's CSS code number is 601 4.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descrlptlons of awards are copied
verbatlm from statements of the donors' wlshes.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
For students with proven financial need and
who carry at least one-half the normal
academic load.
1. The Alma Jensen Dlckerson Memorlal
Scholarship
awarded annually to able and
Averages approximately $1 000 per year.
Can be reapplied for each year although
renewal is not guaranteed.
2. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dlckerson
Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to
-
deserving juniorlsenior students as recommended
by the committee.
-
two deserving juniorlsenior students.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial need and
who carry at least one-half the normal
academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further fulltime study and with proven financial need.
- awarded
annually to a worthy student of the College
selected by the scholarship committee.
3. The M. J. Estrem Scholarshlp
-
awarded annually to an
able and deserving upperclass student as
recommended by the scholarship committee.
4. Memorial Scholarship
5. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Scholarships
established in 1972 to be
-
distributed by the scholarship committee to needy
students
6. The Reader's Dlgest Endowed Scholarshlpsawarded to able and deserving upperclassmen.
7. The Tozer Foundatlon Scholarships-up to
$1 000 each - awarded on the basis of
scholarship, achievement, character, leadership,
industry, personality, and need. Winners must be
junior or senior students who are residents of the
State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine,
Kanabec or Washington Counties. Separate
appllcatlon requlred of semi-finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent to
Tozer Foundation (code 6577)
-
8. The Edward Yokle Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
-
1. Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans
awarded to
able and deserving upperclass students who are
policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans
Insurance Company.
2. Mlldred Ryan Cleveland Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded annually to able and deserving
students, who have physical disabilities and have
demonstrated financial need.
-
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
1 . Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans Mlnorlty
-
awarded annually to
Scholarshlp Program
Lutheran American minority students who show
financial need.
2. Minnesota Mlnlng & Manufacturlng Mlnorlty
Student Scholarshl~ established in 1973 to be
awarded to a Black student.
-
3. The Marlys Johnson Slmengaard Memorlal
Scholarshlp
Awarded periodically to an
American Negro student.
-
4, Natlonal Scholarshlp & Grant Program for
Mlnorlty Students
sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to
members of racial and ethnic minorities. Separate
applications required. FFS must be sent to ALC
(Code 6591).
-
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
t , The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorlal
Scholarship-awarded annually to a student(s) in
the senior class who is preparing for the ministry.
-
2. The lver and Marle lverson Scholarshlp
awarded on the basis of need, character and
interest in Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and
interest in Christian Service.
-
4. The Morrls G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
awarded to a
Mlsslonary Scholarshlp Fund
Juniorlsenior student preparing for service as a
missionary through the World Missions
Department of the American Lutheran Church.
-
-
5. Oneslmus Scholarshlp
awarded periodically to
students preparing for the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerlte Hamllton Storley Memorlal
Scholarshlp
awarded annually to an able and
deserving juniorlsenior student recommended by
the scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are
interviewed and selected by donor.
-
-
7. Gerda Mortensen Memorlal Scholarshlp
Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the
Christian faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical
Education faculty to the Student Personnel
Committee.
-
1 . The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
awarded annually to an able and deserving male
student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and
academic achievement.
-
2. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship
awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in
field of physical education.
3. The James Wlnkler Memorlal Scholarship awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and
academic achievement.
-
4. Women's Physical Education Scholarship
awarded to able and deserving women students
showing ability in women's athletics.
-
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded
to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
-
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to
a football player on basis of financial need.
-
7 Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field
of athletics.
8. David Gronner Memorlal Scholarship Fund
-
awarded to two or more students participating in
athletics or music. The award is "made to
students who have demonstrated financial need"
andlor "of high Christian character". The athletic
scholarship is for male candidate only, with a
preference for basketball.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology
Department faculty.
-
Blology Scholarships
established in 1972 by the
faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology,
Natural Science or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the
Business Administration faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
t . The GambleSkogmo Foundatlon Scholarship
- awarded to one or more upperclass students
interested in the field of business.
-
2. The Reld Scholarshlp awarded to one or more
upperclass students who are interested in
business andlor education.
CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry
faculty,
Awarded to students whose academic record
indicates promise of achievement in the field of
Chemistry.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
5, The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6, The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
7, The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty
-
awarded to
The Davld Mathre Scholarshlp
qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term in which they are
student teaching.
ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty
-
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarshlp
awarded
annually to juniorlsenior students who
are majoring in English with preference given to
those who plan to teach English as a career.
2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorlal Scholarshlp
-awarded to an outstanding student in the field
of English.
HISTORY - Winners selected by History faculty
-
The H. N. Hendrlckson Hlstory Scholarshlp
awarded annually to students majoring in history
with preference given to those who plan a career
in the field.
LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winners selected by Library
staff.
-
1. The Llbrary Sclence Scholarshlp
established
in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding
juniorlsenior student@) choosing librarianship as a
career.
MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by
Mathematics faculty to the Student Personnel
Committee.
1. Mlnneapolls Gas Company Scholarshlp
generally awarded to able and deserving
juniorlsenior students majoring in mathematics or
the sciences on basis of need and academic
ability.
-
2. Davld and Mlchelle Chrlstianson Mathematics
Scholarshlp awarded to an able and deserving
student in the field of mathematics.
-
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selected by Modern
Language faculty.
The Miml Baez Klngsley Modern Language
Scholarshlp
awarded annually to juniorlsenior
students who are majoring in a modern language
with preference given to those who plan to teach
language as a career.
-
MUSIC
- Winners
selected by Music faculty.
-
1 . 0. T. Hertsgaard Scholarshlp
awarded
annually to juniorlsenior students who have
demonstrated proficiency in choral andlor
instrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of over-all
academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Muslc Scholarshlp
awarded to a sophornoreljunior student of
outstanding promise in the field of music.
-
-
3. The Marllyn Solberg Volca Scholarshlp
awarded to an Augsburg student who has music
as a majorlminor and who shows outstanding
promise for achievement in the art of singing.
acquire musical and performance skills in
instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
-
6. David Gronner Mernorlal Scholarship Fund
awarded i o two or more students participating in
athletics or music. The award is "made to
students who have demonstrated financial need"
andlor "of high Christian character."
7. Peggy Chrlstensen Benson Mernorlal
Scholarshlp awarded annually to a student
studying choral music.
-
-
4. The lngaborg C. Chrlstenson Scholarshlp
awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in stringed instruments.
5. The Leonard and Sylvla Kuschel Scholarshlp
awarded to upperclass students seeking to
SOCIOLOGY
-
-
Adolph Paulson Mernorlal Prlze awarded
annually to a student in the general field of
Christian Sociology.
.-
--
..-#
,
l..\
y
C--m:;:
,, ,
C
;
, ..
.
.
. .
. r
, * ;
.
,-
-.
. ...
,-.-.:
.'
.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION
- $3,100
Film Making, $70
Life Drawing, $1 0
Stagecraft, $20
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning September, 1978. Students are
considered full-time when they take three or
more courses during the semester terms for a
total of seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1 -4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods. If the student
elects to omit an interim or to graduate in
December, a refund is not authorized.
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 20 a
semester (1 4 lessons), or $8.60 per lesson
during the interim.
Practice Studio rental for each semester for one
hour a day: organ, $25.00 ($1 0.00 an interim);
piano or voice, $1 0.00 ($4.00 an interim).
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $20.00 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
A part-time rate of $425 per course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy,
$1 .oo.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is one half the part-time rate per
course. Part-time students who take Lifetime
Sports are charged the audit rate for that
course.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office with charges
according to the schedule on file.
SPECIAL FEES
- NOT REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from all
new students.
A registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$1 25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register at
Augsburg. The charge is $250.00.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $2.00 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $5.00 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
REFUNDABLE
Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $1,500
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office
of Auxiliary Services.
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be
increased at any time before or during the
contract year.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply
company.
- NOT
Cinema Arts, $25
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
1978-79 COST SUMMARY
Application Fee - $1 0.00
Tuition - $3,100
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
Board and Room - $1,500
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
-
TUITION DEPOSIT
New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; to
be paid by April 15, 1978. (Payment is due
February 1 under Early Decision Program). The
deposit is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All
resident students: $1 00.00 advanced deposit.
Required at the time of signing a contract, to
reserve a housing assignment for the term
beginning September. Applied to the room
charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT
All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable
upon graduation, transfer to another institution,
or discontinuing educational program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the first half-year
billing period is due August 20, and the second
half-year is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August 20.
No student is permitted to register if his or her
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of hislher
registration andlor being released from hislher
housing contract will be refunded charges for
tuition and room except for the minimum
deduction of $1 00 of fees to cover
administrative costs according to the following
schedule:
through the first five days of classes.
from the sixth day through the tenth
day of classes.
from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
from the sixteenth day through the
twentieth day of classes.
from the twenty-first day through the
twenty-fifth day of classes.
from the twenty-sixth day to the
middle of the term.
No ref1und will be made after the middle of the
term.
Should a student be forced to cancel hislher
registration during the first one-half of the term
due to illness or accident, upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued
matriculation, the charges will be reduced by
one-half.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will be applied back to
the account of the student and all adjustments
for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc, shall be
gathered in the student's account before
eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are readily
available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will
include courses in the humanities, the natural
sciences, and the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to
write effectively; they are also expected to be
knowledgeable about urban concerns and have
some understanding of cultures outside the
United States.
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Duane Johnson
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson
The general recreational activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to acquaint students
with and to equip students for lifetime sports,
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of
the Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman for
each division is elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course
listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Linguistics,
Norwegian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communication, and
Theater Arts
Minimum Graduation Requirements
Include the Following:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 13 in one
department, except 17 for Bachelor of
Science in Music Therapy and Bachelor of
Music degrees and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R.
courses, 2 courses by independent study or
directed study or a combination of directed
and independent study, 4 courses of
internship and 8 courses with a grade of P
(two in the major except Elementary
Education and one in the minor if approved
by the department chairman) may apply
toward the 35 total courses required.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental
headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward the
major.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester and
one course in the interim. Students registered
for three or more courses in a semester are
classified as full-time students. Students must
petition and receive permission to register for
more than 4.5 courses.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer students,
the number of interim courses is one less
than the number of years at Augsburg.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (English I 1 I ) or
certification of demonstrated proficiency
by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. A course from each of the following eight
areas (One course may fulfill the
requirement in one area, only):
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology - Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English - Speech, Communications
& Theater Arts
Foreign Language
Art - Music
C. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an
interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
D. A course related to urban concerns.
Courses approved to meet this
requirement are published each term.
E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated
proficiency in two lifetime sports.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee is also charged for changing
registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses
after the first five days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses
or cancellation from College must be done in
the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in accounts
are effective as of the date the completed
Cancel From College form is returned to the
Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as
sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or her
achievement is unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below 1.6 or 2 zero grades
having taken 6 or fewer
courses
below 1.7 or 3 zero grades
having taken 7-1 5 courses
below 1.9 having taken 16-24
courses
below 2.0 having taken 25 or
more courses
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, helshe is subject to
dismissal at the end of the following spring
term. A student who has a poor academic
record may be strongly advised to withdraw
before the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College
voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured,
primarily, by means of final examinations.
Shorter examinations or tests, written papers,
oral reports, and other types of evaluation are
also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0
with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance (no credit for
the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the
grade is recorded but not computed in the
grade point average.
the PIN grading system. Some education
courses are graded only on the PIN system;
some others are graded only P, 1.0, N.
Students may select the traditional grading
system in most other courses. Students are
cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care
since some graduate and professional schools
do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration card
those courses which they wish to take on the
PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of
grading system must be made during the first
two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged
after the first five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance studies,
Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are
graded P1O.O.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing stating the reasons for requesting it,
the plan and date for removing it, and
comments from the instructor of the course. If
permission to receive an I grade is granted, it
must be removed during the following
semester. If the incomplete is not removed
during the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along with the
incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year. Two courses in the major
(except Elementary Education) and one in the
minor may be on PIN grading system if
approved by the department chairman.
A course in which a grade of 0, 1 .O, 1.5, N, I,
or X has been received may be repeated for
credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and grades
earned the second time are counted toward
graduation and in the grade point average.
Courses in which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated for credit; they
may, however, be audited.
Sociology 383, Nursing 301, 302, 401, 402,
and several interim courses are graded only on
Students who wish to take courses without
credit or grade may do so by registering for
Audit (V). Such students should confer with the
professor within two weeks of the beginning of
the term to determine expectations, attendance
requirements, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the student's
transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is
listed under Expenses.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward
the 35 courses required for the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent
studies only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for exceptions
to this policy should be made directly to their
own academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to
independent study by the host campus.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.8 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.79 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
In order to qualify for graduation with distinction
transfer students must have completed two
years (fourteen graded courses) of work at
Augsburg College.
lndependent Study
Veterans
Augsburg College is approved by the State
Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of the
Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of
other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more courses
are classified as full-time students. It is the
responsibility of each veteran to report any
change in registration andlor academic load to
the Office of the Registrar.
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These
programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis.
Students interested in registering for
independent study must first secure permission
from the faculty member who will direct the
study as well as from the department involved.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive
terms in which they did not earn a minimum of
three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I)
may b e given only in the case of extreme
emergency. See section on Grading.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a
grade of X is given at the end of the first term,
and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's
academic load for the term below three courses
will be reported to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will need to meet the requirements of
the Veterans Administration regarding
repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit by
examinations should consult with department
chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be
earned through the College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive
examinations.
Classification
..
Sophomore . . 7 courses. . .
I 4 grade points
Junior. . . . . . . 16 courses. . . . . 32 grade points
Senior . . . . . 25 courses. . . . 50 grade points
.
.
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course
during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
A full course is offered for one course credit.
A few fractional courses (one-half course credit)
are offered in the Division of Professional
Studies.
A full course has the approximate value of 4
semester credits. A total of 35 courses is
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods of two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is
approximately 1 5 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of classes
to determine definitely the current course
offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses; those numbered 300 and
above are classified as upper division. In
general, courses numbered in the 100's are
primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores;
300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some
departments course numbers also designate
areas within the department.
Symbol
#Consent of instructor
Course Descriptions
The description of courses listed in the
following pages are to be understood as
general characterizations of topics to be
Eonsidered For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and
clarification of content and requirements for
individual courses, please consult the
respective instructors of the courses.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change.
Consult Schedule of Classes for precise
offerings each term.
See preceding pages for information on
numbering and credit value.
The symbol # indicates "by consent of
instructor".
American Studies
Director: Grief Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and
399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one of
these areas and 3 in each of the others):*
Hlstory of the United States
American Studies, 23 1, 260
History 221, 222, 331, 332, 353, 495
(American Emphasis)
Religion 353, 363
MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2
courses in each of the above groupings under
MAJOR.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to the
black experience, e.g. African backgrounds,
religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course
content subject to change from year to year.
Meets one religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Humanities in the United States
American Studies 232, 265
Art 102, 389
English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 351,
490 and 49 1 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis
upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. (Spring)
Social Sciences in the United States
Economics 120, 122, 123, 251
Education 4 78#
Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326,
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
370, 371, 421
Psychology 48 1 #; Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73,
381,383
Social Work 361, 463
*American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other
colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
The situation of Indians in the United States
since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with
an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal
sovereignty, treaty rights, and education.
Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural
traditions among selected Indian tribes today.
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Through a discussion of works by women
historians and selections from women's
journals, speeches, articles, short stories,
poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the
class will collectively assess the position of
black and white women in American culture
from the founding of the colonies to the
present. (Fall)
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract, Intended for
majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American life. Includes a study
of the approaches of several disciplines to the
topic and practice in the integration of primary
source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities
resource persons and the co-learning model
when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen
and sophomores. (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
For description, see course 295. Open to
juniors and seniors who will do a different level
of work. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary nature
in area of student's choice. Consult with
director to determine conditions of contract.
Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Department of Art
Chairman: Philip Thompson
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses
including 107, and 3 art history courses.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major
but 250 required and 132 recommended.
STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses
including 107; two from 118, 221, 223, 225,
and 250.
118 PAINTING I
Introduction to painting media and technique in
acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white, color and photographic processes.
ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses
including 386, 387, 388.
150 JEWELRY
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
An introduction to the making of jewelry in
copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring)
Fine arts in the urban and world setting.
Concern for the visual content of experience in
the environment leading toward appreciation
and criticism. (Spring)
221 SCULPTURE l
STUDIO ART
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels.
Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
(Fall, Spring)
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media:
clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and
stone. (Fall, Spring)
223 PRINT MAKING I
Principles and methods of print making in a
variety of media including etching, silk-screen
and woodcut. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
399 INTERNSHIP
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.(Fall, Spring)
Consult chairman or internship director to
determine project.
242 FILM MAKING
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media:
clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and
stone. (Prereq.: 2 2 1. Fall, Spring)
Film making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
250 CERAMICS l
An introduction to the making of pottery with an
emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall,
Sprin g)
478 SCULPTURE II
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study in area of the student's choice.
Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring)
ART HISTORY
290 ART HISTORY SURVEY
330 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in
magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of
photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
351 CERAMICS II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis
on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation
of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring)
355 PAINTING II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118.
Fall, Spring)
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing of
slides, visits to museums. (Offered summer,
1977)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from
pre-history to modern times. (Spring, 1978,
Alternate years)
385 PREHISTORIC AND ANCIENT ART
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman
period to the 4th century A.D. (Offered 1 9 8 0 8 1)
386 MEDIEVAL ART
360 DRAWING AND WATER-COLOR
PAINTING
Early Christian through late Gothic and protoRenaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture in Europe. (Offered 1979-80)
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape.
The functions of perception, structure, and
gesture in drawing and transparent water-color
(Prereq.: 1 0 7. Offered alternate years. Fall,
1978)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture
from the early Renaissance through the 18th
century. (Offered 1 9 78-79)
368 PRINT MAKING II
388 19th AND 20th CENTURY ART
Advanced work in various media, including silkscreen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223.
Fall, Spring)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture
from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Offered 1 9 78- 79)
387 RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE ART
389 AMERICAN ART
A study of early colonial art through
contemporary American art, with specific
emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its
relationship to European art as well as
indigenous movements. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 and
alternate years.)
Department of Biology
Chairman: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 11 1,
112, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following three groups: 351, 353, 361
(Group I); 355, 473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471,
476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,
106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125 (or 121,
122); Physics 1 21 , 122 also required. Students
intending to enter graduate school should
ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, including 111,
112, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following five groups: 351, 353 (Group I);
355, 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471,
473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352) also
required. Students who plan to teach in
secondary schools often select this major.
Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also
requires three courses in earth and life
sciences. Students are advised to consult with
the Education Department early in their
planning.
anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to
answer such questions as: What makes man
just another member of the biotic fold? Does
man have a niche in the ecosystem? What
iniluence does man have on the environment?
What influence does the environment,
especially the urban environment, have on
man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory.
A student may not receive credit for both
Biology 10 1 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor).
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other
paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical
Education, Music Therapy and other interested
students. A student may not receive credit for
both Biology 1 0 1 and 103. Does not apply to
the major or minor).
108 MICROBIOLOGY
MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1, 112 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major. In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one
course of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application
for the honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an
Basic microbial features are considered as well
as applications of microbiology to the fields of
medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3
hours laboratory. For student nurses, health
majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring.
Does not apply to the major or minor).
109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with
community people taking the course together
with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending upon needs and
interest. Applies towards the Natural Science
requirement.
111 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary
mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology,
and phylogenetic relationships of organisms.
Must be taken in sequence except by
permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4
hours laboratory. 1 1 1, Fall; 1 12, Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and physical
mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water
relations in vascular and nonvascular plants.
The relationships of these processes to plant
structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 1 12. Fall, 1 9 79. Offered alternate
years).
351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics
1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Spring)
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing
classification, morphology, behavior, life history,
and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall, 1 9 7 8 .
Offered alternate years).
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of
the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Spring)
A study of animal function with emphasis on
the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions
are explained on the basis of physical and
chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 ; Chemistry 1 0 6 or
1 16; Physics 1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Fall)
355 GENETICS
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory
work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring)
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as
descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. In addition to embryonic
development, the topics of malignancy, aging,
and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class,
4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and
ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2; Chemistry 2 2 3 or
3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71
and 4 76).
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms
with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 3 6 7 or #. Fall)
481 ECOLOGY
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.;
1 12, 3 6 1, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
Oral presentations and written papers relating
to recent biological literature and research. (For
seniors majoring in bklogy)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor. Intended for
biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 1 12, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
Department of Business
Administration, Business
Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
Business Administration
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the
experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the MathematicsPhysics general college requirement by taking
mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses
but not more than 12 courses of related
business subjects (Economics, Finance and
Mathematics). Students who have completed
the above requirements are qualified under the
rules of the Minnesota State Board of
Accountancy to sit for the examination
immediately after graduation.
MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING
SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration
101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and
either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251
and one additional course selected from 258 or
391 or 392 are also required. At least three
upper division courses are required. For those
planning on careers in accounting, completion
of the two remaining courses in the sequence
381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261,
262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from
the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122,
123, 251 and one additional course selected
from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At
least five upper division courses are required.
(392 is strongly recommended.) In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are strongly recommended.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101 , 102, and one of 261 , 373,
379, 478; and one of 262, 379, 381 ; and
Economics 122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
Students who plan to major in the department
are strongly encouraged to select a department
adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan
well their program of study.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq: 10 1. Fall, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code, (Spring)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics.(fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School
Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm: sources
and uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102, Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination
considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262.
Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach
to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on
decision-making, presentation through literature,
readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.:
261, Spring)
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various
forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 1 0 1,
102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
one full term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in
Interim only).
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the risklreturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint of
both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1.
Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq: 263. Fall)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108, 121,
350 and 353.
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fa//) TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
Spring. Offered alternate years)
If a student desires a two-year secretarial
program, a certificate will be awarded upon
295, 495 TOPICS
completion of the following: Business Education
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
Business Administration 101, 102, 131 and
methodology and readings in the areas of
Economics 120. A student in the two-year
program must select six courses from the
Accounting, Finance or General Business.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand)
general education requirements.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING (No Credit)
Business Education
NOTE: The major in Business Education is
being phased out, effective 1979-80. A limited
number of courses will be offered in 1978-79.
See class schedule for courses offered.
MAJOR: 1 2-1 4 Courses.
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110, 364,
460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high school
typewriting or equivalent required. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are recommended.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262, 263, and
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business
Education 108, 350, and English 21 9.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
have had one year of high school typewriting.
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators.
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of transcription machines, filing and
records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties.
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Development of speed in transcribing material
dictated at minimum speed of 80 words a
minute. (Not open to students who have had
one year of shorthand in high school.)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating.
(Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent.)
379. In addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand
systems may enroll for rapid dictation and
transcription of material dictated at speeds of
80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 221 or
equivalent.)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122, 123, 251, and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
Business Administration 101, 102, 261, 373,
379 and one other course from business
administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly
recommended.
MINOR:
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #.)
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems relating to supervision and
management in the business office, selection
and training of employees; and human relations
within the office.
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on
distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and
projects in marketing.
Economics
MAJOR IN ECONOMICS:
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three
other courses of economics offerings. Business
Administration 101, 102, 379, also required.
The complete calculus sequence is very
strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373
may be substituted for Business Administration
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
examination in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general
education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
Students who plan to major in the department
are strongly encouraged to select a department
adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan well
their program of study.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are:
Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer
Army; Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems,
etc, Fundamental microeconomic tools
introduced to facilitate discussion of the abovementioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a
basic course designed for those students who
do not plan to major in either Economics,
Business Administration or Business Education.
Students who plan to major in the above three
areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than
120. 122 and 123 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application
of elementary economic theory to current
economic problems. May be taken independently
of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and
123 may be taken in either order, or may be
taken in the same term in order for the student to
progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall,
Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory
of the household, firm, market structures and
income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken
independently of Economics 122 or 120.
Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term in order
for the student to progress more rapidly to other
courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to
aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on
monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122.
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through an
internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
250 DATA PROCESSING
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics.(Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing
of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models.
Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122.
Fa4
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention
paid to the economic problems of minority
groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #.
Spring)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of
the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public
The student may earn independent study credits
through individually supervised projects designed
to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth.(Prereq.:#. Fall,
Spring)
Department of Chemistry
- -
Chairman: Earl Alton
approved research; participation in seminar.
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115,
116 (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361 and one
advanced course which may include
Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics
121, 122, and Mathematics 124, 125 also
required. Since upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites,
students should plan to take Mathematics 124,
125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121,
122 in the sophomore year.
Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115;
106 and 1 16; 223 and 351, 352.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 11 courses including 11 5, 116 (or 105,
106) and all chemistry courses above 350.
Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics
124, 125 (which should be taken during the
freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics
121, 122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German
equivalent to one semester also required.
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 11 5,
116 (or 105, 106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic,
and biological chemistry around the theme: the
molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward
the major. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry
within last 3 years or #. Fall)
105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 1 16;
designed especially for students who will not
major in chemistry, although students may go
from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of
examples including organic and environmental
systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of
laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it is suggested
that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the
advanced course. Licensure after July, 1979,
also requires three courses in earth and life
sciences. Students are advised to consult with
the Education Department early in their
planning.
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic
chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief
introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq: high
school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry.
1 15, Fall; 1 16, Spring)
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same
as the graduation major. In addition, medical
schools expect at least two courses (and
usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
I
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of
Designed for nurses in the degree program,
medical technologists and others in allied health
science programs whose professional goals do
not require either of two-term organic course or
the one-term biochemistry course. The organic
chemistry most relevant to a survey of
biochemistry is studied followed by the
structures and metabolic reactions of
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids,
enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour
bctures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 1 15. Spring)
351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of
chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactior
mechanism; many applications of organic
chemistry to biological, environmental and
industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 3 5 1,
Fall; 3 5 2 , Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and
solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques
of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative
analysis of a variety of samples, and includes
trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Spring)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and
states of matter are studied in the first
semester. Applications of these concepts to
areas of molecular structure, equilibria and
electrochemistry in the second semester. (3
one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 353; Physics 12 1, 122; Mathematics
124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory
and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours
lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq: 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq: 362 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop
molecular orbital theory for molecules, Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular momentum
and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq:
361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate,
with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors
are occasionally invited to participate.
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of
the literature (including Beilstein); and further
study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra
routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some
reading knowledge of German. Spring)
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by
research participation during the academic year
(which may be counted as a course). (Junior
standing)
East Asian Studies
Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen
MAJOR CONCENTRATION: A major
concentration plan is constructed for each
student with the advice and assistance of his or
her adviser. A major plan normally consists of
ten to twelve courses distributed under one of
the following general categories:
East Asian Culture
Two language courses including one year of
Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history
courses; four to six courses in cultural
-
specialization andlor comparative studies; two
or more independent study andlor seminar
courses.
East Aslan Language and Culture
At least four language courses (a two-year
concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is
encouraged; however, one year of each
language is acceptable); two introductory
history courses; two to four courses in cultural
specialization andlor comparative studies; and
two or more independent study andlor seminar
courses.
-
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
I
I
Augsburg College offers programs leading to
licensure in Education at these levels:
Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early
Childhood, and Secondary Education.
Licensure programs for secondary education
are offered in the following areas: American
Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health,
History, Mathematics, Music, Physical
Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish,
Speech, and Theater Arts.
Students wishing to become licensed teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for licensure requirements.
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all
students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teachereducation program. Students are advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program at
another college must be re-admissable to that
program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for licensure in
Elementary Education:
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 255, 351, and two professional
semesters: 361, 362, 371, 372; and 481,
482 and electives.
2. Health Education 1 14 and 1 15.
3. Library Science 358.
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended.
5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 in the
major.
6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement.)
Requirements for Kindergarten License are the
same as those for elementary education plus
Education 375 and 483.
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources in the teaching of
reading at both secondary and elementary
level. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors):
Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
Early Childhood Education
Steve Reuter. Coordinator
Requirements for license in Early Childhood
Education are the same as those for elementary
education plus the following courses:
SOC.231
Psych. 351
Ed. 325
Ed. 425
Ed. 484
Sociology of the Family
Developmental Psychology:
Child
Contemporary Influences in
Early Childhood Education
Early Childhood Curriculum
Student Teaching (160 hours)
For an Early Childhood License with other than
an education major, consult with the Early
Childhood Education Coordinator.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN
URBAN SETTING (Elementary)
362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms
(Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary
education. Spring)
372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences
in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent
registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring)
375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore
standing or above. Fall, Spring)
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory
experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and
acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING
PROBLEMS
Focus is upon the young child as a person and
the importance of the early years of hislher life
in relation to the effects of present-day society
and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start,
implementation of planned variations, and other
interventions and compensatory programs.
Class sessions and two hours per week of lab.
experience in a day care center andlor nursery
school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #. Fall)
(See Secondary Education)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
(See Library Science)
425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge
and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the
organization of a good program for children:
records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with children
who have uniquely different needs. Class
sessions, and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the
Department of Education and/or #. Spring)
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Licensure Program for Secondary Education:
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
1. Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with, or after
the Orientation course. Application forms are
available in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department
or division of their declared major. A student
may take education courses after the
Orientation course only if he or she has
been admitted into the program of the
Department of Education.
2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2.0
overall.
3. Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Completion of the State Department of
Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human
Relations (successful completion of
Augsburg's Education program meets this
requirement).
5. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program: Psych.
105; Health Educ. 1 15; Educ. 265, 359,
478; a minimum of one-half course in
special methods in the area of the student's
major, and a minimum of two courses in
Student Teaching.
481. 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning
experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 351, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 371,
372. Fall, Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 48 1, 482. Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 481, 4 8 2 and 483.
Offered on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
(See Secondary Education)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Secondary Education
(teacher licensure program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
Department. Secondary Education students are
advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher
licensure. This consultation is recommended in
addition to conferring with the student's major
field adviser.
Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education
will take one full course in special methods and
three courses in Student Teaching.
Requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for teaching in Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(Successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
courses H.Ed. 115.)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Education Department Licensure Program
courses.
General Information:
1 . For Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in
Art, Music and Physical Education receive a
special license which allows them to teach
in their area in all grades from Kindergarten
through twelve (K-12). A person preparing
for licensure in one of these areas follows
the secondary education program even
though he or she plans to teach at the
elementary school level. A person with a
major in one of these special areas will take
three courses in student teaching and do
some student teaching at both the
secondary and elementary levels. In addition
to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for
Educ. 361 ; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365;
and the major in Music for Educ. 373.
2. For social studies licensure: The program
leading to licensure in this area is being
revised to conform to new state guidelines.
See Einar Johnson for further information.
3. The professional term: Student Teaching is
taken concurrently with School and Society
in one full-time term in professional
education. Special afternoon and/or evening
seminars are held during the term as part of
the professional work. A student taking two
courses in student teaching may elect to
take one course in Independent Study. All
students are expected to be involved full
time in the activities of the professional term.
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN
AN URBAN SETTING (Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all
students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall,
Spring)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
(See Elementary Education)
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY
EDUCATION (1/2 course)
Teaching procedures, materials and projects.
With this general methodology course, must be
taken one or more of the following education
courses in special methods from the
department of the major field. (Prereq.: Psych.
105, Educ. 265 and admission into the
secondary education program)
Special Methods Courses (1/2 to 1 course)
Methods and materials in teaching special areas
360 American Studies Methods
l/2 course (Spring)
361 Art Methods (Elementary
and junior high school)
1 course (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior high school)
% course (Fall)
363 Business Methods
% course (Spring)
364 English Methods
% course (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
1 course (Fall)
366 Foreign Language Methods
(Consult with Language Department)
l/2 course
373 Music Methods (K-12)
1 course (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods
% course (Spring)
375 Social Studies Methods
% course (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods
l/2 course (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods
% course (Spring)
41 0 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 41 0,
Adm. and Superv. of School Health
Program)
1 course
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING
PROBLEMS
This course will examine characteristics of
different kinds of learning problems found in
regular classroom environment. The primary
focus of the course will be on teaching
strategies, but attention also will be given to
procedures for the identification of different
kinds of learning problems, prescriptive
procedures, referral processes, and alternatives
for programming "mainstreamed" students.
(Fall)
media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
% course
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship
Director.
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production
and evaluation of effective audio visual
materials for teachingllearning situations. (Fall)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by a study of
educational philosophy and the development of
American education, current major issues in
education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND
GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary
school library. Extensive study of evaluation
sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum
needs. Concentration on guidance in use of
print and non-print materials. (Fall, Spring)
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience
in observing and directing learning experiences
on the secondary school level under the
supervision of college and htgh school
personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis
dur~ngthe student teaching experience (Pmreq:
senior standing and completion of teacher aide
work and human relations elements of
Education courses 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 . Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
lndependent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Library Science
Patricia Parker, Coordinator
1
I
I
I
,(
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition,
processing and circulation. Services of the
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE
LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most
frequently used by students and librarians.
Includes preparation of bibliographies and
library instruction. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in a variety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND
GUIDANCE
Survey and evaluation of library materials on
the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
lndependent study and research on some topic
of interest in the field of school library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Earl Alton: Adviser
Augsburg College is cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and
Michigan Technological University (Houghton,
Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies
which will enable a student to earn the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg
followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program
are guaranteed admission to the engineering
school, provided they have met course
requirements, have a B average, and are
recommended by a designated representative
of Augsburg College. Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications will be
evaluated using need and academic
performance as criteria. Minimum course
requirements for admission to the Three-Two
Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics
121, 122; Chemistry 11 5, 116; Computer
Science 245; English 11 1 ; additional courses to
meet general education requirements and a
total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math
124, 125 and Physics 121, 122 are taken in the
freshman year. Students are encouraged to
apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the
adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged.
Department of English
Chairmen: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent
MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 I ) , including one
course in American literature, one course in the
Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three
courses in British literature. Of the British
literature courses, one must concentrate on
literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438)
and one must survey a number of writers (for
example, 336, 337, or 423). All majors must
take Advanced Writing: Expository. Majors are
encouraged to take, early in their college work,
course 245, Introduction to Literature. Majors
are strongly urged to consult their departmental
adviser regularly. A student with a double major
or special program that involves considerable
work in the English department should also
work closely with an adviser in the English
department.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
Engllsh: 1 0 courses, including those listed for
the major and 320. Courses in early American
literature, Shakespeare, and film are
recommended.
Speech: (1) a course in public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Small Group
Communication, Interpersonal Communication,
Argumentation, Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative
Reading or Stage Direction
Library Science: 475, The High School Library:
Materials Selection and Guidance
In addition to field experience and student
teaching, as required by the Department of
Education, English Education majors will be
required to gain practical experience in the
teaching of writing, to be arranged through the
department chairman.
Students interested in a teaching major are
encouraged to take courses toward their major
during the freshman and sophomore years,
enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term
of the sophomore year and apply for teacher
education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planning their courses of
study with the department chairman, students
should consult an adviser in the Department of
Education.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and
3.0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
A student electing a concentration should work
closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses given at the other
cooperating colleges will often fit well into a
concentration.
English 11 1 is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course or consent of the
instructors.
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 I ) , including one
course in British literature, and either 21 9 or
320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9
and 320.
The English Department recommends but does
not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world literature
concentration. A student arranges a
concentration by careful selection of electives
in the major, by the design of an
independent study course that applies to the
concentration, and by the selection of some
related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 41 2, 41 6; English 271,
331, 332, 336, 337, 367, 368, 423, 438 and
sometimes 282, 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 221, 222; American
Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368,
and sometimes 282, 490, 491. A student with
an American literature concentration should
take some of the courses listed under the
American Studies major which are selected
from the offerings of several departments at
Augsburg.
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
21 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in a variety of writing specializations. The focus
of each course will shift from term to term, e.g.,
Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced
Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the
historical development of the film media. The
course includes the viewing and discussing of
both feature length and short films. See also
description under Speech, Communications and
Theater Arts.
245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama,
and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted
to developing critical and analytical skills in
reading and writing about literature. Strongly
recommended for English majors.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102, 360, 361 ; Philosophy
110 , 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243;
Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352;
English 241, 261, 271, 272, 423, and
sometimes 282, 490, 491.
Reading and analysis of some significant works
of selected American writers from colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism.
Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall,
Spring)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE:
HOMER TO DANTE
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
A study of major works of Greek and Roman
literature, for example the epics of Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles,
and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno
will be studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural
background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or
three novels of the period. Relationships among
these writers and their influence on one another
will be emphasized as well as their relationship
to their own age and their lasting contribution to
the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval to the modern
period. (Spring)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH
LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student
an introduction to structural linguistics and a
view of the development of the English
language. (Offered on demand)
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
While the primary study of the course will be the
writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable
attention will be given to the medieval literary
milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval
poetry, romance, and drama will be examined.
(Alternate years, 1 9 78-79)
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature. Special
emphasis is given to the city as setting and
symbol in modern American literature. (Fall,
Spring)
367 MODERN POETRY
Study of major modern and contemporary poets
and schools of criticism. Discussion may
include the poetry and aesthetics of the
Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics,
Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black
Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional
Poets, and other contemporary movements.
368 MODERN DRAMA
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century.
(Alternate years, 1 9 78- 7 9 )
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
388 LITERARY CRITICISM
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 79-80)
A course designed to introduce students to the
various ways in which modern literary critics
have approached the problem of analyzing and
evaluating literature. Students wil study the
works of historical, psychological, textual, and
archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply
such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Offered on demand)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship
Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel in
England from its eighteenth century beginnings
up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will
be selected from the works of such authors as
Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions
contributing to the rise of the novel and its
emergence by the twentieth century .as the
dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1 9 7 8 79)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention
to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic
and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis.
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairman. Provides directed independent study
in the area of the student's choice. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Foreign Languages
Chairman: Gunta Rozentals
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited to their level
of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign
language courses follows the formula: 1 year of
high school foreign language equals 1 course
of college foreign language. However, final
placement is made according to the results of a
placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the
department. Students who register below their
level may do so, but only for a grade of PIN.
Course 112 completes basic elements of the
language. Courses numbered 21 1, 21 2 meet
useable skill levels.
Course 31 1 is prerequisite to all upper division
courses.
See department faculty for career information
Language majors must consult with department
for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course.
Teaching majors and minors must consult with
the Department of Education for program.
Methods courses by language are joint fivecollege offerings and should be taken in the fall
of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced
Conversation and Composition is a
departmental requirement for teaching majors.
MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
departmental honors must apply no later than
early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3
GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors
thesis demonstrating ability in independent
study for one course credit. Consult department
chairman for details.
Chinese
21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Several modern literary works are explored with
the goals of communicating ideas and building
sufficient reading skills to pursue general
reading in French. Completes the review of
basic structures and more complex forms.
Laboratory work. (Spring)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including two in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 352. Study in France strongly
recommended.
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. Interim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French literature
read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of these works. Sophomore
standing. Does not count toward a French
major or minor.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study
Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no
previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system and basic sentence structures are
taught to enable understanding and expression
on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 11 1 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills, and
acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. (Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through a core of twentieth century French
literary readings and a grammar review, this
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. For those who have
studied most of the basic structures. Two hours
of laboratory work. (Fall)
Explores topics of current interest in both oral
and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and
facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments.
Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other
upper division courses. (Fall 1978)
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and
correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome
inadequacies and incorrect speech habits.
(Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural
manifestations of their intellectual, political,
social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
In French. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring 1979)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their
contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual
materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. Alternate years. Spring 1 9 79)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of French
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT
a
A survey of the major literary creators of the
Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
French intellectual, social and ethical currents
reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay,
theater, early novel, letters and other prose
forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory work in French. Required of all
majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest
the student acquires extensive training in the
four skills at an advanced level. Attention to
accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic
levels of expression, refinements in style and
organization as individual needs indicate.
Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate
years)
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust,
Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of
this genre in theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. On demand)
452 FRENCH DRAMA
A study of French plays that shows the
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq. : 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On
demand)
354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and
the literature of ideas that led to new forms and
emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Offered alternate
years)
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in
French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry,
medieval works, Romanticism). Student
presentations in French. For advanced
students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq:
352, 3 5 4 or 355. Offered on demand)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including the
novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and
criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #.
alternate years. Prereq: 3 1 1 or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultations with French teachers
required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1
and 41 1. interim and/or summer in Germany
strongly recommended.
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility in the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common in
colloquial German. lntenslve practice in
speaking is supplemented with exercises in
written composition, (Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
111,112, BEGINNING GERMAN
Course 11 1 is for students with no previous
background; 112 is for students who have had
11 1 or equivalent or less than two years of high
school German. Aims at developing basic skills.
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Goals: Ability to
read extended narratives in simple German,
insights into German culture and participation in
short conversations. Laboratory materials
available. (1 11, Fall; 11 2, Spring)
21 1,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with two terms (or two years high
school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills into working knowledge
of German. Review of basic structures with
emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and
discussion of materials representing
contemporary German life and literature. (21 1,
Fall; 2 12, Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements
are read and discussed in English. The
readings are considered not only in the
particular context of German cultural history,
but also discussed in terms of their relevance
to perennial human problems. Credit for this
course does not apply to the major or minor in
German.
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and
social development of the German-speaking
peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European
origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War
(1 643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman
civilization, the re-emergence of German
cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages,
and the intellectual and religious upheavals of
the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or
#. Spring 1 9 79 and alternate years)
332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of
Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking peoples. In
.
Spring 19 78)
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of German
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th
CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation,
Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Extensive readings and discussions in
Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in
German, supplemented by lectures on the
history of German literature in its cultural and
geopolitical context. Class discussions help to
improve students' ability to express ideas in
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th
CENTURY
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland,
poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism.
The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual
and the rise of materialism, technology and
mass man. Readings in German. Class
discussions help to improve students' ability to
deal with concepts and express themselves in
German. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th
CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals
of our time. Writers of international stature are
discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht.
Readings in German with class discussions are
designed to aid students' self-expression in
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 Or #.)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate years)
451 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic
genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I.)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the
drama. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
See instructor for supporting courses at
Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature,
linguistics, which can apply toward classics
concentration in cooperation with Macalester
College.
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, with special emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and
into Greek. (1 11, Fall; 112, Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion
of vocabulary and development of reading skills
through selections from the New Testament
and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers,
historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing
and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 112 or
#. Fall)
Japanese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Linguistics
289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS
An introduction to linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles
and features common to all languages) and
psycholinguistics (inquiry into the mechanics of
language learning and the structure of the mind
as revealed in language). Theoretical questions
will be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite.
Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall)
Norwegian
MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1 ,
and two of 331, 350, 353, 41 1 ; plus one course
under Scandinavian Area Studies.
For the teaching minor: 31 1, 331, 353, 41 1 plus
required education courses, including special
methods.
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Recommended supporting preparation: Study in
Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics,
additional courses under Scandinavian Area
Studies.
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of Norwegian
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
11 1, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading .and writing. Stress
on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work expected. (1 1 1, Fall; 1 12,
Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian
used as basis for class discussion and
exercises. Laboratory work and some field
experience expected. (Prereq.: 11 2 or
equivalent. Fall)
311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages
of Norway. Some laboratory work and field
experience required. (Prereq.: 21 1 or
equivalent. Spring)
353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian
literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods extending
back to Old Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable attention is given
to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written
reports are in the Norwegian language. (Prereq.:
2 1 1 or equivalent. Spring, 1 9 79. Alternate
years)
41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written
Norwegian. Attention given to the other
Scandinavian languages and to the historical
development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required.
(Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE
This study of Norwegian cultural history will
include significant aspects of the contemporary
Norwegian society. Through extensive readings
(in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work in the
comparatively homogenous population of
Norway will be examined. Written and oral
reports in the Norwegian language will be
required along with some field work. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years.)
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 31 1,
41 1 , 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study
in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 31 1,
331 or 332, and one course in literature. (Study
in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics,
another language, Pre-Colombian civilization,
Latin-American Area Studies. Consult
department for other supporting courses in
humanities.
11 1, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an
integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 112,
Spring)
31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Intended for students who have a basic
command of writing and speaking skills in
Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive
practice to improve oral and written expression
with emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of
grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and
broaden cultural background from
contemporary literary texts and magazine
articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #.
Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years)
21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
1 1 2 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1,
Fall; 2 12, Spring)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
AND CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish
American countries from the Pre-Colombian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or 2 12, with #. Spring 1 9 79)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class
discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in
this course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred.
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing
selected works of literature in Spanish.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to
all qualified students. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #.
Offered 1 9 76-77 and 1 9 77-78)
31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility.
Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work.
This course is a prerequisite for all upperdivision courses. (Prereq.: 2 12 or equivalent.
Fall)
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of
Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written
and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11
or 1.352, Fall, 1978; 353, Fall, 1 9 79)
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish-American literature.
Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports
in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Offered
1 9 7 7 and on demand)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness
of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature
in Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the
Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course.
On demand)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four
of these courses must be upper division. A
major must have at least one course (either
survey or upper level) from each of the four
areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe;
U.S.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the
regular history major a social science major
with history emphasis is also available. See
"Social Science" in this catalog. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers see
"Education Department" in this catalog and
consult with Education Department faculty for
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and
3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of
the junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be
defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must
be upper division.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1200s. (Fall, Spring)
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in seauence.
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student to do readings or
study on topics not covered in the scheduled
courses. The proposed study must be
approved by the directing faculty member and
the chairman of the department before
registration. A maximum of one course in
directed study may be applied to the major.
331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.
history (excluding foreign policy; see History
332). The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration. (Fall)
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
I
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations;
immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the
Twin Cities; economic and political
development. Primary emphasis will be on the
late 19th and early 20th centuries. (Spring)
I
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND
GREECE TO 338 B.C.
I
I
The development of civilization in the Near East
from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in
the arts and sciences and political institutions.
(Spring 1978-79)
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis
is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences
and Rome's contributions in law and the
political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 9 - 8 0 )
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions during the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the
Reformation. (Spring, 1980-8 1)
399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division students
majoring in history. See department chairman
41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period. An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history. (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state.
Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of
modern science and its effect on intellectual
history. The chronological boundaries may be
listed as 1 560-1 71 4. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities
in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th
century, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples. The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(Spring)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's
fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and
the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be
on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last
fifty years. (Spring 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments in this
area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist
movements and the process of decolonization
will especially focus on Indonesia, the
Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring 1 9 7 9 80)
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of Japan as
a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study
of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era,
modernization factors since 1868, interaction
and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring 1 9 7 8 79)
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century. (Spring 1 9 79-80)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to
individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
Geography
114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools
of geography followed by a survey of the
distribution patterns to be found in our physical
and human environment. (Fall 1 9 7 8 and
alternate years)
Department of Mathematics
Chairman: Beverly Durkee
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5,
224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses
351, 373, 441 must be included. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers are
advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must
include advanced study in areas of Analysis,
Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE
ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations,
ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric
functions. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. Students who have
completed 124 may register for credit only with
consent of instructor. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
Topics of linearity and probability with
applications to the social and behavioral
sciences. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL
AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Differential and integral calculus of a single
variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. Students who
have completed 1 2 4 may not register for
credit. (Spring)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with
applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations
with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq: 224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on
the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes
the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq:
Admission to Elementary Education Program)
31 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures
of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq: 2 15. Fall)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (1 24, Fall;
125, Spring; 2 2 4 , Fall)
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean spaces,
transformations, sequences and series of
functions, improper integrals, differential forms
and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq:
224. 3 2 4 , Spring; 325, Fall)
An introduction to the structure of mathematical
systems and mathematical models which have
had a primary historical impact on the other
liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending
further study of mathematics. Does not apply
toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq: #)
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities,
expectation, sampling distributions, central limit
theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of
hypotheses. (Prereq: 224. Fall)
21 5 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of systems of linear equations,
determinants, vector spaces, linear
transformations, and matrices. (Prereq: 224.
Spring)
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation
methods. (Prereq: 122 or 125. Spring, 1980.
Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee)
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq: 3 14,
324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring,
19 79. Offered alternate years)
245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics selected from real or
complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology,
probability, statistics, or computer science.
(Prereq: 3 14, 324, or #. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods including
flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation.
Extensive programming in a non-scientific
higher level language, such as COBOL.
Primarily for students in non-science areas.
An introduction to computer languages and
methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and
manipulation, hardware register operations, and
computer organization. Programming in
machine language, assembly language, and
FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily
from science areas. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math
125 or #. Fall. Computer fee)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND
NUMERICAL METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems
and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit may be
granted toward a mathematics major or minor.
(Prereq: C.S. 2 4 5 and Math. 224 or
concurrent registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent
depending on the hospital with which the
students plan to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 1 11, 112
and two additional upper division (usually 367
and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116),
223 (or 351, 352), 353; 3) Physics: 103 (or
121, 122); one math course.
Students transferring to Augsburg College with
an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent
should expect to spend two years at Augsburg
before participating in the internship year. The
Medical Technology major is not designed for
persons who already have the baccalaureate
degree from another institution.
Metro-Urban Studies (Interdisciplinary)
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 1 5 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 11 1 ,
362, 363, 381, and 383; plus a minimum of one
course of internship or independent study.
visit agencies, talk with specialists in various
fields, and investigate current issues in the
Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography,
government, economics, historic preservation,
populations, ethnic communities, transportation,
planning and social services.
399 INTERNSHIP
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 102; Biology I01 ;
Computer Science 245; Education 478; English
351 ; History 431 ; Religion 360; Speech 342;
others, including interims, internships, and
independent studies, and urban courses at
other ACTC colleges by approval of the
director and the Urban Studies faculty.
Each student's major program must be
approved by the director.
MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors
(such as business administration, history,
political science, psychology, religion,
sociology, speech). The following core courses
are required for the Concentration: Economics
120; Political Science 122; Sociology 11 1 ;
Sociology 381 ; an approved Social Science
Research course; an approved internship andlor
independent study.
Students are placed in a variety of public and
private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with MUST
faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional)
Independent Study is done in conjunction with
a one-course internship. In consultation with
MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic
for library andlor field research related to
subjects of seminars andlor major academic
interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This program is located at the University of
Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Other Urban Studies options available through
the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA):
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City
metropolitan area.
Students are placed in beginning, intermediate
or advanced study depending on proficiency.
Instruction emphasizes conversational
vocabulary to support student course work and
daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current
issues in Norwegian life and society is
coordinated with the language instruction.
358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES
Reading materials are assigned to complement
morning field seminar topics. Included are
government and institution publications, journal
articles and books.
359 FIELD SEMINAR: TWIN CITIES
METROPOLITAN AREA
Using the community as a classroom, students
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Themes on the growth, function, distribution,
and social organization of Scandinavian cities
are approached through a combination of
lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban
development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA
Theory and practice of Scandinavian
approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips,
and guest speakers. Course focus is on the
Norwegian planning system with comparative
analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or
major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester
(SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is
located in Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon
urbanization and development in the Third
World.
261 SPANISH LANGUAGE
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced
levels.
362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION IN
LATIN AMERICA
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both
English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and
visiting Colombian urbanists.
363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY,
AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
IN THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY
Structured field course focusing on plight and
prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with
field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities
for comparison. Visits to various types of
barrios and to public and private agencies
dealing with urban problems.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or
major academic interests.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robed Karle'n
Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg
College must make application to the Music
Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such
application should be made no later than the
beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music
Department handbook for further details.)
CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must
take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses:
101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261, pass a piano
proficiency test, perform in a music
organization for 2 years, participate in
Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music
re~ertoiretests.
MAJOR: 1 2 courses including Core Curriculum
described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355;
365 or 375; 457, 458; and 4 years of
Performance Studies.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses including Core
Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457, 458; two of
354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance
Studies; and education courses. Consult with
Department of Education for requirements in
education.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE: 1 3 courses
including Core Curriculum plus 350, two of
354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or
other elective; and 4 years of Performance
Studies with double periods in the last two
years.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of
Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or
476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of
Performance Studies including at least one term
of voice; Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395,
399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of
264, 351, 352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and
one of 11 1, 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in
physical education (232 recommended);
elective in speech (1 16 recommended). A
maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music
Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses
required for graduation.
Students need to apply for internship sites nine
months in advance of starting date. Since the
number of sites in Minnesota is limited,
students may need to seek out-of-state
internship placements.
This major normally requires four and one-half
years for completion Upon satisfactory
completion of the program, the student is
eligible to apply for certificationlregistration with
the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458
and elective; plus 1 year of Performance
Studies and 1 year in a music organization;
piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests.
Attendance at all Performance Workshops
during the year of Performance Studies and 8
campus recitals also required.
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 102.
I
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they (1) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by
attendance at concerts both on and off campus;
the performing organizations; the creation
andlor promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least
3.0 in music courses; and (3) apply for the
Honors Program at the beginning of the second
term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate
quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal
andlor instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis
and its defense before a faculty committee or a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty
committee and a solo recital of graduate
quality.
Performance Workshop and Recital
Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student
recitals is required of sophomore, junior and
senior music majors. Music minors must attend
8 faculty and student recitals as well as all
Performance Workshops during the year of
their Performance Studies. All music majors
and minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is required
of majors during either the junior or senior year,
except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or
Bachelor of Music degree, is given required
lessons in the area of his concentration without
extra cost. The total of Performance Studies
credits earned under this provision may not
exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour
lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College
as a Music major must, before registration and
acceptance into the major program, ( I ) take a
placement test in music theory, and (2) sing or
play representative pieces recently studied in
his or her area of applied music concentration.
This may be done immediately before
registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer
students must pass the Piano Proficiency test
by the end of their first semester at Augsburg.
101,102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course extending
over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical
theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel,
rather than sequentially. (10 1 , 223, Fall. 102,
224, Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music through the study of
selected works of great composers from each
period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships
between music and the other fine arts. For the
non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras,
(Spring)
Works of 20th Century composers will be
chosen according to instrumentation and
abilities represented by the class, so that indepth analysis can prepare for performance.
An evaluation will be made of each
composition studied with regard to its
significance and relationship to the total output
of that composer. (Prereq: 224. Spring.
Alternate years)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of choral
ensembles. (Fall)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
458
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
476 ORCHESTRATION
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music
for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and
types. (Alternate years)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700.
(Alternate years)
488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniaues for teachina ~ i a n oStudents
.
will
give individual lessons-to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Development and influence of the music of the
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors,
and pre-theological students. (Fall)
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to
advanced students up0n
Of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP
Music Therapy
Offers an opportunity to apply information and
techniques acquired in music theory and history
classes to the study of the music of our time.
110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs in the
surrounding area, with field trips to various
institutions. This will be an introductory course
for the freshmen and sophomores who may be
considering music therapy as a major. This
course will give the students a broad
background in the many and varied ways in
which music is used as a therapy. (Interim)
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq: 3 9 5 )
495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a
week, six terms. No credit.
Recitals, Lessons, Organizations
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings.
(Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and
response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process and
development of an experimental research
project.
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on music in a
clinical setting. Various theories of learning
music, musical talent, and performance.
(Prereq: 3 8 2 )
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates to music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
Full-time placement in an internship setting
approved by the National Association for Music
Therapy for six months. This is started after
completion of the senior year and is necessary
for registration by the NAMT. Applications for
internship sites must be made nine months in
advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for public
performance. Acquaints students with a
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available
to all students. For statement of fees, see under
Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, accompanying. Only those
lessons in piano taken after the piano
proficiency examination has been passed
may be applied toward the music major or
minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and
articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass
Instruments, String Instruments,
Percussion Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance.
MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for the
benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to participate
in groups affording opportunity for musical
expression. Membership for the full year
required of participants. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to 65
singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band,
Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble,
Woodwlnd Ensemble.
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 79.
Students now entering college should be alert
for changes in requirements after July 1,
19 79).
MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 11 1, 112.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from
the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105, 106, or (1 15, 11 6), and 353
are required. In order to complete the total of 5
courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351
and 361.
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 121, 122, 245 are required;
two additional courses to be chosen after
consultation with a member of the Physics
Department.
Early consultation with adviser is
recommended.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a
number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools to
which he or she intends to apply. Early
consultation with a premedical adviser is
recommended.
MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 11 1,
112, 491 or 492, and 2 upper division biology
courses; Chemistry 115, 116 or (1 05, 106),
351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124
and 125; and Physics 121, 122.
Department of Nursing
Chairman: Donna Peterson
Augsburg offers a second-step program in
nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree with a major in nursing.
Requirements for admission to the major are:
completion of an associate degree or a diploma
program in nursing with a minimum overall
grade point average of 2.5; a current license to
practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota;
and completion of inorganic chemistry, anatomy
and physiology, and microbiology at accredited
institutions of higher education. These courses
may be taken at Augsburg prior to admission
into the nursing program.
Nurses who have not been actively engaged in
the practice of nursing for five years must take
a refresher course prior to acceptance into the
program.
Courses in introductory psychology,
introductory sociology, English composition,
and organic chemistry are also required for the
major. Students may take these courses at
Augsburg during their first year in the program
or they may take CLEP examinations to validate
credits.
MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing including 301,
302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402, and
two of the following: 420, 421 ; or 425, 426.
Speech 354, Interpersonal Communication is
highly recommended. The required courses in
sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and
biology listed above may apply toward
distribution requirements as well as toward the
major.
311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II
Lecture, laboratory course which is an
extension of Nursing 31 0.
320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP
IN NURSING
A course designed to investigate the current
leadership responsibilities of the professional
nurse and the trends and issues evolving in
contemporary nursing practice.
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the
development of skills in comprehensive history
taking and physical examination which assist
the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families.
350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING
RESEARCH
Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic
research as applied to nursing. Students are
involved in designing, implementing, and
evaluating research projects.
301, 302, 401, 402 NURSING
SEMINAR I, 11, Ill, IV
420, 421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC
NURSING
Discussions designed to facilitate the student's
progress throughout the nursing program and to
assist in career-goal attainment. One course
credit granted on completion of all four
seminars. PIN grading only.
Seminarllaboratory courses in which the
student explores in depth a chosen area of
study and develops expertise in the selected
area of practice. Opportunities are available
which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop
behavioral objectives, select learning
experiences, and work cooperatively and
collaboratively with preceptor, instructor,
agencies and clientslfamilies in initiating
complex nursing care. (Prereq: 3 10, 3 1 1 ,
320, and 325).
310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I
Lecture courses which focus on the
investigation and application of the concepts
and principles of health promotion, health
maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and
rehabilitation to nurse-ciientlfamily relationships
in the community setting. Emphasis is placed
on involving the student in health teaching and
counseling activities with individuals and
families.
425, 426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN
DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING
For course description see 420, 421.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Kenneth Bailey
130 LOGIC
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,
343. and 344.
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then
says you must accept a particular conclusion.
Do you? When does a conclusion follow from
premises? Here we examine the rules which
govern valid arguments and work to develop
your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy
Honors program is by recommendation of the
philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will
be made at the end of the junior year. The
program will consist of an honors thesis on an
approved topic of the student's choice,
involving research above the course level, and
a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the
department.
Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS AND METHOD
Though each person has his own set of ideas
and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency,
adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. The major
function of the course is to enable you to
develop the critical and analytical skills required
to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and
beliefs. (Fall, Spring)
120 ETHICS
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right
or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is
right? Because you like it? Are there better
reasons for thinking something right or wrong?
This course takes a long, hard look at possible
grounds for making moral decisions, and at the
moral judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0
AND ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? How did
Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our
contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt
to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore
the worship of the world and the individual in
the Renaissance and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with experience? What can we really know
about the world? What impact did Romanticism
have on philosophy? This course studies the
major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HI,STORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV:
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love
affair with language? Is truth that which works?
Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous
science? These and other issues are dealt with
in a study of the major representatives of
linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism,
and phenomenology. (Spring)
constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there
certain real questions which science cannot
answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition
to dealing with these questions, students will
work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Fall, 1 9 78)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings - both philosophical
and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what it means to be a
being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as
absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox.
(Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness
of God with human and animal suffering? Is
man really immortal? Are miracles possible?
We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of
religious beliefs. (Spring, 19 79)
Application of ethical principles to problems
which arise in the areas of medical care and
delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for
the dying and euthanasia.
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies
which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1978)
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes,
Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses:
24 1, 242, 3 4 3 , or #.)
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
440 THEORY OF BEING
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an ir~dividualbe fully
human without it? How does language relate to
the world - can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the
mathematician and the scientist have a
language? Is it possible to have a language
which only one individual can understand? We
shall explore how philosophers have responded
to these and other important questions about
language. (Fall, 1 9 78)
Being is the most important concept which
philosophy investigates. This course studies
some of the perennial theories of metaphysics
along with some modern applications of these
theories. Students will have the opportunity to
read and discuss primary texts as well as
contemporary articles dealing with
metaphysics. (Prereq: one prior course in
philosophy)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is
purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture,
political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar
format. (Suggested prior courses: 2 4 1, 242,
343, or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty
adviser.
Department of Physical Education and Health Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
Physical Education
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: H.Ed. 11 4,
115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351,
471, 472, 475; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232,
243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472; Biol. 103.
Students wishing to become licensed teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 1 15, 354, 355; P.E. 223,
231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 485, 491,
495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362.
Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy
Major must be secured from the Coordinator of
Corrective Therapy.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH
SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL
EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472,
485, 491 ; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: H.Ed. 114,
115; P.E. 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 11 4, 115;
P.E. 243, 350, 351, 475, one of 476-480, and
practicum in coaching (Practicum requires
registration for Independent Study 499).
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota high schools are
required to have at least a coaching
endorsement in the field of physical education
and athletics.
102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports
meet the general education requirement. No
course credit. (Fall, Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and
officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and
officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
AND RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon-hour activities, camp
nights, modified games, simple rhythmic
games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis
upon the action of the muscular system.
(Prereq: Biology 103; Fall)
351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term)
The major effects of exercise upon the systems
of the body and physiological principles applied
fo exercise programs and motor training.
(Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring)
477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
'12 course
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching
physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 MODERN DANCE
An introductory course in modern dance
technique and creative composition. Exploration
of movement, energy, form, and design. No
previous dance experience necessary.
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult department chairman
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
'
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq: 243. Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS AND SWIMMING
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics,
stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior
and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq:
Swimming competence as determined by pretest or satisfactory completion of Lifetime
Sports, Swimming. Fall)
475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF
ATHLETIC INJURIES
% course
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries.
Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room
procedures. (Prereq: 350. Spring, 1st half of
term)
476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term)
478 COACHING OF HOCKEY
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term)
479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of
term)
480 COACHING OF BASEBALLISOFTBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd
half of term)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq: 350,
35 1; H. Ed. 355. Summer School only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration
of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq: 350,
351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation
required. Includes actual hospital experience in
the following four areas of corrective therapy:
(1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology,
(4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq: 485, 491, and
approval of department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study in an area of physical
education. Open only to junior or senior majors.
C
.
Health Education
320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: I 10, 1 1 4 , 1 1 5 ,
320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103, 108, 11 1 ; Chem.
105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241.
Techniques for developing a course of study
based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and
diseases. (Prereq: All courses in the major
sequence numbered in the 100 and 200
series; also #.)
HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
11 0 , 11 4, 11 5, 320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103,
108, 11 1 ; Chem. 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231,
241 ; Educ. 265, 478, 480, 481, 482.
HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 11 0 , 11 4, 11 5;
Biol. 103, 11 I .
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and the
community. (Fall)
354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD
% course
Education of the exceptional child with special
reference to the analysis of functional and
organic abnormalities and the role of school
health and physical education programs.
(Prereq.: P. E. 350. Spring)
355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT
% course
114 SAFETY EDUCATION
% course
Survey of basic statistical procedures and
evaluation of tests in health and physical
education. (Spring)
Principles and practices of safety education in
school and community life. Includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
41 0 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION
OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION
% course
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be
done for the abused. (Fall, Spring)
Historical background, legal bases, school
health services, and relationship to community
health program and resources. Methods and
materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
(Prereq: 320.)
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245,
351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above
122. In planning their courses of study,
students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have Mathematics 124, 125,
and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and
Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 121, 122, and
three courses above 122.
HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics
and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of
a physics topic with an oral defense of the
written research report. Application for the
honors major should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major.
Students are advised to refer to the Education
Department section of the catalog and consult
with the Education Department early in their
planning.
SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics
Students provides students the opportunities of
membership in a national physics society and
of participating in the physics community on a
professional basis. Membership in SPS is open
to all students interested in physics.
SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the
Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor
society is open to those students who have
completed the equivalent of a minor in physics
and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0
overall.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are
explained and use is made of a 12-inch
reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as
well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night
viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the
applications, problems, and experiments are
selected not only to illustrate fundamental
principles, but also to demonstrate the
relevance of physics to the life sciences. The
course is designed to serve students in biology,
psychology, physical education (therapy
programs), medical technology and other health
science programs. The course is also a very
suitable elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hour laboratory. Prereq: Elem. algebra. Fali)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics,
fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq:
Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration.
12 1, Fall; 122, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear and solid state physics. This course
indicates the need for, and develops the
experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C, and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube and
some circuit applications. The study of solid
state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits
with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq: 122 or 103 plus
Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout.
Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an
introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122. Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms
of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian
and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include
conservation principles, single particle motion,
systems of particles, oscillatory systems,
central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies,
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems
and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.
35 1, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus throughout.
Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of
Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and
magnetic properties of materials, and the theory
of electromagnetic radiation based on
Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 362, Fall;
363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq: Junior standing. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and
processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject is developed
from two independent yet complementary
viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic
classical thermodynamics and the theoretical,
microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq. : 3 5 1 . Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation
values, angular momentum, and approximation
methods. Specific problems studied include
potential wells and potential barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 3 5 1, 352.
Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students to explore
systematically a problem in experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out in consultation
with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and
seniors with departmental approval.
Department of Political Science
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis
(Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 170;
158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division
courses in 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one
of the five areas may be counted for that area.
MINOR: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or
170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses
in 3 out of 5 areas*.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in
Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 3.0 over-all. The student must take an
Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than March 1 of the
senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may work
with any member of the Department on their
Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan.
Students should apply for the Honors Major no
later than the first term of the junior year.
* The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis,
International Politics, Public Law, and Political
Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in
more than one area may be counted in only
one area toward major or minor requirements.)
General Education
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially
appropriate are Political Science 121, 122, 158,
160 or 170.
The Urban requirement may be filled by
Political Science 122, 342 or by an Internship,
Interim, lndependent Study, or Seminar on an
urban-related topic.
Students interested in secondary education
may take a political science major in
combination with specified social science
courses, in compliance with state requirements.
For more information, see the department
chairman or the Social Studies Education
adviser.
opinion research and political public relations.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS
The politics of American government including
the pattern of participation; the dynamics of
congressional, executive, and bureaucratic
policymaking; the contemporary structure of
federalism; and current issues in American
society.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national, urban or
state focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq: Two courses in Political Science or #.
Offered on demand.)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
I
Politics in the urban setting, including important
issues, actors, and structures influencing public
policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and
discussion of contemporary issues.
1
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation.
promotion and management, emphasizing
political and economic interaction. (Prereq: 1
course in Political Science or #)
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years).
I
I
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and
other communist states in terms of political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics.
(Prereq: One course in Political Science or #)
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political parties
in the lectoral process. Field work with political
parties and interest groups and media in
presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #.
Fall term of election years.)
(See Section V for description)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including public
Indepth study of elite andlor mass participation
in the political system. (Offered on demand.
Prereq: One course in Political Science or I.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics in the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism,
legalism, and realism in foreign policy.
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of
Commurlist nations, with emphasis upon the
Soviet Union and China. (Prereq: One course in
Political Science or #.)
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process.
Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United
States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional system,
emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases
involving the United States government and the
federal system. (Prereq: 170 or #. Offered
alternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq: 1 70 or #. Offered alternate years.)
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT
A study of influential political philosophers from
Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values,
goals, and assumptions which continue to
inform and to rationalize human governance.
(Prereq: One course in Political Science or # .)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE
A study of democratic theory and public policy
practice with focus on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare
state in comparative perspective. (Prereq: One
course in Political Science or #.)
382 MARXIST VISIONS:
PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and
movements emphasizing Marxism as developed
in Russia and China. Consideration of the
political, social, and economic dimensions of
the theories, with some focus on the preferred
futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq: 158
or #. Offered alternate years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological
and economic approaches to political study,
and a survey of the methods common to
empirical social science. (Prereq: Social
Statistics; Political Science 158 and two upper
division courses, or #.)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult Internship
Supervisor in the department to determine
project.
-
-
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
determine project. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
Special topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
495 SEMINAR
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.
#)
Independent study for lower division students.
(Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
- -
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Norman Ferguson
MAJOR: 10 courses. Supporting courses from
other departments will also be required;
Physics 103 is one of the required courses.
The major program is planned in consultation
with an adviser in the psychology department
and approved by the department chairman.
Required courses include 105, 264, 265 and
493. Additional courses to include in
preparation for graduate study are 355, 357,
359, 481, and at least one course in Personality
or Developmental Psychology. The major
program should include 105 in the freshman
year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or
sophomore year, 493 in the junior or senior
year. Beginning the Experimental Psychology
sequence (264-265) in the freshman year is
recommended. The overall plan will be directed
toward a basic understanding of the discipline
of psychology and toward the particular
educational, vocational, and professional
interests and goals of the individual student. A
written plan for the major should be completed
and approved by the beginning of the junior
year. The plan, which may indicate one or
more electives in psychology, should be
completed early in the sequence of psychology
courses. Completion of a written plan later than
the beginning of the junior year may delay
graduation; early planning is recommended.
Not more than a total of two courses from
among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted
toward the minimum ten courses required for a
psychology major. It should be noted that this
restriction applies toward the minimum
requirement; the student may actually take
more such courses.
It is recommended that psychology majors take
additional course work from among the
following departments: Biology, Mathematics,
and Computer Science. It is recommended that
students interested in physiological psychology,
comparative psychology, psychological
measurement, or experimental psychology
include at least three of these courses in their
psychology major program.
MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more
than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may
be counted toward the minor.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average
over-all, and completion of a high quality
research project culminating the major program.
Application for honors consideration must be
made during the junior year. Please consult the
department chairman for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior, and
research procedures associated with the study
of behavior. A structure of the field of
psychology including psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture and
laboratory regarding the fundamentals of
neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research
methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions
of the central nervous system with
environmental events including the effects of
drugs on behavior. (Prereq: 105 and one
course in biology; two courses in biology are
recommended. Fall)
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation
in human and animal learning, problem solving,
social psychology, and sensation-perception.
Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and
experimental design methodology. Experimental
Psychology I may be taken for credit without
continuing in Experimental Psychology II.
Majors in psychology must take both terms of
the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265;
265 should be taken in the term immediately
following 264. (Prereq.: 105. 2 6 4 , Fall, Spring;
265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission.
Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the
time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical
implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq.: 105. Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide
variety of species from lower animals
(invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with the
environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and
environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq.: 1.05. Fall, Spring)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement,
interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior
of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases
used for building understanding of and
appreciation for the developmental process.
Active consideration of the meaning that data
and theory have for the development of
persons in the adolescent and adult periods of
life (Prereq.: 35 1. Spring)
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideration of theories
of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders.
Consideration of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or
3 6 1 . Spring)
371 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL:
FEMALE AND MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and
goals, differential legal status and feminist
movement views, and physiological data
bearing on these differences. (Prereq: 105 or
#.)
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology. (Prereq:
2 courses. Offered alternate years)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given to
goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 CURRENT TOPICS IN
PSYCHOLOGY
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of
individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality;
exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105.
Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult with the
departmental internship coordinator regarding
requirements and permission to register.
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and
Study of selected areas and topics within
psychology that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics
will be published prior to registration. (Prereq:
105 and #. Fall, Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal issues.
Consideration of the approaches and methods
of behavioral science in relation to the study of
such issues. (Prereq: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student must
present a written plan prior to registration
including carefully considered rationale and
purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
Religion 1 1 1 or 221 are prerequisite to all other
courses.
major. One upper division New Testament
Greek course may be applied to the major. One
course required from those numbered 361-363
and one from those numbered 471 -475.
MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 356,
481 and also including a seminar especially for
majors to be taken in the junior or senior year.
Only one interim course may be applied to the
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and
3.0 over-all; research project approved by the
department and a colloquium with the
department.
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim
course may be counted to the minor. In order
to prepare for teaching about religion in public
schools the student should work closely with
the Religion Department in designing a program
which includes: (a) a major in an academic field
which is certifiable for elementary or secondary
school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with
courses 356, 360, 363, 471, and 355. The
Minnesota State Department of Education does
not at this time grant licensure for a Religion
major or minor.
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian
doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
An introductory survey of some of the major
living religions of the world, including Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and
Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of
primary documents from these religious
communities.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of these
changes to the institutional church.
361 CHURCH FATHERS
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
See under Department of Philosophy.
A study of the early Christian Church in the
context of the Roman Empire, including such
topics as persecution and martyrdom, the
development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions,
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of several
early Christian leaders and a special unit on the
life and thought of Augustine.
353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS
IN AMERICA
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of
the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be
considered.
An introduction to the theological thought of the
Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century.
Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
354 LIFE AND WORK OF THE CHURCH
Congregational life in its varied character with
attention directed to Christian education and
curriculum, youth work and parish work.
(Offered 1 9 7 7-78)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
The origin, literary character, and transmission
of the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and
the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture.
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be examined.
The theological, as well as the legal and
educational implications will be analyzed and
discussed. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
(See under Department of Music)
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing
with their content, literary structure and
relationships. Attention to the variety of
interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus."
(Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD
TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from the
end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modern
Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a
grant to Augsburg College in support of this
course in Judaism offered in the religion
department. (Fall)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian
Church. (Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as
expressed in the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and
biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of
the church. (Fall)
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action.
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor. (Fall)
Russian Area Studies
Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan
The major in Russian Area Studies is a
cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to
give the student the broadest possible exposure
to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics,
literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition
to providing a good liberal education, the
program can enable students to prepare for
graduate study, or careers in areas such as
government, international business, or teaching.
The Major consists of 11 courses:
4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian
(or equivalent competencies)
2 courses in Russian history
1 course in Marxist theory
1 course in Russian literature
1 course in Soviet politics
2 other courses of approved electives
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
Scmdinavim Area Studies
Director: Mildred Joel
331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT IN
AMERICAN HISTORY
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain four courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to
Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language Department or
subdepartment regardless of their content
which may be linguistic, literary or cultural.
Students graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate level
study of a Scandinavian language. See
Norwegian courses listed under Department of
Foreign Languages.
255, 355 OIL AND NORWAY:
MUTUAL IMPACT
An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging
Norwegian petroleum industry upon the politics
and economy of Norway and, conversely, of
Norwegian political perspectives and institutions
upon the development and use of this recently
discovered resource. (Interim, 1 9 7 8 )
330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable but not required. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 78)
331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN
EXPERIENCE
The Old World background and use of
"America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land;
aspects of Norwegian-American culture.
(Offered 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 )
How did the Old Stock American host society
receive the waves of new comers to the U.S. in
the 19th and 20th centuries? How did the
immigrants respond to the reception? Through
case studies, selected readings, class lecture,
and discussions, this course examines the
encounter of the new American culture with the
older European cultures. (Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 )
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic communities in Minnesota.
(Offered 1 9 7 4 - 7 5 , soliciting students from the
community on a non-credit basis, as well as
regular college students either on an audit or
credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered
alternate years. Fall, 1 9 7 8 )
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Fall, 1979)
See description under Department of Art.
360 EDDA AND SAGA
396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA
A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of
early Scandinavia, including Snorre's
Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas.
Comparative study of Beowulf, the
Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland.
Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology
and other topics. Taught in English. Counts
toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when
readings and papers are done in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 1 9 7 5 )
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of History. (1977-78).
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON
EXPERIENCE
Offered under Department of History. (1 974-75).
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
In consultation with a faculty member, student
selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquisl
MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for
those preparing for secondary school teaching
in social studies. The requirements for licensure
are in the process of being changed. For those
graduating after July I , 1979 a new
"competency based" program will be in effect.
See Department of Education for further details.
The Social Science major is also recommended
for others, such as pre-law students, who
desire a broad major in this area. This major
may be earned in any one of four distributions.
A student may not list a double major in Social
Science and one of the several component
disciplines unless the distribution selected in
the Social Science major is significantly
different from the other major.
A. History Emphasis
7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in
Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2 in
Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at least 4 of
these courses must be upper division.
2 courses in political science
1 course in the methodology of the social
sciences selected from the following:
Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 - Quantitative
Methods for Economics and Business
Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I
Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis
Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation
4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines:
geography, anthropology, economics,
sociology, psychology
B. Behavioral Science Emphasis
14 courses from the following disciplines:
economics, history, political science,
pyschology, sociology (including
anthropology); at least 5 courses must be
upper division.
Included in this requirement are the
following:
( I ) at least 2 courses fr.om each of 3 of
the 5 disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th
discipline excluding history.
(2) 1 course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the
following:
Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365
(3) 1 course in American history
C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis
Hist. 103 - The Modern World
1 course in the methodology of the social
sciences selected from the following:
Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365
12 courses in non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least four
disciplines represented.
Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474;
history seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic.
Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political
science seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant t o ~ i c .
Econ. 122, 258.
Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104;
Econ. 122
4th term of college work in a modern
foreign language.
2) Required: upper division
Pol. Sci. 363, 461 ; Hist. 332.
3) Electives: 7 courses selected from this
list. No more than five from any one
discipline.
Pol. Sci. 350, 351, 380, 381, 382;
political science seminar, independent
study, or interim course on a relevant
to~ic
Hist. 41 6, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474;
history seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic
Econ. 251, 258, 495; economics
independent study or interim course on a
relevant topic
Sociology 241
4th term of college work in a second
modern foreign language.
Sociology 241
Religion 356
Philosophy 355
D. International Relations Emphasis
1) Required: lower division
Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from
each of five disciplines, selected from the
following: anthropology, economics, geography,
history, political science, psychology, and
sociology. The selection of courses must be
approved by one of the faculty supervising the
social science major.
Department of Sociology
Chairman: G. Nelson
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including
121, 362, 363, 375 and 485, Completion of
Graduate Record Examination in sociology.
(Highly recommended: a CHR course,
internship, independent study or upper division
interim course in sociology.) This
recommendation is made in the hope that the
student will take advantage of the variety of
learning models offered through the
department. Consult department chairman
concerning areas of concentration.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two upper
division courses (i.e., 300 and above).
HONORS MAJOR: The student must :~ave a
minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7
overall. Application for honors in sociology
candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis
proposal to Department Chairman before April
1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent
upon departmental approval of proposal by
April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through
which work on thesis will be completed. Honors
degree in sociology will be granted to a
candidate if helshe successfully defends the
thesis before March 31 of senior year and
maintains GPA through graduation.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in
such places as institutions for adult felons,
physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed,
and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these
institutions take the course together with
college students in a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending upon needs and interest.
11 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
See under Department of Religion.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilities of human community in the context
of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basic aspects of society; socialization, family
life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and
profession. (Fall, Spring)
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The
relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element in the way we see
the world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a
comparison of alternate realities as found in
different cultures and varying social contexts.
An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture.
(Fall, Spring)
300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS
IN SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
The first course in a two-course sequence.
Analysis of attempts to build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach.
Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of
quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical
analysis. Designed especially for political
science and sociology majors. Sociology
majors should take Soc. 363 the following
term. (Prereq: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence.
Overview of commonly-used research designs
and measurement techniques. Applications for
program evaluations. Practice doing research
by way of class activities and individual
projects. To be taken immediately after Soc.
362. (Prereq: Soc. 362 or #. Spring.)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS
AND PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview of methods of organizing,
comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing eqiriprnent
for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially
.experimental designs and applications to
program evaluations. Designed for social work
majors. (Prereq: high school algebra. Spring)
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juvenile
justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections.
Major attention is focused on the causation and
prevention of crime and delinquency, and the
various modes of treatment. (Prereq: 1 2 1. Fall)
relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
An examination of the idea of "group", its
relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity"
and what part they play in understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at the
major assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the
ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic
Interaction", an important orientation in social
psychology, will be used as a way of dealing
with the major issues in the course. (Prereq:
121 and Psych 105. Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban
sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system;
metro-urban planning and policy systems; major
issues related to shaping the future metropolis.
The Twin Cities metropolitan area is utilized as
an important learning laboratory. (Prereq: 11 1
or 1 2 1 or #. Spring)
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status
and power in the U.S. and other selected
countries. Causes and ramifications of the
amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis
of current issues and policies concerning
inequality in the U.S. (Prereq: Soc. 121.
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or Internship
Director for details. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. (Prereq: 2 courses in
sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal
containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according
to department guidelines. (Prereq: 1 2 1 and
permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Department of Social Work
Chairman: Edwina Hertzberg
The core program of Social Work begins in the
junior year, but all students are advised to take
Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores
unless exempted by the faculty.
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for
students preparing for social work practice is
the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor
of Arts degree should be chosen only if the
student is not interested in a professional social
work position. Core program consists of Psych.
105, and either Psych. 351 and 352, or Soc.
375; Soc. 121, 231, 365, and 383; and Social
Work 257 (optional and if available), 361, 363,
461, 463, 465 and 467. Recommended
courses are: one CHR; Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. 121
or 122 or 325 or 326; Psych. 362.
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS
DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose
the BA program unless there are definite plans
not to enter social work practice after
graduation. The core program consists of the
same courses as specified for the BS except
that Sociology 231 is not required and only one
of Social Work 461 or 463 is required. Students
may take a second major, but cannot take a
Social Work Specialization.
SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED
FOR PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
IN SOCIAL WORK:
Broad preparation in all areas of social science
with at least one course in each social science
is recommended if graduate training in social
work is considered. The following are highly
recommended: Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. (one or
more) 121, 122, 158, 325, and 326; Psych. 361
and 362; and Soc. 241, 373, and 375.
SPECIALIZATIONS: Specialization may be
taken in the BS major. Specializations in Aging,
Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corrections,
and Youth are possible. Specialization consists
of courses descriptive of dysfunctional and
programmatic aspects of the special area, plus
field work assignments in the senior year.
Completion of a specialization sequence will be
noted on the student's transcript.
257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hours per week as a
volunteer in a social agency or institution.
Opportunity to know social work professionals,
social service delivery systems, and career
aspects of the helping vocations. Independent
study with a term paper report and weekly
review conferences. Especially recommended
for freshmen or sophomores. (Interim)
361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects of the
various systems of social welfare in the U.S.
and the role of social work in them. Special
emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions
and movements contributory to the rise of the
welfare state; description of the various
programs and services of the welfare system;
the profession of social work; exploration into
the future of welfare. Three class periods per
week plus special assigned work. (Prereq:
Junior, or #. Fall)
363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive methods,
and practical experience necessary for social
work practice with individuals and small groups;
development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Two class periods of
lecture-discussion sessions or small group
discussions per week plus 10 hours of field
experience per week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , Junior.
Spring)
461 ADVANCED METHODS AND
SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK
Refinement of practice skills in direct service
social work through field practice, seminar
analysis, and regular class work. Examination of
the alternatives, modes and submethods in
social work. Some emphasis upon development
of an eclectic practice style. Attention to
professionalism and futurism in social work. 1 0
hours of field experience per week. (Prereq.:
363 or #. Fall)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 )
surveyance of historical forms of social change,
2) understanding the basic issues and
strategies relevant to social protest and change,
3) examination of the structure, function and
dysfunction of various community organizations
and other corporate and political systems, and
4) knowledge of the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #.
Fall)
465 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
Seminars consisting of an introduction to social
policy formulation and analysis associated with
the delivery of services in selected areas of
social work practice. Examination of the
development and impact of policy in such areas
as mental retardation, chemical dependency,
youth, aging, and public welfare and social
security. Field experience of 10 hours per
week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , 4 6 3 , and senior or #.
Interim)
467 THE SOCIAL WORKER
AS A PROFESSIONAL
Futurism in social work; professional education;
application of ethics and all professional
principles to practice. Field assignment of 1 0
hours per week as a professional social
worker. (Prereq.: 461, Spring)
Department of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPAof 3.25 in the
major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive
examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly
recommended for all students in elementary
education.
Communication Arts
COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses,
including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and
English 21 9. Supporting courses required but
not counting toward the major: Speech 111 ;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology
11 1 or 241, 375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible
interdisciplinary program which allows for
different emphases - journalism, advertising
and public relations, radio-television-film, human
relations, and supervisory management.
Program guides for each area are available
from the Department Chairman or the Office of
Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action
plan. Freshmen should take Speech 11 1,
Psychology 105, Sociology 11 1, and
Philosophy 130.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
English minor, preferably a major. The
communications major or minor does not
qualify one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses,
including 11 1, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352,
354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a
minor in English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 11 1
and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or
355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation in
forensics.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
See under Department of Art.
219 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM
See under Department of English.
225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II
See under Department of Art.
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See under Department of English
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses.
242 FILM-MAKING
SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved
by department.
See under Department of Art.
243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
An introduction to commercial television with
an emphasis on the director:^ role; some
emphasis on producing, programming, writing,
acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee:
$10. Fall, Spring)
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
and communication. (Fall)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
COMMUNICATION
See under Department of Political Science.
Selected topics in speech and communication,
with emphasis on the use of primary sources
and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring)
351 ARGUMENTATION
Theater Arts
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical
work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 ADVERTISING
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and
communications. (Prereq: Jr., Sr.,
Communication major or #. Spring)
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and
help to overcome communication barriers.
( S ~ r iinns)
355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
A study of group dynamics and leadership with
emphasis on factors involved in effective
functioning within small groups and
organizations. (Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Psychology
I
399 INTERNSHIP
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses,
including: 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 360, 361, 366,
467. A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in
dramatic literature may be counted toward a
theater arts major. This major should be
supported by an English minor or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or
Scandinavian Drama.
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 111, 1 16, and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts major:
Experience is required in four out of the five
following areas: acting, set construction and
painting, lighting and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in
dramatic productions during all four years.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 241 or
243, 360, 361, 366, 467, 476 or a voice and
diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 11 1, 228, 232, 361, 366, one of the
following: 241, 243, 476, and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech. An introduction
to principles and methods of speech
correction. (Spring)
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses. 11 1, 228, 232, 241 or
243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366,
467, 476 or a voice and diction course, and
participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a
minor in English.
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
361 THEATER HISTORY
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for elementary and secondary school teachers
and recreation leaders. (Fall)
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Fall)
228 STAGECRAFT
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Laboratory fee $20. Fall)
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upperdivision students only. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Department Chairman for details.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq: 228 or #. Spring)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and
drama. (fall)
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own major by
combining appropriate portions of two majors
may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The
Transdisciplinary Major enables students to
respond to a particular career interest. While
such an individually developed major may
satisfy the particular interests of a student,
broad majors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary
Major are to observe the following:
a. The major program should include at least
two-thirds of the courses required in the
normal major programs of two major fields
offered at the college;
b. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year (contract
forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar);
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1976-77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,821
Summer Session, 1977. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,314
Summary of Graduates
Graduates,1870-1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,675
Graduates, 1977 (August 31,1976-May 22,1977). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 6
Faculty
RUTH L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin
(French)
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947, Northwestern
University
BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D.
1962, Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
MARGARET ANDERSON, Acting Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota.
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D.
1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972, University of Minnesota
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department
Chairman
VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of
Latvia
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
*MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota
'ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Percussion)
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern
University
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959,
University of Minnesota
*ANNE BOLLATI, lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota (Spanish)
*RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
*DANIEL G. BRICK, lnstructor in Business Administration
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the
Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English and Director of Summer School, Ph.D. 1973,
University of California - Santa Barbara
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMIN G. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University
*LIV DAHL, Adjunct lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian)
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966,
Duke University
*DAVID DOMAAS, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1977, Augsburg College
*C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University
*JULIE H. DRIVER, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech & Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University, Department Chairman
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music
MARK J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota
*ROBERT A. ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
'KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University,
Department Chairman
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
*DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar)
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University
NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin, Department Chairman
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Planning and Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University
Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University
MARK L. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota
*STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Speech and Communications
*ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women
"JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969,
University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota
LElF HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota
(Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of
Law
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary
*KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
EDWINA L. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
GARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture)
*KENNETH HOLMEN, Instructor in Biology, B.A. 1974, Augsburg College
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
*WILLIAM IACONO, Lecturer in Psychology, B.S. 1972, Carnegie-Mellon University
ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities,
M.S. 1975, St. Cloud State University (Head Basketball Coach)
*I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies Program, M.A.
1947, University of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and
B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973,
University of Minnesota
*JAMES ROBERT JOHNSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech and Theater Arts, B.A. 1974,
University of Minnesota
*LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French)
AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University
of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
*NORMA KNUTSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Religion, M.A. Columbia University
*ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn)
BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
*ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*ROY H. LaFAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota
Minnesota
ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University0 f Minnesota
PAMELA S. LARSON, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota
*GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), B.A. 1971, Augsburg College
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California
- Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
*EDWARD McGAA, Adjunct lnstructor in American Studies
*MARIE McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, E.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ,
Piano)
ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas
(Music Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
*HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1971, University of Wisconsin
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor in Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota
SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota
*R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University
of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago,
Department Chairman
RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota,
Department Co-chairman
*GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, Yniversity of Minnesota (American Studies)
BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota
NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department
Chairman
*CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University
PATRICIA O'KANE, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1971, Emory University
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University
RICHARD D. OLMSTED, lnstructor in Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin
ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota
JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota
'WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
(German)
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin, On
Leave 1977-78
*PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois
- Urbana
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University,
Department Chairman
*DOUGLAS PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota
DANIEL W. PETERSON, lnstructor in Physics, B.A. 1973, Augsburg College
*DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1968, University of Cincinnati,
Department Chairman
LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960,
Dartmouth College
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
R
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University
STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairman
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art (Film Making)
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D
1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England),
Department Co-chairman
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D.Mus. 1965
Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M. Mus. Ed. 1963, Mac Phail School of Music
IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, M.A.
1961, University of Minnesota, On Leave 1977-78
DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech
*R. JOHN SINGH, lnstructor in Religion, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany)
*DANA SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), 6. M. 1975, Augsburg College
*EMMA SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
*GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass)
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1966, Augsburg College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota
RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska, Department
Chairman
*DEBORAH S. SWANSON, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1974, Augustana College
*MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, On
Leave 1977-78
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Metro-Urban
Studies)
*GERALD VIZENOR, Instructor in American Studies, B.A. 1960, University of Minnesota
*MARY JO WAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*DEBRA A. WILSON, Women's Tennis Coach
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Flute), B.A. 1938, Macalester College
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*Indicates part-time
ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A. Anderson
Director of Planning and Facility Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . Burton P. Fosse
College Pastor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . Lowell Brandt
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avalon Okerson
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Acting Vice President for Finance and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson
Director of Plant Services and Purchasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carl Stromer
Director of Auxiliary Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko
. . Gores
Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Robert
Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Charles Gerster
Manager, College Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred Nelson
Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Therese Morrison
Manager, Ice Arena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James Carey
Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Alfred Sandau
Grounds Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dennis Easley
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College . . . . . . . . . . Charles S. Anderson
Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis
.
Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BeverlyWegge
Head Librarian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie
.
Sibley
.
Olson
Director of Audio Visual Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Louise McColl
Fine Arts Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cynthia
.
Mandl
..
Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Borghild
Estness
Assistant Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pamela
.
Louisa
Executive Secretary to the Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roberta
.
Henke
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glen W. Johnson
Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeroy Carlson
Director of Annual Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Michael Walgren
Assistant to Vice President for Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. B. Batalden
.
Executive Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Irene
Steenson
PUBLIC RELATIONS
C. Boatman
.
Director of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anthony
Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Stella
. Rosenquist
Mattos
Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Patricia
.
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Benzel
Director of Transfer Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jennifer
.
Edwins
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,.. . , . . . , . . Kathryn Lange
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . William Ross
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . , . , . , . , . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leslie Samuelson Larson
a
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni
Dlrector of Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linda Schrempp
M. Olsson
Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Patricia
.
. . Slater
Director of Student Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joan
Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder
Head Resident, Mortensen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joe Voelker
Director of Human Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Judy Essman
Director of Academic Achievement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Phyllis Miller
.
Head Resident, Urness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Janet
Grant
Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JanSollon
Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JoelMugge
.
Index
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
.
AcademicLife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. .
.
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Admission to the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-22
.
Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
.
American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
.
Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
..
Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
.
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. .
Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
.
Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
.
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
CampusMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8. .
Chemistry. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
.
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
..
.
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
.
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). . . . . . . . . 15
Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
.
. 80
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
...
Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Course Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
..
Credit by Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
..
Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.7
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
..
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
..
.
East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
.
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
.
Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.
. . 56
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
..
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10)
.
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
..
Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I02
..
Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
.
Five College Cooperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
..
Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
French
60
.
Foreign Language. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Full-Time Student Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
.
General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 13. 35
..
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
..
.
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
.
Graduates. Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
.
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Graduation With Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
..
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
..
Health Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20
History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
..
.
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Inter-Institutional Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Intercollegiate Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Internship Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
..
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
..
Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
.
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.70
Metro-Urban Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
.
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
.
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
New Dimensions Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
..
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Personnel of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 10
..
Pre-Professional Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
.
..
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
.
Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
..1
Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Psychology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
...
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Religious Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
...
Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
.
Scandinavian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
..
Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Social Work. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
.
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
..
.
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
.
.
Student Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
.
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Symbol(#) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
.
..
Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
.
Transdisciplinary Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Transfer to Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
.
TuitionandFees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
..
Veterans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Visiting the Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Academic Calendar For 1978-79
(Tentative: Subject to Change)
Fall Semester 1978
Sept. 5-6
Sept. 7
Sept. 20
Oct. 23
Nov. 22
Nov. 22
NOV.23-26
Nov. 27
Dec. 13
Dec. 16-20
Dec. 20-Jan.
Registration and Welcome Days
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Mid-term Break
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Thanksgiving Holidays
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Christmas Holidays
Interim 1979
Jan, 3
Jan, 26
Jan. 31
lnterim Begins
Interim Ends
Confirmation of Spring Registration
Spring Semester 1979
Feb. 1
Feb. 14
Apr. 6
Apr. 7-1 5
Apr. 16
Apr. 20
May 11
May 14-17
May 20
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Easter Holidays
Classes Resume
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes End
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
SUMMER '79
GENERAL I N F O R M A T I O N
ALL COURSES at Augsburg College,except those indicated, carry a value of
one Course Credit, the equivalent of four semester credits (6 qu. cr.).
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, intended primarily for freshman and sophomore
students, are those with a 1 or 2 ... Show more
SUMMER '79
GENERAL I N F O R M A T I O N
ALL COURSES at Augsburg College,except those indicated, carry a value of
one Course Credit, the equivalent of four semester credits (6 qu. cr.).
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, intended primarily for freshman and sophomore
students, are those with a 1 or 2 as the third digit of the five-digit
Course Number. A 3 or 4 in that position indicates an upper-division
course, intended primarily for juniors or seniors. A 5 indicates a
Graduate course.
COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT during the academic year are more fully described in the catalog issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW. If you need more
information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer
School Office.
INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS may be pursued during the summer in a
number of departments. For information, consult the Summer School Office.
CHANGES IN REGISTRATION must be made at the Summer School Office. No
course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class
time, except with the special permission of the instructor.
SUMMER '79
May
June
June
July
August
27
3
10
17
28
4
11
18
29
5
12
19
30
G
13
20
31
7
14
21
1
8
15
22
2
9
16
23
24
1
8
15
22
29
25
2
9
16
23
30
26
3
10
17
24
31
27
4
11
18
25
1
28
5
12
19
26
29
6
13
20
27
3
30
7
14
21
28
4
2
TERM I
May 29
-
J u n e 22
TERM I1
J u n e 2 5 - Aug. 3
THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CANCEL LISTED COURSES.
SLWER STUDENTS may t a k e one c o u r s e d u r i n g Term I and two
c o u r s e s d u r i n g Term 11, f o r a t o t a l o f t h r e e c o u r s e s i n t h e
two r e g u l a r t e r m s .
COSTS
PERSONS PLANNING TO ATTEND Summer School a r e a d v i s e d t o p r e r e g i s t e r a s soon a s p o s s i b l e , s i n c e c o u r s e s w i t h o u t s u b s t a n t i a l demand may b e dropped.
SUMMER SCHOOL CHARGES include a General Fee of $20 per student. Tuition
is $220 per course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some
courses. (Students who preregister before March 19 will pay $200 per
course; between March 20 and April 20 - $210; after April 20 - $220 per
course.)
A DEPOSIT of $35 must accompany the Preregistration Form. This deposit
is refundable only if the courses listed by the student, including
alternates, should be cancelled. The deposit applies toward the
General Fee and Tuition.
CHARGE FOR AUDITING a course (taking it without college credit) is $110
plus $20 general fee. In courses with limited enrollment, preference
will be given to full-tuition students.
REGISTRATION is to be completed not later than the first day of each
term at the Summer School Office. ALL CHARGES for the term must be
paid by registration. NO PAYMENT PLANS ARE AVAILABLE. A late Registration Fee of $10 will be added for students who complete registration after the first day of the term.
TUITION REFUND for cancelled courses
will be allowed as indicated by the
table on the right. (Such refund is
limited by the non-refundable deposit.) No refund will be made after
the listed dates.
COURSE CANCELLATION DATE
REFUND
TERM I
TERM I1
100%
May 29-30
June 25-27
80% May 31-June1 June 28-July 2
60%
June 4-5
July 3-6
40%
June 6-7
July 9-11
STUDENTS NEEDING HOUSING may o b t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n from t h e D i r e c t o r o f Housing. L i m i t e d f o o d s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e , supplemented by s e v e r a l r e s t a u r a n t s and s n a c k s h o p s i n t h e Augsburg v i c i n i t y .
FINANCIAL A I D FOR SUM-1ER SCHOOL - l i m i t e d t o t h e Guaranteed
S t u d e n t Loan. S t u d e n t s must c a r r y a t l e a s t one-half. t h e
normal f u l l - t i m e l o a d . R e g a r d l e s s o f f a m i l y income o f t h e
s t u d e n t , t h e F e d e r a l Government p a y s t h e i n t e r e s t w h i l e t h e
s t u d e n t i s i n c o l l e g e . When repayment b e g i n s , t h e s t u d e n t
p a y s t h e f u l l 7% i n t e r e s t . Maximum l o a n i s $2500 p e r y e a r
o r t h e c o s t of e d u c a t i o n , whichever i s l e s s , Lnd t h e aggreg a t e u n d e r g r a d u a t e maximum is $7500.
Loan a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e
a v a i l a b l e a t t h e C o l l e g e , a t some b a n k s , and from t h e Minne7 s o t a S t a t e Loan O f f i c e . D e a d l i n e : A p p l i c a t i o n s must b e on
f i l e w i t h t h e l e n d e r by March 1 , 1979, s i n c e p r o c e s s i n g t a k e s
up t o 1 2 weeks.
IT I S THE POLICY o f Augsburg C o l l e g e n o t t o d i s c r i m i n a t e on
t h e b a s i s of r a c e , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l o r e t h n i c o r i g i n , age,
m a r i t a l s t a t u s , s e x o r h a n d i c a p a s r e q u i r e d by T i t l e I X
o f t h e 1972 E d u c a t i o n a l Amendments o r S e c t i o n 504 o f t h e
R e h a b i l i t a t i o n Act o f 1973 as amended i n i t s a d m i s s i o n s
p o l i c i e s , e d u c a t i o n a l programs, a c t i v i t i e s and employment
practices.
ART 10242
FILM MAKING I
Rusten
ART
ART 10100
SPECIAL TOPICS:
PORTRAIT PAINTING
AND DRAWING
Ramage
Study of the head as a structural form, and creation of a
portrait likeness. Various media explored. Open to students
at all levels of development.
TERM I
9:OO-12:00, M,W,Th
Art Studio
ART 10100
SPECIAL TOPICS:
WATERCOLOR
Discussion and observation of the expression and structural
elements of film with practical laboratory experience.
Add. $70.00 fee.
TERM I1
Arr. (1st meeting 6/25, 7:C0 p.m.)
East Hall
ART 10252
Introduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
TERM I1
8:30-11:30 a.m., M,W,F
Art Studio
Ramage
Transparent techinque of watercolor medium. Manipulation of
the medium in terms of object perception: Landscape, stilllife, figure or abstract. Open to students at all levels of
development.
9:OO-12:00, M,T,W,Th
Art Studio
TEmf I
ART 10270
ART 10107
ART 10275
DRAWING
Holen
CERAMICS I
Williamson
PORTABLE FIBER TECHNIQUES
Skoglund
Fundamental techniques in weaving on any frame, round or
rectangular. Basic steps in ancient art of basketry in modern fibers and designs.
TERM I
Arr. (1st meeting 5/29, 7:00 p.m.)
Art Studio
ART OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST & GREECE
See History 56275
Design concepts explored through drawing in pencil, charcoal,
ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures,
building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
TERM I
Arr. (1st meeting 5/29, 7:00 p.m.)
Art Studio 6
ART 10342
ART 10132 PHOTOGRAPHY
Advanced course for those with previous experience in film
making. Add. $70.00 fee.
East Hall
TERM I1
Arr. (1st meeting 6/25, 7:00 p.m.)
The camera used as a tool for
sion; black and white, color,
Need access to a 35mm camera.
TERM I1
Sec. I 1:35-3:20
Sec. I1 6:OO-9:30
ART 10161
Friederichsen
visual creativity and expresand photographic processes.
Limit: 15 students.
p.m., M,T,W,Th
p.m., T,Th
Art Studio
INTRODUCTION TO BATIK
%
TIE DYE
NEEDLE ART
Rusten
CERAMICS I1
Holen
Advanced work in ceramics with emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. Limited enrollment.
TERM I1
8:30-11:30 a.m., M,W,F
Art Studio
Conrad
Experimentation in batik and tie-dye. Projects: A batik
wall-hanging and the combination of batik and/or tie dye with
other art forms. Prereq.: Drawing I or consent of instructor.
TERM I
9:OO-12:00, M,T,W,Th
Art Studio
ART 10165
ART 10351
FILM MAKING I1
Skoglund
Basic and advanced stitches of knitting and needlepoint. How
to design one's own creations from sweaters to wall hangings.
Bargello considered in needlepoint.
TERM I1 Arr. (1st meeting 6/25, 7:00 p.m.)
Art Studio 6
By special arrangements the following art courses may be
taken independently:
TERM I:
PAINTING I & 11
PRINTMAKING I
ART METHODS
TERM I OR 11:
ADVANCED LACE TECHNIQUES
FOUR HARNESS WEAVING ON FRAME LOOM
ECO 22122
BIOLOGY
I
I
HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Professional course in the structure and function of the
human body. Course runs 10 weeks.
TERMS I & I1
6:30-9:30 p.m., T,Th
S205
Lab
S214
BIO 20107
MINNESOTA SUMMER FLOWERING PLANTS
MICROBIOLOGY
Thorpe
Basic microbial features considered as well as application
of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation.
TERM I
8:30-10:30 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
S212
Lab 11:OO-2:00 p.m., M,W,F
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 21101
PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
1
Kader
Kader
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household,
firm, market structures and income distribution. Application
of elementary economic theory to market policy.
TERM I1
6:OO-9:30 p.m., M,W
MH1
ECO 22392
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks,
and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory
and policy. Prereq.: 122
TERM I1
8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
S205
CHEMISTRY
CHM 34105
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation
of financial statements.
TERM I
8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
S205
BUS 21262
ECO 22123
Lamrners
Use of standard keys of identification of local summer flora.
Recognition of common plants and understanding of taxonomic
relationships. Field trips.
TERM I
11:lO-1:40 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F
S205
BIO 20108
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics; nat'l income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth.
TERM I
9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F
M25
I
BIO 20103
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Alton
The first semester of a two-semester sequence designed to
present the basic concepts of chemistry. High school chemistry not required.
TERM I1
8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
S318
Lab 10:20-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F
Lab S327
CHM 34353
QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Gyberg
Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial state-,
ments, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts,
current and long term assets.
TERM I
1:50-5:00 p.m., M,T,W,Th
S205
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail; gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis.
TERM I
8:30-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
S315
Lab 10:20-1:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F
Lab S327
ECONOMICS
EDUCATION
ECO 22120 ECONOMICS .OF URBA-N ISSUES
Sabella
Pelton
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metrourban environment. By Independent Study only.
TERM I1
Arr .
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches.
Lab arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten
level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level.
Consent of instructor.
TERM I
8:30-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F,
L4
EDE 4 4 3 8 2 , 4 5 3 8 2 , 44582, 45582 TEACHING CHILDREN
WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS
ENG 54215
D e s i g n e d f o r s t u d e n t s who, h a v i n g g r a s p e d t h e f u n d a m e n t a l s
o f w r i t i n g , need a d d i t i o n a l h e l p i n o r g a n i z i n g , developing
and s t a t i n g i d e a s c l e a r l y a n d e f f e c t i v e l y . P r e r e q . : 111.
P r e f e r e n c e t o Jrs. & S r s .
7 : l O - 9 : 4 0 a . m . , M,T,W,Th,F
M22
TERM I
Ex.tamir?ation of l e a r n i n g p r o b l e m s f o u n d i n r e g u l a r c l a s s r o o m
environment.
Graduate o r undergraduate c r e d i t a v a i l a b l e .
TERM I 1
8 : 50-10: 1 5 a . m . , M,T, W,Th,F
L1
EDE 44481, 4 4 4 8 2 , 44483, 44484*
STUDENT TEACHING
NCRSERY SCHOOL
ENG 54219
Reuter
S t u d e n t s r e q u i r e d t o have 160 c h i l d c o n t a c t h o u r s .
Placement
a r r a n g e m e n t by i n s t r u c t o r .
Prereq.:
A c c e p t a n c e i n t o Educ.
D e p t . , c o n s e n t of i n s t r u c t o r .
SUMMER INTERIM: TERM I &/OR TERM I1
Arr.
*
STUDENT TEACHING:
OR KINDERGARTEN
ADVANCED WRITING:
Mitchell
EXPOSITION
Designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g .
6:OO-9:30 p . m . , T , T h
5205
TERM I1
I
Palosaari
STUDIES I N THE AMERICAN FILM
I n v e s t i g a t i o n o f some t y p e s o f American f i l m , i n c l u d i n g Weste r n , g a n g s t e r , h o r r o r and o t h e r s .
Some f i l m v i e w i n g o u t s i d e
of c l a s s t i m e required.
6:OO-9:30 p . m . , M,W,
'
L1
TERM I1
.-
ELEMENTARY
McNef f
Observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s i n elementary
s c h o o l s u n d e r s u p e r v i s i o n o f c o l l e g e and p u b l i c s c h o o l p e r s o n n e l . Add. $15 f e e . P r e r e q . :
A c c e p t a n c e , Educ. D e p t .
Arr.
TERM L &/OR TERM I I
EDS 45361
I
ENG 54242
Students should confer with i n s t r u c t o r
a b o u t c o u r s e number.
EDE 44481, 44482
Andersen
INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION
Franklin
ENG 54382
THE AMERICAN NOVEL
Palosaari
S t u d y o f m a j o r a n d r e p r e s e n t a t i v e w o r k s o f s e l e c t e d American
n o v e l i s t s from t h e b e g i n n i n g t o t h e p r e s e n t .
8:50-10:15 a . m . , M,T,W,Th,F
MH 1
TERM I1
ART METHODS
S e e ART 1 0 3 6 1 ( I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y )
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
EDS 45481, 45482
STUDENT TEACHING
HEALTH EDUCATION
O b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on s e c o n d a r y
s c h o o l l e v e l under s u p e r v i s i o n o f c o l l e g e and h i g h s c h o o l
p e r s o n n e l . Add. $15 f e e .
Prereq.:
A c c e p t a n c e , Educ. D e p t .
Arr
TERM I &/OR TERM I1
.
HPE 55114
Borstad
P r i n c i p l e s a n d p r a c t i c e s of s a f e t y e d u c a t i o n i n s c h o o l a n d
community l i f e .
I n c l u d e s American Red C r o s s F i r s t A i d .
8:30-11:OO a . m . , M,T,W,Th,F
G13
TERM I ( 1 s t h a l f )
ENGLISH
HPE 55115
ENG 54111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
SAFETY EDUCATION
(1/2 Course)
Sargent
S t u d y o f c o m p o s i t i o n w i t h e m p h a s i s upon e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ;
c o r r e c t u s a g e , l o g i c a l o r g a n i z a t i o n and t h e r e s e a r c h p a p e r .
1 1 : l O - 1 : 4 0 p . m . , M,T,W,Th,F
G12
TERM I
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION
(112 Course)
Borstad
A n a l y s i s o f c h e m i c a l a b u s e a n d what c a n b e done f o r t h e
abuser.
8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
G13
TERM I ( 2 n d h a l f )
HIS 56185, 56385
HPE 55475
PREVENTION & CARE OF ATHLETIC
INJURIES (1/2 course)
REVOLUTION IN AFRICA
Quirin
Johnson
Emphasis on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room
procedures. Prereq.: 350
TERM I (1st half)
8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
G24
Analysis of internal innovations in precolonial Africa as
well as historical roots of contemporary revolutionary processes. Case studies focus on southern Africa and the Horn.
TERM I1
8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
M23
MODERN LANGUAGES
HPE 55477
COACHING OF BASKETBALL (112 course)
Johnson
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching
basketball.
TERM I (2nd half)
8:30-11:00 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
HPE 55485
APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
FRE 70112
G24
. Aske
Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and
games, and swimming for the handicapped. Prereq.:350,351,055
TERM I1
6:30 p.m., T,TH & Arr.
(1st meeting 6/25, 6:30 p.m.)
GI2
BEGINNING FRENCH I1
Aaskov
Conversations, sentence practice, and readings to develop
communication, reading skills, and acquaintance with French
culture. 2 hours lab. Prereq.: 111 or equivalent.
TERM I
7:lO-10:lO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
7
(Includes lab)
GER 72111
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Oyler
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic
German for students with no previous background in German.
TERM I
8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
Arr .
HPE 55491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
C. NELSON
Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education.
Prereq.: 350,351,354
TERM I
6:30 p.m., T,Th & Arr.
(1st meeting 5/29, 6:30 p.m.)
GI2
NOR 75111, 75112
or 75211
BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Credit is available through intensive four-week program in
Norway. Inquire: Camp Norway, Augsburg College.
HISTORY
PHILOSOPHY
HIS 56275
ART OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST & GREECE
R. Nelson
Survey of the architecture, sculpture, painting and lesser
arts from the earliest beginnings in Egypt and Mesopotamia
through the Hellenistic period to the third century B.C.
Also ART 10275
TERM I
9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F
HIS 56567
THE MAKING & MEANING
OF THE MIDDLE AGES
.
PHI 83130 LOGIC
Bailey
Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in
developing ability to recognize and construct sound arguments.
TERM I
8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
G12
PHI 83450 PHILOSOPHIES OF FEMINISM
Fuehrer
R. Nelson
survey from the fall of Roman domination to beginning of the
Italian Renaissance. Personalities, feudalism, struggle between church and state, classical and scholastic learning
which formed the intellectual foundation of the middle ages.
TERM I1
10:25-11:50 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
M25
Analysis of key concepts of feminism in myth, literature,
religion and art; theories and implications of matriarchal/
patriarchal, pro-feministlanti-feminist cultures, courtly
and romantic love, and the cult of the virgin.
TERM I
9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F
S22
RELIGION
PHYSICS
PHY 84322
NUCLEAR RADIATION PHYSICS:
SCIENCE MINIME=.
REL 87369
OAK RIDGE
Paulson
RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION
IN MODERN LITERATURE
Skibbe
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and
world view. Reading and discussion of nine novels. Class
meets approximately every other day.
TERM I
9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F
M24
Study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and
"kands on" lab experience. 2 weeks at Oak Ridge, Tennessee.
Cost approx. $200.00. Consent of instructor.
TERM I
Off campus, May 28 - June 8;
Added summary/evaluation at Augsburg
REL 87372
RELIGIONS OF INDIA:
HINDUISM & BUDDHISM
Benson
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 85342
Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses primary texts, Hindu ritual films.
TERM I1
8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
S22
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; uses
and control of media for political and social purposes; censorship, newsmaking, entertainment, public affairs programmin
TERM I
Also SPC 98342
9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F
M22
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 86105
Marken
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
SOCIOLOGY
I
Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study
of behavior.
M22
TERM I1
8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
PSY 86130
THE CHILD'S WORLD:
COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT
Dyrud
1
I
Development of the child's representation of events; stages
and examples in language, reasoning and judgement. Add. $3 fee
'L1
TERM I1
6:30-9:30 p.m., T,Th
PSY 86155
YOUR PERSONALITY % ITS MEASUREMENT
Anderegg
Through survey, inventory, self-report, checklist, preference
schedules and other means, investigation and evaluation of
your personality will be undertaken. Prereq.: 105
SUMMER INTERIM: TERM I
11:OO-1:40 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F
M23
PSY 86375
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See SOC 94375
SOC 94111 HUMAN COMMUNITY & THE MODERN METROPOLIS
Hesser
Course focuses upon the human consequences of urbanization.
Extensive use of film series, simulated game, community investigation, and outside speakers.
TERM I1
6:OO-9:30 p.m., M,W
S22
SOC 94241
INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
Gerasimo
Examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to
culture; language as a major organizing element in how we
see the world. Analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture.
TERM I
4:30-7:30 p.m., M,T,W,Th
S22
SOC 94356
CONTEMPORARY CORZECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices.
TERM I1
1:30-5:00 p.m., T,Th
MH1
SOC 94375
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
Analysis of the ideas of f'group" and "self" as related to
individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society.
PREREQ.: 121 and 105. Also PSY 86375.
TERM I
8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F
M23
I
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 95255
ELIGIBILITY
GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM
Perry
W i l d e r n e s s camping a s f o c u s f o r b u i l d i n g group and i n d i v i d u a l
relationships.
Add. $60.00 f e e .
'1st s e s s i o n 5/29, 9 : 5 0 a . m .
SWK Off .
TERM I
PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING at,regionallyaccredited colleges and universities, as well as graduates of such institutions, are eligible to
attend Augsburg Sl'mmer School. Good standing implies that the student
has been admit'ied to a college and has not subsequently been dropped
by that institution.
SWK 95257
STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augsburg College for the Fall Term of the current
year are eligible to attend Summer School, as are persons admitted by
other colleges for the fall of this year.
PRACTICUM I N THE HUMAN SERVICES
Hertzberg
Placement f o r 30 h o u r s p e r week a s a v o l u n t e e r i n a s o c i a l
agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n .
I n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y ; t e r m p a p e r , weekly
review conferences.
Recommended f o r freshmen o r sophomores.
Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r .
TERM I
Arr.
IF REGULARLY ATTENDING OR ADMITTED to another educational ingtitution,
the applicant must provide Augsburg Summer School with a statement
from an appropriate official of his college that he is in good standing and eligible to earn credits during the summer sessions. (A fonn
for this purpose is at the bottom of this page.) Credits cannot be
transferred until this requirement has been fulfilled.
11
SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N A N D THEATER ARTS
OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the
Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special
circumstances.
I
I
B a s i c problems o f e f f e c t i v e s p e a k i n g and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g .
TEM I
9:50-12:20 p . m . , M,T,W,Th,F
MH1
I
SPC 98342
SPC 98111
BEGINNING SPEECH
Driver
MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
APPROVAL F O R M
S e e POL 85342
SPC 98367
THEATER I N MINNEAPOLIS
ACCEPTANCE as a sumer student does not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Persons wishing to begin a degree
program at the college should apply for admission through the Office
of Admissions.
Cole
(This form is to be used by students regularly attending institutions
other than Augsburg College. Augsburg Summer School credits may be
transferred to the student's home institution if approval is granted
by that college or university.)
Studying; v i e w i n g , and c r i t i q u i n g t h e a c t i n g and p r o d u c t i o n
of f i v e p l a y s .
6:OO-9:30 p.m., T,Th
2815 4 1 s t Ave. S .
TERM I1
( T e l : 721-2565)
Mpls. MN 55406
College or University:
I
GENERAL STUDIES
The person named above is a student in good standing and is permitted
to earn summer school credits at Augsburg College.
I
GST 58115
I
E x p l o r a t i o n o f t h e n a t u r e of work i n r e l a t i o n t o p e r s o n a l
economic, s p i r i t u a l , and c u l t u r a l v a l u e s .
TERM I
9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F
Arr.
I
WORK, SELF & SOCIETY
Essman
Student's Name:
Restrictions or qualifications, if any:
Signature and Title (Dean, ~egistrar,or other ~esponsibleOfficer.)
Date
(Return completed form to Summer School.
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55454)
Show less
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f the school year
a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended
t o be a time f o r both students and f a c u l t y t o employ
s t y l e s o f teaching and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e
p a r t i c u l a r que... Show more
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f the school year
a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended
t o be a time f o r both students and f a c u l t y t o employ
s t y l e s o f teaching and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e
p a r t i c u l a r questions and t o p i c s and t o use urban
and o t h e r off-campus resources i n ways n o t p o s s i b l e
d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
To graduate, an Augsburg student i s r e q u i r e d t o
complete 35 courses o f which a t l e a s t t h r e e must
be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than t h e
number o f years o f f u l l time enrollment a t Augsburg;
e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l time f o r two years
i s r e q u i r e d t o complete one i n t e r i m f o r graduation).
There i s no t u i t i o n refund f o r a student who chooses
n o t t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course.
One course i s considered a f u l l time l o a d d u r i n g
i n t e r i m and no student i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r
more than one course d u r i n g t h e period.
GRADING/COURSE LISTINGS
Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a
scale o f 4.0 t o 0. Students g e n e r a l l y have the
o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few
i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system;
t h i s 1i m i t a t i o n i s i n d i c a t e d i n the course d e s c r i p t i o n .
Some courses a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r lower
d i v i s i o n standing. Such i n t e r i m courses have two
numbers l i s t e d and the student must s e l e c t . Students
r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n standing should
a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s
grading standard.
...
Distribution
a course l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement meets both t h e newly i n t r o d u c e d
requirements ( t h e Spectrum approach) as w e l l as t h e
o l d d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements.
OPTIONS
June I n t e r i m
A t l e a s t two i n t e r t m courses will be o f f e r e d in the
June 1979 session o f summer school (see l l s t i n g s
under Psychology and Education) i n 1 ieu o f January
tern with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n charge; however,
students p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must
r e g i s t e r a t the time o f the i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n
i n t h e f a l l . Students wishing t o t a k e the June
i n t e r i m i n addi ti on t o t h e January one w i 11 be
required to pay regular summer course t u i t i o n .
Internships
Students are not encouraged t o seek an internship
course a s s i gnrnent during the i n t e r i m . I n t e r n s h i p s
a r e open t o students who continue an i n t e r n s h i p
from t h e f a l l term or who begin i n t e r n s h i p which
w i l l continue i n t o the s p r i n g term. Students
e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m are t o present a
completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g contract t o t h e
I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Science, Room 135) no l a t e r
than Monday, November 20.
Independent o r D i r e c t e d Study
Students may e l e c t a program o f e i t h e r independent
(upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r d i r e c t e d study ( l o w e r
d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e
s t r o n g l y discouraged from accepting responsi b i 1 it y
f o r more than one independent o r d i r e c t e d study
p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosing t o pursue independent o r d i r e c t e d study must:
a)
b)
meet departmental requirements
present t o t h e i n t e r i m d i r e c t o r f o r
approval a copy o f t h e proposed study
p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y
member. This proposal must be submi t t e d
a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and
n o t l a t e r than November 30. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained i n
the interim o f f i c e .
I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools
Augsburg students may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4
i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m
arrangement. Catalogs o f these i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s
can be consulted i n t h e I n t e r i m Center, Room 135,
Science. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s i n t h e 'Twin
C i t y c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e
r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n period. STudents i n t e r e s t e d
i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g t h e
i n t e r i m should c o n s u l t t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r
h i s secretary.
NON-AUGSBURG STUDENTS
Augsburg College w i l l accept students from o t h e r
4-1-4 schools f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t
t u i t i o n charges provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home
i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg
students f o r t h e January term. The waiver of t u i t i o n
does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l fees charged i n a d d i t i o n
t o t u i t i o n . Other students w i 11 be charged $425
f o r t h e i n t e r i m course.
Students i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg
I n t e r i m should w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r
a p p r o p r i a t e a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These students a r e
responsible f o r t h e i r own housing and boarding
arrangements, though requests f o r on-campus housing
can be made t o t h e o f f i c e of t h e i n t e r i m d i r e c t o r .
CLASS TIMES
The I n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks of time.
The number and l e n g t h of c l a s s meetings as w e l l as
t h e beginning time w i l l be arranged t h e f i r s t day
o f class.
A l l I n t e r i m classes w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and l a s t
c l a s s days o f the i n t e r i m . Classes scheduled f o r
Period I w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 9:00 and classes
scheduled f o r Period I 1 w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t
1 :oo.
INTERIM CALENDAR
November 7
-
10
Interim Registration
December 6
Late Interim Registration
January 3
F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I 1 1:00 p.m.
January 4
L a s t day f o r cancelladd
January 8
L a s t day f o r determining
grading system
January 19
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s
January 26
I n t e r i m ends
THIS CATALOG
T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w i t h
departments l i s t e d i n a l p h a b e t i c a l order. A t t h e
end o f t h e book are l i s t i n g s o f s p e c i a l overseas
i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf College and o t h e r
courses n o t o f f e r e d by Augsburg College b u t recognized
by t h e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and information about these collrses a r e
available i n the interim o f f i c e .
NEED MORE HELP?
Check w i t h t h e I n t e r i m Office (Science 135) and t h e
I n t e r i m Secretary, Marie Wave1 Lander, o r w i t h t h e
I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , Dr. Don Gustafson. The i n t e r i m
phone i s 332-5181, Extension 403.
ST. OLAF INTERNATIONAL INTERIMS
The f o l l o w i n g i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e o f f e r e d
by S t . Olaf College and a r e open t o Augsburg
students, F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l
d e t a i l s and c o s t estimates a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e
i n t e r i m o f f i c e and from Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 126 of Memorial H a l l .
Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one of
these i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s should a p p l y i n t h e
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center before November 1.
The A r t s of Central and Southern Europe
Mediterranean C u l t u r e (Greece)
I r i s h C i v i l i z a t i o n and L i t e r a t u r e
French Language and C u l t u r e (Cannes)
French Language, C u l t u r e and Theatre i n P a r i s
Theatre i n London
C h r i s t i a n Rome i n A.D.
1600
L i b e r a t i o n Theology (Mexico)
Puerto R i can S o c i e t y and C u l t u r e
I n t e n s i v e I n t e r m e d i a t e Spanish (Mexico)
F o l k R e l i g i o n i n Taiwan
Cross-Cul t u r a l Psycho1ogy (Hawai i)
Augsburg College
Interim, 1979
Course Descriptions
THE BLACK IMAGE IN AMERICAN SOCIETY, 1800-1915
AMERICAN STUDIES 0 8 3 1 4
H ISTORY
56314
Instructor:
Ralph Crowder
The c e n t r a l t h r u s t o f t h i s course i s t o examine t h e
n a t i o n a l debate on t h e c h a r a c t e r and d e s t i n y o f
African-Americans d u r i n g the years 1800-1 91 5. What
was t h e r a t i o n a l e i n t h e w h i t e psyche which condoned
s l a v e r y , lynchings, sexual e x p l o i t a t i o n and a n a t i o n a l
p o l i c y which r e l e g a t e d the Black Community t o unwanted
a l i e n s , c h i l d l i k e beings, o r beast o f burden? Why
was i t necessary f o r t h e s o - c a l l e d Negro t o be stereotyped as subhuman? U t i l i z i n g t h e arguments presented
by pro-slavery, a b o l i t i o n i s t s , educators, s c i e n t i s t s ,
this
i n t e l l e c t u a l s , p o l i t i c i a n s and t h e media
course attempts t o analyze the Black image i n t h e
w h i t e mind. The works o f such contemporary scholars
as George F r e d i ckson , John Henri k Clarke, Franci s
Welsing and Lawrence Friedman w i l l be j o i n e d w i t h
p i o n e e r scholars t o a s c e r t a i n why American s o c i e t y
r e f used t o recognize the humanity o f B l ack Ameri cans.
-
A mid-term, f i n a l exam and term paper w i l l be
r e q u i r e d f o r the course.
Time:
I1
Room:
Science 318
FILM-MAKING I
FILM-MAKING II
ART 10242110342
I n s t r u c t o r : Paul Rusten
T h i s course i s designed t o teach
p r a c t i c a l l a b experience. There
and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e
elements o f f i l m . Students w i l l
film.
film-making through
w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n
and s t r u c t u r a l
make a 16mm sound
There i s a l a b f e e o f $70.00
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
None f o r Film-making I
You must have taken Film-making I i n
o r d e r t o r e g i s t e r f o r Film-making 11.
Yes
Room:
F i l m Center,
East H a l l
LIFE DRAWING
ART 10247
Instructor:
Norman Holen
You w i l l be introduced t o t h e 2B and 4B p e n c i l s ,
t h e charcoal penci 1, and p a s t e l s .
The f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s ,
w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media, f o r v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f
time. The poses w i l l extend from one minute t o
an hour and a h a l f .
There i s no t e x t and t h e r e a r e no t e s t s . You
a r e graded on your drawings and attendance i s
expected.
There i s a f e e o f $12.00 t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t
day o f c l a s s .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
None
Yes
Room:
I
A r t Studio 6
PLANTS IN HUMAN SOCIETY
BIOLOGY 201 02
I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin Mickelberg
A study o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e has and i s p l a y i n g i n
human s o c i e t i e s . P l a n t anatomy, morphology, geography
and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s t o people w i l l be
discussed. A b r i e f survey o f t h e e n t i r e p l a n t kingdom
w i l l conclude t h e course.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
Yes
Room:;
Science 123
CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES IN BIOLOGY
BIOLOGY: 20106
Instructor: R. Lammers
R . Sulerud
"Scientific creationists" revive the argument against
the theory of evolution, and a debate i s held a t the
University of Minnesota. A book i s published claiming
the production of a cloned human, b u t the developmental
biologists react negatively. Farmers engage in verbal
(and sometimes physical ) battle with environmentalists
over the "endangered" status of wolves in Minnesota. A
nobel 1 aureate argues the genetic inferiority of blacks
and geneticists reply.
The popular press abounds in a r t i c l e s relating to
controversies related to biology. There are disputes
between biologists and others as well as sharp disagreements among biologists. Several of the issues will be
considered in t h i s course including the following:
Evolution; genetic engineering ( e .g. , cloning,
recombinant DNA); abortion; eugeEics and racism; 1 i f e
on other planets and the environmentalist movement.
Readings wi 11 be assigned and topics will be introduced
by the instructors. There will be ample time f o r
discussion and a number of guests will be invited to
participate. As time and arrangements allow, a few
f i e l d t r i p s may be taken. Students will concentrate
on one topic as the basis of an oral ( i f possible) or
written report. Eva1 uation will be based on the
report, an examination relating to the topics
considered, and class discussions.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
High school biology or an introductory
coll ege biology course.
Yes
Room:
Science 205
METHODS I N BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH
BIOLOGY 2 0 3 0 1
I n s t r u c t o r : Neal Thorpe
The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e p r e s e n t
concepts i n b i o l o g y has been h e a v i l y dependent upon
t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d r e s e a r c h t o o l s .
T h i s course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e s t u d e n t t o t h e
t h e o r e t i c a l b a s i s o f a p p r o x i m a t e l y two dozen i m p o r t a n t
b i o l o g i c a l methods such as chromatography, e l e c t r o p h o r e s i s , spectrophotometry, s c i n t i l a t i o n c o u n t i n g
and microscopy. I t w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an i n depth
i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e
o b j e c t i v e o f developing an a p p r o p r i a t e experimental
e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demonstrates a t h e o r e t i c a l
p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e t h e
method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y .
Prerequisites:
Time:
B i o l o g y 111, 112
Chemistry 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106)
Room:
I
Science 2 1 2
INCOME TAXES FOR INDIVIDUALS
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 21140
I n s t r u c t o r : Amin Kader
T h i s course w i l l survey common and i m p o r t a n t p r o v i s i o n s
o f f e d e r a l and Minnesota income taxes f o r i n d i v i d u a l s
w i t h emphasis on completing t h e 1040 t a x form. Not
open t o majors i n Economics and Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n .
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
None
Room:
Science 320
TOPICS: DISCRETE JVENT SIMULATION
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 21495
I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto
The o b j e c t i v e i s t o i n t r o d u c e students t o t h e elements
o f d i s c r e t e event s i m u l a t i o n and r e l a t e d computer
programming techniques. D i s c r e t e event s i m u l a t i o n i s
an approach t o problem s o l v i n g . I n essence, t h e
method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem
by w r i t i n g a computer program which can c a p t u r e i t s
i m p o r t a n t c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and hence c l o s e l y reproduce
t h e a c t u a l problem s e t t i n g . Then, v a r i o u s a l t e r n a t i v e s t o s o l v i n g t h e problem can be t e s t e d by
c o n d u c t i n g experiments based on t h e computer program.
C l e a r l y , t h e approach i s p a r t i c u l a r l y s u i t e d f o r
business decision-making problems i n v o l v i n g a l a r g e
number o f v a r i a b l e s and substantPa1 c a p i t a l out1 ay.
M a t e r i a l s t o be presented i n t h e course i n c l u d e :
1 ) b a s i c concepts o f s i m u l a t i o n , 2 ) model b u i 1d i n g
and computer programming techniques , and 3 ) e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l a n a l y s i s . Note t h a t
a p p l i c a t i o n problems t o be considered i n t h e course
a r e p r i m a r i l y o r i e n t e d toward business and economics.
Procedures t o be used i n meeting t h e o b j e c t i v e w i l l
be t h r o u g h l e c t u r e and computer programming l a b o r a t o r y . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l i n v o l v e homework assignments
and examinations. A s p e c i a l f e e o f $15.00 i s
r e q u ir e d
.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
A t l e a s t one s t a t i s t i c s course o r t h e
consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r
Room:
Main 23
CHEMISTRY FOR CHANGING TIMES
CHEMISTRY 34100
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
T h i s i s a non-laboratory chemistry course based on t h e
very popular book by John W. Hill o f the same t i t l e .
It i s n o t a traditional chemistry course and does n o t
assume t h e science background. Basic science and math
a r e introduced early and are taught as needed f o r
understanding t h e various t o p i c s and implications.
The course does assume the student i s interested in
and concerned about the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f chemistry to
life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part o f liberal educat i o n f o r centuries. The early s c i e n t i s t s were c o n s i dered to be phi losophers and t h e i r societies were
philosophical societies. In recent decades t h e human
seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry
becoming a part o f everyday l i f e t o the p o i n t o f
actual dependence on chemistry. We l i v e i n a world
of p e s t i c i d e s , f e r t i l i z e r s , p l a s t i c s , "the p i l l " , food
a d d i t i v e s and processed foods, v i t a m i n supplements,
the energy c r i s i s , chemical dependency, biocides,
pol 1 u t a n t s , drugs, searching f o r 1i fe on other p l a n e t s ,
genetic manipulation,-and i t goes on and on. Emotions
and mental disorders can o f t e n be traced to chemical
imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feel i n g
a f t e r an afternoon nap i s a result o f a chemical
imbalance, The nature o f a hangover i s the result o f
a complex system of a ?t e r ~ dbody chemistry. Even
1earni ng appears to be the resul t of chemi ca1 r e a c t i o n
to form a "memory m o l e ~ u l e ' ~ ,Most o f the problems we
face are molecular in nature, What then b u t chemistry
can better h e l p us t o understand ourselves, our
society, our world, and our universe? Come join us
as we take a molecular look at the human condition.
T h i s course w511 be o f f e r e d i n a l e c t u r e l d i s c u s s i o n
format. F i l m s w i l l supplement t h e lecture/
d i s c u s s i o n periods. Quizzes, t e s t s and a paper
w i l l be used f o r e v a l u a t i o n . This course does n o t
s a t i s f y p r e r e q u i s i t e s f o r Chemistry 106, 116 or 223.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I1
None
Yes
\
Room:
Science 315
RADIOIMMUNOLOGY: THEORY AND TECHNIQUE
CHEMISTRY 3 4 3 0 1
I n s t r u c t o r : W i 11iam Mu1doon
The increase i n knowledge o f t h e pathology o f disease
s t a t e s and t h e c o m p l e x i t i e s o f treatment m o d a l i t i e s
has heightened t h e search f o r knowledge o f t h e
molecular mechanics i n v o l v e d on these processes. The
r e c o g n i t i o n by t h e Nobel Committee i n 1977 o f
D r . Rosalyn S. Yalow's c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e area o f
Physiology o r Medicine, s p e c i f i c a l l y the development
o f the Radioimmunoassay (RIA), f u r t h e r emphasizes
t h e importance o f t h e study o f radioimmunology.
T h i s course w i l l serve t o i n t r o d u c e the theory o f
Immunology and s p e c i f i c a l l y how i t r e l a t e s t o
radioimmunoassay. Topics covered w i 11 begin w i t h
b a s i c immunology and then i n c l u d e the h i s t o r i c a l
development, t h e o r e t i c a l basis, t e c h n i c a l developments
and data a n a l y s i s o f t h e R I A . "Wet" l a b s and/or
demonstrations w i l l be used t o r e i n f o r c e t h e d i d a c t i c
material.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
One semester o r e q u i v a l e n t of
Organic Chenistry.
One semester o r e q u i v a l e n t o f
Biochemistry o r w i t h permission
o f Instructor.
Room:
Science 318
SCATTERING THEORY
CHEMISTRY 3 4 4 8 5
I n s t r u c t o r : D r . Richard Olmsted
The importance o f observations made i n physics and
chemistry by a n a l y z i n g the s c a t t e r i n g of p a r t i c l e s
o r waves can h a r d l y be exaggerated. For t h e l a s t
h a l f c e n t u r y especially, many o f the most i m p o r t a n t
d i s c o v e r l es have been made by c o l 1is i on experiments.
They range from R u t h e r f o r d ' s discovery o f t h e atomic
nucleus, over atomic and nuclear spectroscopy, t o
n u c l e a r f i s s i o n and t h e f i n d i n g o f t h e fundamental
p a r t i c l e s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . I f we add t o these
phenomena a l l the observations made by a n a l y s i s o f
l i g h t s c a t t e r i n g , t h e l i s t becomes t r u l y impressive.
T h i s course i s designed t o be an i n t e n s i v e i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s c a t t e r i n g theory. I t begins w i t h a study o f
t h e b a s i c c l a s s i c a l ideas about t h e s c a t t e r i n g o f
p a r t i c l e s and progresses through t h e b a s i c quantum
mechanical d e s c r i p t i o n . Complications a r i s i n g due
t o p a r t i c l e s having i n t e r n a l degrees o f freedom a r e
a1 so d i scussed.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I1
Chem 483 o r Physics 486 o r equ'ivalent
Room:
Science 401
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN
EDUCATION 44375
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course offers the opportunity f o r one t o
discover the discoverer
.
Because a kindergarten
chi I d i s rapidly openlng doors t o knowledge, a
teacher needs t o know a t what stage each c h i l d i s
and how t o provide an environment i n which t h e child
can expl ore and experience 1earning. The course w i 11
include a study o f kindergarten curriculum, explorat i o n o f materials, and a review o f teaching approaches.
Laboratory experi ences wi 11 be arranged. Thi s course
i s a prerequisite t o student teaching a t the kindergarten level and t o obtaining a 1icense f o r teaching
a t K level. Grades will be based on quizzes, projects
and research.
Prerequisite: Admittance into the Augsburg Education
program o r an elementary school
teaching c e r t i f i c a t e .
Time:
I1
Room: L i b r a r y 4
BEHAVIOR OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN
AND ADOLESCENTS
EDUCATION 44385
Instructor: Barry Franklin
An introduction to the study of the typical
exceptional ities exhibited by children and adolescents. The course will examine the causes,
characteristics, and educational interventions
for such exceptional i ties as mental retardation,
language and communication disorders, vision and
hearing impairment, physical disabi 1 i ties, learning
disabilities and behavior disorders, and giftedness.
The course wi 11 involve the student in readings,
wri ttenloral presentations, and fie1d trips to
selected facilities for meeting the needs of
exceptional individuals. Course requirements will
be a paper accompanied by an oral presentation to
the class on an exceptionality of student's choice
(the research can deal with causes, characteristics,
probably
or edutational interventions). There wi 11
be an examination. Students can anticipate a small
fee for field trip expenses. Students not in
education are welcome in the course.
Prerequisites: a general psychology course or
permission of instructor
Time:
I
Room: Library 4
STUDENT TEACHING
EDUCATION 44480
Instructor: She1don Fardi g
Students will be placed in a classroom for f u l l days.
Opportunities are provided for experience in observing
and d i recti ng 1earning experiences on the secondary
school level under t h e supervision of college and
high school personnel. Seminars are held on a
regular basi s during the student teaching experience.
Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor
Students should confer with instructor
about appropriate course numbers.
STUDENT TEACHING: NURSERY SCHOOL
EDUCATION 44481, 44482, 44483
o r 44484*
I n s t r u c t o r : Steven Reuter
This course o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o l e a r n about and
t o demonstrate knowledge and s k i l l s i n v o l v e d w i t h
teaching t h e young c h i 1d. The course w i 11 concentrate
on d e t a i l s e s s e n t i a l t o t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n o f a good
program f o r c h i l d r e n , records, r e p o r t s , p h y s i c a l
f a c i l i t i e s , equipment and p a r e n t a l involvement.
Students w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o have 160 c h i l d c o n t a c t
hours. Placement w i l l be arranged by i n s t r u c t o r .
Prerequisites:
Time:
*
Acceptance i n t o t h e Education
Department and permission o f i n s t r u c t o r
Summer
Students should c o n f e r w i t h i n s t r u c t o r about
a p p r o p r i a t e course number.
ENGLISH 5 4 1 3 7 1 5 4 4 3 7
I n s t r u c t o r : R i c h a r d Sargent
We w i l l s t u d y t h e major p l a y s and poems o f Shakespeare, w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e theme o f
t h e f a m i l y . A t t h e h e a r t o f most of Shakespeare's
works i s a p r o b i n g o f f a m i l y r e l a t i o n s h i p s and
f a m i l y i n t e r a c t i o n s . We w i l l s t u d y t h e works o f
Shakespeare from t h e p o i n t o f view o f f a m i l y
t h e r a p i s t s such as V i r g i n i a S a t i r ( h e r book
Peoplemaking w i l l be one o f t h e assigned t e x t s ) .
P r i o r experience w i t h Shakespeare i s n o t a
requirement. b u t those who have a l r e a d y had a
c o l l e g e - l e v e l course i n Shakespeare a r e welcome;
t h e y w i l l be encouraged t o do s p e c i a l p r o j e c t s
r e l a t e d t o t h e theme o f t h e f a m i l y . E v a l u a t i o n
w i l l be based on essay exams and s e v e r a l papers;
s t u d e n t s w i l l be expected t o use t h e i d e a s o f S a t i r
t o approach Shakespeare, b u t t h e course w i l l n o t
be c o n f i n e d s o l e l y t o a c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f f a m i l y
systems i n S-hakespeare. E f f e c t i v e W r i t i n g i s
n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e , b u t s t u d e n t s w i 11 be e x p ~ c t z d
t o write with clarity.
Distribution:
Time:
I1
Yes
Room:
Main 2
HERITAGE REPORTER
ENGLISH 5421 2
I n s t r u c t o r : Dave Wood
"Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r
e f f e c t i v e l y w r i t i n g about one's family, one's
community, o r an i n s t i t u t i o n t h a t f i g u r e s or has
f i g u r e d largely i n t h e s t u d e n t - r e p o r t e r ' s 1 i f e .
Techniques of f i c t i o n and non-f ic t i on are reveal ed
t o t h e students by means o f comprehensive reading
1ist. No exams. Students are expected t o submit
a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet" on a s u b j e c t o f
t h e i r choice a t course's end. Grade w i l l be P/N
only.
Students having taken English 491 i n s p r i n g o f
1978 may n o t r e g i s t e r f o r t h i s course.
Prerequisites:
Time:
E n g l i s h 111
I
Room:
L i b r a r y 201
KURT VONNEGUT, JR.
ENGLISH 5 4 3 2 2
I n s t r u c t o r : Ron Palosaari
Vonnegu t ' s work has a t t r a c t e d both p o p u l a r readers
and 1iterary c r i t i c s . Our reading w i 11 i n c l u d e
The Sirens o f T i t a n , P l a y e ~Piano, Mother N i g h t ,
C a t ' s c r a d l e , Slaughter House Five, and B r e a k f a s t
o f Champions, We w i l l a l s o read some o f t h e s h o r t
s t o r i e s and n o n - f i c t i o n o f Vonnegut. Students w i l l
do e i t h e r i n d i v i d u a l o r group r e p o r t s on some
aspect o f Vonnegut's work. There w i l l be a t l e a s t
one s h o r t paper and one exam.
--
~ r e r e q usi i t e :
One L i t e r a t u r e course
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 22
FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 70243
I n s t r u c t o r : D r . Ruth Aaskov
Major works o f French l i t e r a t u r e a r e e a s i l y a v a i l a b l e
i n E n g l i s h t r a n s l a t i o n . These can, w i t h c a r e f u l and
d i r e c t e d reading, provide t h e b a s i s f o r e x p l o r i n g
French humanistic self-expression i n i t s much admired
l i t e r a r y forms. Most o f t h e o u t - o f - c l a s s time w i l l be
spent i n reading 8-10 French authors, represented i n
s h o r t e r , complete o r s e l f - c o n t a i n e d works, some
i n f o r m a t i o n a l reading, and systematic p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
small group discussions. Two b r i e f r e p o r t s and a
modest i n d i v i d u a l study w i l l be p a r t o f t h e course.
Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l vary from b r i e f l e c t u r e s t o
small group discussion and presentations. One o f f campus r e 1ated a c t i v i t y w i 11 be planned i f avai 1able.
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on l a r g e and small group
p a r t i c i p a t i o n , responsible reading and r e p o r t i n g ,
and several 15-30 minute quizzes. The course i s
planned f o r the general student w i t h o u t reading
know1edge o f French. Know1edge of another 1it e r a t u r e
i s u s e f u l b u t n o t required.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
Sophomore standing o r permission o f
instructor
Yes
Room:
Main 7
LE VOYAGE IMAGINAIRE
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 70358
I n s t r u c t o r : Mary E. Johnson
A study ( i n French) o f many d i f f e r e n t ' kinds o f
f a n t a s t i c t r a v e l s conceived by French w r i t e r s and
adventurers between the t h i r t e e n t h and. t h e t w e n t i e t h
century, from t r i p s t o t h e moon (Cyrano de Bergerac)
t o t h e bottom o f t h e sea (Jules Verne) and more.
Readings w i l l be supplemented by films; d i s c u s s i o n
and a paper i n French. Counts toward the French
major. Available t o intermediate-level students
i n French by permission o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r ; r e q u i r e ments w i l l be different for intermediate and advanced
1eve1 s .
Prerequisites:
Time:
I1
French 70311 o r permission o f t h e
instructor
Main 7
THE AGONY OF 20TH CENTURY GERMANY AS
REFLECTED IN LITERATURE
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 72245
I n s t r u c t o r : W i l l i a m Olyer
Works stud1ed r e f l e c t t h e c r i s e s and upheavals o f
the 20th century experience which a r e n o t u n i q u e l y
German, b u t a r e u n i v e r s a l i n nature. Topf cs wi 11
include: the anonymity o f u r b a n - i n d u s t r i a l 11fe,
t h e search f o r personal i d e n t i t y and s e c u r i t y , the .
uses o f power, war, p o l f t i c a l change and confrontat i o n w i t h u l t i m a t e questions o f 1 i f e and death.
Works by Kafka, Hesse, Brecht, Durrenmatt, e t a l ,
w i l l be discussed. Evaluation through student c l a s s
p a r t i c i p a t i o n and f i n a l exam. This course i s a
v a r i a t i o n o f German L i t e r a t u r e i n Trans1 a t i o n (244).
Since t h e two courses a r e n o t i d e n t i c a l , students
who have taken 244 may g e t c r e d i t f o r 245. C r e d i t
does n o t apply t o a major o r a minor i n German.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s r None
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
Main 2
BEGINNING NORWEGIAN I
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 751 1.1
I n s t r u c t o r - : t i v Dahl
I n t r o d u c t i o n o f t h e f o u r b a s i c Tanguage s k i 11s :
speaking, Tistening, reading and w r i t i n g . Stress
on spaken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Oral
and w r i t t e n t e s t s . Laboratory work expected.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Dis tri b u t i on : Yes
Time:
I
Room:
Mai-n 3
NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311
I n s t r u c t o r : L e i f Hanson
I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian w i t h emphasis
on p r o n u n c i a t i o n and o r i g i n a l composition. Some
a t t e n t i o n given t o r e g i o n a l v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken
Norwegian and t o d i f f e r e n c e s between t h e two o f f i c i a l
languages o f Norway. Oral and w r i t t e n t e s t s . Some
1a b o r a t o r y work and f i e l d experience r e q u i r e d . No
s p e c i a l fees.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
75211
-
Intermediate level
Yes
I1
Room:
Main 3
SAFETY EDUCATION
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 551 14
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Borstad
P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n
I n c l udes Ameri can
school and communi t y 1 if e
Red Cross F i r s t A i d Course.
.
This o f f e r i n g
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
equals o n l y 112 course c r e d i t .
None
No
I (January 3
-
15)
Room:
Gym 12
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115
I n s t r u c t o r : Joyce P f a f f
T h i s course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s
o f drugs o f abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and
t r e a t m e n t m o d a l i t i e s , as w e l l as immediate and
temporary c a r e g i v e n t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a drug
emergency. I t w i l l pay, s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
drug problems a f u t u r e teacher m i g h t have t o deal
w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g . Grades w i l l be
determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s c o v e r i n g t h e l e c t u r e s
and t e x t book.
T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 1/2 course c r e d i t .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
No
(January 16
-
26)
Room:
Gym 12
RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
I n s t r u c t o r : LaVonne Peterson
55232
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n t e a c h i n g r e c r e a t i o n a l
a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, l o w
o r g a n i z e d games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s ,
m o d i f i e d games, s i m p l y r h y t h m i c games, f o l k and
square dancing
.
This offering
Time:
equals o n l y 112 course c r e d i t .
I (January 3
-
15)
Room:
Me1by
MODERN DANCE
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373
I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela Paulson
An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique
and c r e a t i v e composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f
movement, energy, form and design. No previous
experience necessary.
This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 112 course c r e d i t .
Time:
I (January 3
-
15)
Room:
Me1by
OF ARMS AND THE MAN:
WARFARE IN THE ANCIENT WORLD
HISTORY 561 36156336
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Nelson
Through primary and secondary sources t h i s course
w i l l consider the causes and consequences o f war
i n a n c i e n t Mediterranean World. Strategy and
t a c t i c s , techno1 ogy and personal iti es w i 11 be major
considerations. Students w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o
complete a term p r o j e c t . While a paper w i l l be
acceptable, students w i l l be urged t o do something
l e s s t r a d i t i o n a l e.g. map work, t e r r a i n a n a l y s i s ,
b a t t l e planning, model b u i l d i n g , e t c . While war
gaming i s o f g r e a t i n t e r e s t , t h i s course w i l l n o t
be i n v o l v e d w i t h t h a t phenomenon.
Students e n r o l l i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l
be r e q u i r e d t o complete a more complex p r o j e c t
than lower d i v i s i o n r e g i s t r a n t s .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
Yes
Room:
Main 19
MODERN JAPAN AND SOUTH KOREA: FOCUS ON
TOKYO, KYOTO, HIROSHIMA AND SEOUL
HISTORY 5 6 2 5 5 / 5 6 4 5 5
I n s t r u c t o r : Khin Khin Jensen
The modern h i s t o r y o f Japan and South Korea w i l l be
examined throuqh a s p e c i a l focus on t h e s i s n i f i c a n c e s
k K o t o , ~ i r o s h i m a-and ~ e o u l .
o f 4 major c i t i e s : ~ o o,
Topics t o be e x p l o r e d i n c l u e urban and economic
development, p o l l u t i o n , I m p e r i a l i s m , C h r i s t i a n
missions, World war 11, t h e Korean war, c u l t u r a l l i f e
and t h e changing r o l e o f Japanese and Korean women.
F i l m s , s l i d e s , Japanese and Korean c u l t u r a l resources
f r o m t h e T w i n - c i t i e s w i l l be u t i l i z e d . There w i l l be
some f i e l d t r i p s t o observe Japanese and Korean
products, a r t i f a c t s and cooking. Students should
budget $10.00 - $12.00 f o r t h e f i e l d t r i p .
-a-
F i n a l grades w i l l be based on p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n c l a s s
d i s c u s s i o n s , a c t i v i t i e s and f i e l d t r i p s as w e l l as a
f i n a l exam. Upper d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s w i l l be expected
t o do a p r o j e c t .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
Yes
Room:
Library 1
HISTORY 56358
I n s t r u c t o r : Carl C h r i s l o c k
A survey o f Norwegian-American h i s t o r y from ca. 1825
t o 1925. Emphasis i s on process o f coming t o terms
w i t h American s o c i e t y , and on d i s s i m i l a r pace o f
"accul t u r a t i o n " and "assimi 1a t i o n " . Aids t o i n s t r u c t i o n w i l l include a text, a v a r i e t y o f selected
Both l e c t u r e
readings, and a u d i o - v i s u a l m a t e r i a l
and c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n w i l l be employed. Grades w i l l
be based on performance i n d i s c u s s i o n and on an
examination. Weather p e r m i t t i n g , one f i e l d t r i p
w i l l be organized. Each s t u d e n t i s expected t o
c a r r y through a s p e c i a l p r o j e c t planned i n c o n s u l t a tion with instructor.
.
Students who have taken H i s t o r y 56331 Scandinavian
80331 may n o t r e g i s t e r f o r t h i s course.
Time:
I1
Room:
Main 11B
RELIGION 87315
I n s t r u c t o r : Frederick Hale
Has t h e church s a c r i f i c e d i t s freedom t o be t h e
church?
T h i s course w i l l e x p l o r e v a r i o u s problems between
churches and c i v i l governments p a s t and present.
The p e r i o d up t o about 1800 w i l l be handled b r i e f l y ,
t h e 1 9 t h and 20th c e n t u r i e s i n more d e t a i l , f o c u s i n g
on Germany, Scandinavia, and t h e United States.
There w i l l be one s h o r t research paper and one o r
two exams.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Yes
Room:
Main 8
SEX AND THE SUPREME COURT
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85379
I n s t r u c t o r : My1es Stenshoel
A study o f t h e j u d i c i a l p o l i c y making i n cases d e a l i n g
w i t h gender-based d i s c r i m i n a t i o n , a b o r t i o n , obscenity
and o t h e r sex-re1 ated issues
Students w i 11 research,
analyze and c r i t i c i z e o p i n i o n s o f t h e U n i t e d States
Supreme Court i n one o f these o r r e l a t e d areas,
p r e s e n t i n g t h e i r f i n d i n g s b o t h t o t h e group and i n
a research paper.
.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I1
.
.
Pol Sci 170, 370, o r 371, o r
permission o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Room:
Main 19
THE REEL HERO: MALE AND FEMALE
ROLES IN AMERICAN FILM
IWTERDISCIPLINARY 6 0 1 07
I n s t r u c t o r s : Don Warren
Joe Volker
Students i n t h i s course w i l l e x p l o r e t h e concept
o f t h e male and female "hero" i n American f i l m . Class
discussions w i l l focus on v a r i o u s kinds o f "heroes" and
what these characters r e v e a l about t h e f i l m i n d u s t r y
and t h e c u l t u r e which produced them: students w i l l
view i n c l a s s f i l m s which p o r t r a y t h e t r a d i t i o n a l
hero, t h e romantic hero, t h e r e b e l hero, and t h e
anti-hero.
I n a d d i t i o n , students w i l l study f i l m
composition and e d i t i n g and t h e e f f e c t s these f i l m
techniques have upon t h e audience. Course o b j e c t i v e s
w i l l be evaluated through an o b j e c t i v e t e s t on f i l m
theory, t h e keeping o f s t u d e n t j o u r n a l s , and an essay
f i n a l examination. A l a b f e e o f $5.00 w i l l be charged
each student t o h e l p d e f r a y c o s t s o f f i l m r e n t a l s .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I1
None
No
Room:
Science 123
INTERDISCIPLINARY 60308
Instructor: Catherine Nicholl
A study o f women i n V i c t o r i a n England, considering
the preva i 1 i n g images o f and theories about women,
t h e i r actual condi tion--1 egal , social , and economic-and t h e i r achievements. Materials used n i l 1 include
V i c t o r i a n novels, essays, poetry, p a i n t i n g s , l e t t e r s ,
biographies, journals, documents, and h e a l t h and
harn~rnaking manuals . Speci f i e t o p i c s s t u d i e d , e i t h e r
by t h e class a s a whole o r by individuals, may
include women a t home ( w i v e s and daughters), domestic
s e r v a n t s , governesses, factory workers, p r o s t i t u t e s ,
women k sduccaion, early femini s t s , the s u f f r a g e movement, family planning, and such individuals a s
Florence Nightingale, Jane Carlyle, Josephine But1 e r ,
and Elizabeth Barrett Browning. In add4 t i o n t o reading
and class discussion, each student w i l l work on a
substantial project leading e i t h e r t o a paper o r
( i n most cases) a c l a s s presentation.
Prerequ i s i t e s : None
Counts toward Women's Studies C e r t i f i c a t e
Time:
I1
Room: Library 201
WOMAN POWER: USE IT OR LOSE IT
INTERDISCIPLINARY 6031 2
I n s t r u c t o r s : Susan Nash
Helen Woe1 f e l
'
I f medicine and law were female p r o f e s s i o n s and s o c i a l
work and n u r s i n g male p r o f e s s i o n s , who would h o l d t h e
power today? What f o r c e s i n f l u e n c e o u r c a r e e r
d e c i s i o n s and r o l e s ? How do we as men and women
e x e r c i s e c o n t r o l over o u r l i v e s and v o c a t i o n s ? Using
a l e c t u r e / d i s c u s s i o n format, s t u d e n t s w i l l e x p l o r e
t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between s e x - r o l e s o c i a l i z a t i o n and
r o l e s w i t h i n contemporary s o c i e t y (e.g. s o c i a l
workers, teachers, lawyers, nurses, d o c t o r s , counselors,
etc.).
The c l a s s w i l l examine t h e i n f l u e n c e s o c i e t a l
values have on women and power o r t h e l a c k o f i t .
C o n s i d e r a t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o some s p e c i a l h e a l t h
needs o f women, resources a v a i l a b l e and r e l a t e d
d i s c i p l i n a r y concerns. Eva1 u a t i o n s w i l l be made on
t h e b a s i s o f group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and on a paper
and penci 1 exami n a t i on.
Prerequisites:
Any s t u d e n t o f j u n i o r o r s e n i o r
s t a n d i n g o r by p e r m i s s i o n o f
instructor.
Counts toward Women's S t u d i e s C e r t i f i c a t e .
Time:
I
Room:
Music 22
WOMEN IN ENGLAND, FRANCE, SPAIN AND ITALY:
A FEMINIST ANALYSIS
INTERDISCIPLINARY 60310
I n s t r u c t o r s : Toni C l a r k
Mary Ki n g s l ey
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e c u l t u r e s o f England, France,
Spain and I t a l y from a f e m i n i s t p e r s p e c t i v e . The
h i s t o r i c a l p o s i t i o n o f women w i 11 be examined
through assigned reading before t h e I n t e r i m ; t h e
images of women presented through t h e v i s u a l a r t s
o f each c o u n t r y w i l l be analyzed and discussed.
Special a t t e n t i o n given t o drama i n England, and
i n t e r v i e w s w i l l be arranged w i t h women from t h e f o u r
c o u n t r i e s . Tours o f museums and g a l l e r i e s , plays,
reading and discussions included. E v a l u a t i o n
based on discussions and a j o u r n a l . Grades w i l l be
Pass/No c r e d i t . The c o s t i s $1,095.00
Counts toward Women's Studies C e r t i f i c a t e
CULTURES OF MEXICO AND GUATEMALA
I n s t r u c t o r s : Bruce Reichenbach
Gunta Rozental s
The conquering Spaniards discovered i n t h e Americas,
n o t bands o f savages, b u t h i g h l y developed and
i n t r i c a t e l y s t r u c t u r e d c u l t u r e s . A study o f t h e
h i s t o r y , r e 1 i g i o n , government, a g r i c u l t u r a l techniques,
and d a i l y l i f e o f two o f these a n c i e n t c u l t u r e s - t h e
Aztec and t h e Maya - by l o o k i n g a t what t h e y have l e f t
us. The program w i l l v i s i t t h e l a r g e s t a n c i e n t
pyramids i n t h e Americas i n Mexico City, analyze t h e
i n t r i c a t e stone work i n t h e Yucatan, and e x p l o r e t h e
j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan r a i n f o r e s t .
The impact o f Spanish c o l o n i a l r u l e on these s o c i e t i e s
w i l l be observed by v i s i t i n g c o l o n i a l s i t e s i n Mexico
and b e a u t i f u l , volcano-surrounded Antigua i n Guatemala.
The c o s t w i l l be $975.
b a s i s only.
O p t i o n A:
D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes
Prerequisites:
Option B:
Grading on a Pass/No c r e d i t
Foreign Language
Foreign Language
76181
76381
1 term o f c o l l e g e Spanish o r e q u i v a l e n t
I n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y 60381
No p r e r e q u i s i t e s and no d i s t r i b u t i o n .
SOME MATHEMATICAL ASPECTS OF MUSIC
MATHEMATICS 61 130
I n s t r u c t o r : Ben Cooper
I n t h i s course we w i l l examine some o f t h e evidence
f o r the often-expressed f e e l i n g t h a t music and
mathematics a r e somehow r e l a t e d . A c t u a l l y , t h e r e
a r e two kinds o f contact: (1) d i r e c t a p p l i c a t i o n s
o f mathematics t o t h e rudiments o r foundations o f
music, i n c l u d i n g such t o p i c s as t h e mathematics o f
acoustics, tempered tuning, and t h e geometry
i n h e r e n t i n t h e r u l e s o f twelve-tone composition;
( 2 ) analogies between t h e ways composers and
mathematicians c r e a t e and evaluate t h e i r work,
i n c l u d i n g such t o p i c s as the composition o f canons,
p r o b a b i l i s t i c t h e o r i e s as t o what c o n s t i t u t e s s t y l e ,
and a e s t h e t i c t h e o r i e s promulgated by composers
who c l a i m t o be i n s p i r e d by mathematics. Grades
w i l l be based on homework exercises, most l i k e l y
algebraic, geometric, and p r o b a b i l i s t i c problems,
f o r which t h e necessary mathematics w i l l be developed
i n class.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Music 101 o r equivalent; some bighschool a1 gebra.
Distribution:
7
:
I
Yes
Room:
Main 27
INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSOR
MATHEMATICS 61365
Instructor: James L. Johnson
With t h e advent o f Large Scale Integrations (LSI)
technology, i t has become possible to pack all o f
t h e control and logic functions of a computer on a few
small sol i d - s t a t e '"hips". T h i s arrangement i s
commonly cal led a micro-processor. The course wi 11 ,
a s time permits, investigate t h e following features
o f microprocessors: (i ) d i g i t a l components involved;
(ii)
system super-structure f o r bussing data among
these components; (i ii ) p r o g r a m i n g techniques The
course wi I 1 i nc1 ude imp1 emen t a t i on o f certain microprocessor configurations with d i g i t a l "chips". Grades
will be based on four laboratory assignments and a
.
final exam.
Prerequisites: Introductory programming course or
permission of instructor
Distribution: No
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
MUSICAL THERAPY: A CLINICAL OVERVIEW
MUSIC 821 10
I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta M e t z l e r
V i s i t a t i o n t o approximately 10 music therapy c l i n i c a l
s i t e s and f a c i 1it i e s deal i n g w i t h handicapped i n d i v i d u a l s i n Minnesota. P o s s i b i l i t y o f an o v e r n i g h t t r i p
t o a neighboring s t a t e . Classroom discussion o f basics
i n the f i e l d o f music therapy. Designed f o r both music
therapy undergraduate students as we1 1 as non-therapy
majors. - $10.00 f e e t o cover c o s t o f t r a n s p o r t a t i o n .
Need f o r f l e x i b i l i t y i n time, as some t r i p s w i 11 be
scheduled i n morning, afternoon, e n t i r e day, p.erhaps
overnight.
( P r e v i o u s l y offered as I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy)
Prerequisites:
Time:
None
I
Room:
Music 4
AMERICAN WIND & PERCUSSION MUSIC
FOR AMATEURS
MUSIC 82117
Instructor:
L a r r y Tal lman
T h i s course i s designed f o r students w i t h i n t e r e s t
i n instrumental music, b u t w i t h very 1 it t l e p r a c t i c a l
background. The c l a s s w i l l study and perform music
f o r various combinations o f wind and percussion
instruments by American Composers. Solo and ensemble
works w i l l be determined by t h e instruments represented
i n t h e c l a s s . Amateur performance a b i l i t y on any wind
o r percussion instrument i s t h e o n l y p r e r e q u i s i t e .
Grading w i l l be based upon p l a y i n g and mental aspects
shown w i t h i n t h e class.
Distribution:
Time:
I
Yes
Room:
Music 5
THE ENJOYMENT OF MUSIC
MUSIC 82231
Instructor:
.
Steve Gabrielson
The development of western music through t h e study
o f s e l e c t e d works o f g r e a t composers from each
p e r i o d . Grades w i l l be assigned on t h e b a s i s o f
r e c o r d - l i s t e n i n g t e s t s and reading assignments.
Prerequi s i t e s :
Distribution:
Time:
I1
None
Yes
Room:
Music 5
TRENDS AND ISSUES IN NURSING
NURSING 81320
I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffman
Nancy Ma1colm
T h i s course i s intended t o g i v e students a broad
p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and issues
i n h e a l t h care and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f nursing. Many
o f t h e issues t o be examined a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , . a r e
r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r
f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h care. Students w i 11
be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and on w r i t t e n
examinations
.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Admission t o Augsburg Nursing Program
o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r
Room:
Science 213
TOPICS IN SCIENCE AND RELIGION:
OR ADAM HAD ATOMS
PHILOSOPHY 831 35
I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth B a i l e y
T h i s course w i l l consider some o f t h e areas o f
c o n f l i c t , whether r e a l o r otherwise, between
s c i e n t i f i c and r e l i g i o u s thought. I t w i l l be
l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n course, based upon assigned
readings. C h i e f l y , we w i l l be concerned w i t h t h e
q u e s t i o n o f whether a r e 1 i g i o u s p o i n t o f view can
reasonably be maintained i n a s c i e n t i f i c m i l i e u , and,
i f so, what form(s) i t m i g h t take.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I1
None
Yes
Room:
Main 25
UNDERSTANDING THE WEATHER
PHYSICS 84161 .
I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth Erickson
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e e a r t h ' s weather, i t s causes
and character. Designed f o r those i n t e r e s t e d i n
weather and weather p r e d i c t i o n , t h i s course seeks t o
p r o v i d e students w i t h an understanding of the basfc
science p r i n c i pl es r e q u i r e d f o r understanding weat her.
I t i s also hoped t h a t students w i l l g a i n an apprecigt i o n f o r t h e o v e r a l l weather p a t t e r n s o f t h e e a r t h
and f o r the many and v a r i e d aspects o f weather,
i n c l u d i n g t h e i n f l u e n c e weather has on the e a r t h ' s
i n h a b i t a n t s . Topics t o be discussed i n c l ude: t h e
r e l a t i o n s h i p o f sun, e a r t h and atmosphere; important
p h y s i c a l q u a n t i t i e s such as temperature and pressure;
clouds and preci p i t a t i on ; unusual condi t i ons Iike
tornados and hurricanes; techniques and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n
f o r weather m o n i t o r i n g and c o n t r o l ; and t h e i n f l u e n c e
o f weather on p o l l u t i o n . The atmospheres o f some o f
t h e o t h e r p l a n e t s i n our s o l a r system w i l l a l s o be
reviewed. The study o f o t h e r p l a n e t a r y atmospheres
i s a v a r i a b l e a d j u n c t t o t h e study o f t h e e a r t h ' s
atmosphere. By comparing observations o f t h e d i f f e r e n t
p l a n e t s i t i s p o s s i b l e t o g a i n new i n s i g h t s i n t o t h e
manner i n which atmospheric motions, f o r example,
depend on the rate o f r o t a t i o n of t h e planets, on t h e
d i s t a n c e f r o m t h e sun, and on t h e composition o f t h e
atmosphere. Laboratory exercises and experiments w i l l
be an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e course.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
High School Algebra
Yes
Room:
Science 22
NUCLEAR RADIATION PHYSICS:
OAK RIDGE SCIENCE MINIMESTER
PHYSICS 84322
Instructor: Kernji t Paul son
A study of nuclear radiation w i t h emphasis on
applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience
f o r the individual student. The course will consist
of (1 ) introductory work on radiation detection and
measurement (physical science applications) a t
Augsburg, ( 2 ) participation in the 1979 Oak Ridge
Science Minimester where the student has the
opportunity t o design h i s or her course of study
from projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
radioecology, health physics, and radio1 ogi cal
safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the
program back a t Augsburg.
The course i s a cooperative venture w i t h Oak Ridge
Associated Universities--Professional Training
Programs, and i s the only opportunity of i t s kind
i n the United States. Two weeks of the course will
be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee u t i l i z i n g the
instructional s t a f f and laboratory f a c i l i t i e s of
ORAU. These faci 1i t i e s provide the opportunity f o r
laboratory experience not normally available t o
undergraduate students.
Time will be available t o tour the area including
the national laboratory and a l s o special energy
related 1ectures, featuring s c i e n t i s t s from the
national laboratory, will be presented t o the
Science Minimester Participants. The cost is approximately $200.
Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor
Distribution:
Time:
I
Yes
Room:
Science 30
MEDIA AND POLITICS I N BRITAIN AND EUROPE
SPEECH 98344
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85344
I n s t r u c t o r : M i l d a Hedblom
T r a v e l t o t h r e e major c a p i t a l s - London, Brussels,
and P a r i s - w i l l i n c l u d e study o f t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s
between mass media and p o l i t i c s i n each n a t i o n a l
community as we1 1 as i n t h e emerging European
community centered i n Belgium. The t e m p t a t i o n t o
censor, t h e c a p a c i t y t o i n f l u e n c e , t h e p o t e n t i a l
f o r abuse make t h e mass media a s u b j e c t o f i n t e n s e
i n t e r e s t t o p r i v a t e c i t i z e n and p u b l i c o f f i c i a l
a l i k e . Purpose w i l l be t o understand t h e content,
e f f e c t s , uses and p o l i t i c a l r e g u l a t i o n o f mass
media through i n t e n s i v e discussions w i t h j o u r n a l i s t s , p o l i t i c i a n s and r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s o f media
systems i n each l o c a t i o n . Grade w i l l be based
on p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n course events, submission o f a
j o u r n a l o r completion (upon r e t u r n ) o f a course
r e l a t e d paper o r p r o j e c t . The c o s t i s $1,095.00.
Prerequi s it e s : None
Distribution:
Yes
PSYCHOLOGY 861 30186330
I n s t r u c t o r : Grace Dyrud
The devel opment o f t h e young c h i 1 d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of
events, w i t h stages and examples i n language, reasoning
and judgement. Objectives i n c l u d e p r i n c i p l e s and
a p p l i c a t i o n . Two four hours o f class per week w i l l be
spent i n a c h i l d care f a c i l i t y . Evaluation w i l l be
based on t e s t s , ( o b j e c t i v e and short essay); report
on child care f a c i l i t y ; a c h i l d study and 1 book
review f o r lower d i v i s i o n c r e d i t . f o r upper d i v i s i o n
c r e d i t , a l l above assignments p l u s 2 a d d i t i o n a l book
'
reviews ( a p l a n f o r a program o r f a c i l i t y may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 1 book review) and a more complex
c h i l d study w i l l be required.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
None
Yes
Room: Music 23
I1
YOUR PERSONALITY AND ITS MEASUREMENT
PSYCHOLOGY 861 55
I n s t r u c t o r : L y l a M. Anderegg
-
Temperament, character, a t t i t u d e , mood, t r a i t and
preference ...these a r e some o f t h e elements thought
o f as c h a r a c t e r i z i n g your personal ity. Through the
use o f survey, i n v e n t o r y , s e l f - r e p o r t , c h e c k l i s t ,
preference sc9edul es and o t h e r means, i n v e s t i g a t i o n
and e v a l u a t i o n o f your p e r s o n a l i t y w i l l be undertaken.
Evaluation w i l l be by t e s t s and papers.
Prerequi s i t e s : Psycho1ogy 105
Distribution:
Time:
Summer
No
SENSING, PERCEIVING, KNOWING
PSYCHOLOGY 86251
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Marken
An ecologTca1 l y o r i e n t e d approach t o t h e study o f
perceptual sys terns. Emphasi s on how nervous systems
process environmental i n f o r m a t i o n and how t h i s
processing r e l a t e s t o t h e adaptive behavior and
s u b j e c t i v e experience of organisms. Topics covered
i n c l u d e methods o f perceptual measurement, sensory
coding, p a t t e r n r e c o g n i t i o n , adaptation t o novel
environments (such as o u t e r space), c o g n i t i o n ,
a r t i f i c i a l i n t e l l i g e n c e and the consequences o f
anomalous perception (1 earning d i s o r d e r s , mental
i l l n e s s and i l l u s i o n ) . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on
t e s t s (probably 2 ) and a term paper.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
Yes
Room:
Music 23
THE WORLD BECAME FLESH: THEOLOGICAL VALUES
INCORPORATED AS AUGSBURG COLLEGE
RELIGION 87326
Instructor:
Eugene'M. Skibbe
This course will lead the student into a study of
Augsburg Coll ege as an institutional articulation
and ~, e r. o e t u a ton
i o f values. Basic t e x t materi a1
will be Carl Chrislockas From Fjord t o Freewa ,
Dave Wood's Telling --Talesmn h 0 0 l d
sel e c t primary source materi a1 The the01o q i cal
b a s i s , h i s t o r i c a l development, types o f ~hristian
h i g h e r education, nature of values and value
aggregates, the future o f values as relates t o
Augsburg College will be some o f the problenis
exam3 ned. The study w i 1l be carried o u t by means
o f lectures, speakers, discussion, a research
project (paper) and several exams.
.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
Religion 111 or 221
Yes
Room:
Music 25
-
CHRISTIAN WORSHIP ITS THEOLOGY AND HISTORY
RELIGION 87369
I n s t r u c t o r : Charles Anderson
A study o f t h e o r i g i n and development, theology and
phenomenology o f C h r i s t i a n worship. Current forms
w i l l be analyzed and observed. Special a t t e n t i o n
w i l l be given t o t h e most f o r m a t i v e o f t h e t r a d i t i o n s ,
e.g. t h e Mass o f t h e Roman C a t h o l i c Church, and t h e
v a r i o u s Reformation r i t e s . Lectures, discussion,
v i s i t s t o contemporary services, and e x t e n s i v e reading.
Eva1 u a t i o n on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , course p r o j e c t and
research paper o r examination.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I1
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Yes
Room : Science 22
PRACTICUM I N H U M A N SERVICES
SOCIAL WORK 95257
Instructor: Staff
Freshmen and sophomores! Are you a helping person?
Would you like t o experjence human service i n a
social agency? ThSs course will provide f o r you t h e
opportunity t o serve as a volunteer in a real human
Students w i 11 sel e c t pl accrnents
s e r v i c e s e t t i ng
requiring t h i r t y hours a week as volunteers. Students
should meet w i t h various human service professionals
to observe and discuss service delivery. On-campus
weekly rev?ew conferences and supparti ve academic
work w i 1 l integrate t h e practicum. This experience
s h o u l d h e l p s t u d e n t s decide whether or n o t t o pursue
human services education during t h e remainder o f their
-
.
college careers.
Students registering f o r t h i s course will be asked to
meet with instructors early in December to arrange
f o r placements.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
None
Room:
Main 25
EGYPT: SOCIAL SERVICES AND PUBLIC POLICIES
I N A DEVELOPING COUNTRY
SOCIAL WORK 95470
I n s t r u c t o r : Doug P e r r y
A s t u d y o f s o c i a l s e r v i c e s and p o l i c i e s o f a developi n g c o u n t r y framed i n t h e c u l t u r e o f an a n c i e n t
c i v i l i z a t i o n . L e c t u r e s a t E g y p t i a n u n i v e r s i t i e s and
o n - s i t e a t s o c i a l s e r v i c e s , v i s i t s t o modern and
a n c i e n t communities from Aswan on t h e m i d d l e N i l e t o
A l e x a n d r i a on t h e Mediterranean, a day w i t h E g y p t i a n
f a m i l i e s . E g y p t ' s r i c h works o f a r t and monuments o f
h i s t o r y w i l l be i n c l u d e d , as w i l l a s t o p t o l o o k a t
t h e marine l i f e o f t h e Red Sea. A r a r e o p p o r t u n i t y
t o view a modern c o u n t r y d e v e l o p i n g o u t o f " t h e
Cradle o f C i v i l i z a t i o n . "
Grading w i l l be on a Pass/No C r e d i t b a s i s and based
on p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n course events and submission o f
a log.
The c o s t w i l l be $1,250.00
'
MORAL/POLITICAL MEDICAL ISSUES OF ABORTION
SOCIAL WORK 95400
I n s t r u c t o r : Edwina Hertzberg
Here i s an o p p o r t u n i t y t o examine i n an academic
f a s h i o n the many f a c e t s o f t h i s c o n t r o v e r s i a l question.
There w i 11 be selected readings, f a c u l t y and guest
l e c t u r e s . Students w i l l be expected t o master
reading and assignments and t o submit a f i n a l research
paper on one o f t h e component o f the s u b j e c t .
Non-social work majors a r e welcome. This course
c a r r i e s o n l y 1/2 course c r e d i t . Students wishing an
c r a m i n independent work
addi t i onal 1/=curse
should c o n s u l t t h e i n s t r u c t o r before t h e beginning
o f interim.
Prerequisites:
Time:
J u n i o r standing o r permission o f
instructor
I 1 (January 3-15)
Room:
Music 25
FIELD WORK Ill
SOCIAL WORK 95466
I n s t r u c t o r : Edwina Hertzberg
T h i s course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n o f e d u c a t i o n a l l y focused
f i e l d placement i n a s o c i a l s e r v i c e agency ( F i e l d
Work 11). Students w i 11 spend 15 hours per week i n
f i e l d placement, plus one hour p e r week i n f a c u l t y
f a c i l it a t e d s u p p o r t i v e seminar h e l d on campus.
W r i t t e n e ~ a l ~ q t i o nwsi l l be made by the F i e l d Work
I n s t r u c t o r using p r e v i o u s l y developed c o n t r a c t and
s o c i a l work e v a l u a t i o n forms.
1/2 course c r e d i t .
This course c a r r i e s o n l y P r e r e q u i s i tes:
Time:
4:OO-5:00
F i e l d Work I 1
Room:
Music 25
SOCIOLOGY 941 21
I n s t r u c t o r : Robert W. Grams
Both t h e p o p u l a r press and i n f o r m a l d i s c u s s i o n s
suggest an increased concern about t h e v i a b i l i t y
o f o u r i n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . One
c o n s t a n t l y hears about t h e l a c k o f cohesiveness
o f f a m i l i e s , t h e dehumanizing e f f e c t s o f l a r g e
o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems r e g a r d i n g t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n
o f w e a l t h and p o l i t i c a l power, t h e mounting c r i m e .
rate, the i n a b i l i t y o f our i n s t i t u t i o n s t o
r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and so f o r t h . The course
p r o v i d e s an overview o f what t h e s o c i o l o g i s t has t o
o f f e r i n r e g a r d t o such issues. More s p e c i f i c a l l y ,
t h e course c o n s i s t s o f a s e t o f u n i t s -- each o f
w h i c h p r o v i d e s an overview o f t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s
a n a l y s i s o f some aspect o f s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t
w i l l be approached through a combination o f l e c t u r e s ,
r e a d i n g s , d i s c u s s i o n s and assignments designed t o
h e l p t h e s t u d e n t a p p l y what i s b e i n g l e a r n e d . Student
grades w i l l be based on t e s t s c o n s i s t i n g o f b o t h
" o b j e c t i v e " and essay q u e s t i o n s .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I1
None
Yes
Room:
Main 28
NEIGHBORHOODS: "DOWN AND OUT" OR
"UP AND
SOCIOLOGY
9421 9/94319
Instructor: Garry W. Hesser
Currently b o t h p u b l i c and p r i v a t e activities are
stressi ng t h e central importance o f "nei ghborhoods"
a s t h e key do the survival and resurgence of the
c i t y . T h i s course, will utilize the Twin Cities and
persons currently engaged in neighborhood processes
in order t o assess whether renewed neighborhood
a c t i v i t y is a "last gasp" before the obituary or
a renaissance o f new hope for the central c i t y .
Upper d i v i s i o n credit may be obtained by more
e x t e n s i v e analysis o f information on neighborhoods.
Students will investigate one neighborhood, w r i t i n g
a paper for thejr primary synthesis o f t h e concepts
and methodology associated w i t h t h e course. In
addition, there will be discussion evaluations and
one "mid-term" exam.
Prerequisites : None
Di stri buti on: Urban requirement
Time:
I
Room: Main 18
SOCIOLOGY 9431 0
I n s t r u c t o r : Gordon Nelson
A study o f Twin C i t i e s e t h n i c neighborhoods as a
l o c u s o f community i n m e t r o p o l i t a n l i f e . During
h i s campaign f o r t h e Presidency, Jimmy C a r t e r
i n t i m a t e d t h a t t h e r e m i g h t be some value i n t h e
p r e s e r v a t i o n o f e t h n i c " p u r i t y " i n urban neighborhoods. By f o c u s i n g on l o c a l e t h n i c neighborhoods,
t h e course w i l l attempt t o understand what C a r t e r
m i g h t have meant and why h i s statement generated
so much controversy. T h i s course w i l l i n c l u d e
f i e l d t r i p s , readings i n t h e s o c i o l o g y o f community
and e t h n i c i t y , group p r o j e c t s , and a f i n a l examination.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Sociology 121
Distribution:
Time:
I
Urban requirement
Room:
Main 28
THE URBAN EXPERIENCE I N THE FAR WEST:
FROM PIONEER CITY TO MODERN METROPOLIS
3C
SOCIOLOGY 9431 5
Instructor: Joel Torstenson
a
2
This course provides an opportunity to experience
the functions, forms, images and issues of the
c i t i e s of the f a r west, particularly Seattle,
San Francisco, Los Angeles and Phoenix. In
addition to preparatory lectures and readings,
students will be provided guided tours, audio
visual presentations and v i s i t s with urban planners
and urbanologists in each of these four c i t i e s .
a1
c
Students will be required to maintain a journal/log
of urban learning experiences and to prepare essays
on major questions presented a t the beginning of
the course. The essays and log must be ready the
final day of class. Grading will be on a Pass/
No c r e d i t basis only.
rm
Prerequisites:
Membership in Augsburg touring choir.
Distribution:
Urban requirement
OTHER COURSES
These courses a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t i t u t i o n s o r groups
n o t connected w i t h Augsburg b u t have been approved
f o r c r e d i t by t h e c o l l e g e . Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n
c o s t p l u s o t h e r expenses which a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y
o f t h e student. F u l l e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r
r e g i s t e r i n g are available i n the Interim O f f i c e o f
t h e College.
55106
SKI INTERIM (Park City, Utah) A comprehens i ve program i n v o l v i ng 1essons and seminars
f o r a l l from novices t o experts. A package
f e e o f $565 includes e v e r y t h i n g except meals
and t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o Utah.
58120, 58208 Three courses a r e o f f e r e d by Wilderness
on t h e edge o f t h e Boundary Waters Canoe
Area i n Nothern Minnesota. One course
(Northwoods L i f e S t y l e ) w i l l be l e d by Richard
Hanson o f Luther College. T o t a l c o s t f o r
e v e r y t h i n g b u t t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o t h e Wilderness s i t e w i l l be from $250 t o $300.
85399
Washington I n t e r i m A study i n t e r n s h i p
program i n Washington D.C. i n connection
w i t h t h e Washington Center f o r Learning
A1 t e r n a t i v e s . I n f o r m a t i o n on p r o j e c t s ,
housing and finances from Professor Hedblom
i n Memorial 117A.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y o f Augsburg College n o t t o d i s c r i m i n a t e
on t h e b a s i s o f race, creed, n a t i o n a l o r e t h n i c o r i g i n ,
age, m a r i t a l s t a t u s , sex o r handicap as r e q u i r e d by
T i t l e I X o f t h e 1972 Educational Amendments o r S e c t i o n
504 o f t h e R e h a b i l i t a t i o n A c t o f 1973 as amended i n
i t s admissions p o l i c i e s , educational programs,
a c t i v i t i e s and employment p r a c t i c e s
.
lei
br
vi
tt
e:
e
ar
e:
ar
UC
wi
PE
'eF
C
nc
Show less